THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OP NEW SOUTH WALES. ' ■ ' ' .--^ h^ <-4 FOR THE YEAR IQOT. Vol. XXXII. >A/ITH FIFTY-TWO PLATES ir Edward Deas Thomson, C. B., K.C.M.G. Mr. Campbell's death has thus deprived the Society of a member more nearly related to Sir William Macleay, than by the tie of personal friendship. Mr. Alexander Grant was born at Cullen, Banffshire, Scotland, in 1844. He served his apprenticeship as a horticulturist in the celebrated gardens of the Earl of Seatield, Cullen House, being afterwards engaged as gardener in the Koyal Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh, during the curatorship of Mr. McNab. His skill as a microscopist at this time led to his employment in the prepara- tion of botanical microscopical material for the University students who attended the gardens for special stud}'. After his arrival in Sydney, in 1878, he was employed for several years as a private gardener, and in 1882 joined the staff of the Sydney Botanic Gardens. Mr. Grant made a special study of fungi and was honorary custodian of the plants of this group in the National Herbarium. He was a Vice-President of the Horticultural Asso- ciation of New South Wales since its foundation. Mr. Grant died on Christmas Day, 1906. The comparative absence in Australia of a wealthy leisured class gives fewer unpaid workers to science in proportion to pro- fessionals than is the ratio in Europe. Those we have are busy men who, after their day's work is done, devote spare hours or lu)lida3^s to study. One such, a brilliant amateur, was lost to our little band of workers when Frederick Ernest Grant succumbed, after a brief illness, on 31st January last. Mr. Grant was born 23rd March, 1866, at Farlesthorpe, Lincolnshire. In 1883 he accompanied an elder brother, engaged in pastoral pursuits, to New Zealand, and five years later entered the service of the Union Bank. His love for natural science was strong from boyhood. During his residence in Auckland he collected actively, and possessed a good knowledge of the local fauna. Transference to the Melbourne office opened for him a wider intellectual horizon, which he much appreciated. He attended the science courses at the Technical College and became an active member of the various scientific societies. At the excursions of the Field Naturalists his was a, prominent and popular figure. In the Royal Society he rose to be a member of council. His artistic abilities were at the dis- posal of his friends, and he illustrated various papers by Messrs. Prif chard and Gatliff. Conchology and geology were at first his favourite subjects, but wdien Mr. T. S. Hall pointed out to him that these sciences had their devotees, while the Crustacea lacked a local student, he turned his energies to carcinology and worked steadily at it for the rest of his life. In 1902 he enjoyed extended official leave and re-visited England. The British carcinologists, who recognised the merit of his work and its future promise, gave him cordial greeting. He studied the Australasian Crus- tacea at the British Museum and made voluminous notes thereon. In 1902 he was elected a Fellow of the Linnean Societ}'" of London. Shortly after his return to Australia the Bank transferred him to Sydney. At once he took an active share in our scientific life, was elected member September 30th, 1 903, and on the death of Mr. Trebeck succeeded to the vacant seat on the Council. In 1904 he helped to organise an expedition to examine t' e fanna of the Great Barrier Reef, and with the assistance of Mr. A. R. McCulloch presented to the Society a report on the Crustacea of Mast Head Island. At the time of his death he was busy with a second collection from the Barrier. He accompanied two deep- sea dredging expeditions. His report on the first is incorporated in our Proceedings ; that on the second he did not live to finish. An article on the Crustacea of Norfolk Island had just been com- pleted before his decease and will be presented to the Society at an early date. He leaves a widow and three children. The Hon. James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C., was born in Sydney, on December 5th, 1824. His father was an English solicitor, who came to Sydne}^ in 1818 to practise his profession. At this PRESIDENT S ADDRESS. 7 time the legal fraternity in Australia comprised two English solicitors who received a retaining fee from the English Govern- ment as an inducement to take up the practice of law at the Anti- podes. James Norton, jun., was articled to his father in 1843, was admitted as a solicitor in 1848 nnd subsequently taken into partnership. On his father's death in 1862, he succeeded to the business; and, with his partners, he ever afterwards worthily upheld the good name of the important practice so successfully initiated by his father. In 1879 he was called to the Upper House, and in 1884 he became Postmaster-General in the Stuart Government. Outside the field of politics, Dr. Norton patrioti- cally served the State in several capacities — as a trustee of the Australian Museum from 1874: as a member of the Board of Trustees of the Free Public Library from 1878, and of which he was chairman at the time of his decease; and as a trustee of Hyde, Phillip and Cook Parks for many years, as well as in other ways. In his early days he seems to have developed a taste for natural history, which provided him with a never-failing hobby for the rest of his life. Some thirty years ago, when the publication of the "Flora Australiensis " made it possible for Australian students to take up the study of indigenous plants with satisfaction and profit, Dr. Norton was one of a small band which included Professor Stephens, Mr. R. D. Fitzgerald, Mr. Edwin Daintree and a few others whose names are not now ascertainable, who met together informally from time to time, to study and compare their collections, and to exchange experiences, with a view to mutual help and encouragement. He was an ardent horticulturist, and took great pride in the beautiful trees and shrubs, especially those of indigenous species, which he cultivated in his fine old garden, and many of which he had himself planted. The spring flowering of his magniticent collection of Cape bulbs furnished an annual occasion for assembling and extending a hearty welcome to his many friends. The natural history of his country home at Springwood was a perennial source of delight and refreshment. He spared and safeguarded the welfare of all the most attractive native plants on his estate, 8 PltKSIDENT S ADDRESS. and completed the task of cornpiliii<( a census of its flora. His observations on the birds were partially embodied in a paper entitled "Australian Birds: Useful and Noxious," read at the " Conference of Fruit-growers and Vine-growers " held in Sydney in June, 1890, and published in the Report thereof (p. 245). This interesting article concludes with some emphatic remarks upon the unrestricted and inconsiderate acclimatisation of undesirable alien species of plants and animals — a subject upon which, as a community, even to this day, we are so slow to learn wisdom. At the monthly meeting in July, in formally announc- ing his decease, I referred to Dr. Norton's long arid honourable connection with the Society, of which he was the oldest surviving original member; to the Society's indebtedness to him for valuable services rendered in various official capacities; and to his unwavering support to and interest in the Society nnd its welfare. Dr. Norton was an observer rather than a writer; but the needs of a Society like this are so varied that the co-operation of members with similar qualifications, and with such ripe experience and general knowledge, is a most important source of strength. The three extraordinary vacancies in the Council, due to the removal of Mr. Waite and Dr. Hill from the State, and the decease of Dr. Norton, were filled by the Council's election of Messrs. A. G. Hamilton, R. H. Cambage and Professor J. T. Wilson, in the manner prescribed by the Act of Incorporation, as announced in due course to the Members. In accordance with the provisions of Rule xvi., these gentlemen are included among the six retiring Members of Council for the year. More recently the retirement of Mr. Pedley, and the decease of Mr, Grant ha^ e caused two additional vacancies which remain to be filled on the present occasion, as Members have already been notified by circular. Six (nominally seven) Ordinary Members, and one Associate Member were elected during the year, so that our numbers remain practically stationary. The thirty-seven papers read before the Society have been published, Part 4 of the Proceedings for 1903, containing the last instalment of them, being now ready PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 9 for distribution. They presented a wide range of subjects for consideration, and in some cases called for ampler opportunities for discussion than the time available at the Meetings allowed, or until those interested had had the opportunity of seeing the papers in print. As soon as provision can be made for it, a special opportunity for discussing the topics treated of in the papers by Messrs. AnJrews, Halligan, Taylor, and Dr. Woolnough will be afforded; and an announcement upon the subject may be looked for at the next Meeting. The additions to the library for the year amounted to a total of 1,471 (inclu'ling 127 Vols), received l)y gift or exchange from 203 Societies, &c., and 16 individuals. Notwithstanding the fact that the time for repainting and renovating the exterior of the Society's premises arrived during the year and was duly provided for, I am glad to be able to say that the Hon. Tieasurer will be able to announce presently that we began the current year with a credit balance from last Session. During the year that has passed, the Macleay Bacteriologist has been engaged upon researches connected with that important bacterium, the nodule-former of the Leynmhiosce. Although the presence of slime in the cells of the nodules and the occurrence of the same in artificial culture under certain conditions, have been known for some time, the real significance of the slime has not hitherto been demonstrated. His first research showed that the slime formed by the microbe contained as its essential constituent, a gum which appeared to approximate in some respect to the carbohydrate of certain nucleoproteids, and on this account the slime in the nodule probably serves to build up the nucleoproteids of the leguminous plant. Using the formation of slime as an index of the activit}-- of the bacterium, it was shown that the bacteria from the nodules of various leguminous plants differed from one another physiologically. But from the fact that three European races of the micro organism, which had been induced to reassurae their slime-forming property in the laboratory, were physiologically identical, it is evident that the physiological function is mutable, and that the bacterium may adapt itself 2 10 president's address. sooner or later to the conditions that occur within the root-hair and the nodule. There are great differences in the facility with which various races can produce slime under laboratory conditions. As some races do not form it at all, there is reason to believe thut the failure of trade cultures of " Nitragin " has in the past been in part at least due to the fact that the import- ance of the slime-forming function has not been recognised. As they come from the nodules of various plants of the same species, the bacteria may be similar, just as they may be similar when taken from nodules of the same plant. But that such is not always the case, was shown by three distinct races having been obtained from a single nodule. The hypothesis has been advanced that the plant utilises the intracellular albuminoids of the bacterium for its nutrition. Dr. Greig-Smith has shown that this is not probable, for although the great majority of the bacteria and bacteroids are dead during the active growth of the plant, they still stain deeply, and therefore cannot be in process of solution. As the slime is nitrogenous, there can be no doubt that the hypothesis advanced by Maze is correct, and that the slime is the means by which the nitrogen is conveyed from the bacterium to the plant. The inner structure of the betcterium has given rise to much speculation, and latterly its sporangium natuie has been advanced. Maze was the first to illustrate it as consisting of coccobacteria within a branching capsule. The Macleay Bacteriologist has shown that it consists of cocci within a branching capsule, and is therefore allied to Leuconostoc and Streptococcus. It has been shown that the most suitable medium for growing the slime is one which approximates in its nitrogen and^salt content to soil-water, so that, while the bacterium is vegetating in the soil, the alkalinity and nutrients will sustain the slime-forming function. The carbohydrates of the root-hair are the chemotactic substances which induce the bacterium to enter the plant. A second research showed that the bacterium was capable of fixing atmospheric nitrogen upon synthetic media under certain conditions. These also induced the formation of slime. Races of the microbe which, while multiplying freely, PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 11 <;ou\d not form slime from particular nutrients, were incapable of fixing nitrogen, but when the}' did form slime from other nutrients a fixation also occurred. The presence of another bacterium, itself incapable of forming slime or of fixing nitrogen, increased the slime formation and the fixation of nitrogen. Finally, the fixation of nitrogen was proportional to the forma- tion of slime. A number of lower forms of plant life are known to be capable of enriching the soil by fixing atmospheric nitrogen, and among them, AzofA)bacter chroococcuni is possibly the most vigorous. The Macleay Bacteriologist has confirmed the researches of Beijeriiick upon this microorganism, and has also drawn attention to the fact that the nodule-former of Leguminosfe is quite as capable as Azotobactei- of tixing nitrogen while it is vegetating in the soil. Three pupils availed themselves of the facilities afforded by the Society's laboratory, and received instruction in certain branches of bacteriology. Dr. Greig-Smith is at present in Europe, on leave, familiarising himself with the recent advances in bacterio- logical science. During the past twelve months Mr. H. I. Jensen, Macleay Fellow in Geology, has been continuing his work on the alkaline rocks of Eastern Australia. Early last year he completed the petrological investigation of the specimens collected in the War- rumbungle Mountains during the preceding year. He also visited Queensland to make some final observations in the field prior to the publication of his paper on the Geology of the Volcanic Area of the Eist Moreton and Wide Ba}'^ Districts, Queensland. On this expedition he discovered another area of glaucophane schists to the north of the Conandale Range and west of the Blackall Range in the Mary River valley. In May last year he was granted leave of absence to visit Samoa to study the geological featur-'S of the eruption in progress on the island of Savaii. After writing up his paper on Samoa and investigating the rocks collected in the islands, he resumed his work on the Australian alkaline rocks. Mr. Jensen commenced field woik in the Nande- war Mountains, starting out from Narrabri; having examined the geology of this district and made a large collection of speci- 12 president's address. mens, he drove across to Coonabarabran and finished his field work and collecting in the Warrumbungles, commenced in the previous year. From the Warrumbungle Mountains he proceeded to Dubbo to examine the alkaline rocks lately discovered there by Mr. Myrton, Geological Surveyor of New South Wales. He returned in the end of November after an absence of nearly three months. Since his return Mr. Jensen has been occupied with the petrological examination of the rocks collected, and is at present making chemical analyses of some of the most interesting types. Amongst the rocks collected were alkaline sj^enites, alka- line (arfvedsonite) trachytes, tegirine-nepheline phonolites and other alkaline rocks from the Nandewais; and nosean, pseudo- leucite, nepheline phonolites, alkaline trachytes and pantellarites, socialite and melilite basalts, &c., from the Warrumbungles. There is also a remarkable porphyritic sill rock from the Nande- wars which may perhaj^s form a new rock-iype. Mr. Jensen expects to have a paper ready by June or July, embracing all his work in the field and laboratory on the Geology of the Nan- dew^ars and Warrumbungle Mountains. I may add that the Council has reappointed Mr. Jensen to a Fellowship. In response to the Council's offer of two vacant Linnean Macleaj'^ Fellowships tw^o applications were received, one of which met with the approval of the Council. I have now much pleasure in availing myself of the first opportunity of formally announcing to the Society the name of the second Linnean Maclea}^ Fellow, Mr. James M. Petrie, D.Sc. The particular branch of work which Dr. Petrie will follow is Biochemistry. Dr. Petrie's training has been such as to especially fit him for this line of research. Commencing at the Heriot-Watt Science College, Edinburgh, Dr. Petrie continued his studies at the University of Sydney where he completed a distinguished science course at the end of 1905, Among distinctions gained were first class honours and medal in chemistry at the B.Sc. examination of 1904; Caird Research Scholar in Chemistry (1904); and first class honours and medal in Organic Chemistry at the D.Sc. examination of 1905. Dr. Petrie is highly recommended by his instructors, and has had PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 13 valuable experience both as a teacher and as an investigator. His published papers comprise a thesis for the D.8c. degree, "The Mineral Oil from the Torbanite of New South Wales," published separately (Sydney, 1906) and also in a somewhat abridged form in the Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry, (Vol. xxiv., 1905), and "The Stinging Property of the Giant Nettle-Tree" {Laportea gigas Wedd.) in the Society's Proceedings for 1906. Dr. Petrie is now engaged upon important investiga- tions upon the composition of Piturie, and upon the occurrence of strychnine in the native Strychnos tree of New South Wales; and at our last monthly meeting he was able to show a sample and to make a preliminar}'- announcement concerning his isolation of a new midriatic alkaloid from the leaves of Solawlra Icevis Hook., a tropical American solanaceous plant cultivated in gardens. There is a very large and important field of work open for investigation in Australia, in the branch chosen by Dr. Petrie; and we look forward with the greatest interest to the results of his investigations. It is not expected that the volume of work should be great, for if it is to be useful it must be thorough, and thorough work in biochemistry can only be carried on at the expenditure of much time and labour. The 23rd May ensuing will be the two-hundredth anniversary of the birth of Linnseus, the great Swedish naturalist. The University of Upsala has taken steps to commemorate this interesting event in a manner worthy of the occasion; and has honoured the Society by inviting it to send an official representa- tive to participate in the rejoicings. Our geographical remoteness and the shortness of the interval may possibly prevent the acceptance of the letter of the invitation. But the Council has accepted its spirit by deciding to hold a Special Meeting, in honour of the occasion, on 2.3rd May, so that, as Members of a Society bearing the name of the illustrious Swede, we may have an opportunity of refreshing our memories upon such points as the salient features of his life, his teaching, and his influence; as well as upon the significance of our name, and the nature of the bond which unites us in a Society bearing that name. Fuller particulars will be announced at the next Meeting. 14 president's address. During the past year there has been more than usual literary activity in scientific circles in Sydne}'. ^ieveral members of the Society, as is well known, have been engaged in the task of bringing out books on special scientific subjects. The first work to make its appearance is that of Mr. T>. G. Stead on " The Fishes of Australia," and after a careful examination of the book I can speak in the highest terms of its usefulness and value, and I congratulate him on the success which has attended its publi- cation. I understand that Mr. Stead has been commis.sioned to l)ring our a report on the edible oysters of New South Wales, whicli will deal witli the economic as well as the scientific aspect of the subject. Other members who have works in the press ai-e Messrs. Lucas, Froggatt, Rainbow and Waterhouse, and as each is dealing with a subject in which he has special experience, we may look forward to some very valuable additions to Australian scientific literature. Among oflicial publications issued duiing the year, were the continuation of Mr. Maiden's " Forest Flora," and Mr, North's "Catalogue of Eggs and Nests of Birds breeding in Australia and Tasmania." The recognition of the value to the community of scientific guidance has, in many instances, in the past been so scanty that it is a pleasure to note a step in tlie right direction lately taken by the Government, in the appointment of committees of advice to assist the Public Service Board in res[)ect to scientific and professional appointments in the Public Service, and in connection with the State Museums to discuss all matters affecting the scope and control of these institutions. Considering the objects in view, a wise selection has been made of the members constituting the committees, and there can be no doubt that their influence will be most beneficial. It is with pleasure and satisfaction that, in the name of the Society, I take the first opportunit}' of ofiicially welcoming back Professor David on his return from attending the great Geological Congress at Mexico and the meeting of the British Association in England, at both of which functions he very worthily upheld the scientific reputation of Australia. PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 15 Last year I alluded to the biological exploration of the Blue Lake, Mount Koscuisko, by Professor David and colleagues; and as it has since happened the examination then made was most opportune. A few months after Prof. David's visit, the Council of this Society learned that the Fisheries Department contem- plated taking steps to stock the Blue Lake, amongst other inland waters, with introduced trout. The importance of a minute biological survey of undisturbed inland lakes is now thoroughly recognised, as witness the elaborate work being carried out on such in Britain, America and elsewhere, and the Council accordingly^ approached the Fisheries Board with a view to having the Blue Lake left undisturbed. The Board courteously replied that for the present the proposed introduction of trout would not be carried out. The Fisheries Board will, I am sure, support the efforts of this Society to retain intact some at least of the smaller patches of undisturbed watei-, for the benefit of science. Jn last year's Address mention was made of a grant from the Royal Society of London to Professor Haswell for deep-sea dredging. The first expedition, which was made in June last, met with somewhat disappointing results owing to stormy weather. A second and very successful excursion was carried out in Octo- ber, the spot dredged being about 35 miles east of Sydney, on the 152nd meridian, in 800 fathoms depth. B}^ the use of the bucket dredge and a small trawl modelled on that recommended by the Prince of Monaco, a varied assortment of most interesting forms was obtained. The organisms secured by tow-netting at the first excursion have in part been already described in the Records of the Australian Museum. Descriptions of the animals procured on thespcond trip, by various authors, are well advanced and will be published shortly. 1 am pleased to say that the Royal Society of London and the Australian Association for the Advancement of Science have provided funds for further carrying- on of dredging operations, and Admiral Field hns placed a well- equipped sounding machine at the disposal of Professor Haswell. 16 president's address. Some Questions in Tehrestrial Physics. Ill the course of my address last year I dealt with some features of oceanic physics and incidentally with a number of phenomena having an important bearing on the study of certain great geolo- gical problems. The facts and speculations which I then placed before you were received with so much favour by members and friends that I have decided on this occasion to discuss a few interesting questions in terrestrial physics which have lately been occupying a prominent position in scientific thought. Radium and the Earth's Internal Heat. — The very unex- pected properties possessed by radium have elevated it to a position of prominence quite out of proportion to the relative extent of its occurrence in the earth's crust. Radium is probably the rarest — as regards quantity obtainable — of any substance so far isolated, and yet, so unique are its characteristics and so far- reaching are the possibilities attaching to its presence, that, though its very existence has onl}^ been known for a few years, it is now the subject of more experimental stud}' than any other body. Briefly, the reason why so much interest centres round this substance is that it is considered to be in a state of disin- tegration, a condition accompanied by a hitherto quite unsuspected display of energy, manifesting itself in most i-emarkable ways. The study of the properties of radium has disclosed the existence of an enormous store of energy locked up in the constitution of matter, and it is the phenomena accompanying the liberation of this energy during the breaking up or disintegration of radium that render the subject one of such great interest and importance. The conclusion arrived at from careful observations on the rate of decay of radium is that a given unit of this substance has a life which may be stated as roughly about 2000 years. In other words, an ounce or a pound or a ton of radium Avould, in the course of some such period, no longer possess the peculiar properties of the original substance, and would have lost materially in weight. Radium is generally supposed to be itself a product of the slow breaking up of uranium and certain other elements. Uranium PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 17 conipounds spontaneously, and at a definite rate, yield radium, which in turn breaks up, giving rise ultimately as its chief pro- duct to the gas helium. 'J his latter substance was first detected speotroscopically in the sun, but is now known to exist in small amount in our atmosphere, in the water and gas emitted l)y springs, and in a number of minerals. Opinions as to the precise nature of the phenomenon involved in the disintegration of radium are at the present time somewhat divided. The most generally held view is that we have here to do with a true case of atomic disintegration, the actual breaking up of a cliemical element through the disintegration of its atoms, the integrity of which has hitherto been an axiom of chemistry. This is the opinion expressed by such capable observers as the Hon K.J. Strutt, Mr. Soddy and others, and, with some reserve, by Prof. Rutherford. On the other hand, it is considered by the veteran Lord Kelvin and by Prof. Armstrong that it may quite well be that the emanations from uranium, and in turn from radium, pre-exist as such, and are simpl}'^ continually escaping from combination, that, in fact, radium ma}^ be merely a com- pound body liberated from uranium and in turn breaking u\> explosively. The contention of the latter authorities is that the atomic disintegration theory is not proved and that speculation has gone ahead of observation. This question, however, does not particularly concern the aspect of the subject with which I desire to deal on this occasion, so that its further discussion will not be necessary here. I have already mentioned that the phenomenon wliich we have been considering is accompanied by the liberation of a relatively enormous amount of energy, the bulk of which makes itself manifest as heat. Assuming that uranium (or other radium- producing substance) is distributed in sufficient quantit3^through the earth's crust and that the disintegration phenomena with accompanying liberation of heat go on beneath, as thf'y do at the surface, the production of this heat will have a most important bearing on internal terrestrial temperature, on \olcanic activity, and, incidentally^, on the great question of geological time. 18 president's address. Without going much into detail, it will suffice to state that difterent observers have determined with some degree of accuracy the proportion of ra(iium contained in various representative rocks and minerals. The Hon. R. J. Strutt in particular has devoted much attention to this investigation and has found that the proportion varies greatly in different rocks. Acidic rocks such as granite are on the whole richest in radium, while basic ones such as basalt contain least. Mineials rich in uranium and certain other rare elements contain relatively large amounts of radium, the latter bearing in all cases a definite relationship to the uranium present; but these minerals are sparsely distributed and exist in insufficient quantities to materiall}^ attect the average composition of the earth's crust as regards radium content. Full details of Mr. Strutt's work on this subject were brought before the Hoj^al Societ}' of London in April, 190G.* The following figures express the proportion of radium existing in a few of the representative rucks examined by Mr. Strutt: — Rock. Density. Eadium per gram Radium per c in grams. m grams. Granite 2-63 9-56 X 10-^2 25-2x10-'^' 5 J • • • • • • 2-62 9 35 24-5 2-65 6-63 17-6 2-64 2-45 6-47 „ Dolerite 2-95 1-24 3-65 „ Basalt 2-75 1-26 3-46 „ ., 2-80 103 2-89 ,, " 3 01 0-613 ,, 1-84 „ It is not easy to realise from figures such as the above how minute are the quantities of radium involved; perhaps this may be better done if we consider the largest of these amounts in another way. 9 56 x 10"^' gram radium per gram rock is equi- valent to 9-56 parts in one billion, or about 1 grain in 6000 tons. It is one of the most remarkable features of modern physical methods that it should be possible to estimate such excessively * See Chemical News xciii., 235 & 247, 25 May and 1 June, 1906. president's ADDRKSS. 19 minute amounts with precision and certaint}', amounts not only infinitely heyond the range of chemical detection, but also quite outside the powers of the spectroscope unless the material is first specially concentrated. In a paper on " The Evolution of the Elements, ' read before the British Association at its last meeting, Mr. F. 8oddy remarked : — '''J'he smallest quantity of any element that can be detected Ijy the spectroscope contains 10'" indi\idual atoms, whereas the disintegi'ation of a single atom accompanied with the expulsion of one a particle is not greatly, if at all, below the limit of detection by present methods."* The radio-activity method is thus in this case something of the order of 10,000,000,000 times more sensitive than the spectro- scopic. The former method depends on the intense ionising power of tlie emanation, whereby air submitted to its action is brought into a state of partial disintegration known as ionisation, in which condition it becomes an active conductor cf electricity. The em- anation from a known quantit}^ of radium is collected in air during a fixed period, and the conducting power of the air is then deter- mined by suitable means. The same method applied to any specimen under examination gives the relative value from which its radium content can be readil}' calculated. Mr. Strutt considers that 5 x 10"^- gram radium per c.c. rock may be taken as a reasonable average for the rocks constituting the earth's crust. Taking the mean density of the rock at 2-7, this would be equal to 1*85 x 10'^- gram radium per gram rock. Assuming the internal heat of the earth to be entirely derived from the disintegration of radium uniformly distributed through- out its mass, and taking Lord Kelvin's data for the thermal conductivity of the rocks in sit a, Mr. Strutt calculates that the amount of radium necessary to account for the observed lieat gradient near the surface is about 0175 x 10"^^ gram per c.c, an amount greatly less than the smallest proportion found in any igneous rock examined. From this and other data he concludes that radium does not exist in the earth's centre, but is confined * Chemical News xciv., 86, 24 Aug. 1906. 20 PRESIDENT S ADDRESS. to a crust not exceeding 45 miles in thickness and that the temperature from that point to the earth's centre is not greater than about 1500°C.(273^:°F.). Mr. 0. Fisher has examined the subject more in detail.* Taking the two most commonly accepted values for the temper- ature gradient of the earth's crust at the surface, that of Prestwich, which is 1°F. for each 42-2 feet of descent, and the more modern one of 60 feet for a similar rise of temperature,! he shows that the amount of radium required is a diminishing quantity down- wards, which is expressed in the following table : — Gradient VF in 42-2 ft. Gradient V F. in 60 ft. Thickness of crust. Kadium content Temp. do. Radium content Temp. do. Miles. gram per c.c. °C. ^F. gram per c.c. °C. op 15 15-39 X 10-^2 519 966 10-27x10-^^ 363 685 20 11-55 692 1278 8-08 484 903 25 913 ,, 865 15S9 6-39 606 1123 .30 7-70 1038 1900 5-09 7-27 1341 35 6-60 1211 2212 4-62 848 1558 40 5-77 13^^ 2523 3-84 969 1776 45 513 1557 2834 3-59 1090 1994 The figures for °F. given by Mr. Fisher are in some cases not in agreement with the °C.; these 1 have corrected in above table. Mr. Fisiier points out that Professor Bartoli ascertained the temperature of lava flowing from Mount Etna to be lOBCC. (1940°F.), corresponding to a depth of from 30 to 40 miles, according to which of the above temperature gradients is adopted. The 45 miles thickness of crust adopted by Mr. Strutt agrees very well with that arrived at by Professor Milne from a study of the propagation of earthquake waves. The values for radium content in Mr. Fisher's table come well within the scope of the actual amounts ascertained by Mr. Strutt to exist in accessible rocks. * Nature. Ixxiv., 11 Oct. 1906, p. 585. t In my address, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1905, p.618,T took the mean of these, viz., 51 ft. Prof. Gregory, Chem. News xciv., Sept. 21, 1906, p. 143, adopts 55 feet. president's address. 21 Lord Kelvin does not acquiesce in the above theory of earth- heat; he considers it highly probable that the conditions of pressure and environment at a short distance from the earth's surface are sufficient to effectually prevent the disintegration of radium and hence the evolution of heat.^ The heat evolution from 1 gram of radium amounts to 06785 British thermal units per hour, or 5944 in a year, which is equivalent to the evaporation of 175 lbs. of water per annum by 1 oz. of radium. The mechanical equivalent of the latter maybe expressed as being equal to the raising of 577 tons 100 feet above the earth's surface. It is startling to think that this enormous thermal energy is evolved in the time stated with the loss of but a minute fraction of the weight of the radium involved. Pro- fessor Rutherford estimates the energy equivalent of radium as at least a million times that of any other known molecular combination.! As the most moderate estimate of the quantity of radium in the rocks constituting the earth's crust is amply sufficient to account for the observed heat gradient near the surface, if what I might call the extreme radium theor}?- be accepted as accounting for the present thermal condition of the earth, it becomes neces- sary to abandon the idea of there being any serious quantity of the original gravitational heat remaining. It is the essence of the extreme radium hypothesis that a condition of thermal equilibrium has been attained, that the earth is neither getting hotter nor cooler and will remain in its present condition so long as the production of radium continues at an adequate rate. That there must be a time limit is obvious, for the supply of uranium or other radium-yielding material cannot be inexhaustible, but con- sidering the enormous energy equivalent of radium, we see that exceedingly small proportions are adequate to yield the required heat for a very long period. The possible extension of time is enormously increased if a recent suggestion of Prof. J. Joly be * Chem. News, xciv., 21 Sept. 1906, p. 145. t Rutherford, "Eadio-Activity," 2nd ed., p. 482. 22 president's address. accepted that the eartli may be continuously deriving its supplies of radium from solar emanations.* It is known that the tangential speed of projection of the matter constituting the solar emanations is sufficiently great to carry it out of control of the sun's gravity and into the sphere of influence of the earth. Prof. Joly thinks that this might account for tlie apparent limitation of radium to the crustal skin of the earth. That other bodies yield analogous disintegration products, accompanied by the evohition of energy, is well ascertained, but in no known case is this activity at all comparable with that of the uranium-radium product. Still, however, it is quite in keeping with modern views that all matter is in a more or less rapid condition of disintegra- tion, and we cannot say how much of the heat of the earth's interior may be due to the aggregate effect of disintegration and transformation in the mass of matter of which it is composed. I mentioned Sir William Crookes' views on this phase of the subject in my address last year.f Possibly the earth's supply of radium- producing elements ma}' be fairly evenly distributed throughout its mass, and disintegration, while not altogether prevented, ma}' be greatly curtailed by environment and pressure. Were this so we might expect a considerably augmented radium production when materials from beneath reach the surface through the agency of volcanic action. This would account for the surface material displaying so much greater radium activity than can possibly be the case throughout the interior of the earth. At the same time such a conception of the place of radium in the scheme of world physics permits of the possible, and, for my part I think, highly probable, retention by the earth of a portion of its original gravitational heat. We should then have a cooling globe masked by a heat-generating crust, the effect of which would be to indefinitely delay the secular cooling of the heated centre. Assuming the heat of the earth's central mass to be due to the original store of gravitational heat. Lord Kelvin has shown that * Nature, Ixxv., 1907, p.294. t Pi-oc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1905, p. 61 7. PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 23 in order to account for the existing heat gradient near the surface an internal temperature of about 7000° F. is required.* This is much higher tlian the tetuperatures calculated by Messrs. Stiutt and Fisher as being adequate if the central heat is derived from radium contained in the crust. In the one case we have a hot centre cooling outwards, in the other a warm crust also radiatin ing of pre-existing planetoids from its orbital region in space, Either theory is competent to provide ample heat, which is all that is required in our present discussion. In the remainder of this address I will speak of the original heat of the €arth merely as gravitational. The planetoids are commonly held to have to a large extent originated from the gravitational disruption of former celestial bodies through these approaching within critical range of one another. This supposition has the merit, against the collision theory, of better explaining the structure of stony and other meteorites, which could not have resisted the inevitable fusion, or even vaporisation, following actual collision. Professor T. C. Chamberlin, of Chicago, has worked out a very ingenious development of the accretion theory which is full of extremely suggestive ideas, but seems to me to be less convincing * Kelvin, Popular Lectures and Addresses, Vol.ii. 1894, p. 318. See also these Proceedings, 1905, p. 6 19. 24 president's address. than the simpler hypothesis of Professor Darwin.* According to Professor Chamberlin, the accretion of planetoids was in all probability a slow process, so much so that the heat of impact was dissipated about as rapidly as acquired. Hence, he concludes, conditions suitable for the establishment of life may have existed when the earth was but a fraction of its present size. The existence of central high temperature he attributes in part to a remnant of gravitational heat acquired through the primary nucleus having been gathered rapidly when planetoids were relatively abundant, but in the main to the gradual increase in pressure as the globe increased in size. Mere pressure does not produce heat unless it causes change of volume, and it seems doubtful to me that the denser packing and molecular rearrange- ment through increase in pressure, which Professor Chamberlin assumes, could be sufficient to generate the heat required. He, however, expressly states his conviction of the sufficiency of the cause given, and conclvides that the present internal temperature of the earth increases steadily to the centre, which he estimates to be about 20,000'C.(about 36,000° F.). It will be seen that this tempeiature is greatly in excess of the 7,000° F w^iich Lord Kelvin considers jiossible for the present surface thermal gradient if due to a cooling hot centre, and still more in excess of the modest 2,700° F. required by Mr. Strutt for a radium-warmed globe. It is further not at all clear to me how under the conditions postulated by Professor Chamberlin the lunar satellite could come into existence. Professor Darwin concludes that the heat of impact of the planetoids was great enough to cause incandes- cence of the entire mass of the growing earth, and, as the result of a careful mathematical examination of the problem of a revolving molten mass such as is assumed for the early condition of the earth, finds that the shape acquired will vary with the rate of revolution. At one particular speed it will be of the earth's present shape; at a higher speed the equatorial outline will be an Chamberlin & Salisbury, Geology, Vol.ii. 91, 1906. president's address. 25 oval like an egg spinning on its side; at a still higher speed one end will form a projection which will take the form of a neck with a drop at its outer extremity, and, ultimately, this will be thrown off to form a satellite revolving around the parent body. The beauty and suggestiveness of this scheme become all the greater when we reflect that under such circumstances the original mass must, through the tidal action induced by its own offspring, continually decline in its rate of revolution, and assume a shape corresponding to its changed speed, while the satellite will, through reflex action, steadily increase its distance from the parent body. Although we are accustomed to speak of the earth as being practically a rigid body, we must not lose sight of the fact that it is so merely in a comparative sense, and that the hardest rocks of its crust are sufiiciently plastic to permit of the shape of the whole accommodating itself to any change in speed of rotation or indeed to any adequate force continuously applied. The existing equatorial bulge is the result of a definite force due to the period of revolution, and will certainly alter in unison with the gradual decline in the rate of that motion. Gould the revolution of the earth be stopped without disruption through inertia, the equa- torial bulge would disappear in obedience to gravity, and. the earth would become practically globular in shape. As will be obvious to all, the extreme interest and importance of the development of the radium hypothesis lies in the great extension of time which it permits for biological evolution and geological development. When we limit the habitable age of the earth by the possible time allowable for cooling from its original heated state, very grave ditficulties arise as to the possibility of fitting in the requirements of geological time; but in the light of the possibilities of radium it is easy to push back the period of gravitational incandescence until the time occupied in cooling from that condition to one in which the existence of life is possible, becomes but a small fraction of the eartli's history. There are, of course, astronomical reasons for placing a limit on the earth's age, but the requirements of astronomy permit of a 26 president's address. liberal allotment of time, and there is no reason for limiting the original supply of radium-producing material, and, hence, of the time during which its heat has been available. It is quite obvious that in the earlier stages of the earth's history, when rapid cooling was taking place, crust movements on a colossal scale must have occurred, and that as cooling pro- ceeded, these would gradually moderate. If we imagine a time when all this heat had disappeared and the earth had arrived at a stage of thermal equilibrium such as is assumed under the extreme radium theory to be its existing condition, it is evident that no more shrinkage could take place and that any display of crust movement or volcanic energy must be due to some other cause. The material of the earth's interior up to a point com- paratively near the surface, is, as we know, at a temperature con- siderably above its surface melting point, but there is evidence that it is retained in a solid state by the pressure of the super- natant strata. Whenever this pressure is relieved liquefaction occurs, and we then have the fused matter squeezed out in the form of lava, through any available opening; or, it may be, form- ing sheets or dykes at or beneath the surface. We may consider any given land area as floating on a substratum of lava, which, though solid, or perhaps more or less plastic, is ready to respond to relaxation of pressure. It is thoroughly well understood that the surface of the land, and, in particular, the great mountain masses, lose in the aggregate very large quantities of material every year through denudation. The removal of such quantities of matter from one place to another on the earth's surface must have a very considerable effect on regional stability, and w411 be quite competent to account for extensive earthquake and other movements. When a land surface is stripped by denudation and the material so removed deposited around it, w4iile the pressure of the surface in question is lessened, that of the area receiving the spoil is increased, and the effective force operating in the direction of raising the one area and depressing the other will, in an ideal case, be double the weight of the transferred material. PRESIDENT S ADDRESS. 27 There appears to me to be much difficulty in accounting for the various observed land movements if these are to be attributed to denudation alone, but if to this source of disturbance be added a moderate amount of shrinkage through secular cooling, all classes of earth movement, folding, cfec, can be much better explained. From shrink ge alone, one would expect erratic tilting nnd sink- ing, but not orderly regional uplifting or subsidence, and it seems probable that such movements are in the main due to denudation. Land may readily enough sink through denudation in spite of the attend -nt removal of pressure, because that very relief may bring about the liquefaction of lava previously held solid by pressure, while the accompanying disturbance opens up channels for its escape. It has during recent years be^^n increasingly manifest that much volcanic activity is caused by the penetration of ocean water through earthquake fissures to the interior hot part of the earth, with the consequent production of steam at very high tension. Large quantities of h^'^drogen chloride are at times emitted by volcanoes, nnd, it bein^ now pretty well known that existing plutonic waters are practically free from chlorine, the obvious source of supply of this substance is the salt of the ocean water.* It has been suggested that if the crust of the earth contains sufficient radium to provide the heat known to exist in the interior, the moon, from its supposed mode of origin, must also be equally rich in radium, and should indeed have an even greater internal heat than the earth. This question has been very satis- factorily dealt with from the extreme radium standpoint by the Hon. Mr. Strutt.t who points out that though the period of lunar volcanic activity has been generally believed to be past, much doubt has been thrown on this assumption by the observat ons of modern astronomers, and notabl}^ by Prof-r^ssor W. H. Pickering, who is decidedly of the opinion tliat changes sufficiently great to be noted occur from time to time on the moon's surface. That See references, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1905, p. 621, t Proc. Roy. Soc. London, A Ixxvii. 472. 28 president's address. these changes are not more commensurate with the probable internal heat, may well be because of the absence of water. Jf it.be the case that terrestrial volcanic action is largely induced through atmospheric d nudation and oceanic penetration, then the absence of water and of atmosphere from the moon would sufficiently account for her comparative surface stability, and if to the original gravitational heat be added radium blanketing, then, as in the case of the earth, we can readily admit a prolonged condition of internal high temperature, and the absence of any serious amount of disturbance from shrinkage due to secular cooling. If the presence of radium is admitted as a factor in the thermal evolution of earth and moon, it is but a natural step to apply the same reasoning to the sun and thereby to open up a vista of time for the entire solar system greatly in excess of anything hitherto considered by physicists to be admissible. Cakbon Dioxide and Geological Climate. — For some years past a good deal of attention has been devoted to the question of the influence on climate of possible variations in the com- position of the atmosphere as regards its carbon dioxide and moisture contents, and more especially on tlie competency of such variations to induce the great climatic changes which are involved in the transition from conditions even warmer than those which are now experienced in temperate regions, to a state of glaciation sufficiently severe to partially invade the tropics. ■ I propose to outline the principles underlying this problem and to show in what manner the effect described might be brought about by the specified changes in atmospheric consti- tution. In all that follows regarding the carbon dioxide theory of glaciation, I do not wish to be understood as entirely indorsing all tf>e details given. The hypothesis seems to me a very beautiful and suggestive one, and my desire is to give, as far as I am able, a concise account of its salient features, leaving my hearers to form their own opinions as to its adequacy as a cause of the observed phenomena. Professor Chamberlin has elaborated this hypothesis in a series of extremely valuable papers full of president's address. 29 luminous suggestion, wliich should receive the most careful study from all interested in the great questions of earth history, and to which I am much indebted.* The idea that glaciation over a wide range of the earth's surface could be caused by removal of carbon dioxide and con- currently of water vapour fnm the atmosphere, is by no means novel. It appears to have been first suggested by Professor Tyndall, who was led thereto by the result of his observations on the thermal properties of gases and vapours. Tyndall found that while simple gases such as nitrogen and oxygen, which constitute the bulk of the existing atmosphere, are extremely transparent to the entire solar emanation of light and heat, compound gases like carbon dioxide, marsh gas, ammonia, &c., and the vapours of water, alcohol, essential oils, &c., differentiate between the various wave lengths, and, while allowing some to pass as freely as do the simple gases, offer greater resistance to the passage of others. The waves which are unable to pass through the com- pound gases and vapours are the long obscure ones in the ultra- led, while the shorter waves above this pass freely. Even in very moderate thickness such gases are able to effectually bar the progress of considerable quantities of obscure heat. As a matter of fact no sharp distinction can be drawn between heat and light, the waves of the former passing insensibly into the latter as we progress along the spectrum. Light waves differ from one another and from those of heat merely in their length, and, as all progress through space at equal rates, it follows that the shorter waves give a greater number of impacts to a receiving- surface in unit time, than do the longer. The longest waves, giving the fewest impacts in unit time, are the obscure heat rays of the ultra-red, and as we pass on towards the visible spectrum the waves become shorter and shorter, and constitute what is commonly called radiant heat. Professor Tyndall was the first to put the matter of the selective action of gases upon radiant energy on a proper foundation, and * Jour. Geol. Vols. v. and vii., 1897 and 1899. 30 president's address. the results of his classic researches, as detailed in his published lectures, may still be considered as the clearest and most illumi- nating account of the phenomenon in question."^ The cause of this difference in behaviour of the two kinds of gases lies in the fact that the simple gases do not respond to the vibrations of the portion of the spectrum carrying the heat waves; they behave to these much as they do to the still shorter waves of visible light: while on the other hand, the larger molecules constituting the compound gases, while quite as transparent to the light waves as those of the simple gases, are capable of vibrating in unison with the obscure heat waves, and so, by transferring the energy of these to themselves, offer an efiectual barrier to their progress. The action of the compound gases towards obscure heat rays is much the same in character as that of a sheet of metal w hen placed so as to intercept the heat from a fire; the metal is capable of responding to the vibrations of the heat waves, and so absorbs their energy to produce heat vibration in its own substance. We may now very briefly consider a very interesting phenomenon, the acceleration or retardation of the waves of radiant energy when the body emitting them is moving in a direction to or from the observer. A very commonly noticed analogous case is the sharpening or flattening of the pitch of a railway whistle when approaching or receding. If the source from which the radiant energy is being emitted be approaching the observer, the waves right along the sptctrum are accelerated by the precise amount of the forward motion, while the radiation from a receding body will be drawn out or retarded. A ray from a stationary body, which reaches the eye as yellow, will, from a body approaching at a sufficiently rapid rate, be accelerated, and appear as some colour nearer the blue, while from a receding source it will be retarded in the direction of the red. Obviously, any absorption lines in the light from a body moving in the line of sight, will be displaced in one direction or another, according * Tyndall, " Heat a Mode of Motion," 6th ed., 1880, p.B21 et seq. PRP:SIDENTS ADDRESS. 31 to the rate of travel of the body, and thus furnish a means of telling the direction and speed of motion. It is further evident that waves beyond the visible spectrum at one end or the other may be brought into the visible range by acceleration or retarda- tion. So also, rays belonging to the visible red end may V)e changed into invisible heat, or others at the blue end may be pushed forward and accelerated into invisible chemical rays. The temperature of a heat-emitting body has a direct influence on the nature of the heat evolved. The hotter the body the more nearly the heat waves approach the properties of red light, while the cooler the body the more they tend to become obscure. All heat given off from a body of the nature of the earth is of the obscure type. Radiant heat is not reflected as .such but is degraded and sent away in the lower form. We may now picture the earth's atmosphere, containing carbon dioxide and water vapour, with the sun's radiant energy pouring into it. The long waves of obscure heat will be absorbed in the upper layers of the atmosphere, leaving the shorter waves of radiant heat to pass on and reach the surface of the earth, where they are at once absorbed, partly by the solid and partly by the aqueous surface. The warmed solid surface proceeds to part with its heat by radiation and contact with the air, the heat emitted being now of the obscure type, and so unable to pass the carbon dioxide and water barrier. The result is that the lower layers of the atmosphere become warmed by the transformed heat which before passed freely through. The fate of the heat taken up by water is mainly to cause evaporation, whereby it is carried in the latent state in the water vapour and liberated where the vapour condenses to form clouds, the ultimate result being, that like that absorbed by the land, it goes to warm the atmosphere. Finally the heat acquired by the atmosphere is scat- tered in all directions, some back to the earth, some laterally to the surrounding portions of the atmosphere, and some into space. A condition of equilibrium is then established, the earth losing heat at the same rate as it is receiv^ed, but with the vastly important provision that its own surface remains at a tempera- ture high enough to give what I might term heat pressure sufii- 32 president's address. cient to penetrate the obstructing atmospheric blanket. The less of the efficient heat-trapping carbon dioxide and water vapour are contained in the atmosphere, the lower will be the surface temperature necessary to produce a state of equilibrium, and hence, the colder will be the climate at the earth's surface, and, conversely, the more carbon dioxide and water present in the air, the higher will be the temperature. The carbon dioxide may be considered as the controlling factor in determining the absorp- tive power of the atmosphere for heat, for, although water vapour has probably a greater actual effect, it depends entirely on temperature for its presence, while carbon dioxide is not directly affected by the temperature changes which it itself induces. When carbon dioxide is removed the temperature falls, and with fall in temperature the proportion of water vapour decreases; such decrease is followed by a further fail in tempera- ture which again robs the atmosphere of more water vapour, and this process goes on until the lowest temperature which the carbon dioxide will permit is reached, and a condition of thermal equili- brium is set up. When carbon dioxide is increased the tempera- ture rises, and with rise of temperature the capacity of the atmosphere for holding water is augmented, and thereby a further rise in temperacure is brought about until by alternate action and reaction thermal equilibrium is again established. We thus see that the carbon dioxide is the dominant element, and in what follows I will for the sake of simplicity speak of the temperature changes as if entirely due to carbon dioxide variation. The greatest step in advance within recent years, in the development of the carbon dioxide hypothesis, is due to Professor Arrhenius, who, as the result of an extremely able and laborious mathematical examination of the problem, has shown that a certain reduction in the proportion of carbon dioxide now present in the atmosphere would, in so far as can be seen, be competent to bring about a sufficient fall in the average temperature at the earth's surface to produce glaciation to latitudes as low as to be well within the tropics.* Arrhenius bases his calculations on * Arrhenius, Phil. Mag. (Ser. 5), Vol.xli. 1896, •p.2;37. president's address. 33 the work of Professor Langley on the determination of tlie variations in the amount of heat received from the full moon when at different altitudes above the horizon and thus shining through varying thicknesses of atmosphere. Professor Chamberlin assumes that even in earl}' Palaeozoic times the atmosphere did not materially differ from its present composition, there having always been a conflict between sources of supply and causes of depletion of carbon dioxide. The amount of this constituent in the existing atmosphere varies somewhat in different regions, but may be stated as averaging about 0*03 per cent, by volume. Arrlienius has calculated that a reduction sufficient to bring this down to 0*016 to 0*018 per cent., or the removal of rather more than one half, would suffice to reduce the mean tempeiature by an amount equivalent to 7 to 9° F., which would mean the extension of glacial conditions to within about 20° on either side of the equator; while an increase of from 2J to 3 times the present proportion, bringing the carbon dioxide content to 0*075 to 0*090 per cent., would result in an increase of the mean temperature by 14 to 16° F., and give semitropical conditions well within the arctic and antarctic zones. In support of the possibility of such variation in atmospheric carbon dioxide, Arrhenius quotes the opinions of Professor Hogben who has published in a Swedish journal* the result of his studies on the probable sources of supply and causes of depletion of this gas to and from the atmosphere. Hogben considers that the atmosphere is and has always been continuously supplied with carbon dioxide, amongst other gases, from the earth's interior. Such supplies would be quite independent of surface conditions, and would continue even during periods of extreme glaciation. This is the important point on which the whole theory depends. That there are large supplies of carbon dioxide available is well known. Examination of numerous volcanic and meta- morphic rocks has shown that they contain, on an average, several times their own volume — at atmospheric pressure — of * Svensk Kemisk Tedskrift, 1894, p. 169. 34 president's address. permanent gas. There is no difficulty at all about proving the presence of this gas in ordinary rock. All that is required is to heat the rock in small fragments in an exhausted flask, when the gas is given off and can be measured and its composition ascertained. The gas is usually contained in minute cavities throughout the body of the rock, and but little of it escapes even on grinding. That it must be under very great pressure is evident from the volume to which it expands when liberated. Sir William Crookes, in his lecture on Diamonds, delivered before the British Association meeting at Kimberley, mentioned that diamonds frequently explode soon after reaching the surface, or on being gently warmed, owing to the pressure exerted by globules of inclosed gas.* Professor Tilden has thrown much light on the quantity and composition of the gases occluded in rocks, in a paper read before the Royal Society some years ago.f His examination covered a large number of examples of granite, schist, gneiss, basalt, &c., in which he found gas varying from 13 to 17*8, and averaging about 5 times, the volume of the con- taining rock. In a general way hydrogen was found to be the most abundant constituent, but carbon dioxide was also invariably present in large proportion. One series of rocks gave the follow- ing average figures for the composition of the contained gas : — Hydrogen ... 52*2 In another and larger series the Carbon dioxide ... 34*1 mean composition was : — ,, monoxide ... 8-4 Marsh Gas ... 3-2 Hydrogen, &c. ... 73-8 Nitrogen ... 2-1 Carbon dioxide ... 26*2 100 0 100-0 At this rate it is a simple matter to show by calculation that the rocks within a very moderate distance of the earth's surface contain more gas than would supply several times the volume of the existing atmosphere, and if the entire mass of the earth be * Chem. News, xcii. 1905, p. 159. tChem. News, Ixxv. 1897, p. 169. president's address. 35 assumed to contain gaseous matter in the same ratio, sufficient is in existence to form man}'- hundred atmospheres. Carbon dioxide is known to be evolved in immense quantities from volcanoes and to be also extruded from the rock walls in mines, from springs, from the surface soil and from innumerable caves, one of the best known of which, perhaps, is the Grotta del Cane, near Naples, where dogs are rendered insensible and lights extinguished by the layer of gas on the floor of the cave. It seems reasonable to admit that in these we have a sufficient source of supply for what, though aggregating many millions of tons of carbon dioxide annually, is relatively but a small quantity in comparison with the amount existing in the atmosphere at any one time. The causes of loss of carbon dioxide may be divided into temporary and permanent. Of the former, absorption by the waters of the ocean and fixation by living organisms may be considered the most important. The great cause of permanent loss will be the withdrawal of carbon dioxide through its action in weathering the surface of the land, which is acting continuously wherever moisture and air have access to rocks and soil. In the case of the carbon dioxide taken up by the ocean, we have seen that this source of loss varies in activity with the temperature of the water, and that with rise in temperature the borrowed gas is returned to the atmosphere By far the greater proportion of the carbon taken up and tixed in the tissues of living organisms is returned to the air again, for the balance of life and death remains unchanged. It is true that in coal deposits great quan- tities of carbon have been permanently fixed, but even the total of this, on a liberal estimate, amounts to but a tiny fraction of the world's stock, and in any case such fixation could but take its place along with the other sources of permanent removal and merely have efiect in delaying the change from one climatic state to another. Tiie carbon fixed in coral, limestone and similar formations aggregates a much greater proportion of the whole than that locked up in coal, but as all of this is derived from the fixed portion of that captured by the ocean, or in some cases by 36 president's address. freshwater lakes, and hence not available for return to the air, the form in which it is stored is of no consequence so far as glacial changes are concerned. It is in the consumption of carbon dioxide in the weathering of rocks that the great primary source of permanent loss lies. The rocks constituting the exposed surface are largely composed of silicates and by the action of carbon dioxide and moisture these are decomposed, the bases combining with the carbon dioxide and ultimately finding their way into the ocean. Practically all the carbon dioxide so fixed may be considered as permanently lost. We have seen that depletion of atmospheric carbon dioxide induces a cold surface condition while enrichment results in the opposite effect. When the land surface is at work removing carbon dioxide and thereby bringing about cooling, and the ocean, responding to the change, aids in the withdrawal, all the con- ditions necessary for the inauguration of a glacial epoch are present, and, accordingly, when the rate of removal of carbon dioxide exceeds that of supply, it is only a matter of time for the change to occur. With the advent of an icy covering the land would be effectually shielded from the action of atmospheric carbon dioxide, and the loss through weathering being stopped, or at any rate greatly reduced, a time of steady accumulation would set in, resulting in the dawn of a genial period; the encroachment of ice would be stopped, the line of glaciation driven back towards the poles, and the rocky surface again exposed. On the completion of one cycle there would be a gradual swing in the opposite direction, and so the continued succession of glacial and warm periods, of which we have evidence, would be accounted for. There are so many modifying influences, such as variation in the relationship of water and land, which would tend in one way or another to affect the rate and intensity of climatic change as well as the time of duration of both conditions, that nothing in the way of regular periodicity is to be expected in glacial epochs, and that there was no such periodicity seems to be the trend of the evidence. Partial retreats and advances of ice, and greatly president's address. 37 varying rates of change have undoubtedly been the rule. At the present time all the indications appear to point to the world's beinof in the waning stage of a glacial period, so that warmer conditions are now steadily invading the circumpolar regions. The question naturally arises at this stage, what would be the effect of the escape of internal heat from the earth in aiding the carbon dioxide of the atmosphere to maintain a genial climate. This problem was long ago dealt with by Sir William Thomson (Lord Kelvin), who arrived at the result that, starting with an incandescent globe, •' the general climate cannot be sensibly affected by conducted heat at any time more than 10 000 years after the commencement of superficial solidification."* The same authority elsewhere says : " Ten, twenty, thirty times the present rate of augmentation of temperature downwards could not raise the surface temperature of the earth and air in contact with it more than a small fraction of a degree Fahrenheit. The earth might be a globe of white-hot iron covered with a crust of rock 2,000 feet, or there might be an ice-cold temperature everywhere within 50 feet of the surface, yet the climate could not on that account be sensibly different from what it is, or the soil be sensibly more or less genial than it is for the roots of trees or smaller plants"! The view has been held by some observers that the internal heat of the earth was a sufficient source of warmth to maintain a uniform genial climate over the entire surface of the globe during long periods of geological time, and that the sun's heat- ing influence during these periods was effectually neutralized by impenetrable banks of cloud. The ocean was supposed to be kept warm by contact with the heated earth. J Lord Kelvin, as is seen from the above quotations, gives absolutely no support to this theory. Likewise regarding the belief that the rate of cooling of * Mathematical and Physical Papers, Vol. iii., 1890, p. 305. t Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, Vol. v.. Part ii., 1877, p.250. Kelvin, Popular Lectures and Addresses, Vol. ii., 1894, p.297 t See, for example, Manson, ' The Evolution of Climates,' The American Geologist, 1898. 38 president's address. the earth's interior is sensibly affected by variations in the amonnt of heat received from the sun, with consequent mani- festation of earthquake action due to increased shrinkage, when, through any cause, there is a falling off in the amount of sun heat received. This position seems to me equally untenable. It is well known that the heat of the sun does not affect the temperature of the soil more than a few feet from the surface, and in the light of Lord Kelvin's work, it appears certain that no variation in surface temperature within even far wider range than is now experienced, can have any sensible effect on the rate of transmission of heat outwards from the interior. Were it the case that mere change in surface temperature had any such effect, we should surely have distinct manifestations of differential shrinkage every winter, through the unequal loss of heat follow- ing the change of season. To me it seems that unequal loss of heat through winter ruling in one hemisphere while summer was warming the other, would be far more likely to induce earth- quake tremors than even a very considerable increase in the rate of heat loss, uniformly distributed. In coming to a conclusion on this matter, it will, perhaps, be helpful to consider what is the actual amount of heat escaping from the interior of the earth. Taking the recognised values for heat conductivity of the crustal rocks and for heat gradient near the surface, Lord Kelvin has shown that the loss of heat amounts to about 92 horse-power per square kilometre.* This may be stated in another way, which will, perhaps, convey a more distinct impression to the mind. A horse-power is equal to the raising of 33,000 lbs. one foot high per minute, and 92 horse-power per square kilometre is the equivalent of the evaporation of 10 J lbs. of water per square mile of surface per minute. Even allowing a considerable margin of error for assumed mean conductivity and heat gradient, the result would be of the same order, and as it stands may thus be taken as * Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, Vol. ill. Part ii., 1869, p. 234. Popular Lectures and Addresses, Vol. ii., 1894, p.l 16. president's address. 39 fairly representing the actual state of matters. A fluctuation in the outflow of heat of 10 per cent, would be equivalent to 1 lb. more or less water evaporated per square mile per minute. It may be safely said that one active volcano will dispose of more heat in a day than many hundred square miles of earth surface in a year. That the glaciation of the earth's surface at any period since palaeozoic times cannot have been more than partial, is evident, for were this condition to extend over the entire tropical regions there would remain no sanctuary for the higher forms of life, with the result that all plants and animals unable to withstand the rigours of an arctic climate would perish. That this has not been the case is amply proved by the known continuity of highly developed organisms succeeding one another through long geological epochs covering numerous periods of glaciation. Dar- win was much impressed with the importance of glacial mutation as explaining the present distribution of Alpine organisms.* The plants, for example, found in Alpine regions everywhere over the earth's surface, bear a striking resemblance to one another, indeed, identical species may be found in places widely separated by tracts of country having a climate utterly prohibi- tive of migration for these, Alpine plants being peculiarly intol- erant of other than Alpine conditions. The flora of high latitudes is truly Alpine in character, and similar plants are found flourish- ing on the European Alps and in the regions fringing the Polar Seas. Any change of climate one way or another must have been gradual. If we imagine an era of glaciation spreading towards the tropics, we can see that for long periods the low level areas would have a climate quite suitable for the growth of Alpine types. In fact the lower levels would constitute a haven for the Alpine flora driven from the mountains by perpetual snow and ice, and thus a region for mingling and for migration would be provided. With the gradual return of genial condi- tions the plants would migrate back to the mountain fastnesses • Origin of Species, 6th ed., p. 330. 40 while the plains which had been clothed with Alpine forms would once again be peopled with appropriate denizens which had taken refuge in the equatorial zone from the cold conditions ruling everywhere else. By a process such as this we can understand how isolated mountains in various tropical areas could come to possess a common flora. Under suitable conditions of land configuration the zones around the polar regions would form a recruiting ground from whence the plants could spread tropic wards as the climate became suitable for their welfare, and to the same hospitable regions the cold-loving forms would be driven back by the return of warm conditions to the lower latitudes. There are suflicient mountain chains crossing the equatorial region to act as bridges by which transmigration could take place. For the sake of simplicity I have spoken only of plants in the above scheme, but obviously animals would equally share the facilities for migration, though the conditions on isolated mountain fastnesses would inhibit the survival there of animals to a much greater degree than plants; hence the large arctic mammals, land and amphibious, to most of whicli the proximity of the sea or the range of great land areas is abso- lutely necessary, would naturally gravitate to the regions where they are now found. Glacial mutations and attendant land and ocean configuration alterations, must at all times have been exceedingly powerful aids towards many of the radical changes in type of the flora and fauna characteristic of tlie transition from one geological epoch to another. In taking leave of the honourable position in which you were good enough to place me two years ago, let me tender my hearti- est thanks for the generous support and encouragement accorded me at all times at our meetings and in the conduct of the Society's affairs, and once again to ask you to join me in the sentiment Floreat Societas Linneana ! Mr. J. R. Garland, M.A., Hon. Treasurer, presented the balance sheet for the year 1906, duly signed by the Auditors; and he moved that it be received and adopted, which was carried treasurer's statement and elections, 41 unanimously. The Society's income for the year ended December 31st, 1906, was £1,013 15s. 7d.; the expenditure £1,017 16s. lid.; with a credit balance of £78 4s. 7d. from the previous year, leaving a credit balance of £74 3s. 3d. The income of the Bacteriological Department was £544 Os. 2d.; and the expendi- ture £479 6s. 3d.; with a credit balance of £238 7s. 6d. from the previous year, leaving a credit balance of £303 Is. 5d. In regard to the Macleay Fellowships' Account, the income was £1 389 2s. 9d.; and the expenditure £400, leaving a credit balance of £989 2s. 9d. to be carried to Capital Account. On the motion of the Secretary, seconded by Professor David, a cordial vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. J. R. Garland, M. A., Hon. Treasurer, in recognition of his valuable services in con- nection with the finances of the Society; and also to the Hon. Auditors, Messrs. Duncan Carson and E. G. W. Palmer, for their helpful co-operation in carrying out the annual audit. No nominations of other Candidates having been received, the President declared the following elections for the current Session to have been duly made : — President: A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc. Members of Council (to fill six vacancies) : R. H. Cambage, F.L.S., J. H. Campbell, H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S., T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M., Alex. G. Hamilton, Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M. Auditors : Messrs. Duncan Carson and Edward G. W. Palmer, J. P. On the conclusion of the formal business of the Meeting, a very hearty vote of thanks to the retiring President for his interesting address and for his untiring efforts to promote the Society's well-being was carried by acclamation, on the motion of Dr. Woolnough. 42 n o CD ^ o a r 1 S ^ ^ i^^ H 3 pb 13 o o o P o < w 1— 1 CO ft- ^ ti 4-^ Ph -*a ^ w .^-^ jz; A o [x) m O 0 0) ^^ o pq O ■ ^ >-n • -« CJD .. <3J O c OJ •- > fe -^= o O ju O r^ O O o o ^11 ' ,H r: -^ CD O CO O CO S"^ Hie C5 S O o J"" ^ • • -^ j^ o_ --5 kT o! CO &i (-> 43 O CO --H CfJ CO >i p o o o . 03 CO CO ^ cS2 CO CO CO C^ Sf CdD CO c H ^^ IT) ;h o c;i S CO "C O O cc 05 O QO O OD CI CO CO CD CO r-1 00 O .-1 r^ CD CD (M O Oi Oi (M rS: JS2^ s COo rH CO (M ^^ CO CO O iH t^Tf (N ^ !>. Oi o o ^ 1 cd laries at inting ( ustratio brary ound B tes surance CJ CO CO i3o«w ccCUhH o - - .. , ^ .. H ' - ''■''•" ■73 "-S < s ^ EFS^^ § ci eS « H O oj CO r^ .5 ^ tJD C)C^ S >^ .S c 1^ -I S^.1 ^ CO '-i' '-' OhPPPh 44 ni O iC »o o _ p^ w 1 o cc 1 CO 1 lO o O 1 ■^ CO CO "^^ 1 to" CO '" ^ 'd ^ O 1 cc o o o o o ic .^ "C o_ N — < "• CD OQ § ^51 O 5 <5 f2 c3 .3 1^^ ^3 a; 1 ^z ^ 1^^ 1 3 O o 2 5J Of > CO >*^n HM e o^ O CO 1 O ^ ^3 o o c o o o o o o >o U5 ^ $ CO o ^ o o oco -V. P-S «^ o o o I— CO ^.^ i Eh CO CO co" O (D ^ llJ <1 o o . " «| 50 2 1 1 ■ o a 3 • o : 3 J2 ;< :3 ■ D 1 ■d '• : c h3 S e. i-i .o o 6- 5i^ 2 CO s o 1^ £ CO >, 0) o = 5 "^ 1^ -i?'-2 ^ 3 C 5 §3 4J 3 3 ^ III ? o :2 o s -£5 t. «i 4J ^: 1 i o o o w o jo is =*^ CO ^ OO Oo o c; . § CO > f-> '*T =i ^ &,*f 05 3 a', a2H3<3ci,OMO o ^ ^ .. ^ ^ ^ H (U s3 « cq 45 H ^ t3 o o O CD H . o cc ' .15 d go ft fcO 2 5^ w "H 5r; • ^ o o J<=^ a; If I O O c; O ( <1 ^ 2 2 < ^ S r r' o a> a^ oj HH ^ -t^ ■« - _ - CO CO s « . ^ " s c £ s. d. By Interest on Investments 1,889 2 9 J £ s. a. To Salary of Linnean Macleay Fellow ... 400 0 0 ,, Amount transferred to Capital Account 989 2 9 i o a P(5 < 46 WEDNESDAY, MARCH 27th, 1907. ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, ^LA., B.Sc, President, in the Chair. Mr. Thomas McDonough, 15 Waverley Street, Sydney, was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (November 28th, 1906), amounting to 35 Vols, 231 Parts or Nos., 53 Bulletins, 19 Reports, and 72 Pamphlets, received from 121 Societies, &c., and 7 Individuals, were laid upon the table. 47 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO- LEPIDOPTERA. By E. Meyrick, B.A., F.R.S., Corresponding Member. XIX. PLUTELLID^. I have recently examined much material of this group from the Oriental region, where it seems to be rather more prominently developed than elsewhere, and at present I give the family Plu- tellidce a more extended application than I did in my Handbook of British Lepidoptera. There it consisted of the groups of Ypono- meuta, Glyphipteryx, and Plutella; to these I now add the groups of Gracilaria and Zelleria, which I formerly included in the Tineidce. To explain this change I may say that I now assign more importance to the smooth posterior tibiae which are a normal attribute of those two groups, than to the rough head which is a frequent characteristic. Moreover, whilst folded maxillary palpi are peculiarly characteristic of the Tineidce, the simple porrected maxillary palpi of the Gracilaria group are so similar to those of the Plutella group, and so di£ferent from those of any other Tineina, that they would seem to indicate real affinity. I regard then the Gracilaria group as being a narrow- wiuged modification of the Plutella group (with the peculiar larval character of an absence of prolegs on segment 10); and the Zelleria group as a narrow-winged modification of the Ypono- meuta group. The habit of Zelleria and its allies of resting on their heads with the hindpart raised is probably imitative of birds' droppings. The reversed habit of Gracilaria and its allies of sitting on their tails, so to speak, with the fore-parts raised, was doubtless acquired to display the peculiar thickened and decorated anterior and middle legs (for which I can conjecture no other object than sexual display), and seems to have been 48 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., rather difficult to lose when once acquired, as some species which have found it necessary to rest appressed to the tree-trunks for purposes of concealment are constrained to spread these legs out awkwardly at the sides. The family as thus constituted includes forms of such diverse superficial appearance that it is not surprising to find some reluctance to accept it as a homogeneous group; but I am never- theless satisfied that it is natural, and am unable to find any characters for breaking it up. It is a primitive group as com- pared with the other families of the I'inehia, which are more specialised and have acquired more constancy in certain particu- lars. Thus in the Gelechiadce, Oecophoridce, and Xyloryctidm veins 7 and 8 of the forewings are invariably stalked (or coinci- dent), never separate; whilst in the riuteJlidce this character fluctuates so much in closely allied forms that I am satisfied it is insufficient by itself even to delimit genera. The smooth poste- rior tibife are not constant in the Flutellidce, though very charac- teristic, and seldom found in any of the other families; there are undoubted Plutellid genera which have the tibiae more or less rough-scaled or set with thin bristly hairs, or even exceptionally clothed with long fine hairs (as Piestoceros, which can hardly be referred elsewhere, though it might possibly belong to the Tineidce). The head is normally smooth, but sometimes rough or even tufted. The veins ma}'- be regarded as normally all separate in both wings, though many exceptions occur. Some genera are remarkable for the relatively extremely short cilia of the hind wings, reduced to ^ of the breadth of the wing or even less, whilst in other Tineina they are very rarely less than J. In view of the inconstancy of single characters in this family the combination of leading characters should always be considered to determine the true affinity of a genus. As many of the genera have been treated already, I have not thought it necessary to repeat descriptions where a genus or species has already been sufficiently described. Zelleria and its allies were included in m}'^ paper on IHneidce, and the Gracilaria and Glyphipteryx groups in separate early papers; Imma is fully RY K. MEYRICK. 49 discussed in a recent paper in the Transactions of the Entomo- logical Society of London. I have included with the Australian species all the material known to me from the Australasian region, i.e., New Guinea and the adjoining islands, and the islands of the South Pacific (excluding New Zealand); and have therefore altered the title of this series of papers from Australian to Australasian. 1. Posterior tibia? in J* elongate, enlarged, longer than tarsi 10. Macarangela. Posterior tibiae in $ normal 2. 2. Forewings with vein 7 to costa 3. Forewings with vein 7 to apex or termen 18. 3. Forewings with vein 8 absent 4. Forewings with vein 8 present 6. 4. Forewings with vein 3 absent 5. Forewings with vein 3 present 40. Metaphrastis. 5. Crown roughly tufted 1 . Lithocolletis. Crown with appressed scales 9. Opsiclines. 6. Forewings with 8 and 9 stalked 17. Thyridectis. Forewings with 8 and 9 separate 7. 7. Forewings with 7 and 8 separate 8. Forewings with 7 and 8 stalked 16. 8. Hindwings lanceolate or linear-lanceolate 9. Hindwings elongate-ovate 15. 9. Head rough on crown, 10. Head smooth 12. 10. Forewings with vein 3 absent 11. Forewings with vein 3 present 8. Timodora. 11. Face shortly rough-haired, palpi tufted 2. Aristaea. Face smooth, palpi not tufted 3. Epicephala. 1 2. Posterior tibiae with bristly hairs above 13. Posterior tibijB smooth-scaled 14. 13. Middle tibiae elongated and thickened with scales 5. Cyphosticha. Middle tibiae normal 4. Coxopomorpha. 14. Middle tibiae thickened with rough scales beneath 7. Gracilaria. Middle tibiae not thickened with rough scales... 6. Macarostola. 15. Basal joint of antennge with dense Hap of scales 42. Phalangitis. Basal joint of antennae without scale-flap 19. Coryptilum. 46. Hindwings with 6 and 7 stalked ^ 17. Hindwings with 6 and 7 separate 43. Amphithera. 6 50 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 17. Hindwings with 4 absent 45. Paraphyllis. Hindwings with 4 present ; 46. Copidoris. 18. Antennse longer than forewings 19. Antennae not longer than forewings 21. 19. Forewings with 9 and 10 absent 20. Tonza. Forewings with 9 and 10 present 20. 20. Palpi rather long, tufted 12. Xyrosaris. Palpi short, filiform 22. Epicroesa. 21. Hindwings with 4 absent 22. Hindwings with 4 present 24. 22. Hindwings lanceolate 11. Zelleria. Hindwings elongate-ovate 23. 23. Hindwings with transparent subbasal patch. .. 16. Ypoxomeuta. Hindwings without such patch 15. Prays. 24. Antennae strongly compressed, flat 28. Piestoceros. Antennse not flattened 25. 25. Labial palpi minute 26. Labial palpi moderate or long 27. 26. Forewings with 8 absent 27. Cebysa. Forewings with 8 present 13. Cyclotorna. 27. Antennae thickened with scales towards base... 28. Antennae not thickened with scales 31. 28. Forewings with 7 and 8 stalked 29. Forewings with 7 and 8 separate 30. 29. Hindwings with 6 and 7 connate or stalked 39. Pseudaegeria. Hindwings with 6 and 7 parallel 38. Snellenia. 30. Forewings with 2 from towards angle of cell. . , 25. Anaphantis. Forewings with 2 from § of cell 30. Tortyra. 31. Hindwings with 6 and 7 stalked or coincident.. 32. Hind wings with 6 and 7 separate , 35. 32. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate or stalked 33. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate 32. Imma. 33. Forewings with 7-10 stalked 33. Loxotrochis. Forewings with 9 and 10 separate 34. 34. Forewings with 2 and 3 stalked 24. Eremothyris. Forewings with 2 and 3 widely remote 26. Hilarographa. 35. Antennae in ^ unipectinated 31. Miscera. Antennae in ^ not unipectinated 36. 36. Antennae in ^ ciliated with long fascicles 37. Antennae in <^ at most shortly ciliated 39.. 37. Second joint of palpi tufted with short project- ing hairs .35. Choreutis. Second joint of palpi not tufted .38. BY E. MEYRICK. 51 38. Terminal joint of palpi obtuse or truncate 36. Simaethis. Terminal joint of palpi pointed ... 34. Brenthia. 31). Forewings with tufts of scales 47. Trachycentra. Forewings without tufts ... 40. 40. Second joint of labial palpi tufted 41 . Second joint of labial palpi not tufted 42. 41. Basal joint of antennaj with dense flap of scales 48. Plutella. Basal joint of antennse without flap of scales... 37. Glyphipteryx (part) 42. Hindwings with 3 and 4 remote 43. Hind wings with 3 and 4 connate or stalked 46. 43. Hindwings with 4 and 5 stalked 22. Lactura. Hindwings with 4 and 5 remote 44. 44. Maxillary palpi developed 41. Orthenches. Maxillary palpi obsolete 45. 45. Forewings with 7 to apex 18. Atteva. Forewings with 7 to termen 23. Mieza. 46. Maxillary palpi distinct, porrected 44. Diathryptica. Maxillary palpi rudimentary 47. 47. Terminal joint of palpi short, thick, obtuse 14. Hojiadaula. Terminal joint of palpi moderate, pointed 48. 48. Second joint of palpi with whorls of projecting scales 37. Glyphipteryx. Second joint of palpi with appressed scales 21. Anticrates. 1. LiTHOCOLLETIS HI). 1. Z. stephanota, u.sp. 9. 6 mm. Head and thorax whitish-golden. Palpi and antennae whitish. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, suffused with gvey above. Forewings lanceolate; pale shining golden-ocbreous; a short white median streak from base; three narrow somewhat curved slightly oblique white fasciae, second and third edged anteriorl}^ with scattered black scales; a white costal dot before apex, followed by some scattered black scales at apex and on upper part of termen : cilia pale shining golden, with white spot on costal dot, Hindwings rather dark grey; cilia grey. Sydney, Nev/ South Wales, in August; one specimen. 52 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 2 L. agIaozo7ia Meyr. {LithoGoll etis aglaozona Mejr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1882, 199.) Sydney, New South Wales, in November and March. Larva mining leaves of Desmodium and Kennedya rubicunda. 3. Z. desmochrysa Low. (Lithocolletis desmochrysa Low., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1897, 23; Nepticida nigricansella Tepper, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1899, 280.) Broken Hill, New South Wales; Adelaide, South Australia; in March. Larva mining leaves of Hardenhergia ovata. 2. Aristaea, n.g. Head loosely rough-haired; tongue developed; ocelli present. Antennse I, in (^ filiform, simple, basal joint moderately elongate, without pecten. Labial palpi long, ascending, second joint anteriorly with long rough projecting scales, terminal joint as long as second, pointed, anteriorly with rough projecting scales diminishing to apex. Maxillary palpi moderate, filiform, por- rected. Posterior tibiae smooth scaled. Fore wings with 16 .simple, 2 from angle, 3 absent, 7 to costa, 11 from middle. Hindwings |, lanceolate, cilia 2; 3 absent, transverse vein absent between -i and 5, 5 and 6 stalked. Differs from Oriiix and Epicephala in having the face shortly rough-haired, as well as the crown, and also in the long rough projecting scales of palpi; in facies it is also quite distinct, and may perhaps be on the ancestral line of Lithocolletis. L A. periphanes, n.sp. (^.14 mm. Head white, lower part of face brownish. Palpi white, second joint with brown subapical band. Antenme grey, faintly ringed with whitish. Thorax brownish, with two white stripes. Abdomen fuscous, towards base and apex pate ochreous. Legs brownish-ochreous, anterior tibiae and tarsi dark fuscous, middle and posterior tibiae suffused with dark fuscous towards BY E. MEYRICK. 53 apex, tarsi mostly suffused with whitish. Forewings elongate- lanceolate; white; markings ochreous-brown, with a few dark fuscous scales on margins; a suffused streak along basal fourth of costa; a small subdorsal spot towards base; a slightl}^ oblique transverse spot from dorsum before middle, reaching half across wing; an angulated median fascia; two wedge-shaped marks from costa beyond this, and a suffused spot on tornus; an apical spot, including a white dot anteriorly and a black apical dot : cilia brownish suJBFusedly barred with white, round apex with a dark fuscous median line. Hindwings rather dark grey; cilia light ochreous-grey. Mount Wellington, Tasmania, at 3000 feet, in December; one specimen. 3. Epicephala Meyr. Vein 8 of forewings is present (in original description errone- ousl}^ stated to be absent); posterior tibite bristly above. The latter character distinguishes the genus from Ornix, which also generally has 6 and 7 of forewings stalked. 5. E. colymhetella Meyr. {Epicephala colyiiihef'illa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, 169.) Brisbane, Queensland; Sj^dney, New South Wales; from Sep- tember to January. Larva in seed-capsules of (?). 6. E. trigonophora Turn. {Ornix tj'igonophor a Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1900, 21). Mount Tambourine, Queensland, in November. 7. E. aci'obaphes Turn. (Ornix acrobaphes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1900, 22.) Brisbane, Queensland, in January. Not known to me. 8. E. austr alls, Turn. {Ornix australis Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1896, 2.) Brisbane, Queensland, from SeptemV)er to November. 54 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 4. CONOPOMORPHA Me}^!". Characters of Gracilaria^ but middle tibi£e not thickened, posterior tibiae with series of projecting bristly hairs above. Type C. cyanospi^a Meyr , from New Zealand. As explained under Gracilaria, I have recast the classification of that genus and its near allies. Dialectif.a Wals., is a synonym of this genus. 9. C. ordinatella Meyr. {Gracilaria ordinatella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 145.) Burpengary, Queensland; Sydne}', New South Wales; in May and June. 10. C. irrorata Turn. {Gracilaria irrorata Turn,, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 124.) Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney and Broken Hill, New South Wales; Adelaide, South Australia; from March to June, and in October. 11. C. tricuneatella Meyr. {Gracilaria tricuneatella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 146) Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; in April. Larva mining leaves of Typha latifolia. 12. C. zajAaca, n.sp. 9. 10-11 mm. Head and thorax snow-white. Palpi white, apex of second joint and supramedian ring of terminal joint dark fuscous. Antennae grey. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs grey, tibiae spotted or banded with white, anterior tibia? dark fuscous towards apex, all tarsi white spotted with grey. Fore- wings elongate, very narrow, long pointed, acute; brownish- ochreous; five direct snow-white fasciae, edged with scattered black scales; first narrow, basal, confluent dorsally with second; second, third, and fourth very broad, only leaving narrow inter- spaces, irregular-edged, somewhat narrower on costa; fifth sub- BY E. MEYRICK. 55 apical, very narrow, sinuate : cilia white, towards tornus pale greyish-ochreous, beneath apex with a grey bar, round apex with a fine black apical line. Hind wings grey; cilia pale greyish. Sydney, New South Wales, in November and January; two specimens. Recognisable by the great relative breadth of the fasciae. 13. C. autadelpha Meyr. {Gracilaria autadelpha Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 147.) Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney and Mittagong, New South Wales; in September, February, and March. 14. C. caenotheta Meyr. {Gracilaria caenotheta Meyr., Pi'oc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 148.) Blackheath, New South Wales, in January and March. Larva mining leaves of Telopea speciosissima. 15. C. chionoplecta Meyr. {Gracilaria chionoplecta Meyr.,Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1882, 195.) Sydney, New South Wales, in October. Larva mining leaves of Fhebalium dentatum. 16. C. argyrodesma Meyr. {Gracilaria argyrodenma Meyr ,Proc.Linn.Soc. N.S.Wales, 1882, 194.) Sydney, New South Wales, in September. Larva mining leaves of Grevillea linearis. 17. C. trapezoides Turn. {Gracilaria trapezoides Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Austr. 1894,123.) Brisbane, Queensland. Not known to me. 18. C hoplocala Meyr. {Gracilaria hoplocala Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S Wales, 1880, 149.) Sydney, New South Wales, in October. 56 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LKPIDOPTEKA, XIX., 19. C. calicella 8tt. (Gracilaria calicella Stt., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 3rd Ser., i., 297; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1880, 150; Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 124.) Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney and Bulli, New South Wales; from July to October. Larva mining leases of Eucalyptus. 20. C. albimacidefla Turn. {Gracilaria alhimaculella Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894,125.) Brisbane, Queensland, in August. Not known to me. 21. C. archepolis, n.sp. 9. 10 mm. Head and palpi white. Antennst; grey. Tliorax white, patagia brown. Abdomen grey. Legs dark fuscous, banded with white, posterior pair white, ringed with dark fuscous. Fore wings elongate, very narrow, long- pointed, acute; brownish- ochreous; markings white, edged with dark fuscous; an outwardly oblique fascia of white suffusion from base of dorsum, not reach- ing costa; an irregular fascia before middle, narrow on costa, moderately broad on dorsum, posteriorly sending a broad median projection to beyond middle of disc; a fascia from | of costa to tornus, upper half linear, lower half forming a triangular blotch; a dot on costa beyond this; an oblit|ue streak before apex : cilia light ochreous-grey, white on extremities of subapical streak, at apex with a basal white dot followed by a black dot. Hind wings grey; cilia light grey. Wirrabara, South Australia, in October; two specimens. 22. C. eiichlamyda Turn. {Gracilaria euchlamyda Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 126.) Brisbane, Queensland, in August and September. 23. C. ohscurella Turn. {Gracilaria ohscurella Tuj-n., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 125.) Brisbane, Queensland, in September. Not known to me. BV E. MKVHICK. 0< 24. C. halfvodes, ii.sp. ^■9. 9-10 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, al>dornen, and legs white; anterior femora and tibite sufiPusedly banded with dark fuscous, all tarsi spotted with fuscous. Forewings ver}^ elongate, very narrow, rather long-pointed, tolerably acute; very pale brassy-yellowish; markings white, partially edged anteriorly with scattered black scales, very undefined; eight or nine subtriangular costal spots, and four or five larger dorsal spots, two median sometimes united to form an irregular transverse fascia : cilia very pale yellowish, round apex suffusedly barred with white, at apex with a short blackish basal mark. Hindwings light grey; cilia grey-whitish, tinged with brassy-yellowish. Geraldton, West Australia, in November; five specimens. 2."). C. eupetala Meyr. {Gracilaria PAi\w.tala Meyr., Proc. Linn. 80c. N. S. Wales, 1880, 160.) Brisbane, Queensland; S3'dne3% New South Wales; in October and February. In this and the two following species the maxillary palpi are minute and easily overlooked, but when observable are formed as usual in the genus. 26. C eumetalla Meyr. (Gracilaria euniefa/la ^ieyv.y'Pvoc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 160.) Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; Gisborne, Victoria; in September, October, and March. Larva in galls on Acacia. 27. C. heJiopla, n.sp. ^9. 9-10 mm. Head and thorax shining coppery-bronze. Palpi ochreous-whitish, apex grey. Antennae grey. Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs dark bronzy-fuscous. Forewings elongate, very narrow, long-pointed, acute ; bright shining coppery-bronze ; markings prismatic violet-white, edged with blackish; two shoit slender oblique streaks from costa before and beyond middle, and two others inwardly oblique towards apex, between tbese 58 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTRRA, XIX., pairs a subcostal dash; a round dot in middle of disc, connected with dorsum by a direct slender whitish streak; a short slender longitudinal streak in disc beyond this, followed by a curved transverse mark touching a dorsal dot preceding it; a wedge- shaped mark from termen before apex forming a straight line with last costal mark; a rather undefined black apical dot: cilia dark grey, round a|)ex grey-whitish with dark purplish-grey sub- basal shade and blackisli subapical line. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia dark grey. Hobart, Tasmania, in December; two specimens. 28. C. alysidota Meyr. (Gracilaria alysidota Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 161.) Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; Sale and Healesville, Victoria; Port Lincoln, South Australia; Perth and Albany, West Australia; from September to December, and in March and July. Larva mining phyllodia (false leaves) of Acacia Jongifolia. 29. C. antimacha, n.sp. ^. 9 mm. Head white. Palpi white, second joint with rough scales towards apex beneath, with dark fuscous subapical band, terminal joint rough-scaled anteriorly towards base, with dark fuscous median ring. Antennae white ringed with fuscous. Thorax white, patagia light brownish. (Abdomen broken.) Legs white, banded with brownish, anterior tibiae mostly dark fuscous. Fore- wings elongate, very narrow, moderately pointed, apex acute, somewhat produced; light brownish, sprinkled with daik fuscous; markings white, edged with dark fuscous suttusion; four oblique streaks from dorsum, reaching about half across wing, and four wedge-shaped somewhat shorter streaks from costa somewhat beyond these respectively, first dorsal extended on dorsum to base, first costal extended along costa to near base, second dorsal hooked at apex so as almost to meet first costal; a white suffusion in disc posteriorly between costal and dorsal streaks : cilia white, BY E. iMEYlUCK. 59 obscurely barred with greyish, with a blackish median line round apex, and grey apical line. Hindwings and cilia pale grey. Geraldton, West Australia, in November; one specimen. 30, C. chiouochtha, n.sp. 9. 9-10 mm. Head white, Falpi white, apical band of second joint and median ring of terminal joint blackish. Antennae grey. Thorax white, patagia dark fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs white, femora and tibia? longitudinally striped with blackish, tarsi ringed with black. Forewings elongate, very narrow, long- pointed, apex acute; dark fuscous: a moderate white dorsal streak from base to near apex, edged above with some black scales, with three rounded projections before middle of wing, at tornus, and at posterior extremity respectively, dorsal edge yellowish-tinged : cilia grey, round apex suffusedly barred with white, at apex with three black hooks. Hindwings and cilia grey. Quorn, South Australia, in October; two specimens. 31. C. tristanice Turn. (Gracilaria tristanue Turn , Trans, Roy. 8oc, S. Austr. 1 894, 1 30,) Brisbane, Queensland, from September to December, Larva mining leaves of Tristania conftrta and Eugenia Ventenatii. 32. C. parallela Turn. [G racilaria fMrallela Turn., Trnns. Koy. Soc. S, Austr. 1894:, 130.) Brisbane, Queensland, from July to November. 33. C . hettro}'>sis Low. {Gracilai-ia heteropsis Low., Trans. Boy. Soc. S Austr. 1894, 112.) Duaringa, Queensland. Not known to me. 34. 0. nereis Meyr. (^Gracllaria nereis Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N, 8. Wales, 1880, 163; G . Jiiwrescens Turn,, Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1894, 127.) Brisbane, Queensland; Sydne}', New South ^^'ales; from August to November. 60 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 35. C. laciniella Me}a\ {Gracilaria laciniella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 164). Brisbane, Queensland ; Sj^dney, Blackheath, Bathurst, and Mount Kosciusko (4,300 feet), New South Wales; Warragul and Gisborne, Victoria; Hobart, Launceston, Deloraine, and Camp- belltown, Tasmania; Adelaide, South Australia; occurs more or less all the year round. Larva mining leaves of Eucalyptus. 36. C. ylebeia Turn. {Gracilaria plebeia Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 131.) Brisbane, Queensland. Not known to me. 37. C. unilineata Turn. [Gracilaria unilineata Turn., Trans. Boy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 131.) Brisbane, Queensland. Not known to me. 38. C. didymella Meyr. {Gracilaria didymella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 164.) Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; Petersburg and Port Lincoln, South Australia; Albany, West Australia; from August to December. Larva mining blotches in phyllodia of Acacia longifolia and A. cidtrif'ormis. 39. C. ochrocephala Meyr. {Gracilaria ochrocephala Meyr. , Proc. Linn. Soc.N. S.Wales,! 880, 162.) Sydney, New South Wales, in October and November. 40. C. o^jhiodes Turn. {Gracilaria ojjhiodes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1896, 2.) Brisbane and Warwick, Queensland, in September and October. BY E. MEYRICK 61 41. C. albistriatella Turn. {GracilariaalbislriatellaTxxvn., Trans. Hoy. tSoc. S. Austr. 1894, 129.) Brisbane, Queensland. 42. C. albomarginata Stt. {Gracilaria albomarginata Stt., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 3rd Ser., i., 294, pl.x. 3.) Brisbane, Queensland. Not known to me. 43. C. leptalea Turn. {Gracilaria leptalea Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1900, 21.) Brisbane, Queensland, in August and September. 44. C iryrigenes Turn. {Gracilaria py rig enes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1896, 1; G. nitidula ibid., 1894, 128 [prte-occup.].) Brisbane, Queensland, in November. 45. C aeolella Meyr. . {Coriscium aeolellu7n Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 167.) Wollongong, Ne\v South Wales, in October. 46. C. ochridor sella Meyr. {Coriscium ochridursellum Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc.N. S.Wales, 1880, 166.) Sydney, New South Wales, from November' to February. Larva mining leaves of Phyllanthus Ferdinandi. 5. Cyphosticha, n.g. Characters of Conopomorpha, but middle tibiae elongated and thickened with dense scales. Type C. pyrochroma Turn. 47. C. microta Turn. {Gracilaria microta Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr. 1894, 128.) Brisbane, Queensland. Not known to me, but the structural characters are given accurately by Dr. Turner in his description. 62 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 48 C. jyyrochroma Turn. (Gracilaria pyrochroma Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894 129.) Brisbane, Queensland, in August and September. 6. Macarostola, n.g. Characters of Gracilaria, but middle tibia? not thickened, smooth-scaled, scales sometimes expanded at apex onl3^ Type M. formosa Stt. To this genus are referable the New Zealand species lencocyma, aellotnacha, aethalota and miniella. -1:9. M. thalassias Meyr. (^Gracilaria thalatisias Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. jST.S. Wales, 1880, 158.) Newcastle and S3^dney, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; from May to January. Larva mining leaves of Leptospe7'mum loivigatum and Agonisflexuosa. 50. M. toxomacha Meyr. [Gracilaria toxomacha Meyr., Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.Wales,- 1882, 197.) Sydney, New South Wales, in September. Larva mining leaves of FuUeiioia daphnoides. 51. J/, ophidias, n.sp. (J. 8 mm. Head white, crown centrally greyish-tinged. Palpi loosely rough-scaled anteriorly, white, with subapical band of second joint and median ring of terminal joint dark fuscous. Antennae grey. Thorax fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs grey, suffusedly ringed with white. Forewings elongate, very narrow, long-pointed, apex acute, produced; rather light fuscous; markings white, partially edged with scattered black scales; a very oblique wedge-shaped mark from costa before middle, extended as a narrow streak along costa to base; three similar marks from costa beyond this, each more or less distinctly extended on costa to touch preceding one, and two short direct marks before apex; a BY E. MEYRICK. 63 thrice sinuate narrow subdorsal streak from base to tornus: cilia pale fuscous, round apex indistinctly barred with white, at apex with a black basal dot. Hind wings gre}^; cilia pale grey. Quorn, South Australia, in October; one specimen. 52. M. lyginella Meyr. {Gracilaria lyginella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 157.) Sydney, New South Wales, in October. 53. M. amalopa, n.sp. (JQ. 7-8 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-white. Palpi whitish, apex of second joint and median ring of terminal joint dark fuscous. Antennae whitish, dotted with fuscous above. Abdo- men and legs ochreous-whitish, anterior legs obscurely banded with fuscous. Forewings elongate, very narrow, long-pointed, apex produced, acute; white, partially tinged with pale ochreous; markings brownish, more or less sprinkled with dark fuscous; nine oblique costal streaks, first three reduced to dots, fourth median, last four extended to termen; three oblique streaks from dorsum, first sometimes partially obsolete; a black apical dot : cilia whitish, round apex indistinctly barred with fuscous, extreme tips at apex black. Hind wings and cilia ochreous-grey-whitish. Albany, West Australia, in December; six specimens. 54. M. mnesicala Meyr. {Gracilaria mnesicala Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, 156.) Sydney, New South Wales, in September. 55. M.formosa Stt. {Gracilaria formosa Stt., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 3rd Ser., i., 291, pl.x., 1; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 153.) Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; from Sep- tember to March. Dr. Turner thinks it is attached to Eugenia Ventenatii. -64 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICKO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 56. M. polypJaca Low. {Gracilaria polyplaca Low., Trans. Eoy. Soc. S. Austr. 189-1:, 112; Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1900, 20.) Duaringa and Brisbane, Queensland, from August to Decem- ber, and in April. Attached apparently to Tristania conferta And 1\ snaveohns. 57. M. ida Meyr. [Gracilaria ida Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 18S0, 155.) Brisbane, Queensland; Glen Innes and Sydne}^ New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; Albany, West Australia; from July to March. Larva mining leaves of Eucalyptus piperita (?). 7. Gracilaria Hw. Head with appressed scales; tongue developed. Antenna? 1 or over 1, in (J filiform, basal joint without pec ten. Labial palpi long, curved, ascending, smooth or sometimes partl}^ or wlioll}' rough-scaled anteriorly or with tuft uf projecting scales on second joint, terminal joint about as long as second, more or less pointed. Maxillary palpi moderate, tilifoim, porrected. Middle tibiie thickened and expanded with rough scales beneath, posterior tibi?e with appressed scales. Forewings with ]b simple, 2 from about |-, 3 sometimes absent, 4 and 5 often approximated, 7 to costa, 1 1 from before middle or near base, secondary cell some- times well defined. Hind wings about i, lanceolate or linear- lanceolate, cilia 4-6; 3 sometimes absent, trans^■erse vein absent between 4 and 5, 5 and 6 stalked, their stalk often continued to base of wing, 7 from angle of cell or rarely out of 6. Type G. alchimiella Sc, from Europe Stud}^ of increased material from various regions has convinced me that Coriscium Z,, cannot be maintained as a distinct or natural genus, the .scaling of the palpi being subject to much variation, and not according with true affinity. On the other hand, I liave found it practic- able to use the .scaling of the legs to break up the whole of the species thus thrown together into four groups which are both natural and strictly definable, and since the number of species BY E. MEYRICK. 65 known is already very large and destined to be much larger, I have thought it conducive to clearness to establish them as genera. The Indo-Malayan region is probably the home of this group. 58. G. chalcoptera Meyr. [Gracilaria chalcoptera Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, 151.) Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; in March and April. 59. G. octojyunctata Turn. (Gracilaria octopunctata Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 123.) Brisbane, Queensland, in April. Also occurs in India. 60. G. lepidella Meyr. (Gracilaria le/pidella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 145.) Sydney, New South Wales, in September and January. 61. G. pla.gala Stt. {Gracilaria plagata Stt., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend., 3rd Ser., i., 292, pl.x., 2; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 144.) Brisbane, Queensland, in September. 62. G. albisj^ersa Turn. {Gracilaria albispersa Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 121). Brisbane, Queensland, in September. 63. G. chlorella Turn. {Gracilaria chlorellaT\xi'n.,Tvi!in^. Roy. Soc. S.Austr.l894, 121.) Brisbane, Queensland, in September. Not known to nie. 64. G. oenopella Meja'. {Gracilaria oenopella Mej'r., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 141.) Sydney, New South Wales, in May. Larva mining leaves of 'Teiranthera ferruginea. 7 66 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 65. G. aibicincta Turn. {Gracilaria aibicincta Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Ausfcr, 1900, •20.) Brisbane, Queensland, in September. Not known to me. 66. 6'. ischiastris, n.sp. ^. 8 mm. Head and thorax greyish-ochreous mixed with dark grey. Palpi white, second joint mostly blackish externally except a subapical ring, terminal joint with three black rings. Antennae white ringed with dark fuscous. Abdomen dark grey. Legs dark fuscous, anterior and middle tarsi white, ])Osterior coxse and base of femora white, tibiae white with dark grey sub- apical band, tarsi grey with two white rings. Forewings elongate, very narrow, very short-pointed, hardly acute; grey, closely irrorated with blackish; a short cloudy whitish mark from middle of dorsum, and between this and tornus some whitish irroration towards dorsum, tending to form an irregular strigulation; an oblique indistinct whitish mark from costa at |^, and another more distinct and direct before apex, both preceded by darker sufiFusion : cilia grey, with thick subbasal and two posterior blackish lines, round apex white between subbasal and posterior lines. Hind- wings rather dark grey; cilia grey. Sydney, New South Wales, in November; one specimen. 67. G. anchetidella Meyr. (^Gracilaria auchetidella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 143) Bulli, New South Wales, in October. 68. G. cirrhopis, n.sp. $. 9 mm. Head light ochreous-yellow. Palpi white, apex of second joint blackish, terminal joint suffused with blackish except at base above and towards apex. Antennae white, suffusedly ringed with dark fuscous. Thorax ochreous-yellowisb, shoulders dark purple-fuscous. Abdomen grey, apex ochreous-whitish. Legs dark purplish-fuscous, anterior coxae yellowish, all tarsi 15Y K. MEYRICK. 07 white witli apex of joints dark fuscous. Forewings ver}' elongate- lanceolate, long-pointed, apex somewhat produced; shining brassy- ochreous-yellow ; costa dark fuscous-purple towards base ; a moderate paler yellow dorsal streak from base to tornus; a suffused dark fuscous dot in disc above middle, whence proceeds a broad streak of pale purplish-fuscous suffusion to apex, strewn with a few dark fuscous scales: cilia whitish-ochreous. Hindwings grey; cilia pale grey. George's Bay, Tasmania, in January; one specimen. 69. (t. aurora Turn. {Gracilaria auroraTuru., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 127). Brisbane, Queensland, in September. Not known to me. 70. G. peHo]:>hanes, n.sp. (J^. 8 mm. Head and thorax light brownish-ochreous, face ochreous-whitish. Palpi whitish, terminal joint with suffused dark fuscous band towards apex. Antenna? whitish, ringed with fuscous. Abdomen whitish-ochreous, mixed with grey above. Legs brownish-ochreous mixed with dark fuscous, anterior and middle tarsi white, apex sometimes dark fuscous, posterior legs whitish-ochreous with dark fuscous dots at apex of joints. Fore- wings elongate, very narrow, rather shortly pointed, acute ; brownish-ochreous, suffused with pale fuscous ; a triangular ochreous-whitish blotch extending on costa from J to beyond middle, and reaching nearly to dorsum, edged with scattered black scales; a few black scales projecting from dorsum in cilia towards middle : cilia pale grey, round apex with several series of dark grey points. Hindwings rather dark grey; cilia grev. Toowoomba, Queensland, in December; two specimens. 71. ^. xanthopharella ^lejr. (Gracilaria xanthopharella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, Ul.) Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; from No- vember to February. GS DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 72. G. euglyjyta Turn. {Gracilaria eugly2?ta Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc.S. Austr. 1894, 122.) Brisbane, Queensland, in September. 73. G. xylophanes Turn. (Gracilaria xylophanes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894, 123.) Brisbane, Queensland, in September. 74c. G. eury enema Turn. {Gracilaria eurycnema Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1894. 122.)! Brisbane, Queensland, in August and September. If I have correctly identified this species, the male has two very long hair- pencils rising from thorax posteriorly and lying along sides of abdomen. 8. TiMODORA Meyr. 75. T. chrysochoa Meyr. (Timodora chrysochoa Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, 296.) Tonga. 9. Opsiclines, n.g. Head with appresvsed scales; ocelli absent; tongue developed. Antennse f, filiform, basal joint somewhat dilated, with pecten. Labial palpi moderately loug, curved, ascending, second joint thickened with scales, somewhat roughly expanded towards apex beneath, terminal joint about half second, thickened with loose scales, obtuse. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Forewings with 2 from 1^, 3 absent, 6 and 7 stalked, 7 to costa, 8 absent, 11 from middle. Hind wings J, narrow-lanceolate, cilia 4; 3 absent, 5-7 parallel. A genus of somewhat dubious affinity; it may be a development of Zelleria. My example, kindly communicated by Mr. Lower, is a female, and the posterior legs are broken. BY E. MEYRICK. 09 76. 0. JpAicomorpha Low. {Zelleria leucomorpha Low., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1900 422.) Adelaide, South Australia, in December. 10. Macarangela Meyr. 77. M. ptjrac7na Meyr. (Macarangela pyracnia Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1892, 589.) York, West Australia, in October. 78. M. uranarcha Meyr. (Macarangela uranarcha Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1892, 588.) Mount Lofty, South Australia. 79. M. leucochrysa Meyr. {Macara7igela leucochrysa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1892, 588.) Sydney, New South Wales, in October. 11. Zelleria Stt. 80. Z. cynetica Meyr. {Zelleria cynetica Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1892, 582.) Brisbane, Queensland; ]\lurrurundi, Sydney, and Blackheath, New South Wales; Gisborne, Victoria; Launceston, Deloraine, Hobart, and George's Bay, Tasmania; from October to December, and in March and April. 81.^. araeodes Meyr. {^Zelleria araeodes Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. VVales, 1892, 582). Sydney, New South Wales ; Gerald ton and Albany, West Australia; from August to October. 82. Z. hemixipha Low. (Zelleria hemiocipha Low., Proc. Linn. Soc.N. S.Wales, 1900, 421.) Adelaide, South Australia, in November. 70 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 83. Z. memorella Meyr. (Zelleria memorella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1 892, 583.) Sydney and Mt. Kosciusko, New South Wales ; Gisborne, Victoria; Hobart and George's Bay, Tasmania York and Albany, West Australia; from November to January. 8i. Z. cremnospila Low. (Zelleria cremnos2)ila Low., Proc. Linn. Soc N.S.Wales, 1900, 42L) Port Victor, South Australia, in November. 85. Z. aphrospora Meyr. {Zelleria aphrospora Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1892, 584.) Port Lincoln, South Australia, in November. 86. Z. callidoxa Meyr. (Zelleria callidoxa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1 892, 584.) Port Lincoln and Mt. Lofty, South Australia, in November. 87. Z. proterespila Meyr. {Zelleria proterospil a Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1892, 584.) Geraldton, York, and AlVjany, West Australia, from October to December. 88. Z. pyroleuca Meyr. {Zelleria pyroleuca Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1892, 585.) Bathurst, New South Wales, in November. 89, Z, mystarcha Meyr. ' {Zelleria mystarcha Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N, S.Wales, 1892, 586.) Campbelltown, Tasmania, in December. BY E. MEYRICK. 71 90. Z. citrina Meyr. {Zelleria citrina Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1892, 586.) Sydney and Glen Innes, New South Wales, in September and December. 91. ^. sigillata Meyr. {Zelleria dgillata Meyr., Proc.Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1892,587.) Sydney and Shoalhaven, New South Wales, in December and January, 92. Z. stylograpfa, n.sp. 9. 20 mm. Head and thorax grej^ finely irrorated with white. Palpi whitish, sprinkled with grey. Antennae grey. Forewings very elongate-lanceolate, round-pointed; 4 and 5 stalked; pale whitish-fuscous finely irrorated with dark fuscous, appearing grey; a minute blackish dot in disc at i; an oblique blackish streak in disc before middle, not reaching margins; someblnckish irroration towards apex: cilia grey, round apex suffused with dark purple-fuscous. Hind wings grey, paler and thinly scaled towards base; cilia light grey. Mt. Macedon, Victoria, in March; one specimen (Lower). 12. Xyrosaris, n.g. Head with short dense rough hairs; tongue developed; ocelli absent. Antenna over 1, in ^ filiform, basal joint moderate, with pectfn. Labial palpi moderately long, curved, ascending, second joint thickened with dense scales, expanded and project- ing towards apex beneath, terminal joint longer than second, expanded with rough projecting scales above and beneath to form a dense rough brush-like tuft concealing apex of joint, IVl axillary palpi obsolete. Posterior tibiae smooth-scaled. Forewings with small tufts of scales on surface; 2 from angle, 7 to apex or termen, 11 from towards base. Hindwings 1, elongate-lanceolate, cilia nearly 2; 3 absent, 5 and 6 closely approximated. Certainly allied to Zelleria, but abundantly distinct by the long antennae, peculiar palpi, and scale-tufts of forewings. I have two allied species from Ceylon. 7'2 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 93. X. dryopa, n.sp. (^.18 mm. Head ochreous-whitish irrorated with pale fuscous. Palpi rather dark fuscous irrorated with whitish, internally whitish. Antennae fuscous, obscurely paler-ringed. Thorax pale greyish-ochreous tinged with brown. Abdomen grey, anal valves very large. Forewings very elongate, very narrow, apex short- pointed, obtuse; pale greyish-ochreous, partially tinged with brown; two undefined patches of brown suffusion in disc ante- riorly, including two or three small dark fuscous scaletufts; a narrow brown streak along dorsum from middle to near tornus, including two dark fuscous scaletufts; some small black dots on posterior half of costaand forming a curved subterminal series to tornus; some brown suffusion towards apex, including a transverse mark of raised fu>cous scales: cilia pale greyish-ochreous, towards tornus suffused with dark grey, round apex and on costa with two broad dark grey shades. Hind wings grey, becoming thinly scaled and subhyaline towards base: cilia grey. Brisbane, Queensland; one specimen. 13. Cyclotohna, n.g. Head with appres.^ed scales; tongue absent; ocelli present. Antennae |, in ^ filiform, simple, basal joint short, thick, with scaletuft anteriorly. Labial palpi minute, scaled, obtuse. Maxillary palpi obs(»lete. Abdomen thick. Posterior tibiae with dense long hairs above. Forewino;s with 16 furcate, 2 from angle, 7 to apex, 8-10 approximated, 11 from middle, secondary cell defined. Hindwings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia |; 3 and 4 connate or stalked, 5-7 parallel, 8 fiee. This curious form is probabl}" a modification of Homadaula. 94. C. monocentra, n.sp. (J9. 23-30 mm. Head, pnlpi, and thorax dark fuscous finely irrorated with whitish. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen ochreous- fuscous. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded, dorsum strongly arched before middle; dark grey, partially tinged with ochreous- BY E. MEYKICK. 73 brownish, tineiy irrorated with whitish, and strewn with l)hickisli or dark fuscous se to middle of disc, thence dilated and curved to beneath costa at I, in ^ hyaline except towards posterior extremity, and largely confluent with subdorsal and dorsal streaks towards base; cilia fuscous-whitish, with blackish basal line. 8t. Aignan, Woodlark, and Sudest Islands, New Guinea (Meek): also recorded from Ceram and Amboina; eight speci- mens. 163. T. prodiyelhi Walk. {Badera prodiyella Walk., 8uppl. 1820.) (J^. 18-'2l mm. Head dark bluish-bronze, face metallic blue- green, a patch behind eye ochreous-yellow. Antenme purple- black, with white band at |. Thorax blackish-bronze, with three metallic-green stripes. Foiewings with termen obliquely rounded, in 9 less oblique; very deep bronze; four metallic iride-^cent-gieen stripes on basal area, as in prasochalca: posterior half beyond a straight line from middle of costa to middle of dorsum suffused with puiple-blackish; an elongate metallic violet-golden })atch beneath costa bej^ond middle, edged anteriorly with metallic blue; posterior area thinly strewn with metallic violet-golden scales: a suffused metallic violet-golden terminal fascia: cilia bronzj^-grey, with blackish basal line. Hindwings in ^ with tornus somewhat expanded, little prominent ; blackish ; dorsal and subdorsal hyaline streaks not reaching termen; an ochreous-yellow stripe from base to middle of disc, thence irregularly expanded and curved to beneath costa at f ; cilia pale fuscous, becoming whitish round apex, with l)lackish basal line. Cairns, Queensland (Barnard, Dodd); also recordetl from Java; six specimens. 31. MiscERA Walk. Head with loosely appressed scales; ocelli present; tongue developeil. Antennae §, in ^ unipectinated, in 9- roughened with scales, basal joint short, without pecten. Labial palpi moderate, obliquely ascending or porrected, thickened with scales, BY E. MKYKICK. 101 second joint more ov less rough or hairy beneatli, teiiijinal joint slioi't, obtuse or somewhat pointed. Maxillary palpi obsolete Posterior tibiitt rough-scaled above. Forewings with 1^ long- furcate, 2-4 approximated from angle, 7 to apex, 8-10 from near 7. 11 from middle, no secondary cell. Hindwings over 1, ovate, cilia 1-1; 3 and 4 connate or stalked, 5-7 parallel. This genus is the Australian representative of the European iJrachodes (formerly better known as Atychm), with which it agrees in all structural and superficial characteristics except the neuration of hindwings, which is quite different : in Brachodes veins 2 and 3 are closely approximated or connate, 3 and 4 remote and parallel, whilst in Miscera 2 and 3 are remote, 3 and 4 connate; as the latter is the normal structure of the Simaethis and Tortyra groups, I infer that Miscera is more ancestral than Brachodes. 1. Forewings with whitish streak from base \&^. ejn.scota. Forewings without such streak 2, 2. Hindwings marked with yellow or white 3. Hindwings wholly fuscous 173. omichleuiis. 3. Palpi with long rough hairs 167. mcsochry.sa. Palpi at most with short scales 4. 4. Hindwings yellow, with base and terminal fascia dark fuscous 9. Hindwings dark fuscous, with white or yellow markings 6. 5. Forewings dark fuscous, with whitish-ochreous discal spot ... 165. resumjytana. Forewings light fuscous, without discal spot 171. holodisca. 6. Hindwings with yellowish fascia only. .. 7. Hindwings with one or more separate spots 8. 7. Forewings obviously dilated, not whitish-sprinkled 170. ceH^/■ojJ^"»■. Forewings hardly dilated, whitish-sprinkled 166. orthavla. 8. Hindwings with white anterior fascia and median sub- costal spot ... 164. leuco2ii-'^- Hindwings with series of three whitish or yellowish spots 9. 9. Abdomen with pale rings throughout, spots of hind- wings obscure 172. mkrastra. Abdomen without pale rings on basal half, spots well- marked 168. de^motowa. 102 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALAS[AN MECRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 164. M. leucopis, n.sp. 9. 13 mm. Head, antenna?, and thorax dark fuscous. Palpi fuscous, becoming white beneath and towards base. Abdomen dark fuscous, base and three narrow rings beyoiid middle white. Forew^ngs elongate, rather dilated posteriorly, costa nearly straight, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; fuscous, mixed with dark fuscous and some whitish scales; an indistinct small transver.se white spot in disc beyond middle : cilia fuscous, base mixed with dark fuscous. Hindwings blackish-fuscous; a moder- ately broad white fascia from middle of dorsum towards costa at ^, becoming obsolete before reaching it; a rather large white spot beneath middle of costa; cilia light fuscous, base mixed with dark fuscous. Duaringa, Queensland (Barnard); one specimen. 165. M. restimptana Walk. (^Miscera 7'esumptana Walk., 458; Atychia anthomera Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1896, 162.) (J. 14-15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous, finely sprinkled with white. Antenna? dark fuscous, pectinations 2J. Abdomen dark fuscous, with one subbasal and four posterior narrow pale yellowish rings. Forewings elongate, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa nearly straight, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; dark fuscous tinely irrorated with ochreous- whitish; a whitish-ochreous spot in disc bej^ond middle : cilia dark fuscous mixed with whitish-ochreous. Hindwings deep yellow; base dark fuscous; a broad rather irregular dark fuscous terminal fascia; cilia light yellow, basal third dark fuscous, some- times more or less wholly suffu.sed with dark grey. Duaringa and Rockhampton, Queensland, in April (Barnard); three specimens. It is possible that this and lencojris are sexes of the same species, but I cannot venture to unite them. 166. J/, orthaida, n.sp. $. 1 6 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous, finely sprinkled with whitish; palpi short-scaled, whitish beneath. BY E MKYKICK. 103 AnteunaB dark fuscous, pectinations 2^. Abdomen dark fuscous, witl) live slender pale yellowish rings. Forewings elongate, posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa nearly straight, apex rounded- obtuse, termen rather obliquely rounded; dark fuscous, irregularly sprinkled with whitish, the irroration indicating a very undefined discal spot beyond middle : cilia dark fuscous, tips of scales fuscous-whitish. Hindwings blackish-fuscous, slightly purplish- tinged; a moderate irregular whitish-ochreous antemedian fascia, outer edge irregularly prominent above middle; cilia whitish- yellowish, basal third dark fuscous. Duaringa, Queensland (Barnard); one specimen. Considerably broader- winged than the preceding, with the yellow area of the hindwings much reduced. 167. M. mesochrysa Low. (Afijchia ynesocJivysa Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr. 1903, 68.) (J. 17-1 8 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax da)k fuscous, very finely whitish-sprinkled; palpi white beneath, with long rough projecting hairs. Antennae dark fuscous, pectinations 6. Abdo- men dark fuscous, with six narrow yellow rings. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa slightly arched, apex rounded- obtuse, termen rather obliquely rounded; dark fuscous, sufFusedly mixed with very long ochreor.s-brown scales; a somewhat incurved narrow streak of whitish irroration from dorsum be3''ond middle to disc at |, reaching half across wing: cilia fuscous. Hind- wings blackish; a moderate irregular orange-yellow median fascia, broadest towards costa, not quite reaching dorsum, outer edge angularly prominent above and below middle; cilia blackish grey, basal line blackish, tips 5^ellow-whitish, towards tornus. becoming wholly yellowish. Geraldton and Perth, West Australia, in October and November; three specimens. Differs from all the other species by the much longer antennal pectinations, and the long rough hairs of palpi. 104 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 168. J/, desmotorna Low. i^Atydiia desmotoma Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1896,162.) (J. 17-21 mm. Head and thorax rather dark fuscous. Palpi fascous, becoming whitish beneath and towards base. Antennte dark fuscous, pectinations 3. Abdomen dark fuscous, beyond middle with four slender pale yellowish rings, apex yellowish. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa slightly arched, apex rounded-obtuse, termen somewhat obliquely rounded; dark fuscous; a small ochreous-whitish narrow transverse discal spot beyond middle; an indistinct posteriorly suffused whitish streak from beneath this to dorsum beyond middle: cilia fuscous, towards base dark fuscous. Hind wings blackish; an antemedian series of three irregular ochreous-white or pale yellowish spots, two lower sometimes nearly confluent; cilia pale ochreous j^ellow, basal third blackish. Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales; Melbourne and Cheltenham, Victoria; in December and January, three speci- mens. 169. M. episcota Low. {Atychia episcota Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1903, 68.) Henley Beach, South Australia. Not known to me, 170. M. centropus, n.sp. (J. 2 I mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous, very finely spi'inkled with whitish, palpi white beneath, shortly rough-scaled. Antennae dark fuscous, pectinations 3. Abdomen dark fuscous, with six narrow ochreous-yellow rings. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa nearly straight, apex rounded-obtuse, termen somewhat obliquely rounded; dark fuscous; a small wiiitish spot in disc beyond middle: cilia dark fuscous, tips whitish. Hindwings purple-blackish; a moderate irregular deep yellow antemedian fascia, not quite reaching dorsum, outer edge irregularly prominent above middle; cilia ochreous-yellow, basal third dark fuscous, tips whitish. Perth, West Australia, in November; one specimen. BY E. MEYRICK. 105 171. M. holudisca, n.sj). (^.16 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale oclireous-i^rey, face more whitish, palpi beneath whitish. Antennae dark fuscous, pectinations 3. Abdomen grey, with seven slender ochreous- whitish rings. Fore wings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded ; light fuscous, with prismatic reflections, irregularly sprinkled with white: cilia pale whitish-fuscous mixed with fuscous. Hind wings light ochreous-yellow; base suffused with grey; a moderate fuscous fascia round apex and along termen, becoming narrow near tornus; cilia fuscous, becoming pale ochreous-yellow round tornus. Geraldton, West Australia, in November; one specimen. 172. J/. 7nicrastra, n.sp. (J. 14-17 mm. Head fuscous, face whitish-tinged. Palpi whitish, towards apex infuscated. Antennae dark fuscous, pec- tinations 2. Thorax dark fuscous, sometimes mixed with och- reous. Abdomen dark fuscous, with six or se\en narrow ochreous- whitish rings. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa slightly arched, apex rounded-obtuse, termen rather obliquely rounded; dark fuscous, suffusedly mixed with very long brownish- ochreous scales; undefined marks of ochreous-grey-whitish suffu- sion on or towards costa at |, and dorsum in middle; an ochreous- whitish discal dot at |, sometimes obsolete : cilia fuscous, some- times with a few whitish scales. Hindwings blackish, slightly purple-tinged; an antemedian series of three small irregular white or light ochreous-yellow spots; cilia j-ellow-whitish, basal half suffusedly mixed with grey. York and Perth, West Australia, in Octobe!- and November; two specimens. 173. M. omichleutis, n.sp. (J. 19-23 mm. Head, palpi, and thoiax dark fuscous finel}^ irrorated with white, palpi white beneath. Antenna; lather dark fuscous, pectinations 3. Abdomen fuscous. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen 106 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICKO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., obliquely rounded; fuscous, sometimes more or less sti-oogly ochreous-tinged, sometimes variably sprinkled with whitish : cilia fuscous. Hindwings ratlier light ochreousfuscous, becoming dark fuscous posteriorly; cilia light fuscous, darker at base, tips whitish. Bathurst, New South Wales; Mount Lofty, South Australia; in November, February, and March, six specimens 32. Imma Walk. I have recently set forth an account of this interesting tropical genus in the Transactions of the Entomological Society of London for 1906, pp. 169-206, and therefoie only give a list of the Aus- tralian species here. 174. /. autodoxa M*vr. Fiji. 175. /. atrosignata Feld. Amboina. 176. /. transver sella Siiell. New Guinea; ranging also to Java and Singapore. Tortrico- morplia ohJ iquifasciata Wals., is a synonym. Ml. I. albifasciella Pag. Duaringa, Queensland; Bismarck Is. Tortricomorpha mono- c?esmrt Low., is a synonym. 178. /. acosrita Turn. Brisbane, Queensland; in September, January, and May. 179. /. conyrualis Wals. New Guinea, Halmahera. 180. /. marileiitis Me}^'. Duaringa, Queensland; also from South Australia. 181. /. leiodiroo. Low. Brisbane, Queensland. 182. /. psithyristis Meyr. Solomon Is. BY E. MliYRICK. 107 183. /. costi2?7inctn Feld. Amboiiia. 184. /. aidonias Meyr. Solomon Is. 185. /. bilinedla Snell. Bismarck Is., Biiru; also from Celebes and Sangir. 186. /. diaphana Pas. {Tortricomorpha diaphana, Pag., J B. Nass. Ver. 1884, 290, pi. vi. 12.) Amboina. 187./. thi/7'iditis Meyr. Solomon Is. 188. /. dioptrids Meyr. New Guinea. 189. /. p'^.nthinoides Pag. (Tortricomo7'pha penthinoides Pag, JB. Nass. Ver. 1884, 291.) Amboina. This species and /. diapharia were omitted ivom my paper as quoted, A I'll. New Guinea. New Guinea. Buru. New Guinea. New Guinea. Solomon Is. 190. /. viola Pag. 191./. grammatistis Meyr. 192. /. minatrix Meyr. 193./. hetnixantheUa Holl. 194. /. crocozela Meyr. 195. /. chri/sop/aca Meyr. 196. /. epiconiia Meyr. 197. /. stilbiota Low. Duaringa, Queensland 198. /. lichenopa Low, Cooktown, Queensland. 108 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., [33. LoxoTROCHis Meyr. 199. L. sepias Meyr. (Lo.votrochis sepias Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend. 1906, 205.) Sir George Hampson informs me that this was erroneously assigned to the New Hebrides; its real locality is the pruvince of Espirito Santo, in Brazil.] 34. Brenthia Clem. Differs from Simaethis and ChoreiUis by the labial palpi, which are pointed, without tuft; in Simaethis they are obtuse or truncate, in Choreutis they are pointed, bat the second joint is tufted with hairs beneath. 200. B. quadriforella Z. {Brenthia qiiadriforella Z., Hor. Ross. 1877, 172, pi. ii., 61; Simaethis hypocalla Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1905, 113.) North Queensland, New Guinea. 201. 5. trilitha, n.sp. ,-J. 10 mm. Head and thorax bronzy-fuscous. Palpi whitish, terminal joint with base and anterior edge fuscous. Antennae whitish ringed with dark fuscous, ciliations \^. Abdomen daik fuscous, segmental margins whitish. Forewings elongate-trian- gular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, ternieu somewhat rounded, little oblique; bronzy-fuscous, irrorated with whitish except on basal area; edge of basal area straight, somewhat darker-suffused; a round darker fuscous discal spot beyond middle, crossed by two transverse white bars; a terminal light bronzy-ochreous fascia, almost wholly occupied by three large black spots, each marked with two or three violet-metallic dots: cilia bronzy-fuscous. Hind wings with termen bent in middle; rather dark fuscous; a roundish white spot in middle of disc; a straight whitish subterminal line, not reaching costa or dorsum; between this and termen a violet-golden-metallic line on costal half; cilia whitish, with dark fuscous basal and ajjical shades. New Georgia, Solomon Is. (Meek); one specimen. HY E. MKYRICK. 10^ 202. B. hecataea, ii.sp. (3^9. 11-12 mm. Hea(.l, thorax, and abdomen rather dark bronzy-fuscous. Palpi whitish, two rings of second joint, and base and anterior edge of terminal joint fuscous. Autennai whitish ringed with dark fuscous^ ciliations in ^ 3. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen almost vertical, slightly rounded; dark bronzj'-fuscous; a straight cloudy whitish fascia before \, hardly reaching costa; some scattered golden-metallic scales towards costa before middle; a transverse-oval whitish spot in disc beyond middle ; a cloudy whitish dot on dorsum before tornus; a transverse whitish mark towards termen in middle; a narrow suffused blackish terminal fascia, marked with seven pale violet-golden-metallic dots: cilia fuscous, with a darker median shade. Hindwings dark fuscous; a longitudinally elongate whitish spot in middle of disc: a straight whitish subtermiual line, becomino- obsolete towards marsfins; a violet-metallic line before termen, obtusely angulated so as to touch termen in middle: cilia fuscous, with darker subbasal shade, l3elovv middle with an oblique whitish patch. St. Aignan I., New Guinea (Meek): two specimens. 35. Choreutis Hb. 203. C. hjerkancheUa Thnb. [Choreutis hjerkandrella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, 215.) Duaringa, Brisbane, and Toowoomba, Queensland; Murrurundi, Sydney, Blackheath, and Shoalhaven, New South Wales; Mel- bourne and W^arragul, Victoria; Adelaide, South Australia; from September to March, common. Widely distributed through most of the globe. 204. C. hoiiiotypa^^ n.sp. (^O. 9-12 mm. Head and thorax dark bronzy-fuscous, with a few white scales. Palpi dark fuscous mixed Nvith white. Antennre white ringed with black. Abdomen dark bronzy-fuscous, seg- mental margins whitish. Forewings rather elongate, posteriorly 110 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTKRA, XIX., dilated, costa genth' arched, apex obtuse, termen sinuate, oblique; blackish-fuscous mixed \\ith bronzy-brown; basal area finely sprinkled with white, outer edge angulated near costa; first line represented by a broad double fascia of white irroration, forming a white dot on costa at 4; a transverse silvery-white mark in disc at |, and another on dorsum at |; a rather irregular silvery-white line from a white dot on costa at § to dorsum before tornus, usuall}^ more or less interrupted; a fascia of whitish irroration from a white dot on costa at 4 to tornus; a row of silvery-metallic marks surrounded with black round apex and termen: cilia whitish, round apex and below middle of termen suffused with dark grey, basal third tawny-bronze limited by a blackish shade. Hind wings rather dark fuscous, becoming darker posteriorly; a white line from disc at f to tornus; cilia fuscous- whitish, with dark fuscous basal shade. Mount Kosciusko (5000 feet). New South Wales; Gisborne, Victoria; Deloraine, George's Bay, and Hobart, Tasmania; from November to Januar}^ and in April fourteen specimens. 205. C. lampadias, n.sp. J9. 12 16 mm. Head and thorax tawn3'^-bronze, more or less irrorated with white. Palpi grey mixed with white and black. Antennae white ringed with black. Abdomen light bronze, segmental margins white. Forewings rather elongate, rather dilated posteriori}', costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen sinuate, oblique; light tawny-bronze, more or less mixed with dark fuscous; a basal patch of white irroration, sometimes small; a somewhat curved whitish fascia from J of costa to | of dorsum; an indistinct line of whitish irroration from a white dot on middle of costa to a silverj'-'white mark on dorsum at |; a silvery- metallic transverse sometimes interrupted mark in disc at ^, more or less surrounded with black scales; a silvery mark from a white dot on costa above this, and an oblique silvery mark below it; a straight whitish fascia from a white spot on costa at' 4 to tornus; an almost marginal silverj^-metallic streak before termen through- out, preceded by some black scales: cilia whitish, with a blackish BY E. MEYRICK. HI basal line; and indications of a grey median sliade sometimes reduced to three patches. Hind wings gre}'-, sometimes darker posteriorly; a white streak from disc at |^ to tornus, and indistinct traces of a second streak be3^ond this; cilia whitish, with dark fuscous basal and fuscous median shades. Mount Kosciusko (5500 feet), New South Wales; Deloraine and Hobart, Tasmania; from November to January, twenty specimens. 36. SiMAETHis Leach. 206. S. bamli's Feld. {Simaethis basalis Feld., Reis. Nov. pi. cxxxviii., 19; *S'. chiono- clesma Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1896, 167.) Rockhampton and Brisbane, Queensland, in December and January; Aru; Amboina. Varies considerably in presence or absence of orange suffusion in hindwings and on terminal area of forewings. 207. >S'. limonias, n.sp. (J. 14: 15 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-orange, thorax with a central transverse dark fuscous band. Palpi orange, second and terminal joints with basal and subapical dark fuscous rings. Antennse white ringed with black. Abdomen dark fuscous mixed with orange, anal tuft orange. Posterior legs orange banded with black, basal joint of tarsi rough-scaled above, third joint snow-white above. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen slightly rounded, rather oblique, sinuate above tornus; blackish-fuscous, markings ochreous-orange; two straight fasciae near base; first line broad, straight, from a whitish dot on costa at ^ to |- of dorsum, closely followed by a nari-ow rather irregular line; a transverse-oval discal spot beyond middle; second line moderate, rather irregular, from a whitish dot on costa at I to f of dorsum, curved outwards round discal spot, not touching it, with a short dentation outwards below middle, separated by a fine line of groundcolour from a broader uneven streak following it; terminal area more or less irrorated with ochreous-orange : cilia grey, with a blackish basal line. Hind- 112 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTKRA, XIX., wings dark fuscous; longitudinal median and submedian streaks of orange suifusion from base to J, more or less expanded at posterior extremity; sometimes a suffused orange streak along lower half of termen; cilia as in forewings. Cairns, Queensland (Barnard); Woodlark Island (Meek); two specimens. Attention may be directed to the good specific characters furnished in this genus b}'- the posterior tarsi, which are often distinctively decorated. In order to understand the complex markings of the forewings it is necessary to assume the blackish tint to be the ground, even when, as in the present species, the orange occupies the greater portion of the wings. 208. 6'. sycopola Meyr. [Simaethis sycopola Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, 211.) Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; from JNIarch to May. Larva in folded leaves of Ficus stijoidata. 2 09. aS'. reguJaris Pag. (Simaethis regular is Pag., JB. Nass. Ver. 1884, 288.) Amboina. This and some other of Pagenstecher's species are in my judgment too loosely described to be identified, and I cannot determine them. 210. S. sessilis Pag. (Simaethis sessilis Pag., JB. Nass. Ver. 1886, 179.) New Guinea. Not known to me. 211. S. parva Pag. (Simaethis parva Pag., JB. Nass. Ver. 1884, 288.) Amboina. Not known to me. S. taprobanes Z., is also quoted by Pagenstecher from Amboina and Aru; it is a well-known Ceylon species, and it seems more probable that the identification was mistaken. BY E. MEYHICK. 113 212. aS'. suhmarginalis Walk. ( Ilerbula suhmarginalis Walk., Suppl. 1286; //. mulliferalis ib., 1286.) Ceram. I have seen this species, but do not possess it. 213. S. ophiosema Low. {Siniaethis ophiosema Low., Trans. Roy.Soc. S. Austr. 1896,167.) Townsville and Kockhampton, Queensland, in November, December, February, and May. Posterior tarsi with basal joint rough-scaled, blackish with white tip, second joint yellow-ochreous with white tip, other three black. 21 4. aS*. hUesceiLS Feld. {Simaethis hitescens Feld., Reis. Nov. pi. cxxxviii, 16.) Amboina. Not known to me. 215. aS'. cyanotoxa, n.sj). ^. 16 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-orange, thorax with central transverse blackish bar, posteriorly infuscated. Palpi orange, second and terminal joints with basal and subapical blackish rings. Antennae whitish ringed with black. Abdomen dark fuscous mixed with brownish-orange, apex deep orange. Posterior legs orange banded with blackish, tibiae and basal joint of tarsi rough-scaled above, third joint of tarsi snow-white above. For^-wings triangular, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen gently rounded, rather oblique; black; an almost basal ochreous- orange fascia and line immediately following, angulated near costa; first line steel-blue edged with orange, from I of costa to f of dorsum, angulated above middle; immediately beyond this an irregular line of orange-ochreous suffusion, acutely angulated in middle; an oblique steel-blue discal mark beyond middle, surrounded with ochreous-orange; second line steel-blue edged with orange, widely broken inwards below middle, upper portion evenl}^ curved, lower inwardly oblique, the two portions connected by a fine orange line; this is very closely followed throughout by 10 114 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALA8I A.N MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., an uneven ochreous-orange streak, attenuated above middle and beneath break; terminal area with some scattered ochreous- orange scales, and a roundish spot towards termen beneatli apex: cilia leaden-grey, with a black basal line mixed with orange, tips grey- whitish. Hindwings dark fuscous; an orange median streak from base, and indications of subdorsal and dorsal streaks, all terminated in a postmedian transverse orange streak not reaching costa; orange spots on termen in middle and above tornus; cilia ochreous-whitish, with blackish basal line, round tornus grey. Isabel Island, Solomon Is.; one specimen (Meek). 216. /S. a-caeruleum Pag. {Simaethis a-caeruleum Pag., JB. Nass. Ver. 1884, 287.) Amboina. Not known to me. 217. *S'. meiaJlica Turn. {Simaethis metallica Turn., Trans. Ro3^Soc. S. Austr. 1898, 202.) Townsville and Brisbane, Queensland. Bred in December by Mr. Dodd. 218. S.j^liomlealis Pag. (Slmcethis ijlumhealis Pag., JB. Nass. Ver. 1884, 288.) Amboina. Not known to me. 219. S. chalcotoxa Meyr. {S imcef his chalcotoxa M.eyi\, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, 287.) Tonga and Fiji Islands. 220. S. orthogona Meyr. Simcethis orthogona Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, 287.) New Guinea. Also from Ceylon. 221. S. melanopepla Meyr. {SimcEthis melanopepla Meyr.,Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880, 212.) Sydney, New South Wales, in November. BY E. MEYRICK. 115 37. Glyphipteryx Hb. I do not coiisidei- it advantageous to maintain Pliryqanostola and Apistomorpha as distinct genera, as increased material shows that they would not be natural groups, whilst when merged in Glyplilpterijx^ the whole forms a ver}'- easily recognised and well-marked genus. As the Australian species now number 43, I give a tabulation to assist identification. 1. CiUa of forewings with dark line indented below apex 2. Cilia of forewings with dark line not indented 36. 2. Forewings with pale dorsal spot near base 3. Forewings without dorsal spot near base 18. 3. Forewings with more or less black posterior marking 4. Forewings without black posterior marking 12. 4. Forewings with black tornal patch and more or less striation above it 5. Forewings without such markings 11. 5. Forewings with whitish spot on base of dorsum . . 249. cyanophracta. Forewings without basal spot 6. 6. Subbasal dorsal spot connected with costa 7. Subbasal dorsal spot not connected with costa.... 9. 7. First two entire transverse streaks parallel 8. First two entire transverse streaks converging towards costa , 245. as(erie//a. 8. Second transverse streak whitish on dorsum 247. pharefropis. .Second transverse streak not whitish on dorsum 248. parazona. 9. Subbasal dorsal spot outwardly oblique 252. 2Jhospho7'a. Subbasal dorsal spot rather inwardly oblique 10. 10. Second joint of palpi with long projecting scales beneath 251. argyrosema. Second joint of palpi shortly scaled 250. iometalla. 11. Subbasal dorsal spot outwardly oblique 246. amhlycerella. Subbasal dorsal spot erect 244. uozela. 12. Two anterior dorsal spots yellow 238. cliryi^oplanetis. Two anterior dorsal spots whitish 13. 13. Two anterior dorsal spots erect 14. Two anterior dorsal spots outwardly oblique 15. 14. Forewings with metallic discal dot at f 236. platydisema. Forewings without such dot 237. metcora. 116 DESCaiPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTKRA, XIX., 15. Forevvings with six pale streaks from costa.. J6. Forewings with seven pale streaks from costa 17. 16. Dorsal streaks sharply marked 239. leucocerastes. Dorsal streaks indistinct 235. Isabella. 17. Forewings with several metallic dots in disc posteriorly 240. tetra^ema. Forewings without such dots 234. chuterasfis. 18. Forewings with black posterior markings 19. Forewings without black posterior markings 22. 19. Forewings with short white streak from base along fold 254. hrachymda. Forevvings without basal streak 20. 20. Forewings with black metallic-marked tornal patch 21. Forewings without such patch 255. call.i-scopa. 21. Tornal black patch with three metallic bars 25^. comefophora. Tornal black patch with five or six metallic dots. 253. lamprocoma. 22. Forewings with white median streak from base... 23. Forewings without such streak 26. 23. Costal streaks distinct and sharply defined 24. Costal streaks indistinct, partly suffused 232. mef^aula. 24. Third costal and tornal streaks united 231. tnthyheltmua^ Third costal and tornal streaks not united 25. 25. Forewings with six costal streaks 233. macrantha. Forewings with seven costal streaks 230. macraula. 26. Forewings with white subdorsal streak from base 27. Forewings without such streak 28. Forewings with oblique white postmedian streak from dorsum 223. jjrotomarra. Forewings without such streak 222. haUmo2)hila. 28. Forewings with entire transverse anterior streak. 29. Forewings without such streak 30. 29. First costal streak reaching dorsum 242. holocU'ima. Second costal streak reaching dorsum 241, metronoma. 30. Forewings with silvery-metallic dorsal spots 243. drosophat^. Forewings without such spots 31. 31. Forewings with oblique white mark above dorsum in middle 224. antopefes. Forewings without such mark. . 32. 32. Forewings with oblique white streak from dorsum beyond middle 33. Forewings without such mark 229. palneomorpho.. 33. Forewings with five white costal streaks 225. acinacella. Forewings with six white costal streaks 34. 13Y E. MEYRICK. 117 34. Toinal metallic mark erect 35. Tornal metallic mark oblique 228. callicrossa. 35. Dorsal oblique streak uniting with second costal.. 226. gonoteks. Dorsal oblique streak not reaching second costal. 227. actinobola. 36. Forewings with black blotch in centre of disc 257. {jemmipunctella. Forewings without central blotch .... 37. 37. P^orewings with black posterior marking 38. Forewings without black posterior marking 41. 38. Black posterior mark resting on tornus .39. i>lack posterior mark not reaching tornus 261. cyanochalca. 39. Forewings with continuous metallic terminal streak to tornus 263. polychroa. Forewings without continuous terminal streak. . . 40. 40. Antepenultimate costal streak direct 264. trigonaspis. Antepenultimate costal streak very oblique inwards 262. anaclastis. 41. First costal streak extended to dorsum 260. tripselia. First costal streak not crossing fold 42. 42. Forewings with supramedian metallic streak from base 259. perimefalla. Forewings without such streak 258. chalcostrepta. Sect. A. Dark line in cilia of forewings indented beneath apex. 222. G. kaUmophila Low. {Gli/phipferyx halimophila Low., Trans. Roy. 8oc. S. Austr. 1893, 183.)' Sydney, New South Wales; Adelaide, South Australia; Perth and Albany, West Australia; in September and October. The peculiar white subdorsal streak separates this from all others 223. G. protomacra, n.sp. (J9.9-12 mm. Head and thorax dark shining bronze, with a white stripe on side of head becoming subdorsal on thorax. Palpi white with four black rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennae grey. Abdomen bronzy-fuscous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, teiinen hardly sinuate, very oblique; shining bronze; a white very oblique line from dorsum near base to beneath fold befoi-e middle ; seven diversely oblique white blackish-edged streaks from costa, reaching nearly half across wing, tending to become 118 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., violet-golden-metallic in disc, first from J; an oblique white wedge- shaped mark from dorsum beyond middle, neafly or quite reaching a violet-golden-metalHc dot in disc at |; a nearly erect violet- golden-metallic black-edged streak from dorsum before tornus, and another along lower part of termen; a round blackish apical spot, preceded on termen by a small violet-golden-metallic black- edged mark: cilia bronzy, outer half whitish with an indentation below apex, above apex wholly bronze tipped with blackish. Hindwings and cilia dark grey. Geraldton and Perth, West Australia, in October and Novem- ber, thirteen specimens. The long oblique streak from near base of dorsum is unique. 224. G. aufopetes^ n.sp. $. 8 mm. Head and thorax dark bronze, with a tine white line on side of head, becoming subdorsal on thorax. Palpi white with four black rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennse dark grey, beneath whitish. Abdomen dark grey. Fore wings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; deep bronze; a slender white streak along dorsum from base to |; a very oblique white streak from above this beyond middle to fold at|; six diversely oblique white blackish-edged streaks from costa, first from beyond ^, shorter, second and third reaching half across wing, tips violet-metallic; an erect violet-silvery-metallic blackish-edged streak from tornus, almost reaching second costal, and another along lower part of termen; a round black apical spot, beneath which is a violet- golden-metallic dot on termen: cilia whitish, basal half bronzy limited by a dark fuscous line indented on subapical dot, on costa dark fuscous barred with white, with a dark fuscous apical hook. Hindwings dark grey; cilia grey. Albany, West Australia, in December; two specimens. 225. G. acinaceUa Meyr. {Glyphipteryx acinaceUa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1882,' 193.) Warragul, Victoria; Deloraine, Tasmania; in November and December. BY E. MEYRICK. 119 226. G.^onoteles, n.sp. (J 9. 6-7 mm. Head and thorax dark bronze. Palpi white with four black rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennae dark fuscous. Abdomen bronzy-fuscous, beneath white. Fore- wings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; deep bronze; six diversely oblique silvery-white streaks from costa, edged with dark fuscous, first from ^-, second uniting with a similar streak from dorsum beyond middle to form an acutely angulated fascia, third silvery-tipped, almost or quite connected with a nearly erect silvery-metallic streak from dorsum before tornus; a silvery-metallic mark along lower part of termen, and a dot above its posterior extremity; a round black apical spot, beneath which is a silver^'-metallic dot: cilia whitish, basal third bronzy limited by a blackish line indented beneath apex, above apex dark fuscous marked with white. Hindwings and cilia dark fuscous. Gisborne, Victoria (Lyell): Deloraine, Tasmania; in November and December, seven .athurst, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; Launcestoii, Peloraine, and Hol)art, Tasmania; Wirrabara and Mount Lofty, 8outh Australia; from October to January. 232. G. mesaula, n.sp. (J. 1 1 mm. Head and thorax whitish-bronze. Palpi whitish banded with fuscous, beneath with projecting hairs. Antennae dark fuscous. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute, termen subsinuate, ver}' oblique; 7 and 8 stalked; whitish-bronze, with indications of fuscous longitudinal lines; a suffused whitish streak along dorsum; a moderately broad white streak from base above fold almost to tornus, edged posteriorly with dark fuscous; eight ill-detined short oblique white marks from costa, edged anteriorly with dark fuscous, becoming suffused and indistinct in disc, first from |, third long and sharper-defined, reaching apex of median streak; a string of about five silvery- whitish dots on lower part of termen, edged anteriorly with dark fuscous; a small black apical dot, beneath which is a silvery-metallic dot : cilia whitish, with a dark fuscous median line indented beneath apex, and a dark fuscous supra-apical hook. Hind wings and cilia whitish-grey. Wirrabara, South Australia, in October; one specimen. 233. G. macrantha Low. {Phryganostola macrantha Low., Trans.Roy.Soc. S.Austr. 1905, 113.) Gisborne, Victoria, in October. Not known to me. 234. G. deuterastis, n.sp. 9. 10-12 mm. Head, antenna, thorax, and abdomen bronzy- fuscous. Palpi white banded with fuscous, beneath with pro- jecting hairs. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; bronze, mixed with 122 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTKRA, XIX., rather dark fuscous; two oblique whitish streaks from dorsum before and beyond middle, reaching fold; seven diversely oblique slender white dark-edged streaks from costa, tirst from ^; a white dot in disc at 4; an oblique silvery-metallic dark-edged streak from dorsum before tornus, and another along lower part of termen; a silver3'-metallic dot on termen above middle; an oval black apical spot : cilia white, basal half bronze limited by a blackish line, indented on the metallic dot, with a dark fuscous hook above apex. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia fuscous. Perth (Greenmount), West Australia, in November; three specimens. 235. G. sahella Newm. {GJyphipteryx sahella Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., N.S. iii., 299; Meyr., Proc. LLnn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 237.) Mount Alexander Range, Victoria. I am still unable to identify this species. 236 G. platydlsema Low. {Glyphij^terifx plafydisema Low., Trans. Roy.Soc. S. Austr. 1893^ 183.) Gisborne, Victoria (Lyell); Deloraine, Tasmania; in November. Larva in stems of Jiincus. The difference in the sexes is unusual, the markings in the female being much broader. 237. G. meteor a Meyr. {Glyphipteryx meteora Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 237.)' Brisbane, Queensland; Murrurundi, Bathurst, and Bulli, New South Wales; Melbourne and Mount Macedon, Victoria; Laun- ceston, Campbelltown, Deloraine, and Hobart, Tasmania; Mount Lofty and Wirrabara, South Australia ; from October to December. 238. G. clirysoplanetis Meyr. {Glyphipteryx clirysoplanetis Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880,238.) Brisbane, Toowoomba, and Wallangarra, Queensland ; Glen Innes, Murrurundi. and Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne BY E. MEYRICK. 123 and Healesville, Victoria; Campbelltown, Deloraine, George's Bay, and Hobart, Tasmania; from October to December, and in March. 239. G. leiicoceraates Meyr. {Glyphipteri/x leucocerastes Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1880, 239.) ]\Iurrurundi, New South Wales, in November. 240. G. tetrasema Meyr. {Glyph ipteri/x tetrasema Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1 882, 191.)' Mount Wellington, Tasmania, in February. 241. G. metronoma, n.sp. $. 8 mm. Head, antennae, and thorax dark bronzy-fuscous. Palpi whitish banded with black, second joint with rough pro- jecting scales beneath. Abdomen grey. Fore wings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen subsinuate, very oblique; 7 and 8 stalked; dark bronzy fuscous, base of scales whitish; six violet-silvery-metallic streaks from v hite dots on costa, first from ^, somewhat oblique, rather short, second from before middle of costa to dorsum beyond middle, third from 4 of costa to dorsum before tornus, interrupted in middle, fourth and fifth short, sixth apical, interrupted by a blackish dot: a silvery- metallic dot in disc beyond third streak; an irregular violet- silvery-metallic mark along lower part of termen : cilia whitish, basal half fuscous limited by a blackish line indented beneath apex, on costa dark fuscous barred with whitish, with a blackish apical hook. Hind wings and cilia grey. Gisborne, Victoria, in November; one specimen (Lyell). 242. G. liolodesma Meyr. {Glyphipteryx liolodesma Meyr,, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1882, 190.) Mount Wellington, Tasmania, in December and February. 124 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 243. G. drosopliaes Meyr. (Phryganostola d rosojoliaes Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 249.) Sydney, New South Wales; Deloraine, Tasmania; in October and December. 244. G. isozela, n.sp. (^9- 11-13 mm. Head and thorax dark bronze, side of head with a fine white line. Palpi white with four black rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennae and abdomen dark bronzy- fuscous. Forewings elongate, rather dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen sinuate, oblique: shining l)ronze mixed with dark fuscous, especially on margins and towards base; a moderate erect white fascia from dorsum at J, narrowed upwards and not reaching costa; six violet-silvery- metallic dark-edged nearh^ direct streaks from white dots on costa, tirst at J, terminating in a trapezoidal white spot on dorsum beyond middle, second to fourth i-eaching nearly half across wing, fifth somewhat curved and continued to tornus, sixth ante-apical reaching termen; discal area between tirst and fifth irregularly marked with black, with three violet-silver3^-metallic dots on a submedian irregular black streak, and one or two subconfluent towards tornus : cilia whitish, basal half bronzy limited by a blackish line indented beneath apex, above apex dark fuscous marked with white. Hind wings dark grey; cilia grey. Mount Kosciusko (4500 feet), New South Wales; Deluraine, Tasmania; in December and January, seven specimens. 245. G. asteriella Meyr. {Glyiyhipteryx asteriella Mejn*., Proc. Linn. Soc.N.S.Wales, 1880, 235.) Shoalhaven, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; in January. 246. G. amhJycerella Meyr. {Glypliipteryx amhlycereUa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1882,^89.) Melbourne, Healesville, and Warragul, Victoria, in November and December. BY E. MEYKICK 125 247. G. pharetropis, n.sp. (J. 11 mm. Head and thorax dark bronze. Palpi wliitisli, mixed and ringed with blackish, with rough projecting hairs beneath. Antennae and abdomen dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex ol)tuse, termen subsinuate, oblique; golden-bronze, towards base suffused with dark fuscous; a golden-whitish transverse streak from \ of costa to | of dorsum; six pale violet-golden-metallic streaks from white dots on costa, edged with dark fuscous, first at \, short, second from t of costa to dorsum beyond middle, becoming ochreous-whitish towards dorsum, third parallel, entire, fourth and fifth very short, sixth ante-apical, reaching termen; between third and sixth in upper part of disc a violet-golden-metallic dot and two or three fine black lines, and in lower part an irregular black blotch, marked with one golden-metallic dot above tornus, and three on lower part of termen : cilia whitish, basal half bronzy limited by a blackish line indented beneath apex, above apex dark fuscous marked with white. Hind wings dark grey; cilia grey. Gisborne, Victoria, in March; two specimens (Lyell). 248. G. parazona, n.sp. (^.11 mm. Head and thorax dark bronze, face whitish-edged. Palpi whitish, with four black rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennae and abdomen dark bronzj'-grey. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen rounded, rather strongly oblique; ochreous-bronze, suffused with dark fuscous on margins and towards base; two direct parallel pale violet-golden-metallic transverse streaks before middle, first whitish on dorsum; a pale violet-golden-metallic dot on costa beyond middle, and a curved streak from a white dot on costa at 1^ to tornus; area between this and antemedian streak nearly all occupied by a large black blotch, of which the upper half is crossed by about six whitish-ochreous longitudinal lines, lower half marked with five golden-metallic dots; an almost apical transverse golden-metallic streak, extremity white : cilia white, basal half bronze limited by a blackish line indented beneath 126 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTEKA, XIX., apex, above apex l:)lackish marked with white. Hind wings dark grey; cilia grey. Gisborne, Victoria, in April; one specimen (Lyell). At first sight very similar to the preceding species from the same locality, but on examination the markings are seen to be quite different in detail; in pharet^'opis the first fascia is much nearer the base, there is an additional costal streak between it and the second fascia, there is an additional fascia beyond second, the penulti- mate streak is ver}^ short instead of being continued to tornus, and the palpi are rough-haired. 249. G. ci/anophracta Meyr. (Glypliipteryx cyanopliracta Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc.N.S. Wales, 1882,186.) Burragorang, New South Wales : Melbourne, Victoria ; in April. 250. G. iometalla Meyr. {GlypJiipteryx iometalla Meyr., Proc.Linn. Soc.N.S. Wales, 1880, 232.) Brisbane, Queensland; Sydne}-, New South Wales; from August to November. 251. G. argyrosema Meyr. {Apistomorpha argyrosema Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1880,247.) Mount Tambourine, Queensland; Sj^dney and Bowenfels, New South Wales; Campbelltown, Tasmania; from September to March. 252. G. pliosphora, n.sp. (J. 10 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen bronze. Palpi white with four blackish rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennae dark grey. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen subsinuate, rather strongly oblique; dark bronze; an oblique suffused whitish spot from dorsum at J, reaching fold; six violet-silvery-metallic nearly direct streaks from white dots on costa, first from ^, rather short, somewhat oblique, second from middle of costa to dorsum beyond middle, BY E. iMEYKICK. 127 whitish on dorsum, third and fourth reaching middle, fifth very sliort, sixth ante-apica], to termen beneath apex; a pale violet- golden-metallic streak from dorsum before tornus, nearly reaching fourth costal; a longitudinal black mark along lower half of termen, containing three golden-metallic dots, above which are three or four fine black longitudinal lines : cilia whitish, basal half bronzy limited by a dark fuscous line indented beneath apex, above apex dark fuscous (?). Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia fuscous. Wirrabara, South Australia, in October; one specimen. 253. G. lamprocoma, n.sp. ^9. 8-9 mm. Head and thorax bronze. Palpi whitish mixed with blackish, with rough projecting hairs beneath. Antennae and abdomen dark grey. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen hardly sinuate, rather strongly oblique; ochreous-bronze; six violet-silvery-metallic nearly direct streaks from white spots on costa, first from |-, somewhat oblique, reaching fold, second from before middle of costa to dorsum beyond middle, third to fifth short, sixth ante-apical, to termen beneath apex; a triangular black patch resting on lower half of termen, containing two anterior and three posterior golden- metallic spots, and two or three undefined bronzy marks between them; above this patch several subconfluent longitudinal ochreous- whitish lines: cilia white, basal third bronze limited by a blackish line indented beneath apex, above apex bronzy mixed with blackish. Hindwings grey; cilia light greyish-ochreous. Adelaide, South Australia, in October; two specimens. 254. G. hracliyaula^ n.sp. (J. 9 mm. Head and thorax dark bronze. Palpi whitish with four black rings, apex black in front, scales short. Antennae and abdomen dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, termen sinuate, oblique; deep golden-bronze; a white streak from base along fold to \\ five pale violet-golden- metallic dark-edged streaks from whitish dots on costa, first from 128 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., ^ of costa to dorsum beyond middle, whitish on dorsum, second from middle of costa, not quite reaching a golden-metallic blackish-edged dot in disc, third curved, from § of costa ta dorsum before tornus, fourth from f of costa to termen above tornus, fifth ante-apical; a golden-metallic dot between second and third above middle; between third and fourth some undefined slender longitudinal blackish lines, and a stronger irregular black streak below middle: cilia whitish, basal half bronze limited by a dark fuscous streak indented beneath apex, above apex dark fuscous. Hindwings and cilia dark fuscous. Queensland (1); one specimen, without note of locHlit3\ 255. G. calliscopa Low. {GlypJiipteryx calliscopa Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1905, 112.) Melbourne, Victoria, in November. Not known to me. 256. G. cometophora Meyr. {Glyphipteryx cometophora Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1880, 231.) Blackheath, New Soutli Wales ; Melbourne and Trafalgar,^ Victoria: George's Bay, Ta.smania; from November to January. 257. G. gemmipunctella Walk. {Glijpliipteryx cjemmipun ctella Walk , Cliar. Het. 86; G. atri- striella Zell., Hor. Ross. 1877, 398; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc N. S. Wales, 1880, 230; G. chrysolithella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1880, 229.) Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney and Blackheath, New South Wales; Melbourne, Healesville, Sale, and Traralgon, Victoria; George's Ba}'^, Tasmania; from February to April. Varies locally in the development of yellow in the hindwings. Sect. B. Dark line in cilia of forewin^js not ii'idented beneatl apex. 258. G. clialco8trepta^ n.sp. (J^. 14-15 mm. Head and thorax bronze; in (J a lateral pencil of scales from behind prosternum. Palpi white ringed with BY E. MFA'KICK. 129 blackish, second joint with projecting scales beneath. Antenn;e whitish ringed with dark fuscous. Abdomen bronzy -grey, segmental margins whitish. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; 7 and 8 stalked: in ^ beneath with a long black bristle from base of costa; light golden-bronze, anteriorly infuscated; a fine line of black scales along submedian fold from base, terminating in a silver}^- metallic mark near posterior extremity; five pale golden- metallic partially black-edged streaks from yellow-whitish spots on costa, first from before middle of costa, rather oblique, not reaching fold, second from beyond middle of costa to dorsum before tornus, slightly curved, interrupted by a small blackish spot below middle, third from f of costa to tornus, fourth short, fifth almost terminal from apex to near tornus: cilia ochreous- whitish, basal third bronzy limited by a blackish shade, above apex blackish barred with ochreous-whitish. Flind wings and cilia grey. Deloraine, Tasmania, in December; two specimens. 259. G. perimetaUa Low. [GI y plilpteryx perimetalla Low., Trans. Ro}'. Soc. S. Austr. 1905, 112.) Stawell, Victoria, in November. Not known to me; according to the description it should be near tripselia, but with antennae fuscous, and first transverse streak not crossing fold. 260. G. tripselia, n.sp. (^. 1 2 mm. Head and thorax bronze. Palpi white with four black rings, apex black in front, beneath with projecting scales. Antennae white ringed with black. Abdomen bronzy-grey, .segmental margins whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, rather strongly oblique; golden-bronze; markings pale violet- golden-metallic, on costa white, edged with a few scattered black scales; a streak above middle from base to ^, enlarged posteriori}', and another subdorsal from base to 'i; three parallel entire trans- 11. k 130 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., verse streaks, tirst from before middle of eosta to dorsum beyond middle, third from before J of costa to toriius; a short streak from costa beyond this, and one almost apical to termen below middle: cilia bronze, outer half mixed with whitish, on tornus obscurely barred with whitish and fuscous, on costa barred with white. Hindwings grey; cilia pale grey. Gisborne, Victoria, in January; one specimen (Lyell). •JGl. G. ci/anochalca Meyr. {Glyphipteryx cyanochalca Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1882, 185; G. Jyelliana Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.Austr. 1893,182.) Blackheath and Mittagong, New South Wales ; Gisl)orne, Victoria ; Mount Lofty, South Australia; in February and JNIarch. 262. G. anaclastis, n.sp. (J. 12-16 mm. Head and thorax bronze. Palpi whitish with four blackish rings, beneath with projecting scales. Antenna? dark fuscous. Abdomen bronzy-grey. Foi-e wings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; light golden-bronze; a curved silvery- metallic streak from base above fold, crossing fold at ^ and con- tinued to near dorsum before middle; five silvery-metallic streaks from costa, tirst from I, oblique, reaching fold, extended along costa to near base, second from middle of costa to dorsum beyond middle, interrupted on fold, third from J of costa very obliquely inwards to disc beyond middle, fourth near apex, to termen below middle, tifth almost apical; a silvery-metallic dot or mark in disc between third and fourth; an oblique black bar from beneath apex of third to termen above tornus, cut by three golden, metallic spots extended downwards beyond it; a silvery-metallic dot on dorsum before tornus: cilia whitish-fuscous, basal half bronzy, not indenteil beneath apex, on costa barred with whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey. Gisborne and Traralgon, Victoria; Mount Lofty, South Aus- tralia: in April, three specimens (Kershaw, Lyell, Guest). BY E. MEYRICK. 131 263. G. poJychroa Low. {GlyjjJiipteryx polychroa Low., Proc.Liiin.8oc.N.S.Wales,1897, •23.) ■ (J. 11-14 mm. Head and thorax bronze. Palpi whitish with four dark fuscous rings, without projecting hairs. Antennae dark fuscous. Abdomen bronzy-fuscous, segmental margins whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; fuscous-bronze; a pale violet-golden-metallic streak from beyond \ of costa to middle of dorsum; five short or verj^^ short violet-golden-metallic streaks from whitish dots on costa between this and apex, and another from apex along termen to tornus; an oblique black bar from disc beyond middle to tornus, cut by three violet-golden metallic spots extended downwards beyond it, with some scattered black scales beneath it; above this indistinct traces of a patch of longitudinal pale lines separated by some scattered black scales : cilia whitish, basal half bronze limited by a dark fuscous shade not indented beneath apex, on costa bronze barred with whitish. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia fuscous, round apex whitish with basal third dark fuscous. Melbourne and Gisborne, Victoria, in December and March; three specimens (Lyell, Lower). 264. G. trigonasins, n.sp. J 9. 10-12 mm. Head and thorax bronze. Palpi whitish with four black rings, apex black in front, without projecting hairs. Antennae bronze ringed with black. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex tolerably pointed, termen hardly sinuate, rather strongly oblique; golden- bronze; a curved violet-golden-metailic streak from base above fold, crossing fold at about \ and continued to near middle of dorsum but not reaching it; five violet-golden-metallic finely dark- edged streaks from costa, violet-white on costa, first from 1, oblique, reaching fold, second from middle of costa to dorsum be3'Ond middle, third at J, direct, reaching half across wing, fourth and fifth near together before apex, reaching termen; a 132 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., triangular black patch resting on lower half of ternien, with an anterior transverse golden-metallic mark, and four variable some- times parth^ conjoined golden-metallic dots; above this a patch of more or less indicated paler longitudinal lines, sometimes separated by fine black lines : cilia whitish, basal third golden- bronze limited by a dark fuscous shade, not indented beneath apex, abo^'e apex dark fuscous marked with white. Hindwings dark grey; cilia grey. Albany, West Australia, in September and October ; nine specimens. 38. Snellenia Wals. Head smooth; tongue developed. Antenn?^ nearly 1, clothed above with long rough fringe of dense scales from base to near apex, basal joiut elongate, without pecten. Labial palpi extremely long, recurved, second joint very long, somewhat rough-scaled anteriorly, terminal joint shorter than second, somewhat rough- scaled anteriorly, acute. Maxillary palpi very short, filiform. Abdomen margined with projecting scales, in ^ with expansible anal tuft. Posterior tibiae smooth-scaled, with expansible whorls of scales at origin of spurs. Fore wings with lb furcate, 2 from i 3 from angle, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex, 1 1 from middle. Hindwings under 1, very elongate-ovate, cilia 1; 3 and 4 connate, 5-7 parallel. This and the next genus, with the South American 7'ijiaegen'a, constitute a group of singular facies, but are certainly to be regarded only as a peculiar development of the Phitella group. I think there must be a real phylogenetic connection with the Aegeridae^ which probably originated from this group, being structurally distinguished therefrom by the loss of vein 8 of hind- wings. I do not, however, see any clear evidence of near relation to the Elachistid genera Oedenintopoda and its allies, although it is possible. 265. S. lineata Walk. {Tinaegeria lineata Walk. Cat. viii., 261; Eretmocera sesioides Feld., Reis. Nov. pi. cxL, 22; Snellenia /i/iea^a Wals., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend. 1889, 16, pl.vi., 4.) BY E. MEYRICK. 133 (^9. 12-15 min. Head and thorax blue-black, thorax on sides and posteriorly vermilion-red. Palpi blackish, base red. An- tennae blue-black, fringed with scales to |, above this with suffused white subapical band. Abdomen black, base reddish, with slender white median and ante-apical rings. Legs blue-black, ringed with white. Fore wings elongate, narrow, costa almost straight, arched towards apex, apex obtuse, termen ver}' obliquely rounded; vermilion-red, streaked with black in disc and between veins, along dorsum with a thicker blackish streak : cilia purple- blackish. Hind wings reddish-orange; posterior half dark fuscous, sometimes produced anteriorly along termen; cilia dark fuscous. Sydney, New South Wales, from December to March; twenty- four specimens. This curious insect is locally common amongst Knnzea capitata (though I think this is probably not the food- plant) in certain rocky places in the harbour, but I have never received it from elsewhere. It flies in sunshine; and in repose carries the posterior legs semierect above the back, and the antenna erect and waving. I can suggest no reason for this display except sexual; no other insect or natural object resembling it occurs in the localities, so far as I could perceive. Walker's locality reference is erroneous (see Wals. l.c). 39. PSEUDAEGERIA Wals. Head smooth; tongue developed. Antennae 4, clothed above with long rough fringe of dense scales from base to near apex, basal joint without pecten. Labial palpi long, recurved, second joint densely clothed with appressed scales, terminal joint as long as second, slender, acute. Maxillary palpi rudimentary. Abdomen rather broad, towards apex with projecting lateral scales. Posterior tibia? smooth-scaled, with expansible whorls of scales on origin of spurs. Forewings with \h furcate, 2 from 4, 3 from angle, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex, 11 from middle. Hind- wings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia 1; 3 and 4 stalked, 5 parallel, 6 and 7 connate or stalked. Based on the following species only. In Lord Walsingham's figure of the neuration of forewings vein 16 is erroneously given as simple. 134 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 266. P. squamicornis Feld. {Ochsenheimeria squaniicor7iis Feld., Reis. Nov. pi. cxxxix, 6; Pseudaegeria squamicornis Wals., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, 18, pi. iii. ^2. 22-24 mm. Head, palpi, antennBe, and thorax iridescent blackish, thorax partly reddish on sides and posteriorly. Abdomen blackish, with slender white median ring. Fore wings elongate, narrow, costa almost straight, posteriorly gently arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; orange-red; dorsal half black, upper edge projecting streaks towards base along fold and in disc: cilia coppery-blackish. Hindwings reddish-orange; a broad purple-blackish terminal band, anterior edge suffused and irregular; cilia blackish. Sydney, New South Wales, in October ; two specimens. Felder quotes Fiji as a locality (doubtfull}^), but this is probably erroneous, as are many of his localities for other species. 40. Metaphrastis, n.g. Head smooth; ocelli present; tongue developed. Antennae 4, in (J fasciculate-ciliated (2), basal joint without pecten. Labial palpi long, curved, ascending, second joint with appressed scales, terminal joint as long as second, slender, acute. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Posterior tibise smooth-scaled, with expansible whorls of scales on origin of spurs. Fore wings with vein 16 shortly furcate, 2 from angle, 7 to costa, 8 absent, 9 and 10 from near 7, 11 from middle, remote. Hindwings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia 4; 4 absent, 5-7 parallel. A peculiar form, probabl}^ with some relationship to the pt-e- ceding genus. 267. J/, acrochalca, n.sp. (J^. 11-13 mm. Head shining bronze, collar pale j^elluw. Palpi yellow, terminal joint blackish anteriorl3\ Antennae dark bronzy-fuscous. Thorax dark shining bronze. Abdomen light ochreous-yellowish, becoming bronz}' towards base. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, termen BY E. MEYRICK. 135 obli(|uely rounded ; rather dark bronzy-fuscous, mixed with blackish, and strewn with linear whitish scales; a moderate rather cloudy white spot tow^ards tornus, and sometimes one towards costa posteriorly; a narrow shining bronze terminal fascia: cilia shining bronze. Hindwings light ochreous-oranae; apical half dark fuscous; margins of basal half sometimes suffused with dark fuscous; cilia dark grey, with blackish basal line. York and Albany, West Australia, from October to December; three specimens. 41. Orthenches Meyr. Head smooth; ocelli present; tongue dev^eloped. Antennae 4, in $ simple or pubescent, somewhat thickened at base, basal joint with strong pecten. Labial palpi moderate or long, recurved, with appressed scales, somewhat rough beneath throughout, terminal joint as long as second or longer, acute. Maxillary palpi filiform, curved, ascending. Posterior tibiae with appressed scales above. Fore wings with 16 furcate, 2 almost from angle, 7 to apex or termen, 11 from before middle, secondary cell defined. Hindwings I , elongate-ovate or ovate-lanceolate, termen sometimes sinuate, cilia |-1; 2-7 remote, nearly parallel. A small New Zealand genus, represented in Australia as yet by one species only, 268. 0. epiphricta, n.sp. ^9. 9-11 mm. Head whitish, sometimes slightly fuscous- sprinkled. Palpi white, externally grey except apex of joints. Antennae white ringed with fuscous. Thorax white sprinkled with fuscous. Abdomen grey-whitish. Fore wings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen straight, oblique; white, finely sprinkled and strigulated with dark fuscous; five small dark fuscous spots on posterior half of costa; stigmata cloudy, ill-marked, dark fuscous, plical directly beneath and sometimes confluent with first discal: cilia whitish, with thick blackish sometimes interrupted subbasal line, and broad dark fuscous subapical shade. Hindwings pale whitish- giey; cilia grey-whitish. Quorn, South Australia, in October; nine specimens. 136 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., 42. Phalangitis, n.g. Head with appressed scales; tongue developed. Antennae p in (J serrulate, pubescent, basal joint with dense anterior flap of Scales. Labial palpi rather long, straight or somewhat curved, subascending or "porrected, clothed with loose or rough scales, terminal joint as long as second, tolerably pointed. Maxillary palpi moderate, loosely scaled, porrected. Posterior tibise smooth- scaled. Forewings with \b furcate, 2 from angle, 7 to costa, 8, 9, 10 from near 7,11 from before middle. Hindwings 1, elongate- ovate, cilia 4; 2-7 separate, tolerabl}^ parallel. Type P. veterana. An endemic genus, allied to Plutella. The species vary rather considerabl}'^ in markings, and are difficult to understand. The antennae are directly porrected in repose. 1. Head and thorax grey or fuscous . 2. Head and thorax white, sometimes irrorated with fuscous 8. 2. Subcostal streak white, well-defined 272. ceterana. Subcostal streak whitish, suffused 271. triaria. 3. Forewings with distinct white subcostal streak 270. tumultuosa. Forewings without apparent white streak 269. crymorrhoa. 269. F. crymorrliua^ n.sp. (J9. 10-13 mm. Head and thorax white, sonit^times tinged with fuscous. Palpi white, second joint externally light brownish except towards apex. Antennae white, ringed with fuscous. Abdomen whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; white, strewn with golden-fuscous strigula3 sprinkled with dark fuscous; variable markings of same colour, consisting principally of two or three small posterior spots on costa, and three or four irregular larger spots arranged in a median longitudinal series and some- times partially connected to form an irregular streak, and some- times a dark suffusion along dorsum, but these vary much in different specimt-ns : cilia whitish, with two dark fuscous shades varying in development. Hindwings and cilia white. Mount Wellington (2500 feet), Tasmania, amongst Leptosper- minn in December, six specimens; also one from Port Lincoln, South Australia, in November, which is apparently identical. BY E. MEYRICK. 137 270. P. tumultuosa, n.sp. ^9. 11-13 iniD. Head and thorax white, usually mote or less irrorated with fuscous. Palpi fuscous sprinkled with white. Aiiteniiai fuscous, sometimes ringed wdth whitish. A))domen grey- whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa moder- ately arched, apex obtuse, termen rounded, rather strongly oblique; light fuscous, sprinkled and sometimes indistinctly strigulated with dark fuscous, sometimes suffusedl}' mixed with white; a broad white more or less suffused streak above middle from base to apex, reaching costa towards base, sometimes strewn with scattered dark fuscous strigulee, low-er edge usually sharply defined anteriorly, sometimes marked w4th two dark fuscous spots representing discal stigmata; three or four small cloudy dark spots on costa posteriorly : cilia whitish with dark fuscous ante- median shade and usually two or three dark fuscous patches? sometimes wholly dark fuscous except a whitish patch above apex. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish. Murrurundi, Sydney, and Bathurst, New South Wales; Gis- borne, Victoria; Perth and Albany, West Australia; from August to November, and in February, ten specimens. 271. P. triaria, n.sp. (J. 18-19 mm. Head and thorax fuscous, slightly reddish- tinged. Palpi rather dark fuscous, whitish beneath tow^ards base. Antennae rather dark fuscous. Abdomen whitish-fuscous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen very obliquely rounded; bronz}'- fuscous, obscurely darker strigulated, on submedian fold suffused with darker and purplish-tinged; a broad suffused whitish streak above middle from base to apical portion of costa, anteriorly sharply defined beneath, reaching costa from near base to near middle, sometimes marked with an irregular dark fuscous spot forming an indenta- tion on lower margin at J, and an oblique dark fuscous spot in middle, posteriorly narrowed and irrorated with fuscous striguhis; two inwardly oblique dark fuscous marks on costa at r! and ff : 138 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., cilia fuscous mixed with dark fuscous, above apex with a whitish patcli. Hiiidwings light grey; cilia whitish, with pale grey sub- basal shade. Albany, West Australia, in September and October. This species is easily distinguished from the others by its larger size. 272. P. Viterana^ n.sp. (J^. 11-15 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax grey. Abdomen whitish-grey. Fore wings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; dark grey, towards dorsum mixed with grey- whitish and appearing indistinctly striated, on costal half blackish-grej^; a broad white variable streak above middle from base to apex, sometimes straight, sometimes thrice sinuate so that the lower edge shows three rounded indentations and the upper edge is thrice more or less strongly connected with costa, sometimes interrupted by an oblique bar of groundcolour on central indentation, posteriorly somewhat sprinkled with dark grey: cilia dark grey with two blackish shades, at apex with a white patch. Hindwings grey- whitish or pale grey; cilia whitish. Sydney, New South Wales, in September, December, and January; fifteen specimens. Larva with 10 pro-legs, fusiform (attenuated towards extremities), anteriorly with short scattered hairs, head very small; uniform dull pale green: feeds openly on Mo7iotoca elUptica {Epacridem), gnawing leaves, in August. Pupa in a white open-network cocoon. 43. Amphithera Meyr. Whilst still uncertain, it seems probable that this genus should be included here. 273. il. heteromorplia Meyr. {Amphithera heteromorpha Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1892, 597.) Sydney and Bulli, New South Whales; George's Bay, Tasmania; from October to April. BV K. MEYRICK. 139 44. DiATHRYPTICA, n.g. Head witli appressed scales; tongue developed. Antennae |, in (J simple, basal joint rather long, densely scaled, with anterior tuft. Labial palpi moderately long, curved, ascending, thickened with scales and rough in front throughout, second joint relatively short, terminal longer than second, pointed. Maxillary palpi moderate, filiform, porrected. Thorax crested. Posterior tibise with appressed scales. Fore wings with lb furcate, 2 from near angle, 7 to termen, 8, 9, 10 rather near 7, 11 from before middle. Hind wings 1, subtriangular, cilia |; 3 and 4 connate, 5-7 parallel. Obviously allied to Platella, yet with some suggestions of Glyi)hipteryx. 274. D. prolerva, n.sp. (J^. 11-15 mm. Head and thorax pale brownish-ochreous. Palpi pale ochreous, second and terminal joints each with two fuscous rings edged above with whitish. Antennae grey ringed with blackish. Abdomen light grey. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen sinuate, oblique; dark grey, towards base, dorsum and termen lighter and sometimes tinged with ochreous; markings pale grey, edged and sometimes suffused with white, and margined with blackish; a rather broad straight fascia from \ of costa to f of dorsum; three fascia-like spots from costa between this and subterminal fascia, more or less confused and subconfluen t in disc, reaching half across wing or rather more, central longest; an irregular subterminal fascia from costa before apex to tornus, usually interrupted in middle, upper half with an abrupt excavation on middle of anterior edge : cilia whitish, with two partial grey lines, dark grey patches at apex and on middle of termen, and clear white patches between these and above apex. Hindwings and cilia grey. Sydney, Wollongong, and Blackheath, New South Wales, from August to December; sixteen specimens. The species is locally common under sheltered ledges of liclien-covered rock, and the larva prol)ably feeds on lichens. The imago when running over 140 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., the rock has a curious habit of agitating the wings, together with the hind-legs, on each side alternately. 45. Paraphyllis, n.g. Head with appressed scales, sidetufts somewhat spreading; tongue developed. Antennae 4, in ^ filiform, simple, basal joint short, with dense anterior flap of scales. Labial palpi moderate, slender, porrected, loosely scaled, terminal joint rather longer tlian second, somewhat pointed. Maxillary palpi very short, filiform. Posterior tibiee clothed with long fine hairs. Fore- wings with 2 from towards angle, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa, 11 from before middle. Hind wings §, lanceolate, cilia 1|; 2 and 3 long-stalked, cell open between 3 and 5, 4 absent, 5 approxi- mated to 6, 6 and 7 short-stalked. A genus of very dubious affinity; it may be a degenerate development of the Pbitella group, and at least seems to fit no better elsewhere. 275. P. scaeopa, n.sp. (^9. 17-20 mm. Head and thorax pale brownish-ochreous, crown sometimes yellowish-tinged. Palpi whitish-ochreous. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa moderately arched, bent about |, apex pointed, termen extremely obliquely rounded; purplish-fuscous; a slight dorsal projection of whitish-ochreous scales towards base; a small whitish ochreous apical spot : cilia fuscous, base suff'used with whitish-ochreous towards tornus. Hindwings rather dark fuscous; cilia fuscous, becoming whitish-ochreous towards base on lower half of termen. Bathurst, New South Wales; Adelaide, South Australia; York, West Australia; from August to November; four specimens. 46. CopiDORis, n.g. Head loosely haired, sidetufts spreading; tongue developed. Anteiuue |, in ^J shortly ciliated, basal joint moderate, without pecten. Labial palpi very long, recurved, second joint with large rough projecting tuft of scales beneath, terminal joint as long as BY E. MEYRICK. 141 second, slender, acute. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Posterior tibi?e clothed with long hairs above. Fore wings with 16 furcate, upper fork little marked, 2 from |, 3 from angle, 7 and 8 very long-stalked, 7 to costa, 9 and 10 from near 8, 11 from middle^ secondary cell indicated. Hind wings 1, rounded-trapezoidal^ cilia 4; 2 widely remote, 3 and 4 connate, 5 somewhat approxi- mated, 6 and 7 short-stalked. Apparently related to the European genus Cerosfonia. 276. C. dimorpha, n sp. (J^. 17-20 mm. Head ochreous-white. Palpi white, second joint with a brownish-ochreous median band, posterior edge of terminal joint dark fuscous. Antennae dark fuscous spotted with white. Thorax pale ochreous, centrally more or less suffused with white. Abdomen whitish. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex acute, termen faintly sinuate, extremely oblique; yellow-ochreous, along costa, dorsum, and termen, or sometimes wholly suffused with rather dark fuscous irrorated witli white; usually a clear white median longitudinal streak from base to apex, but sometimes this is suffusedly mixed with fuscous : cilia fuscous sprinkled with whitish, at apex usually with a slender whitish bar. Hindwings grey-whitish, becoming light grey posteriorly; cilia white, at apex greyish. Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; in February and March, amongst scrub, apparently very local but plentiful where it occurs; twenty specimens. 47. Trachycentra Meyr. Head with loosely appressed scales; tongue rudimentary or absent. Antennae i-|, in ^ simple, basal joint moderate, without pecten. Labial palpi long, curved, ascending, second joint with large rough spreading tuft of projecting scales towards apex beneath, terminal joint as long as second, with appressed scales, laterally compressed, pointed. Maxillary palpi short, drooping. Anterior tibiae very short, tarsi dilated with rough projecting scales; posterior tibiae and tarsi with rough projecting scales 142 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., above and beneath. Forewings with tufts of scales on surface; 16 furcate, 2 and 3 stalked from angle, 7 to termen, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 approximated, 11 from before middle. Hindwings 1, elongate-ovate, apex pointed, termen sinuate beneath apex, cilia |; 2-7 separate, tolerably parallel, with dense scale-pectens towards base on la and beneath cell. Type 2\ calamias. A peculiar genus, belonging to the neigh- bourhood of the Indian Dasyses and Autoniachae7'is; ap]»arently characteristic of the islands of the Australasian region, as I have not yet met with it elsewhere. The species require careful dis- crimination. Their aspect suggests that the larvae may probably feed on dead wood. All the species show on the forewings three subdorsal tufts of scales, median tuft more remote from dorsum. 1. Forewings narrow 2. Forewings moderate 4. 2. Forewings with apex produced, termen concave 3. Forewings with apex not produced, termen sinuate. 279. -psorodes. 3. Forewings with brownish-ochreous interneural streaks 278. chlorogramvm. Forewings with numerous small faint brownish- ochreous spots 277 calamias. 4. Forewings with well-marked dark interneural lines.. 280. aulacitU, Forewings without dark interneural lines 5. 5. Forewings with suffused dark fascia from base of costa to tornus 281. amphiloxa. Forewings without such fascia 6. 6. Forewings with elongate blackish-fuscous costal patch 282, sar/matias. Forewings without such patch 283. glancias. '211 . T. calamias Meyr. {Trachycent/ra calamias Meyr., Trans. Ent.Soc.Lond. 1886, 288.) Tonga and Fiji. 278. T. chlorogramma, n.sp. (J. 26-30 mm. Head, palpi, antennai, thorax, and abdomen whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute, produced, termen concave, very oblique. BY E. mp:yrick. 143 wliitish-ochreous, towards dorsum slightly tinged with rosy-fus- cous; brownish-ochreous interneural streaks, sometimes sprinkled with fuscous, those running to costa terminated by dots of blackish irroration; dorsal area sometimes sprinkled with fuscous; three normal subdorsal tufts pale, tipped with blackish points : cilia pale whitish-ochreous, with a few fuscous and blackish points. Hind wings grey; cilia whitish-ochreous, suffused with light grey. Choiseul, Bougainville, Florida, Guadalcanar, Solomon Is,; five specimens (Meek). 279. 2\ psorodes, n.sp. (J. 25-29 mm Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax whitish- ochreous, somewhat speckled with fuscous. Abdomen pale ochreous sprinkled with grey. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen sinuate, rather strongly oblique: pale brownish-ochreous, with numerous small undefined brownish or dark fuscous dots tolerably regularly arranged, pos- teriorly in interneural series; three normal subdorsal tufts tipped with brownish or blackish : cilia pale brownish-ochreous, with rows of fuscous points. Hindwings grey; cilia pale ochreous, sprinkled with grey. Choiseul, Isabel, Solomon Is.; two specimens (Meek). 280. T. aulacitis, n.sp. 9. 24-33 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale ochreous mixed with brown. Antenm« pale ochreous spotted with fuscous towards base. Abdomen greyish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; wliitish-ochreous; strong brown interneural lines n-rorated with blackish, that between 6 and 7 nearly obsolete; a thick suffused brown streak running from base above submedian fold to tornus, upper edge with a projection beyond middle, whence an undefined fascia seems to proceed to costa beyond middle, formed by thick- ening of interneural lines; some brown suffusion along dorsum : cilia whitish-ochreous, more or less distinctly barred with fuscous 144 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., mixed with blackish, more broadly above tornus. Hindwings grey; cilia pale greyish-ochreous, with grey subbasal shade. Choiseul, New Georgia, Kulambangra, Solomon Is. ; five specimens (Meek). 281. T. aiaphiloxa, n.sp. (J. 22-29 mm. Head and thorax pale ochreous, shoulders some- times with some brown scales. Palpi whitish-ochreous sprinkled with dark fuscous. Antennae wliitish-ochreous spotted with fus- cous. Abdomen pale ochreous, sprinkled with grey. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex pointed, termen concave, oblique; whitish-ochreous more or less mixed with yellow-ochreous and brown between veins; undefined markings formed by black and brown irroration, viz., a suffused fascia from basal fourth of costa to tornus; small costal spots before and beyond middle, and a submarginal streak from apex to dorsum before tornus; first and third scaletufts mixed with black, second pale : cilia whitish- ochreous mixed with ochreous, at apex and towards tornus mixed with dark brown. Hindwings fuscous, towards base more or less suffused with whitish-ochreous; cilia fuscous, towards dorsum becoming pale greyish-ochreous. Q. Similar, but forewings almost wholly suffused with dark fuscous except a short pale longitudinal mark in middle of disc. Bougainville, Choiseul, Rendova, Treasury, Solomon Is.; Sariba I., New Guinea; sixteen specimens (Meek). 282. T. sagmatias, n.sp. ^. 18 mm, Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous, with a few dark fuscous specks. Antennae whitish-ochreous, spotted with dark fuscous. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex acute, somewhat produced, termen sinuate, oblique; pale yellowish-ochreous, with some brown irro- ration towards costa beyond middle, middle of submedian fold, and tornus; a narrow blackish-fuscous patch extending along costa from base to |, widest and angularly prominent beneath before middle, wdiere it reaches half across wing, posteriorly BY E. MEYRICK. 145 attenuated; three blackish dots on costa posteriorly, and one on middle of termen; three normal subdorsal tufts tipped with blackisli : cilia pale ochreous, sprinkled with brown, with a small blackish spot opposite middle of termen Hindwings and cilia dark grey. Sariba Island, New Guinea; one specimen (Meek). 283. T. glaucias, n.sp. (J. 21-25 mm. Head and thorax brownish-ochreous sprinkled with dark fuscous. Palpi pale ochreous, sprinkled with dark fuscous. Antennae brownish-ochreous, suffusedly ringed with blackish. Abdomen dark grey. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; pale ochreous, irregularly mixed with ochreous-brown scales with blackish tips; costa irregularly spotted with blackish; round blackish spots in disc before and beyond middle; some undefined blackish suffusion towards termen and tornus : cilia pale ochreous, mixed with brown scales tipped with dark fuscous. Hindwings dark grey, lighter towards base, pecten pale greyish-ochreous; cilia pale greyish sprinkled with dark grey 9- Similar but mostly suffused with dark fuscous. Sudest Island, New Guinea; eight specimens (Meek). 48. Plutella Schrk. Both the following species have probably been artificially introduced, though now widely established. 284. F. maculi2)ennis Curt. {Plutella macidipennis Curt. Guide 186; P. cruciferarum ZelL, Stett. Eat. Zeit. 1843, 281; Meyr., Trans. N.Zeal. Inst. 1885, 177.) Duaringa and Rosewood, Queensland; Glen Innes (4500 feet), Sydney, Blackheath, Bathurst, Cooma, and Bulli, New South Wales; Melbourne, Warragul, and Mount Macedon, Victoria; Hobart and Deloraine, Tasmania; Mount Gambier, Adelaide, Wirrabara, Quorn, and Port Lincoln, South Australia; Carnarvon, 12 146 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., Gerald ton, Perth, York, and Albany, West Australia; in June, and from August to March, common everywhere and often abundant. Occurs also throughout New Zealand and the rest of the globe, probably wherever man has introduced cabbages and turnips, on the leaves of which the larva feeds principally, though it will also eat other Cruciferce. Probably Europe is its original home. 285, P. sera Meyr. {Plutella sera Mej^r., Trans. N. Zeal. Inst. 1885, 178.) Rosewood and Brisbane, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; Geraldton, West Australia; from July to March, not uncommon. Also occurs freely in the North Island of New Zealand and in Ceylon. I am not acquainted with the larva, but it seems likely that, like the preceding, it is attached to some garden plant, and the insect is artificially introduced. INDEX OF GENERA. No. No. Amphithera Meyr. .. 43 LoxoTROCHis Meyr. ... 33 Anaphantis, n.g. .. 25 Macarangela Meyr. ... 10 Anticrates Meyr. .. 21 Macarostola, n.g. ... 8 Aristaea, n.g .. 2 Metaphrastis, n.g. ... 40 Atteva Walk .. 18 Mieza Walk ... 23 Brenthia Clem .. 34 Miscera Walk. .. .. 31 BURLACENA Walk. .. 49 Opsiclines, n.g ... 9 CEBYSAWalk .. 27 Orthexches Meyr. ... 41 Choreutis Hb .. 35 Paraphyllis, n.g. ... 45 CoNOPOMORPHA Meyr. .. 4 Phalangitis, n.g. ... 42 CopiDORis, n.g .. 46 Piestoceros, n.g. ... 28 CORYPTILUM Zell. .. 19 Plutella, Schrk. ... 48 Cyclotorna, n.g. .. 13 Prays Hb ... 15 Cyphosticha, n.g. .. 5 Pseud AEGERiA Wals. ... 39 DiATHRYPTICA, n.g. .. 44 SiMAETHis Leach .. 36 Epicephat.a Meyr. 3 Snellenia Wals. ... 38 Epicroesa, n.g. ... .. 29 Thyridectis Meyr. ... 17 Eremothyris Wals. .. 24 TiMODORA Meyr ... 8 Glyphipteryx Hb. .. 37 ToxzAWalk ... 20 Gracilaria Hw .. 7 ToRTYRA Walk . 30 HlLAROGRAPHA Zell. .. 26 Trachycentra Meyr. ... 47 HOMADAULA, n.g .. 14 Xyrosaris, n.g. .. ' ... ... 12 iMMAWalk .. 32 Yponomeuta Latr. ... 16 Lactura Walk .. 22 Zelleria Stt. ... 11 LiTHOCOLLETIS Hb 1 BY E. MEYRICK. 147 INDEX OF SPECIES. The numbers refer to those prefixed to each species in succession; names italicised are quoted as synonyms or without being adopted; those without authors' names suffixed are new. No. No. a-caeruleum Pag. ... 216 caenotheta Meyr. ... 14 acinacella Meyr ... 225 calamias Meyr ... 277 acosma Turn ,.. 178 calicella Stt ... 19 acrobaphes Turn. ... 7 caUianthes Low ... 1.38 acrochalca ... 267 callierossa ... 228 actinobola Meyr ... 227 callidoxa Meyr ... 86 aegerioides Walk. ... 286 calliphylla Turn. .. 136 aeolella Meyr ... 45 calliscopa Low .. 255 aglaozona Meyr 2 calycias ... 101 albicincta Turn. '.'.'. 65 caminaea Meyr ... 130 albifasciella Pag. ... 177 centropis ... 170 albiguttata Z ... 118 chalcoptera Meyr. ... 58 albimaculella Turn. ... 20 chalcostrepta ... 258 albispersa Turn ... 62 chalcotoxa Meyr. ... 219 albistriatella Turn. .. 41 charopis Turn. ... ... 119 albitarsis Feld ... 110 chionochtha ... 30 albomarginata Stt. ... 42 chionodesma Low. ... 206 alysidota Meyr ... 28 chionoplecta Meyr. ... 15 amalopa ... 53 chlorella Turn ... 63 arablycerella Meyr, ... 246 chlorogramma ... 278 ambrosia ... 157 chrysochoa Meyr. ... 75 amphiloxa ... 281 chrywlitheUa Meyr. ... 257 anaclastis ... 262 chrysoplaca Meyr. ... 195 anthomera Low ... 165 chrysoplanetis Meyr. ... 238 antimacha ... 29 cirrhopis .. 68 aphrospora Meyr. ... 85 citrina Meyr ... 90 araeodes Meyr ... 81 colabristis ... 149 archepolis ... 21 colymbetella Meyr. 5 argyrodesma Meyr. ... 16 cometophora Meyr. ... 256 argyrosema Meyr. ... 251 covflictella Walk ... 154 asteriella Meyr ... 245 congrualis Wals ... 179 atristriella Z ... 257 conjunctella Walk. ... 155 atrosignata Feld. ... 175 conspicua Wals ... H6 auchetidella Meyr. ... 67 coscinopa Low ... 95 aulacitis ... 280 costipuncta Feld. ... 183 aulonias Meyr .. 184 cremnospila Low. ... 84 aurata Butl ... 108 cristata Butl ... 138 aurora Turn ... 69 crocozela Meyr ... 194 australis Turn ... 8 cruciferarmn Z ... 284 autadelpha Meyr. ... 13 crymorrhoa ... 269 autocasis ... 10.3 cuprina Feld .. 114 autodoxa Meyr ... 174 cyanochalca Meyr. ... 261 autopetes ... ... 224 cyanophracta Meyr. ... 249 basalis Feld ... 206 cyanotoxa .. 215 hasalis Voll ,.. 115 cynetica Meyr ... 80 bilineella Snell ... 185 desmochrysa Low. ... 3 bjerkandrella Thnb. ... 203 desmotoma Low... ... 168 br achy aula ... 254 deuterastis ... 234 148 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX., No. No. diaphana Pag ... 186 isanema ... 125 didymella Meyr ... 38 ischiastris ... 66 d^l€cta^Ya.Yk ... 154 isochrysa ... 151 dimorpha ... ... 276 isozela ... 244 dioptrias Meyr ... 188 Klugii Z ... 123 dives Walk ... 132 laciniella Meyr .. 35 divitiosa Walk ... 162 laetif era Walk .. 133 drosochlora .. 126 lampadias.. ... 205 drosophaes Meyr. ... 243 lamprocoma ... 253 dryopa ... 93 lasiochroa Low ... 98 egregiella Walk ... 131 leiochroa Low ... 181 epicomia Meyr ... 196 lepidella Meyr ... 60 epiphricta .. 268 leptalea Turn ... 43 episeota Low ... 169 leucocerastes Meyr. ... 239 erythractis Meyr. ... 148 leueochrysa Meyr. ... 79 erythrocera Feld. ... 140 leucomorpha Low. ... 76 euchlamyda Turn. . . ... 22 leueophthalma ... 147 eiLchromiella W^alk. ... 123 leucopis ... 164 euglypta Turn ... 72 leucoteles "Walk .. 154 eumetalla Meyr ... 26 lichenopa Low ... 198 eupetaia Meyr ... 25 limonias ... 207 eupotcila Turn. . ... 144 lineataWalk ... 265 eurycnema Turn. ... 74 lutescens Feld ... 214 euthybelemna Meyr. ... 231 lyellianaltow ... 261 Jluorescens Turn ... 34 lyginella Meyr ... 52 formosa Stt. ... 55 macrantha Low ... 233 gemmipunctella Walk. ... ... 257 macraula ... 230 glaucias ... 283 mactata Feld .. 145 gonoteles ... ... 226 maculipeunis Curt. ... 284 grammatistis Meyr. ... 191 marileuti& Meyr .. 180 (jrossipunctella Gn. ... 104 Mathewi Butl ... 117 habrodes ... 24 megalastra ... 120 haematopus Feld. ... 134 melanopepla Meyr. ... 221 halimophila Low. 222 memorella Meyr. ... 83 hecataea ... 202 mesaula .. 232 heliopla .. 27 mesoehrysa Low. ... 167 hemixanthella Holl. ... 193 metallica Turn ... 217 hemixipha Low ... 82 metallif era ... 158 heteromorpha Meyr. ... 273 meteora Meyr ... 237 heteropsis Low ... 33 metreta Turn ... 150 holodesma Meyr. ... 242 metronoma ... 241 holodisca ... 171 micrastra ... 172 homotypa ... 204 microta Turn ... 47 hoploca a Meyr .. 18 minatrix Meyr ... 192 hypocallajjow ... 200 mixoie^ica Turn ... 138 ida Meyr. ... 57 mnesicala Meyr. ... 54 inscripta ... ... 100 monocentra ... 94 internellus Walk. ... 104 monodesma Low. ... 177 interruptellus Saub. ... 106 7)1 ultiferatU Walk. ... 212 iometalla Meyr ... 250 myriastra ... J22 iridopa ... 159 myriosemus Turn. ... 105 iris Feld. ... ... - ... ... 112 myriospila ... 96 irrorata Turn; .. 10 mystarcha Meyr. ... S9 nephelomima nereis Meyr. nigricansella Tepp. niphocosma Turn. nitidula Turn. nohilis Feld. ohUqidfa>iciata Wals. ohscura Butl. obscurella Turn ochridorsella Meyr. ochrocephala Meyr. octopunctata Turn, oenopella Meyr. . , omichleutis ophidias ... ophiodes Turn. ... ophiosema Low. ... ordinatella Meyr. orthaula ... orthogona Meyr palaeomorpha Meyr. paradelpha parallela Meyr. ... parallela Turn. ... paraxantha parazona ... parva Pag. paurodes ... peltophanes penthinoides Pagi perimetalla Low. periphanes pharetropis phlogopa Meyr, ... phoenobapta Turn, phoenodes Feld.... phosphora pi'-ta Feld Pilcheri Luc. plagata Stt. platydisema Low. plebeia Turn, plumbealis Pag. poliodes ... polychroa Low. ... polyplaca Low. ... porphyris prasochalca prodigella Walk, proterospila Meyr. proterva ... protomacra psephonoma Meyr. BY E. MEYRICK. No. ... 102 psithyristis Meyr. ... 34 psorodes ... 3 purella Walk. .. 121 pustulellus Walk. ... 44 pyracma Meyr. ... ... 162 pyranthis.. ... 176 pyrigenes Turn. ... 134 pyrilampis Meyr. ... 23 pyrochroma Turn. ... 46 pyrochryna Low. . 39 pyroleuca Meyr. ... ... 59 quadriforella Z. ... .. 64 regularis Pag. ... .. 173 resumptana Walk. ... 51 rex Butl ... 40 rutilella Pag. ... 213 sabella Newm. ... ... 9 sagmatias ... 166 scaeopa ... 220 Scotti Scott ... 229 sepias Meyr. ... 160 sera Meyr. ... 144 se.9^■o^VZe.9 Feld. ... 32 sessilis Pag. ... 128 sigillata Meyr. ... ... 248 simUata Walk. ... 211 squamicornis Feld. ... 287 stephanota 70 stilbiota Low. ... 189 stylograpta ... 259 submarginalis Walk 4 sutt'usa Walk. .. 247 sulfurata ... 141 sycopola Meyr. ... ... 146 teratias ... 137 tetrasema Meyr. ... . . 252 thalassias Meyr. ... . 140 thiasarcha ... 135 thiospila Turn. ... ... 61 thyriditis Meyr. ... ... 236 toxomacha Meyr. . . 36 transversella Snell. .. 218 trapezoides Turn. ... 97 triaria ... 263 tricuneatella Meyr. ... 56 trigonaspis ... Ill trigonophora Turn. ... 161 trilitha ... 163 tripselia .. 87 tristaniae Turn. ... ... 274 tumultuosa ... 223 tyrastis ... 107 unilineata Turn. . . . 149 No. 182 279 124 104 77 152 44 , 148 , 48 133 88 200 209 165 109 139 235 282 275 154 199 285 265 210 91 286 266 1 197 92 212 134 127 208 113 240 49 156 142 187 50 176 17 271 11 264 6 201 260 31 270 99 37 150 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALASIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA, XIX. No. No. uranarcha Meyr ... 78 xylophanes Turn. ... 78 veterana ... 272 zaplaca ... 12 viola Pag ... 190 zapyra ... 129 Woodfordi Druce ... 123 zapyra Meyr ... 153 xanthopharella Meyr. ... ... 71 ADDENDUM. 49(37a). BuRLACENA Walk. Head smooth; ocelli present; tongue developed. Antennae 4, thick, in ^ shortly bipectinated, teeth fasciculate-ciliated. Labial palpi rather long, ascending, with appressed scales, terminal joint short, obtuse. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Posterior tibise smooth- scaled. Forewiugs with cell very long, 2 and 3 stalked, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex, 11 from beyond middle. Hindwings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia J; 4 absent, 6 and 7 stalked. A transparent-winged form, resembling the Aegeriadae, probably allied to Snellenia. A second species occurs in Celebes. 286 (264rt). B. aegerioides Walk. {Bnrlacena aegerioides Walk. Suppl. 80; B. similata, ib. 81.) New Guinea, Mysol. 287. Yponomeuta jyaiirodes, n.sp. ^. 19-23 mm. Head and antennae white. Palpi white, apex of second joint and a median band of terminal joint black. Thorax white, with two black dots on shoulders, two on back, and one on posterior extremity. Abdomen dark grey, segmental margins and anal tuft white. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen nearly straight, oblique; snow-white; four or five small black dots on anterior half of costa, three beneath posterior half of costa, one at base in middle, five in a submedian series, the third somewhat above the others and rarely with an additional dot above it, three in a subdorsal series, and two on lower part of termen : cilia w^hite. Hindwings dark grey, lighter anteriorly and becoming whitish towards base; cilia white, basal third grey. Townsville, Queensland; five specimens (Dodd). Near myrio- semus, but smaller and shorter-winged, forewings with fewer dots generally, and especially no dots on upper half of termen, and only three in subdorsal series. I 151 DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM NORFOLK ISLAND. By the late F. E. Grant, F.L.S., axd Allan R. McCulloch, Australian Museum. (Plate i.) The small collection enumerated herein has reached us from two sources. The first series was collected by Messrs. R. M. and W. Laing, the latter a resident of the island, who placed them in the hands of Prof. Chas. Chilton, of Christchurch, N.Z., and who in turn very kindly forwarded them to us. For the others we are indebted to Mr. A. Liddell, for whom they were collected by Mr. J. Cornish Quintal. Our best thanks are due to both our friends. BRACHYURA. Tribe CYCLOMETOPA. Xanthias atromanus (Has well). 18S'2. Xanthodes atromanus Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc.N, S.Wales, vi. p. 542; and Cat. Aust. Crust, p.49, pl.i. fig 1. Common (Liddell). Eriphia norfolcensis, n.sp. (Plate i., figs.l, \a, \b). Carapace almost | as long as broad, gastric and cardiac regions faintly delimited. A well marked groove runs from each lateral angle inwards and forwards in the direction of the orbits. Dorsal surface smooth except on the hepatic regions, which carry a number of subspiniform tubercles, and immediately behind the front where it is granular. Front emarginate, lobes much deflexed, but their free edge, which is well defined and granular, is visible from above. The inner orbital angles are separated from the front proper by a shallow sulcus. Orbits entire, their upper borders granular, the lower minutely spinulose. 152 DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM NORFOLK ISLAND, Anterior lateral margins short, not lobulate, but carrying five or six small almost equidistant spinulous tubercles. Chelipeds very unequal, either the right or left the larger. Carpus of larger cheliped smooth proximally, but carrying on its distal margin two rows of rounded tubercles which become spinu- lous above; some stiff hairs on its anterior margins. The upper margin of the hand is equal to the length of the finger, its inner surface punctate, and the outer with a number of smooth rounded tubercles having a roughly linear arrangement; a patch of short stiff yellow hairs at the base of the wide gape between the fingers. Finger and thumb acuminate, quite smooth; not dentiform, but each showing a tendency to bear a low rounded tubercle. In the smaller cheliped the tubercles on the outer surface of the palm are markedly spinulous, and the fingers, which are con- siderably bent inwards, are costate, dentiform, meeting along their whole length when closed, and spoon-excavate at the tips. Ambulatory legs somewhat flattened and clothed with scattered stiff yellow bristles. The abdomen of the male is seven-jointed, the third joint being the widest. Colour in spirits dark chestnut-brown, the chelipeds reddish, fingers black, white at the extreme tips. There is a patch of reddish colour on the palm behind the base of the mobile finger and at the junction of the carpus and propodus. Dimensions of type (,-J): — Breadth of carapace between lateral angles 18 mm. Length of carapace 13 ,, Length of larger cheliped 30 ,, A number of specimens were collected by Mr. Liddell, who informs us that it is common on the island, where it is known as the " Poison Crab." The type is in the Australian Museum. Cymo andreossyi (Audouin). 1852. Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped., Crust, i. p. 225, pl.xiii. figs.2a-6. Common (Liddell). BY THE LATE F. E. GRANT AND ALLAN R. McCULLOCH. 153 OZIUS TRUNCATUS M.Edw. 1837. H. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i. p.406, pl.xvi. fig.ll. Common (Liddell, Laing). Plagusia dentipes De Haan. 1835. De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust, p.58, pl.viii. fig.l. 1878. Miers, Ann. it Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p.l52. This species differs from P. capensis De Haan { = P. chahrus Aud.) so common on the Australian coast in the following particulars : — The lower distal end of the merus of the legs is armed with a spine and not rounded. There is a group of granules on the hepatic regions. There are three or four dentiform processes on the front, the hindermost being the largest, while in P. capensis each lobe presents a row of six to seven granules. The teeth on the ambulatory legs are stronger, the hairs on the dorsum of the carapace are shorter and do not in the adult cover the branchial prominences. In P. dentipes rudimentary exopods are also developed on the ambulatory legs. Common (Liddell, Laing). The species is also common on Lord Howe Island. Percnon planissimum (Herbst.). 1900. Leiolophus planissimus Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixix. p. 439. 1906. Rathbun, U. S. Fish Commission, Bulletin, 1903, p.842. Common (Liddell). Hymenosoma lacustris Chilton. 1882. Elamena (?) lacustris Chilton, Trans. N. Z. Inst. xiv. p. 17 2, pl.viii. 1902. Fulton & Grant, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. xv.(N.S.) p. 5 9, pl.viii. Common (Laing). A freshwater species inhabiting rocky pools It has also been recorded from New Zealand and Victoria. ..■: 4 L I B F ■ \ 154 DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM NORFOLK ISLAND, Tribe CATOMETOPA. OcYPODE URviLLEi Guerin.* 1836. Guerin, Voy. ''Coquille," Crust, p.9, pl.i. fig. 1, 1897. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. x. pp.360 and 366. Common (Liddell, Laing). Leptograpsus variegatus (Fabr.). 1853. Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci Nat. (3) xx. p.lTl. Common (Liddell, Laing). Pachygrapsus transversus Gibbes. 1850. Gibbes, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. iii. p. 182. 1900. Ratlibun, American Naturalist, xxxiv. p. 588, figs. 8, 9. Common (Liddell, Laing). Cyclograpsus punctatus M.Edw. 1837. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, ii. p.78. 1880. Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p.201(ubi syn.). Common (Liddell). Plagusia depressa var. squamosa (Herbst.). 1900. Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ixix. p.437. Common (Liddell). MACRURA. Tribe ANOMALA. Calcinus imperialis Whitelegge. 1901. Whitelegge, Records Aust. Mus. iv. p.48, pl.ix. Common (Liddell, Laing). Also occurs in great numbers on Lord Howe Island. ■^^ Mr. Grant was inclined to consider this species as a variety of 0. cera- iophthalma Pallas, to which it is closely allied, but as our specimens present all the characters assigned to it by Ortmann, who monographed the genus, they are perhaps best kept distinct until intermediate stages have been obtained. --A.R.M. BY THE LATE F. E. GRANT AND ALLAN R. McCULLOCH. 155 Calcinus latens Randall. 1839. Randall, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p.l35(yio?e Dana;. 1906. Grant &McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, xxxi.p.3-t. One specimen (Laing). Calcinus hbrbstii De Man. 1887. De Man, Archiv fiir Naturgescli. liii.,i., p.437. 1905. Alcock, Cat. Indian Decapod Crust, ii. p. 5 3. One specimen (Laing). Pachycheles lifuensis Borradaile. (Plate i. figs. 2, 2a). 1900. Borradaile, Willey's Zool. Results, p.424. We refer our specimens to the above species, somewhat briefly diagnosed by its author. Its nearest ally appears to be P. ^arfea^i^s (A.M.Edw.),* but it differs from the figure of that species given in the "Challenger" Reports in (1) the much narrower front, which is slightly produced medianly; (2) the shape of the orbits, whose external angle is produced as a spine; and (3) the structure of the external max- illipeds, which have the antero-external angle of the ischium pro- duced as a long spine, and the merus slenderer, with its internal lobe cristate. From P. scM^|>^ws(M.Edw.),t to which it bears a superficial resemblance, it may be separated by the broader proportions of the carapace, by the shape of the external orbital angles, and by the sculpture of the chelipeds, which in P. sculptus have larger granules arranged in more definite rows and not clothed with hairs, while in the specimens under consideration they carry a plentiful pubescence. Two specimens (Liddell). * 1888. Henderson, Challenger " Anomura," p. 114, pl.xi. fig. 4. t 1906. Grant & McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, xxxi. p.40, pl.ii. fig.l. 156 DECAPOD CRUSTACEA FROM NORFOLK ISLAND. Tribe CARIDEA. Alpheus edwardsii Audouin. 1809. Audouin, Savigny's Descript. de I'Egypt, pl.x. fig.l. Common (Liddell, Laing). XiPHOCARis compressa (De Haan). 1849. E'phyra comjyressa De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust, p. 186, pl.xlvi. fig. 7. 1894. Xiphocaris compressa Ortmann, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 400. A freshwater species. We have a good series taken on both sides of the island by the Messrs. Laing. The variability of the dentition of the rostrum of specimens from Norfolk Island has already been drawn attention to by G. M. Thomson* who also records its occurrence in New South Wales and Victoria. We are indebted to Prof. Chilton for pointing out that those taken from streams on the east side of the divide are smaller in size and with a proportionately shorter ro:strum than those on the west. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Plate i. Fig.l. — Eriphia 7iorfolcensis, sp.nov. Fig. la. — Eri2)hia norfolcensis, oral region. Fig. 16. — EHjihia norjolcensis, larger cheliped. Fig, 2. — Pachychehs lifuensis Borradaile. Fig.2a. — Pachychehs lifuensis, external maxilliped. 1903. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Vol. viii. p. 449 157 WEDNESDAY, APRIL 24th, 1907. The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, April 24th, 1907. Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, President, in the Chair. Messrs. William Noel Benson, Killara; Walter L. Hammond, B.Sc, Marrickville; Allan R. McCulloch, Australian Museum, Sydney; and Reginald H. Relton, Mary Street, Brisbane, were elected Ordinary Members of the Society. The President announced that the Society had been honoured with invitations from the Royal University of Upsala, and the Royal Swedish Academy at Stockholm, to be represented officially at the ceremonial gatherings arranged by them to take place next month in connection vviih the celebration of the Bicentenary of Ca»l von Linne, the great Swedish naturalist; and that the Council had deputed Professor J. P. Hill, D.Sc, of University College, r.ondon, to act as the Society's envoy. The President also gave notice of a Special General Meeting of the Societ}^, to be held in the Linnean Hall on Thursday, 23rd May, to mark the occasion of the two-hundredth anniversary of the birth of Linnaeus (1707-1778). The Council had approved of a programme which would take the form of a series of short addresses by Members of the Society, especially intended to set forth the place of Linnseus among the pioneers of systematised biological science, and the importance of his work and influence. As the accommodation available would be limited, the Council regretted that it would he unfortunately necessary to restrict the admission of visitors on this occasion. But if desired, and as far as circumstances permitted, one visitor's ticket would be sent to 158 ANNOUNCEMENTS. every Member on application to the Secretary, the tickets to be allotted in the order in which applications were received, so long as accommodation was available. The President further stated that the Ordinary Monthly Meet- ing would be held on Wednesday, 29th May. It was requested that Members would postpone Notes and Exhibits to the follow- ing Meeting, on 26th June, so that as much time as possible might be available for a discussion of the papers by Messrs. E. C. Andrews, G. H. Halligan, T. G. Taylor and Dr. Woolnough, which appeared in Part 4 of the Proceedings for 1906, recently issued. As it was proposed to make the discussion the feature of the Meeting, Members who wished to take part were requested to take note of the date. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting, amounting to 40 Vols., 56 Parts or Nos., 12 Bulletins, 7 Reports, 30 Pamphlets, and 15 Maps, received from 46 Societies, &c., and 2 Individuals, were laid upon the table. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. Froggatt exhibited a very complete and fine collection of sexed examples of Hymenopterous insects of the Family Thyn- nidcB, in illustration of the paper b}'- Mr. Rowland E. Turner. As in the case of the allied family AhUillidce, the male insects are handsome, winged, wasp-like creatures; while the females are small and wingless, and often so unlike the corresponding males that it is usually very difficult to obtain correctly matched pairs. Mr. Froggatt also showed adult specimens and living, newly hatched young ones, of a grasshopper {CEdaleus senegalensis Krauss), which might be regarded as the common plague locust of the eastern coastal area of the State. Mr. Jensen exhibited a specimen of the Kava-root, Piper inethysticum, from which the national beverage of the South Sea Islands is made. I I NOTES AND KXHIBIIS. 159 Mr. H. Leighton Kesteven exhibited a specimen of the curious fungus, Aseroe rubra Labill., collected by Dr. Leighton Kesteven at Mullumbioiby, Brunswick River, N.S.W. Mr. E. Cheel exhibited, and contributed Notes upon, a very interesting collection of Fungi, representing 29 genera and 38 species, including one species and one form not previously described; and several species not hitherto recorded from New South Wales. Series of examples of Aseroe rubra Labill., and Lysurus australiensis Cke. & Massee, preserved in spirit, and illustrating different stages of growth, were particularly worthy of note. (For a list of the species, see p. 202). Dr. E. S. Stokes showed a remarkable felted deposit of fila- mentous Algae from filter-beds at West Maitland; a sample of a diatomaceous deposit {Amphora sp.) from the same locality; and a quantity of the dried thalli of Chroococcus from the storage reservoir at the same place. Mr. Duncan Carson sent for exhibition the greater portion of the right ramus of the lower jaw of an immature example of one of the large extinct Marsupials (Diprotodon australis Owen) which had been found in what well-sinkers term "wash," at a depth of 40 feet in sinking a well, situated about three miles from Tanbar Springs in the Gunnedah district. The specimen was nine inches in length, a portion of each end of the ramus being missing; and showed the remnants of three cheek-teeth. Mr. Fletcher showed five typical examples of a frog, Hyla Ewingii D. & B., collected recently on King Island, Bass Straits, by Mr. Arthur M. Lea of Hobart. This may perhaps be the frog recorded as ^^ Hyla sp." in the " Fauna of King Island," compiled from the collections obtained by Members of the Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria in 1887 (Victorian Naturalist, iv. 139); otherwise the species is unrecorded from this insular habitat. 160 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN NEW SOUTH WALES. By G. I. Playfaik. (Communicated by the Secretary,) (Plates ii.-v.) Only two contributions to a knowledge of the Desmidioi of New South Wales are known to me. Dr. Otto Nordstedt in his "Freshwater Algseof New Zealand and Australia" gives a list of nine species collected on the Blue Mountains hy Dr. S. Berggren. And Dr. M. Raciborski in " Desmidya zebrane przez Dr. E. Ciastonia " accounts for seventy-seven species gathered by Dr. Ciastonia in the Centennial Park, Sydney, in 1891. During the past fourteen years in which I have studied the Desmids of New South Wales, I have been able to search only three districts, viz., Collector at the northern end of Lake George; Moura, a private estate near Parkes; and some of the suburbs of Sydney My experience harmonises with a remark of Mr. W. B. Turner in his "Freshwater Algse of E. India" that "From results obtained by many observers it appears that the value of gather- ings is often in inverse ratio to the extent of country examined." The number of species from New South Wales figured to date staads at about 350, a very fair total when it is remembered that only 412 forms are mentioned by Dr. Cooke in his 'British Desmids.' Of these 350, 50 are doubtful or require farther investigation, 230 have been definitely identified, and the remain- ing 70 form the subject of this paper. After most careful con- sideration, fifty of these are described as new, and also twenty varieties and forms of species previously described by other observers. About one-third of these stand to the credit of BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 161 Botany, a third were obtained from Collector, and all other localities together account for the remainder. It should be mentioned that numerous books and papers have been consulted before committing these notes to paper, but as the publications amount to nearly ninety, it would take up too much space to record my indebtedness to individual authors. Genus D o c i d i u m Breb. Doc. EXPANSJM, n.sp. (T.iii. f.3). Doc. minimum, curtum, crassum, 2J plo. longius quam latum, tumore basali lato, depresso, semicellulis ad apices expansis, apicibus rotundato-truncatis, angulis superioribus lato-rotundatis dentibus nullis, membrana levissime punctata. Long. 72; lat. 29/x. Botany. For a Docidium this form is quite unique. Genus Pleurotaenium Niig. Pl. mediolaeve, n.sp. (T.ii. f.lO). PI. magnum, valde elongatum, rectum, 1 2-20 plo. longius quam latum; basi semicellulae leviter inflatae et supra, inflatione mitiore nonmtnquam instructae; apices versus sensim sed distincte attenuatae; apicibus truncatis, rugisl. denticulis 10-12(rarius 4-6) intra marginem semper ornatis; sutura non prosiliente; membrana crassa; usque ad medium inflationum basalium dense scrobiculata (non granulata); scrobiculae trans quemque inflationem in serie densiore ordinatae; membrana in medio frondis laevi (unde nomen). Long. 410, 504, 516, 528, 660, 684; lat. 36, 30, 38, 33, 37, 31^. Auburn. PI. mediolaeve belongs to the group having straight sides, and apices furnished only with rugre, not with pronounced tubercles, such as the forms of PI. Ehrenhergii De Bary, PL crenulatitm (Ehr.), see Roy and Bisset, Jap. Desm. f.l9, which come nearest in size and appearance. Others are PI. Stuhlmanni (Hieron.) 13 162 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, 8jhm.;* PL (Doc.) Wallichlanum Turn.;t PL (Doc.) ghriosum Turn.t Forma gracilior, n.f. Exacte ut in forma typica sed gracilior, cellulae 20-30 plo. longiores quam latae. Long. 408, 444, 532; lat. 18, 21, 18^. Auburn, Botany. Pl. NODOSUM Bail.,y DENTATUM Arch., Q.J. Micr. Sci. 1872, p. 194, forma australica, n.f. Forma apice modice elongato, vix dilatato, dentibus 10 magnis (fere aculeis) projicientibus. Semicellulae verticillis 4, in quoque verticillo nodulis 6 prominentibus obtusis, fere truncatis, mem- brana inter verticil los grosse punctata. Long. 324; lat. h^fx. Botany. Pl. baculoides (Roy & Bisset), Jap. Desm. p. 9, f.l8. Apices denticulis 1. rugis minutissimis 8-10 vix visibilibus semper praeditae. Endochroma in taenias longitudinales 4 dis- posita. MeraVn-ana subtilissime punctata. Cetera ut in Jap. Desm. Long. 390, 400, 426, 428, 438; lat. 14, 15, 14, 15, 15;z. Auburn, Botany; Rose's Lagoon, Collector. Roy & Bisset (I.e.) give long, semicell 265^, lat. 15^, but the figures tally exactly. The minute teeth were observed in every case, but they are easily overlooked. Genus Triploceras Bailey. Trip, serratum, n.sp. (T.ii. f.2). Trip, magnum, rectum, elongatum, 9-12 plo. longius quam latum, (cum dentibus), basi ad apices sensim attenuatum, apicibus aut 2 lobatis spinis geminatis intervenientibus, aut 4 lobatis lobis * Ost. Afrik. T.l, f.2 1-22. t Alg. E. Ind. T.3, f.2. + I.e. T.3, f.5. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 1 63 iiiterdum productis bi-(rarius tri-)deiitati8. In quaque semiceilula verticilli 13-16, dentibus magnis, validis, patentibus 10 instructi; dentibus verticilli basalis in margine inferiore denticulis sinsfulis ornatis. Long.c. proc. 450, 480, 588; lat. c. dent. 50, 57, 50/x. Botany. This form lies between Trip, verticillatum Bail.,* superhmn (Mask.) Nord., and Trip, gracilef hidentatum f. intermedia Nord. Looked upon as an immature form, it could develop into the former by the teeth becoming bifid verrucae, or into the latter by their lengthening out into aculei. No tendency of the sort has been noticed, however, in any of the specimens that I have observed. Trip, gracile Bail., *bilobatum Turn., Alg. E. India, p.26, 1\2, f.4. C/.'West (Desm. N. Amer. T.13, f. 10-13) especially the end views. The specimens noted had 10 teeth to the verticil and 17 verticils to the semicell. Also the apices were 4-lobed, each lobe bidentate. I liave noticed in other varieties of Triploceras the ''two intervening spines" mentioned by Turner, I.e., in bilobed apices. It seems probable that such a form is immature, and that the two spines on each side develop into bidentate lobes, thus forming a 4-lobed apex. {Cf. T.ii.,f 15.) Long. 444,530; lat c.ac. 34, 33/x. Botany. Trip, gracile Bail., ^aculeatum Nord., Fr.Alg.N.Z.,T.7, f.13-14, forma austkalica, n.f. (T.ii. f. 14-15). A forma novizelandica differt cellulis minoribus, semicell uHs magis attenuatis, verticillis 8-11 in quaque semiceilula. Long. cell. 276, 300, 430; lat.c.ac ad bas. 24, 36, 50; lat.s.ac. 20, 18; lat. sub. lob. ap. 11, 11/x. Botany, Centennial Park. *Fr. Alg. N. Z. T.7, f.3. •H.c. T.7, f. 17. 164 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, Trip, denticulatum, n.sp. (T.ii. f.ll). Trip, mediocre, gracilliuium, elongatum, 16plo. longius quam latum. Semicellulae e basi ad apices leniter attenuatae; infla- tionibus rofcundatis 11 ornatae; inflationibus seriebus dentium minutorum patentum binis praeditis; apicibus 3 (2-4 1) lobatis; lobis dentibus minutis singulis (vel binis '?) instructis. Long. 371; lat. 23/i. Murray's Lagoon, Collector. Most like Trip. (Doc.) occidentah Turn.,* which, however, has verticils with aculei pointing up and down the cell. Compare also WoUe (Desm. U. S., Doc. gracih, T.IO, f.3). Genus Icthyocercus West. Ic. AUSTRALiENSis, n.sp. (T.ii. f.8). Icth. magnus, gracilis, circ. 15plo. longior quam latus, medio levissime constrictus. Semicellulae paullulo attenuatae, lateribus rectis, basi leviter inflatae, apice aegre dilatatae angulis in cornua minuta, acuta, productis. Membrana achroa, glabra. Long 144; lat. 10^. Botany. This comes very near to Ic. longisphms (Borge),* which I cannot consider a variety of Ic. angolensis. Ic. anstraliensis is half as long again, inflated at the base, and with tiny horns instead of spines. This is, as far as I know, only the third record of the genus. It is known also from Angola and Guiana. Cf. /c. angolensis West (in Journ. Bot. xxxv. T. 368, f.26-3i). Genus Closterium Nitzsch. Cl. Moukense, n.sp. CT.ii. f. 1). Cl. permagnum, rectum, fusiforme, diametro circ. 9 plo. longius, utroque polo leniter attenuatum, ventre in medio planum apices versus recurvatum, dorso leniter arcuatum, apicibus subobtusis, "" 'On some New Desm.', Journ E. Micr. Soc. (2) v. 1885, T.15, f.25 t Trop. u. subtrop. T.2, f.51. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 165 truncatis, paullulo recurvatis. Membrana achroa, glabra, striis nullis. Sutura iion evidente. Long. 844-1140; lat. 106-125^. Murray's Lagoon, Collector; Moura. CI. libelliUa Focke, figured by Raciborski,* is the nearest in shape to this species, but it is far too small, and punctate. Cf. also CI. lunula var. maxirnum Borge.f I have no note as to the disposal of the endochrome. CI. lunula, lanneolalum and the stout form of acerosum are members of this group. Cl. magnificum, n.sp. (T.ii. f.3). CI. permagnum, elongatum vix arcuatum,diametro circ. 9-12 plo. longius, ventre paullulo concavum, dorso leniter curvatum, apici- bus subobtusis, truncatis, paullulo recurvatis. Membrana achroa, glabra, striis nullis. Sutura evidente. Long. 800-809; lat. 68-92; alt. (ad dorsum) 110/x. Lara Dam, Moura. Most like Cl. Wittrockianuyn Turn.,| from which it differs in its greater size, absence of colour and striae, the slightly recurved ends and visible suture. From Cl. lanceolatum Kutz., it differs in its larger size, concave ventral margin, and narrower shape. Cl. molle, n.sp. (T.ii. f.l2). Cl. permagnum, arcuatum, cylindricum, elongatum, diametro circ. 13-14plo longius, ventre regulariter concavum non tumidum, dorso regulariter convexum, ad apices sensim sensimque attenu- atum, apicibus subobtusis, rotuudatis, incrassatis. Membrana levissime rufescente, subtilissime striata. Sutura evidente. Endochromaobscuro-viride, in laminis longitudinalibus disposita. Vesciculi terminales minimi. Long. 935-965; lat. 70; alt. 10(V. Auburn; Moura. " Desm. Ciast. T.l, f.44. + Alg. Regnell. T.l, f.9. : Alg. E. Iml. T.l,f.25. 1G6 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, Gl. molle may be classed with CI. decorum Breb. (see Wolle, Besm. U. S., T. 7, f.l), CI. Wallichii Turii.,^* and CI. dilatatum West.f Ifc is a perfectly tubular form, with beautifully rounded ends, which are not flattened or turned back. Cl. calamus, n.sp. (T ii. f 4). CI. permagnuni, valde elongatum, gracillimum, fere rectum, 30-35 plo. longius quam latum, paullulo curvatum, utroque polo rapidissime attenuatum, lateri})us paralleli.s, apicibus conicis, subacutis. Membrana subtilissime striata. Endochroma in tnenias 4 (3 ?) longitudinales parietales disposita; vesiculo central! magno, terminalibus minimis. Nuclei amylac^i 18 in quaque semicellula. Long. 1000; lat. 30; alt. 60/z. Moura. This species differs from Cl. acerosum in its almost parallel sides, from Cl. praelongum in its straight ends not recurved at all, and from Cl. lineatum in its equal curvature. From all these also it differs in the arrangement of its endochrome in the parietal taenia?. Along with Cl. Mourense I fancy it holds the record for length. Cl. cornutum, n.sp. (T.ii. f.l 3). Cl. parvum, validum, lunatum, 5-6 plo. longius quam latum, uno polo ad alterum et ventre et dorso regulariter arcuatum, e sutura ad apices rapide attenuatum, apicibus subacutis. Mem- brana glabra, lutea. Sutura evidente. Long. 160; lat. 30; alt. 54^. Botany. Its nearest ally is Cl. Lelbleinii Kutz., which, however, is larger, swollen in the centre and more curved, but cf. Ralfs (Br. Desm., T.28, f.4) and Borgesen (Cent. Braz., T.2, f.7). I have not yet come across Cl. Leibleinii, nor did Nordstedt meet with it in New Zealand. The semicell is almost exactly the shape of a rhinoceros horn. * Alg. E. Ind. T.l, f.l3. t N. Amer. Desm. 1896, T.13, f.21. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR, 167 Cl. cingulum, n.sp. (T.ii. f.7). CI. parvum, magis curvatum, filiforme, diametro circa 18 plo. loiigius, lateribus parallelis, apiciV>us subacutis. Long. 90; lat. 5; alt. 30fi. Moura, in running water. In outline the nearest to this form is Cl. Cynthia var. curva- tissimum West, (Scott, plankt., T. 14, f.3) with which it agrees in length; but that species is striolate and 2.^ times as broad. Cl. cingulum might be arranged with Cl. Jenneri Ralfs, and Cl. calosporuin Wittr., especially var. /3 Brasiliense Burges., (Desm. C. Braz.,T.2, f.5). Cl. cancek, n.sp. (T.ii. f.l6). Cl. minimum, canceriforme, subcirculare diametro tantum duplo longius; dorso maxims convexum fere conicum; ventre concavum. Semicellulae e sutura ad apices rapidissime attenuatae, apicibus acutis pauUo incurvis et in rostra brevia setacea porrectis. Membrana laevis. Long. 46; lat. 22; alt. 48)u. Murray's Lagoon, Collector. I know of no other species with which this form can be classed, but cf. Cl. cu. spiel atum Bail., in Ralfs, T.35, f. 11. ?Cl naviculoideum, n.sp. (T.ii. f.9). Cl. minutissimum, rectum, fusiforme, diametro circa 15 plo. longius, apicibus acutissimis in rostra brevia setacea porrectis. Membrana glabra. Long. 75-84; lat. 5-6/x. Murray's Lagoon, Collector. There is some doubt in my mind as to whether this is not the diatom Nitzschia acicularis Smith, in Br. Diats. q.v.; no size given. The disposition of the endochrome with a central clear space makes it look like a Closterium. 168 SOME NEW OK LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALKS, Genus P e n i u m Breb. P. GRACILLIMUM, 11. sp. (T.iii. f.l). Pen. angustum, elongatum, 8-10 plo. longius quani latum, medio sinu acuto minuto vix constricbum, apicem versus levissime attenuatum; apicibus truncatis; lateribus rectis, parallelis. Semi- cellulae utroque margine denticulationibus 2 minutissimis in partes 3 divisae, denticulationibus noii semper perfecte regulariter dispositis. Membrana achroa, longitudinaliter punctato-striata; s-riis 8-10. Long 116-156; lat. 15^. Coogee. A near neighbour of P. margarltaceum Ehr., see Kalfs, T.'25, f.le, and Wolle, Desm. U. S. T.5, f.ll, from which its perfectly straight and parallel sides, colourless membrane, and marginal denticulations serve to distinguish it. P. PACHYDERMUM, n.sp. (T.ii. f.6). Pen. curtum, crassum, cylindraceum, diametro subduplo iongius, medio sinu acuto minuto vix constrictum. Semicellulae subcouicae, angulis inferioribus rectis, lateribus e basi verticali- bus, adscendentibus, tum repente ad apicem convergentibus, apicibus late rotuiidatis. Membrana achroa, glabra, crassa. Long. 84-; lat. 37/i. Centennial Park. The congeners of this species belong to the globose group of large Peiiium forms such as P. australe Rac, P. lagenaroides Roy,* P. cucurbitinum Biss. jS suhpolymorphum Nord.f The last-named is nearest to it in outline. P. AUSTRALE Rac, Desui. Ciast. p. 7-8, T.l,f.ll. (T.ii. f.5\ Long. 66, 66, 74, 75; lat. 37, 43, 42, 48/i. Collector, Auburn, Centennial Park. * Desm. Windermere, T.5, f.6. t Fr. Alg. N. Z. T.7, f:20. BY G. 1. PLAYFAIR. 169 Omnia speciinina apices versus magis atteiiuata quaiii forma a cl. Raciborski delineata. Endochroma totae cellulae (ut primo videtur) in lamina quatbuor lateralia dispositaarea vacua centrali in forma crucis reliquente, vero tamen endochroma in taenias 6-8 angustissimas longitudinales ex axi centrali radiantes, ordinata est. Nuclei amylacei singuli magni. Genus T e t m e m o R u s Ralfs. Tet. immanis, n.sp. (T.iii. f.5). Tet. permagnus, 6-8 plo. longior quam latus, a fronte visus oblongus, in medio constricbus, lateribus fere parallelis, apices versus pauUo atbenuatus, apicibus robundato-bruncatis, incisura profunda lineari exbremo ampliato; a latere visus lateribus parallelis sed pauUo rebusis, apices versus rapide abtenuatus, apicibus obbuso-robuudabis. Membranaachroa puncbaba, punctis in lineis longitudinalibus dispositis. Long. 364-425; lab. 50-58 /x. Botany. lb oubline somewhab like T. Brebissonii, bub far exceeding it in size. Of. also I'et. pe?iioides Benn., in Cooke, Br. Desm. T.26, f.2. Tet. gracilis, n.sp. (T.iii. f.4). Teb. parvus, 6-plo. longior quam labus, medio sinu acubo levi vix consbricbus, a fronbe visus laberibus fere jiarallelis, ad apices versus aegie abbenuabus, apicibus rotundatis, incisura lineari exbremo ampliabo; a labere visus laberibus parallelis, apicibus robundatis. Membrana achroa puncbaba, punctis obscuris in lineis longibudinalibus disposibis. Long. 102; lab. 18/x, Coogee. This form may perhaps be placed near Tet. laevis, from which it differs in its evenly cylindrical shape. Fronb and side views are both like the fig. of Tet. Brebissonii in Wolle, T.20, f. L 170 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, Genus Spirotaenia Breb. Sp. obscuka Ralfs, Brit. Desin., p.l79, T.:U, f.2. (T.iii. f.2). Long. 134: lat. 24;i. Coogee. The endoehrouie is bright green and apparently diffused, but on carefully focussing the surface seven darker very narrow spiral bands may be seen. The spirals are even more longitudinal than those figured by Ralfs, and are decidedly obscure. Terminal yescicles present, but very small. Genus E u a s t r u m Ehr. Eu. ROTUNDUM, n.sp. (T.v. f.20). Eu. mediocre, subduplo longius quam latum, profunde con- strictum sinu lineari. Semicellulae obscure trilobatae, campanu- latae: angulis inferioribus leviter rotundatis; lateribus in parte inferiore convexis, in parte superiore concavis; lobo polare nngusto, levissime inflato, apice truncate; angulis superioribus rotundatis. incisura lineari. iSeniicellulae supra isthmum tumore unico, paullo supra tumoribus binis et inter eos scrobiculis singulis instructae; a latere visae, ovatae, crassae, basi lato rotuiidato, apice conico. Membrana achroa, laevis 1. subtilissime punctata. Long. 59-68; lat. 29-30; crass. 21-24^. Botany. The nearest forms seem to be Eu. suhhexahhum West,* Eu. porrectujn Borge,t Eu. intf^rmedium Cleve var. compactum West, I and Eu. ansatuni (Ehr.) Schm ,§ evidently misnamed, as he cites Ralfs, T.14, f.2. The basal tumour can only be seen in J face on rolling over. This species in front view is very like an immature form of Eu. campamilatum mihi, but the side view is characteristic, as the semicell is remarkably thick for its size, and the upper tumours * Some Desni. U. S. T.16. f.7. t Desm. Regnell. T.5, f.S. t Fr. Alg. Ceylon, T.19, f. 14-15. § Schmidle, Alp. Alg. T.17, f.lO. BY G. I. PLAYFAIK. 171 project at the widest part. Besides, Eu. cavi^yannlatum always shows five tumours, with careful observation. Cf. also Fii. obesnm Josh.,"*^ which has no central inflations or scrohicula. Eu. TRIANGULUM, n.sp. (T.iii. f.7). Eu. magnum, diametro subduplo longius, profunde constrictum, sinu lineari. Semicellulae obscure trilobatae, tiiaiigulares; angulis inferioribus obtusis; lateribus rectis in lobum polarem rapidissime converuentibus; lobo polari producto, angusto, apice vix dilatato; angulis superioribus obtuse-rotundatis, apice trun- cate, incisura lineari extremo ampliato et binis verrucis instructa. Semicellulae tumoribus 3 basalibus, 2 medianis, inter lios scrobi- culis singulis majoribus et (paullo infra) minoribus binis; a latere visae anguste-ovatae, basi late rotundato, apice conico. Mem- bra na achroa subtiliter punctata. Long. 120, 126, 128, 132; lat. Q^, 72, 66, 77/x. Hose's Lagoon, Collector. The two outer basal tumours have a mammillate appearance, and generally they alone are visible in front view. The form nearest to this is Eu. lati])es Nord.,t the details of which, how- ever, are quite different. Eu. DIDELTOIDES (Rac.) Efi. quadriceps Nord., \'rv dideUoides Rac, Desm. Ciastoni, p. 19, T.2, f.31. Nuclei amylacei 6 in quaque semicellula. Long. 153, 160, 160, 170, 172, 176, 176; lat. 75, 75, 78, 80, 82, 80, 86; crass. 48, — , 52, — , — , — , 54; lat. lob. pol. — , 32, 27, — , 3(.), — , 30^. Botany, Centennial Park. Raciborski (I.e.) gives long. 170, lat. 82, lat. isth. 25, lat. lob. pol. 28/M. Cf. Eu. quadriceps Nord.| It seems to me that this * Burmese Desm. T.33, f.l9. t Desm. Cent. Braz. T.2, f.9. t Desm. Cent. Braz. T.2, f.o. 172 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, form should not have been placed under Eu. quadriceps Nord. The only similarity between them is the general outline in front view. In side and end views tliey are entirely different, as well as in the tumours and scrobiculae. Especially is this noticeable in the polar lobe, from the cruciate form of which Eu. quadriceps takes its name. The specimens heie tigured are certainly Eu. dideltoides and were gathered from the same locality as Raciborski's. Eu. LONGicoLLE Nord. /3 AUSTRALicuM, n.var. (T.iii f.6 Semicellulae basi latiore, diametro tantum subduplo longiores, e basi magis inflatae; collo minus producto; lobo polari paullo magis inflato; semicellulae supra isthmum tumoribus singulis, paullo supra tumoribus 4 instructae, tumoribus exterioribus e margine orientibus, inter interiores scrobicula unica magna. Cetera ut in forma typica. Long. cell. 140-147; lat. cell. 64-69; lat. lob. pol. 32; lat. coll. U3-24; crass. 36/a. Botany, Centennial Park. Cf. No.dstedt, Alg. N. Z , p.33, T.3, f.5. This form is a member of a well defined group including Eii. loiujicolle Nord. I.e. var. Himalyense Turn., Alg. E. Ind., T. "23, f.9, var. capitatuiu West, Fr. Alg. Ceylon, T. 19, f.24; and three described herein, viz., Eu. deniinutu/ti, Eu. bullatum, and Eu. cainpanulatu7n, the last of which connects them with the dnuosum group. They are almost altogether Australasian at present, their characteristics being a well defined neck, campanulate base, and strongly dilated head. Eu. SINUOSUM Lenor. f. germanica Rac, Desm. Nowe, p.31, T.2, f.lO. (T.iii. f.9-10). Long. 64, 74, 77, 78; lat. 36, 42, 43, 43; lat. lob. pol. 18, 21, 21, 20; crass. 25, — , 21, — /x. Botany. I do not feel quite sure that all the specimens included above should be referred to this species, yet they all come from the UV G. I. PLAYFAIH. 173 same water and agree remarkably in size and markings. The four scrobiculae are arranged three in an equilateral triangle round the fourth. By careful focussing, the tops of the central basal and two upper tumours appear as scrobiculae also; and it will then be seen that the seven are arranged quincuncially — six at equal distances in a circle round the seventh. It is a characteristic feature of this form. Eu. SUBIMCISUM Reinsch, Desm. Cape of Good Hope, f. 12. (T.iv. f.l) Long. 29; lat. 23y^. Murray's Lagoon, Collector. Reinsch gives long. 22|, lat. 18/x. Eu. DEMINUTUM, n.sp. (T iii. f.8). Eu. magnum, elongatum, medio sinu lineari constrictum, 4 plo. longius quam latum. Semicellulae suboblongae, utroque latere excavatae; angulis inferioribus rectis; lateribuse basi verticalibus tum repente convergentibus et in colliim longum, angustum adscendentibus; lobo polari valde inflato, latitudine latitu- dinem basis fere aequante, lateribus rotundatis, apice latissime rotundato, incisura lineari extremo verrucis binis instructa. Semicellulae supra basin tumoribus binis et inter eos scrobiculis singulis praeditae; a latere visae oblongae, basi inflatae, lateribus fere rectis et parallelis, apicibus rotundato-truncatis; a vertice visae subcirculares, regulariter 6 undulatae. Membrana crassa precipue supra basin, grosse scrobiculato-punctata praecipue in lobo polari. Long. 135-140; lat. 40; lat. lob. pol. 34-36; lat. coll. 22; crass. 33-34^. Botany. A Eu. Longicolli proximo difFert basi angustiore, lobo polaii magis inflato, tumoribus paucioribus, et conspectu a vertice visum. See note on Eu.*jlongicolle, supra. 174 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, Eu. CUNEATUM Jenii. ,3 SOLUM Nord., Alg. N. Z , p.34, T.3, f.6. Long. 102-110; lat. 36-38; lat. ap. 18-21; crass. 23-27/i. Botany. Some specimens observed diflfer slightly from Nordstedt's in side view, the lower ))art being semicircular, protruding a little and apparently incrassate. The appearance of incrassation, however, is caused by the folding of the membrane above the isthmus. The basal inflation is hardly visible on rolling over, and not at all otherwise. Eu. CUN'HUTUM Jenn. y basiventricosum, n.var. (T iii. f 11). 8upra isthmum ventricosuui, tumoribus nullis; a latere visae semicellulae conicae, apicibus rotundatis, basi piano, angulis brisalibus rectis. Membrana punctata, punctis in lineas longi- tudinales interdum ordinatis. Cetera ut in forma typica. Long. 106; lat. 42; lat. ap. 21; crass. 27/^t. Murray's Lagoon, Collector. A vertice semicellulam non vidi, fortasse undulationibus 4 cruciatim dispositis ut in Eu. ansatuin Ehr. It is difficult to find out what the forma tj'^pica is in this species. Ralfs, in Brit. Desm. p. 90, says, "I have not detected any inflated protuberances;" yet in T.33, f.3, he gives an end view showing at least three tumours. Cooke, in Brit. Desm. p. 70, observes "empty frond without inflations," and in T.34, f.6, figures an end view differing from Ralfs' but still with three inflations. Lundell, in Desm. Suec, refers to Ralfs without comment. Raci- borkski, however, in Desm. Nowe, p. 30, notes the "semicellulae e basi visae late ellipticae, lateribus (4 undulatis) tumoribus 3 humillimis, vix visibilibus praeditae." Of ail the forms I have observed, the one described below is the only one that had any tumours at all, and that had five, three basal and two above; and all, as Raciborski says, " very low, scarcely visible." Eu. CUNEATUM Jenn. b conicum, n.var. (T.iii. f. 12). Gracilius quam forma typica, 3plo. plusve longius quam latum. Semicellulae magis attenuatae, angulis inferioribus superiori- BY G. I. PLAYFAIK. 175 busque magis rotundatis, lateribiis pauUulo retusis; tumoribus humillimis vix visibilibus, 3 basalibus, 2 niedianis instiuctae, inter tumores scrobiculis parvis 4; a latere visae anguste elliptico-ovatae, basi late rotundato vel rotundato truncate. Membraiia punctata, punctis in lineis longitudinales nonnunquam dispositis. J.ong. 120-132; lat. 40-42; lat. ap. 18-21; crass. 27-28/x. Botany. The scrobiculae are arranged, three in an equilateral triangle round the fourth; in side view they appear as a very shallow depression. Sometimes only two (one above the other) are visible. The tumours are very low and obscure, especially the two top ones. Eu. BULLATUM, n sj>. (T iii. f. 13). Eu. mediocre, medio sinu lineari constrictiim, diametro sub- duplo longius. Semicellulae trilobatae, supra basin ventricosae, angulis inferioribus obtusis, lateribus e basi lato fere vertical! ter adscendentibus paullulo retusis, ad medium versus .semicellulae repentissime lateribus in coUum curtissimum crassum confluenti- bus; lobo polari valde inflato, lateribus obtuso-rotundatis apicibus leniter arcuatis, incisura lineari tuberculis nullis; semicellulae tumoribus 8 basalibus et supra juxta marginem 2 instructae; scrobiculis nullis; a latere visae ovatae, basi rotundato-truncato. Membrana grosse punctata, punctis nonniimquam (praecipue lobo polari) in lineas horizontales vel obscure in quincuncem ordinatis. Long. 77-87; lat. 39-42; lat. ap. 25-28; lat. coll. 18-1 9; crass.28/.. Botany, Centennial Park. The nearest to this is Eu. Everettense WoUe, in Desm. U. S. T.28, f.5, which differs from it in side and end views. They both seem to me to be connected with the lonyicolle group generally, but not with any member in particular. See note on lo7igicolle, supra. Eu. siNUOSUM Lenor. var. Ceylanicum West, Fr. Alg. Ceylon, T.19, f.l6. Long. 70; lat. 39jLt. Coogee (rarissime). 176 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, Exact shape of En. circuJare in Ralfs, T. 13, £.5*^/, but a little broader across the middle sinuatioii, making the basal portion more quadrate. Not much like We-t's fig, (I.e.) but the scrobi- culae are there. West gives the size 70 x ;)2^. Eu. CAMPANULATUM, n..»p. (T.iii. f.l6). Eu. mediocre, medio sinu lineari constrictum, diametro circ. subduplo iongius. Semicellulae trilobntae, campanulatae, suj ra bnsin ventricosae, sursum in collum curtum repente constrictae; aiigulis inferioribus obtusis; lateribus in parte inferiore convexis inflationibus levibus singulis, in parte superiore (coUo) concavis; lobo polari paullulo inflato; angulis superioribus rotund atis; apicibus truncatis; incisura lineari. Semicellulae tumoribus 3 basalibus et supra 2 in serie horizontali cum inflationibus latei- alibus ordinatis, praeditae; inter tumoies scrobiculis 3. A latere visae elliptico-ovatae, ad apices attenuatae, basi rotundato- truncatae. Membrana subtilissime punctata. Long. cell. 92, 93, 93, 96, 97; lat. cell. 52, 42, 48, 44, 41; lat. ap. 24, 18, 20, 19, 19; lat. coll. 22, 17, 18, 17, 18; crass. 33, 24, 30, 22, 24^. Collector, Botany, Centennial Park. This species comes to maturity in three stages, all of which are commonly found accompanying one another. The immature forms ver}^ much resemble Eu. ansatum in outline, and indeed that is the case with several other species of Euastrum. In T.iii., figs. 14, 15, 16 show the mature and the two young forms, all found in the same water. Other transition forms were noticed, and sometimes fronds formed of two different semicells. It is the connecting link between the siniiosum and lorigicolle groups of Euastrum. Forma immatuia No.l. (T.iii. f. 14). Forma ad Eu. ansatum accedens basi autem latiore, curtior quam forma typica, aegre ventricosa; lateribus sine tumoribus lateralibus; collo non producto; lobo polari non inflato; scrobicula una tantum. ' BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 177 Long. cell. 70-72; lat. cell. 36-38; lat. ap. 16-17; lat. coll. 16-17; crass. 19^. Centennial Park. Forma immalura No.2. (T.iii, f.l4, right hand fig.). Forma longior quam No.l, fere tam lata quam forma typica, magis ventricosa, tumoribus lateralibus incipientibus, lobo polari aegre inflate, collo nondum producto, scrobiculis minoribus carentibus. Long. 75-78; lat. 36-42; lat. ap. 17-19; lat. coll. 17-19; crass.22/z. Centennial Park, Botany. Eu. coMPACTUM Wolle, Desm.U.S.p.l07, T.27, f.28-29. (T.iv. f.3). Long. 31-36; lat. 24-25; crass. 15-1 6;x. Collector. Eu. UNDULATUM, n.sp. (T.iv. f.2). Eu. parvum, oblongum, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu lineari constrictum. Semicellulae cuneatae, truncatae; lateribus levissime convexis, 4-5 crenatis; angulis superioribus in cornua brevia porrectis; apicibus truncatis incrassatis; incisura acuta brevi cuiieata. Crenae sunt series granulorum 6-8 transversales, granulis obscuris infra marginem 2-3. Semicellulae tumore unico parvo obscuro vix visibile supra basin instructae. Membrana laevis. Long 36-44; lat. 25-30; lat. ap. 14-18^. Collector. The granules in the marginal series are difficult to make out, so also the basai tumour, which cannot be seen at all in front view. The nearest form to this is Eu. denticulatihm Kirch. /3 elongatum Nord., in Alg. N. Z. p.79, from which it differs in its larger size, crenate sides, series of granules and basal tumour. The most mature form observed was 44 x 30/1. Cf . also Eu. dentic. /3 stictuni Borges., in C. Braz. T.3, f.l8, the sides of which are biundulate only and the granulations scattered, and Eu. spec. 1 Eorge, in Sussw. Chlor. N. Russ. T.3, f.39, which is of similar shape and same size. 14 178 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, Genus Arthrodesmus Ehr. Ar. ellipticus, 11 sp. (T.iv. f.4-5). Ar. magiius, subcircularis, medio sinu cuneato, aperto, intror- suin rotundato, constrictus. Semicellulae circ. 2^plo. latiores quam longae, ellipticae vel subhexagonae; angulis lateralibus obtusis in aculeos singulos productis; aculeis brevibus validis plus minus assurgentibus; a vertice visae late ellipticae, apicibus acumiiiatis et in aculeos singulos protractis, medio utrinque area incrassata. Membrana punctata, crassa, semper in medio semi- cellularum (sed non evidente) interdum ubique (aculeis etiam) valde, incrassata. Long. 42, 44, 48, 48, 48, 52; lat. 66, 65, 57, 60, 60, 70; crass. 24, 28, 2Q^. Ptose's Lagoon, Collector; Botany. The spines are relatively short, almost dentate in young forms, and generally form a continuation of the dorsal margin. The large iucrassate spot in the centre of the semicells distinguishes this species from Ar. convergent^, to some forms of which it is similar in shape and size. The incrassation of the membrane, including the spines, in old specimens is quite a feature of this form. Cf. Xan. tetracentrotuni Wolle, in W. & G. S., West N. Am. Desm. T. 15, f.24; Ar. incrassatus Lager., Am. Desm. f.l8; Ar. gibberulus Josh., in Journ. Bot. 1885, T.254, f.6; and Ar. curvatus Turn., Alg. E. Ind. T. 1 2, f.2. Genus X A N T H I D I u M Ehr. X. ocTONAKiuM Nord., Alg. N. Z. p.42, T.4, f.22. Long. c.ac. 100, 112, 108, 104, 102; lat. c.ac. 85, 78, 90, 88, 82; long. s.ac. 76, 82, 78, 78, 72; lat. s.ac. 60, 58, 56, 54, 56; long. acul. 15, 15, 16, 17, — ; crass. 40, 37, — -, — /x. 6 + 66 + 77 + 7 6 + 6 6 + 7 ' ^P"^^« 6T6 ^T7 7T7 6^ ^T7 Botany. It is truly remarkable that I have never yet come across a specimen with the full eight pairs of spines to the semicell. All BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 179 the above, however, were clearly Xan. octonarium, as was shown in every case by the size and the central incrassation. Nordstedt (I.e.) gives 118 X 78/x over all as the size of New Zealand speci- mens, spines up to 20;:^ long. It is evident that the number of spines is not to be relied on for identification. Where I noted the end view it has been perfectly and broadly elliptic, not at all hexagonal or with truncate apices — this perhaps on account of the specimens being immature. The incrassation is on the inner side of the membrane, and visible in front view. Xan. Coogeeanum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.6-7). Xan. magnum, latum, oblongum, medio sinu linear! exti'or.sum ampliato constiictum. Semicellulae subhexagonae, supra l^asin rectangulares; lateribus levissime retusis; angulis inferioribus fere rectis; lateribus e basi lato verticalibus, a medio semicellulae ad apicem converijentibus; apicibus latis, truncatis, processibus 8 concentrice ordinatis, instructis; angulis basalibus et medianis processibus singulis praeditis; infra marginem semicellulae insuper, processibus biuis et denbibus acutis singulis, supra isthmum etiam dente unico, ornatae; processus omnes breves, validi et bitidi. A latere visae suboblongae, basi rotundato- truncatae; a vertice late-ellipticae. Membrana dense punctata interdum crassa. Long. 69-84; lat. 51-60; lat ap. 35-1:2; long. proc. ad. 12; crass. 36-40/z. Coogee. This species belongs to a small Australian group in which the semicell shows a tendency to be three-lobed, the end lobe more or less drawn out. The apex is furnished with processes arranged in a circle, and the lateral lobes with processes in pairs extending in towards the centre of the semicell. Cf. Xan. bi/ur- catum Borge, in Bailey, Bot. Bull, xv., T. 1 4, f.6; Xan. ( Eu. ) multigihherum Nord., Fr. Alg. N. Z. T.3,f.2; and Xan. pn/cherri- mum, below. 180 SOME NEW OK LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, Xan. bifurcatum Borge, in Bailey, Bob. Bull, xv., T.14, f.6. (T.iv. f.8, 9). Long. c. proc, 132-250; lat. c. proc. 84-165; lat. coll. 33-60; long, s. proc. 93-220; lat. s. proc. 50-125; long, proc. 15-22/z. Centennial Park. The specimen figured shows one semicell undeveloped (fig. 9) and the other naature. In the young form the processes are solitary, not in pairs. The endochrome is arranged in 6 parietal fillets. Xan. pulcherrimum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.lO). Xan. magnum, subduplo longius quam latum, medio sinu cuneato introrsum acuto non lineari, profunde constrictum. Semicellulae euneatae; basi lato; lateribus levissime retusis; apicibus truncatis leviter retusis; angulis inferioribus in pro- cessus geminatos productis et infra marginem insuper processibus singulis; apice processibus 6 concentrice ordinatis, ornato, pro- cessubus 4-fidis omnibus. Semicellulae in centre nudae; a latere visae ovatae, apicibus processibus munitis; a vertice late ellipticae, paullo in medio utrinque inflatae; apicibus processibus 3 instructis. Membrana subtilissime punctata. Endochroma in taenias 6 longi- tudinaliter disposita. Long, c proc. 257; sine proc. 224; long. proc. ad 22; lat. c. proc. 156; sine proc. 116 : crass. 82jm. Lara Dam, Moura. I had at first thought that this species might be the immature form of X. bifurcatum, to which class of Xan. it belongs. The young semicell of that species, however, as shown in T.iv. f.9, has the same 3-lobed outline as the mature form, whereas in X. pul- cherr'imum the semicell is decidedly cuneate, and also there are no processes at all in the centre Xan. hexagonum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.ll). Xan. mediocre, subrectangulare, circ. tam longum quam latum, medio sinu lineari extremo ampliato profunde constrictum. Semicellulae oblongae, subhexagonae; angulis inferioribus fere rectis; lateribus levissime retusis, e basi lato verticalibus turn BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 181 repentead apices convergentibus; apicibus latis truncatis; arigulis basalibus medianis apicalibusque dentibus singulis munitis. In centro semicellulae tumore glabro, rotundato. A vertice semi- cellulae oblongae, crassae, regulariter hexagonae; apicibus latis truncatis, angulis in dentes minutos singulos productis; utrinque in medio tumore rotundato instructae. Membrana punctata paullo incrassata. Long. 54; lat. 45; crass. 33fi. Rose's Lagoon, Collector. Most like X. Chahibinskii Eich. & Rac, Nowe Gatt. Ziel T.3, f.28. Compare JT. fasciculatiun var. perornatuin Nord., Alg. N. Z. T.4, f.23, with which the above coincides in size and somewhat resembles in outline. It differs, however, in the end view most of all, which in X. hexagonurti is very broad and regularly hex- agonal with dentate angles. The tumour is different also, and the spines wanting. Tiie one cell seen was probably mature, since the membrane was incrassate. Cf. also X. trilobum Nord., in C. Braz. T.3, £35, and X. suhtrilohum West, in Journ. Bot. XXXV., T.368, f.l4. Xan. decemdenticulatum, n.sp. (T.iii. f.l2). Xan. mediocre, subcirculare, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu cuneato profunde constrictum. Semicellulae subreniformes, angulis inferioribus rotundatis, lateribus convexis apices versus levissime retusis, apicibus angustis truncatis; semicellulae utroque latere denticulis geminatis 5 munitae, denticulis adscendentibus paullo curvatis in centro tumore verrucoso ornatae; a latere visae circulares; a vertice ellipticae, apicibus rotundatis, utrinque tumore praeditae. Membrana punctata. Long. 81; lat. 76; crass. 40, long. dent. circ. 3yL. Ewenmar, Trangie. Very similar to X. fasciculaturn ^ ornatum Nord., in Desm. Greenland, f.lO, but larger, and the six pairs of subulate spines or straight aculei in the semicell are replaced in this form by ten pairs of small very sharp-pointed teeth, which, with the exception 182 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, of the apical ones, are curved in towards the apex of the cell. This large number of teeth, greater even than in X. octonarium, and their entirely different shape, seem to me to distinguish this species from all forms of X. fasciculatum. The specimen was surrounded by a gelatinous sheath 200/n in diameter. Cf. also X. superbum Elf v. forma Borge, in Bail., Bot. Bull, xv., T.14, f.l. Xan. Botanicum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.l 3). Xan. minimum, oblongum, tam latum quam longum, medio sinu cuneato profundissime constrictum, isthmo angustissimo. Semicellulae subhexagonae, lateribus brevibus levissime retusis. apicibus latis truncatis, angulis in aculeos singulos longos. infe- rioribus horizontaliter, superioribus radiatim, productis; in centro tumore rotundato conico ornatae. A vertice ellipticae utroque latere tumore parvo conico instructae apicibus acuminatis in aculeos singulos protractis. Membrana subtiliter punctata. Long. c.ac. 40; long. s.ac. 27; long. ac. ad. 12 : lat. c.ac. 43; lat. s.ac. 24; lat. isth. 6 : crass. 12/i. Botany. The nearest forms to this seem to be X. simplicius Xord., Alg. N. Z. T.4, f.2t), and Ar. octocornis Ehr., cf. Cooke, Brit. Desm. T.47, f.2; also Ar. longispinus Borge, Desm. Braz. T.3, f.35, which has no tumour, and X. controversum var. pla7ictonicum West, Scott. Plankt. T.16, f.2-3, which is twice the size, with the tumour scrobiculate. Genus Staurastrum Meyen. St. forcipatum, n.sp. (T.v. f.l). St. parvum, subcirculare, ad latera profunde excavatum, sinu nullo, isthmo angustissimo, paullo latius quam longura. Semi- cellulae subellipticae, dorso convexo, depress© ; angulis lateralibus subacutis in aculeos breves singulos productis, aculeis assurgenti- bus; a vertice triangulares, lateribus concavis, angulis acutis leviter inflatis, aculeis singulis munitis. Meml^rana glabra. Long. 32; lat. 39; lat. isth. 8fi. Botany. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 183 Very like certain forms of St. Dickiei and St. dejectum. See St. Dickiei in Wolle, T.40, f.5, var. circnlare Turn., Alg. E. Ind. T.16, f.5, forma Borgesen C. Braz. T.4, f.42, St. dejectum var. converyens Wolle, T.40, f.21, and Ar. hiatus Turn., I.e. T.ll, f.34. St. okbicularr Elir. (i denticulatum Nord., Desm. Cent. Braz. T.4, f.42. (T.iv. f.l4). Forma lateribus ad basin retractis, angulis basalibus interdum denticulis singulis instructis. Membrana valde incrassata prae- cipue ad angulos et ad apicem, den.se punctata. A vertice angulis rotundatis, papillis latis singulis praeditis. Long. 50-54; lat. 42-50;^. Botany. Cf. St. orh.ii verruco sum Wille, Norges Fersk. p. 40, T.2, f. 26, which is about half the size. The above form is not exactly like either of the two cited, but is like a cross between them. St. denticalatum has no papillae at the angles in end view, and St. verrucosum does not show the strongly incrassate angles viewed from the front. The tooth from which the Brazilian form takes its name is not always present in Australian specimens either. Nordstedt's fig. (I.e.) works out at 50 x 42/n. St. pseudobiretum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.l5). St. mediocre, fere tam longum quam latum, medio sinu brevi lineari constrictum, isthmo lato. Semicellulae trapezoideae, dorso dimidioquam basi latiores; angulis inferioribus obtusis; lateribus rectis e basi divergentibus; angulis superioribus acuto-rotundatis; dorso levissime arcuato. Anguli superiores granulis obscuris in seriebus obliquis transversalibus 5 ornati; apicibus denticulis binis interdum munitis. Semicellulae a vertice triangulares, angulis acutis leviter inflatis, seriebus 5 transversalibus granu- lorum ornatis. Long. 50-54; lat. dors. 52-GO; lat. bas. 30-40/z. Murray's Lagoon, Collector. The first view reminds one of Cos. hiretum., of which a var. trlquetruiii with tln-ee rounded angles in end view is recorded 184 SOME NEW OH LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALKS, from Europe. That species, however, is larger, the granules are not confined to the upper angles, nor are the angles ever biden- ticulate at the ends. Moreover the var. triquetrum has " sides deepl}^ sinuous " in end view (Cooke, Br. Desm. p. 109). aS'^. varians Rac, Desm. Polon. T.12, f.l; St. Kjelhnanni Wille, Cooke, I.e., T.54, f.9; and St. pygmaeiun Breb., in Boldt. Desm. fr. Gronl. T.2, f.42, are nearest in form to this species, but its end view alone sufficiently marks it off from them all except the last, which is much smaller. St. tiara, n.sp. (T.iv. f.l6). St. mediocre, ellipticum, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu aperto cuneato constrictum, isthmo lato. Semicellulae sub- cuneatae, tiaraformes, dorso altissime convexae et verrucosae, apices versus fere acuminatae; angulis lateralibus acuto-rotun- datis granulis in seriebus 3-4 transversalibus ornatis. Semi- cellulae a vertice quadratae; lateribus aequalibus, levissime concavis, angulis acutis. Long. 60; lat. 54/z. Ewenmar Station, near Trangie. Compare St. Pringlei Wolle, T.50, f.25, and St. validum West, Desm. N. Amer. 1896, T.16,f.36. St. cruciforme, n.sp. (T.iv. f.l7). St. magnum, oblongum, tam longura quam latum, medio sinu brevi acutangulo constrictum, isthmo angustissimo. Semicellulae subcuneatae, lateribus supra basin paullo inflatis, dorso truncatae verrucis truncatis emarginatis 4 instructae; angulis superioribus in processus binos, unum horizontaliter, alterum radiatim, pro- ductis; processibus 5-denticulatis 3-4-fidis. Semicellulae apud angulum sub processu inferiore granulis singulis et verrucis emarginatis singulis instructae; a vertice triangulares, lateribus rectis intra quemque marginem serie verrucis lunatis 4 et granulis binis apud angulos ornatae; angulis in processus binos protractis. Long.c proc. 90; long.s.proc. 60; lat. c.proc. 90-102; lat.s.proc. 54/i. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. liSo Collector. The only species really resembling this is St. Rosei mihi; but compare also St. gracile Ralfs, ^ curtum Nord., C. Braz, T. 14, f.53, which has no superior processes; and St. hihrachiatuin Rein. vai-. cymatium West, Alg. Madag. T.8, f.28, which is only biradiate. St. cuniculosum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.l8). St. mediocre, ellipticum, latius (cum processibus) quam longum, medio sinu acutangulo levissimeconstrictum. Semicellulae cam- panulatae, basi angustissimo, lateribus usque ad medium semi- cellulae verticalibus, parte superiore semicellulae utrinque in processum producto, dorso late-rotundato leviter verrucoso (vel denticulato), processibus assurgentibus. Semicellulae lateribus glabris, margine processuum inferiore glabro, superiore autem denticulato; a vertice triangulares, lateribus glabris valde con- cavis, in era quemque marginem serie unica denticulationum, apicibus 3-4-fidis. Lonjif. 48; lat. c. proc. ^bfx. Botany. Somewhat like .S'^. cytocerum Breb., in Ralfs, T,22, f.lO, in which, however, the rays are twisted; and also like St. cerastes Lund, Desm. Suec. p.69, T.4, f.6, but not nearly so verrucose. In end view the sides are quite smooth, and there are only den- ticulations down the processes. The apices of the piocesses also have the usual 3-4 teeth. I have seen no four-rayed form. This is not the same as St. approximatum West, Fr. Alg. Ceylon, T.22, f.5, a more slender form which also occurs here. St. sexangulare (Bulnh.) Lund, Desm. Suec. p.Tl, T.4, f.9. Forma 5-radiata. Marginibus radiorum inferiorum 3-4 denti- culatis. Omnia specimina a me visa immatura fuerunt radiis superioribus nondum formatis. Long. s. rad. 34, 36,40, 51, 60; lat. c rad. 72,80, 81,96, 100/x. Collector; Botany. Forma 5-radiata immatura, n.f. (Tab. v. f. II). {St. stellinum Turn., Alg. E. Ind. p. 11 9, T.15, f.6). 186 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, Forma a vertice visa 5-angulata, angulis in radios longos rectos attenuatos singulos productis; apicibus radiorum 2-3 aculeis, magnis conspicuis munitis ; radiorum parte interiore glabra exteriore obscure 3-denticulata. Membrana tenue apicibus radiorum vulgo exceptis. Lat. c. rad. 7b-\'20fx. Collector. Forma 6-radiata Lund., I.e. Marginibus omnium radiorum 3-4 denticulatis. Long. c. rad. 63, 67, — , 72, — , — , — ; long. s. rad. 48, 50,52,60, — , — , — ; lat. c. rad. 9 3, 94, 93, 105, 102, 108, 123,.. Collector, Botany, Centennial Park. Forma 7-radiata Lund., I.e. Unam tantum cellulam vidi; rara. Lat. c. rad 102yn. Collector. Forma 6-radiata, parte interiore glabra processuum puncta- graniilis in series trans versalibus binis dispositis ornata. Long. s. rad. 52; lat. c. rad. 93/m. Forma marginibus processuum superiorum perfecte glabris. Curiously enougli, none of the specimens answered to /3 p7'o- ducium Nord., Alg. N.Z. p.35, T.4, f.l, q.v.; for although a few of the 5-rayed forms did show a truncate produced apex, and were about the size required, yet being immature (the upper rays only just started) it would not have been safe to have referred them to that variety when all the rest belonged undoubtedly to the typical form. The immature 5-rayed form here figured was found as complementary semicell to a more mature semicell showing both upper and lower lays. I have never seen the corresponding 6-rayed form. St. S0NTHA.LIANDM Turn., Alg. E. Ind. p.l24, T.14, f.27. (T.v. f.2). Long. 40; lat. 55-56/li. Botany; Rose's Lagoon, Collector. Almost exactly corresponding in shape and size with Turner's figure: cf. also I.e. T.16, f.36. The ends of the processes in Aus- BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 187 traliaii specimens are suddenly turned inwards a little, and the sinus (if sinus it can truly be called) is rounded within. 8t. excavatum West, Alg. Madag. p. 7 8, T.8, f.42. (T.v. f.3). Long. 19; lat. 45/Lt. Centennial Park. St. coralloideum, n.sp. (T.v. f.4). St. mediocre, paullo latius quam longum, ad latera profunde et late excav^ata, medio sinu brevissimo acuto constrictum, isthmo angustissimo. Semicellulae supra basin leviter tumidae, dorso leviter convexae, parte superiore in processus rectos, longos, validos productae; processibus utrinque, verrucis (vel spinis coralloideis) in seriebus transversalibus 5 ordinatis, asperrimis; apicibus 4-fidis spinis coralloideis. Inflatione basali seriebus transversalibus binis granulorum ornata. A vertice semicellulae triangulares, angulis protractis 4-tidis, lateribus concavis -verrucis vel spinis circa 16 asperrimis, intra niMrgines verrucis in seriebus singulis ordinntis. Long. 42-48; lat. 50-68/x. Botany, Centennial Park, Mosman. This species belongs to that group of rayed Staurastra which have spines or verrucae along the sides in end view. It includes St. vesfAtum Ralfs (?); St. aculeatumCKhw), see Ralfs, T.23, f.1-2; St. S'ihaldl Rein., Mittelfr., T.l, f.ll; St. pseudosebaldi Wille, Norges Desm. T.2, f.30; St. concinjiimi West, Desm. U. S. 1898, T.18, f.7; and *S'^. Manfeldtii Delp., Subalp. T.13, f.8-10, the last being the nearest. Cf. ?dso St. Heimerlianum var. spinidosum Lutk., Desm. Oberoster. 'J\2, f.l7. St. volans West /3 elegans, n.var. (T.v. f.5). ]Ma.jor quam forma typica, basi inierdum globoso (sursuni inflata) serie unica minutoruni granulorum ornato: a|>icibus iiiterdum truncatis; processibus 8-1 1 undulatis 2--l-fidis; dentibus vulgo minoribus. A vertice visa et cetera ut in forma typica. Long. s. proc. 24-27; lat. c. proc. 52-67/x. 188 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS POUND IN N. S. WALES, Auburn, Sydney Botanical Gardens, Mosman. A triradiate form is believed to have been noticed. Cf. West, Alj^. Madag. p.79, T 9, f.lO-ll. St. Rosei, n.sp. (T.v. f.6). St. mediocre, medio vix constrictum. Semicellulae ohlongae, dimidio latiores (sine proc.) quam longae, dorso levissirae concavae fere planae; lateribus e basi baud diveigentibus, angulis superi- oribus fissis et in processus binos, inferiores horizontales, superi- ores fere verticales productis; processibus longis (diametro semi- cellulae aequa libus) gracilibus, glabris, denticulationibus medianis magnis singulis (utroque latere) ornatis; apicibus bi-aculeatis. A vertice visae triangulares, angulis in processus longos glabros (denticulationibus nuUis) singulos protractis, apicibus bi-aculeatis, apud quemque angulum proce.^su altero. Membrana laevi. Long. c. proc. 50; lat. c. proc 62; long. s. proc. 20; lat. s. proc. 15^. Rose's Lagoon, Collector. It is curious that the denticulation on the side of the processes should be visible in front view only; in end view the processes are quite smooth. The nearest species to this seems to be St. cruciforme mihi, T.iv. f.l7. Cf. also St. hihracMaUnn Reinsch, var. cyathiforme West, Alg. Madag. T.8, f.28a. That, hovyever, is only a biradiate form. St. moniliferum, n.sp. (T.v. f.7). St. parvum, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu minuto vix constrictum. Semicellulae ohlongae, parte inferiore glabro; lateribus e basi verticalibus, rectis; sursum dilatatae, ellipticae, dorso late rotundatae ; angulis lateralibus obtuse-rotundatis seriebus 4 transversal ibus granulorum ornatis, sine aculeis vel granulis apicalibus, supra isthmum series granulorum unica. A vertice semicellulae triangulares, lateribus leviter concavis, angulis obtusis, seriebus 4J transversalihus granulorum ornatis. Long. 34-36; lat. 27-29; lat. has. 11/x. Botany. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 189 This is not a variety of St. dllatatum, for in that species, if the underside of the semicell be focussed, 13 vertical rows of granules can always be counted; the form above has only nine. Nor can it be a form of St. fricorne^ which has four granules close together in a square at the extreme end of the lateral angle and which appear plainly as minute teeth in front and end views. Including the apical four, that also has 13 vertical series. In the mature form of any species the little details of ornamentation (such as number and arrangement of granules, verrucae, etc.) are remark- ably constant and afford the best clue to identification in some eases. See note to St. campanulatum,, below. St. campanulatum, n sp. (T.v. f.8). > St. minutum, tarn longum quara latum, medio sinu minimo constrictum. Semicellulae campanulatae, supra basin levissime inflatae; lateribus pauUo sinuatis; dorso piano; angulis superi- oribus in processus singulos horizon taliter productis, processibus brevibus apicibus rotundatis interdum denticulis binis minutis praeilitis. A vertice visae triangulares lateribus concavis, angulis subacutis, apicibus rotundatis, granulis minimis in seriebus trans- versalibus 6 ornatis. Long. = la t. 27-32/x. Rose's Lagoon, Collector. This form is to be classed with St. striolatum Nag., Einz. Alg. T.8, f.A3; and St. dilatattim Ehr. var. i7isigne Kac, Desm. Ciast. T.2, f. 13, both of which are also known here. St. patens Turn., Alg. E. Ind. p.l08, T 14, f.21, forma australica, n.f. (T.v. f.9). Forma minor, a fronte visa ut a Turner I.e. delineate, aculeis autem plerumque ternis. A vertice visa triangularis, lateribus levissime concavis fere rectis, angulo quoque repente constricto et in tubulum brevem, truncatum triaculeatum producto; area central! granulis geminatis in seriebus 3 concentrice ordinatis et angulos versus granulis binis ornata. Semicellulae interdum alternantes. 190 SOME NEW OR LKSS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, Long. 30-5+; lat. 40-60^. Rose's Lagoon, Collector; Botany; Mosman. All specimens seen had the angles constricted and drawn out into a short tube. The biaculeate form with inflated angles in end view is probably immature. The granules in end ^iew are roughly indicated in Turner's figure; they mark the corners of the truncate end, and the inflated portion of the processes. St. TRIDENTULUM, n.sp. (T.iv. f.20). St. parvum, pauUo latius quam longum, medio sinu acutangulo constrictum, isthmo angustissimo. Semicellulae subcuneatae, supra basin leviter inflatae, dorso planae, angulis superioribus aculeis geminatis et supra spinis longioribus singulis radiatini, instructis. A vertice visae triangulares, lateribus levissime con- cavis. angulis acutis in aculeos singulos productos. Membrana glabra. Endochroma laminis geminatis 3 radiantibus disposita. Nuclei amylacei singuli. Long. 24; lat. 30/li. Botany. (Jf. -S'^. Liheltii Rac, Desm. Nowe, p. 28-29, T.3, f.l2; St. avicula Breb., in Ralfs, T.23, f. 11; and St. suhcruciatum C. tk W., in Cooke, T.51, f.3. St. aggeratum, n.sp. (T.iv. f.21). St. parvum, suboctagonum, paullo latius quam longum, medio sinu angustissimo (vel lineari *?) profunde constrictum, isthmo angustissimo. Semicellulae subhexagonae, supra basin leviter tumidae; dorso altissime convexae; apicibus truncatis; lateribus sursum fere rectis denticulationibus ternis ornatis; angulis later- alibus denticulis brevibus singulis munitis, denticulis parallelis (interdum convergentibus). A vertice visae triangulares, lateribus leviter concavis, anyulis inflatis acutis in deuticulos singulos pro- ductis et granulis obscuris in seriebus transversalibus 2-3 ornatis. In area centrali granulis 6 concentrice dispositis. Membrana glabra. Long. 28; lat. 30/^i. Botany. BV G. 1. I'LAYKAlli. 191 Compare St. furcatum Breb. var. aculeatum Sclim., Hedw. 34, 1895, f.l9; St. ReinscUi Roy, in Cooke, T.51, f.4; St. Jorjicida- tum Lund., Desm. Suec. T.4, f.5; and St. podlachicum Eich. k Gutw., Alg. Nov. T.2, f.49. St. Botanense, n.sp. (T.iv. f. 19). St. parvum, tarn longum quam latum, medio sinu acutangulo profunde constrictum. Semicellulae subcuneatae vel crateri- formes, dorso planae, ventre inflato fere semicirculare, angulis superioribus tissis et in aculeos binos, inferiores horizontales, superiores divergentes, protractis. A vertice visae triangulares, lateribus perfecte rectis, angulis acutissimis aculeis brevibus singulis praeditis. Membrana glabra. Long. = lat. 30;i. Botany. > The most closely related form is St. tridentulum mihij see note above. St. Auburnense, n.sp. (T.v. f.lO). St. minutum, paullo latius quam longum, medio sinu amplo profunde constrictum. Semicellulae subcuneatae vel crateri- formes, dorso levissime convexae fere planae, ventre alte convexae; lateribus aegre curvatis fere rectis ; angulis superioribus in tubulos singulos radiatim productis, tubulis minimis, brevissimis. A vertice visae triangulares, lateribus medio retusis interdum distincte denticulato-asperis, angulis levissime inflatis et in tubulos singulos productis granulis minutissimis in seriebus tiansversalibus 4 ornatis. Long. 18-20; lat. 23-24/x. Auburn; Rose's Lagoon, Collector. Forma minor, n.f. Exacte ut in forma typica sed minor. An granuli nuUi '? Long. 12; lat. 16ju. Botany. Of similar shape is St. liexacerum Wittv- var. aversum West, Desm. U. S. 1898, T.18, f.l3, but that is granulate irregularly. Compare also St. tunguscamcm Boldt., Siber. Chlor. T.5, f 22, and 192 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, St. apiculatu7n Breb., in Cooke, T.49, f.2, which have spines instead of processes; the latter also lacks the lines of minute puncta-granules. St. assurgens Nord., Alg. N. Z. p.37, T.4, f.8. Long. 44, 50, 50, 52; lat 84, 87, 92, 80; crass. 20, — , 16, 21^. Botany, Centennial Park. Formae immaturae. (T.v. f.31). (See note below). Long. 36, 40, 42, 42, 42; lat. 50, 50, 50, 52, 70; crass. 18, — , — , 15,-;.. Botany, Centennial Park. All the Australian specimens noted differ a little from Nord- stedt's figure, I.e., in the spines at the apex of the rays, which, together with the central swelling in end view, are, as he says, characteristic of the species, even in its young forms. The spines are not sharp-pointed, but blunt and rounded at the tip; the lower (for there are only two prominent) always continues the lower edge of the ray, while the upper widely diverges upwards and outwards. The upper edge of the ray is just a little retuse behind the spines, giving a recurved appearance to the end. If the cell be tilted a little, eight verrucae come into view, some- times tipped with long spines. A curved row of five granules may be seen in front view running round the base of the central tumour and some way down each ray. Neither these nor the verrucae are conspicuous in the youngest forms. In end view a minute spine can be seen at the base of the terminal spine, on each side; in front they are only visible as granules. The youngest forms are sometimes very convex on the back, more so than in the figure, the rugae smoothed down, and the basal portion of the semicells more or less globose. I consider St. indentatum West, Fr. Alg. Ceylon, T.22, f. 10-12, to be an immature form of assurgeiis. He gives size 34-39 x 52-76, crass. 17/x, which tallies exactly with the size of our immature forms given above. The same applies to St. hicorne Haupt., in Rac, Desm. Ciast. (from the Centennial Park) T.2, f.8; size 42 X 72/x. HY G. I. PLAYPAIR. 193 Genus Cosmarium Corda. Cos. cveLOPBUM, n.sp. (T.v. f.l2). Cos. parvura, subcirculare, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu linear! profunda constrictum. Semicellulae subpentagonae, lateribus e basi lato, divergentil)us, dorso alte convexae regulariter arcuatae, angulis lateralibus obtusis, apud apices intra marginem granulis singulis vix visibilibus praeditae. A vertice lato-ellip- ticae, in medio granulis geminatis ornatae, apicibus obtuse- rotundatis. Membrana punctata. Long. 30-36; lat. 27-32; crass. 18/x. Murray's Lagoon, Collector. The nearest form is Oos. pseudoprotiiherans Kirclin., in Wille, Norges T. 1, f. 18, which has no apical granule. Cf. also Cos. Elfingii (3 Rac, Desm. Nowe, T.l, f. 14, and Cos. higemma Rac, I.e. T.l, f.lO. Cos. INCRASSATUM, n.sp. (T.V. f.l5). Cos. mediocre, suboblongum, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu cuneato profunde constrictum. Semicellulae regulariter latissime-ellipticae, lateribus late-rotundatis, dorso rotundatae paullulo deplauatae, in medio area incrassata ornatae. A vertice visae ut a fronte, lateribus in medio area incrassata luteola utrinque praeditis. A latere circulares. Membrana glabra. Long. 42-50; lat. 36-42; crass. 21-25/x. Botany, Centennial Park. Like a large edition of Cos. ellipsoideum Elfv. (see Rac, Desm. Polon. T.IO, f.9). Cf. also Cos. {phaseoJus Breb. -y) aehondrum Boldt., Sibir. Chlor., T.5, f.7. Cos. QUADRIGEMME, n.Sp. (T.V. f.l3). Cos. parvum, subquadratum, tam longum quam latum, medio sinu lineari profunde constrictum. Semicellulae subreniformes; basi lato, piano; dorso deplanato-rotundato; angulis inferioribus fere rectis; lateribus interdum paullo divergentibus, angulis superioribus late-rotundatis, ad apices intra marginem g»anulis 4 (medianis validioribus, exterioribus minoribus et obscuris) in 15 194 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALfilS, serie horizontali paullulo arcuato ordiiiabis, ornatae. A vertice visae ellipticae graiiulis gemiiiatis ubriiique instrucbae. Mem- brana minube puncbaba. Long. 22-24; lab. 22-25; crass. 12-15/.. Murray's Lagoon, Collecbor. GtC OS. pseudofaxicliondrum Nord. var. Africcnu(m^e^t,Jo\x\\\. Bob. XXXV., T.367, f.l4; and C. heterochondrum Nord., De Alg. Babav. T.l, f.3. Cos. viCENiSTRiATUM, n.sp. (T.v. f.l6). Cos. parvum, subquadrabum, circa bam longum quam labum, medio sinu lineari profunde consbricbum. Semicellulae subreni- formes, basi labo, piano; dorso bruncabae, angulis inferioribus obtusis; laberibus labe robundabis; angulis superioribus obbusis; granulis circa 20 in seriebus radianbibus uljique brans marginem ordinabis ornabae; granulis 2-3 inbra marginem; supra isbhmum leviter inflabae. A verbice visae ellipbicae, in medio ubrinque inflabae, apicibus labe robundabis. Nuclei amylacei singuli. Long. 21-27: lab. 18-27; crass. 15;^.. Rose's Lagoon, Collecbor; Bobany. Young forms have blie sides of bhe semicells converging bo bhe broad bruncabe apex, nob broadly rounded, and fewer lines of granules across the mai-gin. Cf. G. striatum and C. jenisejense Boldb., Sibil-. Chlor. T.5, f.9 and 13; also C. polonicum Rac. var. alpinum Schm., Alp. Alg. T. 15, f.21. Cos. FLUVIATILB, n.sp. (T.V. f. 18). Cos. parvum, subov^ale, paullo longius quam labuni, medio sinu lineari exbremo ampliabo profunde consbricbum. Semicellulae subreniformes a basi labo ad apicem abbenuabae; angulis inferi- oribus obbusis; laberibus leviber convexis convergenbibus sub apicem paullo rebusis; apicibus angusbis, bruncabis; granulis obscuris in seriebus 3 brans margines laberales ordinabis, granulis inbra marginem 2; supra isbhmum granulis validioribus geminatis ornabae. A verbice visae ellipbicae ubrinque in medio granulis geminabis praedibae; apicibus obbusis, granulis in seriebus 3-4 bransversalibus ornabis. Membrana subbilissirae puncbaba. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 195 Long. 33; lat. 27/^. Auburn. A few somewhat similar are Cos. hivertex Rac, Desm. Nowe, T. 1, f.20; Cos. isthmocliondrum var. hrasiliense Borge, Desm. Regnell. T.2, f.21; G. limnopldlum Schm., Alp. Alg. T.15, f.20. The nearest approach is C. Pilgeri Schm., Aus. Braz. T.4, £.13. which curiously enough is exactly the same size. It has, how- ever, five strongly marked granules on each side; and Schmidle expressly says " seen from above elliptical and not tumid." The above has three rows of almost invisible minute granules across the edges, just sutticient to cause three slight denticulations on the margin. 'J'he two large granules are conspicuous in end view. Cos. JKNISE.TENSE Boldt. /ij AUSTRALE, n.var. (T.v. f.l4). Forma dorso depressa fere plana; angulis inferioribus obtusis fere rectis; lateribus verticalibus leniter convexis; angulis superi- oribus late rotundatis; puncta-granulis in series et verticales circ. 10 (granulis circ 7) et oblique trans versales ordinatis, ornata; in centro tumore humili granulis 9 majoribus in series 3 verticales ordinatis, instructa. A vertice visa elliptica utrinque in medio tumore parvo 3-granulato praedita, apicibus late rotundatis. Long. 35; lat. 26-29; crass. 18/x Murray's Lagoon, Collector. Cf. Boldt., Siber Chlor. T.5, f.l3. Cos. ORTHOPUNCTULATUM Schui., Alp. Alg. T.15, f.l5. (T.v. f.27-28). Forma semicellulis a f route visis perfecte ellipticis. Long. 30-34; lat. 34; crass. 15-17: zygo. s. ac. 15; c. ac. 30/a. Coogee. Cos. MuRRAYi, n.sp. (T.v. f..l9). Cos. parvum, suboblongum, clepsydraforme, paullo longius quam latum, medio sinu breve lineato constrictum. Semicellulae subpyriformes, ad apices versus inflatae; dorso lato truncato paullulo producto; lateribus e basi angusto divergentibus, sursum convexis. A vertice visae regulariter ovales, apicibus late rotundatis. Membrana achroa glabra. 196 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS POUND IN N. S. WALES, Long. 27; lat. 23; crass, lifx. Murray's Lagoon, Collector. Cf. Cos. pyrlforme Nord., Cent. Braz., frontispiece, which in general outline it very niuch resembles. That species is, however, very much larger, long. = 63/i. Cos. COLLECTORENSE, n.sp. (T.V. f. 17). Cos. parvum, oblongum, dimidio longius quam latum, medio sinu linoari extremo aiiipliato piofunde constrictum. Semi- cellulae perfecte quadratae; angulis acute-rotundatis; lateribus 3-crenatis; dorso truncatae. A vertice ellipticae utrinque in medio inflatione parva instructae, apicibus rotundatis. A latere ovatae, basi angusto, apice rotundato, lateribus fere rectis e basi divergentibus. Membrana glabra. Long. 32; lat. 22; crass. Ibfi. Murray's Lagoon, Collector. The nearest is Cos. tetragonum Niig., Einz. Alg. T.7, f.A5, especially f. polonica Eich. ife Gutw., Alg. Nov. T.5, f.28. Cos. LATEREPROTR ACTUM, n.sp. (T.V. f.23). Cos. minimum, subquadratum, paullo latius quam longum, medio sinu lineari extremo ampliato profunde constrictum. Semicellulae late subreniformes, depressatae, supra basin inilatae, ad apices attenuatae; dorso lato truncato. A vertice visae angustae, elongato-ellipticae; lateribus fere parallelis: apicibus subacute-rotundatis. Membrana glabra. Long. 14; lat. 20; crass 6/^. Rose's Lagoon, Collector. The only one at all like the above is Cos. subdejyressum West, N. Amer. T.15, f.l5, which is reniform and minutely granular. Cos. QUADRIFARIUM Lund. fomia HEXASTICHA (Lund.) Nord., in Alg. N. Z. p.49. Forma major Nord., I.e. Long. 57-62; lat. 41-46;^. Forma rosacea, n.f. Forma paullo major, margine verrucis emarginatis 24 instructo; tumore majore verrucis 28 (14+ 10 + 4) ornata. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 197 Long. 74; lat. 57/u. Botany. Forma octasticha Nord., I.e. Long. 56; lat. iSfx. Coogee. Cos. PSEUDOPACHYDERMUM Nord., Alg. N. Z. p.53, T,5, f,20. (T.v. f.21). Long. 110-116; lat. 72;x. Murray's Lagoon, Collector. Formae immaturae. (T.v. f,22). (=^Cos. ad ohsoletiim accedens, Nord., I.e. i.'221). Long 75, 78, 80, 84, 90, 90, 90, 102; lat. 66, ^^^, ^^, 72, 62, 66 Qd>, 72/M. Nuclei amylacei bini. Collector; Auburn. None of the immature forms observed showed any signs of teeth at the basal angles. On the other hand most, if not all, had a strongly incrassate yellow membrane with the characteristic incrassate ])apilla within the apex. One at least was noticed with the angular outline on the back, familiar in G. ohsoletiim and C. perforatum. The end view of these forms, however, is not a sharp-pointed ellipse, but oblong with broadly rounded ends. I think it highly probable that the two doubtful forms of Cos. pyramidatiom, in Borge, Desm. Braz. p. 94, T.3, f.8-9 , are really Cos. pseudopachydermum and one of the above immature forms. Cos. VENUSTUM Breb. /3 induratam Nord., Alg.N Z. p.57, T.3, f.l3. (T.v. f.24). Long. 30, 31,32, 33; lat. 21, 19,22,21; crass. 11, — , — , 11^. Collector. Forma incognita: forma immatura No.l. (T.v. f.25). Long. 18; lat. V^^x. Nuclei amylacei singiili. Collector. 198 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, Forma trilohata : Forma immatura No.2. (T.v. f.26). Nonne Cos. trilohulatam, Reinsch (1). Long. 27, 24,27; lat. 16, 17, 18; crass.—, 9, — ;ti. Collector. Forma incognita is certainly a 3'oung form of f. trilobata, as a semicell of each was found forming one frond. Also an inter- mediate form was noted between f. trilobata and C. indiiratuni t3'^picuin. Nordstedt's fig. of C. irilohiilatum l3 hasichondnim looks, it seems to me, a good deal more like this species than that of Reinsch. Cf. Nordstedt, I.e. T.6, f. 1 1; and Reinsch, Spec. Gen. T.3, f.A2. May not f. trilobata be the same as Cos. frilo- hulafum Reinsch (?). Lundell says, in Desm. Suec. p. 42, **Membrana in centro semicellulae paullura incrassata"; and the size is about the same. Cos. suBSPECiosuM Nord., Desm. Arctoae T.6, f.l3. Long. 48; lat. 34; crass, 22/li. Coogee; rarissime. The few specimens seen were, as to shape and size, exactly like the type, save that there were incrassate ridges connecting the granules of the tumour. In one with eiidochrome the pyrenoid was single, I fancied, but it was somewhat doubtful. Cos. SUBSPECIOSUM ^ VALiDius Nord., Fr. Alg. N. Z. T.5, f. 10. Long 60, 62, 63, 70, 72, 72, 75, 76, 85; lat. 53, 49, 48, 48, 50, 55, 50, 59, 56; crass. — , — , — , — , 26, — , — , — , — ju. Collector, Moura, Centennial Park, Coogee. Nuclei amylacei certissime bini. In no specimen have I ever seen nine vertical rows of basal granules as in Nordstedt's fig., I.e. The most that could be seen were five-six. These did not till up the breadth of the isthmus, however, and in the largest single semicells, when tilted, I was just able to discern nine granules across the isthmus, but nothing more. Forma fontensis, n.f. (T.v. f.29). Forma pauUo minor quam forma typica; tumore basali granulis in series distinctas, verticales 5 et horizontales 5-6 dispositis, BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 199 orriato. Grariulis tumoris plus minus qua(]ratis, hasa]i})us validi- oribus Ob ernai-<,Miiatis. Nucl(ii aniylacei cortissinu; bini. Lon.L?. oG, GO, G3, 04, G4; lat. 45, 50, 50, 48, 50; crass. —,_,_, 34, 30;x. Fountain in tlio Sydney Botanical Gatdcns. This form bears tlie same relation to ji validhis that h'oinia Borfije, Desm. liegnell. T.3, f.32, does to sn/jspficiosmn typicum. The size of the Brazilian form is 46 x 35 x 22^, loc. cit. p. 101. Genus S t a u r o p ii a n u m Turn. Fresliw. Alg. E. India, 1892, p. 1 95, (Genus Dicholomiim West, 189G, Trans Linn. Soc. 2nd Ser. F>ot. v. p. 270). St. ciiUCiATUM (Wall.) Tui-n. [i elegans( West) f. Svdnkyknsis, n.f, (T.v. f.30). Cf. Turner, I.e., T.20, f.20, 21 {Dlch. ehujann West, I.e., T.IG, f.3;}). F(jrma corpore paullo longiore et latiore, sine constrictione, lol)is ter dichotoinis, apicilms non furcatis. Lonii.c.proc. =lat.c. proc. = 40; lonj^. s. proo. 18; lat. s. proc. 1 5/i. Fountain in the Sydney Botanical (hardens. There can l)e no doubt at all, T think, of the identity of the.se two <5enera and s{)ecies. Turner says long = lat. — 48-54/j. West giN'es long. s. proc. 15; c. proc. 42; lat. s. proc. 12; c. proc. 42/li. Turner has the right of priority. EXPLANATION OF PLATES IL-V. Pl.nie ii. Fig. L— CV. Mourtiue, n.sp. ( x 720). Fig. 2. — Trip, serratmn, n.sp. ( x 720). Fig. 3. — CI. marpiijinim, n..sp. ,, Fig. 4. — CI. calamufi, n sp. ,, Fig. ri. — Pni. austra/e Hac. ,, Fig. ti. — Pen. pachydermuni, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 7. — CI. rinyulum, n.sp. ,, Fig. S.—Iclh. auslraliensis, n.np. ,, Fig. 9. — CI. navictUoideuvi, n.sp. (?) ,, 200 SOME NEW OR LESS KNOWN DESMIDS FOUND IN N. S. WALES, Fig. 10. — PL mediolaeve, n.sp. ( x 720). Fig. 11. — Tri}^. denticulat^nn, n.sp. ,, Fig. 12. — CZ. woZ/e, n.sp. ,, Fig. 13. — CI. cornutum, n.sp. ,, Fig. 14. — !rn^. firacih Bail. /3 ctculeatnm Nord., f. ausfralica ( x 360) Fig.15.— „ „ ,, ,, end of another ( X 720) Fig. 16.— C/. cancer, n.sp. ( x 720) Plate iii. Fig. I, —Pen. gracUlimnm, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 2.—Spir. ohscura Ralfs ( x 360) Fig. 3. — Doc. expansum, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 4. — Tetm. gracilis, n.sp. ,, Fig. 5,— Tetm. immanis, n.sp. ( x 360) Fig, 6. — Eti. longicolle Nord. /3 australicum, n.var. ( x 720; side x 265) Fig. 7. — Eu. triangulum, n.sp. ,, ,, Fig. 8. — Eu. deminutum, n.sp. ,, ,, Fig, 9, — Eu. sinuosum Lenor. f. gennanica Rac. ( x 720) Fig.lO. ,, j> another form ,, Y'xg.\\.—En cnneatnm Jenn. y ham^entrkomm, n.var. ( x 720) Fig. 12. ,, y> ^ conicum, n.var. ,, Fig. 1.3. —En. hullatum, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig.H.— ^?t. campannlatum, n.sp., f. immatura (No. 1) ( x 720) Fig. 14 (right hand fig.)— Eu. camjxmulatimi, n.sp., f. immatura (No. 2) ( X 720). Fig. 16. — Eu. cam2^anulatum, n.sp. ( x 720) Plate iv. Fig. 1. -Eu. suhincimm Reinsch ( x 720) Fig. 2. — Eu. undulatum, n.sp. ,. Fig. 3. — Eu. compactuni Wolle ,, Fig. 4.—Ar. ellij)ticus, n.sp. ,, Fig. 5.— ,, older form ,, Fig. 6. — Xa7i. Coogeanum, n.sp. ,, Fig. 7. — )> younger form ( X 720) Fig. 8.— Xan. hifurcaHun Bovge ,, Fig. 9.— ,, younger form ,, Fig.lO. — Xan. pidcherrimum, n.sp. ( x 360) Fig. 11. Xan. hexagonum, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 12. — Xan. decemdenticidatum, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 13. — Xan. Botanicum, n.sp. ,, Fig. 14^,— St. orbiculare Ehr. /3 denticulatum Nord., forma ( x 720; end x 265) Fig.15.— 6^^ pseudohiret2i7n, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig.l6.— 5«. imm, n.sp. „ (end x 265) BY G. I. PLAYFAIK. 201 Fig. 17. — St. cruciforme, n.sp. ( x 720). Fig. 18. — St. ciuiicnloHum, n.si^. ,, (endx2G5) Fig. 19. — "S^. Botamuse, n.sp. ,, Fig. 20. — St. tridentidam, n.sp. ,, Fig. 21. — St. aygeratum, n.sp. ,, Plate V, Fig. l.—St. forciimtum, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 2.— 5'^. Sonthalianum Turn. ( x 720) Fig. 3. — St. excavatumVfe^i ,, Fig. 4. — St. coralloideum, n.sp. ,, Fig. 5. — St. volans West. /3 elegans, n.var. ( x 720) Fig. 6.— St. Bosn, n.sp. ( x 360) Fig. 7. — S'^. monilifernm, n.sp. (x72C) Fig. 8. — St. campamdatum, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 9. — St. patem Turn. f. australira. n.f. (x720) Fig.lO.— 5'/. Auhurneme, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig.ll. — St. sexangulare Bulnh., f. immatura ( x 360) Fig. 12. — Cos. cydopeum, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig.13. — Cos. qitcbdrigemme, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 14. — Cos. jenisejense Boldt. /3 australe, n.var. ( x 720) Fig. 15 — Cos. incrassatiwi, n.sp. ( x 720; end and side x 265) Fig. 16. — Cos. viceimtriatum, n.sp. ( x 720) Fig. 17. — Con. Collector euse, n.si^. ,, Fig. 18. — Cos. Jluviatile, n.sp. ,, Fig. 19. — Cos. Murrayi, n.sp. ,, Fig 20. — Eu. rotundum, n.sp. ,, Fig. 21. — Co-». 2)seu(lopachydermum Nord. ( x 720) Fig. 22.— ,, formae ,, Fig.23. — Cos. latej-eprotractum, n.sp. ,, Fig.24. — Cos. uenuHiLm Breb. ^ induratuni Nord. ( x 720) Fig.25. — ,, ,, ,, i. incognita, n.i. {x 720) Fig 26.— ,, ,, ,, t trilohata, n.L Fig. 27. — Cos. orthopun.rjidatnm Schm. ( x 720) Fig.28.— ,, zygospores (a) young, (b) mature ( x 360) Fig. 29. —Cos. suhspeciosum (i validius Nord., t fontensi-s, n.f. ( x 720) Fig. 30. — Stanrophanuvi cruciatum /3 elegans{V^ e?,i) i. Sydney ensis,\i.i. ( x 720) Fig. 31. — St. assurgens Nord., immature forms ( x 720). 20: LIST OF FUNGI Exhibited by E. Cheel (See p. 159). AGARICACE^. Lepiota dolichaida Berk, k Br. — Centennial Park (on sandy soil; E. Cheel; November, 1901; No. 8). Previously only recorded from Queensland. Laccaria laccata Berk. — Belmore (on the ground; E. Cheel; July, 1906; No.9). Lentinus stihnudihs Fr. — Penshurst (on the ground; E. Cheel; Ma}', 1901; No. 12). Previously recorded from South Australia, Victoria, and Queensland. Lentinus strigosus Fr. — Peakhurst (on dead wood; E. Cheel; September, 1902; No.U). Pleurotus Cheelii Massee, Kew Bull. 1907, p. 122. — Eden, near Twofold Bay (on dead branches; E. Cheel; December, 1903; No.7). Xerotes nigrita Led. — Peakhurst (on dead wood; E. Cheel; October, 1901; No.22). Not previously recorded for Australia. Schizophyllum commune Fr. — Centennial Park (on trunks of various trees; E. Cheel; August, 1900; Nos. 13 and 42) : Leura Falls, Katoomba (A. A. Hamilton; December, 1902) : Smoky Cape near Trial Bay (F. W. Baffills; October, 1905). LYCOPERDACE.ff:. Geaster jJ^icatns Berk. — Centennial Park (on sandy soil; E. Cheel; December, 1900). Geaster vittatus Kalch. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on the ground; E. Cheel; December, 1902). Geast>ir saccatus Fr. — Woy Woy (on the ground; Miss M. Flockton; April, 1907). Lycoperdon australe Berk., forma major Massee. — Centennial Park (on sandy soil; E. Cheel; March, 1901; No.ll). Not pre- viously recorded. BY E. CHE EL. 203 Lycoperdon lUaciiuim Berk. — Pensliur.st (on tlie ground: E. Cheel; August, 1906). POLY FOR ACE ^. Polyporus eucalyptorum Fr. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (E. Cheel; October, 1904). Previously recorded from Gerogery (thf^se Proceedings, 1899, p.447). Fomes annosiis Fi\ — Smoky Cape near Trial Bay (F. W. Rartills; October, 1905; No. 38). Previously recorded only from Queensland. Foiues australis Fr. —Centennial Park (on decaying stump; E. Clieel; September, 1901): Smoky Cape near Trial Bay (F. W. Raffills; October, 1905; No.39). Poiystictas sanguineus Mey. — Glenorie (on dead branches of Melaleuca; E. Cheel; June, 1903) : also Belmore : Smoky Cape near Trial Bay (F. W. Raffills; October, 1905; No. 6). Trameles lactlnea Berk. — Kahibah near Newcastle (on fence rails; E, Cheel; September, 1904; No. 2). Hexagonia tenuis Fr. — Peakhurst (on trunk of tree; E. Cheel; July, 1901; No.20). Not previously recorded for New South Wale.s. H YDNACE^. Hydnuin alutaceum Fr. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on dead branches; E. Cheel; July, 1906; No.2T). Previously only recorded from Victoria. THELEPHORACE^. Tkelephora 2^&dicellata Schwein. — Carlton (on the ground; A. Green; December, 1902) : Botanic Gardens, Sydney (E. Cheel; April. 1903; No. 33). Not previously recorded for New South Wale^ Thelepkora Archeri Fr. — Centennial Park (en sandy swampy land; E. Clieel; December, 1900; No.30). Not previously recorded for New South Wales. Stereuni lobatum Fr. — Galston (on trunks of trees; E. Cheel; June, 1903; : Bulli Pass (E. Cheel; iMarcli, 1907). Cyphella austi'alieyisis Cke. — Centennial Park (on dead branches of jasmine; E. Cheel; July, 1901; No. 21). Previously only recorded for Victoria. 204 LIST OP FUNGI, TREMELLACE^. Hirneola polytrlcha Mont. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney; on decaying branches of various trees; E. Cheel; March, 1903) : AVoy Woy (Miss M. Flockton; April, 1907; No.l5). Guepiriia spathularia Fr. — Penshurst (on decaying log; E. Cheel; October, 1904, No.34). PH ALLOIDE ACE-E. Aserije rubra Labill. — Penshurst (on the ground; E. Cheel ; April, 1907). Lysurus australlensis Cooke k, Massee. — Penshurst (on the ground; E. Cheel; October, 1906). For the only other New South Wales record known to me, see Hawkesbury Agric. Coll Journal, ii., pp. 26, 119. NIDULARIACE^. Gyathus fimelarius DC. — Toongabbie (on cow dung ; J. G. Fletcher; August, 1904; No.5) : Penshurst (E. Cheel; March, 1905): Botanic Gardens, Sydney (E. Cheel; March, 1907). Pre- viously only recorded for Queensland. UREDI NACEiE. Puccinia malvacearum Mont. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney, and Centennial Park (on Hollyhock leaves; E. Cheel; No. 10). Puccinia chrysanthemi Roze. — Penshurst ion Chrysanthemum leaves; E. Cheel; 1901; No.48). Puccinia helianthi Schw. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on Sun- flower leaves; E. Cheel). HYP0CREACE.5:. Cordyceps Robertsii Hook. — Auckland, N.Z. (on a caterpillar; W. Gardner; November, 1901). Sphaerostilbe cinnabarina Ful. — Centennial Park and Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on dead branches of Pittosporam undalatuni, Ficus rubiginosa, and Aesculus rubicunda; E. Cheel; May, 1900; No.49). XYLARIACE.a:. Poronia oedipus Mont. — Penshurst (on horse dung; E. Cheel; December, 1900; No. 18), [Printed off June 18th, 1907.] P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907. FIGS. 1, la. lb ERIPHIA NORFOLCENSIS, SP. N. FIGS. 2. 2a PACHYCHELES LIFUENSIS BORR BY E. CHEKL. 205 PEZIZACE^. Huniaria cp'anulosa Seh. — Kahibah near Newcastle (on horse dung; E. Cbeel; September, 1904; No.3). STICTACE^. Stictis anmdata Cke. — Centennial Park (on dead branches; K. Cheel; February, 1901; No.:37). PHYSARACE^. Phi/sarum leuco phaeinn Fr. — Centennial Park, Penshurst, and Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on leaves, etc.; E. Cheel; May, 1900). STEMONIT ACE^. StenwnifAs fp/rrnginea Ehrh. — Leura Falls, Katoomba(on rotten fence rail: A. A. Hamilton; December, 1902) : Botanic Gardens, Sydney (1^]. Cheel; April, 1907). Previously only recorded for Queensland and New Zealand. For the determination of the species bearing numbers, I am indebted to Mr. G. Massee. of Kew, London. 16 206 A REVISION OF THE THYNNIB.E OF AUSTRALIA \lIymeyio]')tera.'\ Part I. By Rowland E. Turner, E.E.S. The difficulty of procuring reliable information as to the sexes of the ThynnidcB^ as well as their comparatively restricted range, lias caused the group to be much neglected. As Australia is the headquarters of the family and many of the species are both con- spicuous and numerous as to individuals, it might have been expected that Australian entomologists would ha^e done much work on the group. They have probably been deterred b}' the difficulties encountered at the outset in the identification of the species, many of the old descriptions, especially Smith's, being insufficient without reference to the types, most of which are in the British Museum or in the Hope Collection at Oxford. These have been consulted for the purpose of the present work. Like most of the groups specially characteristic of Australia, it is most strongl}^ represented in the south, especiall}' in the south- western part of the continent, comparatively few species, and those mostly of small size, being found within the tropics. Beyond the limits of Australia they occur, though apparently sparingly, in New Guinea and the adjacent islands as far as Celebes; also in Fiji and New Zealand. Further ofi' the}' are well represented in the Southern States of South America, especially in Chili, a few species spreading as far as California, and other North American States. In Europe and Asia they are represented only by a few species of Meihoca and Isivara, neither of which is at all nearly related to our Australian forms; the latter indeed can only be assigned to the family with con- siderable hesitation. From Africa rather more species are known. BY ROWLAND K. TURNEK. 207 at present mostly belonging to Methoca, but Tullgren* has recently described a new genus Aehtroldes from a female some- what resembling those of Aelurus; and it is probable that further collecting will reveal the existence of other forms. We can see from its range that the group is one of southern origin, affording an example of relationship between the Australian and South American fauna in a group of by no means world-wide range. A wide field is open to entomologists in revealing the life- history of these insects, of which practically nothing is known as yet. Bakewell reared a specimen from a subterranean pupa of a moth; but one or two of the males of small Queensland species may be taken flying with species of Bemh^^x around their nests; and Mr. C. French has bred a large Victorian specimen allied to Thynny.s rihfiventris Guer., from a cocoon closely resem- bling th-^t formed in rotten wood by the large fossorial wasp, Salius aiistralasicH Sm. These facts point to the probability that many species will be found to be parasitical on other Aculeate Hymenoptera as are the MntillidcH. The females of most of the species are probably very short- lived, their mouths being in such a rudimentary state that it is hardly likely that they make any use of them for feeding. Although the female is often carried by the male to l)lossoms, she does not seem to join him in feeding. The female seems to be seized by the male immediately on emergence in many cases. The large number of species and the great diversity of form existing among them render a considerable difference in their life-histories probable; nor is it likely that in a group in which individuals are so numerous, the species should be at all narrowly limited in their selection of a host. The extreme variation in the form of the hypopygium renders any observation on the uses to which that p^rt is put valuable. It does not seem to be necessarily connected with any modifica- tion of the copulatory armature, nor to be co-related to the Arkiv Zool. i. 1904. 208 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., pygidium of the female. During coupling the female is carried by the male, apparently for the greater part of the day. When restin*^ or moving on a leaf or flower the female is extended behind the male, both with the under surface against the leaf. During flight the female hangs below the male in a doubled-up position; the mandibles being applied to the basal part of the hypopygium, which is held depressed at right angles to the abdomen of the male and the aculeus, or sometimes the carnia beneath the hypopygium, inserted between the maxill?e of the female. Thus it is possible that there may be a connection between the structure of the hypopygium of the male and the mouth-parts of the female. The male of Diaiama does not carry the female, the former being much the smaller; and in this group the hypopygium is unarmed and the female mouth-parts fully developed. In other genera in which the hypopygium is unarmed the female does not seem to be taken with the male as often as in other species, though some species of Eirone seem to form an exception. The classification of the group is difficult; Guerin and West- wood founded a number of genera, using the mouth-parts more especially. Some of these genera will certainly stand, and all, being founded on careful dissections, are worthy of consideration and should not be sunk hastily. Saussure uses the hypopygium as a basis for his classification, but only forms one new genus; whereas Klug used the mouth-parts and avoided subdivision as much as possible. Smith, unlike previous authors, paid very little attention to classification, practically confining himself to the description of new species. Of late years Ash mead has attempted a more detailed classification of the group, taking the hypopygium of the male and the pygidium of the female as the basis. This basis is open to criticism, for, as has been pointed out above, these parts do not appear to be co-related, so that we cannot expect the two sexes to fall into parallel lines if this basis is used. There should be some connection between the form of the pygidium in the female and the claspers in the male, but the study of the latter organs will require much more material than BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 209 is at present available. Ashmead's classification therefore is not likely to be accepted as to the groundwork, though worthy of careful attention. As to detail, however, he is often inaccurate, giving the wrong number of joints in the maxillary palpi of the male Anthohosca and in the labial palpi of the male ElapJiroptera, although Guerin in his description of the genera is quite correct on these points. His identification of the species which he takes a>; the types of his genera is also very faulty, the true species often difiering much from the characters given by him for the genus of which he makes it the type. This is extreme careless- ness, and renders it impossible to use some of his new genera, even were the characteristics sufficiently good to stand, as we cannot tell what the t3'pe-species reall}?- is. The extreme multi- plication of genera which is a characteristic of most of Ashmead's work is probably much more inconvenience than assistance to other workers, but on this point opinions may differ. In the genera dealt with in the present paper Ashmead has made little alteration. I am unable to accept his subfamirly RhagiyasteriiKP,, vv^hich 1 regret, as in many points it would form a convenient and natural group. My reason for rejecting it is the difficulty of placing the genus Entele.s, the males of which have ahvay>s been classed with Rliagig aster] whilst the female, except in the six-jointed maxillary palpi, is nearer to Ashmead's ThynnincF. Until really large collections, accurately paired, can be obtained from Western Australia, it seems inadvisable to found large numbers of new genera, though it is not desirable to sink old genera where it can be avoided. Dalla Torre in his great Catalogue has added a number of unnecessary synonyms by sinking all the genera, except Diamma, in Thynnus. This paper, it is hoped, will be the first of a series of three or four completing a revision of the known Australian species, amounting, with new species available, to nearly four hundred. It seems hardly necessary to publish full descriptions of all Smith's species, his works being easily accessible; supplementary notes onl}'- are therefore given, and full descriptions onl}^ in cases in which the original description is worthless. I'lO REVISION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I., Many species have been received from Mr. C. French, of Mel- bourne, also from Mr. G. A. Waterhouse and others. Every facility has been given by the authorities of the British Museum and the Oxford University Museum for the examination of their extensive collections and libraries. Most of the >.'ortli Queens- land species are from the collection of the late Gilbert Turner. My thanks are particularly due to Mr. W. W. Froggatt for the loan of his large collection from all parts of Australia, containing a large number of carefully sexed specimens taken in the field. It was originally proposed, when we placed our collections together, that this should be a joint monograph of the ThynnidS\van River, W.A. A specimen marked " from Shuckard's collection, almost certainly the type," is in the British Museum. The female is unknown, but it may possibly prove that Thynnus gravidus Westw. , will be found to belong to this species, both showing a want of close affinity to other species, and both being of rather unusual size. T. gravidus does not seem to be the female of 2^. klugii Westw., as Westwood suggests. Genus H h a g i g a s t e r Guer. Rhagigaster Guer., Voy.Coq.Zool.ii p.2l:3,(1830) 1839; Westw., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p. 105, 1844; Sauss., Reise d. Nov. Zool. ii. 1, Hym. p.111,1867. ^. Clypeus with a A-shaped carina. A transverse carina between the eyes. Maxillary palpi six-jointed, the basal joint short, the others subequal,the labial palpi four-jointed, the labrum transverse, sliort, sharply narrowed but not truncate posteriorly. Epipygium usually narrow, hvpopygium ending in a long recurved aculeus, with or without a spine on each side near the base Mandibles bidentate. ^. Head lectangular, with a sulca en each side from the eye to the occiput. Maxillary palpi small but perfect, six-jointed, HY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 215 labial palpi four-jointed. Mandibles bidentate or simple. Pygi- dium usually simple, but sometimes the epipygium is narrowly produced at the apex, with two parallel longitudinal carinfe on the disc. T^^pe, K. itiiicolor Guer. Key to the Species of Rhagi(/af. Scutellum subacute at the apex. a^. Wings fusco-hyaline. R. gracilior, n.sp. ii. Head large. A. Prothorax produced at the anterior angles. ft. Head not produced behind the eyes. Epipygium broadly rounded. /,*. obtiisvs Sm. 216 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., h. Head produced behind the eyes, very large. Epipygium narrowly rounded. R. rejlexus Sm. B. Prothorax not produced at the lateral angles. Smooth and shining. a. Hypopygium without lateral spines. R. ker'fyafus Sm. b. Hypopygium strongly tridentate. /*. neptmms, n.sp. $ 2 . i. Head nearly square, with a very narrow sulca on each side, reaching from the eye to the occiput. A. Thorax and median segment without lateral depressions. a. Median segment not concavely hollowed. a-. Epipygium broad at the base, shortly and bluntly pro- duced to the apex, with a slight median sulca at the apex, a^. Black, head with two large ochreous macula? on the front. R. unicolor Guer. h-^. Black, head with two large ferruginous macula? on the front, mesothorax and median segment ferruginous. R. unicolor st. mandibularU Westw. '•"^ Black, the metathorax and median segment ferruginous. R. unicolor st. ephippiger Guer. b'^. Epipygium narrowly produced, with two subparallel longi- tudinal carina? on the disc. a^. First abdominal segment short, vertically truncate at the base. Thorax black. R. fuscipennis Sm. b^. First abdominal 'segment longer, narrowed to the base, where it is concavely truncate. Thorax red. R. auric( ps, n.sp. C-. Epipygium gradually narrowed to the apex. a'-^. First abdominal segment produced above at the base over the apex of the median segment. R. grncilior, n.sp. b. Median segment concavely depressed from near the base. a'~. The depression of the median segment very slightly concave. a*. Prothorax fairly long. R. fulvipennis, n.sp. b'^. The depression of the median segment strongly concave. a^. Prothorax very short. R. approximatns, n.sp. B. Thorax or median segment with a depression on each side. a. Median segment with a very shallow depression on each side. a~. Epipygium narrowly produced, with two subparallel carina? on the disc. R crasslpunctafu^, n.sp. />■-. Prothorax with a deep depression on each side near the posterior margin. R. cmalis Westw. ii. The sulca? on the head enlarged into broad, shallow depressions. A. Thorax without depressions. a. Pygidium simple. R. ktrigatus Sm. BY ROWLAND E. TURNEH. 217 Rhagigastek unicolor Guer. A^ unicolor Guer., Voy. Coq. Zool. ii. 2, p.214, 1830(1839),^. R. hinotatus Westsv., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p. 105, 1844,(9). R, binotatitsSa,uHS., Reised.Nov.Zool.ii. 1 , Hym. p. 111,1807, ((J9)- This is the Sydney form of this widely ranging species. The male has the prothorax narrowed in front, the anterior lateral angles not at all pi ominent. Tlie carina at tlie base of the clypeus is well developed and branches near the base, the branches not quite reaching the anterior margin. Tlie clypeus between the branches is shining, sj)arsely punctured. The wings are more strongly suffused with violet than in the southern forms. The female has the head longer than wide, slightly rounded at the posterior angles, and the median segment is rather long and not very strongly broadened from the base to tlie apex. The whole insect is black, except two large luteous spots on r,he front, which are often confluent. Sometimes the legs are fuscous. Hah. — Sydney. R. UNICOLOR Guer. st. mandibularis Westw. RJiayigasler mandibularis Westw., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p.105, 1844 ((J9); Sauss., Reise d. Nov. Zool. ii. 1, Hym. p.lll((J). The male differs very slightly from the typical^. unicGlor, but has the anterior mat gin of the prothorax more raised and the lateral angles slightly prominent. The shining space on the clypeus, between the carin?e, is more strongly punctured. The female has the head as broad as long, the posterior margin almost straight, the median segment strongly broadened from the base to the apex, and the spots on the front ai'e ferruginous-red, as are also the mesothorax, median segment, and coxse. Hah. — Liverpool, Shoalhaven, Mittagong, N. S.W.; Gippsland, Vic. Saussure gives Sydney as a locality, but I think he is probably mistaken, thousrh the form occurs a little to the w^est. 218 KEVISION OF THE THYNNID.« OF AUSTRALIA, I., R. UNICOLOR Guer. st. ephippiger Guer. Diamma epJiippiger Guer., Voy. Coq. Zool. ii 2, p. 235, Ib'SO OS39)9. Rhagigaster aethiops Sm., Descr. ii.sp.H\'ni.i).175,ii.l, 1879((J). Thynnus ilberhorstii D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 117, 1897((J). The mrtle has the anterior lateral angles o£ the j.rothorax strongly developed, the carin^e on the elypeiis mucli less pro- minent than in the typical unicohr, and tlie mesothorax and scutellum more strongl}' punctured. The wings are hyaline or very slightly tinged with violet. The female has the head as bi oad as long, as in mandihularis, but it is narrower on the posterior margin. The mesothorax is slightly broader than in maiidibnfaris and the median segment shorter and rather wider at the base. The spots on ti)e head are almost or quite absent, and the mesothorax, median segment and the whole of the legs are ferruijinous-red. Hab. — Melbourne, Yic. ; Kangaroo Island, Adelaide, S.A. ; Albany, VV.A. I do not consider these forms sufficiently distinct to watrant full specitic i-ank, and so have retained them only as geopraphical races. R. FUSCIPENNIS Sm Rhagigaster fuscipenuis Sm,, Descr. n.sp. Hym. p.l7o, n.2, 1S79((J). (J. Clypeus tinely punctured, with a median carina branching before the centre, the branches reaching the anterior margin. A carina rounded at the apex between the antennae, and another, transverse and undulating between the eyes, below the anterior ocellus. Head nan-owed posteriorly, strongly punctured. Thorax and scutellum coarsely punctured, the prothorax narrowed anteriorl}^ the anterior margin slightly raised; the scutellum narrowly truncate at the apex. Median segment strongly punc- tured at the base, depressed and more finely punctured at the apex. Abdomen sparsely punctured above; segments 2-5 with an impressed transverse line near the base and a slightly raised BY ROWLAND E. TUKNEK. 219 SQiooth space on the sides just before the apical margin, the base of the segments very finely punctured. Abdomen ))eneath strongly punctured. Epipygium rugulose, smooth and with a median carina and recurved margins at the extreme apex, which is narrowl}'- rounded. Hypopygium tridentate, carinate beneath. Entirely black, wings fusco-violaceous. 5. Head nearly rectangular, longer than broad, rounded at the posterior angles, with scattered shallow punctures, and a short median frontal sulca; a narrow space above the base of the antennae longitudinally rugulose, a strong lateral sulca almost touching the inner margin of the eye and extending thence almost to the posterior margin of the head. A few scattered ferruginous hairs, especially near the posterior angles. Thorax with a few shallow punctures, prothorax slightly narrowed anteriorly; median segment obliquely truncate, as broad at the apex as long. First abdominal segment vertically truncate anteriorl}-, short, sparsely punctu>ed, second segment slightly constricted near the base, tlie punctures on segments 3-5 closer and more elongate; p^'gidium rugulose at the base, sharply narrowed posteriorly into a very narrow process slightly widened at the apex, the surface of the process smooth with recurved margins or marginal cariree A row of golden hairs projecting from the sides of the narrow process. Shining black, antennae with basal joints ferruginous, the apical joints piceous, a luteous mark on the front on each .side extending from the inner margin of the eye to above the base of the antennas, legs dull ferruginous, apical margins of abdominal segments 3-5, and the apex of the pygidinni testaceous Length 9 mm. Hah — ^^Mackay, Q.((J9 i" cop.). R. APPKOXIMATUS, U.sp. ^. Clypeus with a median carina from the l)ase, branching at the centre, the branches reaching the anterior margin. A V-shaped carina between the antennae, and another broadly arched between the eyes. Head, thorax, and scutellum punctured, prothorax narrowed anteriorly, with the anterior margin slightly raised; 220 RKVISION OF THE THVXNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I., the scutellum triangular, very narrowly truncate at the apex. Median segment strongly punctured at the base, truncate and verv tinely punctured- rngulose at the apex. Abdomen rather sparsely punctured, with an impressed transverse line near the base, and a curved elevation strongly emarginate in the costa close to apical margin of segments 2-5. Epipygium rugose, smooth and with a median carina and recurved margins at the extreme apex, which is narrowly rounded. Hypopygium tri- dent ate, carinate beneath, wincjs fusco-violaceous. The second recurrent nervure is received by the third cubital cell at about one-third of the distance from the base to the apex, not quite close to the base as in other species of the genus. Length 13mm. Q. Head subquadrate, slightly rounded at the posterior angle>^, very sparsely punctured, a short median sulca between the antenna?, the space above the base of the antenna? densely punctured, and thinly clothed with fulvous pubescence. An almost straight sulca on each side from the inner margin of the eve to the occiput; and a shallow depressed mark on each side of the vertex, very nai-rowly separated. Thorax and abdomen sparsely punctured ; the thorax short, the medinn segment obliquely truncated from the base, the surface ot the truncation very strongly concave. First abdominal segment vertically trun- cate anteriorly; epipygium elongate, produced near the base at the sides into strong angles, thence narrowed and produced, the disc narrow, raised at the margins into very slight subparallel carin^e; a tuft of golden hairs on each side at the apex. Black; the legs and antenme fuscous. Length 9 mm Hab. — Cairns, Q.((J9 in cop.). The male is very near R. jusci'penyvs^ and I should have hesitated to describe it had it been taken without the female, which is quite different, especially in the median segment. 11. AURICEPS, n.sp. ^. Clypeus with a carina from the base to the middle, thence bi anching, the branches reaching the anterior margin, the enclosed triangular space narrow and rugose, the sides of the clj^peus very BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 221 finely jAinctured. Head 6ne]y rugulose on the front, shallowly punctured on the occiput, a transverse slightly arched carina between the eyes, and a carina broadly rounded at the apex between the antennae. Thorax strongly punctured, most sparsely on the disc of the mesonotum. Scutellum broadly rounded at the apex. Median segment truncate posteriorly, rather sparsel}^ punctured on the basal portion, with a small, smooth, shining mark at the extreme base, densely and tinel}'' punctured at the apex, Abdomen sparsel}'- and shallowl}'- punctured, a transverse row of very fine punctures, emarginate in the middle, near the apex of each segment. Epipygium rugose, the extreme apex smooth with a median carina, not reaching tlie apical margin. Hypopygium strongly tridentate, carinate beneath. Entirely shining black, the pubescence on the sides of the clypeus grey, on the centre of the ci3'peus and head golden. Wings dark violet-blue, fusco-hyaline at the apex, the nervures black. Length 1-1 mm. 9. Head subquadrate, slightly longer than broad, rounded at the posterior angles, but not so much produced posteriorly as in R. fuscipennis', head i)unctiired, densely just above the base of the antennae, sparsely elsewhere. A short median sulca on the front between the antennae. The lateral suktie on the head reaching from the eye to the occiput converge more closely on the occiput than in R. fascipennis. Thorax and median segment shining, sparsely punctured. Abdomen shining, finely punctured, the first segment concavely truncate anteriorly, and with a minute tubercle at the base beneath. Epi[)ygium with a narrow shining median elevation, the margins of which form raised carinas, the sides of which near the apex are clothed with a few long pale fulvous hairs. Shining black, the mandibles fusco- ferruginous; thorax, median segment and legs bright ferruginous- red, the apex of the pygidium testaceous. Length 9 mm. Hah. — Cairns, Q.(cJ2 in cop.). Very near R. fascipennis, from which it differs most markedly in the shape of the median segment in the male and of the first abdominal segment in the female. 17 222 RKVISION OF THE TH^NNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., R. CRASSIPUNCTATUS, 11. sp. (J, Clypeus with a median carina from the base to beyond the centre, finely punctured and covered with cinereous pubescence. A broadly rounded carina between the base of the antennae and a transverse one, less distinct than in R. fuscipennis, between the eyes. Head densely punctured, more shall owl}^ and sparsely on the occiput than on the front. Thorax and median segment densely punctured; the anterior margin of the pro thorax \ery slightly raised, the median segment narrowly truncate at the extreme apex. Abdomen finely and densely punctured, the punctures at the base of the segments very minute. An im- pressed transverse line near the base, and a raised smooth mark on each side near the apical margin of segments 2-5. Epipygium rugose. Hypopygium tridentate. Abdomen beneath more sparsely punctured than above. Entirely black, the pubescence cinereous. Wings hyaline faintly tinted w4th fuscous, nervures fuscous. Length 14 mm. 9. Head large, rectangular, somewhat broader than long, hardly rounded at all at the posterior angles, a short median frontal sulca, the space between the sulca and the eyes longi- tudinally rugulose. The long sulcje from the inner margin of the eye to the occiput approach each other as in R. auriceps. The vertex is smooth and the clypeus is narrowly emarginate at the apex. Thorax smooth, the truncation of the median segment finely and densely punctured. Median segment broadened from the base to the apex, with shallow depressions on tiie sides, leaving a slightly raised central subtriangular space. Abdomen sparsely punctured, the punctures elongate: the first segment short and broad, vertically truncate anteriorly, with a minute tubercle at the base beneath and an oblique triangular trunca- tion at the apex. The epipygium is narrowed before the apex, and has a narrow, smooth, median elevation, the margins of which are raised, forming longitudinal, slightly diverging carinse. Length 1 1 mm. Ilab. — Mackay, Q.((J9 ^^ cop.). BY ROAVLAND E. TURNER. 223 Allied to R. fuscijjennis Sm., from which it maybe distin- guished by the densely punctured abdomen of the male, and the shape of the head and sculpture of the median segment in the female. R. GRACILIOR, n.sp. ^. Clypeus longitudinally carinate at the base, the carina branching in the centre, the branches enclosing a triangular space reaching to the apical margin, which is emarginate at the apex, A broadly V-shaped carina between the antennae, and a transverse frontal carina reaching to the eyes. Clypeus punctured, covered with grey pubescence, fulvous between the carinse. The space between the frontal carinas rugulose; occiput shining, with large shallow punctures. Thorax shining, sparsely covered with shallow punctures. Scutellum subacute at the apex. Median segment rounded, densely and finely punctured at the base, delicately reticulate towards the apex, with white pubescence on the sides. Abdomen sparsely punctured, the punctures large and shallow, the base of the segments Yevy delicately punctured, beneath more densely punctured; segments 2-6 above with a depressed transverse line near the base, and a raised space at the sides near the apical margin. Epipygium rugose, rather broadly rounded at the apex. Hj'-popygium without lateral spines, aculeus with a blunt tooth on the upper surface. Black, the mandibles at the apex, and the legs, excepting the cox£e, obscure fuscous. Wings fusco-hyaline, in some specimens almost hyaline. Length 14 mm. 5. Head longer than wide, rounded at the posterior angles. Clypeus rugulose; front above the antenna? with fine golden pubescence, densely punctured and with a m^^dian sulca. A narrow lateral sulca reaching from the inner margin of the eye to the occiput in an almost straight line, the sulcai not convergent. Thorax sparsely punctured, median segment only slightly broadened posteriorly. Abdomen sparse!}^ punctured, the first segment longer above than beneath, narrowed from the apex to the base, produced at the base above, overlapping the oblique truncation of the median segment, which is clothed with golden 224 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.?: OF AUSTRALIA, I., pubescence. Epipygium without carinse, with a small tuft of golden hairs on each side near the apex. Length 1 1 mm. Shining black, the mandibles, except at the apex, the antennae and legs, ferruginous. Ilab. — Mackay, Q.((J9 in cop.). R. FULVIPENNIS, n.sp. ^. Clypeus tumid at the base, with a longitudinal carina from the base to the centre, densely clothed with vvhite pubescence, the pubescence on the middle of the anterior margin fulvous; front coarsely, occiput finely rugulose. A transverse carina between, but not touching the eyes, and another rounded at the apex between the antennae. Thorax densely punctured, scutellum narrowly truncate at the apex; median segment subtruncate, punctured at the base, finely rugulose at the apex. Pubescence on head and thorax fulvous above, grey beneath. Abdominal segments coarsely punctured, more finely at the base of tlie segments. The segments beneath thinly fringed with long gre}^ pubescence at the apex. H3^popygium without lateral spines. Black, the mandibles at the apex, scape of the antennae and legs, except the coxae, ferruginous. Tegulae testaceous. Wings flavo- hyaline, nei vnres ferruginous. Length 16 mm. 9- Head subrectangular, as broad in front as long, slightly produced posteriorly, smooth and shining, with scattered shallow punctures and a short median frontal suture, a narrow space above the base of the antennae longitudinally rugose, a strong- lateral sulca on each side from near the inner margin of the eye to the occiput, the sulcae moderately straight as in R. fascifetinix. Prothorax gradually narrowed to the anterior margin, which is strongly depressed, finely punctured on the depressed portion, then a narrow rugulose space, then smooth with a few scattered punctures to the posterior margin. Median segment short, oblique truncate posteriorly, the truncation covered with very fine punctures. Abdomen shining, with scattered punctures, first segment short and truncate at the base. Pygidium simple, pointed at the apex. Black; mandibles, clypeus, antennae, a BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 225 spot at the anterior angles of the head on each side and the whole of the legs ferruginous. Length S mm. Hab. — Cape York, Q.((J9 in cop.). R. ELONGATUS, n.Sp. (J. Entirely shining black, with thin, short grey pubescence; femora, tibiae and tarsi dark fuscous. Very slender. Clypeus with a longitudinal carina from the base to the centre, where it branches widely, densely clothed with pubescence. Front punc- tured-rugulose, a very faint transverse carina below the anterior ocellus and another rather more distinct and arched a little below it. The interantennal carina very indistinct and broadl)^ rounded at the apex; the occiput sparsely and shallowly punctured. Pro- thorax punctured, the anterior margin slightly raised; mesothorax and scutellum sparsely punctured, the scutellum rather broadly subtruncate at the apex. Median segment and abdomen sparsely punctured, the median segment rounded and narrowed at the apex. Abdominal segments* slightly constricted at the base. Epipygium rugose, depressed, subtriangular, narrowly rounded at the apex. Aculeus projecting shortly beyond the epipygium. Wings hyaline, the fore wings washed with fuscous, hind wings iridescent. Length 11 mm. 9. Unknown. Hab. — Queensland. Type in Oxford University Museum, ex Coll. Saunders. R. ANALis Westw. Rhagigaster analis Westw., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p. 105, n.8, 1844(9). R. nitidus Sm., Cat. Hjm. B.M. vii. p.63, n.l6, 1859(9). Thynnus demattioi D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 104, 1897(9). Thynnus exneri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 106, 1897(9). 9. Head much longer than broad; front between antennae strongly emarginate, with a short median sulca; above the base of the antenna3 finely and densely punctured; the remainder of the head sparsely punctured. Tlie lateral sulca from the eye does not reach the occiput, and is straight and shorter than in other species of the genus. Thorax sparsely punctured, the prothorax •226 REVISION OF THE THVNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., with a deep depression on each side close to the posterior margin; median segment only slightly widened from the base to the apex. Abdomen subcylindrical, shining, finely punctured, the first segment vertically truncate at the base, without a tubercle at the base beneath. Pygidium elongate, arcuate, simple, without carinas and rounded at the apex. Shining black; the mandibles, antennae, clypeus, a spot on each side between the eye and the base of the antennae, and the legs, ferruginous; the pygidium bright ferruginous-red. Length 11 ram. Smith mentions a shallow depression on each side of the median segment, which is scarcely visible though the segment is slightly higher in the middle. Bab. — Western Australia. R. REFLEXUS Sm. Rliagiyaster reflexus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 62, n.l2, 1851'. (J. Head very large, clypeus with a short A-shaped carina. Lateral angles of the prothorax prominent. Epip3'o;ium strongly rugulose, narrowh^ rounded at the apex. The second recurrent nervure is interstitial with the second transverse cubital nervure. Antennae short and stout. 9- Unknown. Hab. — Swan River, \Y.A. R. OBTUSUS Sm. Rhagigaster obtusus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.62, n.ll. (J. Clypeus with a short A-shaped carina at the base, a trans- verse carina in front of the anterior ocellus, the piominenee between the antennae rounded at the apex. Epipygiura broarlly rounded at the apex. 9. Uuknown. Hab. — A^delaide, S.A. R. LiEVIGATUS Sm. A'Aaf/i^ai'i!e/'^reiu"^a<:?t6'Sm.,Descr.n.sp.Hym.p.l76,n.4, 1879((J9). (j". The cl3-peus is carinated, the carina branching just below the base into two, enclosing a triangular space, transversely BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 227 rugulose. There is a deep depression at the base of the antennae, and a median sulca on the prominence between the antennae. The head is punctured, not narrowed posteriorly. The thorax is smooth with a very few fine and scattered punctures; the prothorax as wide as the head; the scutellum very prominent, its sides and the postscutellum finely ])unctured and pubescent. Median segment smooth, vertically truncate posteriorly. Abdomen shining, with large shallow punctures, very sparse on the basal segments. First segment truncate at the base, subtubercular above the truncation. Second segment with a tubercle at the base beneath. Epipygium coarsely punctured, carinated in the middle on the apical portion, depressed and slightly produced at the apical margin, with sparse fulvous pubescence. Shining black; tarsi fuscous, spines and ungues ferruginous. Wings fuscous, lighter at apex, brilliantly glossed with purple. Length 25 mm. ^. Instead of the sulca? from the eye to the occiput usual in the genus there is a broad longitudinal depression. The clypeus has a median carina. Bab.— ls.W. Australia (Smith); Townsville, Q. (Dodd). I his seems to be a rare species. R. NEPTUNUS, n.sp. ^. Head shining, sparsely punctured, more densely above the base of the antennae; a median frontal sulca from just below the anterior ocellus to the base of the clypeus; clypeus narrow, sub- triangular, broadly emarginate anteriorl}^ Antennee very short. Thorax highly polished with a few scattered punctures, the pro- thorax as broad as the head, emarginate in the middle anteriorly; the impressed longitudinal lines on the sides of the mesothorax shallow as in R. Jcevigatus Sm.; the scutellum raised, subtri- angular, without punctures; median segment short, vertically truncate, with a few scattered punctures. First abdominal seg- ment obliquely truncate anteriorly. All the segments sparsely punctured, except the epipygium, which is deeply and coarsely punctured. Segments 2-6 with a depressed transverse line neai- 228 REVISION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I., the base, the basal area without punctures. Hypopygiuiu broad at the base witli a central recurved aculeus and two long lateral spines. A deep notch beneath between the first and second segments, the tubercle at the base of the first segment very slightly developed, and no tubercle on the basal margin of the second segment : the segments beneath more strongly punctured than above, the two apical segments more finely and densely than the others. Entirely shining black, the wings fuscous flushed with violet, the uervures black. Length 16 mm. Hah. — Port Essington. Type in Oxford University Museum, ex Coll. Shuckard. Near R. kevigatus Sm., but differs by the tridentate hypopy- oinm, the absence of a tubercle at the base of the second abdominal segment beneath, the narrower clypeus and more triangular scutellum. From beyond Australia one true Rhagigaster has been described. Rhagigastkr novar.e Sauss. Rhagigaster novaroi Sauss.. Raised. No^ . Zool. ii. l,Hym.p. 112, 1867. Thynnus heiJeri D.T., Cat. Hym, viii. 108, 1897. Hah. — New Zealand. Apparently allied to R. unicolor Guer. Other species which have been assigned to Rhagigaster^ but which I do not place either in Rhagigaster or in the allied genera Rhytidogaster or Enteles are : — R. iUustris Kirby (Horn Exped. Pt.l, 1898) g. i?./avi//-oHsSm.(Trans.Ent.Soc.London(3),ii.5,p.390,1865)9. R. clypQatus Sm. (Descr.n.sp. Hym. 177, 1S79) [$'] identical with Thynnus coelehs Sauss. ($), and with Thynnus clypearis Sauss.((JO). Bethylus apterus Fab. (Syst. Piez. p.238,2) is placed- by West- wood in this genus; but I do not think " abdomen pilosum " could be applied to any Rhagigaster. BY ROWLAND E. TUKNEK. 229 Genus R H y t i d o g a s t e r, n.g. ^. Very near Rhagigastey\ from which it may be distinguished by the absence of the well defined frontal carina between the eyes and by the absence of the long A-shaped carina on the clj^peus. Hypopygiura without lateral spines. 9. Head without lateral sulcse, mandibles never bidentate, maxillary palpi imperfect, four-jointed. Pygidium simple. Tarsal ungues simple, not bifid. Abdomen usualh^ cylindrical. Corresponds to Saussure's Rhagigaster Sections B and C. The difference between the females and those of the true Eliagigaster seems sufticient to justify their separation, though the malt^s are very near. Type Rhagigaster aculeatus Sauss. Key to the Species of Rhytidou aster. cJ J', i. Median segment rounded. A. Prothorax produced at the anterior angles. ft. Wholly black, Clypeus without a prominent tubercle, a^, Epipygium rounded at apex, a^. Apical margins of epipygium reflexed. R. alexins, n.sp. b'^. Apical margins of epipygium not retlexed. R. trisfis Sm. //-. Epipygium truncate at the apex. a^. Epipygium very narrowly truncate, with a spine on each side near the base. i?. denticulatus, n.sp. 6^. Epipygium more broadly truncate, without lateral spines. i?. bidens Sauss. h. Clypeus with an acute prominent tubercle near base. a'^. Wholly black. R. cornntns, n.sp. c. 'I'wo apical abdominal segments red. a-. Clypeus with a smooth subtriangular space at the apex enclosed by a carina. R. iracuudus, n.sp. //•^. Clypeus with a triangular oblique truncation at the apex. a=^. Tibige and tarsi ferruginous-red. R. com2jaratus Sm. b^. Legs entirely black. R. tumidus, n.sp. d. Mesopleurps red. R. pugionatm Sauss. f'.. Abdomen ferruginous, sometimes marked with black on the disc of the segments. R. aculeatus Sauss. ii. Median segment obliquely truncate. A. Prothorax produced at the anterior angles. a. Prothorax strongly emarginate anteriorly, a'-. Wholly black. R. consangaineus, n.sp. 230 REVISION OF THE THYNXID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., b. Prothorax not emarginate. a'~. Two apical segments red. • i?. ijinguiculus, n.sp. B. Prothorax not produced at the anterior angles. a. Prothorax truncate anteriorly. a"2. Black, prothorax and mesopleurse red. R. pvothoraciciis, n.&p, 6'2. Black, abdomen except basal segment ferruginous. R. hrermsciihis, n.sp. $ $ . i. With a depression on each side of the prothorax near the posterior margin. A. Median segment without a carina. a. Median segment trapezoidal, much broadened to the apex. a^. Black; the mesothorax, median segment, legs and pygi- dium ferruginous. R. piigionafus Sauss. b'^. Wholly castaneous. R. acuhaius Sauss. b. Median segment subcylindrical, very little broadened to the apex. a2. Black, the legs and margins of the abdominal segments testaceous-brown. R. tiimidus, n.sp. B. Median segment carinated. a. The carina very slightly developed. a"2. The depression on the prothorax slight and only on the posterior margin. R. dmticniatus, n.sp. b'^. The depressions large, almost reaching anterior margin. R. prothoracicus, n.sp. b. Carina very prominent. a'~. Prothorax rounded anteriorly. R. brevinsculus, n.sp. b". Prothorax with the anterior angles prominent and toothed R. alexins, n.sp. ii. Without depressions on the prothorax. A. Head narrow, much longer than wide. a. Wholly castaneous. R. bkhn-s Sauss. B. Head subquadrate, slightly longer than wide. ft. Shining, abdomen finely punctured. a2. Light ferruginous ; head, mesothorax and disc of ab- dominal segments black. R. consangiiinens, n.sp. b. Opaque, abdomen longitudinally rugulose. a^. Antennae, legs and two apical abdominal segments ferru- ginous. R. comparafus Sm. c. The truncation of the median segment concave. ft2. Wholly castaneous, R. ca-^tanetis Sm. R. ALEXIUS, n.sp. ^. Clypeus densely clothed with white pubescence; head punc- tured, a carina between the antenna? broadly rounded at the BY ROAVLAXD E. TURNER. 231 apex. The anterior margin of thepronotum raised with a groove behind the elevation, broadly emarginate. The thorax punctured, the mesothorax and scutellum most coarsely. Median segment punctured, rounded to the apex. Abdominal segments shallowi y punctured; a transverse impressed line, with a row of fine punc- tures on the basal side of it, near the base, and a raised mark on each side near the apical margin of segments 2-6. Epipygium deeply punctured, the apical margins strongly recurved. Entirely black, with white pubescence. Wings hyaline, primaries faintl}' fusco-hyaline on the apical third, secondaries iridescent. Length (S-IO mm. 9. Head quadrate, as broad as long, slightl}^ rounded at the posterior angles, densely and finely punctured, with thin cinereous pubescence, a deep semicircular depression on the middle of the posterior margin. Prothorax short, broader than long, with the anterior lateral angle on each side produced into an acute spine, and a depression on each side of the posterior ma? gin, extending on to the mesothorax. The mesothorax raised in the middle into a rounded subtubercular elevation. Median segment rather short, broadened to the apex, where it is almost vei tically trun- cate, with a broad median carina, and the margins of the segment raised, leaving a deep depression on each side of the median carina. The thorax and median segment shining, sparsely and finely punctured. Abdomen subcylindrical, finely and densely punctured, the punctures on the apical half of each segment elongate. The second and third segments are more densely punctured than the others and are thinly clothed with fine pubes- cence on the apical half, giving an appearance of longitudinal stride. Enipygium elongate, strongly detlexed to the apex, with a very slender acute spine at the side near the base, the lateral margins on the apical half of the segment raised into carinas, the space between them longitudinally striated to the apex, which is narrowly rounded. Black; antennie, mandibles, legs and abdomen chestnut-brown. Length G-8 mm. Hah. — Cape York, Q.((J9 in cop.). •232 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., R. TRISTIS Sill. Rhagigdster tristis Sm., Cat.Hym. B.M. vii. p.63,ii.l3, 1859(^). • Thynnus hammerlei D.T., Cat. Hyiii. viii. 108, 1897(^). The clypeushas a very short carina from the base, then branch- ing, the space between the ])ranches smooth and shining. A very faint V-sliaped carina between the antennae. Head, thorax and median segment punctured-rugose, most coarsely on the mesothorax and scutellum; the nrothorax with the anterior angles slightly prominent; the scutellum narrowly truncate at the apex. Abdomen slender, rugulose, segments 2-5 with a depressed trans- verse line at the ])ase and a smooth, polished, raised mark on each side near the apical margin. Epipygium coarsely punctured at the base, smooth and rounded at the extreme apex. Black; wings h3^aline, iridescent, nervures black. Length 11 mm. 9. Unknown. Hah. — Western Australia. R. DENTICULATUS, n.sp. ^. Cl3'peus densely clothed with grey pubescence, with a median carina from the base to the apex. Head rugulose. finely punctured on the occiput. Prothorax rugose, moderately pro- duced at the anterior angles; mesothorax and scutellum coarsely rugose. Median segment very densely punctured, obliquely depressed to the apex. Abdominal segments punctured, with a depressed transverse line near the base and a raised mark on each side near the apical margin of segments 2-5. Epipygium rugose, with a spine on each side near the l)ase, the apex narrowly truncate. Entirely black, legs fuscous. Wings fusco-hy aline, slightly iridescent. Length 11 mm. 9. Head much longer than broad, rectangular, shining, sparsely punctured. Prothorax very faintly punctured, with a depression on each side, broad and deep on the posterior margin, reaching nearly half-way to the anterior margin, but becoming narrower and less deep. Median segment more strongly punctured, with a faint median longitudinal carina, oblic^uely truncate at the apex, BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 233 bro^^denecl from the base. Abdominal segments densely covered with elongate punctures. Pygidiura narrow and strongly deflexed at the apex. Abdomen cylindrical. Length 7 mm. Hab. — Macka}^, Q.((J9 i*^ cop.). R. BiDENS Sauss. Rhagigaster bidens Sauss., Reise d. Nov. Zool. ii. 1, Hym. p. 11 2, n.3, 1867(^), Thynnus seraijeri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 113, 1897. Saussure's description of the male is sufiicieht. It is a much smaller species tliMi jRhagigasier unicoloi' Guev., and of an opaque black with subfuscous wings; the sculpture is also very different. 2. Head rectangular, much longer than broad, deeply but rather sparsely scul|)tured, not very much broader than the pi-o- thorax. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly, as bro^d on the anterior margin as long; mesothorax small, much narrowed posteriorl3\ Median segment as long as the prothorax, broadened posteriorly and obliquely truncate ; thorax and median segment rather shallowly punctured. Abdomen cylindrical, thickly covered with elongate punctures, which are deeper and larger on the three basal than on the apical segments. Pygidium narrowly truncate at the apex. Entirely castaneous. Length 10 mm. Hab— Sydney (Coll. Froggatt). R. CORNUTUS, n.sp. (J. Clypeus slightly emarginate at the apex, with a longitudinal carina from the base, which terminates in the middle of the clypeus in a very prominent acute tubercle. A V-shaped carina between the antennae, but no transverse frontal carina. Front strongly, occiput more finely punctured. Thorax strongly and densely, median segment rather more finely punctured and rounded posteriori}-. First abdominal segment with a median sulca from the base not reaching the apex; segments 2-5 with a strongly depressed line near the base, and the sides raised near the apical margin forming an emarginate carina almost obsolete *234 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., ill the centre. The segments finely punctured at the base, more strongly and sparsely near the apex, the two apical segments coarsely punctured. Entirely black; wings hyaline, nervures fuscous, a slight fuscous cloud in the radial cell. Length 1 1 mm. Hah. —Australia. T3^pe in British Museum. Easily distinguished by the prominent tubercle on the clypeus. R. CASTANEUS Sm. Rhagigaster castaneus Sm., Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 63, n.l5, 1859(9). Head quadrate, the front longitudinally rugulose, pubescent; the occiput finely and sparsely punctured, without a sulca between the antennse. Thorax short, the prothorax rather broader than long, punctured sparsely. Median segment short, broadened posteriorly, obliquely truncate, the surface of the truncation concave. Abdomen subcylindrical, finely punctured, the epipygium longitudinally rugulose, rounded at the apex. Entirely castaneous-brown. Length 8 mm. Hah. — Australia. R. PUGioNATUS Sauss. Rhagigaster pugionatas Sauss., Reise d. Xov. Zoo!, ii. 1, Hym. p.ll3,1867(,J). Thynnus scalca D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. U5, 1897((J). Saussure's description of the male is good. A Tasmanian specimen in my collection is 13 mm. in length. 9. Head rectangular, a little longer than wide, densely and coarsely punctured, the punctures often confluent, the posterior angles of the head rounded. Prothorax much narrower than the head, narrowed and rounded anteriorly, sparsely punctured, with shallow depressions on the sides near the posterior margin. Mesothorax much broader anteriorl}'^ than posteriorly, sparsel}' punctured with a median, longitudinal, impressed line Median segment obliqueh'- truncate posteriorly, only half as \yide at the base as at tlie apex, sparsely punctured, the surface of the trun- cation finel}^ and closely punctured. Abdomen subcylindrical, BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 235 ovjai'sely pinictured, the punctures elongate, thinly clothed with cinereous pubescence on the sides. Epipygium narrow, deflexed, longitudinally rugulose, rounded at the apex. Black ; the a8^«r6'0/?2p«m^wjjSm.,Cat.Hym.B.M.vii.p.69,1859((J9). Rhagigaster ragosus Sm., Descr. n.sp. Hym. p. 176, 1879 ((Jnec$). (^. The clypeus is carinated at the base, the head and thorax very coarsely rugose, the prothorax and median segment more finely so. The median segment is rounded at the apex. Abdo- minal segments very finely rugulose, smooth at the base. The tibi« and tarsi and two apical abdominal segments ferruginous- red. Length 10 mm. O. The head is rectangular, longer than broad; head and thorax punctured, the punctures elongate and confluent; the prothorax almost square, shorter than the median segment, which is broadened to the apex and obliquely truncate, the whole abdomen longitudinally rugulose, the pygidium simple, rounded at the apex. Antennae, legs, and tw^o apical abdominal segments ferruginous. Length 7 mm, Hab. — Adelaide, S.A ; Melbourne, Vic. Much more coarsely sculptured than in the allied species, and may also be distinguished by the colour of the legs in the male. The female described by Smith as that of rugosus is almost certainly wrongly paired by the collector, and does not belong to this section of the family. R. PiNGUicuLUS, n.sp. (J. Clypeus with a median carina from the base to the centre, where it is vvidely branched, the apex narrowly emarginate. The carina between the antenna faint and broadly rounded. Front rugose, occiput strongly punctured. Thorax and median segment at the base coarsely rugose, the median segment short and verti- cally truncate, the surface of the truncation finely reticulated. Abdomen densely punctured, the apical margins of the segments BY ROWLAND E. TURNER 239 smooth, the base constricted. Epipygium more coarsely punc- tured, narrowly truncate at the apex. The abdomen is shorter and broader than in others of the genus. Black, the two apical segments of the abdomen ferruginous-red; mandibles at the apex, fore tibiae and tarsi, the calcaria and tarsal ungues, and the apical margins of the five basal abdominal segments fuscous. Wings hyaline, slightly iridescent, nervures black. The clypeus and the rsides of the thorax and abdomen with gre}' pubescence. Length 13 mm. 9. Unknown Hah. — Mackay, Q. R. PROTHORACICUS, n.sp. (J. Head densely and finely punctured, more sparsely and very finely on the occiput^ clypeus clothed with white pubescence, without a carina. Thorax densely and strongly punctured, the prothorax narrowed anteriorly, the angles not produced; the scutellum rounded at the apex. Median segment short, truncated posteriorly, more tinely punctured, with long white pubescence on the sides. Abdomen densely and finely punctured, segments 2-5 with a depressed transverse line near the base and a raised mark on each side near the apical margin. Epipygium coarsely rugose, very narrowly truncate at the apex, with a short spine on each side near the base. The aculeus of the hypopygium has an acute spine on the upper surface close to the base. The carina beneath the hypopygium not prominent. Black; the prothorax and mesopleura3 ferruginous-red, the tegulae dark testaceous, the tarsal ungues testaceous. Wings hyaline, very slightly clouded in the radial cell. Length 11 mm. 9. Head rectangular, longer than broad, the posterior angles not rounded, densely punctured, clothed with pale fulvous pubes- cence. Prothorax smooth, rather short, very little narrowed anteriorly, a deep depression on each side, broad on the posterior margin, but not reaching the anterior margin, the lateral margins elevated. Median segment rather sparsely punctured, with a median carina and slightly depressed on the sides, broadened 240 REVISION' OF THE THYNMD.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., posteriorly and obliquely truncate. Abdomen cylindrical, finely longitudinally rugulose. Pygidiuni narrow, arched. Chestnut- brown, the three apical abdominal segments rather darker. Length 8 mm. Hab.—MRckay, Q (gQ in cop.). R. CONSANGUINEUS, n.sp. (J. Clypeus with a shining, subpunctured, triangular area, enclosed by slightly raised carinse. Head without frontal carinie, densely punctured. Prothorax shallowly punctured, the anterior margin raised with the lateral angles prominent, broadly emar- ginate. Mesothorax and scutellum strongly punctured, the scutellum narrowly truncate at the apex. Median segment shorty obliquely truncate posteriorly, finely rugulose. Abdominal seg- ments strongly punctured, constricted near the base, the epipy- gium subtriangular, ver}' coarsely punctured. Beneath the segments are marked with a depressed transverse line near the middle, the basal portion finely, the apical strongly punctured. Entirely shining black, with sparse grey pubescence. Length 1 1 mm. 9. Head subquadrate, smooth; prothorax smooth, with a very few fine punctures, rather broader posteriorly than anteriorly, longer than wide. Median segment as long as the prothorax, broadened to the apex, sparsely and finely punctured. Abdomen cylindrical, shining, very finely punctured. Epipygium rounded, with a slight depression on each side near the base, the margins slightly raised. Shining black; the prothorax, median segment, antennae and legs ferruginous; the margins of the abdominal segments and the whole of the apical segment testaceous. Length 7 mm. Hab. — Albany, W.A. Types in Oxfoid University Museum, ex Coll. Saunders. Genus En teles Westw. Enteles Westw., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, 143, 1844. g. Very closely resembles Rhagigaster, from which it may be distinguished by the broadly rounded or truncated epipygium. HY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 24:1 The labrum is almost semicircular, truncate posteriorly, and borne on a short petiole. The labial palpi are four-jointed, the maxillary six-jointed, the joints not diifering much in length. The hypo- pygium has no lateral spines at the base. 9. The female has the maxillary palpi small, but six-jointed, the labial palpi four-jointed, also small. The mandibles are simple; the head is small, slightly convex. The median segment is short, obliquely ti'uncate; the second abdominal segment is transv^ersely carinated or striated, the number of the carinas being about seven. The pygidium is broad, obliquely or vertically truncate and longitudinal!}' striated. The males and females in this group present most unexpected differences, the females closely resembling in appearance those of IVi Ij lino ides, and only showing a likeness to Rhagigaster in the structure of the palpi, though the males have always been placed in that genus without hesitation by previous authors; but Saussure places E. niorio in a division of the genus by itself. Type U. h(f^morrhoi>lalis Guer. Key to the Sjiecies. ^ (^ . i. Abdominal segments without a close marginal band of pubescence at the base and apex. A. Black, the two apical segments ferruginous-red. a. Prothorax rugose. a^. Mesopleurai black. E. hannorrhoidalis Guer. h'^. Mesopleuras red, E. simillimus Sm. h. Prothorax transversely striated. E. conjugatus, n.sp. K. Black, the abdomen wholly ferruginous. a. Abdomen and legs bright ferruginous-red. E. dimidiatus Sm. b. Abdomen fusco-ferruginous, legs testaceous-yellow. E. testaceipes, n.sp. C Abdomen wholly black. a. Mandibles strongly bidentate. a2. Wings fusco-violaceous, legs ferruginous. E. morio Westw. /). Mandibles almost falcate. f(,2. Entirely black, wings hyaline, of small size. E. harnardi, n.sp. ii. Abdominal segments with a close marginal band of pubescence at the base and apex. a. Prothorax with transverse striae. a'^. Entirely black. E. integer Fab. 242 REVISION OF THE THYSNID^ OF AUSTHALIA, I., h. Prothorax rugose. a2. Abdomen dull ferruginous. E. deceptor Sm, $ $ . A. Apex of the first abdominal segment with long white pubescence. a. Thorax and median segment ferruginous-red. E. hamorrhoidalls Guer, B. P'irst abdominal segment without pubescence. a. Two apical abdominal segments ferruginous-red. E. dimidiatuH Sm. h. Black, the legs testaceous. E. morio Westw. EnTELES H.EMOHRHOIDALIS Guer. Rhagigaster hcemorrhoidalis Guer., Mag. de Zool. xii. 1842((J); B. apicalis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii.p.63. n.l4, 1859((J); Thynmis^ ottonis D.T., Cat. Hym. viii 112, 1897((J); Enteles bicolor Westw., Arc. Eiit.ii.2,p.l43,1844(9); Tltynnusjimbriatus^m., Cat.Hym, B.M. vii. p.42, n.91, 1859(9); Thy nnus zing er lei D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 119, 1897(9); Thynnns lecheri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 110, 1897(^). (J. Head rugose, a transver.se undulating carina below the anterior ocellus not reaching the ej^es, a V-shaped carina between the antennae and a short longitudinal frontal carina not touching the transverse carina on the apex of the V-shaped carina. The cl)''peus with a carina branched very narrowly near the base, the branches not reaching the apical margin, the clypeus raised into a triangular elevation, shining and rugose, finely punctured at the base. Thorax and scutellum coarsel}^ rugose, median segment truncate posteriorly, finely punctured-rugulose. Prothorax with tlie sides straight and the anterior lateral angles strongly pro- duced. Abdomen moderately punctured, the lateral elevations on segments 2-5 near the apical margin smooth. The depressed lines at the base of the abdominal segments with a little short cinereous pubescence. Epipygium coarsely punctured, broad and very broadly rounded or subtruncate at the apex. Black, the two apical abdominal segments ferruginou.s-red. Wings hj^aline, nervures dark fuscous. BY ROWLAND E. TUHNEIJ. 24:3 9. The two carinse at the apex of the second ahdominal segment are much stronger than the five or six near the base; the third segment lias a few very fine and obscure short transverse stri;e near the base. The apical portion of the first segment is depressed and the margin raised so as to form a carina. The median seg- ment is short and truncate. Otherwise Westwood's description is sufficient. ffab. — Swan River, W. A,; A^ictoria; Liverpool, N.S.W. I have not seen Guerin's type, but I think I am correct in my identification, which agrees with Westwood's specimens marked hieniorrhoidalis. E. CONJUGATL'S, n.Sp. ^. Clj^peus elevated in the centre, narrowly subtruncate anteriorly, coarsely longitudinally rugose, pointed at the base. An interantennal carina broadly rounded at the apex, and a transverse frontal carina, not reaching the eyes, connecting the extremities of the antennal carina, the space enclosed longi- tudinally striated; the remainder of the head finely and densely punctured, more sparsely on the occiput. Prothorax transversely striated, broadly and very slightly emarginate anteriorly, the anterior margin slightly raised, strongly produced at the lateral angles. Mesothorax coarsely rugose, scutellum very coarsely punctured; median se,2;ment short, vertically truncate posteriorly, finely and densely punctured. Abdomen shining, densely and shallowl}' punctured; epipygium rugulose, very broadly rounded at the apex. The abdominal segments constricted near the base; beneath ver}' finely and densely punctured at the base, coarsely and more sparsely at the apex, the first segment with a blunt tubercle in the middle. Black, the two apical segments bright ferruginous-red. Wings fuscous with brilliant purple-blue reflec- tions, lighter at the apex. Length 17 mm. Hah. — Queensland. Type in Oxford University Museum, ex Coll. Saunders. Very near E. hcemorrhoidalis Guer., but the prothorax is transversely striated, and the whole sculpture finer. 244 REVISION OF THE TflYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I., E. SIMILLIMUS Sm. Rhayiyaster simillimus Sm., Trans. Ent. 8oc. Loud. (3) ii. 5, p.390, 1865((J). Thynnus ivolfraniii D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. H9((J). Probably only a local form of E. /uHmorrhoidalis, from which it differs mainly by the red colour of the mesopleiuw, the lesser development of the frontal carinas, and the presence of a fine median longitudinal carina on the epipygium. 9. Unknown. Ilah.—^.W. Australia. E. DIMIDIATQS 8m. I Rhayiyaster dlmidiatus Sm., Cat. Hym.vii.p.62,n.lO, 1859((J9). Tkynnus ottetihallii D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 112, 1897((J9). (J. Clypeus coarsely longitudinally rugose. Front and vertex rugulose, an undulating transverse carina between the eyes, a wide V-shaped carina between the antennae joining at the apex a short longitudinal carina which extends on to the basal portion of the clypeus. Prothorax transversely rugulose, the anterior margin raised and produced at the lateral angles. Mesothorax and scutellum coarsely rugose; median segment truncated poste- riorly, finely rugulose at the base, finely punctured on the surface of the truncation. Epipygium rugulose at the base, longitudinally striated on the apical portion, truncate at the apex with a slight median emargination, the margin recurved. 9. Third abdominal segment delicately transversely striated near the base. Pygidium vertically truncate posteriorly, the surface of the truncation longitudinally striated, the extreme apex smooth and narrowly rounded. Otherwi.se as in Smith's description. Zra6. — Sydney, N. S.W. E. TESTACKIPES, n Sp. ^. Head punctured, very sparsely and finely on the occiput; a strong undulating transverse carina below the anterior ocellus, not quite reaching the eyes, a rounded carina between the liY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 245 antennae the ends reacliing the transverse carina, tlie enclosed space longitudinally rugulose with a smooth line immediately below the transverse carina. Clypeus with two carinte diverging from the base but not reaching the apex, the space between them elevated, narrow and rugulose, the sides of the clypeus punctured. Prothorax obscurely transversely rugulose. Mesothorax and scutellum coarsely and rather sparsely punctured. Median seg- ment almost smooth, vertically truncate posteriorly, the posterior angles prominent. Abdominal segments slightly constricted at the base, sparsely punctured; the epipygium truncate at the apex, irregularly longitudinally striated. Hypopygiura with the usual recurved aculeus armed with a strong blunt tooth on the upper surface. First abdominal segment beneath with a tubercle near the base. Black, the abdomen fusco-ferruginous, the legs testaceous-yellow, the coxse black and the tarsi obscure fuscous. [Wings missing]. Length 19 mm. }[ah. — A ustralia. I'ype in Oxford University Museum, ex Coll. Westwood. E. INTEGER Fab. Thynmis inteyir Fab,, Syst. Ent. p. 360, n.3, \llb{$). Rhaglgaster utteger Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. 60, 1859((J). Smith has published a good description of this insect. The type, which is as far as I know still unique, is in good condition in the Banksian Collection. Probably, like most of the Australian insects in that collection, it was taken at Cooktown, Q. E. DECEPTOR 8m. Thynnus deceptor Sm., Descr. n.sp. Hym. p. 169, n.30, 1&79((J). $ The clypeus has a prominent A-shaped carina, the front is produced over the base of the antennae, and there is a short transverse carina below the anterior ocellus. The median seg- ment is vertically truncate posteriorly, and the abdomen is finely and densely punctured. Epipygium strongly longitudinally striated, broadly truncate at tlie apex with a very slight median 246 HKVISIOX OF TlIK TIIVXNID.*; OF AUSTRALIA, I., emai-giiiatioii. The aculeus is sharply recurved, but does not project much beyond the epipygiuiii. There is a colour variety in the British Museum in which the- abdomen is dark fuscous. The female placed with this species in the British Museum Collection probably does not belong to it. //«6.— N.W. Australia. Most nearly allied to E. integer Fab. E. MORio Westw. Rhagigaster morio Westw., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p. 105, n.4, 1844((J); Sauss., Raise d. Nov.Zool.ii. l,p.l 14,n.6,t.4, f.67, 1867((J); 8auss., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxx. p.58, n.8, 1869(9). ThynniLS serripes 8m., Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 44, n. 12-5, 1859(9). Saussure's descriptions are good. He expresses some doubt as- to the correctness of the pairing, which has been now settled by more than one collector. ^«6.— Sydney, N. 8.W. iNly dissections of the female show the maxillary palpi six- jointed as in Westwood's plate showing E. hicolor. E. BARNARDI, n sp. (J. Mandibles slender, almost falcate, the tooth on the inner margin hardly at all developed. Clypeus with a short longi- tudinal carina from the base, which branches in front enclosing a triangular space which is shining, and sparsely punctured, the punctures large and confluent. The sides of the clypeus covered with long white pubescence. A V-shaped carina between the antennse and a transverse frontal carina, which does not reach the eyes. Front finely rugulose, occiput punctured. Labrum exposed. Prothorax rugulose, the lateral angles less prominent than in the other species of the genus; mesothorax and scutellum coarsely punctured. Median segment finely punctured, vertically truncate posteriorly, the surface of the truncation .delicately reticulated. Abdomen densely punctured, the tw^o apical segments most coarsely, segments 2-6 constricted near the base. N"o BV ROWLAND E. TUKNEK. 247 tubercle beiiecatli the first segment. Epipygiuin broadly truncate at the apex, punctured, svith delicate, short, longitudinal striae near the apex. The aculeus of the hypopygium does not extend much be3^ond the epipygium. Black, with greyish-white pubes- cence. Apical half of the mandibles and the legs piceous. Length 1 1 mm. Hah. — Duaringa, Q. The head and prothorax of a female pinned with this resemble those parts in other species of the genus. Genus Aelurus Klug. Aelurus Klug, Physik.Abh. Akad.Wiss. Berlin, 1840, p.42, 1842 (nee Aehirns Sm.). (J. Antennae long and slender; head more or less narrowed behind the eyes; mandibles bidentate; labium short, labial palpi four-jointed, the first joint much the longest; maxilla small, galea subtruncate at the apex and not divided; maxillary palpi six- jointed, the apical joints filiform, very long and slender, the three basal joints short and stouter, the first extremely short. Labrum transverse, short. The division of the tirst cubital cell is marked by a scar only, and the third cubital cell is not much narrowed along the radial nervure. 9. Head nearly rectangular; antennae thick; mandiljles lai-ge, not bidentate ; abdomen cylindrical. Tarsal ungues simple. Ashmead gives the maxillary palpi as four-jointed. I have not been able to dissect a female, nor does Klug give any details as to the mouth-parts. The two Australian species which I assign to this genus correspond well with the uiale of Ael. clypeatas^ figured by Klug, in mouth-parts and neuration, and are very different from the Australian species assigned to Aelurus by Westwood and ^-^imth {Tacky no my ia). I have separated the genus Leptnirone from Aelurus on account c>f the narrowing of the third cubital cell along the radial nervure. Buttle/, iiafuhis Klug, is the type of the genus, not Ael. chj'peatui< ; and the neuration may possibly differ. Type ApX. nasufns Klug (Brazil). 248 REVISION OF TJIE TllVNNID.E OF AUSTKALIA, I., Key to the specks of Aelurns. <^ J . A. Scutellum broadly rounded at the apex. 'I. Black, legs and antennaj ferruginous. Atl. 'jrandiceps, n.sp, B. Scutellum subtriangular. b. Legs and four basal abdominal segments bright rufo-testaceou^^. Ael. rujTcru'i, n.sp. AkL. GRANDICEPS, n.sp. (J. Clypeus with a carina from the base almost reaching the apex, smooth at the apex, finely rugulose on the sides.- Head very large, produced beliind the eyes, shallowly but strongly punctured; a V-shaped carina between the antennae. Prothorax very sparsely and shallowly punctured, tlie anterior margin raised. Mesothorax sparsely punctured on the disc, densely and finely on the sides. Scutellum rounded posteriorly. Median segment short, reticulate, almost smooth at the base, obliquely truncate. A short sulca from the base of the first abdominal segment, and a minute tubercle at the base beneath; a transverse impressed line near the base of segments 2-5. Epipygium truncate at the iipex, hypopygiuni rounded and ciliated. Abdomen shining, shallowly and sparseh' punctured. Black, with a little fulvous pubescence; mandibles, except the apex, antennte and legs, fulvous. AYings fulvo-hyaline, nervures fulvous. Length 15 mm. ^. Head rectangular, the posterior angles slightly rounded, much longer than broad, strongly punctured, the punctures large and elongate; front produced into a very small blunt tubercle on each side at the base of the antenna. Clypeus with a median carina. Thorax and median segment with deep, elongate punc- tures, often confluent. Prothorax subquadrate, slightly narrowed anteriorly; median segment longer than the prothorax, ^ ery little broadened posteriorly, obliquely truncate. Abdomen cylindrical, punctured, the punctures shallower than those on the thorax, but more elongate and confluent. Pygidium simple, rounded at the apex. Castaneous-brown, the abdomen darker. Lengfli 10 mm. Hab,- Sydney, N. 8.W. BY HOWLAND K. TUKNEH. 249- Ael. ruficrus, n.sp. (J. Clypeus with a very short carina at the base, branching broadly and shortly; the apical portion smooth and shining, not much produced at the apex, the apical margin slightly emarginate at the sides before the angles, which are produced into short, blunt spines. Head densely punctured, with an interantennal carina, rounded at the apex; slightl}' narrowed behind the eyes. Prothorax depressed, the anterior margin raised, very closely and minutely punctured. Mesothorax and scutellum punctured, the scutellum rather long, narrowly truncate at the apex. Median segment delicatel}^ reticulate, almost smooth at the base, rounded. Abdomen elongate, subcylindrical, shining, with shallow, scattered punctures; segments 2-5 with "a transverse line near the base. Epipygium strongly punctured, smooth at the apex and sub- truncate. Hypopj'^gium rounded and ciliated. Black ; w^ith fulvous pubescence on the sides of the head and median segment; the mandibles, the apical portion of the clypeus, the legs, the tegulse, and the four basal segments of the abdomen bright rufo- testaceous. Wings pale flavo-hyaline, nervures black, testaceous at the base. Length 15-17 mm. /?a6. — Kenthurst, N.S.W. Type in Coll. Froggatt. Subgenus Lepteirone, n.subgen. ^. Differs from Aelurus in the neuration, the third cubital cell being much narrowed along the radial nervure. The clypeus has either a carina from the base ending in a tubercle before the apex, or an elevated triangular area from the base, suddenly ceasing before the apex, leaving the apex depressed below the basal portion. The female resembles that of Eirone and Aelurns in form, but I have been unable to dissect specimens. The insects are slenderer than in Eirone ((J), in this point resembling the typical S. American Aeluri. Type L. ru/opictus Sm. This group occurs also in S. America, lltynnus nigrofasciatus Sm., belonging to it. 250 REVISION OF 11115 THYNNID.B OF AUSTRALIA, I., I do not regard the group as sufficiently distinct to merit full generic rank. Key to the Species of Lepteirone. ^ S^.\. Head large, produced behind the eyes, not appreciably narrowed posteriorly, A. Abdomen light ferruginous. An interrupted yellow line on the vertex. a. Black, clypeus and anterior margin of the prothorax yellow. L. arenaria, n.sp. ii. Head not produced behind the eyes, more or less narrowed posteriorly. A. Abdomen light ferruginous. a. Prothorax yellow. a2. A spot on the mesothorax and the scutellum yellow. L. 7'ufopicta Sm 62, Mesothorax and scutellum black entirely, L. caroli, n.sp. h. Margins of the prothorax yellow, a^. An interrupted line on the vertex and the postscutellum yellow. L. suhacta, n.sp, c. Anterior margin of the prothorax only yellow. L. ichneiimoniformiti Sm, B. Abdomen with the basal segments ferruginous. a. Three basal abdominal segments ferruginous. L. comes, n.sp. h. Four basal segments ferruginous, except the base of the first. L. jyseudosedula , n.sp. •C. Abdomen black. a. Legs and antennae ferruginous. L. fallax Sm. b. Basal half of flagellum of antenna?, femora and tibige ferruginous. L. cuhitalU, n.sp. c. Wholly black. a^. Slender, finely and rather sparsely punctured. L. ojiaca, n.sp. &2, More robust, more closely and strongly punctured. L. triatis Sm. :$ $ . A. Head nearly square. a. Median segment considerably broadened from the base, a 2. Without a depression near the posterior angle of the prothorax. L. ichneumoniformis Sm. &2_ With a slight depression on each side near the angles of the prothorax. L. cubit alls, n.sp. b. Median segment very slightly broadened from the base. L.. fcdlax Sm. B. Head much longer than broad. a. Median segment with a delicate median carina. L. subactrt, n.sp. BY ROWLAND E. TURNEK. 251 L. RUFOPICTA Sill. Thynnus rufopictus ^m., Descr, n.Sp. Hyni. p. 159, ii.3, 1879((J). The basal portion of the clypeus is raised and narrowlj^ triangular, the apical portion is abruptl}' depressed and trans- versely truncate at the apex. The head is produced behind the eyes, strongly rounded at the posterior angles, liroader than the prothorax. Head and thorax very tinely and closely punctured, median segment and abdomen almost smooth, the abdomen elongate fusiform. The scutellum is broadly rounded at the apex. The epipygium is elongate, punctured, narrowly truncate at the apex, the hypopygiuni nari-ow and ciliated at the apex. ^. Unknown. Hab. — Adelaide, S.A.; Melbourne. A variet}' of this species in Coll. Froggatt has the median segment black instead of ferruginous, and is a rather more robust insect, the thorax being broader. L. PSEUDOSEDULA, n.sp. (J. Clypeus slightly produced, depressed at the extreme apex; head very closely and finely punctured, not much narrowed to the posterior margin, about as wide as the prothorax. Thorax finely and closely punctured, the anterior margin of the pronotum slightly raised. Scutellum narrowly truncate at the apex, median segment very delicately reticulate. Abdomen elongate fusiform, almost smooth; the two apical segments delicately punctured and pubescent, the apical margins of segments 1-4 slightly depressed, and a faint, depressed, transverse line near the base of segments 2-5. Black; the anterior margin of the clypeus, the inner margin of tlie eyes, an obscure mark on each side of the vertex, the legs, except the coxae and the base of the trochanters, the apical half of the first and the whole of the second, third and fourth abdominal segments ferruginous ; the mandibles, the anterior margin of the pronotum and a broad band on the posterior margin, and the tegulae, yellow. Wings h3^aline, iridescent ; iiervures testaceous-brown. Length 10 mm. Hah. — Adelaide, S. A. Type in B.M., ex Coll. Smith. 252 REVISION OF THK TllYNMD^, OF AUSTRALIA, I., L. ICHNF.UMOXIFORMIS SlU. Thynnus (Agriomi/a) ichnciano7iifor/nis Sm., Cat. Hyni. B.M. vii, p.39,n.l02, 1859(,:^). (J. Clypeus pubescent; a carina from the base to the centre, where it is slightly prominent, overlapping a smooth, oblique, triangular truncation which extends to the apex. Head finely punctured, narrowed behind the eyes. Prothorax shining, very faintly punctured, the anterior margin raised; niesothorax and scutellum tinely punctured, the scutellum large and broadly rounded at the apex. Median segment delicately reticulate, smooth at the base, with a short longitudinal sulca from the base. Abdomen slender fusiform, with very shallow scattered punctures^ the epipygiuin strongly punctured, with sparse fulvous pubescence. Black; the abdomen, except the base of the first segment, and the legs, except the cox^e and trochanters, light ferruginous; the mandibles, two small spots between the antennte, a narrowly interrupted line on the anterior margin of the prothorax, and a short line before the tegulse, yellowish-white; the mandibles at the apex ferruginous. Wings hyaline, slightly iridescent, nervures fuscous, tegulte testaceous. Length 9 mm. 9. Head rectangular, a little longer than broad, smooth and shining, with a delicate, median, frontal sulca. Thorax and median segment sparsely punctured, the median segment ehngate, longer than the prothorax, broadened from the base, and obliqueljr truncate at the apex. Abdomen subcylindrical, shining, with large, elongate punctures; the epi[)ygium with a broad, median longitudinal carina, narrowly rounded at the apex; the first seg- ment beneath with a minute tubercle at the base. Ferruginous- brown, the abdominal segments stained with black on the sides. Length 5 mm. Hab. — Berwick, Melbourne, Vic. The type appears to be lost, and my identification may possibly be mistaken. L. CAROLi, n.sp. (J. Clypeus with a short carina from the base, which ends about the centre in a subtubercular prominence, overlapping a BY ROWLAND E. TUKNKR. 253 broad triangular truncation extending to the aj)ex. Head very finely and densely punctured, a short, median frontal sulca between the antennae, separating two small tubercles. Prothorax shining, with very minute, shallow punctures, the anterior margin slightly raised. JMesothorax and scutellum densely and finely punctured, the scutellum subtriangular, rounded at the apex. Median segment very finely reticulate, with a short, median, longitudinal sulca from the base. Abdomen elongate fusiform, ver}'- faintly punctured, shining; epipygium strongl}^ punctured, with thin fulvous pubescence on the sides. Hypopygium rounded and ciliated at the apex. Black; the antennae, legs, except the cox^e, and abdomen, light ferruginous; the mandibles, the trian- gular truncation of the clypeus and the anterior margin at the sides of the clypeus, the prothorax, except a black spot in the middle and the tegulte, yellow. Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures fuscous. Length 10 mm. Hah. — Victoria (French). L. ARENARIA, n.Sp. (J. Head large, produced behind the eyes, the sides nearly parallel; shining, rather closely and shallowlj^ punctured; two rather prominent tubercles between the antennae. The clypeus with a small elevated triangular area on the basal portion, depressed on the apical portion, subtruncate at the apex and produced into minute spines at the apical angles. Prothorax almost smooth with minute shallow punctures. Mesothorax and scutellum shining, rather sparsely punctured, scutellum broadly rounded at the apex. Median segment nearly smooth at the base, very finely transversely rugulose at the apex. Abdomen shining, with a few scattered punctures; epipygium punctured, elongate, with a very fine median carina at the apex, and with sparse fulvous pubescence. Black; the abdomen, except the extreme base, and legs, except the coxse and trochanters, ferru- ginous. A fuscous mark on the fifth abdominal segment. The anterior margins of the clypeus and face uniting wdth a central mark on the clypeus extending nearly to the base, the two 19 254 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., tubercles between the antenn?e, a broadly interrupted line on the vertex, a narrowly interrupted line on the anterior of the pro- thorax and a narrow line in front of the tegulae, yellow. The wings hyaline, tegulae and nervures at the base dark testaceous, the nervures at the apex black. Length 11 mm. ^. Unknown. Hah. — Victoria (French). L. SUBACTA, n sp. (J. Head not much narrowed behind the eyes nor produced; closely and finely punctured, with two slightly prominent tubercles between the antennae. The clypeus is depressed along the apical margin, with a slight tubercle on each side before the apex. Prothorax almost smooth, the anterior margin consider- ably raised; mesothorax and scutellum closely and finely punc- tured, the scutellum subtruncate at the apex. Median segment very finely reticulate, with a ver}^ small, transverse, shining mark at the base, rounded at the apex. Abdomen shining, w^ith a few scattered punctures. Epipygium with a broad median carina, not elongate, narrowly rounded at the apex, thinly clothed with long fulvous hairs. Black ; the legs, except the coxse and trochanters, the abdomen, except the extreme base, and a spot at the apex of the scutellum, ferruginous; the margin of the face and clypeus, a triangular spot on the clypeus, the tubercles between the antennae, an interrupted line on the vertex, the anterior margin of the prothorax narrowly and the posterior margin broadly, almost uniting with the anterior marginal line in the middle, and the postscutellum, yelloNv. Wings hyaline, nervures dark fuscous. Length 9 mm. Q. Head rectangular, nearly twice as long as broad, shining, sparsely punctured, with a slight median frontal sulca. Thorax sparsely punctured; prothorax shorter than the median segment, narrowed and rounded anteriorly. Median segment elongate, the sides almost parallel. Abdomen cylindrical, finely punctured; a median longitudinal depression on the apical portion of segments BY ROWLAND E. TUllNKK. 255 2-4. Epipygium with a median carina. Castaneous-ljiown. Length 5 mm. Hah. — Adelaide (Fortnuiu). Types in Oxfoid University Museum. L. COMES, n.sp. (J. Very slender. Clypeus with a raised triangular elevation from the base to near the apex, where it is broadest, suddenly depressed at the apex. Head densely and finely punctured, narrowed posteriorly. Prothorax shining, almost smooth; meso- thorax delicately punctured, scutellum rather long, narrowly rounded at the apex. Median segment delicately reticulate, with a deep longitudinal sulca from the base reaching about half-way to the apex. Abdomen with a few shallow punctures, the apical segment more coarsely punctured, with thin fulvous pubescence. Black ; the mandibles yellow, ferruginous at the apex ; the antenn?e, legs, except the cox« and trochanters, the two basal abdominal segments and the third at the base, dark ferruginous the two apical joints of the antennae fuscous. A very narrow interrupted white line on the anterior margin of the prothorax. Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures fuscous. Length 7 mm. Hah. — Victoria (French). L. OPACA, n.sp. (J. Slender. Clypeus with a basal carina produced into a pro- minent tubercle in the centre of the clypeus; head finely punc- tured, with a short white pubescence and a very fine median frontal sulca; narrowed behind the eyes. Prothorax rather depressed, narrowed anteriorly, very finely and shallowly punc- tured; mesothorax more strongly punctured; scutellum subtri- angular, narrowly rounded at the apex; median segment reticulate, almost smooth at the base, with white pubescence on the sides. Abdomen slender, shining, with very minute, shallow punctures, a slightly raised mark on each side of segments 2-5 near the apical margin. Epipygium strongly punctured, broadly rounded -at the apex. Entirely black, the head opaque, thorax and 256 REVISION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I., abdomen shining. ^Yings liyaline, iridescent, nervures black. Length 10 mm. The third cubital cell subtriangular, l)eing very short along the radial nervure. Hah. — Victoria (French). L. TRiSTis Sm. Thynmis {Agriomyia) tristis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii.p.34,n.88. (J. Head densely punctured; the clypeus with a longitudinal carina from the base to the centre, where it is produced into a tubercle. The anterior margin of the prothorax raised, the scutellum transversely truncate at the apex; the whole thorax closely punctured, most finely on the prothorax. Median seg- ment finely reticulate, almost smooth at the base. Abdomen, finely and closely punctured, the epipygium rugulose. Entirely black. Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures dark fuscous. Length 12 mm. The antennae are shorter and stouter than in most species of the genus. Hah. — Australia. L. FALLAX Sm. Thynniis fallax Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.35, n.91, 1859((J). A pair from Adelaide in the Hope Collection at Oxford. The male differs from the type in having the space at the base of the median segment punctured instead of smooth and shining. The scutellum is rather narrowly truncate at the apex. 9. Head rectangular, rather longer than broad, \evy sparsely and finely punctured, shining. Thorax and median segment shining, sparsely and finely punctured; the prothorax almost square; the median segment longer than the prothorax, the sides almost parallel, obliquely truncate posteriorly. Abdomen shining, more densely punctured than the thorax, the first segment vertically truncate anteriorly, and with a small acute tubercle at the base beneath. Epipygium narrowlj^ rounded at the apex, with a slightly raised, broad median carina. The abdomen is. BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 257 ■subcyliiidrical. Ferruginous-brown; the abdomen fuscous, except the apical segment. Length 9 mm. Hah. — Adelaide. The male closely resembles Eirone ruficomis 8m., in general appearance. L cuBiTALis, n.sp. ^. Clypeus slightly advanced, truncate at the apex, a median carina from the base ending in a minute tubercle a little before the apex, very tinely punctured. Head densely punctured, narrowed behind the eyes, with two small tubercles between the autemiaB. Prothorax shining, very finely punctured, the anterior margin raised, with a faint, depressed, shining line behind the margin. Mesothorax punctured, the scutellum subtriangular, narrowly rounded at the apex. Median segment delicately reticulate, slender. Abdomen subpetiolate fusiform, shining, with minute shallow punctures and long cinereous pubescence on the sides of the apical segments Black; the antennae from the third to the eighth joints, the mandibles at the apex, the tibise, tarsi, m. ii2, Antennte only ferruginous. Length 7 mm. E. Jul vicostalis, n.sp. I I BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 259 c'^. The triangular truncation of the clypeus white. a'^. A white line on the anterior margin of the prothorax. a*. Clypeus without a median carina; with a minute tubercle on each side. E. tuberculata Sm. b^. Clypeus with a median carina. E. vitripennh Sm. h^. Prothorax wholly black. Length 8mm. E. osculans, n.sp. ii. Clypeus without a triangular truncation at the apex. A, Abdominal segments slightly constricted near the base. a. Wholly black. a'^. Thorax strongly punctured. a^. Median segment with a broad low median carina at the base. E. tenuipalpa, n.sp. 6^. Median segment without a carina. Length 11 mm. E. (iispar Westw. h'^. Ttorax finely punctured. Length 6 mm. E. tenehrosa, n.sp. h. Postscutellum white. a2. Clypeus white, antennae black. Length 5 mm. E. parca, n.sp. h'^. Clypeus black, antennae fuscous. E. inconspinia, n.sp. B. Abdominal segments not constricted. a. Clypeus with a median carina from base to apex, a'^. Head and five basal segments of abdomen ferruginous. Length 13 mm. E. ferrugineiceps, n.s-g. 6'2. Light castaneous, two apical segments of abdomen black. Length 12 mm. E. castaneicejis, n.sp. 5 $ . i. Abdomen subcylindrical. a. Black, prothorax and two basal segments of the abdomen ferruginous. E. luckhda, n.sp. b. Wholly castaneous. ffc2. First abdominal segment truncate, with a minute spine at each angle, E. scutellata, n.sp. b'^. Pygidium with minute lateral spines and a tuft of hair at the apex. E. fulvicostalis, n.sp. ii. Abdomen cylindrical, A. Median segment longer than the prothorax. a. With an impressed median longitudinal mark on the apical half of abdominal segments 2-4. a^. First abdominal segment short, much broadened from the base. E. tuberculata Sm. 62. First abdominal segment not short, not much broadened from the base. E. tenebrosa, n.sp. b. Without an impressed longitudinal mark on segments 2-4. a-. Delicately punctured, mandibles bidentate. E. dispar Westw. 260 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., />-. Strongly punctured, mandibles simple. E. tenuipalpa, n.sp. B. Median segment about the same length as the prothorax. a. Front between the antenna? deeply emarginate. E. parca, n.sp. E. DISPAR Westw. Uirone dispar Westw., Ai-c.Eiit.ii.2,p.l44,t.82,f ,5-6,1844 (^^9). ? Thynyius {Ayriomyia) brevlGor'niH Sm,, Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p.:39, 11.103, i859(^). The female of this species has the mandibles bidentate. In other nearly related species the mandibles are simple. West wood gives full details as to the mouth-parts in his plates and in his generic description. Thynaus brevicornis Sm., is almost certainly a synonym, but the type seems to be lost and the description is not sufficiently full for absolute certainty. Hah. — Adelaide, S.A. E. TENUIPALPA, n.sp. ^. Head transverse, slightly narrowed posteriori}^; elypeus densel}' and finely punctured, smooth on the apical margin, not much advanced. Head and thorax strongly punctured; prothorax very long, the anterior margin slightly elevated at the sides, slightly emarginate in the middle. Median segment with a fine median carina from the base to the centre, a smooth area at the base, the remainder finely transversely rugulose, smooth at the extreme apex. Abdomen fusiform, the first segment with a median longitudinal sulca not reaching the apex, sabtuberculate beneath at the base. Segments 2-4 with an impressed transverse line near the base, and slight lateral elevations near the apical margin. All the segments densely punctured, almost smooth at the base. Hypopygium rounded, ciliated at the apex. Black, the abdomen shining, mandibles fusco-ferruginous. Wings hyaline, faintly iridescent, a fuscous cloud in the radial and second cubital cells, nervures black. Length 12 mm. 9. Head rectangular, slightly rounded at the posterior angles, longer tlian bro:id, with a faint median frontal sulca. Head, thorax and median segment punctured, the punctures large and ]3Y ROWLAND K. TUKNKH. 261 -elongate. Prothorax slightl}^ nanowed anteriorly; median seg- ment longer than the prothorax, moderately broadened to the apex, where it is obliquely depressed. First alxlominal segment narrowly truncate anteriorly ; the surface of the truncation concave, with a median sulca. The four basal segments with elongate punctures, shallow on the fourth segment. Apical segments very finely punctured, the punctures not elongate. Pygidiuin with a delicate, longitudinal median carina. A minute tubercle at the base of the first segment beneath. Abdomen cylindrical. The mandibles are not bidentate. Entirely castaneous-brown. Length 7 mm. Hah, — Mackay, Q. Near E. dispar Westw., from which it diifers in the sculpture of the median segment in the male, and the simple mandibles of the female. E. TENEBROSA, 11. Sp. (J. Clypeus and head delicately and closely punctured; clypeus without a carina. Prothorax shining, with very fine, almost microscopic, punctures, the anterior margin raised. Mesothorax and scutellum more strongly punctured, the scute Hum narrowly rounded at the apex; median segment rather short, delicately reticulate, with a smooth mark at the base. Abdominal segments finely punctured, smooth at the extreme apex; a raised mark close to the apical margin and strongly emarginate posteriorly in the middle on segments 2-4. Entirely black, the mandibles fuscous. Wings hyaline, strongly iridescent, nervures fuscous. Length 6 mm, 9- Head rectangular, longer than broad, shining, with a few minute shallow punctures; a very fine sulca between the antenna?. Thorax and median segment shining, with scattered punctures, tlie prothorax narrower than the head; the jnedian segment longer than the prothorax, very slightly widened to the apex. Abdomen cylindrical, rather sparsely punctured, the punctures large and elongate, a depressed, median, longitudinal line on the apical half of segments 2-1. Epipygium with a delicate median 262 KEVLSION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I., carina, not reaching the apex, which is pointed. Shining casta- neons-brown, abdominal segments 2-5 stained with black. Length 6 mm. Hab. — Melbourne (Bakewell). Types in Oxford University Museum. E. INCONSPICUA, n.sp. (J. Clypeus short, without a triangular truncation at the apex; head delicatel}^ punctured, with a short, faint sidca between the antennae. Anterior margin of the prothorax moderately raised; the whole thorax punctured. The median segment finely reticulate. Abdomen finely punctured, the median sulca on tlie first segment extending from the base more than half-way to the apex, segments 2-4 with an impressed transverse line near the base, and with a raised mark on each side near the apical margin, the marks indistincth^ connected and widely emarginate in the centre. Shining black, with white pubescence; the postscutellum white; the mandibles, antennae and the tarsi of the anterior legs fusco- ferruginous. Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures black. Length 6 mm. 9. Unknown. Hah. — Cairns, Q. Allied to E. imrca. E. PARCA, n.sp. (J. Clypeus hardly at all advanced, without a basal carina or oblique truncation, transversely truncate at the apex, very delicately punctured, pubescent at the sides. Head finel}- punc- tured, with a very delicate longitudinal carina from the vertex to the anterior ocellus. Prothorax long, the anterior margin raised, except in the middle, very finel}'' and closely punctured, as is also the mesothorax, which is very short. Scutellum subtriangular, narrowly truncate at the apex, rather more sparsely punctured. Median segment finely reticulate, almost smooth at the base. Abdonien fusiform, very delicately and closely punctured, the first segment with a short sulca from the base; segments 2-4 with a raised mark on each side near the apical margin, and with the I5Y HOWLAND E. TURNER. 203 apical margin widely einarginate. Hypopygium rounded and ciliated at the apex. Black; the clypeus, postscutellum and an interrupted line on the anterior margin of the prothorax white; mandibles and anterior tibiae and tarsi fuscous. Wings hyaline iridescent, with a fuscous cloud in the radial cell, nervures fusco- testaceous. Length 7-8 mm. 2- Head rectangular, rather longer than broad, the front between the antennae deeply and narrowl}^ emarginate ; the mandibles acute at the apex, not bidentate. The whole insect punctured, the punctures large and elongate. The prothorax longer than broad, slightly narrowed anteriorly; the median seg- ment about the same length as the prothorax, .slightly narrowed anteriorly; the median segment about the same length as the prothorax, slightly broadened to the apex, obliquely depressed posteriorly. Abdomen cylindrical, the first segment vertically truncate at the base. Entirely castaneous. Length 5 mm. Hab. — Mackay, Q.((J9 in cop.). E. FULVICOSTALIS, n.sp. (J. Clypeus slightly advanced, punctured, with a small, sub- triangular truncation at the apex, the apical margin transversely truncate. Head and thorax densely and finely punctured, the prothorax not very long, with the anterior margin raised and the sides nearly parallel; the scutellum rounded at the apex, the median segment reticulate, closely punctured at the base, short and depressed. Abdomen short, fusiform, finely punctured; the first segment with a short median sulca from the base; segments 2-4 with a raised mark on each side near the apical margin. The hyi)opygium rounded and ciliated at the apex. Black; the mandibles and antennae, except the scape, fulvous; the tibias and tarsi of the anterior legs fuscous. Wings hyaline, faintly fiavo- hyaline at the base, splendidly iridescent, nervures fulvous. Length 7 mm. 9. The whole insect punctured, the punctures large and more or less elongate. Head rectangular, longer than wide, with a strong median frontal .sulca; wider than the thorax. Prothorax 264 REVISION OF THK TIIYNNID.E OP AUSTRALIA, I., slightly narrowed anteriorly, broader than long; median segment much broadened at the apex, where it is obliquely truncate. Abdomen subcylindrical, first segment verticall}'' truncate ante- riorly, the two apical segments narrowed, the pygidium pointed, with a small tuft of pubescence at the apex. Chestnut-brown, abdominal segments suffused with fuscous. Length 3-4 mm. Hah. — Mackay,Q ((J9 in cop.). E. oscuLANs, n.sp. (J. Clypeus very slightly advanced, with a very short carina from the i)ase joining a narrow, oblique, triangular truncation which extends to the apex. Head densely punctured, narrowed behind the eyes. Prothorax long, the anterior margin straight and raised, the raised collar narrowU^ interrupted in the middle. Mesothorax and prothorax very delicately punctured, the pro- thorax niost sparsely; scutellum sparsely punctured, rounded at the apex. Median segment finel}' reticulated, smooth at the base. Abdomen ver}^ delicately and closel}'' punctured, shining, elongate fusiform, the first segment with a short median basal sulca, seg- ments 2-4 with slightly raised marks on each side near the apical margin. Hypopygium rounded, ciliated. Black; a white line on the anterior margin of the clypeus, the triangular truncation of the clypeus white; tibi^ and tarsi of the anterior legs fuscous. Wings hyaline, with a faint fuscous cloud in the radial cell, nervures fuscous. Length 8 mm. Hah. — Mackay, Q. Nearest to E. vitripeiDiis Sm. E. VITRIPENNIS Sm. Thynnus {Eirone) vitripennis Sm., Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p.41, n.ll3,1859(cJ$). g. Tlie scutellum is rounded at the apex; the median segment is rounded, depressed at the apex, delicately reticulate, most finely at the base. The abdomen is finely and very- shallowly punctured. The third cubital cell is considerably narrowed along the radial nervure. BY ROWLAND K. TURNER. 265" llab, — Victoria (Lower Plenty). The female under this name in the British Museum does not correspond with Smith's description. The type appears to be lost. E. TUBERCULATA 8m. ThijMias [Eirone) t^tbercn/atus Sm., Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 41, n.ll2,1859(cJ9). g. The scutellum is rather broadly subtruncate at the apex; the median segment rather long and narrow at the apex, finely reticulate, with a short median sulca from the base. The abdomen is subpunctate, segments 2-4 with a curved raised mark near the apical margin on each side. 9. An impressed median longitudinal line on the apical portions of abdominal segments 2-4, and a curved raised mark on each side near the apical margin. The pygidium at the apex is acute, with a faint median carina and the lateral margins slightly raised. Bab. — Victoria (Lower Plenty). E. RUFICORNIS Sm. Thynnus (^Agriomyia) rujicornis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 34, n.89, 1859((J). Thynnus haerdtii D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 108((J). The clypeus has a short carina from the base, joining a smooth, oblique, triangular truncation which extends to the apex. Hypo- pygium rounded and ciliated at the apex. Hab. — Swan River, W.A. E. SCUTELLATA, n.Sp. (^. Clypeus with a very short delicate carina from the base, a short and wide triangular truncation at the apex. Head and thorax densely punctured; head narrowed behind the eyes; the anterior margin of the prothorax very slightly raised; the scu- tellum rather broadly truncate at the apex. Median segment short, depressed and subtruncate posteriorly, delicately reticulate. Abdominal segments shining, with very fine punctures at the 266 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., base, smooth at the apex. Pygidium smooth and rounded. Abdomen fusiform, short. Black; antennae fuscous, the scape ferruginous; mandibles, the anterior portion of the clypeus, a narrowly interrupted line on the anterior margin of the protliorax, a curved line before the tegulae, the tegula3, a large spot on the scutellum, a transverse line on the postscutellum and the legs yellow. Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures testaceous. Length 5-7 mm. 9. Head much longer than wide, slightly narrowed to the posterior margin, shining, very finely and sparsely punctured, with a very delicate median frontal sulca. Prothorax narrowed ^nd rounded anteriorly, about the same length as the median segment, wdiich is modeiately broadened to the apex where it is obliquely truncate. Thorax, median segment and abdomen shining, with large, elongate, shallow punctures. Abdomen sub- cylindrical, the first segment truncate at the base, the lateral angles of the truncation produced into short spines, a minute tubercle beneath near the base. Epipygium pointed. Entirely castaneous. Length 3 mm. Hah. — Mackay, Q.((J9 in cop.). Cape York, Q. Cape York specimens have the whole pronotum yellow, and the sculpture on the median seghient is coarser. E. LUCiDA Sm. Thynnus {Agriomyia) lucidus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.36, n.95, 1859((J). The antennae are black, not yellow as in the following species; it is also much less strongly punctured, especially on the abdomen. The type is in the Oxford University Museum. 9. Unknown. Hah. — Tasmania. E. LUCiDULA, n.sp. (J. Clypeus almost smooth, a very faint median carina from the base to the centre, whence the clypeus is broadly triangularly truncate to the apex. Head punctured, least strongly on the xjcciput. Prothorax of moderate length, the anterior margin BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 267 raised. The whole thorax punctured, the scutellum rounded at the apex. Median segment smooth at the extreme Imse, witlj a slight median depression, the remainder of the segment rugulose, most finely near the apex; the segment is obliquely depressed to the apex. Abdomen short, fusiform, delicately punctured; the first segment with a short median sulca from the base. H^^po- pygium broadly rounded, ciliated. Black; antennae, mandibles, clypeus on the apical half, tegula? and legs yellow. Wings hyaline, slightly iridescent, nervures fuscous, testaceous at the base. Length 10-11 mm. O. Head rectangular, rather longer than broad, with fine scattered punctures, the front more closel}^ punctured, with a short median frontal sulca. Thorax and median segment sparsely and finely punctured; the prothorax narrowed and rounded anteriorly, as broad on the posterior margin as long; the median segment as long as the prothorax, obliquely truncate at the apex, where it is nearl}^ twice as broad as at the base. Abdomen broader than the thorax, subcylindrical, punctured. Pygidium short, nearly pointed at the apex. Black; ttie antennae fusco- ferruginous; the protliorax, the two basal and tw^o apical abdominal segments, the mandibles, clypeus, anterior legs, all the tarsi and the extreme apex of the intermediate and posterior tibiae ferru- ginous-red. Length 5 mm. ^a6.— Mackay, Q.((J9 in cop.); Wagga, N. S.W.; Victoria; S. Australia, The female from S. Australia has the legs entirely ferruginous and the third and fourth abdominal segments black on the basal half only. E. CRASSICEPS, n.sp. (J. Clypeus not much produced, with a short carina from the base and an oblique triangular truncation at the apex, the surface of the truncation smooth, the sides very finely punctured. Head very large, very slightly narrowed behind the eyes, densely punctured, a small V-shaped carina between the antennae, the space between the carinas marked with a very faint median carina. Prothorax finely punctured, the anterior margin raised, as broad 268 REVISION OF THE THYNNII)^ OF AUSTRALIA. I., as the head ))ut not long. Mesothorax and scutellum strongly punctured, the scutellum strongly rounded at the aj^ex. Median segment strongly punctured, reticulate at the apex and smooth at the extreme base, obliquely truncate posteriorly. Abdomen densely covered with minute shallow punctures; first segment with a short median sulca from the base and a small tubercle at the base beneath; segments 2-4 wdth a small, raised, smooth mark on each side near the apical margin. Epipygium smooth, rounded at the apex. Black; the antennse fusco-ferruginous; legs pale ferruginous marked with yellow; clypeus, mandibles, a line on the anterior margin of the prothorax and the tegulfe yellow. Wings hyaline, slightly iridescent, nervures black. Length 6-8 mm. 2. Unknown. ' Hah.— Cape York, Q. E. FERRUGINEICEPS, n.sp. (J. Head rather large, strongly punctured; clypeus produced moderately, transversely rugose, with a median carina from the base to the apex. Prothorax long, as broad as the head, trans- versely rugulose, the anterior margin raised, the sides not quite parallel. Mesothorax and scutellum strongly punctured, the scutellum subtriangular, narrowl}^ rounded at the apex. Medi?.n segment short, depressed to the apex, finely reticulate, smooth at the base. Abdomen punctured, with a transverse line near the base of segments 2-4, which are almost smooth at the base and on the apical margin. Epipygium at the apex smooth and rounded. Black; head, except the clypeus and mandibles, the five basal abdominal segments, except the base of the first, ferruginous. Tarsi fuscous. Wings hyaline, nervures black. Length 11-13 mm. The first abdominal segment has an acute tubercle near the centre beneath. 9. Unknown. Hab. — Sydney. Apparently allied to E, castaneiceps, but I have not been able to study the mouth-parts. BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 269 E. CASTANEICEPS, n.Sp. -J. Clypeus produced anteriorly, rather narrowly truncate at the apex, with a longitudinal carina from the base to the apex, punctured. Head rather large, strongly punctured, the antenna? very short, a raised carina above the base of the antennae on each side, the front between the antennae narrowly truncate. Pro- thorax long and broad, as broad as the head, the sides parallel, the anterior margin raised. The thorax finel}^ and densely punc- tured, most finely on the prothorax; the scutellum triangular, more sparsely punctured, with a very delicate longitudinal carina from the base to the apex. Median segment smooth at the base, very finely reticulate on the apical portion, rather short and obliquely depressed to the apex. Abdomen shining, with close, shallow punctures, the apical margins of the segments smooth. Segments 2-4: with a faint depressed transverse line near the base and a faint raised mark on each side near the apical margin. Pygidium smooth and rounded at the apex. The first segment beneath with an elevated longitudinal carina from the base, ending in a tubercle at the base of the oblique, triangular, apical truncation of the segment. Light chestnut-brown; the clypeus, anterior margin of the piothorax and postscutellum yellowish; antennae, except the scape, and the three apicaJ abdominal seg- ments black. Wings hyaline, faintly iridescent, nervures fuscous, stio;ma testaceous. Length 1 2 mm. $. Unknown. Hab. — Mackay, Q. The first and third joints of the maxillary palpi are the shortest, the others subequal. May have to be separated from Eirone. Genus A r i p h r o n Erichson. Ariphron Erichs., Arch. f. Naturgesch.viii.Pt.l, p. 264, 1842(9). (J. Clypeus very narrowly produced, usually with a median carina; antennae of moderate length, usually longer than the head and thorax without the median segment. Head rounded, the sides with rather long pubescence, not much lengthened and 20 270 REVISION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I., curled as in I'achynomyia. The head beneath concave, but not nearly as widely so as in Tachynomyia. Maxillary palpi with the three apical joints filiform and much elongated as in Aelurus, the basal joint very short. Labium rather short, labial palpi rather stout, the basal joint the longest, without hairs at the apex. No hairs on the labium. Labrum narrow, rounded anteriorly and ciliated, rather long and slightly narrowed to the base. The galea of the maxilla shows an obscure dividing line. The abdomen is short, petiolate; the hypopygium has a spine on each side near the base, and is produced either narrowly or tri- angularly to the base of the apical spine. The third cubital cell is long and receives the second recurrent nervure at about one- third of the distance from the base to the apex. The claspers are very long and slender. 9. Head flat, quadrate, broader than the prothorax, the max- illary palpi (according to Erichson) six-jointed; the mandibles not bidentate. The prothorax is deeply excavated in the known species, the median segments rather short, and the tarsal ungues simple. The pygidium varies a good deal. Type A. bicolor Erichs. Key to the Species of Ariphron. ^ ^ . i. Antennae bright orange. A. Wholly black. a. Median segment coarsely rugulose. A. petiolafiis Sm. b. Median segment shining, with a few shallow punctures. A. vagulus, n.sp. B. Black and ferruginous. a. Legs and abdomen, except segments 4-5, ferruginous. A. rigidulus, n.sp. ii. Antennae black. A. Wholly black. a. Wings fusco- violaceous. A. hospes, n.sp. b. Wings fusco-hyaline. a^. Median segment punctured. A. blandulus, n.sp. 62. Median segment smooth. A. rixosus Sm. c. Wings hyaline, iridescent. A. nudulu'^, n.sp. B. Abdomen and legs at least ferruginous or testaceous. a. Margins of prothorax yellow, abdomen and legs ferruginous. A. tryphonoides Sm. b. Wholly testaceous. .4, pallididus, n.sp. BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 271 $ 5 . i. Head very much broader than prothorax, as broad as long or broader. a. Pygidium broadly transversely truncate at apex. a'^. Ferruginous; abdomen, except pygidium, black. A. hicolor Erichs. h'^. Wholly ferruginous-brown, A. tryphojioides Sm. h. Pygidium more elongate, very narrowly rounded at apex, with a strong median carina, a-. Dull ferruginous, abdomen black. A. blandulus, n.sp. ii. Head very little broader than prothorax, rather longei than broad. a. Wholly testaceous. A. nudulus, n.sp. Ariphron BicoLOR Erichs. Ariphron hicolor Erichs., Arch, f, Naturgesch. viii. Pt. 1, p. 264, n.239,t.5,f.l, 1842(9). The male of this fine species is still unknown. A. PETIOLATUS Sm. Thynnus iMiolatns Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii.p.36,n.94,1859((J) The hypopygium has a spine on each side near the base, thence very narrowly produced with parallel sides to the base of the apical spine. The clypeus is narrowly produced anteriorly and has a carina from the base, not reaching the apex. 9. Unknown. Hah. — Melbourne, Vic. (French); Hunter River, N. S.W.; Cairns, Q. Melbourne specimens are 12-13 mm. in length, those from Cairns 8-10 mm. The type is from the Hunter River, and is intermediate in size. A. VAGULUS, n.sp. (J. Clypeus produced anteriorly, very narrowly truncate at the apex, with a median longitudinal carina from the base to the apex; the sides of the clypeus finely and densely punctured and thinly covered with rather long grey pubescence. Head and thorax punctured, median segment shining, sparsely and shallowly punctured, longer than in A.petiolatics Sm., narrowed and rounded at the apex. Abdomen slenderer than in A. lyetiolatus, the petiole "2r2 REVISION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I., longer and more gradually widened, the second segment depressed at the base above. The whole abdomen shining, smooth on the basal segments, densely and shallowly punctured on the two or three apical segments. Hypopygium with an acute spine on each side, thence very narrowly produced with parallel sides, narrow- ing slightly and abruptly into the apical spine. Black; the antenna? bright orange, the clypeus at the apex, the mandibles and two minute spots between the antennae fuscous. Length 11 mm. 9. Unknown. Hah. — Victoria (French). Near A. petiolatus Sm., from which it may be easil}'- distin- guished by the shining median segment and the slenderer abdomen. A. HOSPES, n.sp. (J. Head broad, slightly and widely emarginate posteriorly, occiput with rather sparse, fine, shallow punctures, front densely and coarsely punctured. Clj^peus with a strong median longi- tudinal carina, densely clothed with white pubescence. Thorax punctured, most finely on the protborax; the anterior margin of the prothorax slightly raised, with a narrow, smooth, depressed line behind it. Scutellum broadly rounded posteriorly. Median segment rounded to the apex, ver}'- finely punctured. Abdomen petiolate, oval, shining, subpunctate; the epipygium rugose, with a delicate median carina. Hypopj'gium with a spine on each side near the base, thence narrowly produced and rounded at the apex, with a sharp apical spine. Beneath the abdomen is more strongly punctured, the first segment has an oblique triangular truncation at the apex. Hind trochanters with an acute spine beneath. Entirely black. Wings fusco-hyaline, with violet reflections, lighter at • the base and apex, nervures fuscous. Length 14 mm. 9. Unknown. Hah. — Australia. Type in Oxford University Museum, ex Coll. Saunders. BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 273 A. BLANDULUS, 11. sp. ^. Clypeus with a longitudinal median carina from the base to the apex, narrowly produced and truncate at the apex, thickly clothed with grey pubescence. Head densely punctured, pubes- cent, a very short, shallow sulca between the antennae, and a delicate carina from the vertex to between the two posterior ocelli. Thorax densely punctured, most coarsely on the meso- thorax, scutellum broadly rounded at the apex. Median segment finely punctured-rugulose, clothed with grey pubescence. Abdo- men smooth and shining, subpetiolate; a rather deep depression near the base of the second segment. Epipygium with a few deep punctures, pubescent; hypopygium with a spine on each side near the base, thence sharply narrowed into a long apical spine. Entirely black, with ashy-grey pubescence. Wings fusco- hyaline, hyaline at the base. Nervures black. Length 1 1 mm. 9. Head subquadrate, large, very much broader than the thorax, shining and punctured; the front opaque, very finely and densely punctured, the punctures confluent longitudinally. A short, fine sulca betw^een the antennae, and a slight median depression on the vertex. The mandibles short and blunt. Prothorax narrow and depressed anteriorly, the anterior half with the margins raised, forming a prominent cordiform carina, the enclosed area depressed, the centre of the prothorax transversely elevated and the posterior portion oblique. The mesothorax very small, raised above the posterior margin of the prothorax; the median segment oblique from the base, much broadened to the apex, with a few scattered punctures, shorter than the prothorax. Abdomen shining, finely punctured, the first segment vertically truncate at the base, the third segment the broadest. Epipygium with a strong median carina from the base to the apex. Ferruginous, the abdomen black, the pygidium and the margins of the segments fuscous. Length 9 mm. Hab. — Berwick, Vic. Types in Coll. Froggatt. 274 REVISION OF THE THYNNIDiE OF AUSTRALIA, I., A.. RIXOSUS Sm. Thynnus rixosus Sm., Desc.n.sp.Hym. p. 168, n.27, 1879((J). Hah. — Champion Bay, W.A. A. NUDULUS, n.sp. (J. Clypeus with a median carina from the base to tiie apex, narrowly produced anteriorly. Head finely punctured, with thin, short, grey pubescence. The thorax is a little more strong!}^ punctured than the head, the scutellum short, broadly rounded at the apex; the median segment obliquely depressed at the apex, smooth and shining at the base, delicately punctured on the apical portion. Abdomen subpetiolate, smooth and shining; epipygium strongly punctured. Hypopygium with a small spine on each side, thence gradually narrowed to the apical spine. Black; the apex of the sixth abdominal segment and the pygidium fuscous; spines of the tibiae testaceous. Wings hj^aline, irides- cent, nervures black. Length 8 mm. ^. Head quadrate, linely punctured; a short sulca between the antenn*, broader than the prothorax. Prothorax a little longer than wide, with a deep excavation on each side of the anterior portion, divided by a prominent median carina; the mesothorax small; the median segment subtriangular, abruptly truncate pos- teriorly, flat above and sparsely punctured. Abdomen sub- cylindrical, shining, very delicately punctured, the fifth segment emarginate at the apex, epipygium lanceolate, with a strong longitudinal median carina. Entirely light castaneous-brown. Length 5 mm. y/rt6._Tweed River, N. S.W. Types in Coll. Froggatt, without locality, but the locality on another male is as given. A. RIGIDULUS, n.sp. (J. Clypeus with a median longitudinal carina, narrowly pro- duced anteriorly and truncate at the apex, clothed w4th grey pubescence; front coarsely rugulose, occiput shallowly punctured. Prothorax short, shining, depressed anteriorly; mesothorax and BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 275 scutellura strongly punctured. Median segment short, rounded, shining, with small shallow punctures. Abdomen petiolate, smooth and shining, the second segment depressed at the base. Hypopygium shorter than in most of the species of the genus, with a lateral spine near the base, then gradually narrowed to the base of the apical spine, which is slightly recurved. Black; the mandibles dark rufo-testaceous-black at the apex; antennae, except the basal half of the scape, the legs, except the coxae and tro- chanters, the first, second and basal half of the third and the whole of the two apical abdominal segments bright rufo- testaceous. Wings pale flavo-hyaline, nervures testaceous, the stigma fuscous. Length 12 mm. Hah. — Melbourne, Vic. (French). A. TRYPHONOIDES Sm. Thynnus tryphonoides Sm., Cat.Hym.B.M,vii.34,n.86,1859((J); Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.68, 1859(9). (J. Smith's description does not refer to the sculpture. The clypeus has a carina from the base not reaching the apex, which is smooth, thinly clothed with long cinereous pubescence. The head densely punctured. Prothorax very shallowl}', mesothorax more strongly, median segment finely and densely punctured. Abdomen shining, the hypopygium with a spine on each side near the base, thence sharply narrowed into the apical spine, which is long and slightly recurved. The six or seven apical joints of the antennae are produced and narrowed beneath at the base. The cubital nervure is bent at the point of recep- tion of the first recurrent nervure, having beyond that point almost the appearance of being a continuation of the first recurrent rather than of the cubital nervure. The division of the first cubital cell is indicated by a faint scar only. 9. Head quadrate, much broader than the thorax, punctured, the projection between the antennae divided by a median suture, a small tubercle at the base of the mandibles, which are simple. The anterior portion of the prothorax depressed, with a median carina, and the lateral margins slightly raised, having a depres- 276 REVISION OP THE THyNXID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., sion oil each side of the carina; the prothorax posteriorly much elevated and somewhat narrowed, forming a subtubercular pro- minence as high as the mesothorax. Median segment punctured, short, much broadened and vertically truncate posteriorly. Abdomen shining, finely punctured: epipygium broadly truncate at the apex. Entirely ferruginous-brown. Length 7 mm. Hah. — Adelaide, S.A.; Victoria. A. PALLIDULUS, n.sp. ^. Clypeus narrowly produced to the apex, finely punctured, with an indistinct carina from the base not quite reaching the apex. Head strongly punctured, with a well developed median froatal sulca. Prothorax very short and depressed: mesothorax strongly punctured, the scutellum short and broadly truncate at the apex. Median segment shining, sparsely punctured, the punctures very minute and shallow. Abdomen flattened above and beneath, smooth and shining, subpetiolate, the second seg- ment depressed at the base. Hypopygium with a spine on each side near the base, thence very suddenly narrowed and produced, very slender, with parallel sides to the base of the apical aculeus, which is rather long. Testaceous-brown, the clypeus, front, marnns of the prothorax, and postscutellum testaceous-yellow: the antennie, except the scape and two basal joints of the flagellum, black. Length 9 mm. ^. Unknown. Hah. — Cairns, Q. Genus T a c h y n o m y i a Guer. Tachynomyia Guer., Mag. de Zool. xii. 1842 (nee Ashmead). Aelurus Westw , (nee Klug) Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p. 122, 1844. Aelurus ^m., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. .53, 1859. Pseudaelurus Ashm., Canad. Ent. xxxv. g. Head broad, the sides with a beard of long curled hair.s, beneath strongly concave. The clypeus is moderately advanced, more broadly than in Ariphron; the cheeks are produced into a spine or tubercle at the base of the mandibles. The maxillae are BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. -J, i fringed with long hairs, the maxillary palpi have the basal joint veiy short and the three apical joints much elongated, not quite as long and slender as in Aelurus. The division of the galea is obsolete. The labium has a tuft of very long hairs at the apex, and the first joint of the labial palpi is long, swollen at the apex and furnished with a cluster of very long hairs (nearly absent in some Queensland species). The abdomen is subpetiolate and the hypopygium armed, the latter varying much in shape. Labrum small, borne on a long petiole. ^. Rugose or coarsely punctuied, the head more or less convex, the mandibles simple, the labial palpi four-jointed, the basal joint the longest; maxillae and maxillary palpi very minute, rudi- mentary; pygidium usually simple; tarsal ungues simple in some species, bifid in most. Type T. ahdominalis (ruer. This genus is amply distinct from Aelurus Klug, with which it was confused by West wood and Smith. Ashmead has perceived the marked differences, but has got into confusion by a wrong identification of T. spiiiolcp, which he erroneously regards as the type of Tachynomyia. T. abdominalis is described in Guerin's w ork before T. sjjinolce, and should therefore be the type of the new genus proposed for the two, which are in my opinion varieties of the same species. Ashmead's genus Pseudaelurus must sink in any case. Kty to the Species of Tachynomyia. J (J . A. Hypopygium with parallel sides, subcorneal at apex, with a central spine at the apex. a. Abdomen bright ferruginous. a'~. Scutellum and postscutellum marked with yellow. T. abdominalLs Goer. b. Thorax and abdomen entirely ferruginous-brown. T. concolor, n.sp. B. Hypopygium with parallel sides, subconical or subtruncaie ai the apex, with two small notches on one or both sides of the apical spine. a. Second and third abdominal segments ferruginous. a2, Clypeus with a strong median carina. T. iKt-ah'-^ Sm. b^. Clypeus without or almost without a carina. T. ruhtUa Sm. 278 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., 6. entirely black. a.2. Abdominal segments constricted. T . 'paradelx)ha^ n.sp. 6"2. Abdominal segments not constricted. a^. Pubescence on head fulvous. T. ohliterata, n.sp. 6^. Pubescence on head grey. T. senex Sm, c. Tibiae and tarsi ferruginous, T. 2^u)ictata, Sm. C. Hypopygium emarginate at the apex, with an apical spine, a. Second and third abdominal segments ferruginous. a-. Postscutellum black ; mesothorax shining, sparsely punctured. T. sedidoides, n.sp. b'^. Postscutellum yellow; mesothorax opaque, closely punc- tured. T. volatUis Sm. h. Black, with ferruginous legs. rtt. Anterior margin of the prothorax and the postscutellum yellow . T. fervens Sm. D. Hypopygium broadened from the base to the apex, where it is emarginate with a long apical spine, a. Black, the legs ferruginous. T. abstinens^ n.sp. E. Hypopygium subtriangular, the sides serrate; apical spine very short, a. Black, the legs ferruginous. a"2. Abdomen coriaceous, clothed with fine pubescence. T. 'piloHula Sm. F. Hypopygium rounded, with a short apical spine. a. Second and third abdominal segments ferruginous. a'^. Pubescence on the front pale golden. T. anrifrons Sm. h. Sides of all the abdominal segments ferruginous. a^. Anterior margin of the prothorax yellow. T. comhusta Sm. c. Black, the legs ferruginous or fuscous from near the base of the femora. T. moerens Westw. G. Hypopygium with a lateral spine on each side near the base or with prominent angles, thence gradually narrowed to the base of the apical spine. a. Hypopygium rounded at the base of the apical spine, a^. Wings hyaline, crossed with a fuscous band. a^. Scutellum with an apical emargination and a small tubercle on each side. aA. Postscutellum and anterior margin of the prothorax white. T. fascipennis, n.sp. 5=^ Scutellum without tubercles or emargination. a^. Wholly black. T. anthracina Sm. 6"2. Wings hyaline, iridescent. a'^. Postscutellum and anterior margin of the prothorax white. T. Jlavojncto. Ritsema. BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 279 $ $ . A. First abdominal segment with a distinct transverse carina before the apex. a. Head black, thorax and legs ferruginous. Sparsely punc- tured. T, abdominalis Guer. b. Black, thorax and legs ferruginous. Closely punctured. T. punctata Sm. B. The carina before the apex of the first abdominal segment either absent or indistinct. a. Tarsal ungues bifid. a'^. Abdominal segments closely and finely punctured. T. adusta Sm. 62. Abdominal segments sparsely punctured, the punctures large. T. incana Sm. h. Tarsal ungues simple. a'^. Strongly punctured. Second abdominal segment broadly emarginate on the apical margin, a^. Head not much narrowed posteriorly. T. anfhracina Sm. 6^, Head much narrowed posteriorly. T.fascipennis, n.sp. C. Pygidium contracted at the base. a. Sparsely punctured. Second abdominal segment not emar- ginate on the apical margin. T. Jlavopicta Ritsema. T. ABDOMINALIS Guer. Agriomyia {Tachynomyia) abdominalis Guer., Mag. de Zool. xii. p.5, 1842((J). Aelurus abdominalis Westw., Arc. Ent. ii. 2, p. 122, 1844{(J). Agriomyia {TacJiynomyia) spinolce Guer., Mag. de Zool. xii. p. 6, 18-t2(^). Thynnus ftrvidus Erichs., Arch.f.Naturgesch. viii. Pt.l, p.263^ 11.237, 1842(^). ThyiDius abdominalis D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 100, 1897((J) [nee Fabr.]. This species may be recognised by the light ferruginous colour of the abdomen with the basal segment black. T. spinolca Guer., seems to be merely a colour-variety, as Guerin himself suggests. In spite of this Ashmead makes the two forms the types of dis- tinct genera, erroneously choosing spi7iohe as the type of Tachyno- m,yia. I have seen specimens in which the black colour of the thorax is replaced by a ferruginous-red as noticed by Smith, and also intermediate forms. 280 REVISION OP THE THYNNID^ OP AUSTRALIA, I., 9. Head convex, subquadrate, shining and sparsely punctured, a faint median sulca on the front; prothorax broader than long, the sides parallel; mesothorax narrowed posteriorly; median seg- ment broadened posteriori}^ and obliquely truncate; thorax and median segment sparsely punctured. First abdominal segment with a transverse depression just before the apex, the apical margin recurved, forming a raised carina; second segment with a transverse carina close to the base, a transverse depressed line following it; the apical margin depressed, with a transverse row of fine punctures. All the segments punctured, the three basal sparsely, the three apical finely and densely. Abdomen beneath finely punctured, the first segment with an acute tubercle at the base. Tarsal ungues simple. Fuscous; the head black: thorax, median segment and legs ferruginous; antennae, except the scape, and the two apical abdominal segments f usco-ferruginous. Length 9 mm. Hah. — Victoria; Tasmania. The female is described from a specimen in the Oxford Uni- versity Museum collected by Bake well. T. CONCOLOR, n.sp. (J. Clypeus punctured, with a median carina from the base to near the middle, a smooth, longitudinal, median line below the carina, the apex smooth and rather narrow^ truncate, the sides densely covered with long fulvous pubescence. Head finely rugulose, with fulvous pubescence on the front and a beard of long fulvous hairs on the sides. Prothorax almost smooth, the anterior margin raised, mesothorax and scutellum punctured, the scutellum broadly truncate at the apex. Median segment long, shining, almost smooth, very slightly depressed at the base. Abdomen slender, subpetiolate, almost smooth: the first segment with a deep median sulca from the base not reaching the apex. Epipygium punctured. Hypopygiuni prominent; the sides curving upwards, nearly parallel, slightly diverging to the apex; the apical margin subconical, ciliated, the apical spine slightly recurved. Ferruginous-brown, the head and flagellum of the BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 281 antennae black; the clypeus ferruginous, its apical margin dull yellow. Length 14 mm. Q. Unknown. Hab. — Berwick, Vic. Type in Coll. Ftoggatt. T. BASALIS Sm. Aelurus basalis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 55, n.8, 1859((J). Thynnus sennhoferi D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 1 15, 1897. Hah. — Australia. T. RUBELLA Sm. Aelurits rubellus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. 56, n.ll, 1859((J). Thynyius friedrichii D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 107, 1897. The type of this species seems to be lost. It is very near the last species, but has no central carina on the clypeus, and the sculpture of the abdomen appears to be different. It is also a smaller species. Hab.—Ijowev Plenty, Vic.(Bakewell). T. PARADELPHA, H.sp. ^. Clypeus densely clothed with cinereous pubescence, advanced and broadly truncate at the apex. Head and thorax rugulose, the cheek produced into a short blunt spine at the base of the mandibles and with a long beard of curled cinereous hairs. The pubescence pale fulvous and thin on the front and the mesonotum, cinereous and thick on the occiput, prothorax and median seg- ment. Median segment delicately reticulate, finely punctured at the extreme base. Abdomen subpunctate, first segment short and stouter than is usual in the genus, a strong median sulca from the base not reaching the apex, and a very obscure carina from the end of the sulca to the apex. Second segment with a faint median carina from near the base to the apex; a similar carina, scarcely visible, on the third segment. Segments 2-4 with a rounded elevation on each side near the apical margin; tlie second strongly, the third and fourth slightly constricted near *282 REVISION OF THE THYNNID^ OF AUSTRALIA, I., the base. Hypopygium almost truncate at the apex, with a strong apical spine, the apical angles produced into very short spines, and the margiy notched, giving it a serrated appearance. Antennae rather shorter than in the allied species. Entirely black. Wings hyaline, nervures fuscous. Length 14 mm. Hah. — Victoria (French). Somewhat resembles some species of Thynnoides^ but tlie mouth- parts show it to be a true Tachynomyia. T. OBLITERATA, n.Sp. (J. Head finely rugulose, densely clothed with long fulvous pubescence, and a long beard of the same colour on the sides; a short, sharp spine at the base of the mandibles. Clypeus clothed with long golden pubescence, with a carina from the base to the apex. Prothorax finely, mesothorax and scutellum more coarsely rugulose; the scutellum short, broadly truncate at the apex; the prothorax thickly, the mesothorax more thinly clothed with fulvous pubescence. Median segment finely reticulate, punctured at the extreme base, with long griseous pubescence on the sides. Abdomen subpunctate, ovoid, the sculpture very shallow and indistinct, a sulca on the first segment from the base almost reaching the apex, second segment depressed at the base, the pubescence on the sides of the abdomen griseous, on the epipy- gium pale fulvous. Hypopygium with a slightly recurved apical spine, a short blunt tooth on the apical margin, close to the base of the apical spine, and another at the apical angle rather longer and more acute, giving the apical margin the appearance of being doubly notched on each side. Black; the mandibles fuscous at the apex, the tegulae and the spines of the tibise and tarsi fusco- ferruginous. Length 11mm. 9. Unknown. Hab. — S. Australia. Type in Coll. Froggatt. T. SENEX Sm. Aeleurus senex Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p. 54, n.5, 1895((J). Thyn7ius schroederi D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 115, 1897((J). Hab.— Waggs,, N. S.W.; Melbourne, Vic. I BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 283 T. PUNCTATA fSm. Thynnus jmnctatus Sm., Cat Hym.B.M.vii.p.44,n. 127, 1859(9). Aelurus dentatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M.vii,p.57,n.l4, 1859((J9). Aelurus incaitus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. 69, 1859(9 nee ^). Thynnus kalteiibrunneri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 109, 1897. g. The median segment is very finely rugulose and the nervures are testaceous-brown. 9. Head subquadrato, slightly convex, broader than long, finely punctured, rather sparsely on the occiput. Thorax and median segment rather strongly punctured, the median segment much shorter than the prothorax and obliquely truncate. The two basal abdominal segments rugose, the first with a transverse carina before the apex; the second and third with a smooth mark on each side near the apical margin. Third, fourth and fifth segments finely punctured, the punctures at the base of the seg- ments very minute. Epipygium rugulose, narrowl}^ rounded at the apex, with fulvous pubescence. Head and abdomen black; thorax, median segment, legs, antennae, mandibles and epipygium dull ferruginous. Length 9 mm. Hab. — Adelaide, S.A. The type of T. punctatus Sm., has the parts which are ferru- ginous in some specimens dark fuscous, and has a faint, short sulca on the front. It is in very bad condition, but I think I am right in identifying it with T. dentatus Sm. T. SEDULOIDES, n.sp. (J. Clypeus advanced, narrowly truncate at the apex, with a delicate carina from the base to the centre, clothed with cinereous pubescence, punctured. Head coarsely and densely punctured; a prominent almost straight carina between the antennae and covering their base. The sides of the head with a long beard of fulvous hairs. Prothorax smooth and shining, the anterior margin raised. Mesothorax sparsely punctured on the disc, finely and closely on the sides between the sulcse. Scutellum large, broadly rounded posteriorly. Median segment densel}' punctured. Abdomen with large shallow punctures; the hypo- 284 REVISION OF THE THYNNID^E OF AUSTRALIA, I., pygium with parallel sides, strongly emarginate at the apex, the apical angles slightly produced and the apical spine long. Beneath the first segment has a longitudinal carina from the base and is obliquely truncate at the apex. Black; the'mandibles, apex of the clypeus, the carina between the antennae, the pro- notum, tegul?e, the apical half of the first, the whole of the second and third abdominal segments, and the sides of the fourth at the base and the legs, except the base of . the coxse, ferruginous. Wings hyaline, nervures fuscous, the costa testaceous. Hah. — Berwick, Yic. Type in Coll. Froggatt. Near T. basalis Sm., in colour, but the sculpture is quite different. T. VOLATILIS Sm. Aelurus volaiilis Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. London^ 1868, p.237((J). Thy7inus mayri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. HI, 1897(J^). Hah. — S. Australia. T. AGiLis Sm. Aelurus agilis^m., Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond.(3)ii. 5,p.390,1865(^). Thynnus ivildaneri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 118, 1897(^). Hah. — Swan River, W.A. I have not seen this species. Smith does not refer to the shape of the hypopygiuin. T. FERVENS Sm. Thynnus fervens Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.58, n.l5, 1859((J). Thijnnus pernteri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 118, 1897((J). I have seen only one specimen of this species. It agrees well with Smith's description, but the abdomen is covered with large shallow punctures, not " fine, very shallow." The scutellum is large and very broadly truncate at the apex. Hah. — Victoria. T. ABSTINENS, n.sp. (J. Head coarsely punctured, rugulose on the front, clypeus densely covered with pale fulvous pubescence, produced and rather narrowly truncate at the apex. The cheeks produced BY ROWLAND E. TUKXEK. 285 into a blunt tubercle at the base of the mandibles, and with a long curled beard of pale fulvous hairs. Prothorax short, the anterior margin slightly raised, sparsely and shallowly punctured. Mesothorax and scutellum coarsely punctured; median segment very finely punctured at the base, finely reticulate on the apical portion, with grey pubescence on the sides. Abdomen shining, subpunctate, the first segment with a median sulca from the base, not quite reaching the apex; second segment depressed and slightly constricted at the base. Hypopygium prominent, witli a median carina beneath, strongly narrowed near the base, then gradually widened to the apex, which is strongly emarginate on each side of the long apical spine, which is slightly recurved, the apical angles are produced into short spines. Black; the man- dibles on their inner margin and the legs, except the coxae and trochanters, ferruginous. The pubescence on the head and disc of the thorax pale fulvous, elsewhere grey. A few fulvous hairs on the apical margin of the hypopygium. Length 10-14 mm. 9. Unknown. Ilab. — Victoria (French). T. PiLOSULA Sm. Aelurus pilosulus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. p. 56, n.lO, 1859((J). The clypeus is finely punctured, with a delicate carina from the base to the apex; the head and thorax are finely rugulose, the scutellum punctured, the median segment delicately reticu- late. The abdomen is finely coriaceous, the epip3^gium shallowly punctured. The hypopygium is subtriangular with two or three small lateral notches and a short apical spine. Hab. — Victoria; Sydney, N. ►S.W. T. COM BUST A Sm. Aelurus combustus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. 55, n.9, 1859((J). Hub. — Moreton Bay. T. AURIFRONS Sm. Aelurus aurifroiis Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. 55, n.9, 1859((J). The head and thorax are rugose and opaque, the prothorax and median segment shining and rugulose. Abdomen shining, 21 286 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.^ OF AUSTRALIA, I., with shallow punctures, the segments smooth at extreme base and apex. The scutellum is broadly truncate at the apex. Hab.—A\ha.ny, W.A. T. MOERENs Westw. Aelurus moerens "Westw., Arc. Eut. ii. 2, 124, 1844((J). Aelurus incanus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.53, n.4, 1859((J). Aelurus vulpinus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p.54, n.7, 1859((J). Thynnus schoberi D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 115, 1897. (^. The clypeus has the anterior region narrowly pale yellow; the colour of the legs varies from fuscous to ferruginous. 9. Head, thorax, median segment and two basal abdominal segments coarsely rugose, the head slightly convex, much broader than long, with a deep depression on each side between the eye and the base of the antenna. Prothorax broader than long; median segment short, obliquely truncate posteriorly, the surface of the truncation finely rugulose. The tarsal ungues bitid. The apical margin of the first abdominal segment raised, forming a transverse carina, and a well marked transverse carina near the base of the second segment. The remaining segments punctured, most sparsely on the sides, almost smooth at the base. Epipygium finely rugulose, narrowly rounded at the apex. Fuscous, antennae and legs ferruginous. Length 13 mm. Hab. — Shoalhaven, Bombala, N.S.W.; Melbourne, Vic. The female described by Smith (Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. 69) is that of 7\ dentatus Sm. T. ADUSTA Sm. Thynnus aduatus Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii.p.43,n.l22, 1859(9). 9. Head and thorax coarsely puuctured, the punctures con- fluent; the head convex, much broader than long, very strongly rounded at the posterior angles. Median segment longer than usual in the genus, broadened posteriorly and obliquely truncate. The two basal abdominal segments rugose, the apical margin of the basal segment forming a strongly raised carina with a depressed transverse line in front of it. Second segment with a transverse carina close to the base, nearly covered by the first BY ROWLAND E. TURNPJR. 287 segment. The remaining segments finel}' and densely punctured, i-ather more sparsely and deeply on the apical portion of the segments. A smooth, shining mark on each side of the third and fourth segments near the apical margin. Pygidium rugulusp, smooth at the extreme apex, with a faint median longitudinal carina. Tarsal ungues bifid. Fuscous; legs, mandibles, clypeus and antennae fusco-ferruginous. Length 1.3 mm. (J. Unknown. Hah. — Australia. T. ANTHRACINA Sm. Aelurus aathracinus Sm., Descr. n.sp. Hym. p.l74, 1879((J9). Thymius milUeri D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. Ill, 1897((J9). (J. Clypeus subtriangularly produced, clothed with whitish pubescence; and a median longitudinal carina from the base to the apex. The head densely punctured, a beard of grey hairs on the sides, a rounded carina between the antennse. Prothorax broad and short, the anterior margin curved backwaids at the sides and produced. The whole thorax densely punctured, most tinely on the prothorax. Scutellum siiort, broadly subtruncate at the apex. Median segment very closely and finely punctured, with grey pubescence on the sides. Abdomen subpetiolate, smooth and shining, the two apical segments with shallow punc- tures. Hypopygium with a sharp angle on each side near the base, thence broadly produced and rounded at the base of the apical spine. Black. Length 13-15 mm. 9. Strongly rounded to the hind margin, very strongly punc- tured, with a very delicate, short, frontal sulca. Thorax and median segment strongly punctured; the prothorax broader than long, the median segments broadened and obliquely truncate posteriorly. Tarsal ungues simple. The two basal abdominal segments rugose, the rest longitudinally punctured-rugose, the epipygium truncate at the apex, with a low broad median carina. Segments 2-4 smooth at the base. Fusco-ferruginous. Length 10-12 mm. Hah. — Bowen, Mackay, Q. 288 REVISION OF THE THYNMDiE OF AUSTRALIA, I., T. FASCIPENNIS n.sp. (^. Clypeus very nai-row]}'- advanced and truncate at tlie apex, densely clothed with cinereous pubescence, with a strong median carina from the base to the apex. Head strongly and ver}^ closely punctured, the interantennal prominence very broadly rounded at the apex; posterior margin of the head straight, iinel}^ and closely punctured on the vertex and behind the eyes; the sides with a beard of long grey hairs. Prothorax short and broad, finely punctured, the anterior angles prominent and recurved. Mesothorax finely punctured, a raised oblique carina on each side above the tegulse. Scutellum prominent, almost vertically truncate posteriorly, the apex strongly emarginate, the angles forming a slight tubercle on each side. Median segment rounded, finely reticulate, with grey pubescence on the sides. Abdomen subpetiolate, elongate-ovoid, shining, sub- punctate; the tirst segment narrower at the apex than in T. ardhracinus Sm., with a very short median sulca fromthe base. Third and fourth segments wider than the second. Hypopygium with a spine on each side near the base, thence gradually narrowed to the base of the apical spine, where it is narrowly rounded. Black; the postscutellum white. Wings hyaline, nervures fuscous; a broad irregular fuscous band cro-sing the forewing from the stigma. Length 11-14 mm. ^. Head, thorax, and median f-egment coarsely rugose; the head gradually narrowed to the posterior margin, where it is narrower and not so strongly rounded at the posterior angles as in T. anthraclna Sm. The protliorax is broadest in the middle; the median segment rather shorter than the prothorax, much broadened to the apex, where it is almost vertically truncate. Abdomen longitudinally rugulose, rugose on the two basal seg- ments. Segments 3-5 almost smooth at the base; the epipygium w4th a delicate, median, longitudinal carina. Dark fuscous; the mandibles, antenna), and legs f usco-ferruginous. Length 9-1 3mm. Hab. — Cairns, Q. Very near T. anthraclna Sm., from which it differs in the male by the shape of the scutellum and the white colour of the post- BY ROWLAND E. TURNER. 289 scutellum. The sliape of the head in tlie female is different, and the median segment is more abruptly truncate. T. FLAVOPiCTA Uitsema. Aehcrus Jiavopictus Ritsema, Ent. Mag. xii. p. 185, 1876((J). Thynnus saemiiMer'i D.T., Cat. Hym. viii. 115, 1897. (J. Clypeus narrowly advanced, very finely punctured, smooth at the apex, with a carina from the base almost reaching the apex, thinly clothed with grey pubescence. Head punctured, the sides with a beard of cinereous pubescence, the cheeks bluntly produced at the base of the mandibles, a delicate longi- tudinal carina from the vertex, almost reaching the anterior ocellus. Prothorax short and broad, not produced at the angles, very sparsely punctured. Mesothorax and scutellum punctured, the scutellum short, truncate at the apex; median segment opaque, pubescent, punctured-rugose. Abdomen smooth and shining, the petiole long and slender, the second segment depressed at the base. Hypopygium with a spine on each side near the base, thence gradually narrowed, the apical spine very short. Black; the anterior margin of the clypeus, two small spots between the antennae, the anterior margin of the piothorax, narrowly interrupted in the middle, the teguke and the post- scutellum yellowish-white. Wings hyaline, faintly iridescent, nervures black. Length 11mm. 9, Head, thorax, and median segment strongly and rather sparsely punctured; head subquadrate, slightly convex, rounded at the posterior angles; prothorax subquadrate, rather broader than long; mesothorax narrowed posteriorly; median segment short, much broader at the apex than the base, obliquely truncate posteriorly, the surface of the truncation very densel}' and finely punctured. The thorax narrower than the head or abdomen. Abdomen with the first segment vertically truncate at the base, the three basal segments strongly and rather sparsely punctured, the apical margins slightly depressed; fourth and fifth segments densely covered with fine, shallow punctures. Pygidium con- tracted at the base, narrow, widened to the apex, where it is 290 REVISION OF THE THYNNID.E OF AUSTRALIA, I., rounded, with a median, longitudinal carina. Dark fuscous, the head black; mandibles, antenna?, legs and pygidium ferruginous. Length 9 mm. Hah. — Mackay, Q.((J9 in cop.), Cairns, Cape York, Q. Described by Ritsema from an Aru specimen. In Aru specimens the scutellum is rather longer, and more rounded than truncate at the apex. T. BARBATA Sm. Adurus harhatiLs Sm., Cat. Hym. B.M. vii. p..57,n.I3, 1859((J9). I have not seen this species, and the type, which was in Bake- well's Collection, appears to be lost. The female seems to be distinguished from that of all other species of the genus by the sculpture of the second abdominal segments. Species of Tachynomyia have been described from the Austro- Malayan region and not yet recorded from Australia as follows : 1. T. COMATA Sm. Aelurus comatus Sm., Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool. vii. p. 27, 1863(^). I/ab. — Waigiou. 2. T. FRAGILIS Sm. Aelurus fragilis Sm., Journ. Proc. Linu. Soc. Zool. viii. p.78, 1864(^). Hah. —Movty. 3. T. INSULARIS Sm. Thynnns insularis Sm., Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool. vii. p. 26, 1863($). Hah. — My sol. The following species which have been described as belonging to Tachynomyia or Aelurus should in my opinion be placed elsewhere: — Tachynomyia caelehs Sauss., Tachynom^yia nitens Sauss., and Aelurus fulvifrons Sm. These will be dealt with in a later paper. 291 CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF AUSTRA- LIAN FORAMINIFERA. Part II. By E. J. GrODDARD, B. A., B.Sc, Junior Demonstrator in Biology, Sydney University, and H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology. ( C oiitinued fi'om Proceedings, 190^, p. 831.) (Plate vi.) This paper might be taken as an addition to the work pub- lished by one or other of us in the Records of the Austrahan Museum, Vol. vi., Pt. 4, or in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 1904, p. 8 10. The recent foraminiferal sands examined have been obtained from dredgings made by Mr. C. Hedley, F.L.S., of the Australian Museum. The fossil material has kindly been supplied by Miss Mary Lodder, Launceston Museum, Tasmania. The materials recorded in this and our previous papers having been obtained from localities on and about the Australian coasts far removed from one another, have enabled us to make deduc- tions regarding the distribution of Foraminifera in Australian waters, and also in connection with the conditions of climate and deposition at the time of the laying down of the Table Cape Beds. 1 . Foraminiferal sands from Van Dieynen^s Inlet, Gidf of Carpentaria; muddy bottom; depth 2 fathoms. Family MILIOLID^. Subfamily MILIOLININ^. 1. Biloculina irregularis d'Orb.; diminutive. 2. Spiroloculina limbata d'Orb.; diminutive. 3. S. arenaria Brad3^ 4. Miliolina seminulum Linn ; diminutive. 292 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIPBRA, II., 5. M. ALVEOLiNiFORMis Brady; diminutive. 6. M. RETICULATA d'Orb. 7. M. ciRCULARis Bornem; diminutive. 8. M. UNDOSA Karrer. Subfamily HAUERININiE. 9. Ophthalmidium inconstans Brady. 10. Planispirina exigua Brady. 11. P. celata Costa. 12. P. (Sigmoilina) sigmoidea Brady. Subfamily PENEROPLIDIN^. 13. Orbitolites sp.; fragments. Family LITUOLTD^. Subfamily TROCHAMMININiE. 14. Trochammina ringens Brady. 1.5. Webbina clavata P. ^t of Sydiiey Heads, by Mr. C. Hedley. Pcin.ily MILr(>LlL)^. Subfamily MILIOLININ^. 1. MiLiOLiNA CULTHATA Brady, 2. Spiroloculina fragilissima Brady. 3. S. GRATA Terq. 4. S. IMPRESSA Terq. 5. S. EXCAVATA d'Orb. 6. 8. LixMBATA d'Orb. 7.8. NiTiDA d'Orb. Subfamily KAUERININ^. 8. Oerviciferina hilli, sp.n. (Plate vi.. figs.7«, b). 9. Planispirina exigua Brady. Subfamily PENEROPLIDINJE. 10. CoRNusPiRA carinata Costa. 11. C. involvens Reuss. -- Family ASTRORHIZID^. Subfamily RHABDAMMININiE. \'l. Mar8IPELLA cylindrica Brady. Family TEXTULARIID^. Subfamily TEXTULARIIN^. 13. Textularia concava Karrer. 14. T. quadrilateralis 8c1i wager. 15. Spiroplecta AMERICANA Ehreiib. Subfamily BULIMININ^. 10. BULIMINA ACULEATA d'Orb, 17. VlRGULINA SUBSQUAMOSA Fgger. 18. BOLIVINA PUNCTATA d'Orb. Subfamily. CASSIDULININJE. 19. Cassidulina crassa d'Orb. 22 302 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II., Family CHEILOSTOMELLID.E. 20. Cheilostomella ovoidea Reuss. 21. Allomorphina trigonl^la Reu8s. Family LAGENID^. Subfamily LAGENIN7E. 22. Lagena sulcata W. & J. 23. L. SULCATA var. interrupta Williamson (apiculate and non- apiculate forms). 24. L. HispiDA Reuss. 25. L. striata d'Orl). 26. L. orbignyana Seg. 27. L. globosa Montagu, var.GRAXDiPORA, var.n. (Plate vi.,fig. 10). Subfamily NODOSARIIN^. 28. NoDOSARiA communis d'Orb. 29. N. costulata Reuss. 30. N. inflexa Reuss. 31. N. sCALARis Batsch (apiculate and nonapiculate, striated and nonstriated forms). 32. N. simplex Silv. 33. LiNGULiNA carinata d'Orb. 34. Cristellaria sp. 35. C. CALCAR Linn, (nonspinous variety). 35. C. VARIABILIS Reuss. 37. Cristell\ria sp. ; a young form intermediate between C. crepidula and C. tricarinella. 38. Cristellaria haswelli Goddard, Records of the Australian Museum, Vol. vi., Part 4. 39. Vaginulina sp. 40. Rhabdogonium tricarinatum d'Orb. Subfamily POLYMORPHININ^. 41. Uvigerina canariensis d'Orb. 42. U. interrupta Brady. 43. XJ. SCHWAGERI Brady. BY E. J. GODDAUD AND II. I. JENSKX. 303 44. Sagrina columellaris Brady. 45 S. sydnevensis, uov.sp. (Plate vi., figs. 4a, 6, c). Family GLOBIGERINID^. 46. Globigerina bulloides d'Orb. 47. G. bulloides var. triloba Reuss. 48. G. DUBIA Egger. 49. G. ^quilateralis Brady. 50. G. SACCULiFERA Brady. 51. Orbulina universa d'Orb. 52. O. POROSA Terq. 53. Pullenia obliquiloculata P. & J. 54. Hastigerina pelagica d'Orb. Family ROTALIID^E. Subfamily SPIRILLININ-ffi. 55. Spirillina vivipara Ehrenb. Subfamily ROTALIIN.a:. 56. Discorbina araucana d'Orb. 57. D. bertheloti d'Orb. 5S. D. biconcava P. & J. 59. D. orbicularis Terq. 60. D. PARisiENSis d'Orb. 61. D. saulcii d'Orb. 62. D. VALVULATA d'Orb. 63. D. vilardeboana d'Oi-b. 64. Truncatulina haidingerii d'Orb. 65. T. PRiECiNCTA Karrer. QQ. T. wuellerstorfii ScliNvager. 67. T. tenuimargo Brady. QS. Anomalina ariminensis d'Orb. 69. A. AMMONOiDES Reuss. 70. A. grosserugosa Giimb. 71. Pulvinulina haueri d'Orb. 72. P. MENARDii d'Orb. 304 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II., 73. P. MICHELINIANA d'Orb. 74. P. PAUPERATA P. i\: J. 75. p. PROCERA Brady. 76. P. CANARIENSIS d'Olb. 77. p. CRASS A d'Orb. 78. p. EXIGUA Brady. 79. RoTALiA PAPiLLOSA Brady, var. compressiuscula Brady, C. R. pl.cviii. Family NUMMULINID^. Subfamily POLYSTOMELLIN^. 80. NONIONINA BOUEANA ReUSS. SI. N. depressula W. &J. 82, N. POMPiLioiDis F. &M. 83. X. SCAPHA F. Oc M. Sagrina sydneyensis, 11. sp. (Plate vi., figs.4«, b). This species has a straight cylindrical test. The commence- ment is a large hemispherical chamber which, however, contains one septum, indicating a iivigerine commencement. The sub- sequent chambers are short and cylindrical, and do not at first increase in diameter. Subsequent!}^ they increase slowly in diameter as well as in length (tig. 4a). The surface of each chamber is ornamented with minute spines, and two or three extraordinaril}' large oval pores. The latter are irregularly dis- tributed, l)ut are chiefly found towards the proximal end of each segment. Size: length 0*57 mm. Cerviciferina hilli gen. et sp.nov. (Plate vi., figs.7rt, b). This remarkable form is circular in outline, and very depressed, nevertheless slightly biconvex, and surrounded by an equatorial keel(fig.7«). The initial chamber in the specimen figured is distinctly oval in outline and has an entosolenian neck. The succeeding chamber envelops the one lirst formed, and is dis- tinctly flask-shaped. After this the chambers become more and more rounded, and the distal end of the one chamber is at the J5Y K. J. r40DDARD AND II. I. JKNSBN 305 proximal end of the next (see fig.7«). The shell is porcellanous and imperforate. It is surrounded l)y a keel having a peculiar terminal appendage. The genus is most closely allied to the genera OphfJudinidium and Hauerina, from which it is distinguished by the characteristic generic features that the chambers have no trace of spiral com- mencement but are arranged in an alternating manner, and each chamber possesses a well marked neck. Diam. 038 mm. (Jristellaria variabilis Reuss, var. (Plate vi., fig.8). The variety figured is sufficiently near the type to be assigned to that species. The figure shows the irregular arrangement of the chambers and the possession of a keel. Chistkllaria sp., intermediate between C. lata and C. crepidula (Fichtel & Moll). (Plate vi., fig.9). The specimen is a very flattened minute form whicli has the arrangement of chambers of C. crepidnla (Challenger Report, pl.67,fig.l9). Cristellaria haswelli Goddard, var. (Plate vi., fig.6). This form so closely approaches C. HasweHi in general contour, size and arrangement of the chambers that there seems no necessity to give it a separate varietal name. As varietal dis- tinctions between this form and the type, we might mention that the septal line shows Vjut the faintest trace of a recurving; also the front peripheral margin of the shell has a wavy contour unlike the even outline of the t3^pe. The shell is also broader than in the type-form (Records of the Australian Museum, Vol. vi., Partiv.). Lagena globosa Montagu, var. grandipoha, var.no\ . (Plate vi., fig. 10). This form has the entosolenian neck and ovoid shape of L. ylohosa, and differs only from the type in possessing a number (about 8) of irregularly distributed large pores. The forms represented in this list overlap to a great extent those diedged by H.M.C.8. "Miner" 22 miles east of Sydney 306 AUSTRALIAN FOKAMINIFKKA, II., Heads, at a depth of 80 fathoms, and described by one of us (E. J. G.) in the Records of the Australian Museum (Vol. vi., Partiv.). The}^ also show considerable affinity to those dredged at a depth of 100 fathoms, 16 miles east of WoUongong. The similarity is striking in connection with the Globigerinidm, Discorhina and Pulvirtidiiia, which aie very abundant in all these dredgings. The WoUongong material, however, differs from the other materials in the abundance of arenaceous and semi- arenaceous foraminifera. I'ruacatidina pi'aechicta, which is characteristic of warm Avaters and occurs on our coasts in all localities north of Sydney-, is present in these dredgings, but is absent in the shallower water off WoUongong. The differences between the material dredged off WoUongong and off Sydney Heads is probably to be ascribed to the different nature of the bottom in the two places. Off WoUongong the bottom is largely basaltic, and off Sydney it is sandstone. In the Sydney Heads material about 70 % is foraminiferal. Glauconitic casts are fairh' abundant, but not to the same extent as in the WoUongong material. The foreign material consists of fragments of gastropod shells, pteropod .shells, ostracods, spicules, and polyzoa. The Mollusca from 300 fathoms off Sydney Heads have been described by Mr. C. Hedley in the Records of the Australian Museum (Vol.vi., Part 3). 4. Foraminifera from Lyell Bay, Xeiv Zealand, collected on the beach by Mr. A. Ilamiltori. The material consifsts chiefly of gastropod shells, lamellibranch shells, polyzoa and coralline alga3. The following foraminifera were noticed : — Family ASTRORHIZID^. Subfamily RHABDAMMININ^. 1. Brachysiphon corbuliformis Chapman, Trans. X. Z. Inst. xxxviii. 1905, pi. iii., figs 2a, 26, 3. 2. ASCHEMONELLA CATENATA Norman. BY E. J. GODDARD AND H. I. JENSEN. 307 Family ROTALIID^. Subfamily ROTALIINiE. 3. DiSCORBINA VESICULARIS Lamk. 4. D. RUGOSA d'Orb. 5. Truncatulina rosea d'Orb.; rare. Only a few specimens of Br achy siphon corhuliformis and Aschemonella catenata were obtained. Brachysiphon is a new genus described by Chapman in his paper on the Foraminifera and Ostracoda obtained off Great Barrier Island, New Zealana. Discorhina vesicularis is the most plentiful form. 5. Foraminifera ohtained in shore (shell) sands at Kelso on the north coast of Tasmania. Family MILIOLTD^. Subfamily MILIOLININ^. 1. BiLOCULiXA RiNGENS Lamk. 2. B. DEPRESSA d'Orb. var. 3. MiLiOLiNA ciRCULARis Bornem. 4. M. SEMiNULUM Linn. 5. M. TRiOARiNATA d'Orb. 6. M. TRiGONULA Lamk. 7. M. BicoRNis W. & J., var.nov. Family LAGENID^. Subfamily POLYMORPHININiE. 8. PoLYMORPfllNA ROTUNDATA Bornem. Family TEXTULARIID^. Subfamily TEXTULARIIN^. 9. Clavulina parisiensis d'Orb. (Plate vi., tig. 11). Family ROTALIID^. Subfamily IlOTALIIN.ffi. 10. DiscoRBiNA ROSACEA d'Orb. 11. D. VESICULARIS Lamk. 12. Carpenteria proteifor.mis Goes. 308 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II., Family NUM MULINID^. Subfamily POLYSTOMELLIN^. 13. POLYSTOMELLA IMPERATRIX Brady. This material was submitted to us b}^ Miss M. Lodder. Accompanying the foraminifera there are several species of polyzoa. The Miliolina which we have referred to M. hicornis is a new variety which has the striations and ornamentation of M. pul- chella but the outline, aperture, and tootli of M. hicornis. The tooth, however, is rather more slender than that of typical M. hicornis. Discorhina rosacea and D. vesicularis are the most abundant forms in the material, and they attain greater dimensions and more perfect development than those found in the Lyell Bay material, and other foraminiferal sands which we have examined. It might be remarked that Discorhina vesicularis appears to thrive best in shallow water of the south temperate zone, especially where the waters are cold, as in Bass Strait where we have the Antarctic drift entering from the south-west. Although specimens of this species occur in Port Jackson, they do not attain the grand development which they exhibit in Bass Strait. No doubt it will be found in increasing abundance south of Sydney, as we approach the cold current entering the Pacific Ocean through Bass Strait. 6. Fossil Foraminifera kindly suhmitted hy Miss M. Lodder^ of the Launceslon Museum. Tilts material was obtained from the debris of fossil mollusca collected at Table Cape. Family MILIOLID^. Subfamily MILIO LINING. 1. BiLOCULiNA SPH^RA d'Orb. 2. B. IRREGULARIS d'Orb. 3. B. ELONGATA d'Orb. 4. B. RiNGENS Lamk. BY E. J. GODDAKD AND H. I. .JENSEN. 309 5. MiLiOLiNA ALVEOLiNiFOKMis Brady. 6. M. BUCCULENTA Brady. 7. M. ciRCULARis Bornem. 8. M. FERUssACii d'Orb. 9. M. LINN.EANA d'Oi'b.; only one specimen with small neck. 10. M. KUPERTiANA Biady. 11. M. SEPARANS Brady. 12. M. SEMiNULUM Linn. 13. M. TRiGONULA Lamk. 14. M. TRICARINATA d'Orb. 15. Spiroloculina limbata d'Orb. 16. S. acutimargo Brady. 17. S. FRAGiLissiMA Brady. 18. S. TENUiSEPTATA Brad3^ 19. S. TENUIS Czjzek. •20. 8. ANTILLARUM d'Orb. 21. 8. NiTiDA d'Orb. 22. S. PLANULATA Lamk. . Subfamily HAUERININ^. 23. Planispirina celata Costa. 24. P. CONTRARIA d'Orb. 25. P. exigua Brady. 26. P. (Sigmoilina) sig.>joidea Brady. 27. Ophthalmidium inconstaks Brady. Subfamily PENEROPLIDIN^,' 28. CoRNUspiRA carinata Costa. 29. C. FOLIACEA Phil. 30. C. iNVOLVENs Reuss. Family ASTRO RHIZID^. Subfamily ASTRORHIZINiE. 31. ASTRORHIZA CRASSATINA Brad3^ Subfamily RKABDAMMININ^. 32. Hyperammina subnodosa Brady. 310 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFEUA, II., Family LITUOLID^. Subfamily LITUOLIIf^. 33. Reophax scokpiurus Mcntf. 34. R. LODDKRiE, n.sp. 35. Haplophragmium emaciatum Brady. 36. H. meridionale Chapman. (Plate vi., fi^".12). Subfamily TROCHAMMININiE. 37. Thurammina compressa Brady (?). 38. T. papillata Brady. Subfamily LOFTUSIIN^. 39. Cyclammixa (?) cancellata (1) Brady. Family TEXTULARIID^. Subfamily TEXTULARIINiE. 40. Textularia sp. Subfamily BULIMININ.®. 41. BULIMINA PYRULA d'Orb. 42. YlRGULINA SUBSQUAMOSA Egger. Subfamily CASSIDULININiE. 43. Cassidulina subglobosa Brady. 44. C. PARKERIANA Brady. Family CHEILOSTOMELLID^. 45. Cheilostomella ovoidea Reuss. Family LAGENID^. Subfamily LAGENIN^. 46. Lagena sulcata W. & J. 47. L. ASPERA Reuss. 48. L. FAVOSOPUNCTATA Brady. 49. L. TRIGONOMARGINATA P. & J. 50. Lagena sp. Subfamily NODOSARIIN.S;. 51. NoDOSARiA ROEMERi Neugeb. 52. N. SOLUTA Reuss. BY E. J. GODDARD AND 11. I. JKNSEX. 311 53. X. ROEMERi Reiiss, var. SEMrcosTATA, ii.var. (Plate vi.,fiiv. 1 4). 54. N. FILIFORM IS d'Orb. 55. N. OBLIQUA Linn 56. Rhabdogonium tricarixatum d'Orb. 57. Froxdicularia trimorpha, n.sp. (Plate vi., fig. lo). Subfamily POLYMORPHININ^. 58. POLYMOKPHINA ELEGAXTISSIMA P. & J. 59. P. coMMUXis d'Orb. 60. P. soRORiA Reuss. 61. p. COMPRESSA d'Orb. 62. P. ROTUND AT A Bornem. 63. P. LANCEOLATA ReUS.^. 64. p. REGIXA B.P. &J. 65. Sagrina raphaxus P. & J. Family GLOBIGERINID^. 66. Globigerixa linn.eaxa d'Orb. _^ 67. G. cretacea d'Orb. 68. Orbulixa uxiversa d'Orb. Family ROT ALII D^. Subfamily ROTALIINiE. 69. DiscoRBiXA turbo d'Orb. 70. D. bertheloti d'Orlx 71. D. globularis d'Orb. 72. D. parisiensis d'Orb. 73. D. rugosa dOrb. 74. D. vilardeboaxa dOrb. 75. Truxcatulina haidixgerii d'Orb. 76. T. lobatula W.& J. 77. T. refulgens Montf. 78. T. rostrata Brady. 79. T. rosea d'Orb. 80. T. ungeriaxa d'Orb. 81. v. wuellerstorfii »Schwag. 312 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II., 82. Anomalina ammonoides Reuss. 83. A. GROSSERUGOSA Gumb. 84. Planorbulina larvata P. & J. 85. p. ACERVALis Brady. 86. Pl'lvinulina carpenteri Reuss (Chapman, Jouin. Roy. Micr. Soc. 1898, p.8, pi. i., figs.llrt-c). 87. P. ELEGANS d'Orb. 88. P. FAVUS Brady. 89. J*. MENARDii d'Orb. 90. P. CANARIENSIS d'Ol'b. 91. p. TUMIDA Brady. 92. Cymbalopora(?) POEYi d'Orb. (1) 93. RoTALIA BECCARIl Lillll. 94. R. ORBICULARIS d'Orb. 95. R. soLDANii d'Orb. Family NUMMULINID^. Subfamily POLYSTOMELLINiE. 96. NoNioNiNA BOUEANA d'Orb. 97. N. POMPILIOIDES F. tfe M. 98. N. DEPRESSULA W. & J. 99. POLYSTOMELLA CRATICULATA F. & M. 100. p. MACELLA F. &M. 101. P. STRIATOPUNCTATA F. ct M. 102. P. SUBNODOSA Miiiist. 103. p. VERRicuLATA Brady. Subfamily CYCLOCLYPEINiE. 104. Cycloclypeus sp. JVew Species and Varieties. Haplophragmium meridionale (?) Chapman, var. Only one specimen of this species was obtained. Tlie test wa.s thin, diaphanous and subelliptical, but the sutures were not well marked. We refer it to Mr. Chapman's new species on account of its resemblance to the shell figured by him in Ann. S. Afr. Mus. Vol. \y., pi. xxix., fig.2. r»Y E. J. GODDARD AND H. I. .TENSKN. 313 Frondicularia trimorpha, n.sp. (Plate vi., fi.<;'.13). This species, as shown in fig. 13, has the earliei- chauibers arranged as in the genus Cristellavia; tliree or four chanil)ers arranged as in Frondiciilaria inceqnaliH follow, and the final chambers are irregularly disposed as in PolymorpJuiui. Size : length 138 mm. Nodosakia rokmeri Neugeboren, var. semicostata, var.now (Plate vi., fig.14). This varietal form has the shape, size, and aperture of the type, but the earlier chambers bear well marked longitudinal costte which have a tendency to run spirally round the shell. This character links the variety to Nodosaria prismatica (Reuss). Size : length 4 mm. Reophax lodder.e, sp.n. (Plate vi., fig.15). This is a large form consisting of a linear series of chambers whose tests are composed of sand grains ^nd spicules. The spicules are large, derived from echinoids, and are placed with the greatest regularity, one row corresponding to each chamber of the test, and overlapping the row belonging to the next chamber. Length (incomplete); diameter 0 75 mm. The Table Cape material was forwarded to one of us (H. I. J.) by Miss M. Lodder, an Associate Member of this Society, and Honorary Curator of the Launceston Museum. She has very kindly also supplied us with particulars how the material was collected. She writes as follows : — " I collected the specimens (foraminifera) from the debris of the matrix (molluscan shells), as well as from the inside of a large number of shells collected by various people from the Tertiary beds at Table Cape." The mollusca include Terebra, Voluta, Bela, Ancilla, Marginella, Tj'phis, Murex, Cyprsea, Natica, Lima, Pecten, Area, Cucullaea, Glycimeris, Cardita, Crassatellites, Chione, Solenocurtius, Tel Una, ite. Miss Lodder believes that most of the above fossils were taken from tlie sea-side, or broken face, of Table Cape. 314 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFKRA, II., Ill response to an enquiiy made by the authors as to the supposed age of the beds from which the fossils were taken, Mis.s Lodder has kindly furnished the following information : — "I can onl}^ quote the words of Mr. J. Dennant and Mr. A. E. Kitson in their Catalogue of the ' Described Species of Fossils (except Bryozoa and Foraminifera) in the Cainozoic Fauna of Victoria, S. Australia, and Tasmania,' published in the Records of the •Geological tSurvey of Victoria (Vol. i. pt.2, 1903, p. 189). " ' Group C. records the fossils belonging to the Table Cape and Spring Creek Deposits. By Tate they have been named Post-Eocene (Oligocene?), while by Messrs. Hall and Pritchard they are placed on a lower horizon than the distinctlj' Eocene Mornington Beds. Their separate grouping in this catalogue of species is intended to imply that no opinion is expressed con- cerning the relative age of the beds in question. Those interested in the matter should consult original memoirs.'" In the Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, Yol.viii. (New Series; Mr. G. B. Pritchard publishes " A Revision of the Fossil Fauna of the Table Cape Beds, Tasmania, with Descrip- tions of New Species " His inferences regarding the age of the beds are almost identical with our conclusions from a study of the Foraminifera. The Foraminifera contained in the Table Bay material have a decidedl}^ Eocene or Palaeogene character, agreeing closely with those enumerated for the Eocene by Howchin.* The occurrence of forms answering to the description of Pul- vinulina carpentei'i and Haplophragmiiiin meridionale figured by Chapman in his account of the foraminifera of Pondoland Westf serves as corroborative evidence of the old-Tertiary age of the material. Nodosaria zipj^ei and Rotalia soldctnii occur here as well as in Mr. Chapman's Pondoland material which, however, is Cretaceous. " Report Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sc. Vol. v. Adelaide, S.A., 1893. t Ann. South African Mus. Vol. iv. Part v. BY E, J. GODDARD AND H. I. .TKN8KN. 315 Numerous ostracods having the appearance of forms figured by Chapman in the above-mentioned report were observed in tlie material. In general it may be stated that the richness of the foramini- feral fauna is indicative of warm water conditions of deposition. Further, it is certain that the material was laid down at a depth of from 50 to 150 fathoms. These conclusions are based on the occurrence of forms which are restricted to warm zones and shallow water, and to the complete absence of cold-water forms such as Discorbina vesicularis which now flourishes in the same latitude. There is a close correspondence between the Miliolidse of the Table Cape fossil material and recent dredgings from Sydney Heads and Byron Bay. The Table Cape fossil Nodosariinse correspond closely with Howchin's Eocene list and those occurring at Byron Ba)^ The abundance of Polymorphininaj indicates deposition in shallow water (less than 200 fathoms). The abundance of Polystomellinaj, and especially so of species which <]o not occur at Sydney or B3^ron Bay now, but are restricted to strictly tropical waters, as at Torres Strait and the Barrier Reef, is itself conclusive evidence of warm-water conditions at the time of deposition. Certain species found in the Table Cape fossil material deserve .special mention in support of these statements; they are : — (a) Biloculina irregularis is a tropical species, which has only been observed by us elsewhere in the Gulf of Carpentaria material. (b) Miliolina alveoliniformis is a coral-reef species confined to shallow water. Occurs also in the Gulf of Carpentaria. (c) Miliolina rupertiana occurs only in shallow water in warm latitudes. (d) Spirolomdina antillarum is a common form off the coast of Brazil. (e) Spirolocnlina planulata and S. niticla are closely allied species, the former being characteristic of temperate zones, the latter replacing it in the tropical zone. Both are shallow water forms, and both occur at Table Cape. 316 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II., [The Miliolida^ in general flourish )>est in tropical seas, from the shore to deptiis of 150 fathoms; and this family is exceedingly well represented]. .. , (f) Cassidulina j^'ifkeriana is characteristic of tropical seas at depths of 45-175 fathoms. (g) LagpAia favoso punctata is, according to the Challenger Report, restricted to the shores of New Guinea and Torres Strait at a depth of 17 to 155 fathoms. (h) Polymorphina regina is a shallow water form occurring round the islands of the Pacific, to be found in Howchin's list of Eocene foraminifera, but not in later Tertiary Australian deposits. (i) The Rotaliid^ of our Table Cape material exhibit a striking parallelism to the forms now occurring off Sydney Heads and Byron Bay, especially as regards Truncatulina. Discorbina is not an abundant form, and the species present are forms which thrive best in warm latitudes. From a study of this material, the conclusion is unavoidable that the material was deposited in Eocene times in a shallow sea; and, furthermore, that in this period climatic conditions were much warmer in the Tasman region than now. In conclusion it is necessary to mention that our attention has been drawn by Mr F. Chapman, F.R.M.S., to the fact that recent forms resembling Biloculina rinyens and B. bulloides are referred to other genera on account of their internal structure differing from the fossil forms for which the above-mentioned names have been retained.^*' We have however not sectioned any of the forms of Miliolidie enumerated in our lists, and have therefore retained the well-known names of Biloculina ringens and B bulloides; the retention of these names in our paper has the advantage of making these lists consistent with other lists of Australian Foraminifera such as Whitelegge's list in " Invertebrate Fauna of Port Jackson and Neighbourhood," f * Schlumberger, Mem. Soc. Zool. France. Vol, iv. 1891. t Joui-n. Proc. Koy. Soc. N.S.Wales. Vol.xxiii. 1889. BY E. J. GODDARD AND 11. I. JKNSEN. 317 Howchin's " Census of the Fossil Foraminifera of Australia,"'*' and our own previously published notes, as well as with the Challenger Report and Flint's " Recent Foraminifera." We are also indebted to Mr. F. Chapman for pointing out to one of us that Miliolina hucculenta in this and in our previous papers should read Planispirina hucculetita, Biloculina sphoira d'Orbigny, should likewise read Planispirina sphmra; and Plani- spirina sigmoidea should read Sigmoilina sigmoidea. We retain the commoner names for the sake of consistency and because we have not had access to the papers in which the proposed changes and the reasons for them are given. In his " Notes on Prosobranchiata No. i.,"t discussing Aus- tralian fossil species of the geuus Lotorium, Mr. H. L. Kesteven remarks: — '' Lotoriuin pai'kijisoniayium is the recent representa- tive of L. radiale, abbotti, textile, woodsii, and torti7'ost7'is." A glance at Dennant's " Catalogue of the Described Species of Fossils," I show^s that three of these species, namely, Lotorium (Lampusia) abbotti, ivoodsii, and tortirostris occur at Table Cape. On p. 455 of the same paper Mr. Kesteven goes on to say : — " Thus, if we compare this genus (Lotorium) as it occurs in the Lower Australian strata with European Miocene representatives, we are presented with two entirely different types of the genus. The predominating feature of the Australian section — that of the extinct Antarctic group — finds expression in only one European fossil ( L. tarbellianum). Again, if the two groups be compared with the recent representatives it w^ill be seen that the European section has the general facies of recent species, whilst the Aus- tralian fossils can, with one exception, be only compared inter se. These facts .... assuredly point to the greater antiquity of the Australian fossils." From the large number of specimens which had their apices complete (over 70 per cent.) Mr. Kesteven infers (op. cit. p. 465) that the beds were deposited below the tidal limit. * Report Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sc. Vol. v. Adelaide, 1893. t Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1902, p. 454. Z Records Geol. Surv. Victoria, Vol. i, Part 2, p. 107. 23 318 AUSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA, II. It is very interesting to notice that our conclusions as regards the age of the deposits, and the depth at which they were laid down, agree so closely with those of Mr. Kesteven based on a study of the mollusca. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. Fig. L — Textularia quadrilatera var. ( x 90). Fig.2. — Cristellaria variahilU var. allomorphinoides, n.var.(x90). Fig.3a. — Sagrina australiensis n.sp.( x 90). Pig.3&. — Sagrina [australiensis, n.sp., showing appearance by transmitted light under higher power. Fig. oc. — Sagrina australiensis, n.sp., showing tubules in walls. FigA. — Sagrina sydneyensis, n.sp.( x 90). Fig.4&. — Sagrina sydneyensis, n.sp., showing pores and structure of wall. Fig.5«. — Articulina chapmani, n.sp.(x90). Fig. 56. — Articvlina chapmani, n.sp., showing ornamentation under higher power. Fig.6. — Cristellaria hasicelli var.( x 90). Fig. 7a. — Cerviciferina hilli, n.sp.; seen by reflected light ( x 90). Fig.7&. — Cerviciferina hilli, n.sp.; seen by transmitted light ( x 90). Fig.8. — Cristellaria variabilis var.( x 90). Fig.9. — Cristellaria sp., intermediate between C. lata a,nd C. crepidula ( x 90). Fig. 10. — Lagena globosa var. grandipora, n.var. ( x 90). Fig.ll. — ClavuUna parisiensis ( x 30). Fig. 12. — Haplopliragmium meridionale var.( x 30). Fig. 13. — F rondicnlaria trimorpha, n.sp.; seen by transmitted light ( x 30). Fig.l4. — Nodosaria roemeri var. costata, n.var. { x 30). Fig. 15.— i?eo^/?a.r lodclene, n.sp.( x 30). 319 THURSDAY, MAY 23rd, 1907. SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING, A Special General Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Thursday evening, May 23rd, 1907, to mark the occasion of the Bicentenary of Carl von Linn^ (1707-1778). Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, President, in the Chair. The President offered a hearty welcome to the guests of the evening — Count Birger Morner, Consul for Sweden; President David Starr Jordan, of the Leland Stanford University; Mr. L. W. Marcker, Consul for Denmark; Mr. P. Board, M.A., Under- Secretary for Public Instruction; Mr. Alexander Mackie, M.A., Director of the Training College; Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., &c., President, and Mr. F. B. Guthrie, E.C.S., Hon. Secretary of the Royal Society of New South Wales; Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., &c., President of the Historical Society of New South Wales. Programme. Introductory Remarks by the President, Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.vSc. The Invitations received from the Royal University of Upsala and the Royal Swedish Academy, Stockholm, and the Replies thereto. SOCIETATlj I^TNNAENANAE quae in urbe Sydney est S.P.D. UNIVERSITAS R^GIA UPSALIENvSIS. Praeterierunt hoc anno duo saecula, postquam natus est CAROI^US IvINNAKUS, decus illud Universitatis Upsaliensis et totius patriae nostrae. Con- sentaneum est hoc potissimum tempore grate animo nos ea recordari, quae vir ille ad arcana naturae revelanda et maxime quidem ad botanices scientiam adaugendam atque promovendam felici labore 320 BI-CENTENARY OF CARL VON LINNE. perpetravit, eamque ob rem in aniiiio habenms diebus xxiii et xxiv mensis Mali huius anni iiiemoriani natalis clarissimi viri ea, qua par est, pietate renovare atque celebrare. Spes autem est fore, ut Vos, Viri Doctissimi et Illnstrissimi, hoc consilium nostrum benigne appro- betis et sollemnibus, quae instituere decrevimus, interesse velitis. Itaque rogamus, ut unum aliquem ex Vestro numero legetis, qui hospitio nostro usus festos illos dies nobiscum agat. Quem legaveritis, ante Idus Martias, si placet, rescribite. Valete et nobis favete. Dabamus Upsaliae die x m. Januarii a. 1907. SenaTus Academici nomine Hexrik Schuck. Universitatis Upsaliensis h.t. Rector. Johax v. Bahr, Univ. Upsal. Secretarius. (Reply). societas linneaxa in Nova Cambria Constituta regiae universitati upsaeensi S.P.D. Perbenigne fecistis, viri spectatissimi, quod natalem Caroli I^innaei ducentesimum celebraturi Societatem nostram quamvis longo locorum intervallo divisam ut legatum mittat invitastis. Cuius Societatis sedes baud iniuria videtur esse collocata in urbe totius Australiae vetustissima prope ipsum locum ubi primuni comites illi Jacobi Cook, Banksius et Solander, quorum hie Linnaei discipulus fuerat, cum animantes novos turn eas res quas nova nostra terra gignit aspexere. Hie igitur, quasi in ipsis ut gentis ita scientiae nostrae cunabulis, obscura naturae loca ilia illustrare luce conamur quani princeps Linnaeus vester mortalium animo effudit. Cui studio intentis quod cum nobis vestrorum fructus studiorum communicare soletis, gratias vobis et agimus et habenms maximas. Legavimus autem Socium nostrum Jacobum Petruni Hill, in Collegio IvOndinensi Universitati Affini Zoologiae Professorem, qui vobis- sollemnia ex pio animo gratuletur. Dabamus Sydneiae die xiv. mensis Aprilis anni MCMVII. Arturus H. S. Lucas, Praeses. JOSEPHUS J. FeETCHER, Secretarius. SPECIAL C4KNERAL MEETING. 321 RKGIA ACADEMIA SCIKXTIARUM SUKCICA SOCIKTATI LINNKANAP:, quae in urbe S3"dne3' est, S.P.D. Sub lineni Maii huius antii duo secula erunt, postquam homen illud scientiae carolus linnaeus in vitani est ingressus. Cuius nomen cum universae patriae illus- trissimae memoriae sit, turn Academiae nostrae praecipue celebrandum erit, quippe quae eius studio atque operae originem suam magnam partem debeat. Itaque constituimus natalem eius bisecularem, quo par est, honore prosequi. Qui ut rite liabeatur, opus erit adesse, si non corporibus, at certe animis exteros eos, qui, Linnaeus quid contulerit ad rerum natnralium scientiam perficiendam, penitus perspexerint eiusque memoriam pie servent. Fuit ille quidem civis noster, sed idem universe generi humano vixit et e floribus totius orbis terrarum sedulae apis modo congessit, quidquid posset rerum naturae ordinem habitiimque in- vestigantibus lucem afferre. Et est certe inter eos, qui ubique doctrinae literisque operam dant, societas quaedam studiorum, quae locorum distantia eos impediri non sinit, quominus coniunctis viribus eodem tendant eademque promoveant. Quod cum ita sit, speramus fore, ut vos etiam nobis Linnaei memoriam celebraturis mente ac voluntate faveatis atque, si modo fieri poterit, unum aliquem e Vestro numero mittatis, qui coram adsit sollennibus nataliciis, quae agentur Holmiae die xxv Maii. rogamusque velitis ante Kalendas x\priles. nobiscum per literas communicare, quem adlegaveritis. Valete nobisque favete. Dabamus Holmiae die i m. Februarii a. 1907. Academiae Scientiarum nomine Peter Klason Academiae scient. h. t. Praeses. Chr Aurivillius Secretarius perpetuus. (Reply). SOCIETAS LINNAEANA quae in Urbe Sj'dneia est regiae academiae sciextiarum suecicae S.P.D. Permagno gaudio, viri ornatissimi, accepimus litteras vestras, quibus ut vobiscum natalem Caroli Linnaei ducentesimum coram celebremus nos invitare voluistis, quippe quae cum sanctum illud communium 322 BI-CENTENARY OF CARL VON LINNE. studioruni vinculum quo, quamvis longo spatioruni intervallo divisi, cum cultis veteris orbis gentibus simus coniuncti, tum communem nostram divini illius hominis venerationem testificentur. Nos quidem nostram debemus originem Alexandro Macleay, homini A'ere Linnaeano, Academiae vestrae Socio, per annos septem et viginti Societatis Linnaeanae apud Londinenses Secretario, qui, cum anno demum MDCCCXXV. hue advenisset, semina sparsiteorum studiorum quae nos praecipue colimus, quaeque iam per totam Australiam florent. Quorum studiorum fructus cum lyinnaeo vestro, qui primus veras naturae animantis rationes per orbem terrarum propagavit, iure refer- amus acceptos, dies festos, quos in maiorem illius gloriam celebraturi estis, faustis omnibus pio gratoque animo prosequemur. Legavimus autem Socium nostrum Jacobum Petrum Hill, in Collegio Londinensi Universitati Affini Zoologiae Professorem, qui feriarum sit particeps et nostris suique verbis bona omnia vobis comprecetur. Dabamus S3^dneiae, Id. Apr. MCMVII. Arturus H. S. Lucas, Praeses. JosEPHus J. Fletcher, Secretarius. ADDRESSES. The Predecessors of Linneeus - - - The President. The Personal History of Linnaeus - Mr. H. I. Jensen, B.Sc. i Professor HasweIvI., D.Sc, Linnaeus, the Man of Science ■] F.L.S., F.R.S. / Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S. The 'Systema Naturae,' &c. - ' - Mr. C. Hedley, F.L-S. The Contemporaries of Linnaeus - Professor Wilson, M.B., Ch.M. The immediate Successors of ^ The Secretary. Linnaeus I Dr. H. G. Chapman. Sir J. E. Smith and the Linnean Society of London, as, " in a sense, the heirs of Linnaeus" (Fries) Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., &c. The Linnean Society of New South Wales — the choice and significance of the name - - Prof. David, B. A., F.G.S., F.R.S. Concluding Remarks - - - By the President. Address - - - - By the Consul for Sweden. Professor Jordan, who arrived in Sydney after the details of the programme had been settled and printed off, ver}^ kindly acceded to the President's invitation to address the Meeting. 323 WEDNESDAY, MAY SOth, 1907. ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, May 30th, 1907. Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, President, in the Chair. Messrs. Thomas Harvey Johnston, M.A., B.Sc, Technical College, Sydney; Robert Kaleski, Liverpool, N. S. W.; Alexander Mackie, M.A., Director of the Training College, Sydney; and Frank H. Taylor, Technological Museum, Sydney, were elected Ordinary Members of the Society. The President announced that, under the provisions of Rule XXV., the Council had elected Mr. Henry Deane, M.A.,r.L.S.,&c., Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., &c.. Dr. T. Storie Dixson, and Mr. Thomas Steel, F.C.S., F.L.S., &c., to be Vice-Presidents; and Mr. J. R. Garland, M.A. (Bull's Chambers, 14 Moore Street) to be Hon. Treasurer, for the current Session. A courteous letter from Count Morner, Consul for Sweden, thanking the Society for its tribute to the memory of Carl von Linne, and for the opportunity of attending the Special Meeting arranged to commemorate the Bicentenary; and also expressive of the pleasure which it had aflbrded him, as the representative of the fatherland of Linne, to take part in the proceedings, was read from the Chair. An invitation from the New York Academy of Science to participate in its celebration of the Bicentenary of Carl von Linne was announced. The letter unfortunately did not arrive until May 29th. An invitation to Members to attend a Meeting of the Sydney Section of the Society of Chemical Industry on 12th June, at which Mr. H. G. Smith, F.C.S., &.c,, will contribute a paper 324 ANNOUNCEMENTS. " On recent work on the Eucalypts and what it teaches," was communicated. The President, in referring to the recent death of Mr. Alexander Morton, Secretary of the Royal Society of Tasmania and Curator of the Hobart Museum, said that everyone who had attended the Meetings of the Australasian Association in Hobart, who had had occasion to consult the collections in the Hobart Museum, or was otherwise interested in the flora or fauna of Tasmania, had had opportunities of appreciating Mr. Morton's kindness, his freely rendered help, and his capacity for organising arrangements for the benefit of visiting naturalists. Professor David spoke in support of the President's testimony; and, upon his motion, it was resolved that a letter of sympathy be sent to Mrs. Morton. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting, amounting to 5 Vols, 80 Parts or Nos., 48 Bulletins, 2 Reports, and 3 Pamphlets, received from 58 Societies, &c., and 2 Individuals, were laid upon the table. The President invited discussion upon the papers by Messrs. E. C. Andrews, T. G. Taylor, Dr. W. G. Woolnough, and Mr. G. H. Halligan in Parts 3 and 4 of the Proceedings for 1906, recently published. As there was much to be said in the time available, the discussion resolved itself chiefly into criticism of the theoretical considerations brought forward in Mr. Andrews' paper entitled " The New Zealand Sound (and Lake) Basins and the Canons of Eastern Australia in their bearing on the Theory of the Peneplain," and in Mr. Halligan's paper "On Sand- Movement on the New South Wales Coast." Dr. Woolnough opened the discussion, and Messrs. J. E. Carne, G. H. Halligan, the President, and Mr. Andrews took part. 325 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD, A STUDY OF THE EVOLUTION OF LAKES GEORGE AND BATHURST, N.S.W. By. T. Griffith Taylor, B.Sc, B.E., Assistant Demonstrator IN Geology and Lecturer in Commercial Geography at THE University of Sydney. (Plates vii,-x.) CONTENTS. Part i. Lake George. PAGE i. Introduction 325 ii. General Topography ... 326 iii. The Cullarin Fault Plane 329 iv. Changes in Topography since the Period of Faulting ... 333 V. Economic Aspect OF the Senkungsfeld 336 vi. Age OF the Subsidence 338 vii. Summary 33^ Part ii. Lake Bathurst. 1. General Physiography 340 ii. Origin OF the Lake ... ... 343 Parti. Lake George. i. Introduction. The lakes of New South Wales are conspicuous by their rarity. Undoubtedly the most important, and perhaps the largest, is Lake George, which lies in the angle between the Southern and Cooma railway lines. It is 25 miles south-west of Goulburn, but is most accessible from Bungendore, on the Cooma line. With the exception of the meteorological investigations instituted 24 326 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD, by the late Mr. H. C. Russell, little research— certainly none of a physiographic nature — has been carried out in this district. The following statement embodies the current opinion as to the lake's environment, and is in itself sufficient to indicate a very promising field of research on the lines of modern physio- graphy. The quotation runs as follows: — "Lake George occupies the southern portion of a depression in the Cullarin Range, called the Lake George Basin, 490 square miles in extent, and (is) the solitary exataple in the colony of a j)urely inland drainage area, watered as it is by several small screams, but having no visible outlet."^' Paradoxical as it may sound, a lake is to a certain extent an unnatural natural feature. At any rate, especially in mountainous regions, its presence often implies abnormal conditions. Thus the great lakes of America are due to the somewhat erratic arrange- ment of the drifts of the Ice Age. The great lakes of Africa are due to a huge crustal rift. The small lakes of Kosciusko are geologically ephemeral, and the moraine barriers which clam back the waters are rapidly vanishing as the streams cut down to base level, vfhich. is indeed their "aim in life." Any complete interruption of a large drainage area, such as obtains in the case of the Lake George Basin, points to important late geological changes; which changes will, it is hoped, be clearly demonstrated in the succeeding account of the Lake George Senkungsfeld (^suhside7ice area). ii. General Topography. A reference to the stereogram (Plate viii.) will convey a clear idea of the topography of Lake George. The lake proper extends about 15 miles in a north and south direction, and may be closely €ompared in outline to a how (variety Cupid's); the string sym- bolising the straight, even western shore, while the double-curved eastern boundary resembles the wooden bow. This contrast of * Geography of New South Wales, 3rd Ed., by J. M. Taylor, p. 81. (The italics are mine. — T.G.T. ). BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 327 boundary is of great importance in the pliysiography of the lake, so that the above analogy will perhaps be found of assistance. At the northern extremity a series of gravel banks separate the lake from Murray's Lagoon, which latter at present (February, 1907) is a dry area about one mile in diameter covered thickly with rushes. Beyond this the country consists of a flat expanse extending towards Breadalbane. The Divide between the Wollon- dilly River system and the Lake George area is not well defined and seems to lie just north of the main Southern Railway. On the eastern shore the lake outline is somewhat irregular. Ondyong Point, Rocky Point, Currandooley Point and Native Dog mark the spurs projecting from the Gourock Range into the lake (Plate vii.). In broad valleys between these spurs lie the streams which water Lake George; Murray's Creek (the name on the map, Allianoyonyiga, one is not surprised to find unknown in the district); Taylor's Creek at the foot of Governor's Hill, the most prominent landmark round Lake George; Deep Creek and Turallo Creek. It will be noticed that these creeks converge on the locality known as Geary's Gap (vide stereogram). Reverting to the western shore, we are struck by the absolute dissimilarit3\ Standing at the level of the lake we seem to be confronted by a giant wall extending northwards for over twenty miles from the Molonglo Plain. No broad valley breaks its con- tinuity. Indeed, to one cycling along the foot of the Cullarin Range, it seems unbroken by any definite gap, while for a large part it presents a steep face 500 feet high to the lake. From the opposite shore (Governor's Hill), however, one is able to see a well defined gap about half-way along the western shore where the old Southern Road crossed the Cullarin Range. This depres- sion— Geary's Gap — was well known in the days before the rail- way, but is now practically unused by travellers. Less than two miles south of Geary's Gap a stream (Grove Creek) rushes down to the lake. Contrast its course with that of Taylor's Creek on the eastern shore. The latter stream flows through a broad valley, a mile or two wide, scooped out of the granite, and shows the even grade of a mature or senile type of river. The Grove 328 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD, Creek is barely a mile long, yet descends nearly three hundred feet. Its course is interrupted by falls 25 feet high, and finally it emerges from a gorge, or miniature canon, with steep sides 200 feet high. Evidentl}'- it is a stream which has barely reached the youthful stage. The hollows carved out of the slate bear witness to the violence of the stream upon occasions, but for the greater part of the year it dwindles to a succession of rocky pools. Travelling south, we arrive at a stream of some importance, the Molonglo River, about 12 miles south of the lake. This cuts across the Cullarin Range near Hoskin's Town (see Plate vii.). Suspecting that this river might have participated in the abnor- malities characteristic of the Lake George Basin, I wrote to Mr. A. E. Tuckwell, of Hoskin's Town, who amply confirmed my anticipations, as the following extract will show: — "The Molonglo River leaves the flat country 5 miles to the west of Hoskin's Town Public School, and flows through a 7iarrow gorge bounded by hills, some of them apj)roaching mountains." An3^one who has enjoyed a trip up the Nepean from Penrith to Mulgoa, will remember that, at the latter place, the river leaves the plains and abruptly enters a steep gorge. The Nepean Gorge is due to the river gradually eating doivn its bed as the Blue Mountain scarp was elevated. This is the key to the Lake George problem. The Molonglo River (see Plate viii., at the lower rim of the model) has kept to its bed in spite of the fact that its basin at one period of its existence experienced a differ- ential movement, the upstream portion sinking with respect to the lower. Subsequently (28th March, 1907) I visited the Molonglo Water Gap and found that the river's course is con- cordant with the above account. Immediately at the entrance of tlie gorge, the slates and laminated quartzites are much crumpled and overfolded. This is the only locality where I observed such phenomena; the Silurian (?) strata, for the most part, being folded on a large scale and not crumpled locally. This local action occurring just at the plane where upthrow and downthrow meet, would seem to suggest that some considerable secondar}' folding has been supei imposed on the ancient Silurian BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 329 synclines and anticlines. In fact here we may have positive evidence of the Tertiary folding into which the CuUarin or Lake George Fault has passed at its southern extremity. iii. The Cullarin Fault. Leaving the description of the central — true lake-bottom — portion of the area to a later section, an explanation of the above phenomena, together with further evidence of a convincing nature will now be given. To anyone versed in geology, the thirty mile scarp constituting the Cullarin Range, especially when seen from an elevation at some distance, is inexplicable €xcept as a fault scarp. Probably the scarp originated as a succession of small faults along the same plane, extending over a considerable period. Indeed the northern scarp is much more -abrupt (having slopes reaching 45° in places) than the southern, Bungendore, portion. One may reasonably suppose that the tectonic action was more vigorous to the north and extended to a later geological period. The geological features of the district are comparatively simple. With the exception of a few square miles of country near Governor's Hill (east of the Lake) where there is an interesting series of eruptive rocks,* the rock consists of slates and phyllites having a fairly uniform strike nearly north and south, the dip being nearly vertical sometimes to the west (Geary's Gap 70°) or again to the east (Native Dog 63°). On the eastern shore these rocks outcrop within the edge of the Lake, but on the west the slates end abruptly at the silt. A certain amount of talus from the hills is distributed at intervals along the western shore, but wells * This area is roughly indicated on the map (Plate vii.). Rocks of two types are present. Granite of a somewhat porphyritic nature, showing some evidence of regional metamorphism in the shape of banded felspars, etc., is fringed (see fig. 1) by a complex series of basic and ultrabasic rocks ranging from dolerite to picrites and serpentines. The latter are coated with con- centric layers of secondary lime (travertine). This outcrop would seem to be worthy of investigation by geologists interested in differentiation. 330 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD, dug in the vicinity seem to show that this material is in many cases superficial, and lies over the silt and clay which occupies the lake bed (see Section, fig. 1). Govef-nor's Fig. 1. —Section AB (see Plate vii.) showing the Senkungsfeld and Fault Plane, also the High-level Gravels of the old outlet. Assuming a strike fmdt as being the cause of Lake George, let us endeavour to reconstruct the topography of the country before the faulting. If the Lake George Basin were raised some 300 feet, the four creeks (Murray, Taylor, Deep and Turallo) would evidently unite into one river, which would flow towards the west and ultimatel}' reach the Yass River above Gundaroo. Some trace of this old river (which we ma}'- conveniently call Lake George River) should remain in the form of an old valley, which, owing to later erosion on a different system of drainage, should appear much like a ivater-gap. In addition, it is nob too much to expect tiiat some of the old river boulders shall have remained, no longer necessarily in the lowest portions of the area of eleva- tion (since the latter has been since modified by later stream- action). If, as is often the case, the fault has diminished in extent towards its extremities, we may expect that some (ante- cedent) river-systems have been able to keep their old path in spite of tectonic obstructions. All these phenomena are abundantly shown in the Lake George area. Ascending the steep hill face, 300 yards north .of Grove Creek, and \h miles south of the jjresent lowest point of the CuUarin Range, a deposit of elevated river-gravels is reached. BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 331 section like a About 500 yards due west from the Lake at this point one reaches the top of the ridge and arrives at a cluster of mine- shafts varying in depth from 5 to 40 feet. This patch of gravel is oval in shape, with the long axis W.N.W. and half-a-mile long (see Plate vii.). The shafts have been abandoned for several years and do not seem to have yielded much gold. How- e\ev, they enabled one to make the rough geological shown at B, fig. 2. The boulders were shaped much potato for the most part, and distributed through a deep red clay. They varied in size from a few inches to 2 feet in diameter. The junction of the boulders and slates was marked by a very hard layer of pebbles (3") cemented by a ferruginous material. At the centre of the field, pipeclay was struck at lower levels. Continuing the traverse to- wards the west (see Section, fig.l) slates and quartz reefs were crossed. Brooke's Creek, which flows through a rather narrow valley, with steep bluffs (evidence of youth and uplift) was reached. This creek, which had a fine flow of water (February, 1907), is probably an old tributary of the "Lake George River," which has been revived by the slight uplift which probably accompanied the senkuugsfeld. Enquiring for elevated gravels, I was informed of the Diamond Hill Diggings, which lie half-a-mile from Brooke's Creek in the sharp bend it makes to the west (see Plate vii.). Here occurs another patch of gravels, practically identical in form with that at Grove Creek, with the same direction, W.N.W. The area is about 200 x 100 yards, and the lower 15 feet of the deposit (see A, fig.2) consists of a laminated pipeclay. Here, again, the boulders consist chiefly Fig.2.— Vertical sections in alluvial shafts. A. Central portion of elevated gravels; Diamond Hill. B. Southern margin of elevated gravels; Grove Creek. 332 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD, of rounded quartz. Returning to the lake-bed itself, just at the mouth of Grove Creek, a well has been sunk thirty feet into the silt. The dump consists largely of pipeclay identical in appear- ance with that from the shafts nea^dy 300 feet higher on the elevated alluvials. I was informed that boulders of a similar nature to those found at Diamond Hill were removed, but the clay had covered over the early dumpings. We have no dat ,ufficient to estimate the length and drop of this fault. It extends for more than twenty miles from Collector to Bungendore. Beyor ' the latter, as the Molonglo has cut through the scarp (see page 334), the fault was not so extensive, or the movement may have developed merely as a fold. It is a matter of great difficulty to detect Tertiary foldings superimposed on Palaeozoic anticlines, but the river-development would seem to suggest that such faulting or folding has occurred near Molonglo. North of Molonglo River the streams flowing from the west are obsequent, and flow to the lake with short steep beds in narrow gorges. Here, undoubtedl}^, a fault on a large scale has taken place, and totally altered t'le drainage system, the tributaries of *'Lake George River" being hetrunked much as are those flowing into Port Phillip (Gregory). Since the river-gravels at Grove Creek are ele\ated 270 feet above the lake-bed, we require a minimum dvo^ of 270 feet. The well sunk in the silt adds 30 feet. This well by no means reached rock bottom. There is an opinion, shared by the expert local engineer, Mr. Glover, that the silt is 100 or 200 feet deep on the western shore of the Lake. The lesser figure agrees closely with the slope of the line joining the Grove Creek and Diamond Hill gravels (see Fig.l). Hence it seems legitimate to place the fault drop at about 370 feet at this locality (Geary's Gap). Comparing this with the Kurrajong Fault, it would appear to be on a somewhat similar scale. The fault, as described by Professor David,* extends about twenty miles, and has a drop of * " An important Geological Fault at Kurrajong Heights, N. S. Wales." Journ. Proe. Koy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1902. BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 333 about 4*23 feet at tlie maximum point. It has not, however, led to the formation of any area of internal drainage as is the case at Lake George. iv. Topographical Changes since the Faulting. These fall into two classes, (a) those due to erosion, (b) those due to aggradation. The former have affected the positive forms (hills, &c.); while the latter have tended to fill up the negative land forms, in this case the bed of Lake George. The more or less sharp edge left at the close of the faulting has been gnawed away; but, as noted previously, many slopes of 45* itill be obtained at the northern end. This is a remarkably steep face for a continuous range, and points to the com- paratively recent character of the subsidence. It may be estimated that a wedge- shaped slice of slate some twenty miles long, with a base about 300 yards wide, and a depth of 500 feet has been removed by erosion of the scarp. This wedge of eroded material might be made the basis of a calcu- pjg^ 3._Map showing evolution of the lation as to the age of the river-system in the Lake George area, fault, but a much more For topographical names, see text and promising method is ampli- Plate vii. The area of subsidence is fied in a later section (vi.). 334 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD, The river-courses have been largely influenced by the fault. The Molonglo River being situated toward the southern extremity of the fault plane — where the latter was probably of much smaller dimensions, possibly only a fold — has defied the tectonic changes to alter its course, and it has eroded a deep gorge in the " uplift " side of the fault, and, its course being independent of present land contours, the stream is of the antecedent type (see rig.3). The small streams running down the face of the fault are typically obsequent, since they flow directly against the main slope of the country (which normally falls to the west). Grove Creek, Geary's Creek, &c., are of this character. As pointed out previously, the small rivers of the east coast of the Lake (Murray, Taylor, Deep Creek, ttc.) were originally united, but their lower portions are now buried deep in the silt, and therefore they belong to the betrunked class of rivers. Brooke's Creek for much of its path flows through fairly deep gorges. This tends to support the theory that the western side of the fault has partici- pated .slightly in the earth-movements. Not unusually the scarp of a large fault has been elevated absolutely as well as relatively, and this would appear to be the case at Lake George. If so, then Brooke's Creek is a revived river. Yass River, flowing normally to the west, maybe taken as a specimen of a conseq^ient river. To the north of the Lake, the Currawang Creek flows nortii-west for most of its course, and then bends back to the south. It is extremely probable that this creek originally formed portion of the Wollondilly system, but, owing to the depression of Lake George, it has been captured by the Windera- deen Creek, and now runs into Lake George. As this deviation is due to causes that acted subsequently to tiie establishment of the main slope, this river may be said to be subsequent. In brief, in this comparatively small area we have examples of the six main river-types, consequent {Yass), obsequent {Grove Creek), subsequent {Currawang), betrunked {Murray, d'c.),, revived {Brooke's), and antecedent {Molonglo). Finally, the " Lake George " is a splendid example of what has been termed a daad river. BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 335 Reverting at this somewhat late stage to the condition of the actual bed of the Lake, the latter is at present in a very favourable state for examination, since — with the exception of the small patch in the S.E. corner shown in Plate vii. — it is now (Februar}^, 1907) absolutely dry. The bed therefore presents a unique appearance. A level plain, apparently as flat as a billiard table, extends for over 15 miles, unrelieved by any islets or undulations as is the case with Lake Bathurst. Indeed, the plain extends for over 30 miles without obstruction, which fact may have helped to determine the choice of Bungendore for the primary base-line in New South Wales. Mr. Glover* has carried out levelling operations, and finds the south-central portion to have a fall of 4 feet in the mile, while to the north the slope is less than 2 feet to the mile.- SSuch a dead level seems to corroborate the theory that Lake George never had an outlet since it was first formed. No evidence of any flood more than 30 feet deep can be traced as having occurred for many hundred years, while nearly 200 feet are necessary to provide an outlet north, west or south. Probably smce its inception the Lake has been receiving silt which has gradually tilled up its bed, and covered over all ancient irregularities. Near Grove Creek there is an isolated ridge of angular quartz grit about 150 feet long, 50 wide, and 5 feet high. This may represent a sort of Nunatak (to use a glacial term) projecting above the silt. It constitutes practicall)' the only outcrop on the western shore. At either end of the Lake — near Murray's Lagoon and near Bungemlore — there are extensive grcivel deposits. The former extends for more than a mile around the southern border of Murray's Lagoon (see Plate. vii.}. It reminds one irresistibly of the clinker or hurricane banks of coral shingle on the Barrier Reef. There is the same steep slope to * " Notes upon Floods in Lake George," by H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.S., etc., Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S.Wales, Dec, 1886. In this paper a full account of the levelling and contours of the Lake is given, together with the history of the Lake till 1886. 336 THE LAKE GEOKGK SENKUNGSFELD, the water's edge, 30 feet high, at an angle of 26'^. The same tongues project out behind to the leeward side (indicated in Plate vii.). Probably a like origin may be assigned to these gravel-banks. They are due, I think, to the action of the storms on the lake when the latter is full. The winds are confined by the gigantic wall of the fault scarp, and rush along the latter, driving forward the angular talus with which the scarp is littered. Gradually the angular fragments are rounded and collect at the ends of the Lake, in much the same way as on a coral reef the clinker gradually accumulates towards the lee side of such reef. V. Economic Aspect of the Senkungsfeld. Little attention has hitherto been paid in Australia to the relation between physiography and economics, which fact may justify the following brief digression. In the first place mention may be made of the gold alluvial rendered available for human industry by the deviation of water from the old Lake George River. In 1860 there was a gold rush to Diamond Hill, then called the Brooke's Creek Gold Rush. From the numerous shafts sunk, as well as from the recollections of old residents, this would appear to have been fairly successful. Several years ago, a few diamonds were washed out of this same gravel, and hence the change of name. Grove Creek gravels do not seem to have been payable. The miners experienced great difficulty in cutting througli the layer of ferruginous cement at the bottom of the gravels, and most of the claims were therefore abandoned. Now the old wives of the district use the pipeclay for whitening their hearths, without experiencing much curiosity as to how it got there. The graph of Lake-variation is inserted {vide tig. 4) to show the periods when Lake George really was a lake. Such were the years 1816-1830, 1852, 1864, 1874-1900. Since 1900 the Lake has been shrinking, and was practically dry in 1905. A local flood has practically no effect on the Lake. The dry silt acts as a huge sponge, and absorbs a covering of several inches of water, brought down by Deep Creek or some other feeder, in the course of a I BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 337 night. The conditions are eminently favourable for great evapora- tion. The wind will drive a layer of water several miles from Russell: floiy. £o — Glover 'o/ — > Fig. 4. — Variations in the level of Lake George, 1815-1907. the actual lowest spot, and before it can flow back the sun's heat has reclaimed it for the atmosphere. The Lake-bottom is now covered with a wiry form of grass, with a marsh-loving buttercup, and with several plants allied to the saltbush. These latter flourish in the saline soil, and are much relished by sheep after they become used to the new food. The saline flora is a new importation, I was assured. The Lake is now portioned into grazing leases, and fences run nearly across the bed. The local sheep-breeders for the most part much prefer the Lake dry, since many extra sheep can be carried on their runs. Water of a very pure type can be obtained almost an}-- where along the western shore, at a depth of 12 to 30 feet, and several wind-mills are now engaged in raising it to elevated tanks for distribution. At the same time the neglected boathouses, jetties, and decaying boats and launches which are to be seen near Bungendore, recall the good old times when the Lake teemed with Murray cod, to be replaced later by carp; and when black duck and other game were in the habit of frequenting the huge sheet of water. Lately arrived foreigners, in the shape of foxes and rabbits, are hardly calculated to equal the old fauna from an economic point of view. From 1828 to 1864, the Lake was only for one year (1852) more than ten feet deep, so that the indications seem to point rather to a continuance of the present arid conditions, so far as one is able to judge from records not yet extending over a century. 338 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD, The graph (fig. 4) is drawn from that given in Russell's paper (quoted above), and brought up to date from information given me by Mr. Glover, who keeps an official record of the meteorology of Lake George. vi. Age of the Subsidence. Mr. Russell made use of Lake George as a gigantic rain-gauge, and, from the data he obtained, he put forward some ver}' inter- esting theories as to weather cj'-cles and their causes. It has occurred to me that Lake George may serve as a geological chronometer for much the same reason, that it " keeps all it gets," whether water or silt. The foregoing sections will demonstrate the reasonability of stating that Lake George probably never had an outlet. Hence the silt deposited in Lake George should give us some idea of the time which has elapsed since the extensive faulting instanced took place. All the data made use of are open to criticism, but it is hoped that the method used may be of interest, and that the result may represent a period of years of the right order if not correct to a few hundred units. From Russell's textbook on Rivers* I obtained the following figures for the silt-deposits of the River Po in North Italy; and corresponding numbers for Lake George are tabulated alongside. Table i. A. B. C. D. Area of Basin Rainfall (H.K. Mill) ... ■o ^- silt Eatio . — - — water Silt deposited per annum River Po. Lake George. 30,000 sq. m. 30 inches p. a. 67 million tons. 300 sq. m. 25 inches. ^000 3,400 mill. tons. X years. A. (Area) gives the amount of material to be acted on. B. (Rainfall) gives the effective eroding agent. * River-Development. By I. C. Russell, 1898, pp. 74-5. BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 339 C. (Ratio silt/water) varies with the different rivers from 1 in 2000 to 1 in ^00. The former value would double the period in years, and is perhaps more nearly correct as the Po drains a glaciated country covered with debris. D, The silt in Lake George was supposed to occupy a wedge 10 miles long, 5 miles wide, with base 100 feet deep. (This is probably too small a bulk). This gives a volume of 68,500 million cubic feet. Since a cubic foot of sand weighs about 100 lbs., this represents a weight of 3,400 million tons as deposited during a period of x years. As the area in question is yj^ ^^ that drained b}' the river Po, and the rainfall and silt-carrying power less for Lake George, , , , 67,000,000 X 25 x 900 we may roughly put down IQQ x 30 x '^000 — ^^ amount deposited in Lake George in one year ( = 250,000 tons). XT Q^nn -ir ^ -ii u j -^ i • 3,400,000,000 Hence 3,400 million tons will be deposited in ^ '- years, or say roughly 14,000 years; a result which is quite as near the truth as could be expected. No account has been taken of the velocity-factor, which is very important in connection with silt-carriage. If the velocity were lower than the mean velocity of the Po, it would increase the period. If the rainfall, as is probable, were heavier in prehistoric times in Australia, it would decrease the period. However, one may perhaps be permitted to set down this huge senkungsfeld as having taken place less tiian twenty thousand years ago. vii. Summary. Lake George, the largest lake in New South Wales, occupies an area of subsidence (senkungsfeld) bounded on the west by a fault plane of about 400 feet drop. The fault is approximately parallel to the strike of the Palaeozoic slates and phyllites. It runs north and south for thirty miles, and constitutes the CuUarin Range. The violent tectonic changes have entirely altered the drainage-system of the district. The Molonglo flows through a gorge it has cut in the CuUarin Range, and is clearly an antecedent river. The feeders of Lake George once formed part of the Yass River system. Their lower portions are buried under the silt of Lake George, and they thus fall into the class of betrunked 340 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD, rivers. The old outlet (Oid Lake George River) can be traced as a series of elevated river-gravels for three miles towards the Yass River. The boulders, some over two feet in length, cap hills nearly 300 feet above the present level of the lake-bed. The economic aspects of the senkungsfeld in connection with elevated auriferous alluvials, and the pastoral claims on the lake-bed are traced out. From a comparison with the known silt-forming capacity of the basin of the River Po in Italy, an attempt is made to give a time-value to the silt-contents of Lake George. A period of less than twenty thousand years is shown to be sufficient to fill up tlie lake basin to its present silt-level under modern conditions. Hence the fault and senkungsfeld may be referred to a period contemporaneous with the close of the Great Ice Age in the northern hemisphere, and probably to the period during which the Blue Mountain folding at Lapstone Hill took place in New South Wales. Part ii. LakeBathurst. 1. General Physiography. This Lake lies about twelve miles to the east of Lake George, on the further side of the Cooma railway line, which approaches within a mile of the lake near Tarago (see fig. 5 and stereogram, Plate viii.). It is roughly triangular in outline, with the base to the east. Quartzite hills about 200 feet high border the east and south-west sides, while an area of granite extends into the lake- bed on the north-west, forming a long reef connecting Rabbit Island to the bluffs of the surrounding hills. At each corner is an area of low-lying land. To the north-east a low bank separates the lake from the Bonnie Doon Morass. At periods of flood the two areas form one sheet of water. The southern corner receives the main feeder of the lake, known locally as Chain o' Ponds. Here is a considerable extent of gravels. At the western corner of the lake the gap between the hills is filled in with another extensive deposit of gravels which has been tapped by a railway siding for ballast purposes. When BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 341 full, the Lake has an area of five square miles, and is thus very- much smaller than Lake George. ■:.:.:::::::::-:>^^, Fig. 5. — Map of Lake Bathurst showing its physiography (Feb., 1907). The boundary between the granite and quartzite is indicated approximately. During February, 1907, I made a careful survey of the Lake, for the purpose of determining the area covered by water, and the character of the dam to which the lake owed its origin. Leaving the road and approaching the Lake from the south, one reached a zone of coarse quartzose sand with subangular frag- ments of quartzite, evidently derived from the neighbouring hills. Then came a zone of grey sticky mud about 200 yards wide, and finally the water was reached. This was very brackish and covered with a slight scum. The mud gave off a musty smell, recalling that of certain guano reefs, and was possibly due to the same cause, since a flock of gulls were swimming in the northern portion of the lake. Journeying eastward across the Chain o' 25 342 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD, Ponds, one traversed a sandy mud with occasional Hat-growing, fleshy weeds. The coarse grass at the foot of Lake Bathurst Trig. Station was littered with dead tortoises. One passed three or four every yard, mostly about a foot long. These reptiles were driven out of the lake in the autumn of 1906 by the increas- ing salinity, and as there is no permanent water on the eastern shore, perished. In some such manner, no doubt, many of the huge deposits of vertebrates found fossil in various parts of the world took their origin. From the Trig. Station a fine view of the lake basin and surroundings is obtainable (fig.T). Rabbit Island is a prominent feature, large wattle-trees growing amid the huge granite blocks which have determined the island. The well-defined gap to the south-west at the gravel-siding shows up as the lowest portion of the lip of the basin. Continuing along the north-east shore, granite outcrops ' are met with, their position being shown on the map. At this northern end is the deepest part of the Lake, about one foot deep in February, 1907. Prominent blujffs of granite occur on the north-west shore. Completing the traverse by way of Rabbit Island (which is now merely a mound in a thinly grassed paddock), a series of detrital fans is crossed. These bear witness to the vigour of the torrents rushing down the liillsides, and have a bearing on the origin of the Lake. Not man}' years ago sculling matches took place on tlie Lake between Rabbit Island and the gravel-siding, which latter was also used to convey passengers to the recreation ground on the edge of the lake. With the dr^-ing of the lake, the attraction of the recreation ground has passed; and the pavilion, a prominent and useful landmark, has now degenerated into a stable. Referring to the section across Lake Bathurst (fig. 6), the geological features near the gravel-siding can be made out. About half-a-mile to the west of the lake, the Mulwaree Creek flows to join the WoUondilly-Hawkesbury system at Goulburn. This stream rises about ten miles south of the Lake, and drains a fairly large basin. Between Tarago and the Lake-outlet, the valley contracts so that the stream flows at the foot of rather BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 343 steep quartzite ridges, about 300 feet high. These ridges are covered with a loose talus which is continually dropping into the L. Scales I" * Fig. 6. — Section A B (see fig. 4) across Lake Bathurst, showing the gravel-dam across the outlet and the talus occupying the Mulwaree Valley. creek. In the railway cuttings 30 feet or more of this talus (mingled with soil) are evident. The explanation of the lake-origin which I venture to put forward is intimately connected with this abundance of talus in the narrow valley of the Mulwaree. ChamSPonds MulwcreaR. LoKj^deef^C SOUTH Toraao , Grovel ""^ Robb.Ms. Gran.reRT Fig. 7. — Sketch view of Lake Bathurst from the top of the Trig. Station on the eastern shore. The black area indicates the extent of water in February, 1907. j jWhen filled, the Lake covers the whole fiat expanse. ii. Origin of Lake Bathurst. In earlier geological periods, possibly when a somewhat greater rainfall obtained in New South Wales, the Mulwaree Creek received a pair of tributaries from the east. One of these drained the valley now occupied by the Bonnie Doon Lagoon (N.E.), and 344 THE LAKE GEORGE SENKUNGSFELD, the other held much the same position as the Chain o' Ponds (S.E.)does now. These creeks crossed the bed of Lake Bathurst, and entered Mulwaree Creek near the gravel-siding. During periods of drought, these lesser lateral streams would probably cease flowing, and their entrance into the main creek, not being scoured by any current, would very readily be choked by material washed down by the parent stream and derived from hills in the immediate vicinity. Thus would arise a shallow lake which, given periods of increasing aridity, would serve as a settling ground for the water poured in by the two small tributaries postulated above. Talus and pebbles brought down into this youthful lake would be rolled about by the storms (which are still a feature of the lake when flooded) and piled in the angles, giving rise to the gravel mentioned as occupying those positions. Each succeeding period of flood would but serve to isolate the lake more and more, by enabling further material to be piled on the barrier, Avhich would also be strengthened by the talus distributed by the Mulwaree Creek on the outer face of the dam."^ Given conditions of increasing aridity, a main stream flowing through a narrow talus-covered gorge, and a lateral valley of circumscribed cross-section receiving the drainage of a much smaller area; these, I believe, constitute the factors which have led to the isolation of Lake Bathurst. In conclusion, a few dates in connection with Lake Bathurst may be noted. 1844. Lake Bathurst dry. 1870-8. A " banker," as in Lake George. 1873. The Lake overflowed into the Mulwaree over the gravel- siding. 1890. The lake rose to the lower rails of the siding. Within a few feet of overflow. Goulburn residents anxious as to danger of flood if the gravel-dam burst. * Readers of the National Geographic Magazine will recall the origin of the Salton Sink in California, due to damming up of a lateral valley by silt carried down by the Colorado River. I BY T. GRIFFITH TAYLOR. 345 1907. One-quarter of the bed covered, not more than one foot deep in the larger area. From these dates one can see that the floods in Lakes George and Bathurst agree sufficiently closely. Their modes of origin are, however, entirely dissimilar, Lake Bathurst being merely a dammed-up river valley, while Lake George is an example of a huge senkuugsfeld and fault-scarp which has absolutely altered all the original drainage-scheme of the area comprised in its basin. In conclusion, I desire to thank Messrs. J. Barrett (Tarago), Gill (Winderadeen), Glover (Bungendore), and Donelly (Douglas) for much help received while carrying out my investigations on Lakes Bathurst and George. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate vii. Map of the Lake George " Senkungsfeld " and Fault Scarp (Cullarin Range). The granite area is only approximate. The high-level gravels (making the old outlet) are indicated to scale as black oval patches. The extent of water in February, 1907, is shown by the hatched area on the east of the lake, Plate viii. Stereogram of Lake George showing the area of internal drainage. The high-level gravels, south of Geary's Gap, are marked. The antecedent valley of the Molonglo appears at the lower end. In the north-east the main features of the Lake Bathurst area are indicated. Plate ix. A view of the Lake-bed in February, 1907. The Lake has been practically dry for four or five years, and is sparsely covered with a nutritious salt-bush on which the sheep may be observed to be feeding. Plate X. From a photo taken in 1884 when the Lake was nearly full of water. The irregular eastern coastline culminating in Governor's Hill (to the right) appears in the background. 346 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY. No. XV. New Genera and Species of CARABiDiE, with some Notes on Synonymy (Clivinini, Scaritini, Cunipectini, Trigonotomini and Lebiini). By Thomas G. Sloane. (Continued from Vol. xxix., 190 4, p.538.) BIPARTITI. A character which differentiates the two tribes of the Bipartiti (as represented in the Australian fauna), but which has not been noticed, is the seta near the tip of the basal joint of the antennae on the upper side; this is present in all Australian species of the Clivinini, but absent in all our representatives of the Scaritini. M}^ data are not sufficient to enable me to report on this feature in the faunas of other parts of the world, but the species of Scarites which I have examined have had no trace of this seta. Only once have I seen a member of the tribe Scaritini in which this seta was present; viz., one specimen of Scdraphites lenoius Westw., (a species in which the seta is normally wanting). This seems a case of atavistic reversion, suggesting that the Scaritini are descended from a stock in which the seta was present, and so strengthening my impression that the present day Scaritini are less ancient than the Clivinini. Tribe CLIVININI. Genus C l i v i n a. Clivina banksi, n.sp. Elongate. Head wide before the eyes; elytra strongly punctate- striate, fourth stria joining fifth at base, interstices greatly raised near base, eighth carinate near base, narrow and carinate on apical curve; anterior tibiae strongly 3-dentate, paronychium BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 347 long, obtuse; prosternal episterna almost Isevigate (hardly substrio- late and subrugulose anteriorly); peduncle with lateral cavities impunctate. Black (elytra sometimes with an obscure ferruginous stripe on apical curve above eighth interstice), legs ferruginous. Head smooth between facial carinas, a few punctures on each side near posterior extremity of facial carina; clypeus with median part lightly emarginate, strongly bordered, "wings" not divided from median part, rounded externally, lightly concave, rugulose> supra-antennal plates wide, rounded and bordered externally, decidedly divided from "wings" of clypeus. Prothorax convex, laevigate, a little longer than broad (255 x 2-4 mm.), widest a little before posterior angles, decidedly narrowed anteriorly (1-9 mm.); anterior line deep; median line well marked. Elytra convex, widest a little behind middle (5-3 x 2*7 mm.); base trun- cate; striae very deep anteriorly, shallow — but marked — pos- teriorly; interstices convex, very strongly so towards base. Prosternum with intercoxal part wide anteriorly, transversely sulcate on posterior declivity. Length 10, breadth 2*7 mm. Hab. — Q.: Normanb}'- River, 40 miles south-west from Cook- town (Sloane; two specimens on the river-bank; June, 1906); Cooktown (Olive; Coll. Sloane). Though so closely resembling C. australasice Bohem., that it might be taken for that species at the first glance, it is really more allied to C. leai SI., from which it is at once differentiated by its much larger size, elytra not with the whole apical fourth reddish, etc. From C. australasice it differs (apart from its less opaque black colour) by its almost smooth prosternal episterna; peduncle with lateral cavities impunctate; anterior tibiae with fourth (upper) tooth obsolete, paronychium longer, obtuse at apex; head smoother, much less punctate on gulae; elytra with interstices much more raised near base; wide basal part of inflexed margin without a longitudinal punctate stria, etc. Clivina planifrons, n.sp. Convex, parallel; head depressed, clypeus emarginate as in C, australasice (but a little more deeply so); elytra with fourth stria 348 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., joining fifth at base ; prosternum as in C. australasice (but episterna not perceptibly transversely striolate); anterior femora short, wide, with lower side rounded and bordered on posterior margin; anterior tibiae strongly 4-dentate. Head, prothorax, and anterior legs piceous-red ; elytra piceous-black ; body piceous beneath; four posterior legs testaceous. Head with vertex and front flat, this depressed area extending on each side to eyes and backwards in a curve behind level of eyes; front without the usual facial carina on each side near eyes. Prothorax Isevigate, convex, quadrate (2 2 x 2-25 mm.), very little narrowed to apex; median and anterior lines well marked. Elytra a little wider than prothorax (4-75 x 2-5 mm), parallel on sides, widely rounded at apex; base truncate; striae not deep, punctulate, seventh not interrupted posteriorly; interstices lightly convex. Length 6-5-8-5, breadth 1 •75-2-5 mm. Hah. — Q.: Brisbane (Hacker; Colls. Hacker and Sloane). This species was sent to me by Mr. Henry Hacker ticketed '* Brisbane." It is allied to C. cava Putz., which is the only Australian species with which it can be confused, but it differs from C. cava by colour; head more depressed, the depressed area occupying all the space between the eyes, so that the supraorbital setae rise under its lateral edge, and the facial carinae become altogether lost (in C. cava the facial carinae are well developed and distinct). Clivina hackeri, n.sp. Robust, oval; head small; prothorax subtrapezoid, narrowed anteriorly ; elytra convex, shortly oval ; metasternum small, hardly more than half the length of posterior cox^e between inter- mediate and posterior coxae; peduncle with lateral concavities small, smooth; legs short, stout, anterior tibiae strongly 3-dentate with a slight protuberance above upper tooth. Head as in C. nyctosyloides Putz.; clypeus with median part truncate, the "wings" lightly advanced beyond median part, gently oblique on inner side; mandibles short, stout; labrum short, 7-setose. Mentum large; lobes wide, obtuse, oblique on BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 349 inner side; sinus shallow; a very wide, prominent, roundly obtuse, median process in sinus. Antennae stout; second joint longer than third; joints 4-11 moniliform, compressed. Prothorax convex, transverse (2-8 x 3*5 mm.;, widest just before posterior angles, greatly narrowed to apex (2-1 mm.); sides oblique; apex emarginate; anterior angles widely obtuse, subprominent; pos- terior angles obtuse but marked ; basal curve short ; border narrow, entire on basal curve; anterior line well marked near anterior margin; median line distinct. Elytra short, oval (6 X 4mm.), very convex, deeply but roundly declivous to peduncle; shoulders quite rounded off; striae strongly impressed, finely punctate at bottom, seventh as strongly impressed as otliers and continuous to apex; interstices convex, first with a very short striole at base, third 4-punctate, eighth entire, wide and convex on apical curve; lateral channel closely catenulate (with punctate tubercles) at bottom. Presternum with intercoxal part wide, shortly channelled between coxae; posterior declivity transversely impressed, but not sulcate. Tarsi short, anterior with first joint as long as four succeeding joints together; intermediate tibiae stout, incrassate, outer edge denticulate, external spur stout, long, placed a little above apex, another short spur a little above it. Length 11, breadth 4 mm. Hah. — Q.: Coen (Colls. Hacker and Sloane). A very distinct species without any close relationship to any other Australian species. Its short broad form, with short oval elytra (not truncate at base) distinguish it from all our species. It is one of a few species with short metasternal episterna; probably it may be placed near C. nyctosy hides Putz., which it resembles generally in form of head, prothorax, "and peduncle, but it is very distinct by its smaller metasternum with shorter episterna; elytra not truncate on base, eighth interstice distinct from seventh and hardly reduced in width near apex. It has the elytra soldered together and the underwings reduced to a mere narrow membrane, characters which seem to differentiate it from all other species of the genus. Mr. Henr}'' Hacker informed me that he obtained only three specimens one morning 350 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., (18th Jan., 1906) after rain, crossing a track in open forest land; from this it would appear that it is not a riparian species like the typical species of Clivina. Tribe SCARITINI. Genus Scaraphites. ScARAPHiTES HiRTiPES Macleay. By a vexatious error in my Check-List of the Australian Carabidse, Pt. i. (1905), Sc. hirtipes Macl., has been placed as a synonym of Sc. latipennis Macl. The differences between these species and their synonymy have been dealt with by me in these Proceedings (1905, pp. Ill and 112), and I still hold the views there expressed. Scaraphites len^eus Westwood. Since dealing with Sc. lenceus Westwood, in these Proceedings (1905, p. Ill), I have received from Mr. J. A. Kershaw of Melbourne, a specimen ticketed Scaraphites martini Cast., which agrees more closely with Westwood's figure than the specimen of Sc. latipennis Macl., which I formerly identified as Sc. lenceus, Mr. Kershaw's specimen has the prothorax with the sides more strongly sinuate posteriori}^ and the basal angles far more strongly marked than in Mr. Lea's specimen (in which these features are feebly developed); thereby showing a stronger resemblance to Westwood's figure, though to me both specimens seem forms of one species — this suggests that Sc. latipenyiis Macl., from King George's Sound, is probably a slightly differen- tiated form or variety of Sc. lenceus, the typical form being from the West Coast. The ticket on Mr. Kershaw's specimen is an old one, and seems to offer a clue to the identity of Sc. martini Cast., with Sc. lenceus Westw., rather than with Sc. silenus Westw., as conjectured by me (these Proceedings, 1905, p. 111). Genus Euryscaphus. In these Proceedings (1905, p. 113) I have said that the type of Euryscaphus carhonarius Cast., is no longer in existence. I BY THOMAS G. SLOAN E. 351 Mr. J. A. Kershaw informs me, however, that there is a specimen (which 1 must have overlooked) in the Howitt Collection — at present in his charge — ticketed Scaraphites carhonarius Cast. It is to be hoped the vexed question of the identity of this species may be settled authoritatively sooner or later by an examination of the type. Genus Laccoscaphus. Laccoscaphus quadriseriatus, n.sp. Elliptical-oval, robust, convex; head with two supraorbital punctures on each side; each elytron with four rows of deep fovepe; anterior tibiae 3-dentate. Black, margin of prothorax and elytra and bottoms of elytral fovea? cupreous. Head transverse-quadrate (4*9 mm across eyes); frontal sulci hardly divergent backwards, connected behind by a rounded impression; three subequal frontal spaces clearly defined from occiput; eyes small, lightly convex, not prominent. Prothorax convex, transverse (4-25 x 6-3 mm.); sides subparallel, rounded at posterior angles, lightly sinuate on each side of the wide basal lobe; anterior angles roundly obtuse, a little advanced but not prominent; border thick, refiexed, a little narrower on sides than on each side of basal curve, not refiexed in middle of basal lobe; median line distinct; a transverse line defining basal area; a wide shallow rounded impression before each side of basal lobe; four marginal punctures on each side, anterior puncture just behind anterior angle. Elytra convex, ovate (10 x 6-3 mm.), widest behind middle, a little narrowed to base; sides slightly rounded; base lightly truncate-emarginate behind lobe of prothorax; four rows of large deep fovete on each elytron, and a row of ocellate punctures placed in foveiform depressions along sides ; border refiexed, upturned (but roundly obtuse) at humeral angles. Length 18*5, breadth 6-3 mm. Hah. — Australia (type in Coll. Deutsche Entomologische National Museum, Berlin). In these Proceedings (1905, p. 116 )I have given a synoptic table of the species of Laccosca^phns, following which the position 352 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., of L. quadriseriatus would be next to L. foveigerus Chaud. The described species of Laccoscaphus with four rows of fovese on each elytron and the lateral ocellate pores placed in foveiform depressions are L. foveigerus Chaud., L. quadriseriatus Macl., L. lacunosus MacL, and L. macleayi SI.; these species are all so closely allied to one another that it seems probable they are colour-varieties of one variable and widely distributed species rather than distinct species. L. quadriseriatus differs from all the species mentioned above by the margins of the pronotum and elytra and the bottoms of the elytral foveae being cupreous; size larger; form more convex; pro thorax with anterior angles more obtuse and less prominent, sides more decidedl}^ rounded to anterior angles, base less strongly sinuate on each side — owing to the basal lobe being less developed; elytra more convex, with more numerous fovece in all the rows. L. quadriseriatus is the same size as L. spencei Westw., from which it differ.s by colour, the presence of a juxtasutural row of foveae on the elytra, ifec. A single specimen was sent to me by Herr Sigismund Schenkling, ticketed " New Holland "; I should expect its habitat to be tropical Australia. Genus C a r e n u m . Carenum formosum, n.sp. Elliptical-oval, Isevigate; head convex, frontal sulci parallel, suborbital channel single, lower edge forming a ridge; prothorax convex, transverse, lobate, anterior angles strongly advanced, lateral margins wide, bipunctate; elytra ovate, convex, bipunctate towards apex; anterior tibiae 3-dentate, posterior tibiae slender. Head black with a faint violaceous tinge posteriorly above and below; prothorax widely margined with green (including anterior margin), disc deep purple-black ; elytra violet with green reflections, becoming green near margins; inflexed margin of prothorax and elytra green; prosternum black with episterna viridescent; body black; mes- and metepisterna and ventral segments laterally viridescent; legs, antennae and palpi black, antenn£e on sides of apical joints and apex of palpi reddish- piceous. f BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 353 Head transverse (4*3 mm. across eyes); anterior margin truncate between intermediate angles, arcuate outside intermediate angles; frontal sulci parallel, not deep; preocular sulcus lightly marked- preocular process small, rounded; eyes reniform, lightly convex. Prothorax transverse (32 x 5*7 mm.), much wider than head, convex, declivous to base ; sides lightly rounded ; posterior angles rounded off'; anterior angles strongly advanced, roundly obtuse; basal lobe well developed, rounded; a strong sinuosity on each side of basal lobe; border widely reflexed, most strongly so at posterior angles; marginal channel wide; median line lightly marked. Elytra ovate (7-7 x 5-5 mm.), lightly rounded on sides; base obliquely declivous, punctate; lateral channel wide; border reflexed, strongly upturned at humeral angles; a row of closely placed ocellate punctures along lateral margins. Prosternum with intercoxal part lightly and widely channelled, truncate at base; two marginal punctures on each side. Legs light; anterior femora not swollen in middle; anterior tibiae with upper external tooth very small, surmounted by two small denticulations. Length 15-5, breadth 5*7 mm. Hah. — N.W.Australia : Carnot Bay (type Coll. Sloane). I owe this species to the kindness of Mr. C. French; it belono-s to the C. amaragduhmi group and is allied to C. virescens SI., but differs by smaller size; lighter form; eyes more convex, more lightly inclosed in smaller orbits posteriorly; lateral channel much narrower at sinuosities on each side of prothoracic basal lobe (border not reflexed at these sinuosities); elytra narrower, and less rounded on sides, disc of a beautiful metallic-blue colour. In general appearance it closely resembles C. froggatti SI., but differs decidedly by head wider, more convex, anterior angles less prominent, anterior margin not sloping forward on each side to summit of intermediate angles, frontal sulci parallel, ejes less prominent; prothorax more transverse; elytral margin wider; prosternum with intercoxal part not deeply longitudinally channelled. 354 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOxMOLOGY, »V., Carenum rutilans, n.sp. Elongate-oval, convex, laevigate ; head with frontal sulci strongly divergent posteriorly, two supraorbital setigerous punc- tures on each side; pro thorax with posterior angles rounded, base lobate, marginal channel narrow, •2-punctate; elytra oval, 2-punctate on apical third; anterior tibiae 3-dentate. Pronotum and elytra nitid-green with purple tints on discal parts in some lights; inflexed margins of elytra green; head black, occiput virescent on each side at posterior extremity of frontal sulci, under-surface with purple tints behind mentum ; prosternum nigro-virescent; body black, mes- and metepisterna virescent; legs black, tarsi and an tennse piceous, palpi reddish-piceous. Head large (3 "5 mm. across eyes), convex, smooth; anterior margin with intermediate angles small, triangular, arcuate out- side intermediate angles; clypeus truncate and declivous between intermediate angles; frontal sulci deep, strongly divergent and defining lateral frontal spaces posteriorly; preocular sulcus short, distinct; preocular process, small, rounded externally; supra- orbital sulcus not extending downwards behind eyes to join suborbital channel; eyes convex, prominent; orbits not prominent behind eyes. Prothorax not much wider than head (■2'75 x 4mm.), evenly convex, roundly and strongly declivous to base; sides hardly rounded in middle, very lightly narrowed to anterior angles, widely and evenly rounded posteriorly; anterior angles a little advanced, obtuse; basal lobe strong]}^ developed, rounded; border narrow^ reflexed, sharply sinuate on each side of basal lobe, thicker on basal lobe; marginal channel narrow, a little wider round posterior angles; median line narrow. Elytra oval (6"3 X 425 mm.), convex, evenly rounded on sides; base strongly declivous to peduncle; margin explanate at apex; border roundly reflexed, prominent at humeral angles; inflexed maigin wide, widely vertical at apex; a row of closely placed ocellate punctures along sides; basal declivity punctate. Length 12-5, breadth 4-25 mm. Hah. — Central Australia : Tennant's Creek (unique; Coll. French). BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 355 Belongs to the C. smaragdulum group; by its head with two supraorbital punctures it shows an affinity to C. odewahni Cast., and C. distinctum Macl., but it is at once difterentiated from these species by the prothorax with only two lateral setse, in this resembling C. frougatti^ SI., to which, however, it has no close affinity, differing by its very widely securiform apical joint of the labial palpi, prothorax with marginal channel and border not wide, &c. Carenum morosum, n.sp. Elongate-oval, convex, l?evigate; head with one supraorbital seta on each side; prothorax transverse, lateral margins without setigerous punctures, base sinuately subtruncate without median lobe; elytra cordate, impunctate on disc and on basal declivity; anterior tibiae 2-dentate, intermediate tibi?e stout, incrassate, with a well marked spiniform spur at outer apica langle. Black. Head large, convex (6 mm. across eyes); frontal sulci deep, subparallel, reaching back as far as base of eyes; eyes rather prominent, strongly inclosed in orbits at base. Prothorax transverse (5x7 mm.), convex; sides lightly rounded, subparallel in middle, very lightly narrowed to anterior angles, these prominent, obtuse, more strongly narrowed to posterior angles, these rounded but marked; border strongly reflexed, narrow on middle of sides, much wider near anterior angles, widelyexplanate at posterior angles, widely subsinu ate on each side of base behind posterior angles, narrowed and emarginate on middle of base; median line deeply impressed; a well marked foveiform impression on each side of base about half-way between posterior and median line. Elytra hardly wider than prothorax (9-6 x 7*2 mm.); base widely emarginate, truncate; sides gently narrowed to apex; border reflexed, strongly so towards base, upturned at humeral angles; lateral channel wide behind humeral angles; lateral ocellate punctures widely placed (about twelve on each side). * In the original description of C. froggatti the anterior tibise are twice mentioned, the first time erroneously as bidentate; they are trideutate.— T.G.S. 356 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., Prosternum with intercoxal part longitudinally channelled and with one setigerous puncture on each side. Posterior coxae with one setigerous puncture; posterior trochanters with a setigerous puncture on inner side near base. Length 19*5, breadth 7*2 mm. Hab. — Victoria : Grampian Mountains (unique; Coll. French). Belongs to the C. Icevipenne group,* which includes C. Icevi- penne Macl., C. ineditum Mac]., (I have doubts as to the distinctness of these two species), C. co7'dipenne SI. (remarkable for having the paragense setigero-punctate beneath suborbital scrobe), and C. politulumj Westw. C. morosum is allied to C. Icevipenne^ but differs by colour wholly black; prothorax more parallel on sides, much more lightly narrowed to anterior angles, posterior angles more prominent and marked, border much more widel}' reflexed; base of elytra without ocellate punctures near humeral angles; intermediate tibiae stouter and with a more decided spine at outer apical angle. It is remarkable to find in C. morosum the basal declivity absolutely without punctures; another black Victorian species, viz., C. ainplipenne SI., has only one puncture on each side, and C. lepidum SI., has sometimes the base with one puncture, sometimes with none; C. lepidiim has no affinity to C. morosum and C amplijyenyie, and these two latter species differ decidedly from one another. Genus Carenidium. Carenidium longipenne, n.sp. Elongate, depressed, Isevigate. Labrum deeply emarginate; prothorax very little broader than long, two marginal setigerous punctures on each side; elytra long, narrow, impunctate, strongly bimucronate at apex, border not dentate at humeral angles; *Cf. these Proceedings, 1900, p.366. 1 1 believe from Westwood's figure of C. politulum that it exactly resembles G. Icevigatiim Macl., in form of legs, shape of prothorax and colour; in fact, I have always inclined to think Westwood's description was founded on a form conspecific with C. Icevigatum, in which the two discal elytral punctures were absent. BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 357 anterior tibiae bidentate. Black, prothorax and elytra widely- margined with green. Head 5-2 mm. across eyes, subdepressed, smooth; frontal sulci long, deep, diverging backwards, anterior part turning outwards in a light linear course; clypeus with median part emarginate, declivous, intermediate angles strong, dentiform; eyes convex, not prominent; orbits large, rising gently from sides of head, as prominent as and enclosing eyes; two supraorbital punctures on each side. Prothorax a little broader than long (5 x 55 mm.) depressed on disc, not declivous to base in middle; sides sub- parallel; narrowed gently anteriorly before marginal seta, widely .rounded at posterior angles, lightly sinuate on each side of base; anterior margin truncate; border narrow, hardly produced at anterior angles, stronger and continuous between posterior marginal setae. Elytra hardly as wide as prothorax, elongate- parallel-oval (12x5-4 mm.), lightly depressed towards base; strongly and subobliquely declivous on sides; humeral angles rounded; base truncate; each elytron terminating in a strong cylindrical sharply pointed mucro; a row of separate punctures along sides; four punctures on base of each elytron. Ventral segments 3-5 bipunctate; apical segment with reflexed edge foveate on each side of" apex. Legs light; posterior coxae and trochanters impunctate. Length 23*5, breadth 5*5 mm. Hah. — W.A.: ISorseman (W. A. Sayer; Coll. French; unique). This species is characterised by its long narrow parallel form; it belongs to the C . mucroiiatum group, in which the elytra are bimucronate at the apex. From C mucronatum Macl., it is at once distinguished by its smaller size, much more narrow and elongate form, longer apical mucrones, &c. It is more allied to C. leal SI. (the other species of the group), with the description of which it agrees in the general characters of head and prothorax, but from which it is evidently distinct by its more slender form; elytra with margins of depressed discoidal area not "sharply defined " nor ending in a subtuberculate elevation on each side. The apical declivity slopes evenly to the long pointed apical mucrones, and the disc is only depressed (slightly) on the anterior half. 26 358 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., Tribe CUNEIPECTINI, n.trib. Head not narrowed behind eyes, one supraorbital seta on each side; eyes round, distant from buccal fissure, not inclosed at base. Antennae with three basal joints glabrous. Mentum deeply emarginate, toothed. Prothorax widely margined; posterior marginal seta on explanate border just before basal angle. Elytra not bordered on base, strongly punctate-striate, dorsal interstices without setigerous punctures ; margin decidedly interrupted posteriorly and with a strong internal plica. Pro- sternum with intercoxal part shortly prolonged backwards in a wedge-shaped process. Mesosternuui wide and deeply excavate between intermediate coxse; epimera not attaining coxse. Meta- sternum and first ventral segment meeting and rather widely dividing posterior coxae; episterna short, wide. Ventral segments 4-6 with a strongly defined and wide raised margin or '* collar " along anterior margin. Legs stout; tibiae wide at apex, anterior emarginate on inner side towards apex, inner spur above emargin- ation; posterior coxae 3-setose. I would place the tribe Cuneipectini at the beginning of the Trigonotomid series of the subfamily Harpalinae. CuNEiPECTUS, n.gen. Head stout, convex, not narrowed behind eyes; one supra- orbital seta opposite middle of eye on each side. Antennce setaceous, short, reaching to base of prothorax; three basal joints glabrous, first stout, not long (Imm.j, second shortest (0"65mm.), third longest (1-4 mm.). Lahrum large, subquadrate; a longi- tudinal median line from base to near apex; anterior margin lightly emarginate in middle and rounded on each side. Clyi^eus large; anterior margin widely subemarginate, a strong puncture near each anterior angle. Mandibles stout, not long, without a seta in outer scrobe. Mentum deeply excavate, with broad pro- minent median tooth; sinus with sides parallel. Palpi stout : labial with penultimate joint a little longer than apical, 2-setose in front; apical joint club-shaped, shortly and roundly angustate- truncate : maxillary long; second joint longest (1 mm.); two BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 359 apical joints shorter (07 mm.), equal; apical truncate. Maxillce with outer lobe longer than inner, 2-articulate; inner lobe stout, hooked at apex, inner side closely beset with bristles. Ligida short, corneous, with two widely placed setse at apex. Prothoracc transverse; three or four widely placed setae along lateral margins, the posterior seta near edge of explanate margin just before basal angles. Elytra widely oval, strongl}'- punctate-striate, not bordered at base; margin interrupted and with an internal plica near apex; a short striole at base of first interstice. Body sub- pedunculate; scutellum wide. Abdomen with a strongly raised wide border along anterior margin of segments 4-6; first segment meeting metasternum and dividing posterior coxse. Prosternn/m with intercoxal part wedge-shaped; posterior declivity narrow, vertical. Mesosternum with intercoxal declivity deeply excavate, a strong keel-like ridge on each side. Legs stout; tibiae wide at apex, anterior with inner side emarginate before apex, inner spur above emargination; tarsi of moderate length, fifth joint setulose beneath. CUNEIPECTUS FRENCHI, n.spT~ Robust, wide, oval, glabrous; black. Prothorax transverse (6 X 9 "3 mm.); apex truncate behind head; anterior angles shortly advanced, wide, roundly obtuse; sides rounded, more gently narrowed to base than to apex ; base wide, truncate across peduncle; basal angles produced shortly backwards, obtuse; disc convex, canaliculate, transversely striolate; posterior marginal seta on border near edge at a little distance (1 mm.) from basa} angle; border wide with edge thick, produced at anterior and basal angles Elytra wide, oval (19 x 12'6 mm.) ; shoulders rounded off; apex wide, strongly sinuate on each side; disc wide, subdepressed, hardly declivous to base behind scutellum, but strongly so on each side of base; striae deep, coarsely punctate; interstices wide, lightly convex, seventh more raised, subcosti- form, forming outer margin of disc; space betw^een summit of eighth interstice and lateral border depressed, rugose-punctate. Length 29, breadth 12-6 mm. Hah. — W.A.: Norseman District (Coll. French; unique). 360 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., There is a row of closely placed deep punctures near the lateral border of the elytra, but these are not the normal setigerous punctures of the ninth interstice; the latter are very small, but may be noticed by a careful inspection about the middle of the lateral depression. The facies of this strange insect, for which I have not only founded a new genus, but have also felt compelled to propose a new tribe, is almost that of a true Carabus, and is very unlike that of any other Australian carab. Most of its characters show an affinity to the Trigonotomini, but it seems also to have some remote affinities towards the Broscini, Chlceniini and Panageini. It is evidently an ancient and generalised form such as might have been expected to be still in existence in Australia. Tribe TRIGONOTOMINI. Castelnau, Etudes Entomologiques, 1834, p.75. Under the law of priority, which acts in the same manner for higher groups as it does for genera and species, the tribal name Trigonotomini must be given preference over Pterostichini (Erichson, 1837) and Platysmatini (Tschitscherine, 1899). Genus Castelnaudia. Castelnaudia sp., Tschitscherine. Trichosternus opacij^ennis Tschitscherine, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XXXV., 1902, p. 528 (not Homalosoma opacipenne Macleay). There can be no doubt but that the late M. Tschitscherine mis- took another species for Homolosoma opacipenne Macl.; it would have been impossible for a specialist holding the views he did on taxonomy to have placed that species in the genus Trichosternus. One has only to take note of his statement in regard to the species he had before him, " tete et pronotum luisants," to be convinced that it was not H. opacipenne Macl., which has only the head nitid, the pronotum being opaque. Tschitscherine's species is sufficiently described to be identified. It is unknown to me in nature; and " a specific name which un- doubtedly rests upon an error of identification can not be retained for the misdetermined species even if the species in question are BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 361 afterwards placed in different genera" (Art.31, Internat. Rules Zool. NomencL). Tschitsch^rine gives the dimensions as length 25, prothorax 5*25x7, elytra 13 x 8*5 mm. His notes indicate that it is closely allied to C. wilsoni Casteln., from which it differs by its colour wholly black. Genus Notonomus. NOTONOMUS CARTERI, n.Sp. Oval, robust. Head small (2-5 mm. across eyes); prothorax subcordate, basal angles obtuse, marked, posterior marginal seta just before basal angle in marginal channel; elytra oval, deeply striate; interstices convex, third interstice 3-punctate on apical two-thirds, humeral angles rounded. Black; elytra in ^ sub- viridescent on apical and lateral declivities; legs piceous, tibiae, tarsi and antennae reddish-piceous. Head convex; eyes round, prominent. Prothorax a little broader than long (3*5 x 3*7 mm.), lightly convex, widest before middle; sides lightly rounded, obliquely narrowed to base; apex truncate (2-5 mm.); anterior angles subprominent; base narrower thau apex (2*3 mm.), sloping forward on each side; basal angles obtuse but marked; lateral border narrow, subsinuate just before base; median line well marked; lateral basal impressions wide, elongate, rather deep; space between them convex. Elytra oval (8 X 4*9 mm.), convex; apical sinuosities distinct, wide; basal and lateral borders meeting at humeral angles without interruption; eighth interstice rather narrow, but wider than ninth; tenth interstice shortly developed before apical sinuosities. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded, of mesosternum decidedly concave. Length 13, breadth 4*9 mm. Hah. — N.S.W.: Mount Kosciusko (Colls. Carter and Sloane). Taken by Mr. H. J. Carter, to whose good nature I owe two specimens ((^9)- ^^ ^^^^ ^ considerable resemblance to N. howitti ISl., but differs b}'- head smaller, less convex; prothorax narrower, particularly at base, more convex, not depressed between lateral basal impressions, lateral border narrower, especially near basal angles; intercoxal declivity of mesosternum decidedly concave. Its position in the genus is beside N. mnelleri 362 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., SI., from which it is readily distinguished by smaller size, narrower form; head smaller; eyes more roundly prominent; prothorax more narrowed to base, border subsinuate just before basal angles and continuing on to base at each side; legs darker; elytra with a subvirescent tinge in ^, S:c. NOTONOMUS ^QUALIS, n.sp. Elongate-oval, convex. Prothorax subquadrate, posterior angles wide, hardly marked ; elytra oval, strongly striate, humeral angles rounded (but basal border decidedly rai^ed above lateral border at point of junction), interstices convex, third 4-punctate. Black, nitid; prothorax becoming metallic-green towards sides and across apex. (J. Head moderate (3-3 mm. across eyes); eyes protuberant, deeplv inclosed in large orbits posteriorly. Prothorax broader than long (-i-S x 4-9 mm.), widest a little before middle, very lightly narrowed to base; apex and base of equal width (3-6 mm.); sides lightly rounded; basal angles widely obtuse, marked by the posterior marginal seta on border ; lateral border narrow, passing round basal angles on to sides of base; median line strongly impressed; lateral basal impressions wide, deep. Elvtra oval (9*2 x 5-5 mm.), convex; apex widely sinuate on each side; tenth interstice short, well developed towards apex; inter- stices convex, subcarinate on apical declivity, eighth wider than ninth on basal half. Intercoxal declivity of prosteruum rounded in middle, of mesosternum widely and very lightly concave. Length 16-18, breadth 5-5-6'3mm. ffab. — X.S.W.: Verona (Colls. Sloane and Taylor). Given to me by Mr. F. H. Taylor of Sydney as coming from Verona in the Bega district of X. S. Wales. It has the facies of ^. spenceri, but is allied to X. macoyi SI.,* from which it differs bv colour not wholly black; prothorax more convex, more evenly * An error occurs in my description of N. macoyi where the size of the head is given as " 4"1 mm. across eyes"; it should be 3-1 mm. from a remeasurement of the type still in my possession. — T.G.S. BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 363 rounded on sides, less strongly narrowed to base, posterior angles wider and less marked; elytra with basal border more decidedly raised above lateral border at shoulders, inner inter- stices more raised and narrower at apex; legs black, &c. NoTONOMUS vioLACEUs Castelnau. Trigonoioma violacea Cast., Etud. Ent. 1831, p. 76; Notonomus Jletcheri SI., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1902, xxvii. p. 277. M. Petri Semenow of St. Petersburg has communicated to me a MS. description of Trigonotoma violacea Cast., by the late M. Tschitscherine, from which I have been able to determine it without doubt as the Sydney form of N. Jletcheri SI. M. Tschit- scherine's note indicated that one of the specimens before him (belonging to the Paris Museum) was ticketed " Sydney." My description of N. Jletcheri was founded on the form found at Springwood, which has the head and prothorax of a cupreous colour, elytra with a dark cupi eous tinge. I believe that it will be found advantageous for collectors to retain this name for the mountain form or variety of X. violaceus Cast. NOTOXOMCS JOHNSTOXI, n.sp. 9. Elongate-oval. Prothorax subcordate, posterior angles not marked, posterior marginal seta distant from base; elytra oval, deeply striate; interstices convex, third 3-punctate, eighth narrow. Black with a very obscure brooze tint on elytra. Head rather large (3 3 across eyes), oval, convex: eyes reni- form, subprominent. Prothorax broader than long (4x4 4: mm.), widest before middle, narrower at base (2-7 mm.) than at apex (3 3 mm.); sides rounded, roundly-obliquely narrowed to base; apex: truncate: basal angles not marked, very neiir peduncle; lateral border narrow, very narrow behind posterior marginal puncture; median line well marked; lateral basal impressions near basal angles, shallow, wide. Elytra oval (9-5 x 5-5 mm.), convex; basal and lateral borders meeting without interruption at humeral angles; apex widely rounded with a light wide 364 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., sinuosity on each side. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum rounded in middle, of mesosternuiii flat. Length 16*5, breadth 5-5 mm. Eah. — N.S.W.: Barrington River (Colls. Sloane and Taylor; taken by Mr. S. J. Johnston). I owe a specimen of this species to the kindness of Mr. F. H. Taylor of Sydney. It is most nearly allied to .V, eMcisipennis SI., but is differentiated by colour; elytra not deeply sinuate on each side of apex; posterior marginal seta of prothorax more distant from base, &c. The convex narrow eighth interstice is not wider than ninth, except just near the base, but it is not so linear as in N. excisipennis. N. johnstoni has almost exactly the facies of N. scotti SI., from which it may be distinguished at once by the narrower eighth interstice, posterior marginal seta of prothorax 0"75 mm. from basal angle, not at basal angle, tkc, NoTONOMUS SCOTTI, n.sp. N. kingi SI. (not Chaudoir), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1902, xxvii. p. 286. I have no doubt but that the late M. Tschitschetine was right in considering N. excisipennis SI., as synonymous with N. kingi Chaud.,* specimens of which he saw in the Paris Museum; this leaves the species which I have regarded as N. kingi without a name; N. scotti is now proposed to replace N. kingi SI., my description of which is sufficient for purposes of recognition. It seems fitting to associate this species with the name of the late A. W. Scott, the well known naturalist, formerly resident at Ash Island, where this species is plentiful. NoTONOMUS SiEPISTRIATUS, n.Sp. Robust, oval; elytra with twelve interstices. Upper surface bronzy, submetallic, brighter towards sides of prothorax and elytra; under surface and legs black, or piceous-black. * It is doubtful whether Chaudoir considered he was redescrihing Pcecilus kingi W. S. Macleay, or not; but I believe not. If P. kingi W. S. Macleay, be taken to be a Notonomus, then N. kingi Chaud., will be a nom. prceoc. and N. excisipennis must stand; for this reason I do not propose to replace N. excisipennis SI., by iV. kingi Chaud. BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 365 Head large (3-3 mm. across eyes), strongly bi-impressed between antennae. Prothorax transverse (3 8 x 5 mm.), wider at base (4 mm.) than at apex (3-4: mm.), depressed; sides arcuate, shortly subsinuate just before base; basal angles subrectangular, obtuse at summit; border narrow towards apex, wide towards base; posterior marginal puncture on border at basal angle; median line strongly impressed; lateral basal impressions short, foveiform, joining marginal channel by a narrow impression posteriorly. Elytra truncate-oval (9 x 5*6 mm.), deeply striate; twelve convex more or less undulate interstices on each elytron, first bearing a short deep striole at base, second catenulate on apical declivity, third bipunctate on apical half, costiform behind second puncture, eleventh very narrow, seriate-punctate, twelfth linear, extending forward for half the length of elytra; basal border raised and obtusely dentate at humeral angles. Intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat, of mesosternum wide, not concave. Ventral segments nitid, punctate laterally. Length 14'5-16"5, breadth 5'l-5-6 mm. Hah. — Q. : Athertou. Two specimens {$^) of this remarkable species occurred to nie in dense scrub at Atherton on the upper waters of the Barron River, North Queensland, in June, 1906. Its position is near N. australasice Dej., though probably it has more affinity to N. opacistriatus SI., than to any other described species. The remarkable interstitial sculpture of the elytra differentiates this species from all others hitherto described. If the interstices at the apex are counted, ten will be found (ninth seriate-punctate), which is the normal number in Notonomus, but towards the base there are twelve (eleventh seriate-punctate); the two extra inter- stices result from the seventh interstice branching into three interstices of normal width a little before the apex. NoTONOMUS KiNGi W. S. Macleay. Poecilus kingi W. S. Macleay, King's Survey, 1827, ii. p. 438. The description of Pcecihis kioigi W. S. Maclea37-, is brief and vague in the extreme, not even the size being given, so that it 366 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., is impossible to know from it even the genus to which it should be referred; its identification would be absolutely impossible were it not that Castelnau in his " Histoire Naturelle des Insectes Coleopteres," I. (p. 105), supplies a clue when he says of his Poecilus marginatus ( = Notonomns marginatus) at the end of the descrip- tion : — " It est voison du P. Kingii Macleay." If we accept this clue it appears to me that we must consider P. kingi W. S. Macleay, to be a species of Notonomns, and judging from the description it should be, in all probability, the species which Chaudoir afterwards named N. incrassalu9, though I do not wish to assume that this suggestion of mine finally settles the question that these two names are synonyms, but it will serve to keep the subject before the minds of other investigators. iSToTONOMUS MINIMUS, n.sp. Elliptical. Prothorax cordate, posterior marginal seta on border at basal angle; elytra strongly striate, basal border den- tate at shoulders, third interstice bipunctate, eighth interstice narrower than ninth; intercoxal declivity of prosternum flat, of mesosteruum wide, not convex; tarsi with onychium glabrous beneath. Black, legs and antennae piceous-red. Head oval, convex (1-8 mm. across eyes), smooth, very feebly bi-impressed between antennae ; eyes (with orbits) reniform, rather prominent. Prothorax convex, cordate, broader than long(2-3 X 2-65mm.), widest before middle; sides lightly rounded, shortly sinuate before base; apex (1-8 mm) narrower than base, (•2-15 mm.); basal angles rectangular with summit obtuse; lateral border narrow, reflexed; median line deeply marked, not reaching base ; lateral basal impressions deep, narrow. Elytra oval (5-2 X 3-3 mm.), lightly and evenly rounded on sides, narrowed to base; apex obsoletely sinuate on each side; striae deep; interstices convex, eighth narrow (narrower than ninth), tenth short (only noticeable just before lateral apical sinuosities). Lengtli 9, breadth 3-3 mm. Hab. — Vict.: Bright (C. French, Junr.; Coll. Sloane ; two specimens). BY TIIOxMAS G. SLOANE. 367 Very distinct, being by far the smallest species of the genus; I have seen no other species of Notonomus less than 12 mm. in length; it has the facies of a small specimen of Rhytisternus miser Chaud. According to the classification adopted in my " Revision" (1902) its place is next N. incrassatus Chaud. Notonomus australis Castelnau. Triyonotoma australis Castelnau, Hist.Nat.Ins.i.p.l20(li840). I believe that Trigonotoma australis Cast., (which is not indexed in Masters' Catalogue; nor have I found it in Gemminger & Harold's Catalogue) is a species of Notonomus, and that the species afterwards described by Chaudoir as N. ((^neomicans is conspecific with it. The only discrepancy would be that Castelnau described the elytra of T. australis as having three punctures on the third stria, whereas in N. (eneo7nicans there are four or live; but Castelnau had formerly (1834) described N. {Trigonotoma) violaceus as having two punctures on the third interstice, though in reality there are three or four, so that it is evident he did not take care to be thoroughly accurate in this matter. It might be thought that T. australis Cast., was N. colossus SI., but Castelnau's statement under su7'/ace and legs black applies to N. (Eneomicans rather than to N. colossus, the latter having the legs piceous with the tarsi reddish. Though I hold the view that Notonomus australis Cast., will likely ultimately supplant N. oineomicaiis Chaud., yet the species is a variable one with a wide distribution, which will probably be found to include several varieties entitled to names; so that I do not feel certain that the name N. ceneo- micans, which I consider to belong to the form found in South Queensland, may not be capable of retention, at least for a variety. Castelnau's " Historie Naturelle des Insectes Coleop." is a work hardly to be seen in Australia; therefore, that other students may be able to weigh the evidence, I reproduce the description : — " Trigonotoma australis. Long. 9 lig. Larg. 3 lig. — D'unnoir luisant; tete un peu bronzee, avec deux impiessions entre les 368 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN P:NT0M0L0GY, XV., yeux; corselet en coeur, reborde lateralement, avec une ligne longitudinal au milieu, et deux traits au bord posterieur, d'un vert brillant, un peu bronze au milieu, elytrees bronzees, ovales, striees, avec trois points sur la troisieme strie, le bord exterieur d'un vert eclatant; dessous du corps et pattes noirs. Nouvelle- Hollande. Collection de M. Gory." Genus Setalimorphus. Setalimorphus nanus Sloane. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2) ix., 1894, p.435; Phcenaulax stenomorpha Tschitscherine, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.xxxii.l898,p.l67. The late M. Tschitscherine had recoa:nised his genus Phcenaulax as synonymous with Setalimorphus f' and a comparison of speci- mens of *S'. nanus with the description of Ph. stenomoj'pha con- vinces me that they are the same species. I am not, however, convinced that Phcenaulax is absolutely congeneric with Setali- rtioT2')h%is\ points of dijBPerence being the presence of a setigerous puncture at the basal angles of the prothorax, and two foveiform punctures on the apical ventral segment in S. punctiventris SI. (the type-species of the genus), characters which are not found in aS'. nanus SI. My present conclusion is that while Tschits- cherine's genus Phenaulctx is likely to obtain ultimate recognition as valid, the species on which it is founded must be considered a synonym of Setalimorphus nanus SI. Rhytisternus l^vidorsis Tschitscherine. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xxv. 1891, p. 169. In these Proceedings (1894 p. 4 10) I published the opinion that Rhytisternus Icevidorsis Tschits., was synon3'^mous with R. {Pcecilus) Icevis Macl., but having recognised a species sent to me by Mr. F. P. Dodd from Townsville, Queensland, as jK. Icevidorsis, I have no doubt but that it is a good species, thoroughly distinct from R. Icevis. In R. Icevidorsis the posterior angles of the pro- * Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xxxv. p.508 (1902). BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 369^ thorax are described as more rounded at the summit than in R. liopleurus Chaud., whereas in R. Icevis these angles are more rectangular and marked than in B. lioj^leurns. LoxoGENius, n.gen. Mentuin short ; sinus shallow, wide, bordered and roundly- advanced at bottomj lobes obtusely rounded at apex, oblique on inner side. Subntentuin raised above mentum, with about six setigerous punctures on each side; a wide deep concavity behind middle of submentum. Mouth-parts similar to those of Castel- naudia; labial palpi with penultimate joint 2-setose. Labrum prominent, 6-setose, lightly and widely emarginate. Faragence* with upper margin forming a border, a deep elongate subfovei- form depression between this upper border and a median ridge. Frothorax opaque, subcordate; lateral channel and border wide; a lateral seta on each margin at widest part; two lateral basal seta3 on each side behind posterior sinuosity; two set?e on margin at each anterior angle. Elytra convex, a little narrowed to base, opaque; ninth interstice and lateral margin nitid; basal border nitid, with a strong obtuse tooth at each humeral angle closing the space between the second carina and the lateral margin; third, fifth and seventh interstices strongly carinate. Frosternum with a median channel extending backwards from about anterior third almost to base; intercoxal part bordered on base and bear- ing three or four set^. Mesosterjium with intercoxal declivity glabrous. Metasternuin glabrous; episterna concave, short, but together with epimera, longer than broad. Vetttral segments transversely sulcate and bordered posteriorly; apical segment in ^ with two, in ^ with four, setigerous punctures. Fades of Cadtelnaudia, Apterous. ^. A7iterior tarsi with three basal joints dilatate and with squamulse beneath. Type. — Honialosoma opacipeniie Maclea3^ Length 20, pro- thorax 5x6, elytra 10-7 x 6*3 mm. Several specimens sent to * -Chaudoir gave the name paragena to the space between the subocular antennal scrobe and the buccal fissure. 370 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., me by Mr. F. P. Dodd from K^uranda, Queensland, have been compared with Macleay's type in the Macleay Museum. This species evidently never came under the observation of the late M. Tschitscherine;* I regard it as a primitive form apparently more allied to Tschitscherine's genus Liopasaf than to any other described form. Genus S e t a l i s. Setalis rubripes, n.sp. Oblong, oval, robust. Head small (1*4 mm. across eyes), front strongly bi-impressed; eyes hemispherical, distant from buccal fissure beneath; prothorax convex, deeply bi-impressed on each side of base; two marginal setae on each side, anterior seta at anterior third, posterior near basal angle at inner side of lateral channel ; el3^tra convex, strongly crenulate-striate, without scutellar striole, third interstice impunctate. Black ; legs, antennae, and mouth-parts red. Prothorax subcordate (1-8 x 2*3 mm.), widest about middle, wider at base /(2 mm.) than at apex (1-4 mm.); sides arcuate, lightly narrowed to base; apex lightly emarginate, angles obtuse; base emarginate in middle; basal angles subrectangular (obtuse but marked); lateral border narrow; marginal channel narrow, ending abruptly just before base; median line lightly marked on disc; inner lateral basal impression deep, short, sulciform, not reaching base; inner basal impression forming a shallow oblong fovea. El3^tra oval (4 x 2-7 mm.), convex, declivous to base; striae deep, crenulate; interstices convex, sixth and ninth con- tiguous near apex, seventh wide and well developed on basal two- thirds, eighth only developed (and linear) on basal third, ninth seriate-punctate; basal border forming a short strong tooth at humeral angles; apex sinuate on each side. Metasternum very short and bearing about three fine punctures on each side * Vide supra under Castelnaudia sp. p. 360. t Mr. H. J. Carter recently found Liopasa crepera Tschitgch., on the Tweed River, N.S.W.; its exact habitat has not been recorded before. It resembles Notonoinus angustibasis SI. , in f aeies and striation of elytra. BY THOMAS G. SLOAXE. 371 between inteimediate and posterior coxae, episterna sliort. Basal ventral segments bearing some punctures, three apical segments deeply transversely sulcate and with a deep fovea on each side, apical segment with two foveiform punctures. Length 7, breadth 2 "7 mm. Hah. — Q.: Atherton. One specimen occurred to me in thick scrub in June, 1906. Very different from S. niger Cast., (the other species of the genus Setalis) from which it is easily distinguished by its smaller size, narrower and more convex form, very diJBFerently shaped prothorax, elytra with striae crenulate, &c. It is remarkable that the same unusual conformation of the lateral elytral interstices should occur in two such very different species as S. niger and S. ruhripes. In my description of Loxogmus ohscurus ( — S. niger Cast.), I have said the eighth elytr&l interstice is punctate, having overlooked the true eighth interstice, which only shows in a linear form near the base. In S. niger the seventh interstice also dis- appears about the posterior third, so that the sixth and ninth interstices become contiguous near the apex as in *S'. rubrijjes. CosMODiscus, n.gen. Mentum not deeply excised; lobes obtuse at apex; sinus oblique on sides, a short wide triangular median tooth at bottom. Falpi stout : labial with penultimate joint bisetose; apical joint short, hardly longer than penultimate, compressed, truncate: maxillary v/ith apical joint short, hardly longer than penultimate, obtuse at apex. Za6?'i<.7;i shagreened, truncate, sexsetose. Alandibles ^hovt, without a seta in outer groove. Ciypeus bisetose. Head small; front deeply and shortly bi-impressed : eyes hemispherical, nar- rowly separated from buccal fissure beneath. Antennce short, moniliform, lightly incrassate; joints 1-3 glabrous, 6-11 com- pressed, first large, about as long as second and tliird together, second shortest. Prothorax widely transverse, wider at base (2*7 mm.) than at apex (2 mm.); basal angles obtuse; apical border entire; two marginal setas on each side, anterior just before middle, posterior at basal angle. Elytra bordered on base, not dentate 372 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., at humeral angles; apex sinuate and with margin interrupted by an internal plica on each side; interstices convex, without a basal striole on first or second, third irapunctate. Prosternum leevigate, bordered between cox?e; episterna finely shagreened. Mesosteryial episterna densely punctate. Metasternum on each side, and episterna densely punctate. Ventral segments not transversely sulcate, densely punctate, except in middle between ambulatorial set£e. Legs short : femora short; anterior tibiae with apex wide, rounded and spinose externally; tarsi short, glabrous on upper surface, onychium glabrous beneath, ungues simple; anterior tarsi with first joint about as long as three succeeding joints together, strongly produced at apex internally in an elongate spiniform process, joints 2-4 successively shorter, second with apex sharply produced internally; posterior tarsi slender, first joint about as long as three succeeding joints together, these successively shorter, fourth very small; posterior trochanters with a setigerous puncture near base. The position of this genus is evidently near Stomonaxus, which is unknown to me in nature; it differs from Motschulsky's description of the genus Stomonaxus by mandibles short, first joint of antennse longer than third; I believe, too, that the form of the prothorax (shaped somewhat like that of ^j)hnidius, lateral basal impressions feebly marked, base wide and obtusely angled) is altogether different from the form of the prothorax in Stomo7iaxus. COSMODISCUS RUBRIPICTUS, n.sp, Piceous-black; prothorax with border testaceous; elytra with ferruginous pattern (ferruginous pattern reaching the fourth inter- stice at base, spreading over the three outer interstices on the middle of the sides, sending off a wide oblique uneven fasciaform branch inwards on each elytron to join the corresponding branch of the other elytron at the suture about apical third), lateral channel testaceous backwards to apical sinuosity, inflexed margin ferruginous, infuscate opposite metepisterna; coxea, middle of metasternum, mesosternum, prothorax, and under parts of head BY THOMAS G. SLOAXE. 373 ferruginous; femora and ))Osterior trochanters testaceous; tibiae and tarsi reddish-piceous; antennae ferruginous, paler near base, infuscate towards apex. Prothorax transverse (1-7x3 mm.), depressed on disc and across base, lightly declivous to sides on anterior two-thirds; apex lightly emarginate; anterior angles obtuse, not prominent; sides lightly rounded; basal angles obtuse; base lightly sinuate-truncate in middle between lateral basal impressions, sinuate on each side; border entire on apex, rather wide on sides, obsolete just before basal angles; median line hardly marked; lateral basal impressions linear, short, shallow, punctulate. Elytra widely ovate (4-8 x 3-7 mm.) ; shoulders rounded; interstices convex, narrower and more raised at apex. Length 7 7, breadth 3*7 mm. Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Dodd; Coll. Sloane; unique). Tribe LEBIINI. Genus Phlceodromius. Phlcegdromius plagiatus Macle^. This species, described from Yule Island, New Guinea, is here recorded from Australia for the first time. It is at once dis- tinguished from Ph. piceus Macl., the only other species of the genus, by the large black patch common to both elytra which extends from about the basal third to the apical fifth and reaches laterally to the ninth interstice, but not to the border. Length 9, proth. 1-5x2, el. 5x35 mm. Hab. — Q.: Townsville and Kuranda (Dodd; Coll. Sloane). Note.— In the genus Phloeodromuis the mesosternum is small and narrow between the intermediate coxse, and the metasternum meets it by a very narrow intercoxal prolongation; the tarsi have all the joints clothed beneath with chestnut-coloured hairpads; in the male two narrow rows of paler squamulse are noticeable in the middle of joints 1-3 of the anterior tarsi, and the third joint of the intermediate tarsi; the third interstice of the elytra is 3-punctate, the anterior puncture is near the base beside the third stria, the second puncture a little before the middle near 27 374 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., the third stria, the third puncture about the apical fifth near the second stria. The ungues are strongly pectinate. Sarothrocrepis mucronatus, n.sp. Head large (2 mm. across eyes); prothorax transverse, base wide, lobate; elytra wide, strongly striate, third interstice bi- punctate near course of third stria, each elytron with a short spiniform process at outer and inner angle of apical truncature; legs as in Sarothrocrejns; tarsi with penultimate joint deeply emarginate, ungues strongly pectinate. Dark piceous; prothorax with explanate margins testaceous; elytra with reflexed border and marginal channel ferruginous; under surface of prothorax, mesothorax, metathorax, inflexed margins of elytra and femora pale testaceous; abdomen piceous, lighter-coloured near posterior COX80; tarsi, antennae, and palpi ferruginous. Head convex between eyes, not narrowed behind eyes; upper surface distinctly punctate; front and clypeus rather rugulose; eyes very large and prominent. Antennae slender, inserted close to eyes, three basal joints glabrous. Prothorax transverse (1'85 X 2*8 mm.); apex truncate, same width as neck; sides roundly ampliate from apex without marked anterior angles, attaining greatest width and rounded about middle, very little (roundly) narrowed to base ; basal angles strongly marked, rectangular but not acute, bearing a setigerous puncture; disc convex; lateral margins explanate, very wide at base, becoming narrow near apex; base truncate on each side of peduncle (behind testaceous explanate margin), middle rather strongly produced backwards and forming a well marked wide lobe; sinuosity on each side of basal lobe wide but decidedly marked. Elytra wide (6-5 X 4-5 mm.), widest behind middle, convex; base widely rounded on each side of peduncle; striae strongly impressed, finely crenulate at bottom, seventh ending near suture in an ocellate setigerous puncture opposite apical extremity of third interstice; interstices convex, four inner ones not convex — except towards base, first narrow, ending at apex in a short mucro, becoming wider and bearing an elongate strongly im- BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 375 pressed stride on basal fifth; interstices 5-7 strongly convex, ninth wide (wider than eighth), seriate-punctate; space between eighth stria and margin very wide near apex; border narrowly reflexed on sides, feeble on base near scutellum; apical truncature sloping lightly obliquely forward from suture to extremity of eighth interstice, then curving very lightly backwards to the sharply marked external angle. Length 10*5, breadth 4*5 mm. Hab.—Q.: Townsville (Dodd). I have placed this species in ^arothrocrepis, at least pro- visionally, on account of its evident affinities to that genus, though it differs from all the other species by the punctures of the third elytral interstice; the apical truncature of each elytron dentate at outer and inner angle; the elytra with deeply im- pressed stride; interstices 4-6 strongly convex near base, ninth as wide as eighth; the abdomen setigero-punctate. It is also isolated by its dark colour (elytra not widely margined with yellow). Genus E u l e b i a . EULEBIA BICOLOR, n.Sp. Testaceous; elytra Avith a very broad dark blue fascia (almost two-thirds of elytra) across middle from side to side; antennae after third joint infuscate. Head nitid, minutely punctulate; eyes black, very prominent, globular. Prothorax transverse, a little wider than head (1x1-5 mm.); sides roundly narrowed anteriorly, oblique pos- teriorly; base much wider than apex, truncate on each side of peduncle, median part produced backwards, rounded; anterior angles widely rounded; basal angles subrectangular, obtuse at summit; lateral margins explanate, very wide posteriorly; two marginal setigerous punctures on each side, anterior at widest part, posterior on border at basal angle. Elytra wide (4 x 2 •9mm.), finely striate; interstices a little convex, shagreened, minutely punctulate, first with a fine striole at base, third 3-punctate, anterior puncture just outside anterior margin of blue part, second at its posterior margin, third at apex of interstice; blue 376 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., area having anterior margin a little sinuate, the testaceous colour of the base extending back a little along the fourth interstice; anterior margin of apical testaceous area extending forward from outer apical angle to second puncture of third interstice, then running back a little towards suture. Ungues serrate. Length 5-3, breadth 2-9 mm. Uab. — Q. : Kuranda (Dodd ; ''on ilow^ers of Eucalyptus"; Coll. Sloane). The three known species of Eulehia are before me; they may- be distinguished from one another as under : — Elytra bicolorous on disc. Testaceous with four inner interstices black on disc. .,, E. plagiatalsl-^Q\. Elytra bicolorous on disc. Blue with base (widely) and apex testaceous , E. bicolor SI. Elytra unieolorous— brownish E. jjicijieniiis Ma:Gl. J^ote. — Eulehia is closely allied to Sa7'othrocrepis; in fact it seems to me rather a section of Sarothrocrepis than a distinct genus. Genus COPTODERA. Eucalyptocola Macleay. The three Austialian species of Coptodera may be tabulated as under : — Prothorax with lateral margins wide. Elytra piceous-black, with a narrow zigzag, or V-shaped ferruginous fascia on posterior half, sometimes with also a faint discal macula on each elytron injront of the fascia C. aiistralis Chaud. Elytra piceous-black, with an intricate pattern in the form of two broken zigzag transverse testaceous fasciae C. mastersi Macl. Prothorax with lateral margins narrow... C. marcida Blackb. CoPTODERA AUSTRALis Chaudoir. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii., 1869^ p. 184. Fhilophlosus duhius Macl., Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S.Wales, ii., 1871, p.90. I have determined Phihphloeus duhius Macl., by examination of the type in the Australian Museum, and, after comparing BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 377 specimens in my possession with the description of C. australis Chaud., feel no doubt of the identity of these species. Philo- phloeus dubius MacL, is certainly congeneric with C. eleganiula Schmidt-Goebel, from Burma, to which it is closely allied. Hah. — Eastern Australia. — Q.: Atherton (Sloane); Kuranda (Dodd) ; Gayndah (Masters). — N. S. Wales : Tweed River (Carter); Richmond River (Helms). CoPTODERA MASTERSi Macleay. Eucalyptocola mastersi. Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii. 1871, p.91. This species is known to me, and is congeneric with C. australis Chaud. Macleay was in error in describing his genus Eucalynto- cola as having the mentum with a "large acute median tooth." I have dissected the mouth-parts of Eucalyptocola mastersi MacL, and found the mentum with the sinus edentate. C. mastersi must be very near Coptodera {Rhi^iocheila) levrati Perroud, from New Caledonia. Hab.—Q.: Kuranda (Dodd); Gayndah (Masters); Brisbane (Hacker). Coptodera marcida Blackburn. Eucalyptocola marcida Trans. Roy. Soc. South Aust. 1903, p.91. This species is unknown to me in nature. I have placed it in the table above by the aid of the description, which leaves us in some doubt as to whether it is actually congeneric with C. australis Chaud., or not. Hah. — Vict.: Gleuelg River (Blackburn). Genus M o c t h e r u s. MOCTHERUS MACLEAYI, n.Sp. Oval; elytra strongly and simply striate; prothorax deeply emarginate at apex, widely margined on sides, base truncate; mentum edentate. Black; elytra with four round testaceous spots, anterior near each shoulder on interstices 4-8, posterior at apical fourth on interstices 3-6; under surface piceous; legs and middle of abdomen brownish. 378 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., Head convex (1*1 mm. across eyes), shagreened; front not impressed; eyes convex, prominent, coarsely faceted. Prothorax wider than head, transverse (0'9 x 1-5 mm.), widest and sub- angulate in middle; disc convex, canaliculate; sides obliquely narrowed to apex and base, a little more strongly and roundly so to apex; anterior margin finely bordered; anterior angles obtuse, rather distant from head; base truncate, slightly oblique on sides; basal angles obtuse but marked; lateral margins reflexed, explanate (widely so posteriorly), bearing two setae (anterior at middle, posterior at basal angle); basal area depressed. Elytra widely ovate (3*2 x 2-35 mm.), lightly convex; humeral angles widely rounded; apex obliquel}'^ truncate; external angle widely rounded, sutural angle decidedly marked; interstices Isevigate, subconvex, first with a short striole at base, third with a fine puncture on subapical macula, ninth not narrower than eighth, seriate-punctate; marginal channel wide, depressed; border ex- tending from peduncle to apical sutural angle. Mesosternum with intercoxal part small, narrow; metasternum meeting meso- sternum in a narrow point between the coxae. Tarsi with penultimate joint entire. Length 4-5-5, breadth 2*35 mm. Hah. — Q. : Cairns District (Froggatt); Normanby River (Sloane). I have been able at the Macleay Museum to compare specimens brought from the Cairns District by Mr. Froggatt in 1887 with M. tetraspilotns W. S. Macleay, and have found that M. macleayi differs by size smaller; prothorax shorter, wider, sides not sinuate posteriorly; head less rugulose, ifcc. Several specimens occurred to me on the Upper Normanby River, 40 miles south-west of Cooktown, in June, 1906, beneath a log upon the ground in scrub. The genus Moctherits has not been recorded previously from Australia. Stricklandia nigra, n.sp. Depressed; head large, eyes prominent; prothorax deeply emarginate at apex, lateral margins explanate; elytra much wider than prothorax, striate, interstices subcostate, a sharp spine at inner and outer apical angles of each el3^tron. Black; BY THOMAS G. SLOANE 379 under surface piceous; tarsi, palpi, and six apical joints of antennae reddish, four basal joints of antennse piceous. Head large (2-5 mm. across eyes), strongly obliquely and everdy narrowed behind eyes, subconvex between eyes, widely and feebly impressed on each side between antennse; eyes large, hemi- spherical, not inclosed at base, very close to buccal fissure beneath; clypeus truncate; labrum long, almost covering mandibles, roundly truncate and 6-setose at apex (the lateral setse long). Mentum with a short, widely obtuse prominence in middle of sinus. Labial palpi with apical joint elongate; penultimate hardly shorter, bisetose in front. Antennse slender; basal condjde exposed. Prothorax broader than long (1-8 [2'2 at sides] x 2-85 mm.), widest and subangulate just before middle; sides narrowed to apex in an oblique curve, more lightly and subsinuately narrowed to base; apex deeply and roundly emarginate; anterior angles prominent, obtuse; base truncate; basal angles wide; disc canaliculate, transversely striolate; margins explanate, widely retlexed, widest at basal angles; a wide round depression near each basal angle, these depressions connected by a rather wide transverse impression; a setigerous puncture on edge of explanate border at basal angle, and another at widest part of prothorax on each side; a few fine setse on margin near each anterior an^le. Elytra lightly convex, shortly ovate {Q 5 x 4-8 mm.), about twice as wide at base as the base of the prothorax; humeral angles wideh^- rounded; apical truncature of each elytron obliquely arcuate, a short acute spine at outer angle; a long acute spine at apex of second interstice; striae finely punctate; interstices convex or subcostate, with a row of minute punctures down middle, third with two distinct setigerous punctures about apical third, ninth seriate-punctate, narrow and catenulate near shoulders; border narrowly reflexed on sides, reaching peduncle; inflexed maroin wide near base. Prosternum with intercoxal part narrow, bordered on each side; mesosternum narrow between coxjb; meta- sternum meeting mesosternum between middle cox^b in a sharp point. Tarsi long, slender; three basal joints of anterior in male slightly inflated; ungues finely pectinate near base. Length 11, breadth 4*8 mm. 380 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, XV., Hab. — Q. : Kuranda (Dodd; March and April). I compared ihis species with the type of S. jjericalloides Macl., in the Australian Museum and found it thoroughly distinct. It differs decidedly from S. ^jericaZ^oic/e^j by the shape of the pro- thorax, which has the sides far less ampliate at middle, much less strongly sinuate posteriorly, and without the six or seven long marginal setae of the anterior half; the anterior angles triangular, not obtusely rounded, &c. The New Guinea genus Stricklandia is now recorded for the first time from the Australian mainland. Genus Scopodes. SCOPODES CYANEUS, n.sp. Upper surface bluish ; elytra violaceous ; legs testaceous. Head wider than prothorax (1-2 mm. across eyes), smooth, nitid; eyes large and prominent. Prothorax a little broader than long (0-75 X 0*9 mm.), convex, nitid^ widest at anterior marginal seta (this on a sharp triangular process), narrowed and transversely impressed behind posterior marginal seta (this on a small angulate prominence a little before the base); lateral border reflexed between marginal setae. Elytra oval (2-3 x 1"6 mm.), punctate- striate; interstices depressed, third without distinct discoidal punctures.* Length 4, breadth 1-6 mm. Hab. — Q.: Kuranda (Dodd). A distinct species. Its colour, the striae of the elytra formed of rows of strong punctures, and the third interstice without foveiform punctures, are features that differentiate it from all the other Australian species. According to the table of the Australian species of Scopodes given by me in these Proceedings, (1903, p. 637), it would be placed nearest S. aterrimus Chaud., and S. Sydney ensis SI., but it is not at all closely allied to these species. Scopodes angulicollis Macleay. Tians.Ent.Soc. N.S.Wales,ii.,1871,p.92; S. r iiJiosicoUis Slos^ne, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1903, xxviii., p. 639. * In my unique specimen I am able to detect only one fine puncture, almost confused with the punctures of the third stria, placed about the anterior fourth. BY THOMAS G. SLOAN E. 381 I have compared my specimens of S. rimosicollis with the type of S. angulicollis and found them the same. Ilab.—Q.: Kuranda (Dodd); Gayndah (Masters)— N. S.W.: Dunoon (Helms); Illawarra (Carter). ScopoDES DENTicoLLis Macleay. Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, i. 1864, p. 112; S. sex/oveatus Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii. 1888, p. 456. I have examined the types of ^. denticollis and S. foveatus in the Macleay Museum, and could find no difference between them. ScoPODES LAEVis Macleay. Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii. 1871, p.92. I have seen the type of S. laevis in the Australian Museum, Sydney, and found it allied to S. denticollis, Macl. It has all the features necessary to bring it into the same group as aS'. denticollis according to the tabular view of the species I have given in these Proceedings for 1893 (p.637). I also compared with it S. sydneyensis SI., and considered them distinct. Genus Ectinochila. EcTiNOCHiLA aurata Macleay. Scopodes auratus Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.Wales, ii. 1871, p.92; Ectinochila tessellata Chaudoir, Col. Nov. 1883, i. p. 21; Scopodes Jasciolatus Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887 (2), ii. p.219. I have only recently been able to compare Chaudoir's descrip- tion of Ectinochila tessellata with fresh specimens of Scopodes auratus Macl., with the result that 1 feel no doubt as to their identity. The types of Scopodes fasciolatus Macl., are in the Macleay Museum, where are also specimens of Scopodes auratus from Gayndah; a recent examination of these convinced me of their identity. Hah. — Q.: Kuranda (Dodd); Gayndah (Masters); Coomera, south of Brisbane (Sloane; under the bark of a dead sapling; June, 1906). 28 382 ON DIMORPHISM IN THE FEMALES OF AUSTRALIAN AGRIONID^. By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., F.E.S. In the Proceedings of this Society for 1905 (p.302) I described a dimorphic form of the female of Ischnura heterosticta Burm. Since that time further examples of dimorphism have come to light, and the present paper is the outcome of the results of my investigations in this direction. Of all the genera comprising the Australian Agrionidfe, there are only two in which I have been able to discover the phenomenon of dimorphism. These two contain the smallest and weakest species of the dragonflies known in Australia, a point which serves to strengthen the contention that the existence of dimorphic females is in some manner or other connected with the preservation of the species. The two genera in question are Ischnura and Agriocnemis. Of the former, three species (/. hetero- sticta Burm., /. delicata Selys, /. senegalensis Rambur) are known to inhabit Australia. The case of /. heterosticta has been already dealt with. /. seiiegalensis I have never yet taken, but its similarity to /. heterosticta leads me to believe that in any BY R. J. TILLYAHD. 3^3 Spot where it is common, a careful search will reveal the existence of a dimorph. As regards /. delicata, this insect differs greatly both in size and colouration from the other two; however, I was confident that a dimorphic form would be found to exist. But, in spite of its abundance all over the Eastern States, a careful search for many months failed to reveal the desired form. It was only during my trip to Western Australia, in January last, that I was successful in discovering the dimorphic female. It is a distinctly rare form, and where it occurs, it numbers only about 10% of the females taken; whereas in the case of hetero- slicta the dimorph occurs in every locality and is nearly as common as the ordinary form. As regards the genus Agriocneniis, on account of the rarity of most of the species, my data are necessarily incomplete, but they are suflficient to show the existence of a series of dimorphic females of a different type from those of Ischnura. The dimorphs of Ischnura in Australia are male-mimicking, but in other countries, dimorphs of this genus liave been recorded, known as " orange " forms from their prevailing colour. The dimorphs of A gi^iocne mis ma.y -aI^o be classed as " orange " or "red " forms, and are remarkable for showing not the slightest resemblance either to the male or to the ordinary form of the female, so much so that in some cases I have been for a long time deceived as to the identity of the insect (see Agriocnemis pruinescens below). The series is very incomplete in this genus, and in onl}' one species have I found both forms of the female; but in the other species, the one form of female that is so far known to occur is sometimes an ordinary form and sometimes an "orange" or " red " form. Hence I have arranged all the known females into two groups, feeling certain that, as in the case of /. delicata, a careful search for a second form of the female, where still wanting, will be well rewarded. There is of course also the possibility that amongst these extremely rare species of Agrioc- nemis one of the two forms of female has already died out, thus accelerating the final demise of the species. 384 DIMORPHISM IN FEMALES OF AUSTRALIAN AGRIONIDiE, Genus Ischnura. /. heterosticta Burm., possesses a well-developed dimorphic female, a complete mimic of the male. This form occurs in all localities where the ordinary form is found and is fairly common, comprising from 30-40% of all the females taken. /. delicata Selys. — The dimorphic female, which is a well- developed male-uiimicking form, is exceedingly rare, only occurring in a few localities in South- Western Australia. I took it first at Bridgetown on the Blackwood River. The species is by no means common here; out of a dozen females taken two were dimorpbs. At Wilgarrup, some fifteen miles from Bridge- town, and in the Warren Kiver district, this species was in great abundance, the males flying up in clouds from the rich grass that fringes the continually running and often boggy creeks. Here I was able to capture a great many females, with the result that about 10% were dimorphs. Three of these had the tips of the abdomen smeared with brown mud, indicating that they had already been ovipositing along the margins of the creek. The following is a comparative description of the two forms: — Ischnura delicata Selys 9. Total length 24-25 mm. ; abdomen 19-20 mm. ; forewing 14-15 mm.; hindwing 13-14 mm. Wings: Neuration very slender, pterostigma lozenge- shaped, 0'6mm., very pale dirty brown. Nodal Indicator 2 6-8 Head: Eyes black above, yellowish-green in front and \2 5-6 below; a brilliant pale blue spot on the orbit behind each eye. Upicranium black, with a transverse yellowish-green band in front next the clypeus, in a line with the green portion of the eyes. Clypeus black ; labrum yellowish ; labium pale dirty greyish-white, or straw-coloured. Thorax: Prothorax black above, yellowish on sides. Meso- and metathorax black above, with a pair of narrow olive-green or yellowish-green bands, sides greenish. Leys pale yellow or straw-coloured, femora marked with a black line for half their length from elbow. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 385 Form A. A b d o m e n cylindrical, stouter than in male. Colour: 1-7 metallic black above (some- times dull black or greenish- black), a pale transverse line in each suture; 8-10 dull black. Sides of all segments greenish. Form B. Abdomen shaped as in A . Colour: 1 black above; sutures between 1 and 2 red; 2 with an irregular black basal patch; 3-5 bright red, a fine black trans- verse band along all the sutures; 6, four-fifths bright red, anal one-fifth black; 7 deep metallic black, basal and anal sutures touched with red; 8, basal two- thirds black, anal third pale blue; 9 blue, touched with black at base; 10 short, black. Sides of all segments pale orange. Appendages seipa,vsiie,0'l 5mm., Appendages shaped as in A, subconical, rather blunt, black, brownish. In a variety of Form B, taken at Wilgarrup, segment 2 of abdomen has basal half red with a large cup-shaped black mark, anal half black; 3-4 have a transverse anal black band, and 3 a transverse central black line; also the black line along the sutures of 3-5 is enlarged into a conspicuous narrow band, A similar variety occurs in the male, also intermediate forms. Genus Agriocnemis. A. pruinescens Tillyard. — The male of this insect is a dull blackish insect with the first two and last but one segments of abdomen clouded with greyish bloom. While in North Queens- land I failed to capture the female, but a few months later I received from Mr. E. Allen, of Cairns, one male and three females of this species. The females are most remarkable, bearing not the slightest resemblance to the male; a first examination of them made me think they were orange forms of some species of Ischmcra, as they bear a remarkable resemblance to that genus. However, the position of the first antenodal arising before the 386 DIMORPHISM IN FEMALES OF AUSTRALIAN AGRIONID.F., arculus fixes them in the genus Agriocnemis, and their size and general facies show that they cannot possibly be the females of any but this, the largest of the genus. As the only specimens of this insect known are the three males and three females in my own collection, it is quite possible that an ordinary form of the female may be found to exist when further captures are made. The following is a description of the female : — Form A. — (Not known). Form B. — Size variable. Total length 29-34 mm.; abdomen 22-26 mm.; forewing 18-20 mm.; hindwing 17-19 mm. Wings: Pierostigma lozenge-shaped, 08 mm., very pale brownish, darkest at inferior angle. Nodal Indicator |2 8 Head: Epicranium velvety black, a broad transverse ]2 7 yellow band in front reaching to the eyes and enlarged so as to enclose the postclypeus; ocelli pale, front one transparent. Post- clypeus jet-black, anteclypeus yellow; labrv.m dull yellowish; labium dirty straw-colour, Thorax: Prothorax black above, yellowish on sides. Mesa- and metathorax rich orange, w ith a broad black dorsal ray, narrowing somewhat anally. Legs, coxae, and femora orange, rest dull blackish. Abdomen cylindrical, 1-2 and 8-9 slightly enlarged. Colour : 1 pale orange; 2 orange with a large black dorsal mark shaped like a bishop's mitre, or sometimes like an inverted goblet; 3-7 metallic bronzy-black, a pale transverse yellowish line in the sutures; 8-9 black, with a pale yellowish spot on each side; 10 black. Sides and underside of abdomen j^ellowish. Appendages very short, separate, conical, black. [For description of male, see these Proceedings for 1906 (p. 177) " New Australian Species of the Family Agrionidse."] A. splendida Martin. — This is the commonest of the Australian species of this genus, having been taken by myself at Atherton in North Queensland, and also by Captain Billinghurst on the Goulburn River at Alexandra (Vic). M. Rene Martin has described the species, but owing to the colouration of the living BY R. J. TILLYARD. 387 insect fading when dead, his description varies considerably from that of the living insect itself. Last December I took a long series of this insect at Alexandra (Vic), and the description I made from them corresponds almost exactly with that of the North Queensland specimens which I took two years ago, although the Victorian insects are slightly larger. This species exhibits strong dimorphism, having both an ordinary type of female (similar to the male) and also a fairly abundant red form, nearly as common as the other. The colour of the male is a rich bronze-green, not a brilliant green as stated by M. Martin. The dimorphic female is a deep brick-red, not yellow or orange. The following is a comparative description of the two females : — A. splendida Martin Q. Total length 20-23mra.; abdomenl7-19mm.; forewing ll-14mm.; hindwinoj 10-13 mm. Wings Pterostigma rhomboidal, 0*5 mm , dull olive-brown. Nodal Indicator 7 6-7 Form A. Head. — Eyes black above. greenish beneath, orbits black underneath. Epicraniinn bril- liant bronze, giving copper-red reflections; behind each eye is a large s^jot of deep metallic blue. Postclypeus pale blue shading to greenish in centre ; the blue colouration enlarged on to the eyes; anteclypeus metallic hro7izy -green, clypeal suture black. Labrum pale blue ; labium dull dirty yellowish- white, mouth tipped with black. Form B (dimorph). Head. — Eyes black. Epi- cranium deep bronze, lacking the m,etallic blue postocular spots', a broad transverse yellowish band in front extending to the eyes and surrounding the clypeus. Postclypeus black ; anteclypeu sand labrum yellow- ish; labium pale dirty yellowish- white. 388 DIMORPHISM IN FEMALES OF AUSTRALIAN AGRIONID^, Form A. Thorax. — Prothorax bronze. Meso- and metathorax deep bronze-green with an irregular light blue patch low down on each side, extending from hind wing-join to between meso- and metacoxse; the blue edged with black. Scuta and scutellah\MQ. Legs very long; deep brown or black. Abdomen cjdindrical; 1-8 rich bronze touched with j'-ellow lines in the sutures; 8 with a transverse blue anal mark; 9 blue with a double basal bronze spot (separated into two sepa- rate spots in some specimens); 10 blue with a small double central spot of bronzy-black. Underside dull blackish. Appendages short, separate, rather blunt, dull brownish. Form B.(dimorph). T h o r a x. — Prothorax rich brick-red. Meso- and metatho- rax deep metallic bronzy-black above; sides and notum 7'ich brick-red. Legs very long, femora rich brick-red, or red-brown, rest dull blackish. A b d o m e n cylindrical; 1 rich brick-red; 2 red, with a narrow transverse basal black band and a black anal spot; 3-9 dark bronze, sutures pale; sides of 8-9 dull orange-red; 10 black above, orange-red on sides. Appendages as in A, yellowish-brown. dull A. argentea Tillyard. — Only one form of female is known. The colour of the male is silvery-white, due to a bloom forming all over the insect. Where this is rubbed off, the groundcolour is seen to be black. The colour of the female is black. I consider this as the ordinary form of female; the '* red " or dimorphic form being either not known or obsolete. A. velaris Selys. — This rather rare insect occurs in North Queensland at Atherton, and also sparingly about Sydney. In both localities I have taken only one form of female, which differs completely from the male, being a " red " or dimorphic BY R. J. TILLYARD. 389 form. The markings of the thorax show great similarity with those of the "orange" female of A. pruinescens described above, but the groundcolour is dull red and the insect is very much smaller. There may be also an ordinary form of female, yet to be found or, it may be, obsolete. I have only half-a-dozen females of this insect altogether. The following table exhibits the classification proposed for the known forms of the two genera. Genus Ischnuka. Male. Females. Proportion of Form B to total number of Females. Name. Form A (ordinary) Form B (dimorph) /. heterontieta I. delkata bronze and blue red and blue dull black dull black or olive-green imitates J" imitates ^ :^0-40 %. 10% in S. W. Australia ; ab- sent elsewhere. Genus Agriocnemis. Females. Proportion of Form B to total numbei Name. Male. Form A Form B (ordinary) (dimorph) of Females. A . pruinescens black with grey bloom (wanting) orange 100%. A. splendida bronze and blue similar to (^ red 40%. A. aryentea silvery-white (groundcolour black) black (wanting) 0%. A. velaris bronze with red tip (wanting) red 100%. In conclusion I would remark that the two genera in which dimorphism is shown to occur, though differing widely in their wing-structure, have many points of similarity, notably the small size and weak flight of almost all the species, the general facies 390 DIMORPHISM IN FEMALES OF AUSTRALIAN AGRIONID^. of the insects, particularly the build of the head and thorax, and the relative proportion of expanse of wing to total length (about 5 to 4 in both genera). So great is this similarity that, if the wings were removed from one of the "orange" females of Agriocnemis priiinesceiis, one would unhesitatingly declare it to be a new form of the female of /. heterosticta or an allied species; and such I took it to be until I saw the difference in the neura- tion of the wings. That the same cause has brought about dimor- phism in both genera is scarcely open to doubt; and it is probable that the dimorphism is in some way connected with the preserva- tion of the species. 391 WEDNESDAY, JUNE 26th, 1907. The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, June 26th, 1907. Mr. A. H. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, President, in the Chair. The President called attention to a presentation copy of the Biography of Carl von Linne, by Professor Th. M. Fries (2 vols.), kindly forwarded by Count Morner, Consul for Sweden in Sydney, on the author's behalf; and he stated that the Consul had been asked to convey to the distinguished author the Society's very cordial thanks for this exceedingly opportune and highly appreci- ated gift, because many portraits, and representations of historic scenes and objects to be found in these volumes had hitherto been out of reach. The President also called attention to another most interesting souvenir, namely, a presentation copy of the " Record of the Celebration of the Two Hundredth Anniversary of the Birth of Benjamin Franklin, under the auspices of the American Philo- sophical Society held at Philadelphia for promoting Useful Knowledge, April 17th-20th, 1906 (1906)" from the American Philosophical Society. An appropriate acknowledgment would be made at the earliest opportunity. At the request of Professor Liversidge the attention of Members was called to circulars of information respecting the recently established "British Science Guild " whose objects are : 1. To bring together, as members of the Guild, all those throughout the Empire interested in Science and Scientific Methods, in order by joint action to convince the people, by means of publications and meetings, of the necessity of applying the methods of science to all branches of human endeavour, and thus to further the progress and increase the welfare of the Empire. 392 ANNOUNCEMENTS. 2. To bring before the Government the scientific aspects of all matters affecting the national welfare, 3. To promote and extend the application of scientific principles to industrial and general purposes, 4. To promote ssientific education by encouraging the support of Universities and other Institutions where the bounds of science are extended, or where new applications of science are devised. An Association with aims of this character was certain worthy of support; and Members who desired to come into touch witli it, were recommended, in the first plaoe to appl}^ for the litera- ture, which w^as available on application. Attention was also directed to a circular from the promoters of the proposed ''Souscription Universelle pour elever un Monument a Lamarck." The President commended the matter to the notice of the Society; and he stated that Dr. H. G, Chapman, of the University, would hd glad to receive contributions, and forward the same to Paris. A letter of thanks from Mrs. Alexander Morton, of Hobart, for kind sympathy was communicated to the Meeting. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting, amounting to 14 Vols., 83 Parts or Nos., 14 Bulletins, 1 Report, and 28 Pamphlets, received from 54 Societies, &c., and 3 Individuals, were laid upon the table. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. David G. Stead recorded that during the month an exceedingly large shoal of great Tunnies had made its appearance on the coast of New South Wales, having been reported from the entrances of both Port Hacking and — a few days later — Port Jackson. Individuals of the shoal averaged about six feet in length. One large example, forwarded to the Department of Fisheries, had been examined by Mr. Stead, who stated that the species was an addition to the New South Wales fish-fauna, and that he had identified it provisionally as 6^er»io maccoyi{CaHte\na.u). NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 393 It had been placed in Jordan's genus Germo because of the large pectoral fins, but the validity of that genus was open to doubt. Tlie species was closely allied to Temminck and Schlegel's Thynnus macropterus. Mr. T. G. Taylor exhibited photographs which filled a gap between ordinary camera photos {\) and microphotos (Y*), obtained by the use of an Express Enlarger, giving magnifica- tions direct from the micro-section of 2 up to 10 diameters. This apparatus is ordinarily used for bromide enlargements or lantern slides, but is very suitable for enlarging large coral calices, which are not wholly visible in the microscope field. Imperial Special Rapid Plates were used; blue sky, 2-10 seconds exposure. Mr. Froggatt exhibited a sample of the seed of some forage plants, recently imported from France, which had mixed with it numbers of dried land snails {Helicella candidula Studen). Dr. Woolnough showed a number of photographs taken in Fiji, in illustration of his paper. A series of lantern slides will be shown at a future Meeting when the lantern is ae^ain available. 394 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE FAMILY CALOPTERYGID^. By K J. TiLLYARD, M.A., F.E.S. Only one species of this exceedingly beautiful and interesting family has so far been described from Australia, ^^iz., Diphlehi a lestdides Selys. Two additions are now made, one being a com- mon East Indian species, and the other a beautiful Diphlebia from Northern Queensland. It is probable that systematic collecting in the Cape York and Port Darwin districts would add several more species of this family to our Australian Odonata^ since the Calo'pterygidcf are exceedingly well represented in the tropical zone. 1. Diphlebia EUPKCEOiDES, n.sp. (J. Total length 48-52 mm., abdomen 35-38 mm.; wings, fore 29-31 mm, hind 28-30 mm. Wings rather broad; suffused almost completely with dark brown or black (in the young $ with pale yellowish-brown); the only portions not suffused being the tip beyond the pterostigma and also the basal part of the wing including the costal, subcostal, and median spaces. Ptero- stigma 4 mm. black. Nodal Indicator \ 5-8 circ. 24 Head: All parts jet black; vertex and gense j 5-6 circ. 20 hairy ; a slight dark brown patch close under the eyes next the vertex; middle of labium dirty grey. Front ocellus transparent; antennae black, nearly 3 mm. Thorax: Prothorax jet black with four bright blue spots, two narrow transverse elongated, one of which is basal and the other anal, and two lateral, oval, pointed inwards. Meso- and metathorax soft rich sky blue, dorsal ridge black, widening into a black triangular patch next the prothorax and BY R. J. TILLYARD. 395 curving round to join the subhumeral black rays of which there is one on each side, reaching to the fore wing-joins, and below it a parallel lateral black ray reaching to the hind wing-join; all the sutures marked by thin black lines. Wing-joins black, spotted with blue; scuta and scutella blue. Underside dirty grey or brown, edged with black. Legs black, powdered with grey. Abdomen cylindrical, 1-3 slightly swollen. Colour : 1, blue, with black suture; 2, blue, suture broadly black, a black semi- elliptical spot two-thirds of the way from the base and connected to it by a thin black line along the dorsal ridge; sides of 2 black; 3, basal two-thirds blue, rest black, a thin black line along the dorsal ridge, sides and underpart black; 4-7, jet black; 8, blue; 9, blue between broadly black sutures, the black on the basal suture sharply pointed inwards along the dorsal ridge; 10, black with a pair of oval blue spots; 9, swollen below into a small pointed tubercle. Underside black, powdered with grey around the genital appendages of segment 2, which are large and black. Appendages: Sujoerior forcipate, nearly 2 mm., jet black, tips blunt, slightly clubbed and downy, nearly touching; seen sideways the tips are slightly curved downwards. Inferior (two) about 1 mm., subcylindrical, black, tips blunt, in some specimens divergent, in others close together and parallel. 9. Total length 44-46 mm.; abdomen 31-33 mm.; wings, fore 32-34 mm., hind 31-33 mm. Wings longer and narrower than in (^, generally almost completely suffused with dull brown or yellowish-brown; sometimes, especially in immature specimens, hyaline. Pterostigma 4 mm., brown or dark brown. There are two distinct types of the $ which I shall designate A and B. In A the ground colour of the thorax and abdomen is either dull olive brown, slightly metallic, or else dull smoky black. In B it is bright yellowish-brown. Head: Vertex, A, dark olive brown, B pale brown; a curved black band between the antennae touch- ing the front ocellus; behind this an irregular black band or series of spots reaching from eye to eye and enclosing the two other ocelli. Behind this the occiput is swollen, almost tubercled; colour next the eyes black; a black or dark brown line across the 396 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE FAMILY CALOPTERYGID^, occipital ridge. Ei/es black, bordered in front by a bright creamy or yellowish band. Clyjjeus and labium brownish, darker in A than B; labium pale dirty brownish, mouth deeply edged with black. Thorax as in ^J, but with the blue parts replaced by the ground colour of A or B. Underside dusted with grey. Legs black, dusted with grey on underside of femora. Abdomen cylindrical; 8 slightly narrowed basally; 10 very small. Colour as mentioned above and marked as follows :— dorsal ridge black, swelling out in 4-8 into an anal black spot; 3, with a wide black spot three-fourths of the way from the base; 2, with a suspicion of the same. Sides edged with dull black. These markings are very conspicuous in ^, but indistinct in A. Segments 8-10, very much swollen below, ovipositor large, ending in a pale blunt tip pointed slightly upwards and carrying below the tip two curved filaments, black, divergent and inclined downwards, about 0*6 mm. long. B has a brown colouration on sides of 9 and 10. Underside, A black, dusted with grey; B shining black. Appendages black, 1 mm., subcornute, separated. Hab. — Kuranda, N.Q., Nov.-Feb., where it is fairly abundant on the small and densely wooded mountain creeks, but it is not found along the main river. I have also received specimens from the Cape York district. It has a graceful easy flight, often fluttering like a butterfly round twigs and leaves. It is extremely fond of settling on logs or twigs near the water with expanded wings. The females are very retiring, and are generally found a short distance in the bush away from the creek where the males are disporting them- selves. One form of the female is about as common as the other, and it is possible that the difference is only one of age, the form A being the fully matured female; though, as I found both forms common late in the season, I cannot say for certain that this is the case. There is no doubt as to the specific distinctness of this beautiful insect, though perhaps it will be as well to give the points of difference between it and D. lesidides Selys, the only other known species of the genus, which is common in Victoria and Southern BY R. J. TILLYARD. 397 New South Wales. The following characteristics will at once distinguish the two species : — (J. The (J of D. lestdides is a larger insect that D. euphoeo'ides, but its wings are decidedly narrower. Moreover, the wings of D. lestdides ^ are never clouded even with the palest brown, while those of D. euphoeo'ides ^ even in v^ery immature speci- mens are distinctly clouded. In D. lestdides (J, about half-way between the nodus and pterostigma, there is a milk-white bar of thickness varying from 1*5 to 3 mm. running across the wing; this is absent in D. euphoBdides. In D. lestdides ^ the ground colour of the whole abdomen is blue; in D. evphcedides ^ only the first three segments and 8-9 are blue, the rest being black. As regards the appendages, the superior ones in 1). lestdides are distinctly larger than those of D. euphoedides; while the inferior are absolutely different; those of D. eiiplioedides being subcylin- drical and with blunt rounded tips, while those of D. lestdides are scarcely one-fourth as long as the superior, and are wide and distinctly square at the tips, and even somewhat hollowed out so as to appear slightly bifid when viewed laterally. It may also be observed that the abdomen of D. lestdides ^ is distinctly flat- tened, rather wide, and of practically the same width from end to end, while that of Z>. euphvedides is much narrower and varies in width, being widest at 1-2, then tapering gracefully to 7, then slightly enlarged again to 10. It is also distinctly rounded and not flattened. The second segment of the abdomen is hairy in D. lestdides (J, smooth in D. euphcedides. 5. The two females, if placed side by side, would be more diffi- cult to distinguish, as they are very similar in general colouration and appearance. But D. lestdides 9 is distinctly larger than D. euphcedides 9; its wings are very seldom suffused with brown, and are much narrower than those of the latter, especial]}'- towards the tips, which in D. euphcedides are beautifully rounded. The pterostigma is always very pale brown between black ner- vures in D. lestdides; in D. euphcedides 5 it is a medium brown, and in ^ a very dark brown. The appendages are very similar. 29 398 NEW AUSTEALIAN SPECIES OF THE FAMILY CALOPTERYGIDJi, The specific name is adopted on the suggestion of M. Martin sa as to maintain the uniformity of the specific nomenclature in use for this genus. Note on D. lesto'ides Selys. — In making the foregoing compari- son, I have had recourse only to my own series of this insect, taken during Dec- Jan., 1905, on the Snowy River, Jindabyne, N.S.W. M. Rene Martin, in his remarks* on the specimens sent him from Victoria, says : — " Elle varie tellement pour la taille et la coloration qu'on serait tente de voir deux especes distinctes, quand on considere un grand male tout vert mat ou bleu luisant ayant un abdomen de 35 a 36 mm. et 7 antenodales, et d'autre part un petit male plus on moins varie de noir sur le corps, ayant un abdomen de 30 mm. et seulement 4 antenodales, mais on trouve toutes les tallies et toutes les colorations intermediaires." The specimens to which these remarks apply were taken on the Goulburn River, Victoria, if I mistake not. On the Snowy River I took and examined hundreds of specimens, and I can truly say I found exceedingl}'' little variation in size, not more than 2 mm. either in length of abdomen or expanse of wings. The newly emerged $ has a flabby brownish abdomen marked with black, very similar to that of the 9, and it takes some weeks before the rich blue colour has covered the whole body. A male some days old shows the blue colouration beginning from the 2nd segment dow^nwards, and one can meet with them in all stages of colouration. But I am certain that the insect is never dull green {vert mat). Dried specimens generally lose their colour entirely and turn dull black or brown, but several well- matured specimens I had, turned a deep dull green and remained so for many weeks, though that colour has now disappeared. Doubtless some of M. Martin's specimens reached him in this condition. As regards the variation in size, it must be due to the colder climate and the later advent of summer in Victoria, whereby many specimens never reach full maturity; for even on the Snowy River at the end of January most of the specimens were flabby, ill-nourished, and but half-matured. * Memoires de la Soci6t6 Zoologique de France, 1901, pp. 243-244. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 399^ 2. Rhinocypha tincta Ramb. A single male of this species which I now possess, in very bad condition, was taken in 1869 on the Endeavour River, Cooktown, by one of Sir William Macleay's collectors. The species is an exceedingly common one all over Oceania and the Indies, and it is a practical certainty that it must occur at Cape York and Thursday Island ; though the absence of any collections of Odonata from that district accounts for its not being recorded before. The specimen I possess is possibly var. semitincta from the degree of suffusion of the wings, but all colouration has been obliterated long ago. It would be useless to attempt to describe it; the description of the type is given by Rambur, and Selysalso has remarks on the species [Ramb., Ins. Nevr. p. 237 (1842); Selys, Syn. Calopt. p. 64 (1853); Mon. Calopt. p. 253 (1854); Bull. Acad. Belg. (2), xxvii. p. 663 (1869); (2), xxxv. p. 490 (1873); (2), xlvii, p. 395 (1879)]. 400 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^ BELONGING TO THE SUBFAMILY CR YPTORHYNCHIDES. Part VIIL By Arthur M. Lea. (Continued from Proceedings, 1905^ 2).'258.) In this contribution and Parts 5, 6, and 7 of the revision, the genera allied to Cryi)torhynchns are dealt with. These genera may be regarded as forming several closely allied sections, Cryptorhyn- chus and Tyrtceosus with several close allies forming one section; Perissops and its many close allies forming another; Protopalus with its allies forming a third, and this the most distinct section.* Aonychus and Mecistocerus, although at a glance widely i^eparated (and actually placed in different groups by M. Lacordaire), are closely allied, on account of a supplementary prosternal process (which appears to denote an approach to Camptorrhinus); with them may be doubtfully placed Berosiris and Microherosiris; Imalithus, Paratituacia and Sympediosoma lead off to and might fairly be claimed as belonging to the ChcBtectetorus group; Nechyrus might be regarded as belonging to the Poropterus group. In most of the species the clothing is not very dense; it is often prettily variegated, and can usuall}^ be relied upon. Few of the species are tuberculate, but many are granulate. Many of the genera are very distinct and may be readily identified. The rostrum is frequently long and thin, and is never straight. The * Protojyalus and its allies have been regarded as forming a very distinct and isolated section, but there are several genera that clearly lead up to it from Perissops. I BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 401 scute] lum is invariably present, and is often of comparatively large size. The metasternum is usually almost as long as the following segment, sometimes it is even longer; its episterna are always very distinct. The abdominal sutures are always distinct; that between first and second is frequently curved in the middle, but the two segments are never closely soldered together; the second-fourth are often drawn slightly backwards at the sides, and the second is sometimes not at all or but slightly longer than the third or fourth. In Aonychus the claw-joint is absent, but in very few of the other genera are the tarsi at all remarkable. All are winged. The following table is arranged solely for convenience of identification, A. Tarsi triarticulate Aonychus, AA. Tarsi quadriarticulate. B. Body greatly depressed Imalithus. BB. Body more or less strongly convex. C. Rostrum barbed in the male Glochixorrhinus. CC. Rostrum barbed in neither sex. D. Prosternum with supplementary processes.... Mecistocerus. DD. Prosternum without supplementary pro- cesses. E. All the femora bidentate Sybulus. EE. Anterior femora only bidentate Critomerus. EEE. Femora unidentate or edentate. F. Middle coxas exposed internally. a. Ocular lobes distinct Berosiris. aa. Ocular lobes absent Microberosiris. FF. Middle coxae not exposed internally. G. Mesosternal receptacle open. h. Scape shorter than funicle. c. Suture between first and second abdo- minal segments distinct Neomystocis. , ' CC. This suture more or less obliterated in middle.. Nechyrus. hb. Scape the length of or longer than /^q -. funicle. [^ L « ^ P" d. Elytra at base not much wider than y^ prothorax Enteles. 0 402 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E, VIII., dd. Elytra at base much wider than prothorax. e. Elytra bisinuate at base Pkotopalus (in part). ee. Elytra trisinuate at base. . . Episodiocis. GG. Mesosternal receptacle cavernous. H. Metasternum longer than the following segment. /. Three intermediate segments of abdo- men almost equal Bleptocis. ff. Abdomen with second segment much longer than third or fourth Notocryptorhynchus. HH. Metasternum shorter than the follow- ing segment. I. Eyes coarsely faceted. c). Posterior femora passing elytra. h. Prothorax longer than wide Pezichus. hh. Prothorax transverse Bothynacrum. gg. Posterior femora not passing elytra. i. Second abdominal segment very little, if at all longer than third or fourth. j. Femora dentate CryptgrhyiNchus. jj. Femora edentate Anipigraphocis. ii. Second abdominal segment much longer than third or fourth. k. Femora edentate. I. Elytra scarcely wider than prothorax Queenslandica. //. Elytra much wider than pro- thorax at base Scleropoides. klc. Femora dentate. m. Suture between two basal segments of abdomen straight Tyrtaeosus. myn. This suture curved in middle. n. Elytra bisinuate at base .... Pseudotepperia. nn. Elytra trisinuate at base. 0. Scape the length of funicle Hyperiosoma. 00. Scape shorter than funicle Sympediosoma. II. Eyes finely faceted. J. Suture between two basal segments of abdomen straight Protopalus (in part). BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 403 JJ. This suture curved in middle. K. Posterior femora passing elytra Dysopirhinus. KK. Not passing elytra. L. Femora edentate Paratituacia. LL. Femora dentate. M. Scape considerably longer than f u nicle Blepiabda. MM. Scape the length of or shorter than funicle. N. Each elytron separately rounded at base. p. Shoulders projecting Orphanistes. pp. Shoulders not projecting Tepperia. NN. Elytra trisinuate at base. 0. Tibiffi angular externally Metraniomorpha. 00. Tibiae (except sometimes the middle) not angular externally. P. Tibise almost straight Axionicus. PP. Tibias more or less distinctly curved Perissops. Genus Mecistocerus Fauvel. Bull. Soc. Linn, de Normandie, vii. p. 159. Head small, convex, not concealed; ocular fovea distinct and usually large. Eyes large, triangularly ovate, widely separated above and almost contiguous below, coarsely faceted. Rostru7ri long and thin, curved. Antennc^ thin or raoderatel}^ thin; inser- tion of scape variable; basal joints of funicle variable; club cylindrical and long or moderately long, sutures oblique. Pro- thorax transverse, sides rounded, apex moderately or strongly narrowed and produced, base bisinuate, constriction slight, ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellum distinct. Elytra slightly or considerably wider than prothorax, widest across shoulders. Pectoral canal deep and narrow, terminated at base of or just behind inter- mediate coxse, with walls between four anterior coxae that are formed partly by the pro- and partly by the mesosternum. Meso- sternal receptacle narrow and transverse, scarcely distinguishable from the metasternum and leaving the coxae exposed ; open. Metastermcm shorter or slightly longer than the following seg- 404 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII., ment; episterna wide. Abdomen with the 1st segment as long as 2nd-3rd combined, intercoxal process not \ ery wide and semi- circular, apex incurved or straight; 3rd and 4th combined the length of 2nd and distinctly longer than 5th, their sides drawn slightly backwards. Legs moderately long; femora dentate, not (or scarcely visibly) grooved, posterior passing elytra or not; tibiae compressed, more or less distinctly curved or bisinuate, sometimes straight, with a subapical tooth in addition to terminal hook; tarsi not very long, 3rd joint wide and deeply bilobed. Elliptic or subelliptic, convex, squamose, nonluberculate, winged. A highly remarkable genus. Between the four anterior coxae the pectoral canal is seen to be bordered by distinct walls; these are principally formed by the prosternum, but also partly by the mesosternum. It is the only genus, other than Camptorrhinns and Aonychus, in which the prosternum has a supplementary process. The walls are polished internally and appear almost to belong to the mesosternum, but on removing the prothorax it can be seen that there is a narrow basal ridge (traceable across summit but concealed there with elytra in position) that imme- diately behind the coxae becomes elevated and forms the wall on each side of the canal. The mesosternal receptacle is not entire, but consists of a short basal piece (seldom distinctly separated from the metasternum) and a short process (concealed entirely unless the prothorax be removed) on each side that fit into the sides of the prosternal walls. The rostrum is frequently very long and is never stout. The sutures of the joints of the funicle are often indistinct. The sexual differences are very pronounced; the male has a shorter, and stouter rostrum which is ridged and squamose behind antennae, and these are inserted closer to the apex than in the female. The genus is not confined to Aus- tralia, several species having been described from New Guinea, New Caledonia, &c. The species of the genus as now defined are not very homo- genous in appearance, but it was not considered advisable to generically separate any of them, as the characters of the pro- and mesosternum are the same in all. It is true that they are the BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 405 same in AoiiycJms, but the tarsi of that genus are triarticulate. In C amptorrhinus the canal is confined to the presternum. The most aberrant species are mcerens, V2ilnercUu8, egens and languiclus, and for each of these it may eventually be considered necessary to erect a genus. Both 7ncerens and vulneratus have a compara- tively short rostrum with rather stout antennae, and the meta- sternum longer than the following segment; egens has also a comparatively short rostrum with stoutish antennae, but the metasternum is .'shorter than the following segment; Imiguidus in appearance approaches Pezichus; it has the femora linear and minutely dentate, the claw-joint very long and thin, and the metasternum longer than the following segment; its clothing is very peculiar. Elytra not much wider than prothorax; suture between 1st and 2nd abdominal segments straight. Metasternum longer than the following segment. Femora thin and minutely dentate (anguickis, n.sp. Femora stouter and rather strongly dentate. Ocular fovea very large rnlnerattt.'^, n. sp. Ocular fovea rather small mcerens, n.sp, Metasternum shorter than the following segment. TibijB moderately curved compositns, n.sp. Tibia straight e^ens, n.sp. Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax; suture between 1st and 2nd abdominal segments curved. Metasternal episterna with small punctures in two rows tenuirostris, n.sp. Metasternal episterna with large punctures in one row. Under surface densely squamose dispar, n.sp. Under surface rather sparsely squamose mastersi, Pasc. Mecistocerus mastersi Pasc; Mast. Cat. Sp. No.5413. (J. Blackish-brown, antennajand tarsi red. Moderatel}' densely clothed with fawn-coloured scales, slightly variable in shade and larger on prothorax than on elytra, the latter with two feeble pale fasciae, one commencing on shoulders and meeting suture at basal third, the other postmedian; each puncture and the iuter- 31 406 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E, VIII., stices with series of stout scales, but smaller than those of pro- thorax. Under surface very sparsely squamose; legs densely squamose, the femora each with an obscure (often not traceable) whitish ring. Head and basal half of rostrum rather densely squamose. Head with dense concealed punctures; ocular fovea rather large and deep. Rostrum much longer than prothorax, tliin and moderately curved; basal half with moderately strong but con- cealed punctures and with three narrow ridges, apical half shining and lightly punctate. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum and slightly longer than funicle; of the latter the 1st joint is considerably shorter than 2nd but the length of 3rd, the others gradually decreasing in length but none transverse; club cylindrical, not much shorter than four preceding joints. Prothorax with dense, round, deep punctures partially exposed on sides but elsewhere concealed ; median carina feeble and concealed by clothing. Elytra cordate, considerably wider than and about twice the length of prothorax; with series of large deep punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly; interstices lightly convex, wider or narrower than punctures. Under surface with distinct but sparse punctures. Metasternum shorter than the following segment, its episterna each with a single row of large punctures. Abdominal sutures straight. Femora feebly dentate, the posterior just passing elytra and not very feebly dentate. Length 12 J, rostrum 5; width 6; variation in length 9|-13 mm. 9. Differs in having the rostrum thinner, more noticeabl}' curved, slightly longer, and shining throughout except at extreme base, where also only the median ridge and strong punctures are present. The scape is inserted almost in the exact middle of rostrum. Hah.—^.^.W.: " Illawarra " (Pascoe), Illawarra ; Q.: Wide Bay (Sydney Museum), Rockhampton (Mr. George Masters). The punctures on the basal half of the elytra are large and more or less confluent, but owing to the clothing they appear to be smaller and not very close together. This is also the case with some of the other species. BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 407 Mecistocerus dispar, n.sp. (J. Blackish-brown, scape red, rest of antennae and tarsi darker. Rather densely clothed with dark fawn-coloured scales, mixed with spots and blotches of paler and blackish scales, the dark scales forming four feeble lines down prothorax and a rather distinct but interrupted triangle on each side of middle of elytra; prothoracic scales very little larger than those on elytra, punctures of both containing larger scales. Under surface densely squamose, scales of 3rd and 4th abdominal segments dark except at sides; femora and tibiae each with an obscure blackish ring. Basal third of rostrum squamose. Head with dense concealed punctures; ocular fovea of moderate size, subtriangular and deep. Rostrum slightly longer than pro- thorax and scutelluni combined, thin and moderately curved; basal two-fifths with moderately strong punctures and with three narrow ridges, elsewhere shining and lightly punctate. Scape inserted slightly nearer base than apex of rostrum and shorter than funicle; 1st joint of the latter the length of 3rd and noticeably shorter than 2nd, the others regularly decreasing in length, 7th transverse; club cylindrical and moderately long. Prothorax with large, round, deep, non-confluent, partially concealed punc- tures; median carina narrow, shining and not quite continuous to base and apex. Elytra cordate, considerably wider than and about twice the length of prothorax; with series of large punc- tures becoming smaller posteriorly and all partially concealed; interstices gentl}^ convex, on basal half narrower, on apical half wider than punctures, but apparently wider throughout. Meta- sternum slightly shorter than the following segment; with large and rather dense punctures, which on each of the episterna are confined to a single row. Abdomen densely punctate, suture between 1st and 2nd segments slightly curved; 1st with almost as large punctures as on metasternum. Femora stout, acutely dentate, posterior extending to apex of elytra. Length 9, rostrum 2|; width 4 mm. 9. Differs in being of considerably larger size, proportionately wider across shoulders and more suddenly narrowed posteriorly 408 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII., than in the (J; the rostrum is longer, shining except at extreme base, and the scape inserted at basal two-fifths. Length 12f, rostrum 4 J; width 6 mm. Hab. — Q.: Endeavour River (Macleay Museum), Cooktown (Mr. C. French). Each of the large scales of the under surface instead of being placed in the middle of a puncture is placed at its base, so that although the depth of the puncture is concealed its extent is readily seen. Mecistocerus tenuirostris, n.sp. (J(?). Blackish-brown, antennae and claw-joints paler. Not very densely clothed with rather pale ochreous-brown scales, which are longer on prothorax than on the elytra; on the latter they are moderately dense on the interstices, on the former they are confined to the punctures; with small spots and blotches of pale scales scattered about. Under surface rather sparsely clothed, the clothing, except on sides of sterna, more or less setose in character; femora feebly ringed. Basal third of rostrum squamose. Head in places coarsely and densely punctate, the punctures more or less concealed; ocular fovea deep, narrow and elongate, being fully half the length of head. Rostrum long, thin and moderately curved, considerably longer than prothorax; basal two-fifths rather coarsely punctate and with three narrow ridges, the median one of these being traceable to between the antennae where it terminates in a very feeble elongate impression; else- where shining and lightly punctate. Scape inserted very slightly closer to apex than base of rostrum and slightly shorter than funicle; of the latter the 2nd joint is thin, twice the length of the 1st, and the length of the 3rd and 4th combined, the others gradually decreasing in length but none transverse; club the length of the four preceding joints. Prothorax with dense round and rather shallow punctures, each of which contains but is scarcely obscured by a scale; median carina entirely absent. Elytra cordate, considerably wider than and more than twice the BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 409 length of prothorax; with series of moderately large elliptic punctures; interstices not separately convex, wider than punc- tures throughout, themselves punctate. Meiasternum shorter than the following segment, triangularly encroached upon by canal, with large punctures except on episterna, each of which is supplied with two rows of small punctures. Abdomen with straight sutures, 1st and 5th with dense, the 1st with large punctures, 2nd-4th ver}' sparsely punctate. Femora rather thin and acutely dentate, posterior extending to apex of elytra. Length 9, rostrum 3|; width 4Jmm. Hah. — Queensland (Herr J. Faust). The pale scales form five feeble spots on the prothorax, clothe each shoulder and form rather irregular spots about the middle of the elytra; on the head they form a very distinct large round basal spot. Mecistocerus compositus, n.sp. $. Blackish-brown, antennae and tarsi jmler. Densely clothed all over (except on scutellum and apical two-thirds of rostium) with fawn-coloured scales, with spots and blotches of dark scales scattered about or entirely absent. Head with dense concealed punctures; ocular fovea subtri- angular and not very large but deep. Rostrum the length of prothorax and scutellum combined and (for the genus) compara- tively stout; basal half rather coarsely punctate and with three narrow ridges, apical half shining and lightly punctate. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum and slightly shorter than funicle; of the latter the first joint is slightly longer than the 3rd and just perceptibly shorter than the 2nd, 6th and 7th feebly transverse; club elongate-elliptic. Prothorax with large, round, deep, non-confluent, scarcely concealed punctures; median carina distinct only in middle. Elytra elongate-cordate, not much wider than prothorax and almost thrice as long; with series of large elliptic punctures becoming smaller posteriorly; interstices (except posteriorly) narrower than punctures, although apparently every- where wider; basal half with small granules, but which are entirely concealed. Metasternum Bhovter than the following seg- 410 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDJi:, VIII., ment, with large partially concealed punctures even on episterna, each of which, however, is supplied with but one row. Abdomen densely punctate and with straight sutures. Femora stout, acutely dentate, posterior almost extending to apex of elytra, their teeth large, tibiae distinctly curved. Length 7|, rostrum 2^; width 3i mm. 9. Differs in being considerably larger and rather wider, the rostrum much longer and shining except at extreme base; the scape is inserted nearer the base than the apex of rostrum. Length 9^, rostrum 3^; width 4J mm. Hab. — Australia (Herr J. Faust); Q.: Salisbury Plain (Mr. A, Simson), Cape York (Macleay Museum). The dark patches of scales are very variable in extent, especially on the males; they usually form a distinct but irregular postmedian fascia, but this is sometimes completely absent; usually there is a smaller and less distinct fascia beyond it, the intervening space being clothed with slightly paler scales than elsewhere; usually there is a very feeble dark stripe on each side of the median carina (which is marked by paler scales); the femora are seldom distinctly ringed. Mecistocerus m^rens, n.sp. (J. Black, antennae not much paler. Moderately densely clothed with obscure sooty-brown scales indistinctly variegated Avith small spots of pale scales. Head and basal half of rostrum densely squamose. Head with dense concealed punctures; ocular fovea deep and distinct but smaller than usual. Rustrum the length of pro- thorax and scutellum combined, lightly curved, sides feebly incurved to middle; basal half with coarse partially concealed punctures and with three ridges, the median one of which is traceable to apical fifth, apical half opaque and with rather dense and coarse but not concealed punctures. Scape inserted two- fifths from apex of rostrum and slightly shorter than funicle; joints of the latter rather stout, the 1st slightly longer than the 2nd, 3rd-7th subglobular, 7th feebly transverse; club elliptic- BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 411 ovate. Prothorax scarcely longer than wide; with dense, round, deep, clearly-cut, non-confluent large punctures; median carina narrow and waved by punctures. Elytra elongate-cordate, not much wider than prothorax and almost thrice as long; with series of large suboblong punctures, each of which is separated by a feeble ridge, both ridges and punctures partially concealed; interstices gently convex and wider than punctures throughout. Under sjt^yaoe densely and moderately strongly punctate through- out. Metasternum longer than the following segment. Abdo- minal sutures straight. Femora moderately stout but sublinear, rather acutely dentate, posterior not extending to apex of abdo- men. Length 12, rostrum 3 J; width 5; variation in length 9-13 mm. 9. Differs in having the rostrum slightly longer, straighter and narrower (except at base), shining and (except at basal fourth) with punctures of only moderate size and the ridges absent; the scape is inserted just perceptibly nearer apex than base of rostrum. Hab. — Australia(Herr J. Faust); N.S.W.: Orange( Mr. Horace W. Brown), Forest Reefs (Lea); Tasmania (Mr. A. Simson). The clothing of the prothorax is rather sparse, except at the apex, and usually forms three feeble pale lines; usually on the elytra the (otherwise ver}^ indistinct) preapical callus is supplied with a small spot of pale (almost white) scales; the patches of pale scales elsewhere seldom cover more than one puncture. On two specimens, however, the pale scales clothe the greater part of the derm, the sooty ones being distributed in small spots and blotches. At one time I thought this species was possibly Boheman's Cryj)t07'hynchus moestus, but that species is described as having the posterior femora obtusely dentate (^nd by implication the others edentate) and the scutellum clothed. In the (eleven) specimens under observation the scutellum is perfectly glabrous. Mecistocerus vulneratus, n.sp. ^. Blackish-brown, elytra paler, antennae of a rather bright red. Moderately densely clothed with rather large pale (often 412 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII., white) scales, having a more or less speckled appearance. Legs densely, under surface moderately densely squamose. Head and basal half of rostrum squamose. Head with coarse partially concealed punctures; ocular fovea deep, subtriangular and unusually large, its walls shining. Rostrum very little longer than prothorax, sides lightly incurved to middle; basal half with coarse, partiall}' concealed punctures and with three acute ridges; apical lialf suhopaque and with moderately large but not dense punctures. Scape inserted at about the middle of rostrum and much shorter than funicle; of the latter the 2nd joint is distinctly longer than the 1st, and the 7th is transverse; club cylindrical. Prothorax strongly convex and distinctly transverse, sides strongly rounded; with moderately large, dense, round, clearly cut, non-confluent punctures; median carina very feeble and rather short. Elytra not much wider than prothorax and more than thrice as long; with series of moderately large, oblong, more or less confluent punctures, becoming not much smaller posteriorly; interstices not separately convex, much wider than punctures, themselves rather densely punctate. Under surface densely and moderately strongly punc- tate throughout. Metasternum longer than the following seg- ment. Abdominal sutures straight. Femora rather short and not very acutely dentate, posterior scarcely extending to apical segment. Length 8, rostrum 2; width 3^ mm. 9. Differs in having the rostrum rather wider than in the male, highly polished and lightl}' punctate except at basal third, and the scape is inserted slightly closer to base than apex of rostrum. Hah.—Q,.\ Cooktown (Mr. C. French). A narrow, cylindrical species in which the ocular fovea occupies more than half the space between the eyes; it is the only species here described in which the rostrum of the 5 is no longer than that of the ^. The scales are sometimes snowy white and usually form three feeble lines down the prothorax; on the elytra they form more or less irregular narrow fasciae (on one specimen six of these are traceable), but they are seldom distinct. BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 413 Mecistocerus languidus, n.sp. (J. Blackish-brown, antennae of a rather bright red. Moder- ately densely clothed with fawn-coloured scales of an almost uniform shade; on the prothorax they are set in punctures, most of them are large and rounded and although depressed are slightly elevated above the derm; they, however, (especially in front) are setose in character; on the elytra the scales are much smaller than the large prothoracic ones and each is transverse; they clothe the interstices thickly towards the apex but less so towards the base; each puncture is supplied with a concave scale. Under surface sparsely squamose, the scales varying from short and round almost to setae; legs densely clothed, the anterior tibise with long thin hair on the apical two-thirds. Head (except at base; and basal three-fourths of rostrum rather densely squamose. Head with coarse concealed punctures; ocular fovea narrow and elongate. Rostrum long, thin, parallel-sided and moderately curved, longer than prothorax and scutellum combined; basal three-fourths with rather coarse concealed punctures, and with a feeble median ridge that terminates between antennae in a feeble impression, apical fourth shining and with rather small punctures. Antennae thin; scape inserted one-fourth from apex of rostrum and slightly longer than funicle; funicle with the 1st joint the length of 3rd and considerably shorter than 2nd, 3rd as long as 4th and 5th combined, /th lightly transverse; club cylindrical. Prothorax moderately convex, apical third rather strongly and regularly rounded, basal two-thirds subparallel; with deep but rather small punctures, regularly but rather sparsely dis- tributed; median carina absent. Elytra oblong-cordate, not much wider than prothorax and almost thrice as long, base almost truncate; with series of not very large and feebly transverse punctures, each of which is separated by a feeble ridge; inter- stices not separatel}^ convex, wider than punctures throughout. Metasternum longer than the following segment, with moderately large (except on episterna where they are small) and not very dense punctures. Abdomen with rather sparse and irregular 32 414 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.^, VIII., punctures; sutures straight. Legs long and thin; femora linear and very minutely dentate, posterior passing elytra; tibiae straight; 4th tarsal joint thin and almost as long as the rest combined. Length 7^, rostrum 24; width 3| mm. tiab. — N. S.Wales (Macleay Museum). The clothing and punctures are remarkable; the transverse scales of the elytra are almost [li not quite) unique in the sub- family. The scape is inserted much closer to the apex of the rostrum than in any other species; the claw-joint is unusually long and thin. Several of the characters are suggestive of Pezichus. On the rostrum there may be three obtuse ridges, but only one can be traced on the unique specimen under examination. Mecistocerus egens, n.sp. ^C?), Dark reddish-brown, antennae of a rather bright red. Not very densely clothed (denser on legs, sparser on under surface and rostrum than elsewhere) with obscure ochreous scales, which are condensed in places into small spots and stripes. Head with coarse, scarcely concealed punctures; ocular fovea large and open posteriorly. Rostrum slightly longer than pro- thorax, moderately curved, parallel-sided; basal third with coarse concealed punctures and a distinct median ridge, elsewhere polished and minutely punctate. Scape inserted slightly nearer base than apex of rostrum and shorter than funicle; 1st joint of funicle as long as 2nd and 3rd combined, 3rd-7th gradually increasing in width and all transverse; club ovate, subcontinuous with funicle. Prothorax with large, round, deep, scarcely obscured punctures; median carina feeble. PJlytra cordate, not much wider than prothorax and about twice and one-half as long; with series of large, oblong, subapproximate punctures; interstices not separ- ately convex and narrower (except posteriorly where they are wider) than punctures. Metaster^ium slightly shorter than the following segment, coarsel}^ and irregularly punctate. Abdomen with straight sutures; 1st segment rather coarsely punctate, 2nd with two feeble rows on basal half, 3rd and 4th almost impunc- tate. Femora rather thin, not very acutely dentate, posterior BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 415 extending to apex of elytra; tibiae straight. Length 3 J, rostrum 1; width 1^ mm. Hah. — Q.: Cairns (type in Macleay Museum). A small dingy species which at first sight appears to belong to Melanterius (it resembles such species as macidatus, acacice and tristis). The antennae are decidedly aberrant, but it has not been considered necessary to generically isolate it on that account. Mecistocerus denticulatus Pasc; Mast. Cat. Sp. No.5412. Hah. — '' Port Bowen " (Pascoe). I am confident that I have not seen this species. The male is described as having a number of small spine-like teeth on the anterior femora and tibia?. "^^ Genus B E r o s I r I s Pascoe. Journ. Linn. Soc. 1873, p.43. Head small, convex, partially concealed. Eyes large, triangu- larly-ovate, widely separated above and moderately beneath, rather coarsely faceted. Rostrum long, thin and moderately curved. Ante^mce thin; scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum and the length of funicle; club elongate-elliptic. Pro- thorax moderately or scarcely transverse, sides rounded, base bisinuate, apex produced, ocular lobes almost rectangular. Scutellu7n distinct. Elytra elongate-cordate, not much wider than prothorax. Pectoral canal moderately deep and narrow, terminated in metasternum. Mesosternal receptacle absent, the intermediate coxse exposed internally. Metasternum slightly shorter than the following segment; episterna rather wide. Ahdomen with the four basal segments drawn slightly backwards at the sides, the 1st almost as long as 2nd and 3rd combined, intercoxal process moderately wide and rounded, apical suture incurved; 3rd and 4th combined slightly longer than 2nd and considerably longer than 5th. Legs rather short; femora moder- * Since this was written I have seen a male, and the spines of its femora and tibiae render it very distinct. 416 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E, VIII,, ately stout, not grooved, dentate, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen; tibiae short, compressed, the anterior bisinuate beneath; tarsi rather short, 3rd joint wide and deeply bilobed, 4th elongate. Elliptic, convex, squamose, non-tuberculate, winged. Allied to the preceding genus, which it resembles in the long rostrum and exposed intermediate coxae, but distinguished from it by the absence of a prosternal process between the four anterior coxse. In tanyrhynchus the canal extends almost to the abdomen but it is entirely different in character from that of Myrtesis. The genus appears to be abundantly represented in the Malay Archipelago, but only one species has previously been recorded from Australia. Pectoral canal terminated almost at abdomen tanyrhynchus. Pectoral canal terminated just behind intermediate coxae... mixtus. Berosiris mixtus, n.sp. Elongate-elliptic. Reddish-brown, antennee paler. Densely clothed with fawn-coloured scales somewhat variable in shade, and with patches of sooty scales; scutellum nude. Under surface with rather pale scales except at sides and on the apical segments. Head and basal third of rostrum in (J, basal fourth in 9, with dense and rather dark scales. Head with dense, round, concealed punctures. Rostrum thin, longer than prothorax and scutellum combined; in ^ basal half with coarse concealed punctures, the apical half shining; in 9 basal fourth only with rather coarse punctures. Scape inserted one-third from apex of rostrum in $ (two-fifths in 5); 2nd joint of funicle as long as the 3rd and ith combined, 1st and 3rd sub- equal. Prothorao: moderately transverse, apex produced and less than half the width of ba.se; with dense, round, concealed punc- tures. Scutellum oblong and shining. Elytra slightly wider than prothorax and about twice and one-half its length: with series of large, deep, oblong, more or less concealed punctures; interstices apparently much wider than punctures but really considerably narrower except posteriorly, the alternate ones very BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 417 feebly raised. Under surface with dense concealed punctures. Pectoral canal semicircularly encroaching on metasternum. Basal segment of abdomen feebly depressed in middle in (J, convex in $. Femora stout, posterior not extending to apical segment, all acutely dentate; anterior tibiae strongly bisinuate beneath, the others distinctly curved. Length 7|, rostrum 21; width 3J mm. Hah. — Q.: Endeavour River (Macleay Museum). Apparently close to calidris in general appearance, but the four basal joints of the funicle in that species are said to be short and subequal. The palest scales are on the elytra beyond the middle; there is a subtriangular sooty patch on each side of the prothorax at base (sometimes conjoined to form a subquadrate patch), on the elytra the sooty scales are more numerous from the basal fourth to near the middle. The scales are of a soft nature and appear to be easily discoloured. There are numerous specimens in the Macleay Museum. Berosiris tanyrhynchus, n.sp. 2- Elongate-ovate. Reddish-brown, antennae paler. Densely clothed with muddy grey scales; prothorax with sooty scales except on each side of base; elytra with a large sooty patch terminating beyond the middle but not continued to shoulders. Femora obscurely ringed. Head and base of rostrum densely clothed. Head with dense, round, concealed punctures. Rostrum longer than prothorax and scutellum combined, basal third with moder- ately coarse punctures, elsewhere shining. Scape inserted just peiceptibly nearer apex than base of rostrum; two basal joints of funicle of equal leugth and not very long, the others transverse. Prothorax scarcely if at all transverse, apex produced but more than half the width of base, with dense concealed punctures. Scutellum rather indistinct. Elytra not much more than twice the length of prothorax and at base not much (but suddenly) wider, widest at about middle; punctures and interstices appa- rently as in the preceding species. Under surface with very dense concealed punctures. Pectoral canal extending almost to 418 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.^, VIII., abdomen, the tip of the rostrum actually resting on it. Basal segment of abdomen convex. Femora and tibiae much as in the preceding species. Length 5, rostrum 14; width 2 mm. Hab. — Q.: Endeavour River (Maclea}' Museum). Dififers from the preceding species in being much smaller and differently clothed, narrower and elongate-ovate, instead of almost perfectly elliptic, the scape inserted at a greater distance from apex of rostrum, the joints of the funicle diiFerently proportioned and the rostrum touching the abdomen when at rest. Two female specimens are under examination. Berosiris calidris Pasc; Mast. Cat. 8p. No.5563. Hah. — " New Guinea; Somerset, Rockhampton " (Pascoe). Mr. Pascoe describes the funicle as " articulis primis quatuor subaequalibus," otherwise his description applies fairly well to mixtus. M I C R 0 B E R 0 S I R I S , n.g. Head convex, not concealed. Eyes small, ovate, lateral, coarsely faceted. i?os^7'?mi not very long, but thin and curved. AnteurKe rather thin; scape inserted nearer base chan apex of rostrum; club briefly ovate. Prolhorax transverse, sides rounded, base bisinuate, apex almost truncate, ocular lobes absent. Scutellnm small. Elytra elongate-cordate. Pectoral canal not very deep and rather narrow, slightly encroached upon by anterior coxae and terminated in metasternum. Mesosternal receptacle absent, the coxae exposed, Metasternum slightly longer than the follow- ing segment; its episterna rather wide. Abdomen \\/\th. the three intermediate segments drawn slightly backwards at the sides, the two basal segments rather large. Legs rather short and stout; femora edentate, not grooved, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen; tibiae round, terminal hook obtuse; tarsi almost the length of tibiae. Elliptic, convex, squamose, non-tuberculate, winged. In appearance the minute insect described below, approaches many of the Erirhinidce. The pectoral canal appears to (if it BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 419 actually does not) extend to the abdomen. Seen from the sides, the prothorax appears to be obliquely truncate from the apex to the anterior cox^e so that the ocular lobes are really absent. Tlie position of the genus is by no means certain, but on account of its elongated canal and exposed intermediate coxse it is placed after Berosiris. MiCROBEROSIRIS EXILIS, n sp. Blackish-brown, antennfe (club excepted) and rostrum (base excepted) paler. Densely and almost uniformly clothed (on rostrum at extreme base only) with white scales that almost completely hide the sculpture. Neod with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum long and thin; with rather strong punctures on basal half, apical half shining and lightly punctate. Prothorax feebly transverse, apex not much narrower than base; with dense concealed punctures. Elytra slightly wider than prothorax and but little more than twice as long, shoulders rounded, sides parallel to near apex; with series of concealed punctures; inter.stices regular. Under surface with dense concealed punctures; pectoral canal terminated almost at abdomen, but a feeble impression connecting it with abdomen itself. Length 1^, rostrum |; width | mm. Hah — W.A. : Swan River. I have seen but one specimen of this minute insect, and in preparing it for examination damaged the funicle of both of its antennse; in consequence only the club and scape could be described. Both genus and species, however, are remarkably distinct. Sympediosoma, n.g. Head rather small, moderately convex, partially concealed. Eyes large, ovate, rather widely separated, coarsely faceted. Rostrum rather long and thin, distinctly curved, sides distinctly incurved to middle. Antennce rather thin; scape shorter than funicle, inserted in middle of rostrum; two basal joints of funicle elongate; club elliptic-ovate. Prothorax transverse, base bisinuate, apex strongly narrowed, constriction feeble, ocular lobes obtuse. Scutelhnn distinct. Elytra subcordate, not much (and not 420 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII., suddenly) wider than ]>rothorax, base trisinuate. Pectoral canal deep and narrow, terminated between intermediate coxae. Meso- sternal receptacle feebly raised, U-shaped; slightly cavernous. Metasternmn about three-fourths the length of the following seg- ment; episterna rather wide. Abdotnen with the 1st segment as long as 2nd and 3rd combined, intercoxal process rounded, apex slightly incurved; 3rd and 4th drawn slightly backwards at sides, their combined length slightly more than that of 5th and less than that of 2nd. Legs rather short; femora feebly ridged and dentate but not grooved, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen; tibiae compressed and lightly curved; tarsi normal. Oblong-elliptic, moderately convex, squamose, winged. The genus differs from Cryptorhynchus principally in the elytra, abdomen, and tibiae. It is closely related to the New Zealand genera Tychanus and Sympedius; from the former it mav be distinguished by the U-shaped mesosternal receptacle and the comparatively long metasternum; from the latter by the insertion of scape and the curved tibiae. Mr. Pascoe describes the femora of Sympedius as unarmed, but in vexatus they are comparatively strongly dentate, although the teeth are not visible from in front; even from behind in testudo the anterior femora may be seen to be minutely dentate. Mr. Pascoe compares both genera with Acalles, a genus with which they have few characters in common. Rostrum distinctly wider at base than at apex albi/rons. Rostrum no wider at base than at apex ohliquifasciatiim. Sy]vjpediosoma albifrons, n.sp. Pi-eddish-brown. Densely clothed with soft mouse-coloured scales (paler and smaller on elytra than on prothorax); apex of prothorax with a large transverse patch of svhite scales; elytra with a moderately distinct median fascia of white scales and a scarcely traceable one posteriorly, between them two very feeble dark fasciae. Under surface with dense, rouud, soft, pale scales, denser on metasternum than elsewhere; legs feebly variegated. Head and base of rostrum with dense mouse-coloured scales. BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 421 Head with concealed punctures. Rostrum slightly longer thtui prothorax, base considerably wider than apex; basal fourth rather strongly punctate, elsewhere shining and impunctate. First joint of funicle slightly longer than 2nd, 4tli-7th transverse. Prothorax rather strongly transverse, posterior angles scarcel}^ produced; with dense concealed punctures and with small scattered granules. Elytra ai,h out twice and one-third the length of prothorax; striate-punctate, punctures concealed; interstices separately convex, wider than striai, the 3rd rather distinctly raised at base, all (but more noticeably those nearest to the suture) with minute shining granules. Under surface with dense, regular, partially concealed punctures. Femora minutely dentate. Length 6 J, rostrum 2 J; width 3| ram. Ilab. — Q.: Endeavour River (Macleay Museum). Of the two specimens under examination one has the derm of an almost uniform reddish-brown, tlie other is somewhat paler, with the rostrum, antennae and legs still paler. The paler speci- men has the clothing as described, but on the darker one the jnarkings are less distinct. Sympediosoma obliquifasciatum, n.sp. Reddish-brown, antennae dull red. Very densely clothed with soft pale fawn-coloured scales, and with a very distinct fascia of paler scales extending from each shoulder to near the suture slightly before the middle. Under surface with pale scales varying from thin to almost perfectly circular, and dense in some places and sparse in others; legs with dense scales the colour of those on prothorax, but with white ones rather thickly distributed. Head and base of rostrum with darker scales than elsewhere, but the former with a feeble median line of paler scales. Head with concealed punctures. Rostrum the length of pro- thorax, apex as wide as base, sides rather strongly incurved to middle; basal third and basal half rather strongl}' punctate, else- where shining and minutely punctate First joint of funicle slightly longer than 2nd. Prothorax strongly transverse, sides rather suddenly narrowed at apical third, posterior angles pro- 422 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E, VIII., duced; witli dense concealed punctures and scattered shining granules. Elytra scarcely more than twice the length of pro- thorax; striate-punctate, punctures concealed; interstices sepa- rately convex, wider than punctures, with rather numerous small shining granules becoming smaller posteriorly. Under surface with dense, regular, partially concealed punctures. Femora minutely dentate. Length 4, rostrum \\; width 2 mm. Hab.—Q.: Barron Falls (Mr. A. Koebele). The granules, especially on the elytra, show up very distinctly despite the density of the clothing. Genus Imalithus, Pascoe. Journ. Linn. Soc. 1869, p. 465. Head rather large, slightly convex, entirely concealed from above. Eyes rather small, ovate, lateral, coarsely faceted. Rost7'utn rather short and wide, almost straight. Antennce rather stout; scape inserted nearer base than apex of rostrum and much shorter than funicle; club ovate. Prothorax transverse and semicircular. Scutelhnn small. Elytra closely applied to and their outline continuous with that of prothorax. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated between anterior coxse. Mesosternal receptacle large, sides incurved near base, base truncate, emargina- tion vvidely transverse; cavernous. Metasternuni longer than the following segment; episterna distinct. Abdomen with straight sutures; 1st segment as long as 2nd and 3rd comVjined, intercoxal process rather wide; 3rd and 4th with deep and wide sutures, their combined length equal to that of 2nd and slightly more than that of 5th. Legs short; femora stout and wide, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen, grooved and edentate; tibise compressed; tarsi rather short but thin, 3rd joint not very wide. Oblong-elliptic, greatly depressed, squamose, winged. A remarkable genus, the true position of which is very doubtful. Mr. Pascoe regarded it as allied to Acalles, but the metasternum is decidedly elongate, its episterna distinct and rather wide, and the body winged. I ma}'' be wrong in placing it with the true BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 423 Cri/2^torhynchides rather than amongst the allies of Chcetectetorns. Its connection with Acalles, however, is certainly very remote. I.MALiTHUS PATKLLA Pasc; Mast. Cat. Sp. No.5482. Black, antennse dull reddish-brown. Densely clothed with stout, muddy-brown scales, paler and smaller on under than on upper surface. Punctures everywhere concealed, but apparently dense. Rostrum, slightly shorter than prothorax, sides lightly incurved to middle. Frolhorax, depressed in middle, margins strongly raised and semicircular, each distinctly notched in middle. Elytra flattened along middle; 5th interstice largely and suddenly raised and somewhat curved, the raised portion becoming sub- tuberculate posteriorly and terminated at apical fourth, 7th interstice slightly raised and posteriorly with a number of rather large fasciculate tubercles, 9th interstice curved and slightly raised. Length 5|, rostrum \\\ width 3Jmm. y^a6.— N.S.W.: "Clarence River" (Pascoe); Q.: Wide Bay (Australian and Macleay Museums). _^ An easily recognisable species. Paratituacia, n.g. Head rather large, feebly convex, partially concealed. Eyes small, ovate, lateral, ver}^ finely faceted. Rostrum wide but not very short, moderately curved. iSccvpe inserted closer to base than apex of rostrum, distinctly shorter than funicle; two basal joints of the latter moderately long; club elliptic ovate. Pro- ihoraoi briefly subconical, base bisinuate, constriction feeble but continued across summit, ocular lobes very obtuse. Scutellum small. Elytra briefly cordate, base wider than prothorax and each separately rounded. Pectoral canal deep and wide, termi- nated between intermediate coxse. Mesosternal i-eceptacle ft-ebly raised, crescent-shaped, emargination moderately transverse ; cavernous. Metasternum not much shorter than the following segment; episterna distinct. Basal segment of abdomen as long as the two following combined, intercoxal process rather wide 424 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII., but rounded, apex incurved; 2nd-4th drawn slightly backwards at sides; 3rd and 4th combined the length of 5th and slightly shorter than 2nd. Legs moderately long; femora sublinear, not grooved, edentate, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen; tibiae rather stout and almost straight, tarsi normal. Briefly ovate, convex, squamose, winged. A distinct genus which might be regarded as allied to Chcttec- tetorus, bub which is placed here on account of most of its characters. From Cryptorhynchus it differs in the \'ery finely faceted eyes, in the legs and basal segments of abdomen; Tituacia^ to which on first sight it is rather close, differs in having coarsely faceted eyes, elytra not much wider at the base than prothorax, metasternum very short and the body apterous. Paratituacia dorsosignata, n.sp. Black or blackish-brown, antennae dull red, club darker. Clothed with white scales feebly variegated with ochreous, and with a very large and sharply defined patch of black scales com- mencing at apex of prothorax and terminating beyond middle of elytra. Under surface and legs with pure white scales. Head (except at extreme base) and rostrum with black scales. Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum the length of prothorax, sides incurved to middle; densely and rather coarsel}^ punctate throughout and with a feeble median ridge on basal half. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides rounded, apex less than half the width of base; with dense, round, clearly cut but concealt^d punctures. Elytra not much (but suddenly; wider than prothorax, and about twice as long; with series of moder- ately Inrge but almost entirely concealed punctures; interstices wider than punctures, the 3id and 5th each with two very feeble tubercular elevations. Under surface with dense concealed punctures. Posterior femora not quite extending to middle of apical segment. Length 3|, rostrum 1; width 2; variation in length 3-3J mm. Hab.—W.A. : Swan River, Chidlow's Well, Geraldton. BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 425 Tlie large black patch of the upper surface has an almost triangular outline; on one specimen, however, this triangle, though traceable, consists of slightly variegated and not much darker scales than elsewhere, whilst the scales on its head and rostrum are of a dingy grayish-white. Of the (six) specimens under examinatiou, two were taken with the sweep net, two were beaten from a common Acacia, one was taken from the stomach of a magpie, and the other was received from the Australian Museum without label, but was probably taken by Mr. Masters at King George's Sound. Genus Nechyrus, Pascoe. Journ. Linn. Soc. 1871, p. 203. As this genus is numerously represented in the Malay Archi- pelago and but sparingly in Australia, I have not considered it advisable to give a formal generic diagnosis, which of necessity could be based on but few Australian species. The main features of the genus, however, appear to be the small head, small and finely faceted eyes, long and thin rostrum, short scape, small but distinct scutellum, open mesosternal receptacle, and soldering together of two basal segments of abdomen. The Australian species may be thus tabulated: — Femora edentate legitimus, n.sp. Femora dentate. Scape aim ost the length of f unicle latipennis, n. sp. Scape much shorter than f unicle. Prothorax slightly transverse incomptus, 'P&sc. I'rothorax slightly wider than long mollipes, n.sp. Nkchyrus incomptus Pasc; Mast. Cat. Sp. No.5566. Depressed, elliptic-ovate. Black, opaque; antennae dull dark red; rostrum shining. Densely clothed with ferruginous-brown scales which are rounded in shape and not closely applied to derm, they are largest on the prothorax, at the apex of which they are paler and bifasciculate; elytral tubercles fasciculate. Under surface with sparser scales than upper; tibiae with stout brownish and sooty setae or elongate scales, claw-joint with a few distinct sets©. 426 UKVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E, VIII., Head small, round, convex; densely and rather coarsely punc- tate; ocular fovea not traceable. Rostrum long, thin, curved; towards base coarsely punctate and irregularly costate, towards apex with sparse elongate punctures. Antennae moderately stout; scape short, about the length of three basal joints of f unicle, inserted slightly closer to base than apex of rostrum; two basal joints of funicle moderately long, subequal, almost the length of the rest combined; club ovate. Prothorax (by measurement) slightly wider than long, flat except for a few feeble tuberosities in middle, sides rounded, towards apex strongly coarctate, apex less than half the width of base; with moderately large shallow punctures (in fresh specimens almost concealed by clothing). Scutellum small and transverse. Elytra flattened, sides almost vertical; posterior declivity rather abrupt; wider than and scarcely twice the length of prothorax; irregularly seriate-foveate, fovese in places subgeminate, towards the sides becoming regular; each with three series of moderately large but obtuse tubercles; ou the 2nd, 4th and 6th interstices respectively these are so placed that the posterior declivity is crowned with four in a transverse series, and there is a similar series before the summit; the shoulders are tuberculate. Pectoral canal moderately wide and deep, terminated near base of intermediate coxse. Metasternum shorter than basal segment of abdomen, its episterna (which are very narrow) longer. Abdomen with scattered large punctures, basal segment longer than 2nd, intercoxal process rounded and very wide; 2nd seg- ment transversely and largely excavated but not to the sides; three apical segments flat, the apical longer than 3rd and 4th combined. Legs rather long; femora not clavate, posterior just passing elytra; each with a small tooth which is almost concealed by scales. Length 8, rostrum 2J; width 4; variation in length 7-9 mm. ^ Hah. — "Queensland" (Pascoe); N.S.W.: Tweed and Richmond Rivers (Lea). Appears to be somewhat variable in regard to size and clothing; the elytral fovese, though large, are sometimes indistinct on account of clothing; they are all sometimes perfectly round and regular, but are usually here and there conjoined. BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 427 Nechyrus mollipes, n.sp. or \ai-. Very close to the preceding; differs in having the antennae inserted closer to base of rostium, prothorax slightly longer than wide, apex half the width of base; elytral fovese still more irregular, the tubercles smaller, a series before, at, and b^low summit of posterior declivity; under surface with larger punc- tures and scales; and the posterior femora more acutely and strongly dentate than the others. Length 8^, rostrum 2^; width 3^ mm. Hab.—N.Q.: Barron Falls (Mr. A. Koebele). Perhaps but a variety of inconiptus', I have but one specimen to judge from. Nechyrus latipennis, n.sp. Black, antennae red. Densely (on under surface sparsely) clothed with fawn-coloured scales, a small but very distinct spot of white scales on each side of elytra (on 3rd interstice) at apical third. Head and basal third of rostrum rather densely clothed. Prothorax with four very distinct fascicles, elj^tra with twelve very distinct (three each on the 3rd and 5th interstices) and some smaller fascicles. Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum moderately curved, considerably longer than prothorax; basal half with coarse concealed punctures, apical half feebly shining and with moderately small but dense punctures. Scape inserted slightly nearer apex than base of rostrum and almost the length of funicle; 1st joint of the latter slightly longer than the 2!id, the others subglobular, 7th lightly transverse. Prothorax moderately trans- verse, base distinctly bisinuate and once and one-half the width of apex; with dense concealed punctures; feebly tuberculate beneath fascicles and with a feeble clothed median carina. Elytra oblong-cordate, about once and one-half the width and almost thrice the length of prothorax; with series of large partially con- cealed and not very close punctures, becoming smaller on the sides and posteriorly; interstices narrower than punctures and not separately convex, with small tubercles beneath fascicles. 428 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII., Under surface with sparse and small punctures except on sides^ wliere, however, they are more or less concealed. Femora acutely and very distinctly dentate. Length 8;^, rostrum 2J; width 4i mm. Hab. — ^N. S.W.: Clarence River (Macleay Museum). The two white spots on the elytra, though small, are very distinct; the femoral teeth are of considerable size. The outlines of this and the following species are very different from those of the two preceding. Nechyrus legitimus, n.sp. Black, antennae red. Densely clothed (not much sparser on under than on upper surface) with brownish-fawn scales, becoming sooty-brown on head and basal third of rostrum and very dense on legs. Upper surface with distinct but not strongly elevated sooty-brown fascicles, four on prothorax across middle (two very indistinct ones on apex, and about ten on elytra; of these eight are on the 3rd interstices but not confined to them. Head w^ith dense concealed punctures. Rostrum lightly curved and moderately wide, the length of prothorax; punctures at basal fourth concealed, elsewhere shining and with moderately large but not crowded punctures. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum and almost the length of funicle; 1st joint of the latter slightly longer than the 2nd, the two combined slightly more than half its total length, 3rd-5th subglobular, 6th strongly, 7th very strongly transverse. Prothorax feebly transverse, base bisinuate and twice the width of apex; with rather coarse but almost concealed punctures; feebly tuberculate beneath fascicles and with a scarcely traceable median carina. Elytra subcordate; once and one-fourth the w^idth and not much more than twice the length of prothorax, base trisinuate, shoulders rounded; with series of large, round pl^nctures, not very close together and becoming smaller posteriorly; interstices narrower than punctures, and not separately convex, feebly tuberculate beneath fascicles. Under siirface with dense, moderatel}^ large and partially con- cealed punctures. Femora edentate, posterior passing elytra. Length 6|, rostrum IJ; width 3J mm. [Printed off August 16th, 1907.] PLS.NS.W. 1907. JSTRALIAN FORAMINIFERA. P.LS.N.S.W. 1B07 STEREOGRAM OF LAKE GEORGE SHOWING FAULT SCARP AND DRAINAGE MODIFICATIONS. BY ARTHUR M. LKA. 429 Hnb. — New South Wales (type in Macleay Museum). The shape is somewhat as in the preceding species, but the clothing is very different (although the fascicles are almost in the same positions), the femora are edentate and the rostrum is much shorter. Although Mr. Pascoe in describing the genus notes the femora as edentate, this is the only species here described in which such is the case. Genus S Y b u L u s Pascoe. Journ. Linn. Soc. 1871, p. 202. The species described below certainly belongs to the genus Sybidus, now first recorded from Australia, but as Mr. Pascoe states that at least six species of the genus occur in the Malay Archipelago, and he describes the femora as being uni- or bi- dentate, I have not thought it advisable to give a generic diagnosis based on but one Australian species. The chief generic features of this species, however, are its large and coarsely faceted eyes, long and thin rostrum, longish subcylindrical club, the sutures of which are oblique, U-shaped and slightly cavernous mesosternal receptacle and distinctly bidentate femora. There appears to be no closely allied genus in Australia; Mr. Pascoe regarded it as being allied to Fezichus, but. its connection with that genus is decidedly remote. Sybulus Yorkensis, n.sp. Black, antennae of a rather light red, club darker. Rather densel}^ clothed with scales varying from white to dingy black, but the majority of a rather dark fawn, scales larger and more rounded on prothorax than on elytra. Under surface moderately clothed with whitish scales; legs densely clothed with dingy scales. Head and base of rostrum with feebly variegated scales. Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum longer tlian prothorax, rather strongly curved, thin and feebly decreasing in width from base; basal fifth strongly punctate, elsewhere highly polished and impunctate. Scape inserted nearer base than apex of rostrum and shorter than funicle; two basal joints of funicle L I B R A R Yj 33 430 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^, VIII, moderately long and subequal in length, 3rd and 4th each slightly longer than wide, 5th-7th globular; club almost the length of five preceding joints. Prothorax rather strongly transverse, sides strongly rounded, base bisinuate and almost twice the width of apex, which is but feebly produced; with dense, round, partially concealed punctures. Scutellum distinct, in the centre of a depression. Elytra slightly wider than pro- thorax and scarcely twice and one-half wider; with series of rather large and partially concealed punctures; interstices not much wider than punctures, not alternately raised, with small and shining but frequently concealed granules. Uv.der surface with distinct but not very dense punctures. Metasternum slightly shorter than the following segment; its episterna rather wide and each with a single series of punctures. Abdomen with straight sutures; 1st segment almost the length of 2nd and 3rd combined, intercoxal process narrow, 2nd the length of 5th and just perceptibly longer than 3rd or 4th. Leyti not very long; teniora grooved, strongly acutely and equally bidentate, posterior not extending to apical segment; tibise strongly compres ed and falcate; tarsi not very wide, 4th joint thin, claws small. Length 5J, rostrum If; width 2| mm. Hah — Q. : Cape York (Macleay Museum). Differs from the description of peccttarins (trom Batchian) in being smaller, the 1st joint of the funicle longer than the 3rd, and the prothorax without four white spots across the middle and one at apex. Derbvia Lea. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1899, p.543. I have to thank Messrs. Etheridge and Rainbow for calling my attention to the fact that this name, although not appearing in Scudder, had been previously used* for a genus of fo.ssils. As a substitute therefore for the genus of weevils, I propose the name Derbyidla. ^ Palseontologia Indica, Vol. i., p. 591. 431 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF YITI LEVU, FIJI. By W. G. Woolnough, D.Sc, F.G.S., Assistant Lecturer in Geology and Mineralogy, University of Sydney. Contents. Page. Introduction ... .... .. ... ... ... ... 431 Narrative 433 Summary of Eesults of Former Expedition 435 Geological Observations... ... ... ... ... ... 436 Plan of Subdivision 436 i. — Rewa District ... ... ... ... ... ... 436 ii. — Medrausucu Range 440 iii. — Upper Waidina and Waimanu Valleys .. ., 444 iv. — Wainivalau Valley 447 v._Waiqa Valley 450 vi. — Navua-Wainikoroiluva Valley 452 vii. — Wainimala Valley 455 viii. — Wailoa-Nadarivatu District ... ... ... ... 460 ix. — Muanivatu District 463 X. — Navosa Plateau 466 xi. — Nadrau-Rewasau Section 467 Summary 468 Conclusion 472 Introduction. Id January and February, 1901, at the suggestion of Professor J. W. Judd, F.R.S., and with Professor David's permission, I spent about six weeks in exploring geologically the central por- tion of Viti Levu, the main island of the Fiji Group. The results of that expedition were published in the Proceedings of this Society(Vol. xxviii.l903,pp.457-496, 500-540, Plates xxii.-xxxvi.). Note.— I have given all names as they are spelt in Fiji because of the difficulty I have had in getting natives to locate places if the spelling is Anglicised i The language is phonetic; the vowels have the French values, double vowels are true diphthongs. Of the consonants b = nib, c = th (as in that), d = nd, g==ng (soft), q = ng-g (hard). The accent in simple words is usually on the penultimate, sometimes on the last syllable. 33 432 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, With the assistance of Professor Judd, a grant of seventy- pounds was obtained from the Royal Society of London in 1903, and a further grant of eighty pounds in 1904. This liberality enabled me to carry out a much longer and better equipped expedition during the early part of 1905, when I was able to spend almost three months in central Viti Levu. My best thanks are also due to the Senate of the University of Sydney for allowing me three months' leave of absence from the date of my appointment to the teaching staflp. To Professor David I owe more than can ever be expressed for his whole-hearted sympathy and ready advice at every point of the undertaking. In Fiji the success of the expedition was entirely due to the assistance and advice of Dr. J. B. Corney, Chief Government Medical Officer. He gave us the benefit of his unequalled know- ledge of the people, the country, and the conditions of work; and at great personal inconvenience was always ready with advice and help. No man has travelled so widely in Yiti Levu, and during his journeys he always noted natural objects with true scientific acumen; even where his notes were fragmentary and he had to depend on his memory for facts observed years previously, we never found his observations in error. Enough cannot be said of his assistance to the expedition. I was fortunate enough in securing the services of Mr. E. J. Ooddard, B.A., B.Sc, Junior Demonstrator in Biology, Univer- sity of Sydney, as assistant. Throughout all the difficulties and dangers of the trip he proved himself a loyal and courageous companion, and I desire to express to him my thanks. Through the good offices of Mr. Thomas Steel, F.L.S., the Directors of the Colonial Sugar Refining Company were good enough to give general directions to all their managers in Fiji to help me where possible. This request was most liberally inter- preted, and to all concerned my grateful thanks are hereby rendered. Other acknowledsrments will be made below. BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 433 Narrative. Leaving Suva on 6th January, 1905, we proceeded up the Kewa River to Nausori. Mr. R. Gemmel Smith, general manager for Fiji of the Colonial Sugar Refining Company, extended his hospitality and afterwards very kindly allowed the expedition to travel to Bau Levu by the stern-wheel river-boat belonging to the Company. At Bau Levu we were hospitably entertained by Mr. Freeman. On Saturday night a hurricane commenced to blow, and lasted until the middle of Sunday afternoon, but fortu- nately heavy rain did not fall in the Rewa Valley, so that the river did not come down in heavy flood. Dr. Corney had, through the kindness of Mr. Joske, Commis- sioner for Colo East, etc., been able to arrange for a large canoe to meet us at Bau Levu, so that we were able to start up stream again early on Monday morning. The canoe was not able to carry all our goods, so that we had to arrange for another one to follow us with the excess. We travelled by canoe as far as Naivucini on the Wainimala. While waitinoj for the second canoe, we ascended Nacau, a mountain overlooking the town. We then travelled southwards to Nabukaluka, on the Waidina River, and made the ascent of Nabukelevu, spending a night on the summit. Returning to Naivucini, we were met by a train of pack bullocks arranged for by Mr, Joske. These, with a party of native porters, carried our goods through a long day's journey to Narokorokoyawa on the Upper Wainamala, at which town we had decided to make our headquarters. A few days were spent working in the neighbourhood of the town. On 23rd January we set out to cross the high plateau of Navosa. This took us two days of exceptionally hard travelling. The climb on to the plateau is about 2000 feet, and the surface of the plateau is simply a morass. After floundering through this for miles, we were overtaken by a heavy thunderstorm, convert- ing the streams into raging torrents which it was impossible to cross. We were delayed for a considerable time waiting for one of these to subside, and, after crossing it, reached the western 434 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, edge of the plateau, overlooking the valley of the Sigatoka River just as night was falling. After descending about 1500 feet over slipper}^ soapstone, we found the Sigatoka in moderate flood, and were unable for some time to find a means of rounding a pre- cipitous bluff and reaching the town of Namoli. We finally accomplished this by wading through the flood-water, and arrived in the town after seventeen hours' heavy travelling. We travelled down the river to Natuatuacoko and returned to Narokorokoj^awa via Waibasaga, Vunatoto, Naduta and Korolevaleva. On 30th January I started alone to revisit the Waidina Valley, leaving Mr. Goddard to carry on his biological work at Naroko- rokoyawa. I was forced to return to Suva to obtain boots, but returned to Narokorokoyawa by way of the Wainivalau Valley, crossing a track which has not, I believe, been traversed by another white man. On February 10th I left Narokorokoyawa for Nadarivatu via Vatuvula, Nubumakita and Nasoqo, and arrived there 15th February. Mr. Goddard and I left again, in company, on 18th, and reached Nadrau on Upper Sigatoka. Thence we proceeded to Vuniwaiwaivula at the junction of the Wailoa and Rewasau Rivers, and went on to Udu at the junction of the W^ailoa and Wainimala Rivers. Here we were delayed for a day by a heavy flood, and were enabled to reach our headquarters next day only through the marvellous resourcefulness of our head man Pita Caginicolo. We returned to Suva by the same route traversed on the up journey. We were again indebted to Mr. Freeman for hospi- tality, and also for the loan of his boat and crew to take us to Nausori, where we caught the steamer for Suva. On arriving at the capital we found that there was no news of the " Pilbarra," and it was surmised that she had broken down. I therefore cabled to the Registrar of the University of Sydney requesting an extension of leave for an extra fortnight. This having been granted, I set out with Mr. C. A. Holmes, Mr. Goddard being ill, to attempt the ascent of Korobasabasaga in the hope of gaining considerable information from the bird's-eye BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 435 view obtainable from its summit. As we could not obtain guides, we were forced to give up the attempt. We therefore followed the Waidina River to its source, crossed into the Wainikoroiluva Valley, and followed it and the main Navua River to Navua, thence returning to Suva. With a longer time at my disposal, a much improved equip- ment, and a fair working knowledge of the language, and with the results of my former expedition as a basis upon which to work, I have been able to add considerably to the work done previously. Even now I can claim only that a general idea of the geological structure of Viti Levu has been obtained; the salient facts are correct, but the details are subject to modification by future observations. It is only natural that my earlier work requires extensive revision. On the whole, the results of my second exploration of Viti Levu have confirmed the main con- clusions formed by me after m}^ first exploration there, but there are several very important alterations which must be made in it. These will be noted in their proper place. Summary of Results of Previous Expedition. In my previous paper^' I showed that while the main bulk of the island of Viti Levu is built up of andesitic and basaltic lavas and tuffs, " soapstones," and upraised coral reefs, there are never- theless extensive areas of granitic and slaty rocks. Granitic and slaty rocks being practically confined to continental areas, I sought to show reason why Fiji should be considered as continental in origin. The continental rocks were met with in the very centre of the island, extending from Wainiveidroon the upper Wainikoroiluva River to near Udu on the upper Wainimala River, a distance of upwards of thirty miles by track. Slaty rocks were met with near Namoli (called in error Nalaba) on the Sigatoka River, and examination of the river gravels of the island indicated a wide range of distribution for similar rocks. * These Proceedings, 1903, Vol. xxviii. pp.457-496, 500-540, Plates xxii.- xxxvi. 436 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, Fossiliferous limestones of Middle Tertiary Age were met with at Walu Bay, Suva, and at Tawaleka, Sigatoka River. An immense mass of dense white limestone occurs at Naqalimare, on the Sigatoka, but has yielded no fossils. The volcanic rocks were divided into a southern andesitic series and a northern basaltic series, each associated with tuffs and agglomerates, and giving rise to extremely rugged mountainous country. The "soapstone" is an almost ubiquitous rock. As its name implies, it is a fine-grained, unctuous roek. It is stratified, the bedding generally being nearly or quite horizontal. I believe it to be a redistributed volcanic tuff deposited under marine con- ditions. At Nasoqo it has yielded marine fossils and waterworn boulders of granite, and at Nadrau marine fossils. The former place stands at an altitude of over 800 feet above sea-level, and the latter place at over 1200 feet, so that we have evidence of elevation of the land to the extent of at least 1200 feet during Cainozoic time. I failed to find any conclusive evidence of folding or faulting connected with the movements which, I assumed, had isolated Fiji from the continental areas to the west, but thought that there was possible evidence of a fault at Nadarivatu. Geological Observations. — Plan of subdivision. For convenience I shall divide the area examined into several geographical districts, and describe these in order. These districts are indicated by numerals on the sketch plan (fig.l). It must be understood that this division is one of convenience only and has nothing whatever to do with the official partition of the island into provinces and districts. i. — Rewa District (includi7ig the Lovjer Waini^nala, Waidina, and Waimanu Rivers). The Rewa Delta and the lower Wainimala were described to some extent in my former paper. At the upper end of the steamer channel through the mangrove belt of the delta, Avhere the channel joins the main river, it was noticed that a bar of reef limestone was being blown up to deepen the channel. I BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 437 could not obtain specimens, but judging from appearances it consists of the ordinary reef material ; it was situated at a depth of about three feet below low-water mark. This point is about three miles from the present edge of the mud flat and dve miles Fig.l. — Index Map of Viti Le%-u showing the relative positions, but not the absolute boundaries of the districts discussed in this paper. i.The Rewa Area, ii.The Medrausucu Eange, iii. Upper Waidina and Waimanu Valleys, iv.Wainivalau Valley, v.Waiqa Valley, vi.Navua-Wainikoroiluva Valley, vii.Wainimala Valley, viii. Wailoa-Xadarivatu District, ix.Muanivatu District, ix.Navosa Plateau. from the existing reef of Xukulau Passage. Its presence proves that there has been a considerable seaward advance of the river sediments, and that, for a long time, present conditions of level have not been altered to any great extent, a fact borne out by an examination of river history in the upper portions of the valley. The high level soapstone near Xaduruloulou noted before* proves to be of great interest and importance. There is evidence that there formerly extended over the whole of the area now occupied by the upper portion of the delta a continuous sheet of estuarine deposits wiih lignitic bands. These are now represented by isolated hills about Nausori, and more continuous areas higher up in the neighbourhood of Xaduruloulou. They rise to a height of about 100 feet above the surface of the present river flat-s, indicating an elevation of this portion of the island since the beds were deposited. Passing northwards and westwards * Loc. cit. p. 464. 438 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, the level of these soapstone hills gradually rises until an elevation of from 300 to 500 feet is attained. Everywhere that I have examined sections of this formation in the district under con- sideration, I have found the beds to lie almost level, except towards the- western boundary, where, close to the mountains, steeper dips have been observed. In a small creek (Nadirubasaga) between the Nadakuni and Wainiwaqa a dip of 15° to the east was obtained. Above Serea on the Wainimala the dip is E.N.E. at 8°- It is quite possible that, in the case of these inclined beds, we are dealing with tuffs derived from the volcanic mountains which lie immediately to the west, and not with true " soapstones." Near Qelidranitaki (south of Serea") this conclusion is rendered probable by the fact that the dipping beds contain fragments of older and finer soapstone up to 4 inches in diameter. Viewed from high points in the Medrausucu Range the area occupied by the level-bedded soapstones appears almost perfectly level, and seems to extend in an unbroken plain right away to the east coast of the island. There are, I believe, a number of deep, narrow river valleys east of the Rewa; their positions are, however, uncharted. The area is a plain of marine accumulation uplifted with very little disturbance of the bedding. The fact that the track going south from Serea rises by a series of gentle slopes and falls by a series of steep scarps, suggests a gentle northerly dip, but lack of rock exposures and dense tropical jungle prevent direct observation. A few isolated points rise above the general level of the plain. It is possible that these may represent the residuals of an older level at an elevation between 700 and 1,000 feet, but data are wanting. With the elevation of the soapstone plain the rivers entered upon a canon cycle. The rocks, consisting as they do of alternate relatively hard and soft beds of soapstone, produce a structure favourable to rapid recession of the streams. Even so, the fact that the first trace of a rapid in the Wainibuka is at least 30 BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 439 miles from the top of the delta, and over 40 from the sea, proves that the elevation is not an extremely recent one. The evidence of the reef at the river mouth has already been commented on. From Viria onwards the river valley becomes practically a gorge. No very extensive patches of alluvial are met with, and the soapstone cliifs rise to heights of 200 to 300 feet almost from the water's edge. The smaller tributary valleys do not enter the river " at grade " but yield cascades falling into the main stream. Even moderately large creeks are interrupted by picturesque waterfalls at no great distance above their junctions with the river. The larger tributaries are at grade. The small valleys have thus the character of hanging valleys, and indicate the youthfulness of the stream, I followed the Wainibuka a little above the junction of the Wainimala in order to examine the nature of the gravels brought down by the former stream, but found that there were none. The natives informed me that this river is singularly destitute of gravel for a very considerable distance. This shows that the whole of the country drained by it is a continuation of the soap- stone plain, uninterrupted b}'- areas of volcanic or plutonic rock. In the Wainimala, up to the town of Serea, level-bedded soap- stones similar to those described above, form the banks, but, unlike the Wainibuka, there are extensive and varied gravels consisting of rock types met with in sifAi further to the west. Above Serea strongly marked dips are encountered in the soapstones {vide p. 438). I searched carefully for fossils in all the soapstones, but found very few traces of macroscopic organisms. The lignified plant stems of Naduruloulou were referred to in my last paper. In addition to these, ill-defined plant fossils were found just above the first rapid of the Wainibuka. In general character and in elevation these soapstones are comparable with those in Suva. If the rocks here are con- temporaneous with those of Walu Bay near Suva, then we may form some idea of their age. In the latter case they are not newer than Pliocene, and may be Miocene. For topographic 440 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, reasons I am not inclined to believe the Rewa soapstones older than Pleistocene, though it is possible they may be as old as Pliocene. In the absence of further data the correlation of the Rewa soapstones with those of Walu Bay cannot be considered proved. Nowhere in this area have basal beds of the soapstone series been observed, so that, in the absence of fossils, their strati- graphical relationships are obscure. In the deep creeks just east of the Medrausucu Range, the lowest rocks encountered are jointed andesites, but these are in all probability intrusive into the soapstones. Summary of Section i. — The greater part of the area is covered by level-bedded " soapstone " containing traces of plant fossils and representing redistributed tuffs. These form an extensive plain, with an average elevation of some 300 feet. In the surface of this plain the rivers occupy canon-like valleys. At the head of the Rewa Delta the high-level plain is broken into mesas with an altitude of about 100 feet. The delta is very extensive, and this, together with the occurrence of reef-limestone well within the mangrove belt, proves that there has been no notable change in sea-level for a considerable time. No solid rocks of any kind occur in situ anywhere in the region except just at the base of the Medrausucu Range. ii. — Medrausucu Range. I have taken the liberty of referring to this remarkable range of mountains by an abbreviation for the name of its two most prominent peaks, Medrau sucu basaga. The range is a most striking feature from all points of view. Its eastern face, as seen from the Rewa Plateau, is almost precipitous throughout its entire extent. It is strikingly linear in character, extending for many miles in a N.N.W.-S.S.E. direction. It stretches from the south coast a little west of Suva, to Nacau, a mountain just north of Naivucini, a town at the junction of the Wainimala and Wailase Rivers. At its southern end it is not sharply defined from a number of other mountain ridges, BY W. G. WOOLNOUGII. 441 which cross it more or less at right angles; but throughout the rest of its extent it presents a V^old scarp to the east. On my former expedition I did not obtain a good view of this range, and my information led me to believe that the country lying to the west consisted of a high plateau; but, as shown below, this idea is incorrect. Running, as it does, almost meri- dionally, it cuts directly across the courses of a number of important east and west branches of tlie Rewa River, chief among which are the Waimanu, Waidina, and Wainivalau, in order from south to north. These emerge from the range through a magnificent series of water-gaps, which are well seen on a clear day from the high-level soapstone hills about Nausori. The chief peaks in the range are Namaku and Wainiwaqa, respectively south and north of the Waidina, Medrau sucu basaga (the Fijian equivalent for "The Paps," by which name this pair of hills is known to the British residents), Kororaqiqi,"^ Ucikavukavu"!" and Namolaca, respectively south and north of the Wainivalau, Nariko and Nacau south and north of the Wailase. Nabukelevu, the "Great Yam Mound, "(spelt Buki Leva before) forms a narrow spur extending for two or three miles to the east of the main range. The true structure of the range, suggested by these water-gaps, is not seen to advantage until viewed from the summit of one of the mountains twelve or fifteen miles to the west. From a point such as Uvuuvunidavui, the range is seen to be simpl}^ a wall of rock some 2000 feet in height, and not more than three or four miles in thickness at the base. Lying to the west of its central and northern sections is an extensive plain which will be described in detail later. On close examination the range is found to be built almost entirely of verj^ coarse andesitic agglomerate. The boulders in it are generally of hypersthene andesite, with a base varying from glassy to pilotaxitic; Sometimes hypersthene * Spelt Kororagigi in my former paper. t Spelt Kavukavu in my former paper. I Former paper, loc. cit. pp. 520-525. 442 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, fails, and pseudomorphs of magnetite and augite after hornblende appear. Massive products of eruption are quite subordinate to f ragmen tal ones, but numerous dykes and sheets or sills occur. One of the former, Devo,* has given rise to an imposing piece of scenery. In all instances these rocks are perfectly fresh, and have not suffered at all from orogenic processes. The contrast in form and structure between this range and the Rewa Plateau, immediately to the eastward, is very striking. Soft soapstones run right up to the base of the range, but, at a very short distance within the gorge of the Wainivalau, the agglomerates rest upon granites and jointed rocks. The actual junction-line is obscured. The importance of this structure is discussed later (p. 448). The forms of the peaks of the range are wevy suggestive of a line of volcanic necks'partially denuded.f Nacau, at the northern end of the range, has very strikingly the appearance of a crater rising 1230 feet from the level of the plain to the eastward. Its shape is crateriform, the highest point of the rim lying to the west. The northern portion of the rim, for about a quarter of its circumference, is broken down; and the central portion is occupied by a deep crateral hollow. The southern face exhibits a steep cliff formed by a subsidence of the outer crater-slopes on that side. The northern end of Nariko, facing it across the valley of the Wailase, exhibits a similar cliff; and the ridge joining the two and rising to a level of about 600 feet above the plain probably represents a sunken block. The cliffs and eastern side of the ridge consist of andesite agglomerate, but the western side of the ridge is of diorite porphyry. The latter rock extends for some distance westward along the valley of the Waiqa River. It will be discussed in the description of that area. ■" Former paper, p. 467, plate xxiii., fig. 4. t The high range of hills in the background in the view of Nabukelevu (former paper, plate xxiv., fig. 5) has no existence either in fact or upon my negative; it is a creation of the process engraver. The hills behind Nabu- kelevu were hidden in mist when the photograph was taken. BY W. G. WOOLNOUGII. 443 The water-gaps mentioned above are not the only ones developed in the range. Between Ucikavukavu and Nariko there is another well marked one. It is not, however, occupied by a considerable stream. Close to Serea there enters the Wainimala Valley, a very considerable tributary valley whose bed is occupied b}'' a long lagoon known as the Waieliu or " Former River." This heads towards the gap above-mentioned, and I have no doubt that we are dealing here with an instance of river-capture occurring within historic time. The '• pirate " was certainly one of the headwater streams of the Wainivalau, possibly the Waisomo. That this is the case is rendered likely by the large volume of the Wainivalau in proportion to the size of its gorge, as compared with other rivers. In addition to the main rivers crossing the line of this range, there are numerous smaller streams rising in it which have cut more or less deep notches, such as the Waibowa, rising just to the south of Nabukelevu, Waicevu north of the Wainivalau, Wainimase south of Serea, and several other still smaller creeks. In the bed of the Waibowa pebbles of granite occur, but in the other minor streams crossed no such granitic material was observed. Pebbles of jointed and saussuritized trachyte, exactly similar to that described later, occur, thus showing that fairly ancient rocks occur within the reach of the east-flowing creeks. The very great geological importance of this range of mountains will appear later. Summary of Section i i. — The Medrausucu Range is a remarkable, linear, wall-like range of volcanic mountains stretch- ing N.N.W.-S.S.E. a little to the west of the meridian of Suva. It is crossed by numerous large rivers which have cut great water-gaps in it, and are certainly antecedent streams. There is at least one important " air-gap," and it is highly probable that the river-capture originating this feature took place within historic time. The smaller streams are busily engaged notching the divide. All the topography suggests extreme youth. All the larger, and some of tlie smaller, streams have reached the 444 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, foundation of ancient rocks, in part plutonic, lying below the volcanic material which builds the bulk of the range. iii. — Upper Waidina and Waimanu Rivers. A journey up the Waidina Valley has already been described,* and very little need be added here. The Great Dyke of Devo (Plate xxiii., fig. 4 of my former paper) bears nearly north and south,! and therefore about parallel to the general trend of the Medrausucu Range, on whose western flanks it occurs. It has a distinct underlie to the west. The general direction of the Waidina Valley is about E.N.E. and W.S.W., that is at right angles to the line of weakness suggested by the trend of the Medrausucu Range. The valley is bounded on the south by a range of hills which have the appearance of a line of denuded volcanoes. It is a very common feature in orogenic processes that lines of weakness develop in the form of a nearly rectangular network; the case under discus- sion seems to conform to this general law. Another line of hills, in approximate parallelism with the river-valley, occurs on its northern side, in its upper course. I stated in my former description of the Waidina Valley that the hot spring at Naseuvou rises through solid quartz diorite.| This statement has to be corrected. The rock is really jointed andesite, the mistake having been caused by a transposition of specimens. A small tributary, the Waimanu, enters the main stream on its left bank, just above the town of Nasirotu, and brings down abundant large boulders of quartz diorite, which rock must, therefore, occur in situ at no great distance to the north. I ascertained that the Wainavadu, in which abundant and very large boulders of quartz diorite occur, rises beyond the north- * Former paper, p. 465. t Compass bearings in the volcanic parts of the island are often quite unreliable on account of the extraordinary local deviations. X Former paper, p,468. BY W. G. WOOLNOUGII. 445 eastern end of Korobasabasaga at a place called Mataicicia. It thus drains part of the area to the south-west of the Wainivalau Valley, and proves a southward and westward extension of the crystalline rocks met with in situ in the latter stream. Judging from the size and abrasion of the boulders, I judge that the granitic rocks occur in situ some ten or fifteen miles (by river) north of Delai Lasakau on the Waidina. There is little to add with regard to the upper portion of the Waidina Valley with the exception of some rather striking topo- graphic details. There is a decided suggestion in places of block-mountain formation; the crests of the blocks have a uniform gentle slope of about 10° in a southerly direction. Fairly con- siderable streams continue to within a mile or thereabouts of the water-parting between the Waidina and Wainikoroiluva.* They then bend north and south, and so flow paiallel to the divide. The latter is itself parallel to the line of weakness manifested in the Medrausucu Range, and, like it, is a linear range of andesitic agglomerates. The most striking feature is, however, the nature of the pass. This has a level floor, about two miles wide, bounded north and south by the towering clifl-faces of Nairibiribi and Natabuwaitui. These answer in every respect to the cliffs bounding the gorges in the Medrausucu Range, through which issue the main streams flowing eastward. The resemblance is so striking that there can be little doubt, I think, that these cliffs mark a comparatively recent water-gap, and indicate a very profound disturbance of the drainage-systems of this part of the island in late geological time. An examination of the map (Plate xii.) will show that the trend of the Main Navua Valley is markedly collinear with that of the Waidina River. Not only is it collinear, but it is very nearly concurrent. The only break in continuity is at the gap described above, and the water-parting here is not more than about two or three miles wide. The last of the Waidina water crossed on the track is 180 feet below the summit of the pass, * Called in error the Navua River in my former paper. 446 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, while the bed of the Wainikoroiluva is 270 feet below the same point. I have very little doubt that, originally, the Waidina and the Navua formed one stream. This may have risen somewhere near the present town of Waivaka, and flowed W.S.W. to the sea; or it may have risen near the source of the present Navua, and flowed E.N.E. to join the ancestor of the Rewa. Of the alterna- tives, the latter is the more probable. The disturbance in stream-arrangement was almost certainly due to heavy faulting along the line of the Medrausucu Range, and along the course of the Wainikoroiluva and lower Navua, leaving the intervening area as a "horst." No detailed examination was made of the Waimanu Valley. The river has a remarkably uniform general direction a little north of east, parallel to the Navua- Waidina line just referred to and at right angles to the fault-lines which determine the " horst." Like the Wainivalau and Waidina, it has the character of an antecedent stream, crossing the Medrausucu Range (here rather indetinitej by means of a picturesque water- gap. This gap is a very conspicuous feature when viewed from Uvuuvunidavui. I crossed the stream at a point between Vesari and Nabukaluka, and there noted the important fact that granites form a large part of the gravels. From the small size and complete rounding of the pebbles, we see that the outcrops of granite in situ must, probably, be near the head of the stream. This brings the granite area considerably further south than it has ever been observed before. I was informed by natives that it is possible to canoe upstream for some distance from its confluence with the Rewa, but then its coarse becomes broken up by impassable rapids. These continue for some distance above the point where I crossed it, but then the valley widens out again and the river becomes navigable. This agrees with all the other topographic evidences which point to a very recent origin of the Medrausucu Range. Summary of Section iii. — The Waidina and Wai- manu Valleys are about parallel to one another, and at right angles BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 447 to the Medrausucu Range. This suggests that they occupy lines of weakness (possibly faults) at right angles to the dominant topographic line of weakness expressed by the said range. There is strong evidence for considering both streams as antecedent to the range, and for supposing that the Navua River was formerly continuous with the Waidina. The breaking of connection took place through a heavy fault along the line at present occupied by part of the Wainikoroiluva, leaving a " horst" between that stream and the Medrausucu Range. Most of the evidence for these movements is topographic in character, but is none the less extremely suggestive. The changes must have been very recent. Granite areas are proved to exist as a basement under the Korobasabasaga, and further south at the head waters of the Waimanu. iv. — Wainivalaii Valley. I made a journey from Nabukaluka on the Waidina to Narokorokoyawa, our headquarters, along the valley of the Wainivalau. A prospector, Mr. Harding, traversed part of this region, but I was informed that no white man has previously been right across it. Owing to the dangerous nature of the numerous river-crossings (fords they cannot be called) I was compelled to pack up my field book and instruments, and allow a native to carry them. My notes on this portion of the island were there- fore written up from memory three days after traversing it. From the gorge to Nadakuni, the stream hugs the eastern base of the Medrausucu Range; thence it turns eastwards and enters the Waidina just below Nabukaluka. Its bed is not so wide as that of the Waidina, but I believe its volume is nearly as great, a fact already commented on in connection with its probable piracy of the head waters of the Waieliu. It enters the main stream with a very swift current, and at quite a noticeable grade; and as is usual under such circumstances, the bed of the Waidina for some -miles above and below the junction, is very much choked with coarse alluvial deposits. About a mile above Nabukaluka, convex curves of the two streams approach within an eighth of a mile of one another. As the divide is of 34 448 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, soft soapstone, a junction at this point is, geologically speaking, imminent. The gorge by which the Wainivalau issues from the mountains is very remarkable, the cliffs rising perpendicularly on both sides almost from the water's edge, for hundreds of feet. Nowhere east of the Medrausucu Range have I found granite or slaty rock in situ, but immediately the gorge is entered highly jointed rocks are encountered, and just to the west of the range granite occurs, ill situ, at a level higher than that of the 'plateau immediately to the eastivardj and much higher than the beds of the streams which have dissected that plateau. From this point westwards, the surface of the granitic and slaty rocks is more or less uniform right away to the valley of the Sigatoka. I hold that the existence of a heavy fault along the line of the Medrausucu Range is thus rendered extremely probable, if not absolutely proved; and that the volcanic products of the range have been extruded along this fault-plane. We thus add geological evidence to the topographical evidence for an important fault here. West of the range is an extensive and well-watered plain, of whose existence few people seem to be aware. For long distances the country is practically level, and no outcrops of rock are met with. Account being taken of the fact that the Wainivalau has had to cut a gorge through the Medrausucu Range, I think it very probable that part, at all events, of this plain has been the site of a lake. No definite evidence can, however, be brought forward. Observation and native information show that, even now, the area is subject to frequent inundation, so that it temporarily takes on a lacustrine habit. At its western edge this plain rises towards the water- parting between the Wainivalau and Wainimala Rivers, and we pass off soft soil on to solid, much-jointed granite. The stream has entrenched itself deeply in the surface of this rock. The granite is overlain by the lavas and agglomerates of the Uvuuvu- nidavui Range, which is andesitic in character. The plain is bounded on the south by a ridge of no great elevation,' separating it from the Waidina Valley. The granites must have a very BY W. G. WOOLNOUGil. 449 considerable south-easterly extension as the Wainivobo brings down abundant large granite boulders, and, as already stated, the Waibowa, on the eastern side of tlie range, has granitic gravels. The range which bounds it to the north, and of which the Korobalavu is the chief point, is considerably higher than that to the south. The gravels of the Waisomo prove that the granites extend in this direction too. Rising from the south-western corner of the plain is the awe- inspiring mass of Korobasabasaga, with its five towering summits (Plate xiii., fig.l ). A more magnificent piece of scenery is beyond the limits of imagination. It rises abruptly, and in places, sheer to a height of nearly 4,000 feet above sea-level, and therefore a good deal over 3,000 feet alx)ve the plain. In places there are precipices of quite 3,000 feet. The mass is cleft through its middle, apparently from crest to base, by a stupendous fissure, whose origin I do not at present know. The mountain or rather range has a general 8. W. and N.E. extension, and is composed, for the most part, of very massive agglomerates of a very handsome hornblende andesite described in my foraier paper (p. 529). An exactly similar rock is exposed in the left bank of the Waini- koroiluva below Laselase. If the scarp forming this bank is, as suggested, a fault-scarp, the hornblende andesite must be older than the faulting, and therefore probably older than the hyper- sthene andesites of the Medrausucu Range. This is rather important, as the evidence with regard to sequence of eruptions is so meagre. In the foregoing sections I have suggested that the plain to the west of the Medrausucu Range represents a " horst " of granitic rock, bounded east and west by two great faults trending S.S.E. and W.N.W. The existence of these faults is, I think, fairly proven by geological and topographical evidence alike, and their very recent date is quite probable. It is also suggested that the ranges of hills bounding the Waidina and Waimanu valleys may be directly due to faulting; on this latter point, however, I do not wish to lay any stress. It is quite likely that 450 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, the ridges, as such, are the normal result of atmospheric weathering. Whether this is so or not I believe the very markedly regular trend of the Navua, Waidina and Waimanu, together with that of the Waiqa and Wainimala, to be described later, points to a very marked direction of weakness along a W.S.W.-E.N.E. line. It is also conceivable that the topography of the Wainivalau basin may be explained in a different manner. The stream might have worked in a general S.S.E. direction across an elevated plateau. Striking the resistant rocks which now constitute the Medrausucu Range, its vertical corrasion might have been checked there, and have proceeded so slowly that its higher waters working constantly over their available area, kept it in the condition of a slowly sinking peneplain, the rate of sinking keeping pace with the corrasion of the range. It would thus have the character of a superimposed river. Such an explanation fails, however, to explain the essential geological features, and it is impossible to understand why the stronger Waidina, perhaps fortified by the Upper Navua, should not have excavated an even more extensive plain. The evidence then is strongly in favour of heavy faulting, with building up of a very recent volcanic range at the fault-plane. Summary of Section i v. — Hydrographic evidence points to the Wainivalau having ver}^ recentlj^ been enlarged at the expense of some of its neighbours. Geological evidence points conclusively to the existence of a heavy fault under the Medrausucu Range, whose existence has been suggested before (p,446) for topographical reasons. Possible evidence is adduced to show that the hornblende andesites of Korobasabasaga are older than the hypersthene andesites of Nabukelevu. A possible alternative to faulting, as an explanation of the topographical features of this part of the island, is discussed and rejected. V. — Waiqa Valley. Separated from the Rewa Plateau by the northern part of the Medrausucu Range, and from the Wainivalau Valley by the BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 451 Korobalavu Range, is a very interesting district drained chiefly by the Waiqa, a fairly important tributary entering the Waini- mala north of Nacau. Crossing the saddle from Naivucini on the road leading west to Botenaulu and Narokorokoyawa, the track rises over the tuffs, agglomerates, and lavas of Nacau until an elevation of about 675 feet above the Waiuimala is reached, and then drops to the valley of the AVaiqa. At the summit of the pass there occur great angular boulders of a very remarkable diorite porphyry. In section it is found that this rock is some- what quartzose and ver}' rich in hypersthene, so that it shows relationship to the more acid members of the charnockite group. The western slope is over decomposed rocks of a similar character in situ. The remarkable nature of the rock was not recognised in the field, and its relationships to its neighbours are therefore obscure and must be left for a future expedition to determine. The level of the Waiqa River is 575 feet below the crest of the ridge. The stream occupies a fairly broad open valle}', the most open of any stream of its size which I have sesen in the island. Granite puts in its appearance at a point between Tavua and Nuku; as above explained, the dividing line between this and the charnockite-like rock is not determinate. Some distance west of Tavua the granite is strongly gneissic in character, and associated with this we have a narrow belt of very schistose I'ock whose relationships are concealed bj'^ lack of outcrops. For some distance west of Nuku the track crosses alluvials, but about two miles west of the town decomposed granite in situ is met with. This rises in high hills which form the eastern boundary of the Upper Wainimala Valley. At the crest of the ridge which separates the Waiqa Valley from that of the Waitabu, the road-level is about 1480 feet above the sea; at the highest point of the range it is at least 200 feet higher than this. In the valley of the Waitabu undecoraposed granite is met with in situ, but some distance to the west the rock is apparently slaty; exposures are, however, very poor. It will be seen that the main direction of the Waiqa is about W. and E., this course being imposed upon it by ranges of 452 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, volcanic material running in that direction. The hills to the south were not visited; those to the north are more basaltic in character than the ranges to the east. Summary of Section v, — The Waiqa Valley runs east and west for about twelve miles. Considering the size of the stream, it is a very broad and open valley. The rocks exposed are mostly crystalline (granites and schists), but towards the eastern end a remarkable hypersthene rock, with characters linking it to the more acid charnockites, occurs. vi. — Naviia- Wainikoroiluva Valley. The Navua System is analogous to the Rewa System in that both main rivers keep close to the eastern side of their basins, and draw their waters from wide stretches of country to the west. In both cases there are no important affluents coming in from the east, while very large tributaries enter the right hand bank. This statement is true only if we regard the Wainikoroiluva as the main branch of the Navua System, as I believe it is struc- turally, though it is certainly inferior in volume to the Navua. On no map of Fiji which I had seen, prior to my recent visit, was the largest stream of the system shown correctly. The informa- tion with regard to this portion of the country was supplied by Mr. C. A. Holmes, L.S., Government Surveyor, with the kind permission of His Excellency, Sir Everard im Thurn, and is detailed and accurate. The structure of the Navua System resembles that of the Rewa in another important particular; the streams in their lower courses are intrenched in a dissected plateau, occupying narrow canons about 300 feet in depth. The general surface of the plateau is strikingly level, more so than that of the Rewa; from high points in the Namosi district it appears as an almost unbroken plain stretching for miles to the westward. The heights which rise above the general level, such as Koqi, Tuvutau, Nabekalevu, etc., are very strongly suggestive of residuals of at least one older peneplain. The eastern limit of the plateau is sharply defined by the western scarp of the range of mountains, BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 453 of which Nalumu and Nabui are two''' of tho most prominent peaks. Reasons have already been advanced for supposing this scarp to have originated in late geological time through faulting. Additional evidence of the same fact is not wanting. Almost as soon as the hill country is entered, in the journey up the Wainikoroiluva, that is, below Naqarawai, ancient-looking tuffs are encountered, and a few miles further on quartz diorites in situ. The " soapstones " to the west of the range are exactly similar to those of the Rewa Plateau, and, like them, are on the whole horizontally bedded. Close to the range the dips depart from the horizontal. Below Laselase the rocks (andesites) in the bed of the Wainikoroiluva are strongly jointed, indicating powerful earth-movement, and the axis of these joints is S.S.E.- N.N.W. The upper portion of the Wainikoroiluva is the only part which I have examined in detail, and this has already been described.! Further examination, on my second expedition, confirms my first impressions as to the comparatively great antiquity of the jointed rocks below Naqarawai. It appears quite certain that there is strong nonconformity between these rocks and the level-bedded soapstones which overlie them. Unfortunately no new section was discovered which throws any important light on the all important question of the relation between the jointed rocks and the quartz diorite immediately to the north. A considerable extension of the granitic and slaty rocks to the westward is proved by the discovery of well-worn pebbles of such rocks in the Wainimokuta, a large stream entering the Waini- * The Admiralty chart shows only one very high peak here, and my endeavours to fit in the results of my own magnetic bearings lead me to suspect that Nalumu and Nabui are possibly the names of opposite slopes of the same mountain. The Fijians are very poor geographers, with very little conception of direction and distance, and get hopelessly "bushed" when taken out of their own districts. t Former paper, p.47'2. 454 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, koroiluva just above its junction with the Navua. The main Navua was in flood, so that I could not examine its gravels. The lower portion of the gorge of the Navua differs essentially from that of the Rewa in being a perfect canon, with perpen- dicular walls rising straight out of the water. The reason why it has failed to perform any lateral corrasion, as the Rewa has done, is that the materials it has had to excavate have been much harder. The rocks of the Navua Valley are enormously massive andesitic flows, with some interbedded tuffs, while those of the Rewa are soft soapstones. Until it leaves the tableland and begins to open out at the head of the delta, there are practically no enlargements of its valley; while the Rewa and its tributaries are bordered by rich river-flats and flood-|>lains which sometimes show two, perhaps three, distinct terraces. One very striking feature of the caiion of the jSTavua is the existence of numerous "hanging valleys" in its walls. Even the large tributaries, such as the Wainikoroiluva, enter the main stream by a series of rapids, that is, not absolutely at grade; while the minor affluents often leap from the apparently unbroken bank of verdure of the canon walls at heights of a couple of hundred feet above the river, making the gorge one of the finest pieces of scenery it has ever been my good fortune to see. These hanging valleys are, of course, due to the youthfulness of stream-development. Neither trunk nor tributary has yet reached base-level, and the differential erosion of the powerful stream has sunk its bed below the level of its weaker tributaries. Mr. Holmes informs me that similar structures, on an even grander scale, are to be seen higher up the Navua. Summary of Section vi.-— Additional evidence is adduced in favour of faulting having taken place along the valleys of the Navua and Wainikoroiluva. A comparison is drawn between the structures of the Rewa and Navua Systems. Especially it is pointed out that both systems have linear eastern boundaries, and draw their waters from extensive basins to the west. This strongly suggests block-faulting. Additional granitic areas are shown to exist west of those formerly observed. The BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 455 differences in character of the lower Navua and Rewa valle}^^ is explained as due to the difference in hardness of the rocks to he excavated. The incongruity of grade of the Navua and its tributaries, giving rise to hanging valleys, is described. vii. — Wainim ala Valley. The upper Wainimala Valley is one of the most interesting and geologically important districts of the island. Up to its junction with the Waisomo* above Vatuvula, and probably for some distance beyond this, it belongs structurally to the Rewa Plateau. Above its junction with the Wailoa to its head, it shows quite a different structure; its banks in this part afford some of the most valuable sections observed at all. I chose ISTarokorokoyawa as my headquarters because it lay in the centre of an area of granitic rocks observed by me on my first expedition. I spent a considerable time in trying to determine the relationships of the rock-masses in this region, with very limited success. The jungles here are verj^ dense, and the country very mountainous; exposures are very few away from the rivers, and the problem cannot be considered finally settled. The plutonic rocks are of two quite distinct types. The first, represented by the Narokorokoyawa granite,! is a coarse-grained biotite granite, without hornblende, and showing extensive cataclastic structures. The other is represented by the Nadrano- kula quartz-diorite.l It is finer in grain than the granite, has hornblende predominant over biotite, and has suffered less than the granite from shattering, possibly because of its lower quartz content. Associated with, and separating these plutonic rocks, is a band of slaty rock. II In my former paper I described a type of this * This is not the Waisomo referred to under Sections i. and iv., but a larger stream flowing into the Wainimala from the north. There are at least three Waisomos in the Rewa System, the third coming from Navunitorilau, and entering the Wainimala at Nasava. t Former paper, p. 501. X Former paper, p.506. II Former paper, p. 514. I 456 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, series, obtained just north of Nasava, as a fine quartzite. It and its associates, extending from Nasava to Narokorokoyawa, are very strongly cleaved, and are, to all appearance macroscopically, slates. My suspicions were aroused on finding that some of the rocks contained porphyritic felspar, and I made an extensive collection in this locality. Microscopic examination of a large number of sections* show that, while many of the rocks vary between actinolitic quartzite and actinolite schist, others are apparently trachytic in structure and composition. Most of these trachytic rocks are strongly silicified and saussuritized, and nearly all show traces of strain. I have etched and stained all the more likely looking ones, but have been unable to detect any nepheline. It is probable that these rocks represent, not highly altered sediments, as I formerly thought, but highly metamorphosed trachytic lavas and possibly tuffs. While this is so, the possi- bility of some sediments being present is not excluded. This discovery very seriously weakens my previous con- clusions as to the great age of the slaty rocks, since it shows that the entire absence of fossils is not due to high antiquity and extensive metamorphism. Nevertheless I claim that all the evidences point to a considerable age for these rocks. They are unconformably overlain b}^ andesitic lavas and tuffs, which liave none of the signs of chemical and mechanical alteration so con- spicuous in them. They are associated with granitic rocks of coarse grain, and have strain-structures analogous to those found in the granites. The extreme complexity of their jointing proves that they have been subjected to several distinct earth- movements in different directions. Mawson's discover}^ of jointed Miocene tuffsf in the New Hebrides at least suggests the possibility of a similar age for these rocks. The analogy must not, however, be strained too far; he found no trace of granites, while, in Fiji, these cover enormous areas. * To be described in a subsequent paper, t These Proceedings, 1905, Vol.xxx. p.446. BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 457 Another band of slaty rock is met with between Botenauhi (called Moira before)"^ and VVaibasaga (called Togicedra before),* and extending some distance northwards. These are even more schistose in appearance than the rocks of the Nasava series; some of them appear in section extremely like some of the felspathic quartzites of the Cambrian rocks of South Australia. Most of them are, however, strongly felspathic and actinolitic, and must probably be classed with the trachytic rocks of Nasava. I attempted to map in the boundaries between these four sets of rocks, but could obtain no definite proof even of their relative ages. They are exposed only at the bottom of the narrow V-shaped river valleys; immediately the hills are mounted one comes upon the level-bedded later volcanic series. In the river-beds and jungle-covered banks I found no sections showing junction-lines between the granites and slaty rocks. The entire absence, even amongst the river-gravels, of quartz porphyries, and the fact that no granitic veins were observed in the field intersecting the slaty rocks, seem to indicate that the granites are older than the slates. On the other hand, there is no definite evidence of trachytic dykes in the granite masses, unless certain small masses near Botenaulu are of such a character. The general trend of all the members of the older series is about N.N.E.-S.S.W., which also agrees with the direction of dip of the jointed tuffs south of the Udu.f There is no doubt that this area of crystalline and slaty rocks is continuous with those met with in the Wainivalau, Waiqa, and Wailato,J and else- where. The generally even surface presented by these rocks points to their having formed a peneplain. This involves an extensive land surface, poioerful earth-movements, and enormous denudation during a protracted period of existence above sea-level, in other words, a continental character for the ancient land. The * Moira is the name of the district, and Botenaulu is its chief town. Tokikicedra is the name of the rocks actually photographed (These Proceed- ings, Vol. xxviii. PI. xxxi. fig. 14) opposite the town of Waibasaga. t Former paper, p. 476. X Vide infra, p. 469. 458 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, surface of the peneplain is everywhere covered with a later unconformable series of more or less level -bedded volcanic products, save where the latter have been dissected away since the last great uplift. In the neighbourhood of Narokorokoyawa the level of the ancient peneplain is only about 300 feet above the river bottom and about 800 feet above sea-level. Southwards at Navunitorilau it rises to over 1,300 feet, and northwards at Rewasau to about 1,100 feet. It must not be forgotten that these and other differences of level are probably due to the tilting accompanying block-faulting. The Waibasaga, flowing from the west to meet the main stream at the town of the same name, plunges over the edge of the volcanic plateau to the level of the granitic peneplain in three magnificent waterfalls, called Wavou, with a total drop of over 1,600 feet. In the upper part of the Wainimala Valley, that is above Udu, there seems to be some topographic indication of an older valley-level from 50 to 60 feet above the present stream. There are in places, as near Matainasou, very distinct cut terraces which appear to indicate that the stream cut out a moderately U-shrtped valley, and then quite recently suffered uplift which caused increased vertical corrasion in the bottoms of such valleys. This is a point which is worthy of further investigation. Summary of Section v i i. — The pi u tonic and slaty rocks described in my former paper are described in much more detail. It is shown that there are four distinct belts, with a general N.N.E.-S.S.W. trend; and that these form part of an extensive old peneplain, now covered unconformably by more recent volcanic accumulations. Many of the slaty rocks, formerly believed to be sedimentary, are now shown to be slaty trachytes. No evidence is forthcoming to definitely prove the relative ages of plutonic and slaty rocks; the balance of the negative evidence available leans towards the granites being the older. Certain physiographic peculiarities of the valley cutting are referred to, but no explanation of the very extraordinary course of the Wainimala between Nasava and Naivucini is attempted. BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 459 viii. — Wailoa and Nadarivatu District. The Wailoa River (Black River, so called on account of the abundance of magnetite sand and limburgite gravel in its bed) is the principal tributary of the Wainiinala River. It rises in the southern slopes of Tomanaivi, the highest point in Fiji, and flows in a general S.S.E. direction, joining the main stream just below the town of Udu. Nadarivatu is situated immediately on the northern edge of the high plateau which extends here within a few miles of the north coast, and in places actually reaches the coast. It lies at an altitude of about 2600 feet above sea-level. The whole area included in this section is characterised by a remarkable development of extremely basic limburgitic lava, and associated tuffs and agglomerates. These form practically the universal surface-rocks of the district. Eastwards they pass into the level-bedded '' soapstone " tuffs of the Waiiiibuka. These soapstones, which are gently dipping in places, extend from about Nubumakita right away to the north-east coast apparently. It is extremely probable that they represent the actual extension of the limburgite series, beyond the eastern limit of its solid lavas. Towards the south the area is bounded fairly sharply by the Wainimala, which, about Udu, suddenly turns east after flowing north for a long distance. The more or less linear boundary of the basic series, corresponding as it does with this sudden change in direction of a main river-valley, certainly points to some major earth-structure; but evidence as to its exact nature is wanting. Northwards the area reaches the sea at a point north-east of Nadarivatu. To the north-west of Nadarivatu there is a very sharp drop of 2000 feet to the village of Waikubukubu, whence a coastal plain, some eight or nine miles wide, slopes to the mouth of the Tavua River. This coastal plain was described in mv former paper (p.478), and it was there inferred from the crateri- form shape of the numerous hills which cover it, and from the evidences of extinct hot spring action, that volcanic activity has only comparatively recently died out in this portion of the island. !^ ^ t iiU' ^:^i J ^ ^ PHSlf^Pi 0 f:-: BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 461 This inference is strengthened by the fact that hot springs do occur in the north-west part of the plain, west of the Tavua River. From what I could make out from rambling native descriptions, these springs, of which there are two sets, must be considerably hotter than those in any otlier part of the main island, though probably not so hot as those of Savusavu Bay in Vanua Levu, described bj^ Guppy.* I understood that the water was at times hot enough to severely scald one. The flow appears to be spasmodic and, the natives stated, sometimes violent. In my former paper I suggested the possibility of a fault bounding the Nadarivatu scarp. f Most of my correspondents have taken my statement to mean that such a fault had definitely been proved to exist. I did not intend such an impression to be created; even at the time I regarded the existence of such a fault as highly problematical, and further investigations have shown that no such fault exists in this place. I have now no doubt that Dr. Guppy's explanation^ of this plain as a recently elevated plain, chiefly of marine accumulation, is the correct one. Westwards, the area extends at least as far as the Sigatoka River at Nadrau. Sections of the columnar andesite exposed there, and formerly described as an augite andesite, show that the rock is much more basic than was supposed, a limburgite in fact, very similar to the Nadarivatu rock but more basic. The strong curvature and divergence of the columns indicates that the cooling surface in contact with the rock was irregular. There are two flows separated by a bed of fine tuff. The lower one rests on a coarser tuff containing beautifully perfect augite crystals, and recognisable remains of marine organisms. The most interesting feature of the area under consideration is the shell-bearing conglomerate at Nasoqo, previously described. § * Guppy, H. B., " Observations of a Naturalist in the Pacific," etc., 1903. Vol.i.,p.25. t loc. cit., Plate xxxiv. X Private communication. § Former paper, p. 477. -162 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, I revisited the locality, and searched it as well as very adverse conditions would allow. Although no fossils better than those before obtained were collected, 1113^ previous work is confirmed in evei-y pai-ticular. It will be shown later (p. 468) that the granite floor has been met with, in situ, at a point only a little to the south of this, and can lie at only a very slight depth below the NasocjO conglomerate which is, therefore, in all probability a basal conglomerate. As it lies at an altitude of 790 feet above sea-level, the uplift during Cainozoic time must have been at least that amount. The level-bedded tuffs associated with the limburgite series reach an elevation of over 4000 feet. From their great uni- formity of composition and their persistence, they must certainly be marine, for it does not seem j)ossible to obtain such uniformity and level bedding in a subaerial formation. If this is so, the elevation during Cainozoic time must have reached at least 4000 feet. If the tuffs are marinse, then their associated flows must also be submai'ine, and yet they extend with perfect uniformity over very wide areas. The only very vesicular lavas met with are north of XJdu, and north of Nagatagata on the Sigatoka. Another conglomerate, similar in many respects to that at Nasoqo, occurs below the village of Dubuya south of Nadrau. It does not seem to contain any fossils, and I found no pebbles other than andesitic ones in it. It is, however, related to the older rocks below Waisa, Summary of Section viii. — The rocks of this district are essentially level-bedded soapstones, with intercalated limbur- gites. These are all certainly of marine origin, and, since they rise to over 4000 feet above sea-level, point to an uplift of at least that amount in Cainozoic time. A basal conglomerate containing granite pebbles and resting on a floor of granitic rocks (exposed a little distance to the south) is met with at Nasoqo on the Wailoa. In it occur marine shells, including Conus. These are too poorly preserved for specific determination, but are certainly Cainozoic. Shells {Pecten, etc.) and corals (Goiiiophyllum) also BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 463 occur in a tuff below the main limburgite at Nadrau. Another conglomerate occurs south of Nadraii, but does not contain granite pebbles nor fossils. It is, however, probably the base of the limburgite series. Passing eastwards, the solid rocks disappear, leaving onl}^ the tuffaceous members of the series. The fault at Nadarivatu whose possible existence was suggested in my former paper, does not exist. Hot springs occur near Tavua, bearing out the suggestion that volcanic action has been very recent in this part of the island. ix. — Muanivatu District. This district lies in the Sigatoka Valley, just about the junc- tion of several large tributaries with the main stream. I have taken the liberty of calling the district after the noble mountain peak, over 4000 feet high, which is its most conspicuous feature. This area is of very great geological importance, on account of the sections afforded of the older rocks, and the possibility that some of these sections may show the relationship of these rocks to fossiliferous formations. The district is well worthy of a separate expedition. I was prevented from returning to it on account of floods. Among the points of special geological interest may be m.entioned the wide area of granite and associated rocks of the Wailato, Waivou, Wainasa valleys; the slaty rocks of Namoli"^' and the district immediately to the north, the hot springs of Waibasaga, the granite-bearing agglomerates of Nukuilau, the cave-limestones of Tawaleka, the level-bedded soapstone of the higher parts of the district, and the magnificent volcanic mass of Muanivatu itself. My former traverse indicated that no granitic rocks outcrop in the valley of the main stream of the Sigatoka, though granitic pebbles are abundant, particularly below Waibasaga. At this town a large tributary, the Wailato, comes down from the east. At a point only a mile or so above the junction, the granite is * Called Nalaba in my former paper. 35 464 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, met with in situ. It nowhere rises much above the level of the stream, and is capped by rocks of the later volcanic series. It is associated with strongl}^ jointed andesitic rocks. The Wailato is only one of a series of rivers rising in the neighbourhood of Muanivatu; and in the other streams, at all events in the Waivou at Nakoro, and the Wainasa above and below Naduta, similar granitic rocks occur, with the same relationship to stream- development as that noted above. We have, therefore, a wide extent of these older rocks brought to light in this district, at or about the same lev^el as those in the Wainimala, Wainivalau and Waiqa Valleys, and, like them, retarding the vertical corrasion of the rivers. The two sets of exposures are certainly continuous beneath the overlying volcanic series, so that a great area is indicated for the granitic series. The slaty rocks of Namoli were inaccessible owing to flood, but the discovery of granite in situ so close to the south-east is an argument in favour of the considerable age of the slaty rocks. The hard, green, jointed tuflfs* south of Waisaf certainly belong to the same series. The hot springs at Waibasaga on the Sigatoka, like those of Naseuvou on the Waidina, occur close to what appears to be the edge of the granitic area, or, rather, close to a spot where that area is brought to the surface, possibly by faulting. At the town of Nukuilau an interesting and important section occurs. Just west of the town is a small creek in whose bed large boulders of granite occur. It is, however, somewhat doubtful whether granite occurs in situ in the watershed of this creek. A road-cutting close by shows a series of tuffs containing large rounded boulders of granite in abundance, and this may be the immediate source of the boulders in the creek. The granite is relatively more abundant than in the Nasoqo conglomerate, but in the Nukuilau beds fossils do not seem to occur. The section is nevertheless confirmatory of the Nasoqo section as ' Former paper, p. 480. t Possibly the name of the district and not of the town. BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 465 indicating the lapse of an enormous period of time between the injection of the granite and the formation of the tuflf. The cave limestone of Tawaleka is considerably folded, the contortion being connected with that of the tuffs further down the river. The latter were not visited during my second expedition. A splendid view of a mountain called Nasikawa, east of Natuatuacoko, is obtained from the hills north of Tawaleka. From this distance it appears to have the structure of a mountain composed of dipping beds of varying hardness, dip slopes and scarps being recognisable. The dip is about W.N.W. at 40°. Most of the higher points in the district are composed of level- bedded soapstone. This is met with unconformably overlying the slaty rock at Namoli, and there attains an altitude of iully 1,500 feet above the river-bed, and about 2,100 feet above sea- level. A similar material occurs unconformably (?) overlying the cave limestone at Tawaleka. The top 1,000 feet, or thereabouts, of Muanivatu, consist of a mass of columnar pyroxene andesite. It is possible that this may be a sill, but it is more probably a flow. It yields magnifi- cent precipices. Summary of Section ix. — This district, lying not far from the head of the navigable water of the Sigatoka, was so far removed from my base that I have not yet explored it thoroughly. While in the district, meteorological conditions were extremely unfavourable. I have seen enough, however, to prove that the energies of any future expedition should be con- centrated on the solution of the many problems presented by it. Granitic rocks do not occur in the bed of the main stream, but highly jointed, ancient-looking tuffs and slaty rocks form the bed, from about Waisa at least to Koroilevu. Granites and related rocks are extensively exposed in the group of tributary streams which meet the main river between Namoli and Waibasaga, These are about the same general altitude as the granitic rocks of Naroko- rokoyawa, and undoubtedly form part of the ancient peneplain referred to under Section vii. of this paper. A granite-bearing 466 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, conglomerate occurs at Nukuilau, proving that granites were exposed at the surface at the time when the bottom beds of the tuffaceous series were being deposited. This tuffaceous series reaches a thickness of at least a couple of thousand feet, and is level-bedded and almost certainly marine. It is probable that the cave limestone of Tawaleka is part of this series, though it is by no means impossible that it may be portion of an older series. There are beds of tuff (?) east of Natuatuacoko, dipping W.N. W. at high angles; their relationship to the limestones and granites remains to be discovered. The upper portion of Muani- vatu consists of an enormous mass of pyroxene andesite. X. — Navosa Plateau. This district lies at a very uniform height of 3,000 to 3,500 feet above sea-level. It stretches from the Wainimala on the east, to the Sigatoka on the west. Southwards it is bounded by the deep valleys south of Muanivatu and Korolevaleva. Northwards it runs into the higher portion of the Nadarivatu Plateau, which culminates in Toma na Ivi at 4,555 feet. Both east and west slopes are extremely steep. As noted above (p. 458), a considerable river plunges over its eastern scarp, and forms the magnificent falls of Wavou, near Waibasaga on the Wainimala. Throughout the greater part of its extent it consists of level-bedded soapstones which, for reasons given above, I consider to be of marine origin. Only in the lower portions of its eastern scarp are solid rocks met with. Here there are pyroxene andesites resting on granite. Its western scarp, forming the left bank of the Sigatoka gorge at Namoli, is composed of soft, greasy, level-bedded "soapstone" almost down to river-level. Only at tv/o points on the surface of the plateau were solid rocks encountered, and these were certainly parts of the Muanivatu mass just described. Almost the whole surface is a hideous morass.* It is drained (!) by * I strongly advise anyone intending to cross this plateau to do so either from Nadrau to Rewasau, or from Naduta to Nasava, via Korolevaleva. These tracks are both bad, but nothing like so bad as the dreadful one from Namoli (or Tavua) on the Sigatoka to Waibasaga on the Wainimala, BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 467 a, number of streams of fairly considerable volume. Towards its south-west corner these streams flow into the Sigatoka, but throughout the greater part of its extent the drainage is towards the Wainimala. Thus the Sigatoka, along part of its course at all events, like the Navua and Rewa, keeps close to the eastern margin of its watershed. The apparent exceptions to this general rule are almost certainly due to piracy of Wainimala water by branches of the Sigatoka in the Muanivatu area. The plateau, though rather barren geologically, is an extremely important topographic feature. It has a powerful effect upon climate and rainfall, and on the distribution of the flora of the island. To the east, we have the heavily forested country and bamboo jungles of the Rewa and its tributaries; to the west, the rolling hills of the Sigatoka and Ba, covered with a jungle of reeds about 8 to 10 feet high. The surface of the plateau is densely wooded, but the downward limit of forest trees on the western side is extremely sharply defined, and forms a most remarkable *' timber line." It has also had a powerful influence on the migration of the Fijian tribes; the people on opposite sides of the range belong to quite distinct types. Summary of Section x. — The Navosa Plateau separates the Wainimala and Sigatoka Valleys, and rises to an average height of over 3,000 feet above sea-level. On both east and west it is bounded by steep escarpments. It is almost entirely composed of level-bedded soapstones, which on the eastern side overlie, and on the western underlie, andesitic rocks. Below the falls of Wavou on the east, the andesites overlie the granitic rocks of the Narokorokoj^awa series. It is an extremel}'' important feature in determining the distribution of climate, rainfall, vegetation, and races of men. xi. — Nad rau-Reivasau Section. This belongs structurally to the Navosa Plateau, but I have separated it to call special attention to two very important occurrences. One is the section at Nadrau on the Sigatoka, the other that at Rewasau, in the Wailoa Valley. 468 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, The former has ah-eady been described. North-west of Rewasau the surface of the plateau consists of a veritable " clinker field " of very basic lava. This rests on a series of several hundred feet of level-bedded soapstones. Then comes a thick and very massive agglomerate or conglomerate bed resting directly upon an irregidar surface of granite. This is the only place, so far as I know, where the actual junction-line can be seen between the conglomerates at the base of the soapstone series and the pavement rocks. This point is within two or three miles of Nasoqo, where the granite-bearing fossiliferous con- glomerate occurs, but at the latter place the pavement rocks are not exposed. The Bualevu conglomerate of the Sigatoka under- lies the fossiliferous tuifs and basic lavas of Nadrau in almost identically the same way as the similar formation under considera- tion. At Bualevu the conglomerates are not far removed from the jointed tuffs of Waisa, which may have formed their surface of accumulation, but no junction-line is seen. Between Rewasau and Nadrau the greater part of the track crosses level-bedded soapstones. In several places, however, there are exposures of considerable extent of andesitic rock. There are also patches of much-jointed rock which may represent inliers of the older series. Summary of Section x i. — The chief point of interest in this district is the highly interesting and important section at Rewasau, showing a coarse conglomerate resting on the denuded surface of a mass of granite. This is certainly the same forma- tion as has been met with at Nasoqo and is in all probability continuous with a similar conglomerate at Bualevu on the Sigatoka. Both the latter occurrences have Tertiary fossils associated with them. General Summary of Results. The greater portion of the island of Viti Levu is covered by a thick series of level-bedded " soapstones," which I believe to be marine redistributed tuffs. In places, as in the Nadarivatu District, thick flows of limburoitic lava are interbedded with the BY W. G. WOOLNOUGII. 469 soapsfcone. Elsewhere, as at Suva and at Tawaleka, we have interbedded fossiliferous limestones, certainly of Tertiary age. These rocks form what I have somewhat loosely termed the " Newer Series." They lie unconformably upon a much older series -of rocks, amongst which granitoid rocks predominate. With these are associated extensive areas of rocks with highly perfect and very complex slaty cleavage developed in them. These were formerly believed to be altered sediments, but later investiga- tions have proved that in many, if not most, cases they are highly metamorphosed volcanic materials, in part trachytic. That they are much older than the newer series is proved by the \er3'' marked lithological differences, by their universally inferior position, and by the occurrence of pebbles of granite and other -rocks in massive beds of conglomerate at Nasoqo on the Wailoa, Rewasau on the Wailoa, and Nukuilau on the Sigatoka. All these places are at, or very near, the junction of the " Newer Series" with the older series. At Bualevu on the Upper Sigatoka there is another conglomerate on probably the same geological horizon, but no granites have been found in it. At Nosoqo, and at Nadrau (near Bualevu) fossils have been found which show that the beds in question belong to some part of the Tertiary era, though their preservation is not good enough for specific determination. We have, nevertheless, the ver}' important conclusion that basal conglomerates of a great Tertiary series rest unconformably upon, and contain pebbles of, an enormousl}^ older series made up of granitoid and slaty rocks. So widespread is the newer series that it is onl}' where extensive denudation has removed it locally, that the older series is exposed to view. We therefore meet with the older rocks chiefly in the bottoms of the narrow, young river-vallej^s. In such positions they have been met with in situ in the Wainivalau, Wainimala, Wailoa, Sigatoka, Wailato (and neighbouring streams) and Wainikoroiluva Rivers. Their presence is inferred from river-gravels in the Waimanu, close to the Waidina, and in some of the north-west branches of the Navua Rivers. In one place only, so far as I know, do they occur extensively forming the 470 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OP VITI LEVU, FIJI, main water-partings of the island, namely, at NavunitorilaUy between the heads of the Wainikoroiluva and Wainimala Rivers, Their existence as a basement has been proved over an area of at least 35 miles by 30 miles. It is inferred that their surface was, prior to Tertiary time, reduced to the condition of a^ peneplain. The most recent rocks (excluding the present-day river-alluvials and the coral-reefs) appear to be a series of andesitic volcanics varying from pyroxene andesite to hornblende andesites. It is likely that, of the two, those of hornblendic facies are the older. These andesitic rocks form lofty mountain masses, and yield magnificent scenic effects. They have, in part at all events, been extruded along major fault-planes, which have had a dominant influence on the structural features, and even on the very exist- ence of the island of Viti Levu and of the Fiji Group as a whole. Faulting . — One very important line of faulting is shown to exist, in a general N.N.W.-S.S.E. direction, along the course of the Medrausucu Range; a parallel line is inferred, with great probability, to exist along part of the courses of the Wainikoro- iluva and Navua Valleys. The country between these two faults is of the nature of a " horst." A second axis of faulting about at right angles to the first is suggested, but the evidence for its existence, resting as it does solely on topographical evidence, is not so convincing as that for the other axis. Uplift s. — The basal beds of the newer series reach an altitude of 1350 feet above sea-level near Nadrau; the granitic rocks attain about the same level at Navunitorilau. The topmost beds of the level-bedded soapstones reach well over 4000 feet, and probably the rocks (limburgites and tuffs) forming the highest summit in the island (Toma na Ivi, 4555 feet) are members of the same series. The soapstones are certainly marine beds, and we thus have evidence of a positive movement of the land, during Cainozoic time, amounting to well over 4000 feet. Further investigation is necessary to completely trace the stages of this BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 471 elevation. It is certain that it was a differential movement. The levels of the highest beds of soapstone and of the basal con- glomerates of the newer series agree in pointing to a general tilt (towards the south-east. River -development points to the same conclusion, since the three great river-systems of the Eewa, the Navua, and the Sigatoka have markedly asymmetrical drainage- trees, drawing their waters almost entirely from the northern and western portions of their basins. The exceptions to this rule, which are most marked in the case of the Sigatoka, are believed to be explicable as a result of river-piracy on a large scale. The Sigatoka has probably been robbed by the Ba, but has enriched itself at the expense of the Wainimala and probably of the Navua. It is possible that the original tilt was towards the E.N.E., but more probably the marked trend of several of the chief streams in that direction has been determined as a result of the faulting explained above. It will be seen that the rivers have a marked tendency to a rectangular arrangement along general E.N.E.-W.S.W., and N.N.W.-S.S.E. lines. It is believed that this tendency has been imposed upon them by block-faulting of the land. The suggestion is made that the upper Navua and Waidina Valleys were at one time continuous, but have been cut off by the fault along the Nalumbu-Nabui Range. The rivers are all in a condition of 3^outhfulness. They are for the most part still engaged in sinking deep narrow canons in the surfaces of otherwise level plateaux. In the case of the Navua River the drainage-system is so immature that its tributaries do not meet it at grade, and the smaller ones form veritable hanging valleys. This immaturity is partly due to the hardness of the rocks through which the beds have to be sunk, as compared with those in the Rewa and Sigatoka Valleys. Both the latter streams have progressed considerably towards maturity, as the "falls-line" on the Rewa has receded a very long way, and the stream has, within the present cycle, built a large delta. 36 472 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, There is abundant evidence, particularly in the Revva Valley, that the earth-movements have been chiefly positive, and that they are probably still in operation. There are remains of older delta-deposits about the head of the present delta, and about *200 feet above its level. This intermittent, but probably not oscillatory, uplift may account for the entire absence of lakes in such a youthful topography. The only possible evidence of lakes is in connection with the Wainivalau Valley. This stream was probably temporarily dammed by the elevation of the Medrausucu Range. Most, or all, of the streams flowing across the trend of this range are excellent examples of " antecedent rivers." In the case of the Waieliu (Former River) there seems to be a suggestion of river-capture having taken place on a large scale within historic time. The rivers of the north-west have not been critically examined, but their distribution shows that there is a very fine field there for physiographic research. Conclusion. The accumulation of evidence, both of a geological and of a geographical nature, while it [)oints to certain mistakes in detail in my former work, on the whole strongly bears out the conclu- sions arrived at in the paper presented to this Society about four years ago. The great extension of granitic and slaty rocks, their base- levelling to form a peneplain, their relativel}^ great age, as proved by the occurrence above them of basal conglomerates of Tertiary- age, and the occurrence of very heavy systematic faulting, all lead towards the conclusion that Viti Levu, and therefore pro- bably the whole of Fiji, has been a land-area for enormous periods of time, even reckoned geologically. It has had sufficient magnitude and durability to permit of earth-movements competent to produce schists : it has existed so long as a land-surface that large rivers have had time to reduce it to base-level. These facts constitute in my mind the essentials of a continental area. Its relationships to the surrounding continental masses have been BY W. G. WOOLNOUGH. 473 fully discussed in my former paper, and the mechanism of separation, namely faulting, was there suggested. In this paper it is shown that some faulting, at all events, has occurred. I am therefore compelled to respectfully differ from Dr. Guppy* in his general conclusions as to the origin of Vanua Levu. He believes that the second island of the group is essentially an oceanic island, built up from great ocean depths, and that it has never formed part of a great continental mass. Its axis is parallel to the second line of faulting I have suggested for Viti Levu, and the whole of the structure lines of the group strongly suggest that the archipelago is essentially a unit built upon the axes which I have postulated for the main island. The absence of granitic or slaty rocks on Vanua Levu may possibly be explained by the fact that its rivers, not being so powerful as those of Viti Levu (I do not speak here from personal experience) have not as yet succeeded in reaching and laying bare the basement rocks. With his reading of the later portions of the geographical history, I am in agreement, particularly as regards the general upward movement of the land. No student of Island geology can fail to be indebted to his painstaking labours for many valuable suggestions, even if he cannot share with him all his conclusions. In conclusion 1 beg to again point out that a most fascinating field for study lies almost at our doors. The work is of interest and importance to the biogeographer as much as to the geologist, and I sincerely hope that Australian men of science will not rest till the secrets of this wonderful land have been completely laid bare. Postscript {added 16th August, 1907). — I have lately received from the Rev. — Lelean, of Nailaga, a suite of specimens illus- trating the gravels of the Ba River. They contain no trace of granite rocks, so that the older series cannot outcrop extensively in the area drained by that river. * "Observations of a Naturalist in the Pacific." London. 474 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF VITI LEVU, FIJI, EXPLANATION OF PLATES XL -XV. Plate xi. ^ A. Adams. Angaria delphiniis Linne. * Ethalia jndchella A. Adams. ■*^ guamensis Quoy ^errtsi^7z«hosed of all the slates described. The felspathic and the aufeii slates cannot be regarded as products of contact-metamorphism, but rather of regional metamorphism; the sediment from which they were formed was not identical with that which has now become blue slate. The other types of slates not mentioned above are merely the products of the weathering of the blue or knotted slates. vi. — The Llmestones. The limestones occur in a group of lenticular beds near the Caloola gold mines, and some eight miles east of Newbridge. They were geologically examined by Mr. L. F. Harper* and economically reported on by Mr. A. L. MacCredie.f The greater part of them is leased to, and worked by, the Common- wealth Marble Quarries, Ltd. Five occurrences may be noted there, as under the number of each description referring to its position on the appended map (Plate xxiii.). i. (Portions 104 and 115 of the Parish of Lowry). This is the seat of the main quarrying operations. The patch of limestone is a])out one-quarter of a mile long in a N.N.E. direction and five or six chains wide. It is composed of almost pure, white, crystalline marble; the grain-size is very even, about 1mm. The marl)le is very solid, there being but few cracks or "dryers," so that large blocks are easily obtained. Along the dryers are dendrites, flakes and tufts of sericite, and occasionally crystals of chalcopyrite, galena, and actinolite, metasomatically replacing the limestone. In places the stone is completely replaced by a soft green steatite, fibres of which penetrate into the calcite grains. Microscopically, this seemingly homogeneous green mass is shown to be composed of practically colourless fibres of chlorite, recognised by its low double refraction, small optical axial angle, and optically positive character. There is also a little strongly birefringent talc or sericite, frequently in radiate groups, some * Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines New South Wales, 1904, p.l47. + C.M.Q. Ltd., Prospectas. 546 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W., corroded calcite, and many perfect rutile cr3'stals, frequently geniculately twinned. At the Belmore Copper Mine (Cow Flat, Parish Ponsonby, and about five miles north-east of Caloola) this replacement of calcite by chlorite is very common, and here also the silicate actually associated with the ore is actinolite, so much so that the ore appears to be in a country rock of actinolite schist, which the microscope shows to be only a limestone almost entirely replaced by the actinolite. Mr. W. J. Clunies Ross, B.Sc.,* has analysed the chlorite and actinolite; he shows the chlorite to be a hydrous silicate of alumina; and, for the actino- lite, he gives figures proving it to be essentially a magnesia-lime silicate with smaller amounts of iron and alumina. The analysis corresponds to a typical analysis of actinolite given by Dana.f Seeing that, both at Caloola and at Belmore, the copper pyrites occurs with actinolite metasomatically replacing the limestone, it appears probable that the one solution deposited both of these minerals, i.e., the sulphidic cupriferous solution also contained the silicate actinolite. The solution that brought up chlorite was probably connected with this same metalliferous solution. The Belmore vein appears to correspond more closely to the sericitic silver-copper type of Lindgrent than to any other of the types he mentions. The marbles of the Caloola quarries have been analysed by the Department of Mines with the following result: — § CaCOg ... 97-07 84-78 97-71 MgC03 ... 1-47 13-3-2 1-75 Fe^Og + Al^Og ... ... 0-10 0-91 0-04 Insoluble 1-45 0-95 0-46 100-09 99-96 99-96 These figures show that w^iile dolomite does not appear to occur in the marble, magnesium carbonate is present in quite * Report of the Seventh Meeting of the Australasian Assoc. Adv. Sciencer Sydney, 1898, p.384. + System of Mineralogy, p. 393. X Genesis of Ore Deposits, p. 596. § Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines New South \Yales, 1904, p. 147. BY W. N. BENSON. 547 considerable quantities. This is quite in accordance with the results obtained by Prof. Skeats,* which show that up to fifteen per cent, of magnesium carbonate may be absorbed by a lime- stone before dolomite crystals appear. The question arises as to the cause of the presence of so much magnesium carbonate in the marble, Was it brought in by the metalliferous solutions, which were rich in magnesia; or was it introduced by replacement from sea- water while the limestone was still a coral-reef, after the manner described by Prof. Skeats "? The latter I should imagine to be the case, for if the magnesia were derived from silicate solution it would probably be in accordance with an equation like the following 2CaCO;3 -t- MgSiOs = CaCOgMgCOg + CaSiOs which would mean the formation of much wollastonite. Now, though I have seen a specimen of wollastonite said to have come from Caloola, I have not seen any in situ, and must hence believe it to be rare. Therefore, the reaction above could not have taken place on a large scale, and therefore the alternative origin of magnesia in the marble must have been the more important. So far fossils have not been found in this quarry. ii. (Portion 66, Parish Lowrj'). This is a narrow lens, less than three chains wide, crossing a small creek about three- quarters of a mile south of Occurrence No. i. It is a very fine- grained, good, solid marble, but its extent is not yet de6nitely settled. Probably it extends only a chain or two north of the creek, but may run further to the south. Major axis runs about N.N.E. iii. (Portion 265, Parish of Ponsonby). This quarry, the first one to be worked, is situated a mile to the S. S.W. of No. i. It was originally worked for lime. The marble is of a rather finer grain than the previous occurrences, and in the exposed portions shows a pink or creamy colour. It is intersected by veins of almost colourless, coarsely crj^stallised calcite. Sericite and '' Bull. Mus. Corap. Zool. Harvard Coll., Vol. xlii., p. 102 (1903). 54:8 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W., chlorite occur as before, but ores are rarer. A few unmistak- able traces of Pentanierus Knightii are to be seen on weathered surfaces. This fixes the age as Upper Silurian, Other markings occur, which may be corals but are very doubtful. In extent this patch of limestone may be the largest of the group. To the north it is overlain by alluvium, while to the south it runs into a hill for some distance, for slate does not appear to outcrop for a long way to the south of it. iv. (Occurs in the fl-bend of the Caloola Creek, op[)Osite Por- tions 100 and 99, Parish of Lowry). This is shown by a block of marble in the creek-bed, visible onl}' at low water. If it is really in situ, it can be part onl}^ of a very small lens, for the slates appear to be in situ within 20 j^ards of it. V. (At the northern end of Portion 99, Parish of Lowry). A small almost circular patch, about a chain across, and one-quarter of a mile south-west of the first occurrence here described. The marble is of good qualit3\ In none of the quarries has the junction between the slates and limestones been exposed, so that the dip of the strata here cannot, by this means, be determined yet. The strike, however, is N.N.E., as is shown by the direction of the major axes of the lenses of limestone. On the eastern side of Queen Charlotte Yale there is a series of limestone patches, some containing Pentamerus knightii, running approximately in this jST.N.E. direction through Cow Flat, and terminating on the Mount, where they are highly dolomitised, and contain 43*73 per cent, of mao^nesium carbonate.* If we continue on the same direction from here across the granites of the Bathurst Plains, we again come on limestones at Fernbrook, and at Limekilns, very rich in fossil content, Stromatojyora, Favosites, Phillipsastrcea and some Pentameri.f There thus appears to have been a continuous horizon, with a N.N.E. strike, extending for 30 miles. As to its dip, there is little definite evidence. The Belmore copper lode * W. Clunies Ross, Kept. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1898, p. 384. t W. Clunies Ross, Q.J.G.S. 1894, p. 1 13. BY W. N. BENSON. 549 near Cow Flat has the same strike, and dips W. 20 N. at 45°. This ma}'^ be the dip of the strata in that locality. vii. — Economic Minerals. Gold. — In the early days there was a good deal of shallow digging near Newbridge in what is now the railway reserve; but it was never very satisfactory, and has entirely ceased.^' Lately, however, a mine has started in the western part of the Parish near the andesites (Portions 20 and 22), and cyanide vats are to be set up. The great quartz reef (see p. 534) has been much prospected but is barren. The mine at Caloola has been worked successfully for some time, the gold occurring in a soft, highly oxidised slate. Dredging has been carried on with some success in the valley to the north, just outside the Galbraith Parish boundary, where in the alluvium brought down by the Reedy Creek, consisting of slate, andesite, and a little granite debris, payable gold was found on the granite floor at a depth of about 25 feet. This dredge, ha,s, however, lately closed down. Silver. — Some silver ore was reported from here,! and a shaft was put down on Portion 29, Parish Galbraith, just near the southern end of the haematite veins. Nothing payable was found. Lead has been reported from this district, | but I did not learn that any mining had been done for it. Cojrper. — Within the district described in this paper no payable copper lodes have yet been discovered. Traces were found in the making of the new railway cutting, and a lease was pegged out, but nothing done. Mr. J. E. Carne reports a find of sulphide ore from Colo Creek, § near Newbridge, but that is outside the area here described; nor, so far as I know, has any mining been * Pittman, " Prospectors' Guide," p. 16, 1905. t E. F. Pittman, Min. Resources of New South Wales, p. 127. \ Pittman, ojp. cit. p. 192. § Geol. Surv. New South Wales. Mineral Resources No. 6. ' ' The Copper Mining Industry," &c.(1899), p. 76. 550 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGE, NEAR BATHURST, N.S.W., done there. Copper pyrities occurs, as previously described, in the marble at Caloola. But its chief occurrence near Newbridge is at Cow Flat, where there are two lodes, worked respectively by the Cow Flat Mine,* now closed, and the Belmore Mine (Lloyd)t still working. The surface indications of both these lodes is very distinct, being marked by haematite, malachite, and a little azurite. Actinolite schist, a lime-silicate rock, is the country rock, and associated are chlorite limestone and slate. Iron. — The iron ore deposits of Newbridge, though rather small, are of excellent quality. They were described by Mr. J. E. Carne, F.G.S., in 1891.; The lode runs in a north-westerly direction from Portion 91 of Galbraith Parish, across Portions 104 and 108, where it is very poor, and appears again in the Railway Reserve, and in Portion 59; it is said to have been followed some miles to the north of this. A large amount of ore has been taken from the outcrop in the reserve, and a typical analysis of it is given in Mr. Carne's report {op. cit. p. 150). The southernmost opening on Portion 91 shows very good specimens of haematite, sometimes stalactitic; but as a whole the lode here is very siliceous. The intermediate outcrops in Portions 108 and 104 are useless. This lode is, according to Mr. Carne, " a fissure vein extending for several miles, and locally thickening at the parts opened up. There is yet no indication of its depth and whether or not it passes into pyrites at the water-level. It is still solid haematite at 35 feet deep. The walls of the lode are nearly vertical, inclining slightly to the east."§ At Caloola in the oxidised slates that are crushed for gold, there are frequent limonite pseudomorphs after perfectly crystallised pyrites, which are up to one inch across. The deepest workings of the gold mines, 50 feet, are still in the zone of oxidation. * Op. cit, p. 82. t Op. cit. p. 52. X Ann. Kept. Dept. Mines New South Wales, 1892, p. 150. § .J. B. Jaquet, " Iron Ore Deposits of New South Wales," p. 138 (1901). BY W. N BENSON. 551 Manganese. — At the inner end of a tunnel on either G.L. 271 or 262, Parish Ponsonby near Caloola, there is a vein three feet wide of soft crumbly, but seemingly fairly pure wad; other veins occur in the hill. Considering the low price of manganese, it appears to me very doubtful that these can be worked to any profit.* Marble. — Large blocks can be easil}' obtained from the Caloola quarries. It is of excellent quality, has been used for statuary, pavements, steps, &c.t Slate. — A quarry was opened up on Portion 42 of the Parish of Oalbraith, and a good deal of stone removed; its poor fissility prevents it from being used for roofing slate. It could, however, be used for flagging, kerbstones, shelvings, &c., though rather soft.; It is very fine-grained, black, lustrous. The analysis of this slate was given on p. 537. Asbestos. — As described previously, this occurs in narrow veins, is short in fibre, and brittle. Also there is very little of it. It cannot therefore be of much use commercially. Diatomaceous EojVih. — An occurrence has been recorded from near Newbridge,§ but I was unable to get any information about it locally. viii. — Summary. In the foregoing an endeavour has been made to show in some detail the geological and petrographical features of the Newbridge district. It has been shown that the oldest rock is slate, probababl}'' Ordovician, interbedded with contemporaneous iindesite flows; and that higher in the series the slate is Silurian, as proved by the presence of Pentamerus Knightii in the inter- "" Pittman, " Min. Resources of New South Wales," pp. 243-4. t Op. cit. p. 434; also L. F. Harper, Ann. Rept. Dept. Mines New South Wales, 1904, p. 147. % Pittman, " Min. Resources of New South Wales," p. 446. § Rec. Geol. Surv. N. S.Wales, Vol. v. p. 147. 552 THE GEOLOGY OF NEWBRIDGK, NEAR BATHUR8T, N'.S.W., bedded, lenticular beds of limestone. The andesites are a portioir of a large area stretching out to the west, and are rather decom- posed and uralitised, sometimes with the formation of tremolitic asbestos. The slates have been intruded b}^ a large granite massif, part of that which forms the Bathurst plains, which sent into the slate such vein-rocks as granite, granophyre and aplite. The slate was considerably metamorphosed by these, both at tlie contact and to some extent regionally. A good series of contact-metamorposed slates can be traced towards the massif, viz., slate passing into knotted slate, chiastolite slate, and mica slate. Felspathic and augen slates also occur, but these are more correctly referable to regional metamorphosis. The limestone has become marble, and in favourable localities has been metasomatically replaced by copper ores, or changed by a similar process into actinolite schists. The occurrence of a chlorite schist has been noted, but its mode of origin at present remains une.xplained. Lastly, the economic minerals have been briefly described, and it has been shown that marble, iron ore, and gold are the only minerals in this district likely to be of much value. ix. — Conclusion. I am indebted to Mr. L. V. Puckle, Secretary to the Common- wealth ^larble Quarries, Ltd., for information concerning, and permission to inspect, the marble quarries; and to his quarry manager, Mr. F. T. Campbell, for pointing out the smaller occurrences of marble. Mr. H. J. Meldrum, B.Sc, has \'ery kindly anal3^sed the slate for uie. My thanks are especially due to Dr. Woolnough, for much advice and assistance in the preparation of this paper and its illustrations. Note, — Since writing the above, I have learnt, from Mr. K. H. Cambage, that basalt occurs capping Sugarloaf Hill. This is on the northern border of Galbraith Parish, and I was unable to visit it. BY W. N. BENSON. 553 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate xxii. Geological Map of Newbridge. Plate xxiii. Fig. L^Andesite from Smith's Hill. At the top a large crystal of augite may be clearly seen, and below it a mass of fibrous chlorite. The crystals of felspar stand out clearly against a matrix of decomposed glassy matter. Fig. 2.— The granophyre referred to on page 532. As may be seen, it is a perfect example of an intergrowth of quartz and felspar. Fig.3. — A junction of mica slate and granite. The latter has absorbed a little of the colourless part of the slate as may be seen from the fact that the biotites project into the granite. This specimen is remarkable for the coarseness of grain of the mica slate. Fig. 4. — A junction of mica slate and granophyre. This is very different from Fig.3. The slate is finer-grained, and contains much magnetite. The granophyre has greatly disrupted the slate. Note the potential andalusite crystal on the lower margin. Fig.5. — Chiastolite slate. The chiastolite occurs in black, rectangular grains; and is sometimes in a cruciform twin. Fig. 6. — Chiastolite slate. Notice the light halo round each crystal. A centimetre scale is shown to give an idea of the size of the crystals. 554 WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 28th, 1907. The Ordinaiy Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, August 28th, 1907. Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, President, in the Chair. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting, amounting to 5 Vols., 51 Parts or Nos., 4 Bulletins, 3 Reports, 9 Pamphlets, received from 43 Societies, ~ \- t- z > J - o < /> C X °^- 3,-' -orrr 3 \ '/ 562 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, mountains round Bugaldi Creek, at Gowang and numerous- other places. The Volcanic Bocks include (a) light grey arfvedsonite trachytes which form the main balk of the mountains in the heart of the group, such as Timor, Mobara, Siding Spring Mountain, Berum Buckle, Mount Caraghnan, Needle Mountain, The Bluff, Wombalong (Terra-Terra or EKmouth) and The Spire. (b) Dark bluish cegirine trachytes, nepheline-segirine phonolites and allied rocks, capping the arfv^edsonite rock in places, as on Mount Caraghnan, and extending all round them in a sheet now dissected by gorges and wider creek valleys; the AVarrumbungle Range north of the Castlereagh River from Timor to Coona- barabran is capped with this rock, as is also the ridge known as Naman Ledges; Tooraweanah Mountain, the Dillys (south of Tooravveanah), the Ridge Pole S.W. of Tannabar, Mount Tannabar and most of the spurs north of the Warrumbungle Range, such as Kalga Range, the Bugaldi Spur and the Yarra- man Spur, have similar cappings. (c) Grey nosean and pseudoleucite phonolites at Mount Bingy Grumble, Berum Buckle and round the base of Mount Caraghnan. (d) Trachydolerite with sodalite, olivine, augite, fegirine and soda felspars at Uargon Creek covering much of the tableland south of Black Mountain, and forming part of The Spire pinnacle (Tonduron). The rock which forms the butte-like hills of the Forked Mountain and Nandi near Coonabarabran is closely related. (e) Melilite basalts or basanites at Billy King's Creek, a couple of miles south of Coonabarabran. (f) Sodalite basalt at Mount Gowang, The Spire, and other places, a differentiation-product of the trachydolerite. (g) Ordinary andesites and basalts capping the other rocks in places, as on tlie top of Mount Wombalong (Exmouth), and spreading over a much wider area. Sequence. — The sequence of the lavas seems to have been in general from the more acid to the more basic; and they merge into one another in such a way that there can be no doubt that BY H. JENSEN. 563 they all belong to one rather long period of volcanic activity, probably, for reasons given later, lasting from the Eocene to the Pliocene. In the preceding paragraphs the lavas are mentioned practically in the order of sequence. South of Black Mountain basalts cap trachydolerites and are unquestionably the last out- pourings. North of the Warrumbungle Range around Bugaldi basalts cap trachytic and phonolitic rocks. The age of the dark green or blue trachj^tic rocks (with associated phonolites) relative to the light grey arfvedsonite trachytes is harder to decide. At Mount Caraghnan there is a capping of the former on the latter; but more usually, excepting in the central mass of mountains, the light grey trachytes exist only as isolated knobs, either stand- ing in a valley surrounded only by sandstone and occasionally Fig. 3. — Diagrammatic Section from the Warrumbungle Eange to Jack Hall's Creek through Timor Rock. tuflf as Wallaby Rock near Uargon Creek (see Figs.l and 5 posiea), Scabby Rock (Figs. 4a and b), Timor Rock (Fig. 3); or surrounded by tuffs, and sometimes capped with basalt as at Gowang; or completely surrounded by the dark variety of trachyte, as Paddy's Rock in the Naman Ledges. This last kind of occurrence suggests that the more acid rock has been thrust into the more basic, a sequence which is not verified by occurrences elsewhere. The only explanation which satisfies all the facts is that the arfved- 564 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, sonite trachytes were the earliest lavas and were in many cases injected into earlier tuff cones. Their maximum development was attained between Mount Wombalong, Berum Buckle and / ^ /S/€l^cl//t '// 4v^ ^'*^'"^ sandy ; '/y2//'^/^M///i;'r;,''\ soil v: /rit-., z' /r / I '^ ./ Fig. -la. — Plan of Scabby Kock (diagrammatic). r, trachyte; s, slate; o-, sandstone; t, tuff. Mobara. Later flows of more basic lava followed, and this, being of a more fluid nature, filled the valleys around the central group and surrounded outlying members of the n>ore acid series, \9ooyc. Fig. 46.— Diagrammatic Section N. and S. through Scabby Rock. forming an extensive lava-tield sloping in all direction^ from the central mass. Subsequent erosion has carved valleys through this lava-field, reaching the sandstone below. The earlier arfved- BY H. I. JENSEN. 565 soiiite-ti-cacliyte plugs being surrounded by soft tuffs, have, in many cases, been isolated by the erosion. Dykes of arfvedsonite-trachyte have been met with cutting the Triassic sandstones at Tannabar, behind The Spire, at Gibb's Pass and many other places, so that the earliest lavas are at least post-Triassic. Tuffs belonging to this series are, however, associated, at Gowang and Wandiallabah Creek, with leaves of Cinnamomum Leichhardtii and other leaves of Eocene appear- ance. This fixes the commencement of volcanic action as somewhere about the Eocene. Distinct sills and laccolites I have not seen anywhere. 3. Physiographic Notes. An observer standing on one of the central peaks such as Wombalong, Berum Buckle or Siding Spring Mountain, would observe (a) that the elevation of the mountains diminishes as the central group is receded from; and (b) that the watercourses pursue very direct paths outwards from the central group in all directions; when the streams reach the " plains " country they commence to deviate from their original straight courses. They are therefore " consequent." The central mountains are very rugged. The surrounding zone of darker rocks is characterised by almost flat-topped mountains and ridges, sloping gently away from the central area. The watercourses are often wider inside the zone of dark trachytes than in it. Thus the Castlereagh Biver at Timor (Fig.3) has a wide valley, having had soft tuffs and sandstone to work in, but flows in a narrow V-shaped valley thence to Coonabarabran; Uargon Creek occupies a wide flat valley in the sandstone country north of Black Mountain and east of Tonduron, but runs in a narrow gorge between the Naman Ledges and Black Mountain (Fig.5). Wandiallabah Creek and Belar Creek show the same peculiarities. Where the creeks leave the inner sand- stones and tuffs surrounding the light-coloured trachytes and flow through the hard segirine trachytes and })honolites, erosion has not been able to widen the valleys at the same rate as higher up. 566 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, The Warrumbungle Mountains are drained by the tributaries of the Namoi and Castlereagh Rivers. The former is a con- sequent stream, throughout most of its course following the dip Black mt^t DGElb jZb5bj[h ^lue Phonoiltic Fig.5. Vesicular Tracjvy^ Tu.[f • V ~ Sandstone (Dl^6w) -Diagrammatic Section showing the structure of Goat Mountain, Tannabar. of the Trias-Jura (or Trias) rocks in a N.N.W. direction. Pro- bably it is a very old river, as Mr. E. C. Andrews has pointed out,"^ originating in its present course when the Triassic sediments were tilted in Cretaceous time. It follows that, where these sediments have been denuded away and the Namoi runs through Permo-Carboniferous rocks dipping S.W., it occupies a subsequent position, and is in reality a supe7'imposed stream. In some places it cuts through deep alluvial plains of its own deposition, as at Narrabri. Many of its tributaries are subsequent streams running N.E., following the strike of the Trias-Jura. The Namoi is older than the raised peneplain marked by the mesas of Coona- barabran. The erosion produced by tributaries like Brigalow Creek, Baradine Creek, Bohena Creek and Bugaldi Creek has given rise to similar mesas of about the same altitude in the Pilliga Scrub, north of the Warrumbungle Range. The Castlereagh rises in the Warrumbungles near Mobara. First it pursues an easterly course through a wide gorge or valley, with steep cliffs bounding it on the north. A few miles * " Tertiary History of New England," Eecords Geol. Survey N. S.Wales, Vol. vii. 1903, p.27. BY H. I. JENSEN. 567 ■east of Coonabarabraii it swings round and flows south, first in a narrow deep trough, later, about 10 miles south of Coonabara- bran, in a shallow bed little below the level of the plain (Rivers- dale). Later, at Mundooran, the course swings to the west, and, still further on at Breelong, it takes a north-westerly direction which it preserves till the Darling is reached. Thus this river describes a spiral course round the Warrumbungles. There can be little doubt that the drainage was more direct prior to the volcanic outbursts. There was probably a conse- quent stream draining the Liverpool Plains in the same direction as the Naraoi and Macquarie. The great effusive pile of the Warrumbungles, however, effectively blocked it, and a new, more circuitous drainage-system had to develop. This accounts for the youthful appearance of the Castlereagh as compared with the Namoi. The poorness of the water-supply in the Castle- reagh, and the development of monkeys (aboriginal '^ moongies") in its course I have already touched upon in my preliminary note.* Here, too, I mentioned how the creeks flowing westward from the Warrumbungles dry up, and have beds so little depressed below the general level that the traveller hardly notices when he crosses a creek. The drying up of streams on reaching the level country was also noticed in the Pilliga country. The water coming down from the mountain springs may be absorbed by the outcrop of porous artesian strata at a level of about 1,400 feet. Oertain it is that the rainfall at the present day is insufficient to enable the streams to erode beds, but the existence of dry water- jcourses infilled with sand shows that at a remote period there was a better rainfall. The watershed known as the Warrumbungle Range divides the drainage-areas of the Castlereagh and the Namoi. It com- mences as an offshoot of the Liverpool Range, east of Coolah, iirst runs N.W., then W., losing itself in the Warrumbungle Mountains to the N.W. of Coonabarabran; then it re-emerges as the Kalga Range at Bulloway Mountain. The Kalga Range * These Proceedings, 190G, p.231. 568 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, runs N.N.W., gradually diminishing in altitude, until it is lost in tlie Pilliga Scrub to the N.W. of Baradine. The Warrum- bungle Range has only an average height of about 2,000 feet, and is composed essentially of sandstones, conglomerates and shales which belong to the Triassic to the north-west and north of Coonabarabran, but to the east and south-east they probably belong to the Permo-Carboniferous (Upper Coal Measures). The highest peaks of the Warruinbungle Mountains themselves attain an altitude of about 4,000 feet. In the centre of the group we have Wombalong (4,210), Terra Terra (3,710), The Bluff(about 4,000), Mt. Caraghnan(3,875), Berum Buckle (3,710),. and Belougery Split Rock. Practically situated on the Warrum- bungle Range, where it approaches most closely to the centre of the mountain group, are the high peaks of the Siding Spring Mountain (about 4,000), Mobara and Bulleamble. Mt. Bullo- way, at the commencement of the Kalga Range, is apparently also about 4,000 feet high."^ The zone of table-topped mountains and spurs of dark trachyte and plionolite surrounding the central mass attains usually to the height of from 2,000 to 2,500 feet. Thus Timor Ledges, north of Timor Rock, are 2,400 feet high. Black Mountain and Naman Ledges 2,500-2,600, Gowang Tableland 2,200-2,500 ; Kalga Range, Paddy McCulloch's Mountain and the Bugaldi Ranges- reach 2,000-2,500 near the Bugaldi-Tenandra Road, but drop to- lower levels further northward. In the valleys between the mountains are numerous smaller knobs, steep-sided plugs and sugarloaf-shaped cones. These are particularl}^ abundant in the Gumin-Gumin Valley; Plate xxviii» illustrates their appearance. The level at Coonabarabran is about 1,700 feet. At Rivers- dale, 10 miles or so to the S.S.E., it has fallen to about 1,400 * The elevations given in this paper can only be taken as approximate,, being based on aneroid measurements checked by comparisons with the official barometric readings taken at Coonabarabran, for which I am indebted to the Postmaster. The altitude of Coonabarabran was taken to be about 1,700 feet. BY fl. I. JENSEN. 569 feet. At Tooraweanab, to the S.W. of the mountains, it is aVjoiit 1,500 feet; and at Tundebrine about 1,400 feet. At Tenandra Station it has fallen to about 1,100 feet; at Goorianawa Station the level is 1,200 feet; at Bngaldi it is about 1,350. Mundooran is about 1,000 feet above sea-level, Gumin-Gumin about 1,200, and Kalga 900 feet. We see then that there is a tendency for the level to drop rapidly to that of the western plains around, i.e., to about 900- 1,100 feet. Around Coonabarabran there is a tableland elevated 400-500 feet above the Liverpool Plains to the S.E. Studded over this tableland are flat-topped sandstone mesas, and butte.s of trachyte; the former all reach a level of between 1,900 and 2,000 feet — the same height as the Warrumbungle Range where it is composed of sandstone. The trachytic buttes, e.g., Nandi, The Forked Mountain, Yarrighnan, Yarabala, etc., usually attain the same altitude, but frequently vary within wider limits. Very often trachyte caps a sandstone mesa, thereby increasing its altitude. The buttes and cappings represent remains of a sheet of lava which tilled the valleys in the sandstone in the volcanic period. The lavas in the Warrumbungle Mountains proper overlie a continuation of this Coonabarabran plateau. The foregoing description of the Warrumbungle Mountain topography with a glance at the reproduction of a stereogram (Plate XXV.) shows that the region has the nature of a lava cono- plain, as pointed out in my preliminary note. South and west of the mountain group we also find mesas and buttes which were originally portions of the Warrumbungle conoplain, but are now severed by erosion. Thus between Toora- weanab and Bearbung there are the Dillys, masses of sandstone with steep, often vertical walls, which overlie conglomerates (probably Permo-Carboniferous), and are in some cases capped with trachyandesite at a level of 2,000 feet. Similar masses occur north of the Warrumbungles in the Pilliga Scrub. The soils are very different in different parts. In the sand- stone belts they are poor and sandy, and characterised by pine {Callitris rohusta and C. calcarata) and white gum {Eucali/ptus 570 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, tereticornis var. dealbata^ and E. coriacea [?]) forests, with oaks {Gasuarina Cunninghamii, G. Luehman^ii) and belar (C. Gam- hagei) along the banks of creeks. In the arfvedsonite-trachyte .region the soil is still poor, but somewhat better than in the sandstone country; pine trees are here typically absent. The dark trachytes and trachyphonolites have fair red soils, and are timbered with gums, ironbarks (chiefly Eucalyptus siderophloia), wattles, pine {Callitris robicsta), emu-bush [Eremophila sp.), Styphelia sp., etc. The trachydolerites and basalts are surrounded by good red and black soils, commonly timbered with box {Euca- lyptus hemiphloia var. alhens) and a fair sprinkling of kurrajong (Sterculia diver sifolia). Outside the mountain region we have the extremely poor and thirsty sandy soils of the Pilliga Scrub to the north, thickly timbered with pine {Callitris calcarata); and the vast black soil plains lying to the west and south-west. Interspersed with the black soil plains there are belts of wretched Sandy soil of the Pilliga type. In some of the valleys in the mountains, as at Tundebrine and around Tooraweanah, where basaltic detritus accumulates, and where wash from basic trachytes is deposited, there are miniature black soil plains, in reality occupying the position of alluvial fans. From the close resem- blance of the black soil in these valleys to that of the plains, in colour, touch, mode of cracking when dry, and vegetation it seems very likely that the black soil plains owe their richness to detritus brought down from the AVarrumbungle Mountains in the course of ages. The black soil of the plains contains deposits of coarse gravels and waterworn pebbles made up partly of volcanic rock of the Warrumbungle type, and partly of quartz derived from the breaking up of the conglomerates. These coarse materials must have been carried down at a time when the rainfall was greater in the mountains than at present. Wind-action is an important factor in redistribution in these areas, but as the winds here are mostly westerly, they have not taken any part in bringing down the detritus which formed the black soil plains. The wind, however, is an important distributor of pests. Almost every year produces a new variety of thistle, BY H. I. JENSEN. 57 1 or other noxious herb, which completely monopolises the plains for the season, and only dies out to give the monopoly to a plague of something else. The winds bring the seeds from the west. The rabbit also helps the invader by shunning it for a while, and feeding on the diet he is used to. It is due to the rabbit that prickly species of thistles, unsuited for feed, are getting the upper hand .on the plains. The sandy soils of the Pilliga Scrub are, I am told, very deep in places, and must have been deposited partly by the aid of water in the rainy period, and partly by wind-action in the present arid cycle. A striking instance of natural pruning is seen, throughout the Pilliga Scrub, in the uniform height above ground of the lowest branches of the pine forests. Black soil plains are often devoid of forest trees. This is due mainly to the fact that they tend to become swampy in wet weather, and to scorch up, cake and crack in dry weather. Where the black soil is loamy, such trees as box {Eucalyptus Woollsiana T), silver-leaved ironbark {Eucalyptus melanoiyhloia), kurrajong, wattles and myalls are common. 4. Geomorphogeny. (a) F re-Cretaceous Configuration. — The Warrumbungle area was probably submerged in Carboniferous times, being the western margin of a sea which stretched across to the New Eng- land border. Elevation followed. In late Permo-Carboniferous times parts of it, especially the eastern and southern quartants, were depressed, and received sandy and gritty sediments (the Upper Coal Measures) probably from the west. In Triassic times the whole area was again submerged. The subsidence continued, with interruptions, until in Cretaceous time a move- ment of elevation or negative movement of the sea, probably connected with a general uplift in the Liverpool Range and New England, again made the area dry land. This uplift gave the Triassic sediments a N.N.W. dip, just as the uplift of the New 572 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, England area at the end of the Permo-Carboniferous gave the Upper Coal Measures a S.W. dip. (b) Str earn- Development. — In Cretaceous times the present drainage system commenced, the rivers like the Namoi, Castle- reagli (lower part) and the Macquarie taking a consequent direc- tion, and flowing, therefore, N.N.W. The uplift continued for some time, but the rainfall being good, on account of a Cretaceous sea lying to the N.W., erosion almost kept pace with the uplift. Tv'xhwt^v J subsequent streams like the Talbragar River, Baradine Creek, etc., now developed, and low watersheds like the Warrum- bungle Range were formed by erosion. A stationary period following, allowed most of the country to be reduced to a pene- plain, at present marked by the 2,000 feet level mesas all round the Warrumbungles. In the centre of the group there was a sandstone area which had not yet been quite reduced to a level, but was diversified with ridges and valleys. This takes us to early Tertiary (Eocene) times. Now volcanic action commenced, and the lavas built up the central mass to a great height; whilst subsequent outpourings not only filled up any valleys in the country around, but covered the peneplain over a considerable area with a lava-sheet thinning out away from the central mass. In this way it is possible to explain that some lava hills like Nandi near Coonabarabran, Yarrighnan and Yarabala near Bugaldi, rest on sandstone at a level of from 1,500 to 1,700 feet, being relics of flows filling valleys; whilst in most cases the lavas rest on the sandstone at a level of from 1,900 to 2,000 feet, being mappings on the old peneplain level {e.g.^ cappings around Coona- barabran on the Warrumbungle Range, around Bugaldi, on the *'Dillys," etc., etc.). In fact there seems to have been a slight uplift and recommencement of stream-dissection in the area before the eegirine trachytes, phonolites and basalts were poured out. This uplift was probably due to the injection of sills at the period of eruption of the arfvedsonite- trachytes. The drainage of this area was now altered. The waters had to find their way round a great effusive pile. In this wa}' the Castlereagh developed. BY H. I. JENSEN. 573 The late Cretaceous sea being now again dry land, the streams from the mountains deposited much of their silt on the plains, where the velocity decreased on reaching the more level country, thus giving rise to the Black Soil Plains. Valleys were carved in the volcanic conoplain, dissecting the lava-sheets and under- lying sandstones. Thus the Castlereagh at Timor has cut through the phonolitic trachytes into the sandstones below. Likewise Uargon Creek flows between the vertical clifis of JSTaman Ledges (a flow from The Spire crater, probabl}'), and Black Mountain at a level of about 1,850 feet. At the 2,000-feet level on either side the sandstone is capped by lavas which the creek erosion has severed (Fig.5). In such cases the valley widens by the retreat of almost vertical clifls, formed by the sandstone weathering away from under the lava-capping. (c) Peneplanation. — As has been shown above, a peneplain, now marked by the 2,000-feet level, was formed at the end of Cretaceous time. Subsequent erosion has not produced another peneplain, yet the Coonabarabran tableland is approaching that end. However, the late Tertiary erosion has tended to reduce or base-level the land, not to sea-level, but to the level of the western plains. Following upon a wet period — probably Pleis- tocene or Pliocene, and contemporaneous with the lake period of parts of Central Australia, when an inland sea covered great areas — there succeeded a dry period, which still persists. This matter I have already touched upon in my preliminary note. As evidence proving the existence of an Arid Cyde^ in the area of this Warrumbungle conoplain, the following facts are suflicient : — (1) The streams have definite courses in the mountains where they are fed by springs, but dry up and become indefinite on reaching the more level country, especially to the north and west of the Warrumbungles. (2) The country is being base-levelled to the level of certain depressions in the western plains, which have become filled with •detritus (black soil) from the mountains. Cp. Journal of Geology, Vol. xiii. No. 5, July, August, 1905. 574 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, (3) The drainage is therefore disintegrated. The Castlereagh River itself is a striking example, with its dry beds and billa- bongs distinguished from the surrounding and more lowlying country only by a ridge of wind-blown sand {monkey or moongie). Many other creek-beds, no longer serving as water-courses, are present. Evidently in the arid period the integrated drainage- system established in the wet period has been destroyed. Old age of arid erosion has been reached in the countr}^ Avest of the mountains, and maturity on the Coonabarabran tableland. Only in the mountains themselves, on account of the hardness of the rocks, has a youthful appearance been maintained. (4) " Scorched plains " devoid of soil, flat-topped stony hills, and slopes covered with coarse shingle instead of soil, have developed in the volcanic mountains; and around Coonabarabran a typical bad-land topograph}^ has been shaped. (5) Alluvial fans occur in the valleys where declivity lessens, or where the streams reach the plains, as at Tundebrine. (6) There are no post-Tertiary fossils, except a few plant-remains and bones of terrestrial animals, in the surrounding country. No marine or lacustrine Tertiary fossils have been met with either, so that there is reason to believe that throughout Cainozoic times- land-conditions have prevailed. (7) The Coonabarabran tableland, with its buttes and mesas,, has the character which Passarge terms Inselberglandschafty. shaped mainly by wind-erosion. Some of the above facts are also characteristics of a conoplain as defined by Miss Ida H. Ogilvie.* The main reasons for looking upon the Warrumbungles as a conoplain may, hoAvever, be summarised in the following words : (1) The mountains form an eroded lava-dome. This consisted of a high core of light grey trachytes, surrounded and capped by a sheet of phonolitic trachytes, which were again covered with later basalts. * " The High Altitude Conoplain." The American Geologist, Vol. xxxvi. No.l, July, 1905. BY H. I. JENSEN. 575 (2) The streams diverge from a common centre. (3) The valleys widen by the retreat of vertical cliffs. (4) Alluvial fans are common. Detritus is deposited all round the mountains where the grade diminishes. (5) The watercourses frequently change their position; or the waters flow in a sheet when the plains are reached, following no definite course. The rainfall in the Warrumbungles comes mostly in heavy showers separated by long dry intervals. This kind of rainfall favours arid erosion and conoplain-formation. (d) Vulcanism. — The sequence of the lavas has already been described. Eruptions commenced probably in the Eocene period, and continued for a considerable time. The alkaline trachy- dolerites and basanites may have been as late as Miocene, and the calcic basalts which followed in places may be as late as Pliocene. Owing to the absence of fossils we have only the land forms to enable us to arrive at an approximation in this regard. The eruptions had finished when the very wet cycle commenced. Volcanic action was throughout accompanied by elevation. The plugs and cones are not distributed along definite intersect- ing cracks as in the Glass House Mountains. If such cracks ever existed, their traces have been hidden by the enormous amount of lava poured out. Although the igneous mass occupies a somewhat circular area, there is reason to believe that the lava was erupted mainly from a fissure running N.N.E.-S.S.W., through Mount Wheoh, Siding Spring Mountain or Mombara, Berum Buckle, and The Spire (Tonduron). Berum Buckle at Tannabar is apparently the centre of the whole system. Radial cracks were probably developed, originating at this point. One fracture might be imagined running west through Caraghnan, Needle Mountain, The Bluff and Wombalong (Exmouth); another east through Goat Mountain and Bingy Grumble. In the country around The Spire the sandstone nearly always reaches a higher level on the western side of a mass than on the eastern. This would seem to indicate that the lava came up diagonally from the west. 576 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, Possibly the weight of Mesozoic sediments to the west, after Cretaceous sedimentation, has contributed to squeeze underlying magmas away in an easterly direction. The diagrammatic plan and section (Figs. 6a and b) illustrate the structure of The Spire, which is typical of that of many of the other plugs. \^r/ Fig. 6. — Diagrammatic Plan and Section of Tonduron (The Spire). (e) Present Changes. — There are no indications of any oscilla- tions or earth-movements in the present period. The Warrum- bungle Mountains abound in poised rocks so delicately balanced that the least earth-tremor would cast them down. The well- known Bottle Rock, at Timor Rock, in itself shows that there has been no earth-tremor for thousands of years. BY H. I. JENSEN. 577 At present we have only the agency of erosion tending steadily by means of sand blast (wind) action, rainfall, etc., to reduce the mountains to the level of the western plains. (f) Remarks,— The peneplain which developed in early Tertiary or late Cretaceous times, before the commencement of volcanic activity, may have been shaped by arid agencies like those prevailing at present. However, evidence in favour of this supposition is weak, and only of a negative character, consisting in the fact that we find no marine or estuarine fossils of Cretaceo- Eocene age anywhere within a very large area, such as we would expect on submerged parts of a true peneplain. The slight partial dissection of this peneplain which preceded the phonolitic series of eruptions may, if the peneplain were of arid origin, have been due either to an uplift caused by intrusion of sills and laccolites, or by the development of an exterior drainage leading to a renewal of erosion. ' The most puzzling problem met with in the field was that of the relative age of the light-coloured and dark-coloured trachytes. The structure at Timor Rock, which I have already discussed, and that observed at Paddy's Rock in the Naman Ledges opposite Black Mountain, where we have a mass of grey arfvedsouite trachyte surrounded by a narrow rim of tilted sandstone around which there are undisturbed flows of dark trachyte, may be explained in two ways. The neck of arfvedsonite trachyte may be imagined to be a plug which has filled the vent through which the aegirine trachyte rose and flowed over the country; or it may be imagined to be an earlier mamelon or neck surrounded by later flows of more basic rock. I have, however, nowhere seen arfvedsonite trachyte or its tuffs overlying the more basic rock in a flow or sheet. It reaches higher elevations, but either over- lies sandstone or extends down to unknown depths. The more basic trachytes, however, have been noticed in numerous places capping the arfvedsonite trachytes in flows and sheets, as at Goat Mountain near Tannabar (Fig. 7), Mt. Caraghnan and Uargon Creek, etc. / have therefore come to the conclusion that the dark trachytes are the newest, and that many of the ridges of 578 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, this rock represent old valleys which were filled with it in the- volcanic period. The old ridges, consisting of softer sandstone^ have now become valleys. '. Phonolitic columnar trach . 2^0 1. Vesic jtihoMoliTic trac/jy^e /^.Trachyfte, Cuff llOO 5. ^eslc.arfyed trach 6. Trac\^. Breccia 25O0, Fig. 7. — Section across Uargon Creek from Black Mountain to Naman Ledges. The arfvedsonite trachytes have in most cases been necks injected into tuff cones. It is easy to understand that later erosion would find the soft tuff beds more subject to attack than the hard segirine trachytes around. Consequently many plugs (or mamelons of originally viscous rock) stand now in valleys, their inaccessible walls forming a striking feature. This view is borne out by the present structure of Tonduron (The Spire), which consists of a central plug of massive trachy- dolerite, and a number of high hills surrounding it, two of which (on the east and west respectively) attain mountain-like dimen- sions. These hills are remnants of the old crater- ring, and tuff and lava cone. The original mountain w^as built up of alternate layers of tuff and lava, with a plug of lava in the core. By the action of meteoric waters working along the soft tuff and breccia ]}Y H. I. JENSEN. 579 beds, the cone is being destroyed, all but the central plug. In -the same way have most of the steep-sided monoliths been formed. 5. Springs and Artesian Water. (a) Springs. — The fact that powerful springs with a perennial flow often occur on the summits of the highest mountains and very seldom in the valleys, has been the cause of much astonish- ment and speculation. I have heard the problem discussed by men of every occupation, from tramp to squatter, and from stockman to doctor. Near the summit of Mount Terra Terra, at an altitude of 3,500 feet, I saw a powerful spring, which, during the drought, gave a permanent flow of water, and was the saving of much stock. Near the summit of Tenandra Gap two great springs originate at an altitude of more than 2,500 feet, and feed the heads of Wombalong and Belar Creeks. Below Siding Spring Mountain, on the south side at an altitude of about 3,000 feet, is the large and permanent Siding Spring; and on the northern side of the same mountain, at the same altitude, is another great spring, the Boonoo Spring I believe they call it. Then we have Wheoh Springs, Yarragrin Springs, Bulleamble Springs, and many others in the Warrumbungles. Springs at the bases of mountains may be due to meteoric waters which have accumulated in wet seasons, and which escape gradually. Such springs would, however, not be permanent. They would weaken appreciably in a prolonged drought, and would show an inoeased flow in wet seasons. The Warrum- bungle Springs, according to information received from numerous local station-owners and stockmen, show an increased flow in drought times, and a diminished one in wet seasons; but they never disappear entirely except to reappear close by. The waters are, therefore, of deep-seated origin. The causes advanced in text-books to account for springs are (1) steam-pressure, (2) gas-pressure, (3) hydrostatic pressure, (4) pressure of overlying rocks. 580 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, (1) The springs show no evidence of being caused by steam- pressure, for none of them are warm; and volcanic activity has long been extinct in the region. (2) Gas-pressure can hardly account for them in a primary way. (3) Hydrostatic pressure cannot explain the phenomenon, for we get permanent springs on very high summits. They cannot be connected with tlie artesian system, inasmuch as they are above the artesian intake beds. (4) Pressure of overlying rocks is a plausible explanation in some cases where the springs issue from sandstone beds under- lying an igneous mass; biit the increased flow in drought time^ and the occurrence of springs on volcanic summits are facts which cannot be thus explained. It seems to me that several of the above causes are in opera- tion, but they are not the primary cause. The primary cause of these remarkable elevated springs is rock-decay. It is a well- known fact that most rocks contain, included in them, several times their own volume of gas, chiefly carbon dioxide and hydrogen, occluded in minute, ultramicroscopic cavities. In the same way they contain water. Decomposition liberates these substances; and in this way the gas-pressure necessary to force up deep-seated waters is produced. In rock-formations like those of the Warrumbungles, rock- decay is particularly likely to produce great gas-pressure, inas- much as the elements calcium, magnesium, and iron are not present in large quantities for the liberated carbonic acid to combine with. The most abundant rocks of the region are rather acid trachytes, highly alkaline and very low in lime, and highly siliceous sandstones and conglomerates. The latter are derived from older granitic rocks, and the quartz-veins are therefore, in all probability, studded with gas-pores. Most of the gas produced in disintegration of the rock must therefore escape. In a prolonged drought joint-cracks widen, giving increased facilities for the atmospheric air to penetrate into the rocks. BY H. I. JENSEN. 581 This accelerates decomposition, hence increases gas-pressure, and produces a strong flow from deep-seated sources. This flow is the more powerful from the fact that the widening of joint- cracks and fissures has lessened resistance. In 1902, springs were particularly active in this region. Personally I am inclined to believe that even the cause suggested above is inadequate to explain this, and that there was, as well, a great cosmic cause at Avork, the same which produced the violent volcanic activity in other parts of the world. Perhaps some such cause was, during the drought, causing slight folding; and hence increased rock-pressure in these parts. It is interesting to note that in 1902, when the Namoi had become a series of waterholes, powerful springs broke out in the bed of the river in several places, causing it to flow for miles. In the same year remarkable cracks, big enough to swallow a cart, opened near Trangie, not far from Dubbo, quite suddenly, without any shocks of earthquake being felt, and gradually closed up again. These were in the Black Soil Plains, and may there- fore have been due to desiccation; but I am informed that the occurrence was sudden. May it not have been caused by an earth-movement not of suflicient violence to produce appreciable shocks at a distance, and not felt locally on account of the thick blanket of loose soils on the plains (cp. the cracks formed in the Cachar Earthquake; see Suess, ' La Face de la Terre,' Ch. i.)? (b) Artesian Water. — The following facts have been elicited by conversation with local inhabitants and by personal observation: (1) Most of the Warrumbungle streams flow perennially in the mountains, but cease to flow on reaching the plains. (2) They are supplied by springs at an altitude of from 2,500 to 3,000 feet or more. (3) They cease to flow at an altitude of about 1,000 to 1,500 west and north of the Warrum bungles. (4) Many continue to flow at a depth in the sand in their beds, or in billabongs filled with sand, for some distance, but more 582 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, disappear altogether. In the Pilliga Scrub it is generally useless to sink for water in or near a creek bed. (5) Many of the wells and bores sunk in the district, at alti- tudes of between 1,000 and 1,500 feet, strike water which rises to a constant level, and gives a good pumping supply but does not overflow. This is the case at the Goorianaw^a bore and at many wells near Bugaldi. The lower the altitude at which the well is sunk, the deeper one has to dig for water, and the higher it rises in the well. These wells which maintain a constant level are evidently sunk in artesian or subartesian strata near the intake. At still lower altitudes artesian water has been obtained by sinking deeper, and it overflows at the surface, as at the Kalga Bore and Tenandra Bore. (6) In places on Bugaldi Creek a trickle of water has been obtained a few feet down. On sinking deeper, into soft sand- stones, all the water has been absorbed, and no new supply has been obtained. From 'these considerations we may deduce the following conclusions : — (1) The Warrumbungle streams are supplied by mountain springs. (2) The Artesian Intake Beds of the Triassic system outcrop at a level of from 1,500 to 1,000 feet to the north-west and west of the Warrumbungles. Hence streams disappear at this le^'el, a feature which is partly brought about by the aridity of the plains. (3) Bores in the intake beds give a permanent pumping supply but no overflow. (4) A well in Triassic Sandstone may give a permanent pump- ing supply if cut through a pervious stratum into an underlying impervious one. On deepening it, one may cut into a second and lower pervious layer, and the well will dr}^ up again. (5) East, north-east, and south-east of the Warrumbungles, the formations are Permo-Carboniferous and Lower Trias, therefore BY H. I. JENSEN. 583 non-artesian. North-west, west and south-west the formations are mainly artesian, Upper Triassic, strata."*^ For statistics concerning the output of the artesian Ijores near the Warrumbungle area, see Allan's paper, f 6. DiATOMACEOUS EaRTIIS AND OTHER MINERALS OF COMMERCIAL Value. (a) Diatomaceous Earths. — There are numerous deposits of this mineral in the Warrumbungles. Professor David described one occurrence at Wandiallabah Creek. | Here the earths are associated with trachytic (sanidine) tuffs. Similar deposits in association with tuffs containing Cinna- mornum Leichhardtii, Endiandra ^9r<:<^^j?t6e«s § and other leaf- remains occur at Gowang not more than half a mile from the station house at Keewong (or Gowang) Creek, and also on smaller tributaries of this creek and of Bianaway Creek. These last- named deposits are, however, thin and valueless. A very thick deposit of good diatomaceous earth occurs on Chalk Mountain near Bugaldi. Its thickness is six feet or more, and it is interbedded with basic tuffs below which there is a sheet of phonolitic trachyte and above a sheet of vesicular basalt. * I am pleased to find that Mr. Pittman has also arrived at the conclusion that the trachytes in the west of the Warrumbungles overlie the Triassic intake beds of the artesian system. Mr. Pittman classes these rocks as Hawkesbury (Records Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, Vol. viii. p. 187). In my Preliminary Note I called them Trias- Jura simply on account of lithological resemblance to the Trias-Jura rocks of South Queensland. I do not think any very definite evidence of age has so far been obtained, except that they cap the Pernio- Carboniferous unconformably, and are of fairly late Triassic age. They also seem to me to merge into the Cretaceous to the north-west of the Warrumbungles without any unconformity, but this point is doubtful. The section of Tooraweanah Mountain in Mr. Pittman's paper is typical of sections met with in numerous places along Uargon Creek, Wandiallabah Creek, and at Gowang. t Allan, P., '"The Drought Antidote for the North-West, N. S! Wales," Proc. Sydney University Engineering Society, Vol. xi., 10th October, 1906. % These Proceedings, 1896, p 264. § Deane, 11. , Records Geol. Snrv. N. S. Wales, Vol. viii. p. 191. 584 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, This deposit occurs about 650 feet up the mountain side at an elevation of about 2,000 feet above sea-level; it apparently extends under the entire basaltic summit of the mountain^ outcropping on all sides. °9. HwK iatlel •"4 "/^.^^ •rown, purple, and even dark green. It is commonly surrounded by a rim of blue amphiV>ole. It is proVmbly one of the highly titani- ferous amphiboles of the cossyrite family. Frequently it occurs in optically continuous aggregates enclosing felspar in a poikilitic manner. It also seems to have affinities with katophorite. A minute quantity of interstitial segirine is present; sometimes it is gathered round arfvedsonite crystals. 4. Order of consolidation : felspar commenced to crystallise before the other minerals. The ferriferous minerals crystallised simultaneously with the last of the felspar. 5. Name : Trachytic Soda-Trachyte. Magmatic name, Nord- makose (see Analysis W.38). Note. — The brown pleochroic amphibole mentioned above occurs in many of the rocks of this area and the Nandewar Mountains. Occasionally it is seen to shade off into clear reddish-brown non-pleochroic ferrite, a substance which in many rocks replaces it. At first I was under the impression that the rocks containing ferrite and haematite were altered by weather- ing, but a closer examination, aided by the chemical analyses, has convinced me that the alteration is in most cases due to mineralising vapours, and took place in the period of volcanic extravasation and of the cooling of the magma. Not only do we find all gradations from arfvedsonite to ferrite (including the brown pleochroic amphiboles; in the same rocks, but the felspars are quite fresh in many rocks in which ferrite is the predominant coloured constituent, and decomposition-products are rare and 594 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, the analyses do not show any notable excess of carbon dioxide or combined water above what we find in the arfvedsonite rocks (compare N.59a, an arfvedsonite rock, and N.55, a ferrite rock). The two kinds of trachyte frequently occur close together with a sharp line of demarcation between them but exposed to exactly the same weather-agencies and equally resisting to the blows of a hammer. From these facts I conclude that vapours containing HF and HCl have wholly or partly decomposed the arfvedsonite molecule subsequent to its formation, at the same time oxidising the FeO in it toFeoO^, and removing the TiO.^, NaoO and ZrOo, redepositing them elsewhere in the rock as rutile and zircon; and a later cj'-cle of activities restored in part these constituents, forming a rim of arfvedsonite, or perhaps more frequently the the ingress of vapours took place before the complete consolida- tion of the magma, and, as soon as they re-escaped, crystallisation proceeded in the normal way. In a similar way the frequent occurrence of an envelope of Eegirine round soda-hornblende, or of soda-hornblende round aegirine, may be explained. The former is probably due to the exhaustion of the mineralising vapours present in the first period of consolidation, the latter to the introduction of mineralisers after crj'stallisation had commenced and gone on for some time without their aid. W.16. Loc: base of Timor Rock. 1. Handspecimen grey in colour with bluish-black specks, giving the whole rock a bluish-grey colour. 2. Texture : like "W.SS, but hypocrystalline, containing a yellowish interstitial glass which gelatinises with acid and stains with malachite green. It may contain cryptocrystalline nepheline. 3. Composition : felspar similar to that in W.38 is the chief constituent. Brown amphibole and ferrite are almost wholly wanting. The blue amphibole occurs in moss-like aggregates, ^girine is almost absent. A little limonite occurs as a decom- position-product. Round some of the felspar phenocrysts there is an isotropic white mineral w^iich may be slightly decomposed nepheline. BY H. I. JENSEN. 595 4. The normal order of consolidation for these rocks was followed. 5. Name : Trachytic Soda-Trachyte. Magmatic name, Phle- grose {cp. Tables i. and ii.), W.17. Loc: Timor Rock near base. (Plate xxx., figs. 1 and 2). 1. Handspecimen a bluish-grey even-grained rock like the preceding. 2. Texture hypocrystalline and even-grained, with trachytic fabric. 3. Composition : felspar forms about 90% of the rock; it occurs in laths, most of which exhibit Carlsbad twinning, crosscracks, and other common characteristics of sanidine; but the refractive index is almost identical with that of canada balsam, so that the mineral is probably anorthoclase. There is also present a little oligoclase in laths showing albite twinning and straight extinc- tion. Albite also occurs. The blue-green soda-amphibole is next in importance. It occurs scattered throughout the rock in minute stunted rods and elongated grains. The pleochroism colours are deep blue, greenish-blue, and greenish-yellow. Abundant inclusions of varying shapes and sizes occur. They appear to be chert fragments brought up from a depth by the lava. The soda-amphibole has aggregated round these fragments. A little interstitial quartz occurs. It was the last mineral to crystallise out. A little yellow interstitial glass is also present. 4. Order of consolidation normal. 5. Name : Trachytic Soda-Trachyte. Magmatic name, Phle- grose (see Analysis W.16). W.114. Loc: Paddy's Rock, Naman Range. 1. Handspecimen greenish-grey, mottled; like some of the Glass House Mountain comendites in appearance. 2. Texture : holocrystalline, even-grained, with trachytic fabric. 3. Constituents : lath-shaped anorthoclase felspars, moss-like .aggregates of minute prismatic crystals of soda hornblende, inter- stitial segirine, and a little interstitial isotropic material, probably a felspathoid. 4. Name : Trach3^tic Soda-Trachyte. 596 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, W.109. Loc: Gibb's Gap, near Naman. (Plate xxx., fig.4). 1. Handspecimen shining, silky, dark greenish-grey and vesicular.. 2. Microscopic texture : holocrystalline, microcrystalline, and even-grained base, with trachytic fabric and flow-s'tructure, and with occasional sanidine phenocrysts. 3. Composition : the essential constituent is felspar (soda- sanidine) of prismatic habit, sometimes tabular, ^girine-augite and blue soda-hornblende (arfvedsonite) are present in about equal proportions. The former occurs in grains interstitially; the latter in ragged grains exhibiting the characteristic pleochroism in blue, green and yellowish-green colours. A few dark opaque grains of what is probably a titanium mineral {e.g., pseudo- brookite 1) are also present. 4. Name : Vesicular Soda-Trachyte. The rocks so far described, W.215, W.45, W.50, W.39, W.16,, W.17, VV.114, and W.109, exhibit close petrological and miner- alogical affinity, though coming from different parts of the War- rumbungle area. They all come from plugs outstanding like monoliths, with precipitous walls; and such structures are almost universally composed of this rock-type. W.222. Loc: Bingy Grumble Mountain, summit. (Plat& xxxi., figs. 7-8). 1. Handspecimen dark grey, with white specks, and with a greasy lustre. 2. Texture holocrystalline, fine and uneven-grained, with trachytic fabric. 3. Composition : the main constituents are albite, pseudoleucite, nosean, and analcite; with segirine, arfvedsonite, and, in smaller amount, a highly pleochroic, brownish-black amphibole in notable quantity and also in minute amount, nepheline, and augite- acmite, the last of which is colourless and has a double refraction of 0040. The bulk of the felspar exhibits lath-shaped sections. Only Carlsbad twinning is common. Albite twinning is occa- sionally seen. The felspar is of two generations, there being lath-shaped phenocrysts of albite, and minute needles of a felspar BY H. I. JENSEN. 597 which has the habit of sanidine but is probably anorthoclase. The aegiriiie is highly pleochroic in colours ranging from grass- green to bluish-green. It has straight extinction, and compen- sates in the direction of the length of the needles. It occurs in bundles of acicular crystals, and commenced to crystallise early, being sometimes enclosed in felspar phenocrysts; and finished late, sometimes being seen enveloping arfvedsonite [cj). Note on p.594). The arfvedsonite occurs in characteristic moss-shaped aggregates which crystallised simultaneously with the felspar of the base. The pseudoleucite and nosean occur in the form of idiomorphic phenocrysts giving square, hexagonal, and polygonal sections, but rarely showing cleavage. Some of the crystals are clear, but most are dusty from an abundance of inclusions, in addition there are irregular patches of an isotropic mineral which is sometimes clear and sometimes yellowish from zeolitic decom- position-products. This mineral is frequently seen in the intervals between needles of felspar arranged in radiating, pseudospherulitic manner. Probably it is analcite. The decom- position-products are kaolin, zeolites, and ferrite. 4. Order of consolidation : i. Phenocrysts of Albite ii. ^girine iii, Nosean iv. Anorthoclase v. Arfvedsonite vi. Katophorite (1) vii. Augite Acmite viii. Analcite (?) 5. Name : Trachytic Nosean-Analcite-Phonolite. Magmatic name, Nordmarkose (see Analysis W.222). 6. Chemical Notes : all the patches referred to the felspathoid group of minerals gelatinise with acids and take stains strongly. W.220. Loc: Mount Bingy Grumble. 1. Handspecimen dark brownish with greasy lustre; porphyritie in phaneric phenocrysts. 598 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, 2. Texture : hyalopilitic fabric; uneven in grain. 3. Composition : the constituents are acicular felspars (albite and anorthoclase), ragged grains of arfvedsonite, and an isotropic base which does not gelatinise and stain. A little magnetite is present, and also decomposition-products such as kaolin, zeolites and brown iron ores. 4. Name : Hyalopilitic Trachyte. W.UO. Loc: Berum Buckle. (Plate xxxi., figs. 9-10). 1. Handspecimen : a dark grey mottled rock, with large phaneric phenocrysts of tabular felspar. 2. Texture : holocrystalline, with porphyritic phenocrysts in a very fine, even-grained trachytic base. 3. Composition : the felspar is of two generations, consisting of phenocrysts of sanidine (or anorthoclase?) and the anorthoclase of the base in minute needles. The usual aggregates of blue hornblende abound, as well as the same mineral in stunted rod- shaped grains. Almost isotropic phenocrysts of regular six-sided, octangular, and four-sided outlines, and of a yellowish colour are present in abundance. They show an anomalous double refraction in the centre, which is partly due to an abundance of inclusions. These phenocrysts consist of altered leucite (pseudo- leucite) and nosean. The inclusions in them are, in part at least, felspar. The felspar phenocrysts also contain throughout inclu- sions of isotropic material, apparently leucite, and of cancrinite, whilst in the outer zone arfvedsonite is occasionally included. The soda-amphibole also tends to crowd round the isotropic- phenocrysts. ^girine-augite occurs interstitiall}^ Accessories are zircon, rutile, etc., as inclusions. 4. Order of consolidation : 1. Zircon, Rutile, Apatite 2. Leucite (now pseudoleucite) , 3. Sanidine phenocrysts . 4. Nosean 5. Blue Amphibole 1 ■ 6. JEgirine 7. Anorthoclase base ■ BY II. I. JENSEN. 599 5. Name: Trachytic Noseau-Arfvedsonite-Leucitophyre. Mag- matic name, Phlegrose. 6. Chemical Note : this rock gelatinises strongly with acid and takes stains. The absence of chlorine shows that sodalite is not present, and the low percentage of SO3 shows that the almost isotropic material which is a very abundant constituent (more than 10% of the bulk) cannot be wholly nosean. The low CO 2 and HoO percentages of the rock, as well as the regular outlines of the isotropic mineral, show that tliis cannot be a zeolite (amyg- daloidal fillings). The investigation therefore indicates that it it must be pseudoleucite. W.14L Loc: Tenandra Gap between Caraghnan and Mount Berum Buckle. 1. Handspecimen like W.140. 2. Texture like W.140. 3. Composition : the constituents are the same as in W.140, with these differences : — the felspathoid minerals are less abun- dant, segirine-augite is more abundant, exceeding soda-hornblende in amount; and the latter mineral is a brownish variety allied rather to barkevicite and cossyrite (?) than to arfvedsonite, and is scattered about in minute grains and rods. The isotropic minerals gelatinise with acids and take stains. 4. Name : Trachytic Nosean Soda-amphibole Leucitophyre. W.138. Loc: A. ridge N.E. of Mount Berum Buckle. 1. Handspecimen a mottled, uneven-grained yet fine-grained greenish-grey rock. 2. Texture : fabric trachytic, holocrystalline, porphyritic in felspathoid. 3. Composition : the felspar consists essentially of anorthoclase in laths, ^girine, arfvedsonite and brownish soda-amphibole are represented. A few cubes of magnetite are present. 4. Name : Trachytic Nosean-Pseudoleucite Trachyte. Note: the last four rocks here described, viz., W.222, W.140, W.141 and W.138, are closely allied, and belong to the group of the phonolites. In the Warrumbungles this rock-type (typified 600 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARKUMBUNGLE xMOUNTAINS, in W.140) forms a connecting link between the light arfvedsonite trachytes like W.116, and the dark fegirine-tracliytes (and phono- litic trachy-andesites) like W.l, W.22, etc. En both physical appearance and volcanic succession they are intermediate between these two groups. W.l 24. Loc: Needle Mountain. 1. Handspecimen of a greenish colour and shining lustre. It is porphyritic in shining tabular felspars. 2. Texture holocrystalline, uneven-grained, with phaneric felspar phenocrysts, and trachytic fabric of the base. 3. Composition : the constituents, in order of decreasing abun- dance, are felspar, legirine-augite, ferrite, magnetite, and blue amphibole. Only felspar and aegirine-augite are represented in notable amount. The felspar phenocrysts are tabular, and show Carlsbad twinning; from their cleavage angle, low refractive index (less than canada balsam), and extinction angles they are seen to be composed of albite. They include fegirine grains. The felspar needles composing the base are probably also albite, but may be partly sanidine or anorthoclase. The tegirine-augite occurs in idiomorphic twinned phenocrysts (twinning plane parallel to a (100), with moderate pleochroism). The extinction angles on the cleavage in sections showing but one cleavage are moderately high. It is therefore true tegirine-augite, and occurs abundantly in minute idiomorphic grains. Magnetite and soda- amphibole occur only in very minute proportions. 4. Order of consolidation : 1. Magnetite 2. ^girine 3. Albite (phenocrysts) 4. Felspar of base 5. Name : Trachytic ^girine Soda-Trachyte. Note : this rock is interesting as showing that an absence of mineralising vapours in the soda-trachyte magma leads to the crystallising out of the ferric constituents as magnetite, segirine and ferrite (from the excess of Fe^Og), and these minerals under ^uch conditions commence to form before the felspar. BY H. I. JENSKN. 601 W.113. Loc: Tooraweanali Mountains, sumnnit. 1. Handspecimen dark greenish-grey in colour, almost aphanitic. 2. Texture holocrystalline, even- and fine-grained witli pilotax- itic fabric. 3. Constituents (in order of decreasing abundance): felspar occurs in lath-shaped sections, and appears to Ijelong to the species anorthoclase. The aigirine-augite is a somewhat strongly pleochroic variety changing from light leek-green to dark green and greenish-yellow. It occurs in needles and prismatic grains with frayed ends. Biotite in irregular fragments is present in the same proportion as segirine-augite. As accessories we find magnetite and ferriferous decomposition-products. 4. Name : Pilotaxitic Biotite ^girine-Trachyte. 5. Note : biotite occurs in varying, usually very minute pro- portions, in most of the dark-coloured trachytes in which the main femic constituent is segirine-augite. These trachytes are closely related to and graduate into andesites. W. 117. Loc: Naman Ledges opposite Black Mountain on LTargon Creek. 1. Handspecimen dark greenish in colour, with even fracture, silky lustre, and aphanitic grain-size. 2. Texture as in W.113. 3. In composition it differs from W.113 in that biotite is exceedingly rare; and it contains a few irregular masses of dolomite, wliich probably represent infilled vesicles. Name : Pilotaxitic ^girine Trachy-Andesite. VV.9. Loc: Timor Ledges, Warrumbungle Ptange, one mile north of Timor Hock. (Plate xxx., fig. 5). 1. A dark aphanitic, silky rock, with even fracture. 2. In texture like W.117. 3. Composition as in W.117, but there is no dolomite, and a little chlorite is present. The chlorite probably represents altered a;girite or glass, and occuis in almost isotropic patches with a fibrous structure. 602 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, 4. Name : Pilotaxitic ^girine Trachy-Andesite. Magmatic name, Monzonose (see Analysis "W. 1). Note : this specimen is the same as W.l, which was analysed. The analysis of W.l represents the composition of most of the great flows of trach3^-andesite lava and phonolitic trachyte which followed the outbursts of true trachyte and phonolite. In these flows the iron, lime, and magnesia are higher, and the silica lower than in the trachytes. However, their high percentages of alkali and AlgOg show their definite relationship to the other rocks. The trachy-andesites were tested for felspathoids with acid and staining reagents. Rocks of similar appearance from different parts of the Warrumbungles were sectioned and tested. Most resisted the reagents, but a few stained slightly in the ground-mass, and sometimes small nephiiinitoid crystals took the stain. It appears therefore that most of these rocks are free from felspathoid mineral, but some contain a little interstitial nepheline. On account of their close resemblance to one another in physical, mineralogical and chemical characters and their close field-relationship, I have classed these rocks together as trachy- andesites and phonolitic trachytes. W.l 27. Loc: ridge between Berum Buckle and Belar Creek, about one mile N.E. of Berum Buckle. 1. Handspecimen not unlike Gib Syenite. It abounds in vesicles (miarolitic structure). 2. Texture holocrystalline, uneven-grained, porphyritic with trachytic fabric in the groundmass. 3. Composition : the essential constituent is orthoclase of pris- matic and acicular habit (giving lath-shaped sections). The other minerals present are phenocrysts of magnetite, needles of segirine, irregular grains of soda-amphibole and ferrite with iron- bearing decomposition-products. 4. Name : Porphyritic Soda-Trachyte. W.l 35. Loc: same as W.l 27. This rock is similar in every respect to the preceding. BY H. I. JENSEN. 603 W.121. Loc: Mount Caraghnan, summit. 1. Handspecimen of a dark colour. 2. Texture holocrystalline, fine- and even-grained, with pilo- taxitic fabric approaching panidiomorphic-granular. 3. Composition : it consists of felspar laths, and aigirine-augite in needles and stunted prisms. 4. Name : -^girine Trachyte. W.132. Loc: Damnation Gully, below and north of Mount Caraghnan. 1. Handspecimen of a brick-red colour; grain-size uneven; fracture rough; lustre silky. 2. Texture as in W.127 and W.135. 3. Composition : the same minerals occur as in W.127 and and W.135, with which rocks it has close affinities. It is porphy- ritic in tabular and lath-shaped felspars and in magnetite. The felspar phenocrysts are albite. The other minerals represented are bluish-green highly pleochroic soda-hornblende (arfvedsonite?), haematite, the felspar of the base and ferric decomposition- products. 4. The haematite is an original constituent and crystallised immediately after the magnetite. 5. Name : Porphyritic Magnetite Soda-Trachyte. W.125 from Damnation Gully is similar to W.132 except in that most of the phenocrysts are composed of anorthoclase showing Carlsbad twinning. W.142. Loc: south slope of Mount Caraghnan. 1. Handspecimen reddish when weathered, greenish-grey when fresh; lusture silky, fracture rough. 2. Texture : holocrj^stalline, porphyritic hence uneven-grained, with a fine-grained base composed essentially of felspar laths. 3. Composition : the felspar phenocrysts appear to be partly anorthoclase, partly albite. The felspar of the ground-mass is sanidine or anorthoclase. Biotite occurs abundantly in frag- C04 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WAliRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, mentary flakes and is evidently foreign to the magma, having been snatched up in the upward passage of the lava from the strata penetrated. A little arfvedsonite, some grains of segirine, and a few grains of magnetite are also present. 4. Name : Porphyritic Albite-Biotite Soda-Trachyte. W.22. Loc: Nandi Mountain, Coonabarabran. (Plate xxx., fig.6). 1. Handspecimen dark in colour, porphyritic and rather more coarse-grained than those previously described. 2. Texture : holocrystalline, fairly even-grained but for the phenocrysts : grain-size averaging less than 1 mm., hence fine ; fabric panidiomorphic-granular. 3. Composition : the essential constituent is felspar of prismatic habit, giving square, rectangular, and lath-shaped sections. Twinning is on the Carlsbad law. The crystals are zoned, the interior portion being full of dark inclusions of magnetite and chlorite, the outer portions being usually clear. The felspar has usually slight extinction, but occasionally it extinguishes at low angles up to 10°. The refractive index is lower than that of Canada balsam. It appears to be essentially orthoclase and anor- thoclase. The mineral next in order of decreasing abundance is olivine, which occurs in partially resorbed phenocrysts showing incipient decomposition to serpentine. ^girine-augite occurs both included in felspar and interstitially. It has the acicular habit. Magnetite occurs, primary in idiomorphic cubes as inclu- sions in felspar, and also interstitially in the ground-mass. Secondary magnetite in mossy aggregates ia also present. Serpentine and chlorite occur sparingly as decomposition- products. 4. Order of consolidation : the felspar is of two generations, the portion abounding in inclusions having probably formed in a deep-seated magmatic reservoir. Crystallisation commenced with the olivine which is devoid of inclusions. IJY H. I. JENSEN. G05 We therefore have the following order Olivine Magnetite Felspar, 1st gen. ^girine Felspar, 2nd gen. 5. Name : Panidiomorphic Oiivine-Trachy-Andesite {Kerato- phyre of Rosenbusch). Note : another slide of the same specimen showed, in addition to the minerals already mentioned, an interesting brown mineral highly pleochroic in colours from deep reddish brown to yellowish- brown. It shows no trace of cleavage, but is highly corroded and full of magnetite inclusions, some of which are undoubtedly primary and most probably secondary. Fragments of it also occur adhering to the mossy magnetite aggregates. Both are probably secondary. The shape of the crystals of this brown mineral suggests hornblende or hypersthene, and the inclusions are arranged as in hypersthene. The mineral is probably pseudobrookite secondary after titaniferous rhombic pyroxene or hornblende. Chemical Analysis : Specimen W.22 is in physical appearance very like W.l (trachy-andesite), and in chemical composition these rocks are also very close. The Nandi rock is, however, richer in ferric oxide and titanic acid. The excess of the latter has combined with FeoO.^, and probably NagO and SiOo, to give a femic mineral subsequently altered to pseudobrookite (?), leaving an excess of FeO free to combine with MgO to form olivine. Magmatic name of W.22, Monzonose {cp. Tables i. and ii.). W.32. Loc: The Forked Mountain, near Coonabarabran. This rock resembles W.22 both macroscopically and micro- scopically. However, it contains some beautiful aegirine-augite phenocrysts and fine plates of red micaceous haematite which is an original mineral. Acicular crystals of apatite are present. Name : Hypidiomorphic-granular Olivine Haematite Trachy- Andesite or Keratophyre (Rosenbusch). 606 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARKUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, W.30. Log.: The Forked Mountain. In this rock the £egirine-augite phenocrysts are still more plentiful, and haematite less so than in W.32. Name : ^girine-Olivine Trachy-Andesite. The Nandi, Forked Mountain, and other rocks from the buttes around Coonabarabran must be ranked as trachyandesites on account of their peculiar mineralogical composition. They are intermediate between the trachyandesites (and phonolitic trachytes) of Timor Ledges, Naman Ledges, etc., and the sodalite or analcite basalts of Tonduron (The Spire) and Wombalong (Mount Exmouth). They are apparently the volcanic equiva- lents of an essexite magma. Variations in the relative propor- tions of gegirine, haematite, olivine, and pseudobrookite (?) seem to have been controlled essentially by variations in the titanium percentage in different portions {cj?. Analyses W.l, W. 2 2; and petrological descriptions W.l 17, W.9, W.22, W.32, W.30). Minerals of Trachyaridesites, Trachydolerites and Sodalite Basalts. The minerals contained in common by these rocks are : — (a) Plagioclase Felspar. This mineral occurs in phenocrysts which show Carlsbad, Albite, and Pericline twinning. Its extinction angle in symmetrical sections varies from 10° to 25°. Presumably the varieties albite, oligoclase, andesite, and labra- dorite are all present. In the ground-mass the felspar has the form of needles, and fine laths whose refractive index is lower than that of Canada balsam and whose extinction angles are very low. It is probably albite or anorthoclase. (b) Orthoclase Felspar occurs both as fragmentary phenocrysts and as fine laths (sanidine) in the base. It is probably soda- bearing, and often graduates into albite or anorthoclase. (c) The olivine is a clear colourless variety which occurs as highly corroded phenocrysts with serpentinous cracks. It is the chief mineral found included in the felspar phenocrysts. (d) Several varieties of augite occur. The chief is a light brownish or copper-coloured, titaniferous, slightly pleochroic diallage. This kind is of two generations, the first occasionally BY H. I. JENSEN. 607 forming phenocrysts which may include olivine. The phenocrysts are quite allotriomorphic, and often bound together in such a way as to indicate that the rock is derived from the refusion of a coarsely crystalline gabbro or theralite. The second generation occurs in minute idiomorphic grains in the base, and sometimes ophitically intergrown with felspar. Darker brown titaniferous augite and greenish varieties allied to segirine occur in some of the rocks. ' (e) Apatite is a common constituent in minute quantities, and occurs in the form of long needles often included in the felspar and augite phenocrysts. (f ) Magnetite in idiomorphic cubes and ilmenite in hexagonal plates are both very common. (g) Sodalite or analcite with very low refractive index and completely isotropic is a common constituent. It occurs in perfectly clear but very irregular patches in the interstices between the other minerals. It stains strongly. As inclusions, in the alWite phenocrysts particularly, we find olivine, apatite, magnetite, augite, segirite, and occasionally biotite. An interesting point is that in these rocks the felspar pheno- crysts are always corroded less than those of augite and olivine. It appears therefore that the basic nature of these rocks is due to the remelting and absorption of a gabbro, theralite or essexite by an acid alkaline magma. An acid magma would exercise greater corrosive chemical) influence on the basic minerals of the absorbed rock than on the acid ones. The felspars would only be slightly corroded, and would rather tend to grow as the magma cooled. We should therefore expect, and actually do find, zoning common in the felspars of these basic rocks. W.67. Loc: Tonduron (The Spire), head of Spire Creek. (Plate xxxi., figs. 5-6). 1. Handspecimen a dark bluish-black rock with splintery fracture and oily lustre. 47 608 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, 2. Texture : liolocrvstalline, very uneven-grained, porphyritic with large phaneric phenocrj'sts, and with pilotaxitic base. 3. Composition : the plagioclase consists of phenocrysts of acid labradorite idiomorphic in outline and idiomorphic albite pheno- crysts with corroded edges and numerous inclusions. Amongst the inclusions the most abundant are of augite, magnetite and olivine, but muscovite and quartz fragments also occur. The latter are evidently of extraneous origin. The second generation of felspar consists of prismatic needles of clear albite and an- orthoclase. Many of the phenocrysts show Schiller structure, and zoning is very frequent, the outer portions of a crystal being the more acid. The augite is of two generations, the first being diallagic. The olivine is also of two generations. The most abundant iron ore is magnetite, which occurs chiefly in the base. Apatite is also present. A mineral of the sodalite group occurs interstitially. Less important are the following : — orthoclase phenocrysts in rare fragments; quartz fragments included in the felspar phenoTysts; talc included in labradorite, especially in the crystals showing Schiller structure, and rare flakes of muscovite Avhich may be either primary inclusions or secondary developed by alteration. All these minerals are xenocrysts. 4. Order of consolidation : 1. Olivine 2. Felspar phenocrysts 3. Diallage , 4. Apatite ■ 5. Magnetite 6. Augite (2nd generation) 7. Albite (2nd gen. felspar) 8. Isotropic sodalite or analcite (interstitial) Remarks : the augite of the first generation is a titaniferous (reddish) diallage, whereas that of the second generation is a light green or colourless diopside. Round the corroded felspar pheno- crysts of the first generation there is frequently a deposit of laths of acid felspar arranged parallel to the original crystal. This deposit frequently encloses magnetite grains. BY H. I. JENSEN. 609 As shown in Plate xxxi., tig.5, this rock contains aggregates of coarse crystals of olivine, felspar, and pyroxene, not unlike inclusions of partly resorbed olivine gabbro. From this char- acteristic, considered in conjunction with the occurrence of the felspar of talc and muscovite (sericite ?) and of Schiller structure, and with the presence of diallagic augite and an alkaline base, the rock appears to have been formed by the crushing and partial refusion of an olivine gabbro, and the blending of the mass thus formed with an alkaline magma. 5. Name : Pilotaxitic Orthoclase (and Sodalite 1) Basalt, allied to Trachydolerite. Magmaticname, Akerose (see Tables i. &u.}. W.201. Loc: Mt. Exmouth, summit. 1. Handspecimen a dark bluish-black porphyritic rock with greasy lustre and splintery fracture. 2. Texture : almost holocrystalline, with very variable grain-size* The base is very tine-grained (microcrystalline) and has a hyalo- pilitic fabric in places, trachytic in others. 3. Constituents (in order of decreasing amount): felspar occurs in idiomorphic, only slightly corroded phenocrysts of medium labradorite, and in tine microscopic needles varying from albite to labradorite. Olivine in corroded phenocrysts. Augite rarely as very corroded, rounded phenocrysts, but abundant in minute grains throuj^hout the base; it is a titaniferous variety. Magnet- ite in idiomoiphic grains. A little glass is also present, as well as accessories comprising serpentine (decomposition-product), apatite and sodalite (or allied isotro[)ic mineral). 4. Name : Porphyritic Hyalopilitic Olivine Basalt. W.85. Loc: Uargon Tableland, south of Black Mountain. (Plate xxxii., fig.l). 1. Handspecimen like the preceding. 2. Texture like W.67 with pilotaxitic-ophitic fabric. 3. Composition: the phenocrysts comprise felspar varying from acid labradorite to andesine; corroded olivine; augite so inter- 610 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, penetrated with felspar as to appear broken up into grains yet optically continuous over small areas. The base is microcrys- talline and consists of titaniferons augite in prismatic grains; acid plagioclase (oligoclase and albite); an isotropic mineral with very low refractive index occurring in irregular patches, probably sodalite; and idiomorphic magnetite grains. The felspar pheno- crysts contain inclusions of an isotropic colourless mineral (analcite from decomi)Osition). Name : Porphyritic Ophitic Olivine-Sodalite Basalt. W.207. Loc: summit of Terra-Terra. 1. Handspecimen somewhat decomposed, highly porphyritic in plagioclase (albite). 2. Texture : the base is very tine, microcrystalline, with hyalo- pilitic fabric. 3. Constituents (in order of decreasing amount): (a) felspar, (b) magnetite, (c) ferrite and haematite, (d) sodalite (or analcite), (f) glass, (g) nepheline. The felspar is essentially albite, and occurs in the base in minute laths. The red iron ore is derived from the decomposition of magnetite, though some of the haema- tite may be original. Olivine and augite are absent. The com- position being essentially made up of albite and magnetite, this rock is necessarily very alkaline. I have examined specimens of a rock of the same composition collected by my brother, Mr. Thor Jensen, L.S., at Coorombin Creek, Q., near the McPherson Range. 4. Name : Nepheline-Sodalite Tephrite. W.58. Loc: one mile east of Gowang Station. (Plate xxxii., figs. 2-3). 1. Handspecimen coarsely porphyritic with aphanitic base and splintery fracture. 2. Texture : holocrystalline with phenocrysts exceeding 5 mm. ill diameter, and a very fine microcrystalline base with pilotaxitic fabric. \ BY H. I. JENSEN. (il 1 3. The constituents comprise felspar, a honey-yellow mineral which seems to be meliphanite, magnetite, olivine, fine-grained augite and apatite. The felspar phenocrysts range in basicity from acid labradorite to albite. Many are zoned, the outer zone being of a very acid character. The lath-shaped felspars of the base appear to be anorthoclase. A very curious plienomenon may be observed in some parts of the base. Viewed in plane polarised light without the analyser, it looks like a pilotaxitic mass of hypidiomorphic crystallites of different minerals. Yet as soon as the analyser is put on, certain patches appear to con- tain a base which is optically continuous over the whole area, and these patches have definite crystalline outlines. They behave, in fact, like phenocrysts of ver}'- acid felspar (apparently anorthoclase) embracing crystallites of lime-soda felspar, meli- phanite, magnetite, augite and olivine. Some of the basic felspar phenocrysts merge imperceptibly into the ground-mass. Many are deeply corroded, but do not merge into the ground-mass. The 3^ellow mineral, provisionally termed meliphanite, is quite allotrimorphic. It is rather pleochroic from yellow to greenish- yellow. Some thin flakes are light green in colour. It crys- tallised last, for it commonly envelops the other minerals and occurs interstitial ly. The double refraction is strong and the refractive index moderate. Apatite occurs in allotriomorphic fragments. The magnetite is idiomorphic. The pyroxene consists of minute grains and laths of colourless to greenish diopside. Chlorite occurs secondary after diopside. In some sections a bluish isotropic mineral, probably haiiyne, occurs interstitially. 4. Order of consolidation : 1. Felspar Phenocrysts 2. Olivine 3. Magnetite 4. Felspar — - 5. Meliphanite 5. Name : Pilotaxitic Meliphanite-Olivine-Basalt. 612 THE GEOLOGY OF TH K WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, Remarks. — The curious patches of optically continuous felspar noted above and the various stages of absorption exhibited by the felspar of the tirst generation are matters which suggest that this rock originated b}'^ the refusion of a previously existing gabbro. Tlie fused mass then received an addition of alkaline magmatic waters and a little alkaline lava. On the magma reaching the surface man}'^ of the phenocrysts whicli had survived the upward passage were now recrystallised. Tlie recrystallisa- tion must have taken place after the lava came to rest, otherwise the outlines of the crystals would have been lost. A kind of hydato-igneous fusion must have taken place, otherwise we cannot imagine how the magnetite was introduced, unless these crystals were rich in inclusions to begin with. W.40. Loc: Billy King's Creek, 2 J- 3 miles south of Coona- barabran. The rock forms a lava-flow. 1. Handspecimen black in colour, consisting of a dark aphanitic base containing a few felspar phenocrysts. 2. Texture : the base is ver}'^ fine-grained, and has a trachytic fabric. 3. Constituents : the felspar phenocr3'^sts consist of albite; the felspar of the base is mainly albite, but a little anorthoclase appears to be present as well. A couple of perfectl}^ rounded phenocrysts of andesine also occur. The next constituent in order of abundance is a black dusty mineral, usually opaque, but occasionally showing slight transiucency with a bluish tint. ►Sometimes this mineral is seen in four-sided, five-sided, or six- sided grains, but more often it is quite allotriomorphic, and occasionally the dust occurs in groupings similar to the ophitic groups of riebeckite in the trachytes. Most of it has a dull lustre and is probably a variety of emery or corundum. A few of the cubical grains consist of magnetite. It is possible that a black, opaque garnet mineral may be present as well. The felspar forms roughly 55-60 % of the bulk of the rock, the black opaque minerals 10-15%. Next in order of abundance we have a 3'ellow or brownish-yellow mineral in acicular prisms and BY H. I. JENSEN. G 1 3 columnar grains. It shows a strong pleochroism giving reddish or brownisli-yellovv, wine-yeliow and very pale yellow. Irregular cracks in a direction transverse to the length of the prisms sometimes occur. A cleavage, and occasionally twinning, may be noticed running in the direction of the length of the crystals. The extinction angle varies from 0° to 20°. Double refraction is strong. From these characters, the mineral, which forms about 10% of the rock, appears to be laavenite. Next in order of abundance we liave minute prisms, grains and lozenge-shaped microlites, clear colourless sphene with characteristic high refrac- tive index and double refraction. A light greenish to colourless diopside also occurs in grains. Melilite occurs in patches and is moulded on the felspar enveloping it in an ophitic manner. It has the characteristic peg-structure. Finally we have an isotropic colourless interstitial substance which gelatinises with acid; it probably consists of leucite or anal cite. 4. Order of consolidation : 1 . Sphene 2. Felspar (2nd gen.) 3. Corundum (1) 4. Laavenite Q) 5. Melilite 6. Isotropic base A little primary haematite is present, and crystallised out early. The felspar of the first generation was highly corroded by the magma just before the period of crystallisation. A ferro- magnesian mineral (either an amphibole or pyroxene) was also original^ present but was completely resorbed, and one can only trace its former presence by the existence of patches of dusty corundum and magnetite and isotropic mineral, which have the outline of hornblende phenocrysts. The orginal mineral has been completely pseudomorphosed. The chemical composition of the rock is so extraordinary that one can only account for the amount of FcoOg by assuming that the black mineral is, in part at least, garnet. In this way the 614 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, spare SiOo (quartz of the norm) would also be used up and conditions for the production of leucite or analcite in the base would be brought about. 4. Name : Corundum (?) Basalt (with sphene, melilite and laavenite), Magmatic name, Monzonose. Note : the occurrence of blue corundum in rare grains in this rock is confirmative of the Rev. J. M. Curran's theory as to the origin of our sapphires. The rock (W.40) has many points in common with W.58, but contains no olivine. W.64. Loc: Tableland south of Belar Creek. 1. Handspecimen dark grey rock with rough fracture; looks like andesitic basalt. 2. Texture : holocrystalline, uneven-grained, with ophitic fabric. 3. Composition : labradorite felspar in laths, but not as pheno- crysts. Only one generation is developed. Brownish, titani- ferous, somewhat pleochroic augite, occasionally pierced by felspar laths. Colourless olivine in corroded phenocrysts. Magnetite in idiomorphic grains; segirine in needles lying interstitial ly between felspar laths: and orthoclase also interstitial. An isotropic mineral of the noselite group, or perhaps leucite, also occurs interstitiaily. 4. The occurrence of segirine and orthoclase in this rock justifies its classification as a trachy-dolerite. 5. JSame : Ophitic Olivine Trachy-Dolerite. Other specimens from other parts of the same tableland were similar macroscopically and microscojjically. This rock covers a great area. , M.6. Loc: 34-mile peg, Gunnedah-Coonabarabran Road. This rock is a holocrystalline, fine-grained, ophitic dolerite with porphyritic olivines. It is composed of labradorite, titan- iferous augite, and olivine, with magnetite and apatite as abundant minor constituents. I3Y H. I. JENSEN. 615 Name : Olivine-Dolerite. This rock is calcic and has no relation with the alkaline series. M.l. Loc: Hilltop, Black Jack Coal Mine, Gunnedah. This is a holocrystalline, medium-grained dolerite porphyritic in olivine and titaniferous augite. It contains labradorite (lath- shaped), idiomorphic phenocrysts of purplish augite, corroded olivine phenocrysts, idiomorphic grains and phenocrysts of magnetite, and interstitially analcite Apatite occurs as an accessory. The isotropic mineral darkens on heating and gelatinises with acid. It is therefore analcite, but appears to be of secondary origin in part at least. Name : Olivine-Analcite-Dolerite. The microscopic investigation of the rocks of the Warrum- bungle Mountains brings out the following points, namely : — (1) the existence in the district of a complete series of alkaline rocks ranging from acidic comendites to basic sodalite-analcite basalts; (2) the gradation of these rocks into one another; and (3) that in the volcanic period older basic rocks were remelted at depths in various places, and, after being mixed with more acid alkaline magma, rose to the surface. The alkaline rocks include — (1) Riebeckite Comendites ( . , (2) Pantellarites I (3) Arfvedsonite Trachyte. (4) Nosean-Leucite Trachytes and Phonolites. (5) jEgirine Anorthoclase Trachydolerites and Trachytes. (6) Albite Magnetite Basalt without olivine or augite. (7) Sodalite and Analcite Basalts, sometimes with melilite and meliphanite (l). (8) Garnet and Corundum-bearing Basalts, with laavenite and melilite. A comparison of the chemical analyses with one another and with the mineralogical characters is very instructive. 48 w.16. Arfvedsonite Trachyte. Log.: Timor Rock. ^"CiO — 0 O '^" * ... °^^00CC-*6S'^6c>w666 ^ ^ ' oj ' ' ' ''^'1'^ U I •II .cct— ceo —1 ^irSfCOO CD — C5 — r-;Q0Op--O O .r^Tft^CO O OOO, , , , , Oci-HOp p |pppp -;H pppi 1 1 1 j ^ 6666 6 6666 6 666 j lo-^ocoin— .i>.c; — csoioococct^ .o) . o . . . . ^0 OipojpOO rnutiTt^iOCCiOtMOIr-.-H M 2 uj U 03 co m m ^~~^ g^^c^'^66'§6c—( -<-= -u -u 1 W.G7. Orthoclase-Basalt. Loc: Tonduron or Spire. og2S§ g !=:;;§§ ? SS i2!i oooo o oooo o oo -H-2ic'?666'^-*6coco6.^6?o SS '6 l'^'^ ' :::•:::::::,+ ::::::::::: OO O 0 : i : i i :::; ;ii ;:!!!: i :: i : .o?^?^oOgoOo^.ooo^^^^ . Oof. s E. ^girine Trachyte. Loc: Mount Jellore, Mittagong. (Analyst, D Maw son, Journ. Roy. Soc, N.S.W., xxxvii.). ,-H ^ rj< -H CO O O CC as Tt^ CO oo o O rH r-l p P P -OWW-H^CCCO(NfOO-iM02 1 02WWOO o o B. Trach.vte. Loc: Parish of Dun- garry, near Dubbo, N.S.W. (Analyst, B.White, Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W.) .QOt^O:/3 OiTt^UOlM-rf CO ^rrpo 1 ppppp p S -H o o o oooo o o OOOOOOC-I . .TtiTl^Ot-iOiOCOO .TJHCU . . . (NCSiOigMCOQOCCOOCDOO: o ce so Ol o oot---^-^-l-4tb'^ I cc cc <1 o — ^ "tS 0^-3 i. •— '^ ^ ;_, ' A ■ s V ' V A «• ' /J V i 5PS 0 H w. 5 fl QO ICC 0 i;© it^ II 1 «lz s d « ^CCCi.^'^CNCC(Nb05 — b-^ ^ : a; S^ o : : : 0^5 ^ 5 5 W S E '^ 2 ^ ^^ A :d V J- - -•ia". y O A V A ^-=0 V ^- t£^lg>;^g + 5^oR.^^ 5 o . O i>:gc jjTrorf:pppc s 5 == !> ^ 'C "^ j^ SU — li, •5 -s o ^ a > tc 2 o c2 -f- ■£ ;2 c .2 t^-^ =^ S "S >> ^ o^<10So^h:66^ A:=: V .4 53 ® oe I « o c2 c S O V I A ^ CO I— — ' II ^ Afl' \ / to -I II O c. GO g tc BY H. I. JENSEN. 615 Name : Olivine-Dolerite. This rock is calcic and has no relation with the alkaline series. M.l. Loc: Hilltop, Black Jack Coal Mine, Gunnedah. This is a holocrystalline, medium-grained dolerite porphyritic in olivine and titaniferous augite. It contains labradorite (lath- shaped), idiomorphic phenocrysts of purplish augite, corroded olivine phenocrysts, idiomorphic grains and phenocrysts of magnetite, and interstitially analcite ' Apatite occurs as an accessory. The isotropic mineral darkens on heating and gelatinises with acid. It is therefore analcite, but appears to be of secondary origin in part at least. Name : Olivine-Analcite-Dolerite. The microscopic investigation of the rocks of the Warrum- bungle Mountains brings out the following points, namely : — (1) the existence in the district of a complete series of alkaline rocks ranging from acidic comendites to basic sodalite-analcite basalts; (2) the gradation of these rocks into one another; and (3) that in the volcanic period older basic rocks were remelted at depths in various places, and, after being mixed with more acid alkaline magma, rose to the surface. The alkaline rocks include — (1) Riebeckite Comendites ) . , ^ ' ) cp. Anal. (2) Pantellarites J (3) Arfvedsonite Trachyte. (4) Nosean-Leucite Trachytes and Phonolites. (5) u^girine Anorthoclase Trachydolerites and Trachytes. (6) Albite Magnetite Basalt without olivine or augite. (7) Sodalite and Analcite Basalts, sometimes with melilite and meliphanite (?). (8) Garnet and Corundum-bearing Basalts, with laavenite and melilite. A comparison of the chemical analyses with one another and with the mineral ogical characters is very instructive. 48 Pi VV.16. Arfvedsonite Trachyte. Loc: Timor Rock. 'o 1-098 0-164 0-011 0-028 1 0-001 0-002 0-002 01 03 0 062 j 0039 0-003 0 002 0-008 ^ pt-t-ppp§ppcoi-(N-*^

-c »n — ' (D t-o CO , . " * . ■'T "*" "*T ccfOloc:oo=^o^O(^^ccfoo<^^coa;M \ ^ x w zn w boofc-^bb^b-^r-bb-^ Job-^-^ ' b -§ -^ -^ ^ 9 o li sip H "o ^ (N CO — O — "* i-O TC CO '(Mcoorc-^ OCCC5-f:0 00 o o rH --H o 9 9 9999 9 90 0 ^— ^oboo oobboob b * s QOCCOO^OS OOOC-lO^QOCOlOOOJOOfC QJio o) CpX) — M-^ 1 |C0Cp'7H9C0Q0O- Oi 0 CO :o 0 — ' ec cc 0 .-H^t, __ 0 orocot^o — ( 0 9 r-H 9 9 9 9999 — 9 S-nbbb 0 ^ i^ c> ^ b Tra Loc: Mt nr. Ipsvvi land (An Jen QOcD»ooO'-tHt~-.aiccTt<^t~OiO CO 01*01 ^lOOOCCOOgrqt^OXC^Ci 100 1 1 1 1 O i Um o^boo^-^bbSb-^iobbb 'b ' ' ' 'J 'J-^ ^ g W.127. Porphyritic Soda Trachyte. Loc: N.E.of Berum Buckle. . CJ X O CC -H X C^ 35 CD C- X ^ --I b b b b bbbb o b COOCCOOOiO,-HOX— ((MCC0)O .cc * et-THCCM-HOOro-HXCOt^coocoiMOi i i i i i ^ a^^^aS§a>6^zo6^§b '^b i i ' i I I Mol. 1-064 0-175 0-017 0-024 0 002 0-011 0-115 0-059 1 0-050 0-003 t ^gr^^i.b'i-gbo.^^bb'^b l-^l 1 1 I'i'^'^ cc g 1 1.1 IS= o -H t^ CO o CO o t^ as >* -^ «3 ^r2«otx> boo P- O iO '-^ Oh -5 C O) O) o 2-2 r-3 -*^ -5 *= § air: 2 t£- i; O o 13 ci o^:z;^nq^s^^ (N 5 S ee ^ O iOlCO A V 02 ., ^9 V lo CO ICC II fcf2 to o (S S3 fc p 00 -< A ID m V o V a> t-lrH W o o" ^ N o^O , ce 'o'^ ■CC 'CO s- s-i • js o -2 a — CO "^ 0) ^ 2 CJ "^ fl 2 o 5 H p lit ?c 10 cb © c-» a 3 C E H ^• f. s CO f1 a o HH h:; '^ "S -"^ -^ ;^ fl G c !s ?t 5 o c3 s « c3 zn t^ o ^ t: S c c ., !■" -r» 0) /\ ^ o V 1^1— « .2 M 5 y 1 "a A ,S — it- V o 3 1 o A^ Tl O CO — (M o "ii i 1-* Ci ^ O tc i^ Gc tie II 5 etf -i 00 II + o 0| o=-: 1 m E]:^ ^h tii ;4-^^^ % ^ 1 -^ i;o iccci0 t= C CO ■■ S <5 c3 •-: (D c ^ Si A O «3 II m lEc- A ^ o V| GO Ttl I- II i: ^ ee^i A t v ^ CO ;iO 3 II a CO H I A O) CD M : Oi I ll GC I5i< A o ice II 'H o o ^^ to c V| ^'^ U X cT a .■§ I o ^ A S A 'S cc lo " -t, II c5 :t2 3 sh CO I ai III ill ^ CO 13 03 la QJ (-1 Js i|3§|a|l|.|| : ^ S ^5 2 ce^ 5 g fl o^M-^i ; CC' O c3 s t>0 3 OS (Z2 S 43 '^ kJ Sc0tD(N'<*Ci(N>O 0*0 < c ^1 ce C je o J eg ^ ce .ir CO Qi E C ^ ^ 1^ eg eg 1^ 0) o S; .SaJ -= ^ a ^.^1 o c o o A Q ccko^. ^I'^^co Oi ^ V ^ q bD A §^ Si^ t II -§ |0 j» o . •^ »o -TS ^ ci -^ 2 05 11 b «0 + r s m ^ s 11 CJ %i s OQ Si- cl^ w wb by h. i. jensen. 621 Discussion of the Analyses. The chemical analyses appearing in Table i., with the exception of those which are inserted for comparison (A to E), were carried out by myself in the research laboratory of tlie Chemical Department, Sydney University; and I desire to express my thanks to Professor Liversidge, M.A., F. R.S., etc., and Mr. Schofield, A -bl.S.M,, for putting at my disposal the apparatus necessary. The exigencies of time did not permit me to make duplicate analyses. Though several of my analyses sum up below or above the limits of first-class work, none of them are so inferior as not to be useful for comparison. The reader is recommended to compare the composition of the Warrumbungle Mountain rocks with the analyses of the trachytes from the Glass House Mountains, Q.,*from Mittagong, N.S.W.,t from the Mount Macedon district, Victoria, | and from the Otago Peninsula.^ Special Notes. W.67. This rock was analysed to verify chemically the con- clusion arrived at by microscopic examination, that this orthoclase basalt and the trachydolerites allied to it (e.g., W.64) were formed by a mixture of magmas. The CaO and MgO are too low and the alkalies (especially KoO) are too high to permit the rock to be referred to the basalts. Nor can it be referred to the trachy- dolerites, as the AI0O3 percentage is too low. The alkaline basalt from the Blow Hole Flow near Iviama|! is closer to it in chemical composition than any other rock of basaltic appearance of which I can find analytical records. The norm is that of "akerose." The rocks which usually have this composition, • H. I. Jensen, These Proceedings, 1906, Part i. t D. Mawson, Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. xxxvii. + Quoted by Prof. Gregory, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, Vol. xiv., Pt.2. § P. Marshall, 'The Geology of Dunedin,' Q.J.G.S., Vol. Ixii., 1906. II 'Geology of the Kiania-Jamberoo District,' Records Geol. Surv. N. S, Wales, Vol.viii., Pt.l. 622 THE GKOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, namely, the akerites and many monzonites, are of an entirely different physical appearance and habit (compare "Akerite," N.15, Nandewar Mountains, H. I. Jensen in litteris). The minerals of the norm are in close agreement with those actually observed in the mode, a fact due to orthoclase and albite of a trachytic magma having mixed with augite, olivine, and basic felspar of a partially fused doleritic magma whereupon the whole mass has consolidated. W.40. Corundum Basalt is a rock which contains minerals which by optical means alone could not be determined with accuracy. These were — (1) A black, lustreless, usually opaque mineral, which in very thin slices appeared occasionally to be translucent and bluish. It was wholly isotropic. The analysis shows that ir, cannot be spinel or magnetite, and that it must be corundum and sapphire. This determination bears out the Rev. J. M. Curran's theory that our sapphires are derived from basalt. (2) Yellow needles terminated by pyramids. This mineral w^as considered to be wbhlerite or laavenite. The high TiO._, per- centage and the presence of ZrOo make the occurrence of laavenite highly probable, and the titanic acid is so high that the allied minerals rosenbuschite and rinkite are probably also present. The norm differs very considerably from the mode. The ground-mass is very readily gelatinised with dilute acid, indicat- ing the presence of a felspathoid which probably contains most of the K2O. In the trachy-andesites, W.l and W.22, we again notice that the mode is very different from the norm. This is, of course, because the hypersthene and diopside molecules are incorporated in the segirine-augite. In W.22 the TiOo percentage is higher than in W.l, a fact which verities the determination of pseudo- brookite in the rocks of Nandi Mountain and The Forked Mountain. The norm of the trachyte-andesites calculates to monzonose. Rosenbusch (in ' Gesteinlehre') describes such rocks under the name keratophyre. This designation is, however,. BY H. I. JENSEN. 623 better applied to hypabyssal rocks of similar composition (see Harker's Petrology). 1. Trachy-andesite W. 1, Warrumbungle Mts. SiO^ 58-95 • 58-80 Al.,03-Ti0.2 17-80 17-43 Fe Oxides ... 7-46 8-25 MgO 0-57 ]-83 CaO 2-49 1-16 Na,0 K,0 4-51 \ 6-39 J 10-90 5-22 4-27 2. Keratophyre. 3. Rhombenporphyr. Blankenburg, Harz. Norway. 58-54 17-28 8-61 1-81 3-04 7-181 3 24 J 10-42 The above table illustrates the close relationship between the keratophyre of Rosenhusch, Brogger's rhombenporphyr, and the Warrumbungle trachy-andesites. A comparison of chemical compositions also shows that the monzonoses W. 1 and W.221ie between the arfvedsonite trachytes (W.16, W.38) and the sapphire basalt. If any rock in the district can be regarded as representing the parent magma, the trachy-andesite is the one. The following table illustrates how the trachy-andesite may be regarded as occupying a position intermediate between the corundum basalt and the arfvedsonite trachyte. Corundum Arfvedsonite Mean of Trachy- Basalt W.40. Trachyte W.16. W.40 & W.16. andesites W.l. 8i0.2 48-27 65-90 57-09 58-95 AI2O3 18-02 16-74 17-39 17-80 Iron Oxides. . 12-96 3-71 8-33 7-46 MgO 117 0-06 0-61 0-57 CaO 6-06 0-09 3-08 2-49 Na.^O K2O 8-73 3-33 6-35 5-77 4 "50 ) 6-39] ''■'' The orthoclase basalt, W.67, also approximates in composition to a mixture of a dolerite, like the one from Dingo Creek in the Nandewar Mountains (N.17), with the monzonose W.l, thus — 624 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WAKRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, Dolerite Monzonose Mean. Orth. Basalt N.17. W.l. W.67. SiO^ 47-20 58-95 53-07 51-88 AI203 11-78 17-80 14-79 14-20 Fe Oxides ... 10-98 7-46 9-22 10-59 MgO 9-95 0-57 5-26 4-62 CaO 11-63 2-49 7-06 6-36 Na,0 1-61 4-51 308) ..11 4-03 j ' ^^ 3-27 \ ' -^ K2O 1-67 6-39 The phouolites analysed, \V.222 and W.l 40, are very high in alkali, as was expected from the amount of their felspathoid minerals, which form about 10 % of the mass. The determina- tion of pseudoleucite appears from the chemical results to be correct, inasmuch as there is insufficient SO3 to give so much nosean. In both of these rocks and also in the trachytes (W.l 6, W..38) the norm differs from the mode in that all the diopside and hypersthene molecules have gone to form segirine augite and arfvedsonite. As these minerals are richer in silica than augite there has been insufficient silica left for the formation of felspar, hence felspathoids have formed. The trachytes and phonolites analysed fall in the divisions phlegrose and nordniarkose o<" the chemical classification, usually near the border line between the two subrangs. The analysis of trachyte from Wantialable Creek (D, by J. C. H, Mingaye*) is interesting as being of very similar composition to the orthophj'-ric pantellarite from Ngun-Ngun, Glass House Mountains, Queensland. The Mount Flinders trachyte contains barkevicite instead of arfvedsonite and is slightly more calcic than the Warrumbungle trachytes, and as a result falls in a different subrang. The Canoblas trachyte is much more like the orthophyric comendites of the Glass House Mountains than any of the Warrumbungle rocks. * This rock has since been found to be a silicified trachyte tuff. BY H. I. JENSEN. 625 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Plate xxiv. Sketch Map of the Warrumbungle Mountains, showing Geological Formations. Plate XXV. Stereogram of the Warrumbungles. Plate xxvi. Fig. 1. — View of the BuUeamble Mountains from Siding Spring Mountain, showing clififs of columnar lava. Fig. 2. — View of The Spire (Tonduron) from Needle Mountain, showing maturity of arid erosion. Plate xxvii. Fig. 1. — View of the Needle and mountains of continually diminishing altitude behind it, overlooking Gowang Station from Needle Mountain. Fig. 2. — View of Siding Spring Mountain looking northward do%vn the Bugaldi Valley towards the Pilliga Scrub. Note the gradual decline in altitude. Plate xxviii. Fig.l.— View of Bugaldi Valley and Wheoh Mountain from Siding Spring Mountain. Fig. 2. — View looking across "Wombalong Valley towards Belougery Split Rock, The Bluff, and Mount Exmouth (on the right) from Siding Spring Mountain. Plate xxix. Fig.l. — General View of the Warrumbungles looking north from Needle Mountain. Siding Spring Mountain lies on the extreme left ; Mobara Rock and High Peak in the centre, and Mt. Blackheath on the right. Fig.2.— A Sandstone " Mesa " near Baradine Creek. (Magnification of microphotographs about 21 diameters in each case.) Plate XXX. Fig.l. — Arfvedsonite Trachyte (W.17), Timor Rock, Nicols uncrossed. The large black patch consists of an inclusion of shale or schist; the rest consists of arfvedsonite (black specks) and anorthoclase (white). Fig.2. — Same as fig.l. Nicols crossed. 626 THE GEOLOGY OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS. Fig. 3. — Arfvedsonite Tr8.chyte(W. 215), Scabby Rock, showing microgranitic almost orthophyric structure. Nicols crossed. Fig.4.— Trachytic .^.girine-Trachyte (W.109), Gibb's Gap, near Naman. Nicols crossed. Fig.5. — Dark .Egirine- Trachyte (W. 9), Timor Ledges, with an wgirine crystal near the centre of the field. Nicols uncrossed, Fig, 6. — DarkPorphyritic .Egirine-Trachyte-Andesite or Keratophyre(W.22), Nandi Mountain, showing a dark mass of pseudobrookite and two microline microperthite phenocrysts. Nicols crossed. Plate xxxi. Fig.l. — Nosean Pseudoleucite Phonolite (W. 222), Bingy Grumble. Nicols uncrossed ; showing the femic minerals crowding round the felspathoids (nosean, etc.). Fig.2. — Same as fig. 7. Nicols crossed; showing black patches of isotropic nosean and pseudospherulitic aggregates of felspar microlites with interstitial analcite. Fig.3. — Nosean- Arfvedsonite Leucitophyre, Berum Buckle. Nicols un- crossed. Notice the crystals of pseudoleucite. Fig.4. — Same as fig. 9. Nicols crossed. Note the trachytic and flow- structure of the base. Fig.5. — Orthoclase-Basalt (W.67), The Spire, showing coarse-grained gabbroic inclusion adjoining fine-grained base of trachydolerite composition. Pig. 6. — Xenocryst of Labradorite studded with magnetite inclusions in W.67. Plate xxxii. Fig.l. — Xenocryst of Labradorite with inclusions in trachydolerite (W.85). Fig.2. — Meliphanite Basalt (W. 58), Mt. Gowang. Nicols uncrossed. Fig.3. — Same, Nicols crossed; showing a portion of the base crystalline in outline, and composed of similarly oriented felspar microlites. The following three figures belong to the Paper on the Geology of the Nandewar Mts., to appear later. N.l. — Perlitic Pitchstone (N.62), Boggabri. Nicols uncrossed. N.2. — Dolerite (N.17), Dingo Creek; the extinguished crystal is augite, the small bright crystal near it is olivine. Nicols crossed. N.3. — Solsverbergite (N.S), Bullawa Creek, showing microperthitic felspar phenocrysts. Nicols uncrossed. [Printed off October 23rd, 1907.] PLSN.SW 190a Plate XI GEOLCX5ICAL SKETCH MAP FLS NbW I'JOZ Plate Xfl PL S NSW. 1907 FIG. 1. KOROBASABASAGA FROM THE EAST. H FIG. 2. VOMA AT THE HEAD OF THF WAIDINA RIVfR. HG. 1. NABUI ON THE WAINIKOROILUVA RIVER. KG. 2. UMPtH WAIDINA VALLEY. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1S07. FIG. 1. SECTION OF UPRAISFD (TERTIARYi CORAL REFF AT SUVA. FIG. 2. SECTION OF UPRAISED I.TERTIARYI CORAL REEF AT SUVA. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907. ^ fV<5€^^ <:?!^ MAST HEAD REEF MOLLUSCA. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1D07. 6 '^e<^e,$' o^^ MAST HEAD REEF MOLLUSCA. PUS. NSW. 1907. ^ //c^^ <^c/ MAST HEAD REEF MOLLUSCA. P.L.S N S W. 1907. 46 :-<*T^:7 'O 62^ ■06o€>A^. c^c/- MAST HEAD REEF MOLLUSCA. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907 ^ . «, 1 53 54 \ W'^S^ ■ 55 MAST HEAD REEF MOLLUSCA. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907. cJ. (Z.(^'S<^^a>cX. MAST HEAD REEF MOLLUSCA. \ / \ / \ \ y\ / \ / ^^^y^^/ fi ^'^ /^ /\ /'^. ^ y^ ^^ ^'\ -^'^ / NEWBRIDGE ROCKS. FIG. 1. ANDESITE. FIG. 2. GRANOPHYRE. FIG. 3. JUNCTION OF MICA SLATE AND GRANITE. FIGk 4. JUNCTION OF MICA SLATE AND GRANOPHYRE. FIG. 5-6. CHIASTOLITE SLATE. PLS NSW. 1907 GEOLOGICAL SKETCH MAP OF THE WARRUMBUNCLE M"-^ PILLICA SCRUB. ^vW/_ ^N' '^ ,1, ,,,, Sc a I e /tj.r.i,. T,„h,,„ Pkonokl, t.=..n r:.i E3 „_J P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907. -«r,^rfr ii^r..- ..•»r<,".'*r'-W' "^ly^^ TooRAwei -' CD TOOdAWeAN THh- /'^ DILlVS /^ Stereogram of The WARRUM8UNGLE M^ STEREOGRAM OF THE WARRUMBUNGLE MTS. . -t^ '.L.S.N.RW, 1907. TRACHYTES (WARRUMBUNGLE MTS.). P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907. <1^^^ ^^ ■^•^^ ^^ k PL. XXXI. « ■* --"•i <'^ h W 3 PHONOLITE, LEUCITOPHYRE, ANP 0ASALT • WARRUMBUNGLE MTS.), P L B N Tros^ of delicate appearance. BY A. .1. TUHNKK. G.i9 termen first rounded, then deeply incised at tornus; a dense pencil of long ochreous hairs from base of costa; disc scaleless, with silvery lustre; a large oval central glandular swelling best seen beneath, concealed by tuft on upper surface; a pale fuscous terminal band; cilia pale fuscous. 9. 12 mm. Forewings moie elongate, dorsum longer relatively to termen; a pale fuscous antemedian line at ^ outwardly curved; a fine, straight, slightly wavy median line; subterminal fascia very distinct. Hindwings slightly incised at tornus; a fine ante- median line; a broad fascia near but not touching termen; cilia whitish. Type in Coll. Meyrick. N.Q.: Cooktown, Kuranda, Townsville; in December, March, April, and June; six specimens (Mr. F. P. Dodd). Gen. 2. X enocentris. Xenocentris Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 484. Face smooth. Palpi short, slender, porrect, or slightly ascend- ing. Antennae in $ simple or slightly serrate, with moderate ciliations or with long cilia in fascicles. Middle legs of $ with tibife normal or shortened, spurs well-developed, inner spur longer, sometimes abnormally large, tibise and basal tarsal joints clothed with long hair; posterior tibiae in ^ without spurs, tarsi distorted, tapering to a point or ending in a large obtuse club; posterior tibiae in 9 without middle spurs. Forewings with 3 and 4 separate, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 anastomosing with their common stalk. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked; in ^ dorsal area sometimes densely clothed with hairy scales. Type ^Y. rhipidura Meyr., from New Guinea. Also a development from Eois, originating from Sect. i. of that genus. There is considerable specific variation both in the antennal ciliations of the ^ and in the middle tibiae and tarsi of the (J, which latter distinguish the genus from Eois. Xenocentris is probably a genus of considerable extent in the Papuan sub- region. X. epipasta is the least modified species. 640 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV,, 1. Posterior tarsi in J' ending in an obtuse club 2. Posterior tarsi in ^ tapering to a point. .„ 3. 2. Hindwings oblong, with strongly bowed termen, wings reddish 2. dafiypus. Hindwings not oblong, termen rounded, wings whitish. 3. rhopalopus. 3. Wings reddish. 4. Wings whitish 5. 4. Fore tibiae of J' densely hairy 4. crinipes. Fore tibia? of <^ smooth 5. catacoma. 5. Forewings with a broad median dark grey fascia 6. fasciata. Forewings without median fascia 6. (j. Middle tibias and first four tarsal joints in (^ clothed with very long dense hairs 7. pilosata. Middle tibiae and first joint of tarsi in <^ moderately hairy 8. epipasta. Section i. Posterior tarsi of ^ forming a large obtuse club. 2. Xenocentris dasypcs,'" n.sp. (J. 18 mm. Head whitish; face fuscous. Palpi ochreous. Antenna whitish; in ^ shortly and evenly ciliated (|). Thorax and abdomen pale pinkish-grey. Legs ochreous; middle tibiae in (J moderately long, clothed with dense long hairs externall}^, outer spur well developed, inner spur twice as long as outer, basal tarsal joint elongate and clothed with long hairs externally; posterior tibiae and tarsi in $ short and much dilated, forming an obtuse club. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, oblique; pale pinkish; markings pale fuscous, very indistinct; indications of fine antemedian, median, and postmedian lines; cilia pinkish- white. Hindwings diamond-shaped, strongl}'- bowed and very prominent on vein 5; colour and markings as forewings. The peculiarly shaped hindwings should make this species easy of recognition. N.Q.: Kuranda; in April; one specimen (Mr. F. P. Dodd). * bacTVTvovSi hairy-footed. BY A. J. TUKNEIt. 641 3. Xenocentris rhopalopus,* n.sp. (J. 15-lGmm. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous- whitish. Face fuscous; palpi fuscous-whitish. Antennae ochreous-whitish; in (J with moderate ciliations (1). Legs whitish-ochreous; middle tibi?e and first tarsal joints in ^ clothed with long hairs (damaged in my examples); posterior tibiae and tarsi forming a large obtuse club, broadest near extremity, with a large tuft of expansile hairs on its inner aspect. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen bov/ed, oblique; ochreous- whitish with fuscous irroration and markings; antemedian line from ^ costa bent inwards at a right angle in disc, and again at a right angle to end in J dorsum; a median line from midcosta to I dorsum; postmedian, subterminal, and submarginal lines faintly indicated; an interrupted fuscous terminal line; cilia ochreous-whitish with fuscous irroration. Hind wings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings. Type in Coll. Turner. N.Q.: Townsville; in November; two specimens (Mr. F. P. Dodd). Section ii. Posterior tarsi of ^ tapering to a point. 4. Xenocentris crinipes. Ftycliopoda crinipes Warr., Nov. Zool. 1897, p. 224. Type in Coll. Rothschild. N.Q.: Cooktown. I have no examples of this species. 5. Xenocentris catacoma,! n sp. (^9- 1^*1*^ iiiJ^- Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish tinged with pinkish. Face dark fuscous. Palpi fuscous. Antenna? whitish; in ^ with tufts of long cilia (4). Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair slightly infuscated; middle tibiae in ^ very short, fringed with long hairs internally, outer spur slender, longer than * poTzakoTzov^^ club-footed. tdr)Sj of light appearance. t do\ixa>7ris, appearing long. BY A. J. TURNER. 649 apex, ciliations 1. Thorax and abdomen ochreous- whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair mixed with dark fuscous; posterior tibiae in ^ well developed, broad, laterally compressed, rough-scaled, without spurs; posterior tibiae in 9 with middle spurs wanting; posterior tarsi in ^ very short, i. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched, termen bowed, very oblique; ochreous-whitish, with pale greyish lines; basal line and discal dot obsolete; median very oblique from middle of inner margin, obsolete towards x;osta; postmedian line from costa at |- to inner margin at |^, dotted with fuscous on veins; subterminal and submarginal cloudy; cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings with termen sinuate; 6 and 7 stalked; colour and markings as forewings. The largest Australian species. Of ordinary facies, distin- guishable by the shape of the fore- and hindwings, but the hind tibiae of the male are of the form characteristic of several of the genus Leptomeris. Type in Coll. Turner. Q,: Bundaberg, Brisbane; three specimens in April. Section ii. Hind tibice and tarsi of ^ slender, abbreviated (Eois). 15. Eois ferrilinea. Eois f err ilinea Warr., Nov. Zool. 1900, p. 106. My specimen is in poor condition, but agrees with the type in Coll. Rothschild, with which it has been compared. Q.: Duaringa; Stanthorpe, in January, one specimen. 16. Eois cletima,* n.sp. ^^. 12-15 mm. Head and thorax whitish, faintly tinged with reddish-orange, with a few blackish scales; face and palpi dark fuscous. Antennae whitish, in 9 sometimes fuscous except towards base; in ^ serrated, ciliations J. Abdomen whitish mixed with fuscous. Legs whitish; anterior pair infuscated; in * KXrjTifxos, worth choosing. 650 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIl^OPTERA, IV., (J posterior pair minute, tarsi slender. ^J; in 9 posterior tibia> without middle spurs. Forewings with eosta slightly arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, oblique; whitish, faintly tinged with reddish orange and irrorated with fuscous and dark fuscous, some scales showing dull metallic reflections; costa fuscous except shortly before apex: an outwardly curved, somewhat dentate, dark fuscous, basal line from costa at i to inner margin at J: a reddish-orange median line irrorated with dark fuscous, especially towards costa: followed by a circular dark fuscous discal spot; postmedian line slightly outwardly curved, somewhat dentate, from costa at § to inner margin at J: followed by two dark fuscous blotches in disc representing subterminal: sub- marginal represented by a grey suffusion; cilia with basal half reddish-ochreous-whitish barred with dark fuscous, terminal half grey. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings. A variable species as regards the degree of fuscous irroration. Type ill Coll. Turner. N.Q.: Towns ville; four specimens in April, May, and July; my three finest examples of this delicate and beautiful species I owe to Mr. F. P. Dodd — Q.: Brisbane, in December: one female specimen with the orange markings mostly obsolete. 17. EOIS ALBICOSTATA. Acidalia albicosfata Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p. 7 79; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887, p.844. Type in British Museum. Q.: Duaringa, Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, Toowoomba, Stan- thorpe — X. S.W.: Glen Innes, Sydney, Bathurst, Mt. Kosciusko — Tasm.: Launceston, Deloraine. Also from Xew Guinea (Meyrick). 18. EoiS HALMAEA. Acidalia hahnaea Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887, p.846. This species shows considerable variability, and I at one time divided it into two. The termen of forewings is sometimes BY A. J. TURNER. '>51 slightly sinuate beneath apex. The wings vary in the degree of reddish suffusion, and the forewings in the presence or a])sence of suffused greyish blotches on termen and tornus. An occasional variety has a broad median grey band across both wings. Type in Coll. Meyrick. Q.: Nambour, Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, Toowoomba— N.S.W.: Sydney, Bulli,Kiama -Vic: Gisborne— Tasm.: George's Bay. 19. EOIS SCINTILLANS. Ptychopoda scintillans Warr., Nov. Zool. 1898, p. 2 43. I have no example of this species, but have examined the type in Coll. Rothschild. It is a male with minute hind legs, which appear to have been overlooked by its describer, as they are stated to be absent. Q.: Duaringa; in September. 20. EoiS FUCOSA. Eoisfncosa Warr., Nov. Zool. 1900, p. 106. (J. 13-14 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous-whitish. Face and palpi dark fuscous. Antennae ochreous-whitish; in ^ serrate and ciliated in tufts, ciliations 2 J. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair infuscated; posterior tibiae in $ very small, not dilated; posterior tarsi in $ 1. Forewings withcosta moderately arched towards apex, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; whitish, with six wavy transverse pale ochreous lines; cilia ochreous-whitish. Hind wings with hindmargin rounded; colour and markings as forewings. A small, delicate, and inconspicuous species, but very distinct in the pale rippled ochreous markings, absence of fuscous scales, and antennae of male. Type in Coll. Rothschild. N.Q.: Cairns and TowiisviJle; in March, May, June, and August; six specimens. — Q.: Rockhampton (Warren). 652 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV., 21. EOIS PROBLETA,* II. Sp. (J. 21 mm. Head ochreous- whitish; face dark fuscous. Palpi ochreous-wliitisli mixed with dark fuscous. Antennae ochreous- whitish; in ^ with moderate ciliations (l^^). Thorax and abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair fuscous; posterior pair in ^ minute, tibite very small and slender, tarsi -i, slender. Forewings triangular, costa with basal half nearly straight, then strong]}^ arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; ochreous-whitish suffused with pale grey; an ochreous-whitish costal streak from base nearly to apex; costal edge reddish; a fuscous dot on median and another on dorsum at ;^, representing antemedian line; traces of a median line; postmedian represented by a series of minute fuscous dots on veins, from | costa to | dorsum, sinuate; suffused wavy greyish subterminal and submarginal lines; a grey terminal line interrupted on veins; cilia whitish with some obscure basal greyish dots. Hindwings with termen rounded, strongly pro- jecting between veins 2 and 5; colour and markings as forewings, but antemedian and postmedian faintly indicated by grey lines. Nearest U. iiephehta, from which it is best distinguished by the reddish costal edge of forewings, and the form of termen of hindwings. Type in Coll. Lyell. Vic: Lome; in February; one specimen (Mr. G. Lyell). 22. Eois NEPHELOTA,t n.sp. (J^. 17-18 mm. Head fuscous, fillet ochreous-whitish, face blackish. Palpi ochreous-fuscous. Antennae ochreous-whitish. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair irrorated with fuscous; posterior tibise in ^ minute, tarsi J. Forewings with costa straight, posteriori}^ somewhat arched, hindmargin slightly bowed, oblique; ochreous-whitish, partly * irpo^\T]Tos, projecting; in allusion to the hindwings. t v€(f)€\a)Tos, cloudy. BY A. J. TURNEK. 653 suffused with purplish-grey; a whitish streak along costa; basal line obsolete; median distinct, fine, grey, acutely dentate, from near costa at f to middle of dorsum; posterior line represented by a series of dark fuscous dots; subterminal broad, cloudy, purplish-grey, anteriorly ill-defined, posteriorly dentate, sharply edged by a fine ochreous-whitish line; a fine interrupted blackish hindmarginal line; cilia whitish. Hind wings with termen rounded; colour and markings as forewings. Type in Coll. Lyell. Vic: Gisborne, in January and February; two specimens. 23. EOIS PSELIOTA.* Acidalia pseliota Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1887, p 848. Type in Coll. Meyrick. Q.: Brisbane; in October; one specimen — Vic: Melbourne; Gisborne, in November, one specimen (Mr. G. Lyell). 24. EoiS PACHYDETIS.f Acidalia pachydetis Meyr., ProcLinn.SocN. S.Wales, 1887, p. 847. Type in Coll. Meyrick. W.A.: Perth. 25. EoiS PHILOCOSMA.; Acidalia philocosma Meyr., ProcLinn.SocN. S.Wales, 1887, p. 845. Ftychopoda punctatissima Warr., Nov. Zool. 1901, p. 25. Type in Coll. Meyrick. N.Q. : Townsville — Q. : Brisbane, Strad broke Island, Toowoomba, W^arwick — N.S.W.: Tenterfield, Ben Lomond, Sydney, Katoomba — Vic: Melbourne, Gisborne, Birchip — Tasm.: George's Bay. * yJAeXicoTos, wearing a bracelet. t Traxvberis, thickly ^bound or bordered. + i\oKO(TiJOs, fond of ornament. 654 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN lEPIDOPTERA, IV., Species of ivhich the ^ is uiuUscrihed. 26. EOIS PLUMBOSCRIPTARIA.* Acidalia plumhoscriptaria Christ., Bull. Mosc. 18S0 (2), p.-ii. Eois plumhoscriptaria Meyr., Traus. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 376. N.A.: Port Darwin; one imperfect specimen in Coll. Lyell. — Q.: Duaringa (Meyrick). Eois iodesma Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 376. This species is unknown to me. Type in Coll. Meyrick. Q.: Brisbane {loc. cit.^, but probably the exact locality is Southport. 28. EoiS ALOPECODES.f Acidnlia alopecodes Meyr., Proc.Liun. Soc. N.S.Wales,1887, p. 846. Type in Coll. Meyrick. W.A.: Geraldtou. 29. EoiS POLYGRAMMA. Eois polygramma Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 1902, p. 249. 9. Fillet white. Thorax and abdomen white. Forewings white, with a few scattered dark fuscous scales towards base, and five dentate or wavy ochreous-grey transverse lines; an inter- rupted grey line close to termen; cilia whitish. Hind wings with colour and markings as forewings, but without basal line. Type in Coll. Lower. N.Q.: Cook town (Lower). 30. Eois stenozona. Eois stenozona Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 1902, p. 248. Face blackish. Head, antennae, thorax, and abdomen ochreous- whitish. Forewings ochreous-whitish sparsely irrorated with * Plumbum, lead; scriptus, written, lined. t dXco-fKcodijs, like a fox, foxy-red. BY A. J. TURNER. 655 dark fuscous; a well marked dark fuscous, dentate, postmedian line from f costa to | dorsum. Hind wings with similar colora- tion and postmedian line. Type in Coll. Lower. N.S.W.: Broken Hill (Lower). Gen. 4. L e p t o m e k i s. Leplomeris Hb., Verz. p.310; Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, p.89. Craspedia Hb., Verz. p.3r2; Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p. 426. Face smooth. Palpi obliquely ascending, moderate or rather short, second joint closely appressed to or sometimes slightly exceeding frons, terminal joint minute. Antennae in ^ serrate, shortly laminate or simple, with moderate or rather long cilia- tions. Posterior tibiae in ^ without spurs, often dilated, in 9 with all spurs present; posterior tarsi in ^ more or less abbre- viated. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 anastomosing shortly with their common stalk, forming a single areole. Hind wings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 short-stalked or separate. The species are numerous, most of them very similar, and require careful discrimination. Special attention should be paid to the structure of the hindlegs of the (J, which in many instances is the most valuable distinguishing character. The Australian species fall naturally into two sections, of which the first contains the great majority. The following species are unavoidably omitted from the tabulation, and must be consulted separately: L despoliata Wlk., didyiuosema Low., hypocallista Low., tetrasticha Low., ca!|ris, conspicuous. by a. j. turner. 675 73. Problepsis sancta. Problepsis sancta Mej'r., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1887, p. 839. Type in Coll. Meyrick. N.Q. : Townsville — Q.: Duaringa, Gayndah, Brisbane, Rose- wood. 74. Problepsis apollinaria. Argyris apollinaria Gn., Lep. x. p.l3; Problepsis apollinaria Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, 1887, p.838. N.Q: Cairns, Geraldton, Towusville. Also from P>orneo. 75 Problepsis cana. Somatina cana Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p. 463. (J9. 26-32 mm. Head white; face fuscous, with a few white scales. Palpi \\\ fuscous. Antennae pale ochreous, towards base white: in ^ shortly laminate f J), each lamina ending in two small teeth, which bear fascicles of very long cilia (6-7). Thorax and abdomen white, with sparse fuscous irroration. Legs white, anterior and middle pairs partly suffused with fuscous; posterior tarsi of $ i. Forewings triangular, costa straight, strongly a!ched near apex, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; white with general sparse fuscous irroration; antemedian line obsolete; two large roundish ochreous spots placed transversely beyond middle, outlined by dark fuscous scales showing metallic lustre, and connected by a similar line; a fine pale fuscous line connects upper spot witii costa and lower with dorsum; a finely dentate, outwardly curved, pale fuscous postmedian line, from J costa to 4 dorsum; succeeded by suffused, indistinct, interrupted, subterminal and submarginal lines ; a black terminal line, thickened between veins; cilia white with a few^ fuscous scales. Hindwings with termen bowed; colour and markings as fore- wings, but discal spot single, narrow, and white centred. N.Q.: Geraldton, Townsville — N.W.A.: Baudin Island. Also from Ceylon and India. 676 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTER-A, IV., Gen. 11. Tr YGODES. Trygodes Gn., Lep. ix. p. 426; Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p.460 : Antitrygodes Warr., Nov. Zool. 1895, p. 90. Face smooth. Tongue well-developed. Palpi slender, short, ascending, reaching slightly beyond frons; terminal joint very small. Antennae of $ laminate or shortly pectinate, thelaminse or pectinations ending in tufts of hair on three penultimate seg- ments. Posterior tibiae of $ without spurs. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, and 11 connected with their common stalk to form a single areole, or 10 anastomosing first with 11 and then with 9 to form a double areole. Hindwings with 5 from about middle of cell, 6 and 7 sej>arate. Type, T. muscivaria H. Sch., from South America. A small genus found in the tropical regions of both hemispheres. It shows some variability in details of structure. The single areole is found in T. divisaria, the peculiar double areole in T. catacissa. Section i. Posterior' tibice in ^ strongly dilated ivith a tuft of long Jiairs from itmer side of base. 76. Trygodes divisaria. Macaria divisaria Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiii. p. 9 27: Trygodes agrata F. & R., Reise Nov. pi. 128, fig. 19 : Trygodes divisaria Hmps., Moths. Ind. iii. p.460. (J. 40 mm. Face purple-fuscous, lower edge white; fillet white; crown narrowly dark fuscous. Antennae fuscous, towards base whitish. Thorax white with a few dull purple scales; anterior edge broadly dull purple. Abdomen white; lateral tufts ochreous- whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair fuscous anteriorly; posterior pair white. Forewings triangular, costa nearly straight, arched towards apex, termen bowed, oblique, wavy; whitish with sparsely scattered dark fuscous scales; costal edge and a subcostal streak sufiPusedly reddish-violet; several large dark green spots edged with reddish-fuscous in basal half of disc; a small spot in cell near base and a larger between this and dorsum, a large squarish blotch in end of cell, followed by two smaller blotches, BY A. J. TURNER 677 a large blotch before and a smaller beyond origin of vein 2; a fine wavy fuscous line from i costa to tornus; three subapical green and reddish-fuscous spots parallel to termen; a fuscou>s terminal line; cilia whitish; apices purplish-tinged. Hindwings with termen strongly bowed, sharply dentate; colour like fore- wings, but more strongly violet-tinged; three blotches like fore- wings, two median within and beyond cell, and a third between these and inner margin; some ferruginous suffusion beyond blotches; wavy purplish postmedian and subterminal lines, the latter with a sharp median projection; terminal line and cilia as forewings. A large and very handsome species. The green blotches on wings are somewhat variable. Type in British Museum. N.Q.: Kuranda and Gerald ton (Johnstone River); two speci- mens Also from Celebes, Ceylon, and India. Section ii. Posterior tibice of ^ slender, ivithout tuft. 77. Trygodes catacissa,"^ n.sp, $. 28 mm. Head pale ochreous; fillet reddish-fuscous; face reddish-fuscous, lower edge whitish. Palpi whitish, outer surface reddish-fuscous. Antennae whitish-ochreous, towards base reddish-fuscous; in $ with short (|) slender pectinations ending in fascicles of long cilia (2^). Thorax and abdomen grey-whitish with a very few scattered blackish scales. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior tibial and tarsi pale fuscous anteriorly; posterior tibia? in $ slender, without spurs. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; grey-whitish with a very few scattered blackish scales; costal edgQ pale reddish; a green subapical spot beneath \ costa, edged with fuscous, narrowly connected with a similar elongate fascia-like spot which reaches to dorsum at |; the latter is constricted near middle and bent outwards towards dorsum; several lines of fine fuscous * KaTaKi(T(TOSi ivy-wreathed. 678 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV., strigul^e between this and termen; a grey terminal line; cilia white. Hindwings with termen bowed; groundcolour as fore- wings; a row of five unequal roundish green spots from | dorsum transversely towards costa, but not reaching half-way, outlined with fuscous, and preceded by a fuscous line; cilia white with basal fuscous dots opposite veins. Underside whitish. Type in Coll. Turner. N.Q.: Kuranda, in October and November; two specimens, of which one is in Coll. Lyell. Gen. 12. Chrysocraspeda. Chrysocraspeda Hmps., Moths Ind. iii. p. 443. Face smooth. Tongue well-developed. Palpi short, slender, porrect; terminal joint minute. Antennae of $ with a double row of long pectinations, apical \ simple. Posterior tibiae with all spurs present in both sexes. Forewings with no areole, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked, 5 from middle or slightly above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked. An Indo-Malayan genus of some extent, easily recognised by the absence of the areole, and by the crimson and j^ellow colora- tion of the species. According to Hampson, the stalking of 3 and 4, and of 6 and 7 of the hindwings is not constant. Type C. ahhadraca Wlk., from Ceylon and India. 1. Forewings with a broad yellow fascia from beneath costa to tornus IS. inundata. Forewings without yellow fascia 2. 2. Hindwings with discal spot white 79. aurimargo. Hindwings with discal spot yellow 80 cruoraria. 7^. Chrysocraspeda inundata. Chrysocraspeda inundata Warr., Nov. Zool. 1898, p. 238. 9.22 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen dull crimson. Antennae whitish, towards base crimson-tinged. [Legs broken]. Forewings oval, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen long, obliquely rounded; dull crimson; a broad sharply defined yellow bar commencing abruptly at subcostal vein before middle,. BY A. J. TURNER. 679 curved outwards and gradually dilated to end on tornus; upper half of termen narrowly yellow; cilia yellow. Hindwings elongate-oval, termen very strongly bowed; dull crimson; a white discal dot at J; termen narrowly yellow; cilia yellow. Type in Coll. Rothschild. N.Q.: Kuranda, in October; one specimen in Coll. Lyell, received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. Also from New Guinea. 79. Chrysocraspeda aurimargo, Chrysocraspeda aurima^^go War r., Nov. Zool. 1897, p.216. (J. 21-22 mm. Head, face, palpi, and antennae dull crimson; antennal pectinations in g very long (10). Thorax and abdomen ochreous-crimson. Legs pale ochreous; anterior and middle pairs crimson-tinged. Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; ochreous- crimson with fine fuscous strigulations; a median fuscous discal dot, a fuscous postmedian line from | costa bent outwards and then inwards to f dorsum; a fine yellow terminal line, mixed with crimson, from apex to beyond middle; a yellow spot on tornus narrowly prolonged on termen; cilia yellow. Hindwings oblong, termen obtusely angled; colour and markings as fore- wings, but discal dot white margined with fuscous. Underside dull crimson with yellow markings as above. Type in Coll. Rothschild. N.Q.: Cooktown, Kuranda, in May and June; two specimens (F. P. Dodd). 80. Chrysocraspeda cruoraria. Chi'ysolene cruoraria Warr., Nov. Zool. 1897, p.49. 9.24 mm. Head fuscous; face, palpi, and antennae crimson. Thorax fuscous with a posterior crimson spot. [Abdomen broken]. Legs pale ochreous; anterior and middle pairs sufi'used with crimson. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen long, strongly bowed, strongly oblique; deep crimson; a fuscous suffusion at base prolonged along costa to J, and more broadly along dorsum nearly to tornus; 54 680 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, IV., a suffused yellow central spot; a subapical fuscous suffusion from costa to vein 3; termen suffused with yellow; cilia yellow, inter- rupted by a crimson bar at mid-termen. Hind wings oblong, termen strongl}^ produced to form an obtuse angle; deep crimson; a suffused yellow spot at J; a broad fuscous postmedian band; termen and cilia as forewings. Underside similar without fuscous suffusions and less vivid. This beautiful species is a true Chrysocraspeda, having 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 of forewings stalked. Type in Coll. Rothschild. N.Q.: Oooktown, Kuranda, in July; one specimen (F. P. Dodd). Gen. 13. Ptochophyle. Ptochophyle Warr,, Nov. Zool. 1896, p.293. Face smooth. Tongue well developed . Palpi short, slender, ascending; terminal joint minute. Antennse in $ with a double row of long pectinations, apical ^ simple. Posterior tibiae with all spurs present in both sexes. Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 anastomosing very shortly with their common stalk well before origin of 7. Hindwings with 5 from slightly above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked. This o^enus is not to be confused with the European Leiicoph- thahnia Hb., {Ephyra Dup.), which is more closely allied to Gnamjytoloma by the neuration. I cannot be quite sure that the genus here described is that to which Mr. Warren gave the name Ptochophyle, but it appears probable. Type P. notata Warr., from the Louisiades. 81. Ptochophyle cyphosticha,* n.sp. (J^. 20-24 mm. Head, palpi, and antennae pale reddish-brown; pectinations in $ very long (10). Thorax and abdomen pale reddish-brown; sides of abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legswhitish- ochreous; anterior and middle pairs with some pale crimson KVv. H. G. Chapman has carried out for me a number of experiments on rabbits, frogs, and dogs. Introduced into a rabbit's eye, 0-1 mgm.-of solandrine causes full dilatation of the pupil, with loss of the light reflex in twenty- minutes. The inequality of the pupils may be noted until the fourth day after the instillation. On the frog's heart solandrine possesses the property of paralysing the receptive substance for the endings of the vagus nerve. After the application of solandrine, stimulation of the trunk of the vagus no longer abolishes or interferes with the rhythm of the heart. Stimulation of the crescentic junction of auricle and sinus also fails to arrest the beat. In the dog the injection of 8 mgms. of solandrine abolished the secretion of saliva and tears, accelerated the rate of respiration, increased the rate of the heart beat, and raised the blood pressure. Stimulation of the ))eripheral end of the divided vagus further failed to cause any alteration of the rhythm of the heart beat or the height of the blood pressure. In these respects solandrine exhibits the action of the atropine group of nerve and muscle poisons. Summary and Conclusions. — The alkaloid is proved to belono^ to the atropine group (1) By its chemical constitution: it splits up, on hydrolysis, into a base and an acid in precisely the same ratio as tropine to tropic acid in atropine and its isomers. ,'2) By its chemical and physiological properties : it gives Vitali's test in common with all the members of this group; it produces complete dilatation of the pupil, and all the effects characteristic of the natural tropeines on the heart, the secretory glands and the blood pressure. It exhibits the following differences in properties from the well known tropeines : — phenolphthalein is not reddened by the solution; alcoholic solution of mercuric chloride causes a white ppt., atropine gives red, hyoscyamine gives yellow, and hyoscine a white ppt.; the platinum salt crystallises in small cubical crystals, whilst atropine is monoclinic, and hj^oscyamine triclinic; the aurochloride crystals also are quite different. 794 SOLANDRINE, A NEW MIDRIATIC ALKALOID. Solandrine more closel}^ resembles hyoscine. Both are thick syrups in the free state, yield white ppts. with alcoholic mercuric chloride, and form cubical platinic chlorides. It differs from hyoscine in its aurochloride, in not reddening phenolphthalein, and by the fact that it yields atropic instead of tropic acid when hydrol3^sed. Though much still remains to be done in working out the exact constitution of the alkaloid, I consider that the above results afford sufficient evidence of the existence of a new tropeine alkaloid in Solandra Icevis, for which, therefore, the name Solandrine is proposed. I have to express my best thanks to Professor Anderson Stuart for the numerous facilities he has kindly afforded me in carrying out the above work in his laboratory Corrigendum. — I take the opportunity of drawing attention to a necessary correction in my paper on * The Stinging Property of the Giant Nettle-tree' (These Proceedings, 1906, xxxi., p. 530). In the table on p. 536 the inorganic matter has been inadvertently included twice; the table should read as follows : — On fresh On air-dried leaves. leaves. Extracted by Petroleum spirit ... ... 0-60 2-56 Ether ... 0-33 1-41 Absolute alcohol ... ... 0-88 3-74 Water ... 2-47 10-60 Total extracted by solvents ... 4-28% 18-31% Moisture by air-drying ... 76-65 ,, and vol. acids at llC ... 3-11 13-30 Inorganic matter = ash ... 3-60 15-42 Cellulose, lignin (by difference)... ... 12-36 52-97 100-00 100-00 Also on p.535, line 24, /or 4-74% read 3-74 •95 THE GEOGRAPHICAL STGXIFICAXCE OF FLOODS, WITH ESPECIAL REFERENCE TO GLACIAL ACTION. By E. C. Andrews, B.A. (Plates xliv.-xlv.) Introduction. The finding of a principle is necessary for scientific advance- ment : with its clear understanding one marvels that the explana- tion of certain natural phenomena has been concealed so long. Nevertheless, although every natural law so far discovered is excessively simple in its operation, a comprehensive, as against a micro.-: copic, view is needful, otherwise the grand simple and central fact may be missed in the maze of attendant details. The case is analogous to that in which the names of territories or continents printed in large type across maps are missed owing to the focussing of the eye on the minute details; similarly, novices experience difficulty in grasping the principle of the steam engine when confronted, for the first time, with a near view of the subsidiary parts. Apparently the case of stream-development is no exception. The belief that streams have, in the majority of instances, carved their containing valleys; that sea-currents have moulded the shoreline curves; and that glaciers have, to some extent at least, modified the preglacial valley-contours, is very widely entertained; nevertheless the significance between extreme flood and drought stages appears to have been strangely over- looked. The great difference in the work performed during these extreme phases of stream-action may have been frequently admitted, but the application of the principle has not been seriously considered. Thus, are we to consider the work of the normal stream or that of the mighty flood as our unit in estimat- 64 796 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, ing stream corrasive effects 1 Whichever is taken, the problem resolves itself into a summation of excessively numerous and relatively small activities. Is the valley the summation mainly of many thousand flood- thrusts; or is it rather the " integration of an infinity " of normal and drought stream effects ? If now it can be shown that floods of great strength produce characteristic and important forms in valley channels; and furthermore that these characteristic and dominant forms remain virtually unaltered until the return of an equally great, or still greater, flood, we should obviously feel inclined to assign b}^ far the more important corrasive effects to flood-action. Moreover, if a study of very small flood-channels, such as road- side storm-gutters and brooklets; of larger examples such as those of rivers and shorelines; and of mighty channels also such as Alpine and Sierran canons, channels undoubtedly subject to former intense glacial action — if a study of these, we say, should reveal, in each type, the presence of peculiar and prominent contours all of similar shapes; and not onl}^ so but a similarity of situation in each case for such contours, the difference in size being the only essential point of distinction; and furthermore the size being in direct proportion to the size of the various floods — then indeed we might reasonably feel much more strongly supported in our contention. We would be prepared, of course, to admit the corrasive properties of streams in their normal or even in their drought stages; nevertheless, since the flood-contours are only seriously modified, or possibly effaced, by other deluges, land-reduction would appear to be virtually accomplished by gread flood-corrasion.* Thus if this simple principle be grasped, it will at once be seen how geographical methods will be revolutionised. For seeing that shorelines, stream-developed valleys and fiord-contours are the work of comparatively Titanic forces, it would be useless for one to study the methods of the harmless drought-stricken * Similarly for land-reduction by wind-action, the work of the great wind- storm should altogether overshadow the effects of the intergale and the zephyr stages. BY E. C. ANDREWS. 797 streams in order to appreciate the real shock of attack by which the land-contours had been carved. He who would see the true state of affairs must watch the Titan delivering his heaviest blow. Not that the succeeding pigmy-streams are incapable of continu- ing the work started by the giant, but merely that, while yet they are occupied in obliterating the Titan's marks, he again returns and carries on his former work of reduction. The clear conception of the fact that shorelines, valley-floors, and fiord-contours result from the action of successive mighty floods, would put to rest many disputed points in glaciation and peneplanation; for it would at once be observed that drought streams slumber peacefully among the wreckage produced by the floods. So enormous were the weapons with which the giant streams armed themselves, and so flat were the grades thev pro- duced, that all the energies of normal streams or glaciers are utilised in merely filling up the holes resulting from such Titanic attack, or in forming lakes to surmount the masses of debris dropped here and there in the bed of the stream, upon the retreat of the great flood. So simple was the principle that many Avorkers appear, tacitly, to have admitted it; nevertheless they would not perceive its main significance. To Dr. G. K. Gilbert (17,a pp.89-90) belongs"^ ' the honour of having first, in 1883, clearly enunciated the principle as it applies to ordinary streams and coastlines. Yet even that acute and philosophic geologist hesitated to apply his ownf far-reaching discovery to glacial studies. (17) The present paper is an attempt to throw further light on Gilbert's principle by a comparison of observed small effects, such as one sees in storm-gutters, wdth the grand contours obtaining along large streams and glacial channels. * Gilbert, G. K. —Quoted at length later (p. 800). The idea had occurred independently to the present writer in 1905. See Andrews, E. C. {postea). Dr. Gilbert's paper was not read by the writer until 1907. t Dr. Gilbert in a letter to the writer (August, 1907) states that this idea came independently and contemporaneously to both J. W, Powell and himself. 798 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, Causes leading to jyresent statement. The writer was led to apply Gilbert's principle as the result of a short visit to the Lakes and Sounds of South- Western New Zealand in 1902-1903. During that trip a number of topographic forms, totally unlike those of non-glaciated Australia, had been observed. For a time no solution could be found to the problem. At this juncture a glacial note(9,a) and a letter were received from Prof. W. M. Davis. So simplystated were these notes that no doubt existed in the writer's mind as to " glaciation of preglacial valley contours " being the key to the problem. At a later date the writer(l,a) was led to announce the " Flood H3^pothesis " to account for the peculiar forms exhibited by the sounds and associated lakes and canons. The stagnation of present-day glaciers in Alaskan fiords; the overriding of glacial debris by the same ice-masses, and the lack of corrasive power exhibited by Alpine and other glaciers, all seemed explicable on this assump- tion of former ice-flood action. Stream-studies were then entered upon in some little detail. Along gutters, floods were observed to excavate holes alnaost identical in shape with those of typical cirques, sound and lake- basins, as also to glacial canons. Pronounced stagnation during drought or interstorm (flood) periods was noted. From these attention was directed to incipient cailon-contours, then to brooklets, brooks and rivers. In all, similar and similarly situated forms were observed. In every instance basins were seen to have been excavated at points of marked convergence; at points of weakness; and also other points of heavy thrust in the large or small canons. The valley-basins were observed to possess reversed grades downstream : in short, they were minia- tures of the fiord- and lake-basins existing in regions of recent intense glacial action. One was thus led, step by step, to reason from flood-eftects in small channels such as roadside gutters, incipient caiions and brooklets, to those in basins and spurless caiions of intensely glaciated regions. In a word, knowing that certain gigantic and remarkable "facts of form" — to wit, cirques, fiord- and associated BY E. C. ANDREWS. 799 lake-basins, spurless canoii-walls, and hanging valleys— always and only obtained in glacial regions; knowing also that these contours are duplicated in miniature along river flood-channels (allowance being always made for the stage of development attained); knowing moreover that these forms are again dupli- cated, but still less in size, along roadside gutter flood-channels, these last-mentioned forms being, by direct observation, undoubt- edly the product of floods; and, finally, knowing that ice- and w^ater-streams are somewhat analogous,(31) in general aspect; might not all these contours be interpreted as the early attempts of floods, varying in magnitude, to cause approximation of their channel bases to sea-level 1 An analogy drawn from botanical studies may not be irrelevant in this connection. No one has seen any individual forest monarch in all its successive stages of sprouting, maturity, old age, and advanced senile decay, yet, even were the testimony of history outside his own experience withheld, no observer could doubt that each and every forest king possessed such stages of development; in the first place because the forest abounds with individuals representing all stages of growth and decay, and secondly, because each year one sees the birth, growth, decay and death of plant "annuals," these varying from the forest kings only in points of size and longevity. The observer simply grasps clearly the life-stages of the " annual," and then, from these small forms, infers the life-history of the greater. To the observant, it is thus also with the small roadside gutter-basins — the product of severe storms — the Amazonian channel-basins, and the fiord-basins, the latter expressing the summation of huge flood-thrusts. The writer's best thanks are due to H. Hoggan, Esq., for the drawing illustrating the contours produced in a creek-base during a flood at Bouralong in New England, N. S. Wales. Some recent Advances in Stream and Glacial Studies. At this stage it may be advisable to note certain recent advances in stream and glacial studies, all throwing light upon 800 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, the subject under discussion. Between the periods 1874 and 1883, the scientific epics of Dutton,(10) Gilbert,(17,a,&) and Powell(33) were produced. So clear is Gilbert's statement con- cerning flood-action that one marvels at the persistence of the glacial controversy. For the benefit of all, Gilbert's(17,a,pp.S9-90) grand announce- ment is here reproduced. " The explanation of these inequalities depends in part on a principle of wide application, which is on the one hand so important and on the other so frequently ignored that a para- graph may properly be devoted to it, by way of digression. There are numerous geologic processes in which quantitative variations of a causative factor work immensely greater quanti- tative variations of the eflfect. It is somewhat as though the effect was proportioned to an algebraic power of the cause, but the relation is never so simple .... and it gives to the exceptional flood a power greatly in excess of the normal or annual flood. Not only is it true that the work accomplished in a few days is greater than all that is accomplished during the remainder of the year, but it may even be true that the effect of the maximum flood of the decade or generation or century sur- passes the combined effects of all minor floods. It follows that the dimensions of the channel are established by the great flood and adjusted to its needs. " In littoral transportation the great storm bears the same relation to the minor storm and to the fair-weather breeze. The waves created by the great storm not only lift more detritus from each unit of the littoral zone, but they act upon a broader zone, and they are competent to move larger masses. The currents which accompany them are correspondingly rapid, and carry forward the augmented shore-drift at an accelerated rate. It follows that the habit of the shore, including not only the maximum height of the beach line and the height of its profile, but the dimensions of the wave-cut terrace and of various other wave-products presently to \>e described, is determined by and adjusted to the great storm. BY E. C. ANDREWS 801 "Ifc should be said by way of qualification that the low-tide stream and the breeze-lifted wave have a definite though sub- ordinate influence on the topographic configuration. After the great flood has passed by, the shrunken stream works over the finer debris . . . the smaller waves of fair weather construct a miniature beach profile adapted to their size. . , . Thus, as early perceived by De la Beche* and Beaumont,! it is only for a short time immediately after the passage of the great storm that the beach profile is a simple curve; it comes afterwards to be interrupted by a series of superposed ridges produced by storms of different magnitude." McGee's paper of 1 883(21, «) is a remarkable statement. Atten- tion is drawn therein to typical glacial profiles, and a great case for glaciation is here unmistakably stated. Russell in 1889, (25, a) Cushing(6,«) in 1891, and Russell again in 1 892(25, Z^) experienced difficulties in accepting the glacial explanation for certain cailon-contours. Especially were these difficulties experienced in attempting explanations of the moraine- overriding habits, and general stagnation of the Muir and other glaciers. McGee in 1894,(21, &) \vhen considering the mechanics of glacia- tion, Culver in 1895(5,a) and Reid in 1896(24,«) all record appa- rently anomalous phenomena, which, however, apparently admit readily of explanation on the assumption of former ice-floods. The ' Great Ice Age,' by Dr. J. Geikie,(16) furnishes a grand summary of glacial knowledge up till 1898. Incorporated with this volume is a concise statement by Chamberlin of glaciation in North America. The articles by Chamberlin(3,a,6,c) and Salisbury (26) throw much light on glacial mechanics. In the illustrations accompanying Chamberlin's Reports, one sees repeated evidence of the shearing and overthrusting of ice- * Manual of Geology. Philadelphia, 1832, p. 72. t Le9ons, p. 226 and pl.iv. 802 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, layers in glaciers. This, by some observers, has been adduced as evidence of the incompetence of ice-erosion. Yet this is what one would expect from a study of ordinary streams. Ever}^ river has a down-stream motion; nevertheless, at almost every point, eddies are set up by reason of channel obstacles; and these eddies give rise to breaking and .shearing of water-masses. Compare also the breaking of waves, the wave of translation, the undertow, the leaping of torrent flood-waters, and the violent dashino- of the same around rocks and other channel obstructions. Notwithstanding this evidence of waste force, no engineer of repute would believe that such eddying and overthrusting of water-masses argued corrasive incompetence for that particular stream. On the contrary, these shearings reveal intense action which finds partial relief upwards by reflection. Dr. W. G. Woolnough, of Sydney University, in conversation with the writer, mentioned the action of a great flood witnessed by him in Fiji. So great was the rush of storm-water that, not only water-masses, but large stones were thrown high above the stream-surface by the tremendous force of the eddying current. Gannett's "Lake Chelan "(13) apparently marks the commence- ment of a new era in glacial work. Fresh light is thrown on the problem by his descriptions and discussion. Penck again, in 1899, as quoted by Davis,(9,a,p.319) stated the case for vigorous glacial erosion in the Alps. Both Gannett and Penck have drawn attention to certain similarities existing between glacial and ordinary stream-channels. It was, however, a comprehensive paper by Davis, in 1900,(3,a) which caused the Writer- to become a " glacialist." As a result of meditation on the excessive simplicity of Davis's statement, the idea was entertained that the existence of a former great ice-flood would throw light on such apparent anomalies as present- day glacial stagnation, moraine-overriding by ice-masses, the peculiar appearance of drumlins, and other points. Gilbert's contribution, in 1899, (17, a) marks a decided progres- sive move. To him we are indebted for the term " Hanging Kk E. C. ANDREWS. 803 Valleys," as also for an expi,"" nation of these peculiar forms. Russell and McGee had, still eai^'er, called attention to these contours. McGee had also supplied a. explanation. Matthes's report of 1899,(20) as also his ^opoc^iaphic maps of Yosemite, are another valuable addition to ou. knowledge of Sierran glaciation, especially in connection with cirque-formation. Johnson, in 1904,(19) summarised the main topographic points of the Yosemite, As a result of his excellent observations he he was led to announce a method of cirque-formation by forces acting along lines " curving sympathetically " with those of hergschrunds. Tarr in various papers(27,a,6} called attention to the marvellous contours of the Finger Lake and other regions. His latest paper(12) contains very clear statements of the efficiency of ice as a rock-corrader. Westgate, in 1905,(30) quotes a concrete case in which a later ice- visitation had, in the main, succeeded merely in aggrading the excavations made during an earlier glacial period. He, however, does not generalise from the observation. Thesis. The great flood is the main corrasive factor in peneplanation. A " flood " may be defined as that stream-volume which is com- petent not only to utilise the channel-base as a bridge for the transportation of the heaviest stream-material, but has enough residual energy to cut vertically into the live rock of its channel- base. All other stream-volumes are comparatively negligible as regards corrasion. Roadside gutters, brooklet, brook and river valleys, shorelines and glacial canons have dominant shapes all similar and similarly situated. Present-day fiord (and some canon) glaciers should be inactive in their channels, with overriding of moraines. On the assumption of a recent ice age, many contours may thus be predicted for glacial regions. 65 804 the geographical significance of floods, Types of Flood-Channel Contours. For the sake of simplicity the order observed in the following channel-contour descriptions will be from smaller to larger. Fig. 1. — Basin formed in hard clay during heavy storm; Emmaville, New England. Note the aggradation by decrease of gravitative water-thrust. 1. Roadside gv Iters. — It must be understood at the outset that the contours here described refer to country tracks which have S/f Fig.2.— Small basin formed in hard clay at Tenterfield (New England) during heavy storm. Note the decrease of storm-water as shown by partial aggradation of basin. This figure throws much light on cirque and fiord- basin formations, also on drumlin and moraine distribution. BY E. C. ANDREWS. 805 fallen into disrepair. The peculiar contours of these gutters are well known to be developed during severe rainstorms. The forms depend upon the material acted upon; this may be homo- geneous and coherent; it may be soft basally and have a hard capping; or it may be soft above and hard below. The homo- geneous and coherent structures alone will be here considered, as the reader may easily reason out the contours for the non- homogeneous structures from a knowledge of the forms produced in the simplest case. A disused foot, bridle or wheel-track in tenacious clay or rotten rock very frequentl}'' constitutes the Fig. 3. — Trench with amphitheatrical (or cirque-like) head formed in hard clay during heavy thunderstorm. The trench originated in a basin, as shown in figs. 1 and 2; and the recession of the basin-head caused the long gutter with its straight sides and broad base. The figure illustrates a possible origin of fiord-basins. original valley. These tracks may have been but a few inches deep and less than a foot in width. In regions subject to violent thunderstorms the valley, after several years, is probably from one to two feet in depth and has, comparatively, a very wide floor, straight or very steep sides, spurless walls, a fairly uniform grade broken every here and there by amphitheatrically-hea.ded trenches, the amphitheatre bases existing in the form of basins, deepest near their upstream ends. Stream debris is commonly plentiful near the downstream end of the basins. Again, basins 806 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, are commonly located at rut-convergencies and immediately below local barriers or hardnesses such as rocks and tree-roots. Portions only of these gutters may consist of trenches such as those just described, nevertheless, where they occur, the smaller side-streams near the amphitheatrical heads are " hungup " over the main rut. 2 Incipient Canon-Contours. — These interesting geographical features represent the more advanced stages of road-gutter, or similar valley, making. Very frequently they occur in decom- Fig.4. — Incipient canon formed by flood-waters at Uralla (New Eng- land). Note the double slope in the canon. The lower valley showing basin, spurless walls, and U -shape in section marks the work of a very heavy storm. The upper portion of canon shows ordinary spur-development. The lower contour shows a remarkable resemblance to glacial forms. posed rock-masses, and tley may, in a few decades, attain depths as great as 50 feet. They also afford striking examples of V-shaped valle^^s possessing well-marked overlapping spurs. Their origin, in New England, can be usually traced to the BY E. C. ANDREWS. 807 action oT floods along disused wagon tracks, or " tailraces"* used in alluvial mining. The largest examples known to the writer in New England are 50 feet deep, and the greatest age known is 50 years. But, whereas the ordinary road-gutter is wholly occupied by storm-waters, the bases only of the young canons under consideration are so occupied. If attention be confined to the lowest portions only of these gulches there will be found basins, U-shaped sections, and stretches of channel-base recti- linearly disposed, all similar to those found along the gutters. This lower portion is that which is occupied by the heaviest storm-waters. Above these flood-channels one finds V-shaped valley-sections and the other characteristics of valley-slopes which have been determined mainly by weathering and stream trickles. It will be found also that hanging valleys occur along these lower portions in positions similarly situated to those along ordinary road-gutters. The accompanying sketch illustrates contours of a tiny cafion at Uralla, New England. The observations here recorded deserve careful consideration, inasmuch as they throw considerable light on the characteristic contours of fiords and Alpine lake-regions. 3. Brook and river-channel coyitours. — These will be found to represent features very similar to those of incipient canons. One or two distinctions may be drawn, however, between the types, whereas the flood-channel of the incipient canon occupies a considerable fraction of the whole valley, the flood-channels of ordinary brooks and rivers generally occupy but an insignificant portion of their containing valleys. Again, the incipient cafion is but the product of a few years' stream-corrasion, and as such its features stand out plainly; whereas the ordinary stream- developed valley, representing, possibly, the action of streams during millions of years, has its contours softened and partially concealed beneath rock-waste and vegetation. Yet the frequent * A "tailrace," in Australian alluvial mining, aignifies a small channel situated below ground-sluicing operations, and employed as a " getaway " for the earthy material associated with the valuable minerals. €6 808 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, basins and broadly U-shaped contours are, in each case, found both similarly shaped and similarl}' situated. Chamberlin and Salisbury (4,/.p.79) mention the occurrence of a basin at Fort Jackson, excavated by the Mississippi, 250 feet below baselevel. The authors do not state the occasion, or occasions, necessitating such powerful gravitative thrusts; whether obstructions, convergence of tributaries, or formation of small basin at couvergence and later enlargement linearly bv head ward growth, In ordinary stream-valleys also, freedom from debris often characterises channel-narrows, while aggradation marks channel- divergences. In the discussion it will be seen how applicable all this is to the case of glaciation, whether considered as Alpine or continental glaciation. •i. Glacial valley -co nto^irs. — The magnificent descriptions of Davis, Gannett, Gilbert, Johnson, McGee, Penck and others, have made typical glacial valley-contours familiar to all readers. In New Zealand one finds equally characteristic contours in Hall's Arm, Crooked Arm, Lake Te Anau, Milford Sound, and the Hollyford Yalley. The canon floor is frequently terraced (19,2-2n), the terraces being subhorizontal and rising from one to the other by means of amphitheatres or cirque-like forms. For considerable distances spurless walls characterise the canons, while magniticent cirques commonly form valley-heads. Small rock-basins lie at the feet of the cirques, while frequently low cols, U-shaped in section, lead to similar valleys across the divides. The canons of south-western New Zealand end in large rock- basins, sometimes 40 to 50 miles in length, their bases being as much as 2,000 feet below local or main baselevel. Moreover, these basins show reversed grades lower downstream, while tributary streams are well hung up above the main lake or sound floors. The following sketches, as also Plates xliv. and xlv., illus- trate well these contours of formerlv glaciated regions. BY E. C. ANDREWS. 809 Such deeper basins occur at or near marked canon-convergences, within walls of exceptional height and strength. Here, also, occur the finest hanging valley types. Very little morainic material is to be found in these steep canons. ^-^^^?^sM:^<^^:!i=iL^s^^' Fig.5.— The Sentinel, Clinton Valley, N.Z., 3000 (?) feet above valley. A truncated spur, the truncation causing the hanging valley at A. If, now, these forms be compared with those of ordinary stream-valleys, it will be seen that the cirques, lake- and sound- basins, spurless walls and flattish floors are all Brobdingnagian equivalents of the basins and narrows in the flood-channels of the various stream-valley types. In the one case the flood-channel occupies but a fraction of the valley, while in the other the glacier, or ice-flood, occupied almost the whole of the canon. This point, I think, has been especially emphasised by Prof. W. M. Davis (9a,p.293). It is, however, when comparing glacial canons with the gutters produced by floods along disused roads, that the great resemblance to glaciated canons is noticeable. In both cases the flood occupied either the whole or the greater portion of its valley. 810 the geographical significance of floods, Examples of Flood-action as observed by the Author. The forms to be now described occur in the northern and eastern portion of New South Wales. (a) B o u r a 1 0 n g . — Here a creek, with a run of about two miles, flowed along a flat of tenacious clay underlain with heavy stones partly cemented together. A severe thunderstorm pro- duced a rush of water which carved deep trenches and basins along the flat. In one case a trench eight feet deep, ten feet wide, and ten chains long, was cut by the stream. The caiion thus produced had straight sides, a flat floor, and hanging valleys. In another place a trench was cut showing terraces and cirque- like basins. The accompanying plan and sketch illustrate the occurrence. f^ig,6. — Trench formed at Bouralong (New England) during severe storm. Length of trench, 10 chains (220 yards); width and depth, 8 feet. Note the straight walls and the broad base. The trench was formed by recession of a waterfall originating in a marked acceleration of velocity caused by a channel-obstacle situated on a decline. These long trenches were not excavated by a single convergent thrust, but commenced rather as small amphitheatres due to stream-convergence, or gravitative thrusts, determined by obstructions. The waterfall thus started quickly worked its BY E. C. ANDREWS. 811 way backwards, leaving a deep trench and basins in its wake. Especially does this observation throw light on Alpine lake and sound basin-formation by ice-floods. z> c — Lo//c/TaD//v/7L s£rcr/or/ /7/y S£Cr/OMfOO — ■j-£cr/o/vcc S£Cr/0/\fS3 Fig. 7. — Plan and section of a peculiar series of basins formed in hard clay, during a severe storm at Bouralong. The figure throws considerable light on the formation of cirques, lake-basins and canon-contours. Dra\Ying by H. Hoggan. (b) M u d d 3^ Creek, Sydney. — This watercourse has a run of some two miles above the basin-form now to be described. Dnrinor the " DandenonQ- Storm" in 1876, the creek carved out an amphitheatrically-headed basin some 20 feet below the local baselevel. The basin remained for some 20 3'ears, when successive flood-action had succeeded in aggrading it. (c) H i 1 1 g r o V e . — During the severe flood which visited New^ England in 1893, an angular block of granite, some 40 tons in weight, lying in the bed of a small watercourse, was carried two chains downstream by a heavy rush of water. Hosts of boulders, several hundreds of pounds in weight individually, were carried for great distances downstream. Succeeding floods have been 812 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, able only to partly override these boulder-heaps, without moving them. (d) Schofield's Creek . — The marvellous work effected along this small watercourse during a severe thunderstorm has been described elsewhere by the writer (1,6, p.504). These examples could be multiplied almost indefinitely by the reader. In all, the wonderful similarity of forms produced to those existing in glacial caiions is most pronounced. The Action of Great Floods generally. The chief phases of flood-action have been described elsewhere by the writer(l,a,pp.34-41). Several additional facts of observation may be here noted, since to those unaccustomed to the phenomena of great floods, much difficulty attends the conception of ratio of work to increase of velocity as observed by streams. One easily repeats the formula "Power of transportation varies as the sixth power of the velocity," but the significance of this law can only be properly appreciated by the individual through personal observation. In this connection Dr. W. G. AVoolnough, of Sydney University, described to the writer a most severe rain- storm in Fiji during which boulders w^ere swept along a creek bed with such force as to leap high out of the water. In such cases, also, whole masses of water are sheared and driven high above the flood-level. Again, the placid water above the Niagara or Zambesi Falls is the same water which, a little later, rushes in its mad career below the falls. The former may be considered the normal stream, the latter a furious flood, and this simply by reason of greatly increased velocity. In the ordinary stream it is the volume of the flood which produces the increased speed, whereas at Niagara and the Zambesi it is the steepened grade which accelerates the velocity. Again, during floods torrent-narrows are also scoured, and the debris sw^ept thence into valley-divergences. Shearing and eddying of water-masses, as also the scouring of stream-narrows, find their analogies in glacial action. As such shearing and eddying are at a maximum during the period of greatest efliciency BY E. C. ANDREWS. 813 of a river-flood, we may extend the same reasoning to the ice- flood; and thus conclude that great ice-shearing and canon- scouring should mark the period of greatest glacial intensity. On the other hand, the great flood is after all but a study in limitations, for at its very height it aggrades as well as corrades. It cuts vigorously on one side and forms deposits opposite the cutting curve. So does the glacier. But in the latter case the flood was not confined to the cailon base. At times the whole lower cailon might form its cutting side, and the aggrading por- tion might have to be sought high up on the canon sides or in a marked valley-divergence. Recession of high-tvater mark. — With the least recession of the flood comes the dropping out of the heaviest boulders, that is, those which for their moving taxed the utmost strength of the giant. The subsiding water now no longer possesses the energy — gravitative thrust — to use the reversed grades as bridges for transportation of stream debris : forthwith it commences to build out deltas into the depressions. Action of smaller floods. — The smaller flood works over the material left by the great flood, and provides therein for itself a channel similarly shaped to that of the maximum flood. This follows immediately either from direct observation or from a study of the mechanics of flowing water. It cuts basins and other channel-contours now not in rock but in storm-debris, as its strength is incompetent to deliver blows equally telling with those of its predecessor. The largest flood-boulders are not shifted, but merely overriden wholly or in part. It cannot, however, too frequently be stated that smaller floods are quite capable of accomplishing peneplanation themselves, but the great flood is of such common occurrence that the forces of weathering have not time enough — during interflood periods — in which to promote rock-decay whereby the smaller flood might accomplish rock-basining. 5. Shoreline forms. — The recent '' incisive " account of shore- lines by Gulliver,(18) as also the classics of Gilbert(17,a,c) and others enable us to perceive the similarity of shoreline and 814 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, ordinary stream-channel forms. Consider, in this connection, the subaqueous strip varying, according to the depth of the water, from a mere ribbon to a band several miles in width, and "curving sympathetically" with the shoreline. The main activities are the waves, tides, and resultant currents. On one side the heavy wind limits the seaward extension, while on the other the shoreline acts as a wall to the (shore) stream. The action of this current is to form a bridge alongshore over which to transport material. The heaviest floods (storms) can utilise low flat grades as bridges which succeeding smaller floods (or gales) find too flat, and which straightway they proceed to aggrade. Again, the heaviest "gale of the generation or centur}'^" can work havoc on the cliffs by transport of heavy boulders. With the recession of the great gale these are dropped, and succeeding heavy but weaker gales can merely override, but not move, these boulders. Thus the deadty weapon to the cliffs in the hand of the great gale has become a veritable buttress to the cliffs during the period of lesser winds Significance. It may seem a simple matter to accept Gilbert's principle, namely, that the great flood accomplishes the main portion of stream-work, nevertheless it is almost safe to state that its proper understanding would lead to results almost, if not quite, as remarkable as those which have followed on the proper apprehen- sion of other fundamental geological conceptions. For the light thrown thus on glacial methods is almost incredible at first glance, while the value of ice-action studies in any discussion as to methods of peneplanation is, in turn, strikingly apparent. And for this purpose, when discussing stream-channel grades, it would appear advisable to consider the channel-contour rather than the surface of the waterbod}^ contained therein. Prof. Davis has by letter pointed out to the writer that the term " grade " as applied to streams should have reference more correctly to their surface-levels; for the purposes of this note, however, interest centres around the channel-contours them- BY K. C. ANDREWS. 815 selves. In youthful dissection one finds the greatest discordances in these channel rock-slopes; while in extreme old age the grades are almost perfectly harmonious : in other words, in areas of little or no relief gravitative thrust is reduced to a minimum. Believing firmly in Gilbert's principle, the writer has ventured to announce the existence of certain land-contours the world over on the assumption of such principle. Contours in glaciated regions have been specially selected for consideration because of the various conflicting views entertained as to their origin. A. Glacial pheiiomena. (a) Fiord regions. — Alaska, New Zealand, Norway, Patagonia. The following deductions are based partly on the belief that in these regions fierce but short-lived glacial floods acted along pro- found stream-formed canons, and, in part, also, on the belief that glacial action is analogous to that of water streams. This con- clusion is based on a comparison of glaciated and non-glaciated western New Zealand. The contours expected in glaciated areas on such analogy would be much as follows : — i. Canons of profound depth with comparatively wide and flat floors. ii. Rectilinear walls in part. Compare Fig. 3 illustrating roadside gutter-development during floods whereby deep straight trenches are excavated. iii. Floors of canons interrupted frequently by terraces possess- ing, approximately, amphitheatrically shaped heads. Compare Figs. 4 and 7. iv. Canons terminating frequently in magnificent cirques. See Figs. 2 and 3. V. Cirques or, at times, precipices under smoothed cols. vi. Basins at feet of cirques with reversed grades lower down- stream. Compare with Fig. 2. vii. Canon floor-grades interrupted bj' basins at various points: (a) At marked canon-convergences, especially where the main valley is but slightly larger in cross-sectional area than either of ts feeders. ^f ; '■ (j. ^ / />>^^^^^^^ r .. -^^ 816 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, (b) Caiion-nan'ows between exceptionally high and resistant walls. (c) Areas of heavy thrust joining points of marked canon con- vergence, or several points of maximum gravitative thrust. Fii • Cirque-formations. Compare with figs. 1, 2, and 3. To this case the writer would direct special attention, as thereby main fiord-excavation is probably explicable. And, at a glance, it will be seen that this is but a logical conclusion from a study of an example as depicted in Fig 6. The trench depicted in Fig.G was formed by the establishment of a point of heavy gravitative thrust downstream. This formed a marked discordance of grade; and the trench resulted from the recession of the initial waterfall. The higher the waterfall and the greater the water volume, the greater the gravitative thrust, that is, the deeper the basin excavated. Now in a preglacial canon we have, say, a marked canon- convergence. A local basin is thus formed by the great ice- flood. Upstream another marked convergence occurs, causing a heavy down-canon thrust. In seeking to harmonise the grade broken by the downstream ice-convergence, the ice-floods of the feeding caiions cause the basin-head to retreat upstream as far as BY E. C. ANDREWS. 817 the marked upper canon-convergences. Above these points basin-formation might progress but slowly. Fiord-, and associated canon-, basins should be carefully studied with this idea in view. Our only hope lies in studying these analogies, for we have ascertained, both by direct observation and the mechanics of flowing water, that the drought-stream is unable to utilise the flood-stream grade as a working slope : we cannot hope then, in the near future, to witness another ice-flood. viii. Canon convergences characterised by absence of morainic debris. ix. Great deposition of debris below and near the basin-mouths. If the latest flood were enormous, so much freer from debris would the basin be; if a succession of smaller floods should follow, the tendency would be to fill the basin. The more nearly comparable these later floods should be, in point of size, to the large flood producing the basin, the farther down the basin would the debris be forced, leaving the head free and deep. Absolute incompetency to transport would result in delta-forming at the basin-head — in a word, the gravitative thrust would be zero below the local base-level. Compare in this connection Figs. 1 and 2. X. Hanging valleys associated with fiord-basins. If the fiord basin result from ice-thrusts along converging caiions arranged symmetrically to the axis of the main canon, then the hanging valleys may occur developed equally well along either side of the cailon; if the converging canon axes be unsymmetrically disposed with respect to that of the main caiion, then along that side of the fiord or canon facing the resultant ice-thrust one should expect marked undercutting of walls, with development of corres- pondingly grand hanging valley examples. Hanging valleys may also be formed by the processes described in ix. xi. A marked inactivity of glacial-action at canon-divergence (ice-diffluences). xii. The glaciers succeeding to a period of intense glacial activity would confine their work to aggradation. The glaciers, therefore, which now occupy fiord-basins will be stagnant, over- 818 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, riding the old flood-moraines : in a word, by analogy with ordinary stream-action, they will be found hopelessly incompetent to effect corrasion of their beds. Thus is deduced a most significant truth that, while present- day glaciers may certainly be studied to great advantage with a view to ascertaining methods of ice-motion on slopes, the work of the recent ice age glaciers cannot be appreciated by such study alone. On the contrary, unless one has a firm grasp of Gilbert's principle, the study of present-day glaciers would actually tend to cause disbelief in the competency of any ice-mass to efficiently corrade its channel. Experiments should be con- ducted in small stream-formed caiions by forcing strong ice- streams along the same for a considerable period. The removal of the ice should then reveal contours such as those just described. Application. — 1 . New Zealand: Milford Sound. The convergence of Harrison Cove caiion with the main valley occurs near the Sound-mouth. Several miles higher up is the marked convergence of the Arthur and Cleddau canons. Probably a basin was formed by the gravitative thrust at Harrison Cove mouth. This basin-excavation was continued upstream by the heav}'' ice-rush resulting from the marked convergence of the Arthur and Cleddau glaciers. This trough, in the line of fiercest thrust, is, as we should expect, free from morainic material : in fact, the trough itself demonstrates corrasion as opposed to aggradation. The marked shallowing of the main Sound outlet, as revealed b}^ hj'drographic surveys, indicates either "dumping" of material here or a slackening off, during the ice-flood, of rock- corrading power. Deltas now occupy the lower portions of the Cleduau and Arthur Rivers. These represent the action of insignificant postglacial water-streams. The resultant set of the former monstrous glaciers of the Arthur and Cleddau caiions was, approximately, to the north-west; therefore the northern wall of Milford should have been specially selected for attack. Undercutting forces would here be at a maximum, and hanging valleys would be correspondingly well "hung up": this is the actual state of affairs at Milford. BY E. C. ANDRKWS. 819 Examples almost equally as striking as those of Milforcl are to be found in Smith's Sound and Hall's Arm. Preservation Inlet, Fig. 9. — General view of Milford Sound from convergence of Cleddau and Arthur canons. The major thrust (P) has been directed against the right hand (northern) wall, as shown by marvellously undercut walls, FF and QQ. A, Mitre Rock; 5,600 feet. B, Sterling Falls (Hanging Valley); 504 feet. C, The Lion Rock: 4,.300 feet. D, Sinbad Valley; 5,000 feet deep. E, The lip of Bowen Falls; 550 feet (caused by enormous undercutting of wall QQ). FF, Straight wall; 2,500 feet high. Sound 1,500 feet deep under points FFB. The Sound appears to have commenced by baisining near B, and then carried backwards to ZZZ by recession of ice-fall and marked canon-convergences. (Pl.xlv.) on the other hand, exhibits canon-divergence rather than convergence. Here, then, one would naturally look for islets as evidencing much reduced power of scouring. 820 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, 2. Norway. — From photographs of Norwegian fiord-scenery one would expect to find a close association of dense rocks, straight Fig. 10. — The Arthur River at its junction with the Cleddau. The wall SSS marks the actual former glacial flood junction. Note the marked undercutting of canon walls. Fig. 11. — Sketch of Dusky Sound contours, New Zealand. Note the truncated spurs. walls, marked canon-convergence, and development of hanging valleys in the fiords of profound depth, such as the Sogne example is reputed to be. One should look for the long "deeps" to "join hands," as it were, from point to point of marked canon- convergence. Each great convergence, or sudden narrowing, produced a basin which was continued backwards until it merged BY E C. ANDREWS. 821 into that higher up stream. We should thus even look for irregularities of depth from point to point in individual basins (fiords), especially at convergences and narrows. All broads and divergences, as opposed to cailon-narrows, might be expected to hold less profound fiord-basins; in fact, one would even expect to find islets amid such surroundings. 3, Alaska . — The remarks made concerning New Zealand and Korway would also apply equally well in this localit}'. The Muir and Melaspina basins are, doubtless, associated either with marked canon-convergences, by canon-narrowing lower down stream, or other points indicative of heavy gravitative thrust. These brief notes ma}" serve to indicate the writer's general opinion concerning fiord-basins. Of course it is very possible that the glacial floods were not equally persistent in all fiord lands. Each district must be considered separately. Thus, suppose that a severe, or a record, ice-flood marked the last visita- tion in New Zealand, while a comparatively weak flood marked the Northern Fiord Ice Period. Then, in New Zealand, one would expect clean troughs (fiord-basins), while in the north he would expect heavy morainic deposits in the lower ends of the basins. Compare figs.l and 2. (b) European Alps, Californian Sierras, the New Zealand Alps, and similar geographic regions. l.New Zealand. — Similar topographic contours might be expected in these localities to those obtaining in the fiord-regions ; the main difference being that the fiord- contours are referred to main baselevel, while those of the Sierras and Alps are referable to higher temporary baselevels. Thus, Lakes Wakatipu, Wanaka, Te Anau, Hawea, and Manawapouri in New Zealand, have contours almost identical with those of the fiords on the opposite side of the range; the lake-surfaces, however, are generally 1,000 feet above sea-level. Hanging valleys and lake-depths are, apparently, not so pronounced as in fiords. This is doubtless connected with the heavy precipitation to be found in fiord-regions. In New 822 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, Zealand, while the fiord-region gets from 150 to 250 inches of moisture per annum, Lakes Wakatipu and Te Anau probably do not exceed 60 inches. A comparable precipitation probably obtained in the Ice Age, since no earth-movements of note appear to have taken place here in postglacial time. 2. Sierras . — A magnificent set of photographs illustrating geographic contours in the Canadian Rockies has been presented to the writer by A. O, Wheeler, of Calgary: and these shew forms identical with New Zealand Alpine types. It is more than possible that the grand canon-contours of the Sierras are associated with marked canon-convergences, or that basins (lakes) have been formed by corrasion at marked conver- gences, and lengthened by gravitative thrust of the upstream glacier in its attempts to harmonise the canon-grades. Hanging- valleys, sheer precipices and spurs shrivelled up to the main canon-wall should be studied in connection with known direction of resultant thrusts from canon-convergences. Lake Chelan appears to be a remarkable study in structural strength, allowing of profound preglacial narrows; of caiion-convergences with trough (lake) development by reason of headward retreat of heavy ice- falls initiated by some downstream canon-convergence. Mono Lake region also appears to be a study in resistance or differential strength. Cirques, also, probably arise in the main from the plunging action of floods, as exemplified by ordinary stream-action. Associated cols, when present, should always be examined in this connection to discover the catchment area really belonging to a canon during the Glacial Period. Willard D. Johnson, however, in a brilliant note (19), suggests that cirque-corrasion is progress- ing now along lines "curving sympathetically" with the bergschrund. All such localities should be studied in connection with the provisions of the Ice-Flood Hypothesis. One point which must not be lost sight of in this glacial study is, that intense ice-action, as water-action, is extremely localised. More misconceptions appear to have arisen from an oversight of this fact than any other. With streams seeking the baselevel. BY K. c. andrp:\v.s. 823 the points of heavy gravitative thrust are the major discordances of channel-grade, howsoever initiated. Now, from considerations of eartli-relief these are seen to be common only in Alpine or similar regions v*'here torrent-tracks and marked canon- convergences abound. Glacial contours should therefore be expected to reveal their magnificence in such regions, and be reduced almost to vanishing point when traversing regions of gentle relief. We shall see how applicable all this is when discussing corrasion by an ice-sheet. S.European Alp s. — As with the New Zealand Alps, the Californian Sierras, and the Canadian Rockies, so we should expect certain land-forms in the European Alps. The descriptions of Brigham (2), Davis (9a), Garwood (14), Penck (22) and others, have enriched our knowledge of this region. Each of such forms should be studied in connection with geologic structure, preglacial canon-convergences, and cailon-broads or narrows. In studying glacial convergence one must not be altogether guided by the disposition of the lower canon-base; he must consider the canon as a whole, otherwise he will be led into serious errors. For the European Alps, Garwood's excellent photographs reveal forms precisely similar to those expected by the writer on the assumption of the ice-flood hypothesis. c. ^Areas t^xiversed by a Continental Ice-Sheet. Imagine an ice-sheet covering all or almost the whole of a large land-area. It is immaterial for our purpose whether the sheet forms at one or more centres. In the case of several centres the meeting-points are those, apparently, of reduced energy so far as external glacial work is concerned. The problem then resolves itself into one of a broad knowledge of pre- glacial topography. i. Suppose the ice-sheet to descend an area of excessively rugged topography. The forms described under headings A and B should now be looked for. The less rugged the land-masses, 67 8"24 THE GKOGRAFHIOAL SIOXIFICAXOK OF FLOODS, the less their vertical relief, and the wider the valleys the less marked the cafton-convergences (as concerns heavy ice-thrusting), and hence the less markee altogether inexplicable, unless one has a clear understanding of the action of water- or ice-ecidies set up by the channel-obstructions. Thus, imagine an ice-cap to be moving southwartis from a land- mass, as shown at A in accompanjnng sketch, and crossing two valleys B and C, se|varated by a high ridge PP, and partly con- nected by a low col QQ, The vallej^ B face^ the east, and the valley CGCH the wests As the ice-cap moved o\*er the high separating ridge the general motion of the mass was towards the south, but a lower ice-flow was set up easterly along the valley R The col at QQ caused another local ice-eddy which, in turn, swept westerly down the upper portion of the valley CGCH. A cirque and basin ma}- thus be formed at the foot of the col ^^^ with alignment of valley-wall masses as in direction indicated by the arrows FF. All these forms are inexplicable on the assumption of ice-cutting from north to south only. nV E. C. ANDKKUH. H25 A very similui' cani; was actuall}' uljHrTVfd laHt January whilo viniting Mount Kosciusko in company with ProfesHor T, W. E. David, who ill (7), foe llif> first, tiirif, ]\n<] satiHfactorily and floarly Fig, 12. —Ideal sketch illustrnting action of ice-Hheet at Kosciusko. A A, KoKciusko Range; 1513, Snowy liiver Valley; CC, drainage of .Spencer Creek; FFF, general direction of ice-motion; (iO, HH, ice eddies-caused hy col QQ and mountain I'P; gQ, hanging valley caused by eddy HH. The arrows indicate the motion of the ice at various points, as suggested by the topography. Htated tlio existence of a magnificent Pleistocene glaciation for this area, We insist again then, that first and last, the topography must not be lost sight of. Without the aid of figures it would be difficut to discuss the case in detail; several ideal examples may, however, be considered briefly. (i.) Canons ojnniny on to Flats or broad Valleys and facing the general direction of the Ice-Flow. The general land-surface would l^e but very slightly eroded, since there are few marked descents or convergences to increase velocity, and hence produce heavy local ice-thrusts. The basal ice, however, upon reaching the canons would suffer convergence in being forced to flow up these narrow trenches while sealing the range. Hence added velocity with strong,' corrasion of these caflon bases. Example s. — Finger Lakes of New \ovk {(). 826 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, (ii.) Wide valleys jji-otected by fairly high hut Jlaring sides. The general shape and arrangement of the valley will determine which side is specially selected for attack. Here again one must look for local ice-currents as in the analogous case of eddies in streams. One side of the valley will doubtless be protected while active cutting is in progress on the other side. As in the case of streams, one must not forget that although intense ice- action is probable, it can have but local application. And the wider the valleys, and the flatter the grades, all other things being equal, the more limited the intense action. This arises from the significance of the term base-level. Every water-pond is a potential waterfall, its capacity for work depending on the amount of head it may possess. Wide sluggish streams forced into narrows, or into any position where gravity has freer action, will accomplish wonders. The lower Amazon turned into the Yosemite caiion would accomplish such work as to amaze even experienced engineers. The tourist finds difficulty in recognising the smooth, and almost greasily-surfaced above-the-fall water as the same with that which pursues its mad career along the torrent-track under the falls. Yet the sluggish upper mass and and the lower " river gone mad, with boulders and mud for water," are one and the same. Niagara and Zambesi are the grand examples. It is but a simple application of the truth that, for streams, the power of transportation varies as the sixth power of the velocity. And here we perceive the reason for limited evidence only of intense former ice-cutting in areas of low relief. The points of intense action are those of great gravi- tative thrust, such as great fall or marked convergence. In fiord and alpine regions these conditions abound, hence magnificent contours; but as one rarely finds a Niagara on the low country, so one but rarely finds signs of magnificent rock-basining by ice over country of gentle relief. Therefore the study of such glacial contours should properly commence in alpine regions, and thence be carried back among; areas of less marked cravitative thrust. BY E. C. ANDREWS. 827 (iii.) Recessio7i of great ice-flood, and subsequent smaller-flood action. The ground-moraines of tlie great ice-flood are too massive to be moved bodily by the shrunken glacier. The moraines are overriden simply and not used as weapons of corrasion; channels are excavated in these deposits; their surfaces are rounded and aggradation of pronounced surface-irregularities is characteristic. In this way the writer would account for man}^ drumlin-mass surfaces. Doubtless the great drumlin-masses were due to the action of a great ice-flood; their present appearance is due to the mere rounding of same by smaller ice-flood visitation. Other conditions remaining unaltered, one must remember that the evidence of numerous small advances of an ice-sheet succeeding to a much greater glacial visitation admits of read}^ perception, whereas, on the flood hypothesis, the evidence of such weaker ice-mass visitations would be practically destroyed by a later severe glacial attack. Therefore, on the assumption of a period of stable equilibrium for a certain land-mass, one would expect only with great difficulty to trace the history of minor glaciation preceding a great ice-flood. A knowledge of this simple fact may, again, explain many previous glacial difficulties. B. Ordinary Streams. All other geographic conditions being equal, land-areas dependent for their water-supply on terrific storms of infrequent occurrence should be reduced to base-level more quickly than one of much heavier precipitation, but not subject to violent storms* Firstly, since tlie vegetation begotten of frequent rainfalls is a great check on corrasive activities. Secondly, because the marked absence of great storms or " cloudbursts " in the moist region affords little opportunity for greatl}^ increased work. In the arid region the association of unprotected talus and " cloudbursts " is productive of marvellous corrasive results. Example . — The graded condition of Western New South Wales streams as compared with the immaturity of streams in 828 THK GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, the much moister eastern division of the State, the streams being of the same age. C. Shoreline Studies. The ordinary heavy gale is unable to use the weapons of the great storm of the century. Beneath the cliffs lie these great storm-relics, unaffected by the ordinary storm-wave; in fact they actually protect the cliff against the buffets of these lesser storm- waves. Thus, to the unobservant, the strength of the grand visitation is itself an evidence of flood-wave incompetency. Let, however, the requisite velocity be again forthcoming and the inertia of the flood-debris is once more overcome; the giant recommences work; the rock-shelf undergoes corrasion; and great sand-barriers are thrown up in spots removed from cutting curves. But with the departure of the great gale its working grade becomes too flat for smaller subsequent storm-currents to work along, and aggradation of these flood-contours ensues, D. The Penejylain. The peneplain is formed, approximately, at sea-level. However great the initial vertical relief, the streams make an early attempt to reach baselevel. In the cafion stage, many basins are formed actually below baselevel; with progressive reduction of land-surface — all other conditions remaining constant — the gravitative stream-thrusts become less. In extreme old age the streams have no action below baselevel, and the peneplain con- sists of a central system of very low undulating surfaces associated with wide plains showing a very gentle fall to main baselevel. Summary. An examination of the flood-channel contours of ordinary streams reveals many interesting and significant features. Trenches with straight sides and terminating headward in basin- shaped contours are of common occunence; the floors also of tributary streams are slightly hung above the base of the main stream, while the absence of spurs and alignment of banks or miniature bordering cliffs is pronounced. Basins also with BY E. C. ANDREWS. 829 reversed grades downstream, but unassociated with troughs, are features of flood-channels. Alike in the roadside gutter, the incipient canon, the brooklet, the brook, the small and the mighty river, these forms occur over and over again. In each type of channel the dimensions of these peculiar contours are intimately related to those of the accom- panying stream when in flood. Furthermore, such shapes, by direct observation, are known to express the work of the mightiest floods only which obtain in the various localities. And again the situations of such forms are exactly those which might have been easily predicted from considerations of gravitative thrust; that is, they occur : — i. At points of marked convergence. ii. Along lines working upstream from points of marked convergence. iii, Along lines connecting points of marked convergence. iv. Above points which, by reason of superior hardness or soft- ness, have allowed of pronounced differential vertical corrasion. These " facts of form " suggest that along a channel-floor of definite slope, a flood, or rather a flood-series, descended. The gravitative thrusts of the floods found partial, but not complete, expression in undermining of the channel-sides and in transporta- tion of debris along the base. Relief, however, was in great measure afforded by vertical cutting; and this action ceased only when the vertical component of the gravitative thrust had been expended. A heavy flood-series expressed its maximum vertical thrusts as a succession of basins and troughs along the stream- channels, while subsequent lesser-flood action was incompetent to reduce the grades so formed, and was directed rather to aggradation of channel-base irresrularities. Again, forms almost identical with those just enumerated may be seen along shorelines or the canons and valleys but recently vacated by the huge glaciers of the " Ice Age." The grandest contours of fiord cliffs and basins are not only similarly shaped but similarly situated to those formed by ordinary stream-floods. 830 THK GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, The one marked difference is the wonderful disparity in size existing between water- and ice-formed contours. Now in roadside gutters and other small stream-examples these peculiar contours are known, by direct observation, to originate in flood-water thrusts : in the cases of the great river- valley, the shoreline and the glacial canon, we infer a similarity of origin for their similarly situated contours. And the reason- ing is equally sound when applied to the case of the larger forms, for in addition to the similarity of contour-shape and location for both large and small examples; in addition also to the fact that floods occur in the cases of seawaves and ice, and that the peculiar shoreline and fiord contours under consideration do not rise above the highest floodmarks, the dimensions of the forms, in all instances, possess the most intimate relations with those of the heaviest floods. Thus the basins of roadside gutters rarely exceed a few feet in depth, while those of fiords and lakes in regions of former intense glaciation, besides being similarly situated to those of roadside gutters, may be thousands of feet in depth and many miles in length. Apparently, then the deduc- tion is legitimate that all the forms have a similarity of origin, namely that of flood-stream action. The apprehension of this truth is of the utmost significance. For since direct observations have shown that the striking irregularities of ordinary stream-developed channel-contours result from severe flood-action, and that lesser flood-action is confined, in the main, to working over the storm debris with aggradation of the larger channel-base irregularities, then a similar condition of afi'airs must also obtain along Amazonian or Mississippian channels, shorelines, and regions of former intense glaciation. 1. Shorelines. — Since, for wa\ es of translation and for currents, power of transportation increases so amazingly with but moderate increase in velocity, the heavier material moved by the " great storm of the century" cannot be handled by succeeding gales of less velocity. Only with the visit of an equally strong wind can this heavy material be forced into activity, so that cliffs and rock- BY E. C. ANDREWS. 831 platforms may be still further reduced. Until such time the weapons of the '' record " gale, by their very mass, act as a decided protection to the shoreline, and energy is confined to rearrangement of smaller-storm debris and smoothing over of major irregularities of shoreline contour. Similar reasoning applies to the action of the great storm in handling vast areas of sand, thus modifying the coastal profile. In this case it is the mass of sand capable of being moved in a given time which enables work thus to be done that is not wholly destro3^ed by successive years of interstorm activity. ii. Glaclation. — The Glacial Period marked an ice-flood or a series of ic3-floods, during which huge basins, spurless walls, terraced floors, hanging-valleys and cirques were formed. The disappearance of the Ice Age would signify a glacial drought. By analogy with ordinary stream-action, ice-stagnation would characterise such reduced glaciers. Along the old flood-worn channels the gravitative thrusts of these shrunken glaciers would be expended before the deeper portions (basins) of the channel leases were reached. These drought ice-streams then would be competent only to rearrange the old flcod debris, and to round over the moraines. Hence arise : — (a) Stagnating glaciers such as occur in the Muir and Melas- pina localities. (b) Pronounced overriding of moraines b}' glaciers. (c) The peculiar appearance of drumlin areas. (d) The obliteration of smaller ice-flood action by great ice- floods, on the assumption of stable equilibrium for the local land- mass during such glacial action. Again, since maximum stream-thrusts are, from gravitative considerations, extremely localised and depend on channel- slopes and convergences, so glacial corrasion, as regards deep basin-formation and spur-cutting, is of rare occurrence. A Niagara, a Victoria, a Yosemite, or a Yellowstone waterfall is rare, and determined by some marked channel-grade discordance, whereby great velocity is attainable. So also the flood-glaciation of Yosemite, Alaska, Norway and other regions of similar great 832 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS, topographical relief and " torrent tracks " would be marvellous; while in the more mature or even senile topography of the Central and Eastern United States, one would expect such heav}' thrusts to be of extremely rare occurrence, and confined to gorges, to valleys facing the advancing ice-sheet, and to similar points at which convergence and, thereby, velocity is emphasised. Especially important then is the necessity for understanding perfectly the state of dissection attained in preglacial time. Only in this manner may the work of the great local ice-eddies be appreciated. LITERATURE. (1) Andrews, E. C. — (a) The Ice-Flood Hypothesis of the New Zealand Sound Basins. Journal of Geology, Chicago, xiv. 1906, pp. 22-54. (6) The New Zealand Sound (and Lake) Basins and the Canyons of Eastern Australia in their Bearing on the Theory of the Peneplain. Proc. Linn. Soc. iV. *S'. Wales, 1906, xxxi. pp. 499-516. (2) Bkigham, a. p. — Glacial Erosion in the Aare Valley. Bull. Geol Soc, Am. ii. 1899, pp. 589-592. (3) Chamberlin, T. C— (a) Joimu Geology, ii. 1894, pp. 517-539, 649-667,. 768-789. (h) Op. cit. iii. 1895, pp. 61-70, 198-219, 469-481, 565-583, 668-682, 833-844. {c) Op. cit. iii. 1896, pp. 582-593. (4) Chamberlin and Salisbury — (a) — Text-book of Geology, i. (5) Culver, G. E. — (a) The Erosive Action of Ice. Trans. Wisconsin Acad, Set. Arts and Letters, x. 1895, pp. 339-366. (6) CusHiNG, H. P. — (a) Notes on the Muir Glacier Region, Alaska, and its Geology. American Geologist, viii. 1891, pp. 207-231. (7) David, T. W. E.— Evidence of the Glaciation in late Cainozoic time at Kosciusko. Report Aiist. Assoc. Adv. Sci., ix. Hobart, 1902, pp. 202- 204. David, T. W, E., Helms, R., and Pittmann, E. F.— Geological Notes on Kosciusko, with Special Reference to Evidences of Glacial Action. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1901, xxvi. pp. 26-74. (9) Davis, W. M. — (a) Glacial Erosion in France, Switzerland and Norway.. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xxix. 1900, pp. 273-322. (b) Glacial Erosion in the Valley of Ticino. Appalaohia ix. 1900, pp. 136-156. (c) The Sculpture of Mountains by Glaciers. Scott. Geog. Mag,. Jan., Feb., 1906. BY E. C. ANDREWS. 833 (10) DuTTON, C. E,— Tei-ticiry History of the Grand Canyon District. U. S. Geol. Surv. Monograph^, ii. (11) Fairchild, H. Le Roy. — (a) Ice Erosion Theory a Fallacy. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. xvi. 1905, pp. 13-74, Pis. 12-23. (12) Tarr, B. S. — Glacial Erosion in Alaska. Reprint from Po^w^ar »S^«e?ice Monthly, Ixx., Feb., 1907. (13) Gannett, H. — (a) Lake Chelan. Nai. Gtog. Mag. ii. pp. 417-428. Quoted from Davis, W. M. (9a), pp. 318-319. (14) Garwood, E. J. — (a) The Tarns of the Canton Ticino. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Ixii. 1906, pp. 165-193, Pls.vii.-xxi. (15) Garwood, E. J., and Gregory, J. W. — (a) Contributions to the Glacial Geology of Spitzbergen. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. liv. 1898, pp. 197- 225, Pis. xiii.-xix. (16) Geikie, J. — The Great Ice Age, London. E. Stanford. (17) Gilbert, G. K. — (a) The Topographic Features of Lake Shores. U.S. Geol. Surv. Fifth Ann. Report, 1883-1884, pp. 77-123. (6) The Henry Mountains. Reports Geog. Survey of the Rocky Mtn. Region, 187, No. 2. — (c) Lake Bonneville. U.S. Geol. Surv. Monograph i. 1890. {cl) Glaciers. Harriman Alaska Expedition, iii. (18) Gulliver, F. P.— («) Shoreline Topography. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. xxxiv. 1899. (19) Johnson, Willard D. — The Profile of Maturity in Alpine Glacial Erosion. Journ. Geology, xii. 1904, pp. 569-578. (20) Matthes, Francois E.— Glacial Sculpture of the Bighorn Mountains, Wyoming. Twenty-first Ann. Rept. U.S. Geol. Survey, Pt.ii. 1899-1900, pp. 169-190. (21) McGee, W. J.— (a) Quoted from Davis, W. M. (9a), pp. 311-312. (6) Glacial Canyons. Journ. Geology, ii. 1894, pp. 350-364. (22) Penck, ALBRECHT.~(a) Glacial Features in the Surface of the Alps. Journ. Geology (reprint) xiii. 1905, pp. 1-19. (6) Quoted from Davis, VV. M. i^a), p. 319. (23) Powell, J. W. — The Geology of the Uinta Mountains. Geog. and Geol. Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region, No. 1. (24) Reid, H. F. — (rt) Glacier Bay and its Glaciers. Sixteenth Ann. Rept. U.S. Geol. Survey, 1896, pp. 454-458. {b) The Mechanics of Glaciers. Journ. Geology, iv. 1896, pp.912-928. (25) Russell, I. C. — (a) Quaternary History of Mono Valley. Eighth Ann. Rept. U.S.Geol. Surrey, Pt. i. 1889, p. 352. (6) Origin of the Gravel Deposits beneath Muir Glacier, Alaska. American Geologist, ix. 1892, pp. 190-197. (26) Salisbury, R. D,— Review of Geikie's '* Great Ice Age." Journ Geology, ii. 1894, pp. 730-747. 834 THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF FLOODS. {27) Take, R. S. — [a] Hanging Valleys in the Finger Lake Region of Central New York. American Geologist, xxxiii. 1904, pp. 271-291. (&) Lake Cayuga a Rock Basin. BnlL Geol. Soc. Am. v. 1S94, pp. 339-356. (28) Taek, R. S. and Maktix, L. — (a) Glaciers and Glaciation of Yakutat Bay, Alaska. Bull. Amer. Geog. Soc. xxxviii. 1906, pp. 145-167. (29) Turner, H. W.— The Pleistocene Geology of the South-Central Nevada, with especial Reference to the Origin of Y'osemite Valley. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 3rd Series, Geology, i. 1900, pp. 261-321. (30) Westgate, Lewis G. — The Twin Lakes Glaciated Area, Colorado. Journ. Geology, xiii. 1905, pp. 285-312. (31) WiLLCOx, OswiN W. — The Viscous versus the Granular Theory of Glacial Motion. Quoted from Review in Geographical Journal, xxix. 1907, pp. 559-560. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLIV-XLV. Plate xliv. The Junction of the Arthur and Cleddau Rivers, Milford Sound. Note the wonderful undercutting as shown on the cliffs to the right hand of picture. Plate xlv. Preservation Lilet. Glacial diffluences appear to be associated with weak glacial corrasion, as evidenced by islands. Contrast with Plate xliv., in which a marked caiion-conversence is shown. 35 DESCRIPTION D'UNE NOUVELLE ESPECE T>'OXYL^MUS (CoLEOPTKRA : Coh/diicUe). Par a. Grouvelle. (Conununicated by Arthur M, Lea). OxYL^MUS Le^, n.sp. Elongatus, subcylindricus, nitidus, parce et sat longe pilosus, niger vel nigro-piceus, antennis, angulo apicali elytrorum pedibusque rufis; capite in medio laevi, ad latera dense pro- fundeque punctato ; clava antennarum in glandis specieni ; prothorace subelongato, sat dense punctato, lateribus basique marginatis, hac arcuata, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis obtusis; scutello minimo, punctiformi; elytris elongatis, ad apicem conjunctim rotundatis, punctatostriatis, inter vallis striarum uni-lineato-punctatis, punctis remotis, stria suturali magis impressa, aliis ad apicem deletis, 2° intervallo ad apicem elevato, spatio inter suturam et carinam subconcavo. Long. 4-5 mill. Allongi, subcylindrique, brillant, couvert d'une pubescence formie principalement de ])oils longs, dresses, rares sur le disque du prothorax et des elytres, plus dense sur les c6tes et de polls egalement longs et rares, mais conches inseres surtout sur la tete et le devant du prothorax; tete et prothorax noirs, elytres brun de poix a reflets tres, legerement bronze, un peu rougeatre a la base, dans la region scutellaire et au sommet; antennes et pattes rougeatres. Antennes terminies par un article en forme de gland, compose tr^s probablement d'un premier article lisse, emboitant la base d'un article oblong, pubescent. Tete lisse sur le milieu, densement et fortement 836 DESCRIPTION DUNE NOUVELLE ESPECE D'OXVL.f^SfUS. ponctue sur les cdtes, bouche rougeatre. Prothorax a peine d'un quart plus long que large, assez densement et fortement ponctue; bords lateraux et base finement rebordes ; sommet subtronque a peine sinni dans le milieu, base arquee; angles anterieurs arrondis, posterieurs obtus. Ecusson petit, suborbi- culaire. Elytres environ quatre fois plus longs que larges ensemble, arrondis ensemble au sommet, ponctues-stries; strie suturale entiere, bien mangerie, les autres effacees au sommet; intervalles a peine vieillement ruguleux, chacun avec une ligne de points espaces; 2™^ intervalle sans compter I'intervalle sutural eleve vers le sommet, espace compris entre cette pseudo-carine et la suture l^gerement concave. Metasternum sans sillon longitudinal, finement strie; P^ segment de I'abdomen ponctue sur toute la surface. Hab. — Tasmanie : Mont Wellington, Frankford, Hobart, Zeehan. Cette espece m'a ete obligeamment communique par Mr. Lea ciui on'a autorise a la decrire. 83' WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 27th 1907. The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, November 25th, 1907, Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. W. Bassett Hull, Department of Mines, Sydney, was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society. The Chairman reminded Candidates for Fellowships that 30th inst. was the last day for sending in applications. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting, amounting to 4 Vols., 44 Parts or Nos., 4 Bulletins, 1 Report, and 4 Pamphlets, received from 41 Societies, &c., and one Individual, were laid upon the table. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Dr. Chapman communicated a note on the results obtained by him, in collaboration with Professor Welsh, with regard to the weight of precipitum yielded by antisera when interacting with homologous protein. An ostrich egg-white antiserum pro- duced 76 mgs., or 3-8 mg. for each c.c. antiserum. Two horse- serum antisera deposited 45*7 mg., or 1-4 mg. from each c.c. antiserum. Three hen egg-white antisera gave 142-9 mg., or ^•7 mg. for each c.c. antiserum. The antisera were precipitated with full weights of homologous proteid dissolved in normal saline solution. The salt solution diluted the antiserum about 4 times. The deposits were collected after 48 hours, washed with salt solution, distilled water, alcohol, and ether, and then dried and weighed. This appeared to be an accurate method of estimating the precipitable content of an antiserum. 838 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Dr. Chapman also showed a microscopic slide which illustrated the phagocytosis of tubercle bacilli by washed leucocytes. The bacilli and leucocytes were in contact in normal salt solution at 37° C. for two hours. Rather more than 25 % of the polynuclear leucocytes contained numerous bacilli, the remaining polynuclear leucocytes being free from bacilli. Mr. Fred. Turner exhibited, and offered observations on, some very interesting flowering specimens gathered from a tree thought to be a natural hybrid between Sterculia diversifolia G. Don, the "Kurrajong," and S. acerifolia A. Cunn., the "Flame Tree." The leaves are ovate-lanceolate, shortly acuminate, quite glabrous and correspond, even to the venation, to the simple-leaved form of the former species. The inflorescence, which is disposed in axillary panicles much exceeding the foliage, is quite glabrous except for a slight tomentum on the margins of the calyx-lobes, of a bright red colour on the outside resembling the calyces of S. acerifolia, but inside marked with yellow and purple like those of S. diversifolia. Male flowers only seen. Mr. T. Steel exhibited a very large specimen of Saunders' Case- Moth (Metura elongata Saund.), the case being 7 inches in length and the moth itself -ij inches. Mr. D. G. Stead exhibited a curiously deformed right claw of a large Mangrove Crab, Scylla serrata (Forskal), which show^ed a remarkable " attempt " at the formation of a supplementary " nipper " on its lower surface. Mr. Pv. T. Baker exhibited a specimen, together with a coloured drawing, of a representative of the rare genus Adeno- chillis [N.O. ORCHiDEiE] obtained at Wentworth Falls, Blue Mountains, on the 11th inst. by Mr. F. H. Taylor. Only a single species of the genus, A. Nortoni Fitzg., had been recorded for Australia, and that from Mount Victoria. The plant exhibited differed in some respects from Fitzgerald's description and figure; it was smaller, more delicate, with pink flowers and a much smaller basal leaf. The flower was also less than half the size. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 839 and had two sepals and two petals instead of three of the former organs, as figured b}' Fitzgerald. In some respects it resembled A. gracilis of New Zealand, but the winged column differentiated it from that species. Mr. Kesteven exhibited preparations of the eyes of a tadpole of a species of Hyla, from the Histological Laboratory of Sydney University. The elements of the retina, more especially the rods and cones, were more easily studied in such preparations than in those of mammalian eyes in general. Mr. Jensen showed series of rock-specimens, and lantern views, illustrative of the geology and topography of the Nandewar Mountains. Mr. E. Cheel exhibited an interesting collection of rare or noteworthy Fungi, from Nev/ South Wales, comprising the following eighteen species. _^ PHALLOIDEACE^. Glathrus ciharius Fischer (Lace-Fungus) — My wye, Yarrango- billy (A. G. Watts; May, 1900)-; Botanic Gardens, Sydney (A. Grant; May, 1900); Centennial Park (W. Forsyth); Botany (Mr. Abrahams; September, 1901); Arncliffe (W. Gaymer; June, 1907); Gladesville (Miss M. Flockton; June, 1907). Previously only recorded for New South Wales by C. T. Musson in Hawkesbur}' Agric. Coll. Journ. ii. p.26 (1905). C. cihiarius var, gy^acilis (Berk.) — Artamon, North Sydney (A. Cretin; August, 1907). C. pusillus Berk. — Swanbrook, Inverell (on sandy soil; Geo. Munsie; June, 1907). Previously recorded from West Australia, Queensland, and from Wide Bay (These Proceedings, 1880, v. p.78). POLYPORACE.a:. Fomes applancUics Wallr. (?). — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on trunk of Acacia horrida Willd.; E. Clieel; July, 1907). Pre- viously only recorded from Victoria and Queensland. The G8 840 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. mycelium had eaten through the trunk of this tree and caused its death. The sporophore measures 13 x 8| inches. LYCOPERDACEiE. Calastoma anomalum (Cooke & Mass.) Lloyd — Penshurst, Hurstville, and Bankstown (on the ground, very common; E. Cheel; March, 1907). C. G. Lloyd records this from "Rock- wood (?Rookwood) Australia" collected by R. T. Baker. Lycoperdon polymoiyhum Vitt. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on lawns; E. Cheel; June, 1907). L. pusillum Fr. — Penshurst and Bowral (on the ground; E. Cheel; June and August, 1907). Tulostotna inainmosum Fr. — Penshurst (on grassy land; E. Cheel; June, 1907). Scleroderma Jlavidum Ellis. — Botanic Gardens, Sydne}' (on the ground; E. Cheel; July, 1907). There are specimens in the National Herbarium from Jenolan Caves and Mount Victoria, collected by Mr. J. H. Maiden. Folysaccum pisocarpium Fries. — Governor's Domain, Sj^dney (on the ground under pine trees; E. Cheel; May, 1907). Pre- viously recorded from Coogee (These Proceedings, 1906, p. 7 20). XYLOMACE.E. Ectostroma liriodendri Fr. — Botanic Gardens,S3^dney (on Tulip- tree leaves [^Liriodendron tulijnferalAnw.']; E. Cheel; Dec, 1906, and Nov., 1907). Not previously recorded for Australia. SPH.a: RIGID E^. Actinonema rosce Lib. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on "Liberty" rose leaves; E. Cheel; January, 1907). Previously only recorded for Victoria and Queensland. USTILAGINE^. *Ustilago muelleriana Thum. — Centennial Park (on young fruits of Juncus planifolius\ E. Cheel; Sept., 1900). NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 841 '^Cintractia C2/noc/o?i^is'(Herin)McA]p. in lit. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney, and Penshurst (on the inflorescences of Couch or Dub- grass [Cynodon dactylon]; E. Cheel; Jan., 1907). New for Australia. PUCCINIACE^. Puccinia pruni Pers. — Penshurst (on peach, plum, and apricot leaves, and also on peach fruits; E. Cheel; April, 1907). Pre- viously recorded for New South Wales by McAlpine ("Rusts of Australia," p.l71, 1906). P. dichondrce Mont. — Penshurst (E. Cheel; 1907). Previously recorded from Richmond and New South Wales in McAlpine's " Rusts of Australia," p.l42 (1906). P. poarum^ieh. — Penshurst (on Poa anyiua; E. Cheel; June, 1901, and Aug, 1907). *P. saccardoi Ludw. — Cataract River Road (on leaves and calyces of Goodenia hederacea; E. Cheel; March, 1907). Pre- viously recorded from Guntawang, on Velleia macrocalyx De Vriese, and V. paradoxa R.Br., vide McAlpine's "Rusts of Aus- tralia," p.l48 (1906). MYXOMYCETEJE. Diachaea leucopoda Rost. — Botanic Gardens, Sydney (on Euca lyptus leaves and on trunks of willow trees; E. Cheel; June, 1907). For the determination of the species whose names are marked with an asterisk the exhibitor was indebted to Mr. D. McAlpine, of Melbourne. 842 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS. By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology. (Plates xlvi.-lii.) A. Geology Page. Introduction 842 Petrography 843 Geomorphology ... 844 Geomorphogeny 862 (a) General Discussion 862 (b) Geological History 864 (c) Volcanic Action .. 866 (d) Stream-Development and Erosion 868 (e) Present Changes 869 Springs and Artesian Water 869 Useful Minerals 869 B. Petrology 872 A. General Geology and Physiography. 1. Introduction. The mountains described under this name lie in the Counties of Nandewar, Murchison, Jamieson and Darling, and are situated between the townships of Narrabri, Barraba and Bingera. In a former paper I made brief mention of this group of mountains (These Proceedings, 1906, p. 235); since its publi- cation I have spent two more months in the district, and am in consequence able to give a more detailed account, ■ The Nandewar Mountains in their physiographic features bear close resemblance to the \Yarrumbungles, and they are exceedingly rich in rock-tj^pes. BY H. 1. JEXSE.V, 843 The region is, from a geological standpoint, practically unexplored, though parts have been visited by Mr. E. F. Pittman, A.R.S.M., Government Geologist; and by Professor T. W. E. David, B.A., F.R.S. His Honor Judge Docker has visited practically all parts of this region to take scenic photographs, and is probably better acquainted with it than anyone who has made casual trips to it. 2. Petrography. The rocks of the Nandewar Mountains may be conveniently divided into Sedimentary, Metamorphic, and Igneous. The Sedimentary Rocks include (a^ Carboniferous conglomerates and grits, chiefly in the S.E. and E. portions of the area; (b) Permo-Carboniferous conglomerates, grits, sandstones and shales, forming the country rock in the area where volcanic activity has been greatest. The Permo-Carboniferous rocks continue westward under the plains, and are also the most important formation in the Rocky Creek district.^ (c) Trias-Jura rocks, forming mesas capping the Permo-Carboniferous. (d) Tertiary deposits. The Metmnorphic Series includes (a) slates, cherts and schists of Devonian age associated with the Carboniferous rocks in the S.E. (at Coolah Station), (b) The limestones and serpentines in the Horton River basin, east of the Nandewar Mountains, out- side the district which I have myself examined. The Igneous Rocks comprise (a) granite, as rolled boulders in Maule's Creek. (b) Akerite, occurring as laccolitic bosses and sills at the head of Bullawa Creek. Also tegirine-nepheline syenite, forming sills in the same region. (c) Sills of syenite-porphj^ry and bostonite. (d) Trachyte, phonolite and rhyolite, with all kinds of texture, from aphanitic and even-grained to coarse and porphyritic, and from compact to highly vesicular. These rocks occur as lava-flows or cappings, dykes and sills throughout the area extending from Deriah Mountain on the 69 844 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, south to Couradda (Grattai) Mountain on the north, and from Noogera Creek on the east to the 1,000-feet contour on the west. (e) Tuffs allied to the lavas in (d). (f) Felspar porphyrites with labradorite phenocrysts exceeding in some case two inches in length and |-in. in thickness. This porphyrite occurs in sills associated with ^egirine syenite sills which contain inclusions of fine-grained nepheline phonolite (vide Petrological Notes, N.12, N.ll, and N.IO). (g) Porphyritic basalt with labradorite phenocrysts exceeding two inches in length. (h) Lamprophyric porphyrite occurring as a sill at Dingo Creek. This rock has huge phenocrysts of rhombic pyroxene, some of which are from three to four inches long. (i) Basalts capping the other lavas. Some of the basalts contain no olivine and resemble closely that from the Sandilands Ranges. The last erupted contain olivine. (j) Tertiary C?) rhyolites and rhyolitic tuffs to the S.W. of the Nandewars between Maule's Creek and Bosfgabri. The.'-e rocks form cones and necks, and exist also to the west of Boggabri. (k) Quartz porphyries and old rhyolites associated with tuffs and breccias at the head of Oakey Creek, Coolah, and between Maule's Creek and Barraba. These rocks appear to be of Carboniferous age. Alluvials and Windbloiun Deposits. — (a) Black Soil Plains, as at Narrabri, occurring far and wide with interspersed sandy patches on the plains. The black soils are usually of river deposition, and are often of great depth. The alluvials and Tertiary deposits at Narrabri attain a thickness of over 1,000 feet. (b) Poor sandy pine scrubs of the Pillaga type. The edge of Pillaga scrub is encountered on the Narrabri-Boggabri Road about 11-12 miles south of Narrabri (near Turrawan). 3. Geomorphology (including Physiography, Topography and Descriptive Geology). To illustrate this part I have prepared two sketch maps, one of the Nandewar INIountains and Nandewar Range, including BY H. I. JENSEN. 845 outlying parts which I have not visited (Plate xlvi.); and the other a map of the Nandewar Mountains themselves which I have personally investigated (Plate xlvii.). The former is intended to bring out the following features : — (a) The distinction between what is known as the Nandewar Range and the Nandewar Mountains proper. The Nandewar Range is an ofiPshoot of the Moonbi Ranges, and connects the New England Mountains with the Nandewar Mountains proper. It forms a watershed between the Horton and Manilla Rivers. The Geological Survey Department's Map of New South Wales (com- piled under the direction of Mr, Pittman, Government Geologist, 1893) shows that this range consists of Permo-Carboniferous rocks and older rocks of Carboniferous and Devonian age, such as serpentine, limestone, slate, &c., but where it merges into the Nandewar Mountains proper (which might appropriately be termed the Lindesay Group) these old rocks are capped with the lavas of the Tertiary trachyte and basalt series. (b) The direction of flow of the rivers and creeks. (c) The mountainous nature of the country between the Nandewar Mountains and New England. (d) The geological formations of the country from which, in conjunction with the configuration, deductions may be drawn as to its geological history. The second map shows the configuration and the geological formations of the Lindesay Group, from which deductions will be drawn in the section on (xeomorphogeny. The Nandewar Mountains as seen from afar (as from Narrabri or from the Warrumbungle Mountains peaks) form a dome- shaped mass. The highest point of the group is Mount Kaputar, about 5,000 feet high, and the Lindesay Tableland surrounding it is over 4,000 feet in average altitude, with many eminences on it approaching 5,000 feet. The Nandewar Mountains (Lindesay group) cover an elongated oval area, having its long axis running N.N.W.-S.S.E. The highest peaks are situated on this axis, from which spurs capped with smaller peaks run W.S.W. and E.N.E. The spurs are separated by deep, narrow, gorge-like 846 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, valleys, with steep, often precipitous, walls on each side. The cliifs usually expose sandstone up to a certain height (about 2,000 feet), above which we find flows of trachyte. Both in a N.N.W. and in a S.S.E. direction from Mount Kaputar the axis gradually declines in altitude; so that, at the head of Bobbiwaa Creek it averages only about 2,500 feet; and at the head of Oakey Creek (Coolah Station), a branch of Maule's Creek, its height is 2,400 feet, though peaks of higher altitude are met with on the chain. The Black Soil Plains surrounding the Nandewar Mountains resemble those already described for the Warrumbungles. They may be either with or without forest. The commonest trees on the forested black soil plains are box {E. hemiphloia var. albens, and E. Woollsiana), apple trees {Angophora intermedia), ironbark [Eucalyptus crehra), oaks [Casnarina Cunninghamii and C. Camhagei) along w^atercourses or plains of alluvial origin; and box {E. hemiphloia var. alhens), with myall {Acacia peiidula), ironbark (E. melanopJiloia), wattles {Acacia), when black soil is purely of volcauic origin as at Bobbiwaa Creek. The Pilliga Scrub adjoining Narrabri at Turrawan answers to the description already given of other parts of the same area. It consists or a thick pine {Callitris calcarata) jungle with occa- sional ironbarks {Eucalyptus sideroxylon) and wattles inter- spersed, growing on deep white or yellow sand. The lower branches of the pines exhibit a remarkably even skyline, due to a process of natural pruning which is better illustrated here than at any other spot which I have seen in Australia. Patches of poor sandy country of the Pilliga type occur also between Maule's Creek and Boggabri. Here it is very undulating, capped with table-topped hills (mesas) of conglomerate and sandstone which are probably of Trias-Jura age. These mesas would, if their tops were continuous, form an inclined plane sloping awa}^ from the Nandewar Mountains. In this way, too, the mountains descend into the plain in a southerly direction. In the Parish of ISTamoi, County Darling, they run into the JSTamoi River and disappear. Around Boggabri and west of this township the country would be BY H. I. JENSEN. 847 level but for the numerous volcanic knobs of rhyolite and rhyolitic tuff and breccia which are bestrewn over the plain, and rise above it to a height of 500 feet or more. These rhyolites probably are Tertiary eruptives, but may be older. At all events they intrude the sandstone (Permo-Carboniferous ?). West of the Nandewars, around Narrabri, thence westwards in the direction of Walgett and northwards towards Moree, the country is almost perfectly flat, consisting of black soil plains and interspersed sandy patches of the Pilliga type. There are jutting out of the plains a few miles east of Narrabri several small hills composed of porphyritic basalt and basic tuff. To the north-west of the Nandewars, in the Parishes of Mellburra and Myall Hollow, there are a few hills, almost conical in shape, such as The Haystack and The Little Haystack. They, too, are basaltic. In the Counties of Murchison and Darling, east of the Nandewar group, the spurs of the latter are also, according to the Geological Survey Map, capped with basalt; and basaltic intrusions, and extrusions occur at intervals throughout the area lying between the Nandewar Mountains and New England. My own observations, as far as they go, show that volcanic rocks (trachytes and basalts) cap the ridges east of the Nandewar group. Dykes of basalt have been noticed cutting the trachytic and phonolitic rocks in the Nandewar Mountains. This shows that here, as in the case of the Warrumbungles, the last eruptions were basic and extended over a wide area. Bnllawa Creek, from the petrologist's point of view, is by far the most interesting locality in the Nandewars (Fig.l). On the south side of the creek near Ritter's homestead numerous broken hills intervene between the lava-tableland (Ningadhun, Coryah, etc.) and the creek. In these, sandstone is usuall}^ the dominant formation to a height of about 2,250 feet, and a slight S.E. dip is generally observed. It seldom exceeds 5°. A bed of coarse conglomerate with abundant quartz and cherty pebbles is met with at an altitude of 1,900 feet. To the north of the creek no broken hills intervene; an abrupt razorback range forms the 70 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS Sandstones >. jdales «."• [ff ] Fig. 1.— Geological Sketch Map of Bullawa Creek. BY H. I. JENSEN. 849 watershed between Bullawa Creek and Spring Creek. In this razorback the coarse conglomerate bed is met with at an altitude of 2,000-2,100 feet, about 200 feet higher than one mile south. This means a dip of 1 in 25 to the south, or of about 5° to the S.E. Kangaroo Gully is interesting because of the occurrence there of a type of porphyritic basalt with phenocrysts of plagioclase up to two inches in length. The basalt penetrates sandstone and apparently also trachytic tuffs. It is similar to basalts found elsewhere in the Nandewars intruding and capping the trachytes, being alkaline and without olivine. Both in hand-specimen and under the microscope the Nandewar post-trachytic basalts resemble the Sandilands Ranges basalt. On the east side of Kangaroo Gully there is a high trachyte ridge commencing in the Sugarloaf, N.N.W. of Ningadhun. The trachyte of the ridge caps trachytic tuffs, which again overlie sandstone. The trachyte is therefore a flow which has infilled an old valley. On the western side of the gully the formation consists of tuffs and breccias. In the Triassic (?) sandstones north of Kangaroo Gully there are carbonaceous shales but no fossils. The dips are somewhat disturbed. East of Kangaroo Gully occurs a sill-like or laccolitic mass of arfvedsonite trachyte porphyritic in anorthoclase. To the north this merges into an eruptive conical mass. The ascent of Ningadhun from the N.N. W. is interesting, inasmuch as various kinds of alkaline volcanic rock are met with in well defined sheets as shown in Fig. 2. Ningadhun rock itself is a plug left by the removal of surrounding tuffs. Behind Ningadhun on Yullundunida there is a slanting dyke-like razor- back dipping sharply to the S. E. It appears to be a relic of a surface-flow from Ningadhun capping the tufl's now removed by denudation (Plate 4). About half-a-mile N.N. W. of Ningadhun there is a sugarloaf of arfvedsonite trachyte which represents a plug in a parasitic vent. The sandstone beds north of Bullawa Creek have a sliccht N.W. dip. The S.E. dip so general on the other side of the 850 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, creek is probably induced by a subsidence along a fault running E.N.E.-W.S.W. from Kaputar in the direction of Ningadhun, the plugs of Kaputar, Corrunbralborawah, Coryah, Ningadhun The range north of Bullawa Creek, being situated on this line Fig. 2. — IStructure of Ningadhun Eock. 1, Silky Arfvedsonite trachyte; 2, Black trach. glass; 3, Coarsely porph. hypohyaline black trach.; 4 and 6, Red neph. phonolite; 5, Trach. breccia; 7, Common varieties of alk. trach.; 8, Tuffs; 9, Conglomerates and sand- stones. Ritter's Razorback, has trachytic rocks (tufls, breccias and lavas) above a height of 2,200 feet. In places these rocks become andesitic, in others phonolitic. They frequently exliibit spheroidal weathering and onion-structure. From the structure observed in the country on both sides of Bullawa Creek at Ritter's as described above (Figs. 3, 4, 5) it 2^ 'A «4.|0*HJ( Y, S^l^jO^Hy »J'/03JST >'^y0 - 'L^ lA K 852 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, appears that the trachyte has flowed over an eroded surface and infilled the valleys. The present valleys, such as that of Bullawa Creek, represent the high ground before the period of the erup- tions; 'the thin flows capping the sandstones here having soon become denuded away, erosion has rapidly carved out valleys in the softer sandstones and shales. North by east to north-north-east from Ritter's farm The Razorback attains a height of 3,050 feet and is capped with vesicular amygdaloidal trachytes. Further eastward, about J or J a mile from Mount Odin, sandstones and conglomerates dipping N.W. at 5-10° cap the range at an altitude of from 2,950 to 3,050 feet (Fig.5). The change in formation makes an imme- diate change in the forest flora, pine (Callitris calcarata 1) and Razor BACK Bas.c S.Jl BdStc Laccolite «£tg|^- 0.,oSE:ar3o° Fig. 5, — Section across Bullawa Creek at Dawson's, in a general N. and S. direction. F, fault; r, trachyte or bostonite; cr, sandstone. oaks (^Casuarina Luehmaniii and Camhagei) replacing the box and gum. Smaller cappings (relics) of trachyte occur here too. On descending The Razorback, walking southwards towards the junction of Bullawa and Oakey Creeks, a large sill or dyke of basic rock is met with. The outcrop is 300 yards wide. Below this basic mass trachyte porphyry becomes the countr}^ rock, and represents a laccolitic offshoot of the Mt. Odin mass (Fig.5). Mt. Odin is precipitous on the northern, western, and southern flanks, and has a steep slope to the east towards the gap between Bullawa and Pound Creeks. The cliffs consist of sandstone beds alternating with trachyte or porphyry sills. My brother in pro- ceeding up the creek called on my map Thor's Gully, observed numerous sills of trachyte and dolerite intruding sandstones. BY H, I. JENSEN. 853 carbonaceous shales and conglomerates. The sills frequently locate waterfalls in the creeks. The country between Mount Odin, Rocky Creek Gap, and Oakey Creek is very broken, consisting of dark green porphyry sills and trachyte porphyry sills intruding Permo-Carboniferous sandstones and shales with Glossopteris. Nearly all the hills have cappings of vesicular trachyte. Further up Oakey Creek, about a mile above its junction with BuUawa Creek, massive syenite (akerite) is met with on both sides. This rock has a pepper-and-salt colour, and would make a beautiful building stone. Some of the dark syenite-porphyry sills contain angular and rounded included masses of nepheline phonolite, which seem to be fragments of the already cooled magma torn off the walls of the lava-reservoir in the upward passage. Oakey Creek contains pebbles of dark syenite-porphyry, grey (pepper-and-salt) syenite, red syenite, essexite, segirine trachyte, 88girine phonolite, red trachyte, trachyte porphyries, basalt and basalt porphy rites; therefore all these rocks must occur in the area which it drains. Grey syenite (akerite) covers a large area of rugged country between Oakey Creek and Upper Bulla wa Creek. The occurrence of pine higher up the range under Pound Mountain shows that the syenitic mass has a sandstone capping. Above the sandstone on Pound Mountain and the Nandewar Range in general there is a capping of vesicular volcanic rocks. The upper part of the Bullawa Creek (that is above its junc- tion with Oakey Creek) cuts through great igneous masses of trachyte and trachyte porphyry. Very little sandstone is se5h in the area. Here and there a small remnant may be noticed high up on the mountain sides, and may be taken to represent either a floated-up portion of the country rock or remnant of a sill-capping which has not been resorbed. South of Bullawa Creek we have a great tableland capped with the peaks Kaputar, Corrunbralborawah, Coryah and Ningadhun, This mass consists at the base of Permo-Carboniferous sedimen- tary rocks intruded by numerous sills and laccolites with a 854 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, Fig. 6. —Geological Sketch Map of Dingo Creek. BY H. I. JENSEN. 855 covering of vesicular volcanic rocks, Bullawa Creek itself flows from its junction with Oakey Creek through sandstone and trachyte sills. Sandstone, shale, dolerite, trachyte, and many other rocks chiefly related to the trachyte family occur in the broken country between it and the tableland. At Dingo Creek most interesting features were observed. Not far (about 250 yards) from its junction with Bullawa Creek there is a remarkable sill of lamprophyric porphyry intruded along a coal seam (S^). The dip of the strata is S.E. at 25°. Below and above the sill there are Glossopteris and Noeggera- thiopsis shales and cherts indurated by the intrusion. About 500 yards further up the creek we meet with the boundar}' of a great laccolite of basic porphyrite intruded by occasional trachyte dykes. As I have seen sandstone both over- lying and underlying this rock, I have no doubt it is a laccolite. Sandstone dips are somewhat disturbed near its edges. Further up the creek the basic rock is seen sometimes only on the east bank, sometimes on both banks, and the creek has largely carved its way along the western edge of the mass. On the west bank of the creek, cliffs of sandstone with coal seams and Glossopteris shales are common. They dip S.E. at 25-30° and contain interlaminated sills of trachyte porphyry and bostonite, which generally have penetrated along a coal seam. The hills west of Dingo Creek are capped with trachyte, but those on the east side for some distance consist chiefly of dolerite, with trachyte cappings overlying it in places, a fact which proves that denudation had removed the sandstone covering of the basic laccolite before the trachytic rocks were poured out. The dolerite is of various degrees of crystallinity, some very coarse-grained, some, especially near the edges of the mass, fine-grained. The ridge between Dingo Creek and the creek west of it owes its existence to a broad trachyte dyke running S.E.-N.W., from which many sills and dykes at right angles to it and flows capping the hills are derived. The basic laccolite has a maximum thickness of about 700 feet (Fig. 4). 71 856 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NAXDEWAR MOUNTAINS, On proceeding higher up the creek, sandstones, shales and interlaminated sills repeat themselves, and the hills on both sides have lava-cappings. Boomi Creek. — From Bullawa Creek I made an excursion across the mountains to Boomi Creek. The crest of Boomi Gap has an altitude of about 3,500 feet. South of it lies Kaputar (5,000 feet), north of it Pound Mountain (4,500 feet). In ascending the pass from the west one encounters practically only- trachyte. However, on descending to Boomi Creek one crosses a basaltic dyke, running N. and S., at a height of 3,000 feet; at 2,900 feet there is an outcrop of greenish slaty rock; at 2,800 feet an outcrop of coarse conglomerates dipping north. These rocks are probably Permo-Carboniferous, perhaps Carboniferous. Lower down rhyolitic and andesitic tuffs and quartz porphyries are met with as well as conglomerates wdth rhyolite pebbles. These volcanic rocks and conglomerates are lithologically the same as those occurring at Laird's on Maule's Creek, Horse-Arm Creek and Black Mountain south of the group. Below the 3,000- feet level the Boomi Creek country loses the wild ruggedness characteristic of the Bullawa Creek side, consisting of more gently-sloping, wooded and grassy spurs well adapted for grazing. The change in scenery is due to the change in formation, Lower Permo-Carboniferous or Carboniferous rocks being here predomi- nant, and the barren trachytes. Upper Coal Measure and Triassic sandstones being seldom seen. In Boomi Creek there are numerous boulders of coarsely porphyritic basalt with gigantic felspar phenocrysts similar to that which caps the intermediate rocks round Deriah and intrudes them in Kangaroo Gully. This rock is probably derived from Kaputar. Eulah Creek. — This creek rises in the Lindesay Tableland and flows parallel to Bullawa Creek into the Namoi. The country in which its two branches head is like that at the head of Bullawa Creek, consisting of sills of intermediate rock intruding Permo-Carboniferous or Trias- Jura sandstones, which rise abruptly on either side to form a tableland capped with lava. The creek, like Bullawa Creek, flows in a gorge-like valley, which at BY H. I. JENSEN. 857 Dunmore's place, where T camped (altitude 1,150 feet), has sand- stone cliffs 400 feet high on either side. Higher up the creek cliffs of igneous rock are frequently seen. Ascending the table- land south of Dunmore's the sandstone formation was seen to persist to a height of 1,600 feet, where dark, fine-grained cappings of Eegirine- trachyte or andesite commenced. Much of it is quite scoriaceous. The sandstone north of the creek has a gentle dip to the N.W. at Dunmore's, changing to N.E. as one proceeds upstream. South of the creek it has a gentle westerly dip. Between Dunmore's and Deriah Mountain coarsely porphyritic basalts without olivine and andesites cap the trachyte in various places on the tableland at a height of 1,650-1,700 feet. The forest vegetation improves at this level, consisting of box {Eucalyptus alhens)^ cedar ( ?), kurrajong {Sterculia diversi- folia), watergum {E. rostrata), and wattles. A basaltic crater occurs a couple of miles west of Deriah. Boxtree Gully heads near it (Fig. 8). Deriah Creek heads near Deriah ^Mountain, the structure of which is represented in Fig. 7. OrRIAH l^oofr (TrachytG.) Fig. 7.— Section, in a general E. and W. direction, at Deriah. a, andesitic rock; b, trachyte breccia; c, vesicular trachy-andesite; r, arfvedsonite trachyte; a, sandstone (Triassic ?). The Deriah Mountain trachyte is oldeo-than the fine-grained blue fegirine-nepheline phonolite and phonolitic trachyte which occur under the basalt of the surrounding hills (Figs. 7 and 8). At Left Eulah Crag on Eulah Creek, north of Deriah, a large sill of even-grained arfvedsonite-trachyte intrudes the sandstone and forms a bold cliff. In the area lying between Deriah and Eulah 858 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, Crags the hills are commonly capped with a coarse andesitic or trachytic breccia. It is probable that on the tableland between Eulah and Bullawa Creeks, basalt caps the alkaline intermediate rocks. The curious, long dykes surmounting the plateau are evidence of fissure-eruptions which first gave rise to tuffs, and later on to lavas, the flows of which have been undermined by the subsequent weathering away of the underlying tuff-beds. ^*^^V,rosion have been deposited (aggradation) in a depression formecby faulting, so that a thickness of over a thousand feet of soft ertiary rock and alluvium has been formed at Narrabri. The-^amoi Kiver has also helped to aggrade the depression. (c) Volcanic Action. — The order of eruption, ju'aing by field observations, seems to have been as follows : — (1) Pre-Tertiary, probably earl}^ Cretaceous, basi»intrusions in Permo-Carboniferous strata. (2) Tertiary : (a) Sill-like and laccolitic intrusi. the labradorite porphyrite, N.12). Postbasaltic denudation has succeeded in carving the gorge- like valleys and in exposing volcanic plugs and dykes on the tableland, in removing crater-rings and in dissecting the semi- igneous mass. The original continuity of the tops of the spurs is shown by the volcanic rocks capping sandstones at the same level on either side of each valley at a height of many hundred or even 1,000 feet, and by the cappings of igneous rock on isolated sandstone mesas. The irregularity of the lava-level in many places points to another significant feature, namely, that the area over which the lava flowed (the Mole peneplain 1) was at the time considerably dissected. Absence of marine fossils shows that it was land at the time of the eruptions. It should be here again mentioned that around Boggabri there are numerous rhyolitic pinnacles which are probably of Tertiary age, contemporaneous with the Nandewar rhyolitic trachytes. They may, however, be older. In the Pilliga Scrub, between Boggabri and the Warrumbungle Mountains, there are numerous conical peaks of andesite, pro- bably of the same age. These igneous rocks serve to connect up the two volcanic regions, and show that the fractures in early Tertiary time roughly followed the border of the great Triassic basin. (d) Stream- Developinent. — The nature of the Namoi River has already been discussed in my paper on the Warrumbungle Mountains. All the creeks rising in the Nandew^ar Mountains have their courses determined by the original slope of the conoplain, and are hence consequent streams. .The evidence which they afford of a previous wet and a later arid cycle has already been discussed. BY H. I. JENSEN. 869 (e) Present Changes. — A vecent rejuvenation is noticeable in some streams like Maule's Creek. This appears to be due to a gradual disappearance of arid conditions. Volcanic activity has been long extinct, and there is no likeli- hood of its recurrence for many periods. The mountains are being base-levelled to the level of the western plains by the slow process of arid erosion. It is worthy of mention that, in addition to the other evidences of arid erosion already enumerated, many peaks in the vicinity of Dripping Rock, near Bobbiwaa Creek, display a very marked serrate topography. This characteristic I have not noticed elsewhere, and it is very striking. 5. Springs and Artesian Water. Like the Warrumbungles, the Nandewar Mountains have many springs at high altitudes. Most of the important mountain springs flowed without intermission throughout the great drought, 1896-1902, when the creeks were all dry. Mr. Ritter told me of one spring near Pound Mountain which increased in strength during the drought to such an extent that the water rose in a fountain-like jet as thick as a man's arm. The creeks dwindle enormously in size on reaching the plains west of the Nandewars. The reason of this phenomenon is that the water is absorbed by the great thickness of sandy allu vials which flank the Namoi for miles on either side. Though many mesas south and south-west of the Nandewars are probably referable to the Trias- Jura, the sandstones underlying the alluvials of the plains in this quarter are mainly Permo- Carboniferous, hence the area is non-artesian. Some miles north of Narrabri, however, that is north-west of the Nandewars, there are sandstones which may belong to the Triassic intake beds of the artesian system. 6. Minerals of Economic Value. The Nandewar Mountains, like the Warrumbungles, abound in veins of "potch" (poor opal) which occasionally contain specks of precious opal. The indications of precious opal are, however, 870 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, as far as I have seen, not so good in this area as in the Warrumbungles. Beautiful veins of chalcedony and agate abound, especially in connection with vesicular volcanic rocks. Small diamonds have been obtained at the Alpha Mine near Bullawa Creek in gravel near a basalt dyke. It is possible that the basalt may have been the matrix, having absorbed the carbon from underlying coal seams. Rocks like the Enstatite-peridotite- lamprophyre (N.18, p. 884) which are extremely basic, very rich in iron and magnesia, and intruded along coal seams, might easily absorb carbon and liberate it again in the form of diamond on cooling. Coal seams have been observed in many places. In the area abounding in sills, such as around Bullawa and Eulah Creeks, the coal seams have in most cases been destroyed. On the summit of the divide between Rocky Creek and Bobbiwaa Creek there is, as already mentioned, a seam of good coal about 6 feet thick. No doubt in time to come many valuable coal seams will be found and worked in the area surrounding the mountains. I have not noticed any diatomaceous earth deposits in the portions of the Nandewar Mountains which I investigated, but diatomaceous earths have been recorded from the vicinity of Barraba, south-east of the mountains, by Mr. E. F. Pittman.* Other Alkaline Areas. From the foregoing notes it is apparent that the two great volcanic areas of the Nandewar and Warrumbungle Mountains consist mainly of alkaline igneous rock varying greatly in basicity. Between them there are scattered masses of rhyoiitic, phonolitic, and andesitic rock which form a chain connecting the two areas. Similar scattered pinnacles and cones occur at intervals between the south-west corner of the Warrumbungles and Dubbo. This area is referred to the Upper Coal Measures on the Geological Survey Map, but on closer investigation much of it will probably • Ann. Kept. Dept. Mines, 1881, pp. 142-143. By authority, Sydney 1882. BY H. I. JENSEN. 871 be found to be Trias-Jurca. In the first place, most of the sand- stone between the Castlereagh Kiver and the Warrumbungles has the appearance of being Tiiassic. The range lying between the Castlereagh and the Talbragar Rivers is probably also Triassic, the valleys only belonging to the Coal Measures. Around Dubbo, to which I drove from Coonabarabran via Mundooran and Cobborah, there are Triassic rocks containing good imprints of Thinnfeldia odontopteroides'. the best fossils were obtained at a well about 2 miles S.S.W. of Dubbo on the Peak Hill road. Further down, about 5 or 6 miles S.S.W. of Dubbo and about halfway between the Peak Hill and Obley roads, I examined some hills locally known as the Gibraltar Rocks. These consist of a grey, pepper-and-salt-coloured sanidine trachyte containing magnetite, arfvedsonite, and segirine. It intrudes Triassic sandstone and the adjoining quartz-porphyries. The occurrence of trachytes near Dubbo was first noted in 1905 by Mr. J. Murton, Geological Surveyor. Mr. W. S. Card has kindly supplied me with a specimen of the arfvedsonite trachyte found by Mr. Murton in the Parish of Dungarry near Dubbo. Its chemical analysis (by Mr. B. White) is quoted in my paper on the Warrumbungie Mountains. Mr. Staff-Surveyor Thomas, of Dubbo, informs me that there are other knobs of trachyte at Minore, N.N. W. of Dubbo. Others occur S.E. of the Gibraltar group; probably therefore there is a string of these alkaline trachyte knobs connecting up the Warrumbungles and the Canoblas. Mr. Card has lately received other interesting specimens from Mr. Murton, including specimens of nepheline syenite, nepheline phonolite.* The Barrigan mass of tinguaite, referred to in Carne's 'Mono- graph on the Torbanite of New South Wales,' (Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.Wales)though of a similar age to the alkaline rocks abovedealt with, does not lie on the same curve. The masses dealt with lie * "Miaskose,"see 'Petrological and MineralogicalNotes,'No.lO. Eecords Geol. Surv. N. S.Wales, Vol.viii. 72 ^ 872 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEVVAR MOUNTAINS, on a line which runs S.W. from the Nandewars to the Warrum- bungles, thence S.S.W. to Dubbo and Minore, thence S.E. to the Canoblas, and continues in the same direction to Mittagong, with outlying extrusions of a dark green variety as far west as Goulburn. It is likely that other alkaline trachytes and allied lavas will be met with between Barrigan and the Nandewars, and between Barrigan and Mittagong. If so, the belt of alkaline lavas forms a loop round the Gunned ah basin of Upper Coal Measure strata. The significance of this matter I propose to discuss more fully in a later paper. It is also interesting to note that some considerable masses of fine limonite, iron ore, occur on Doyle's farm near Gibraltar close to Dubbo. On the Coonabarabran-Cobborah road, not far from Mundooran, some of the sandstones are so indurated with iron, in the form of haematite, that they could be smelted for iron. I have already mentioned that valuable deposits of a similar nature occur round the Warrumbungle Mountains. There is no doubt that in time all these districts will be worked for iron. The origin or source of the iron I have not investigated, but as it occurs most frequently in the vicinity of igneous rocks it may have been derived from them by leaching, like the iron ores similarly situated near Mittagong.* B. Petrology. The rocks of the Nandewar Mountains may be divided into A. The Volcanic Series, consisting of : — (a) Ali-rhyolites (alkaline rhyolites), including comendite and quartz pantellarite. (b) Ali-trachytes (alkaline trachytes), including soda- trachyte, pantellarite, > b (lavender) •>- n (briglit light green). 876 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, N.59 B is a rock in which nuclei of dark arfvedsonite or riebeckite of a deep blue-black colour are surrounded by a lighter- coloured arfvedsonite or segirine, sometimes the one, sometimes the other. The dark arfvedsonite is like that of N 46; segirine is the dominant ferric mineral. The light-coloured variety of arfvedsonite, however, displays peculiar properties. Bx^ = a, hence it is negative, and the absorption is C (bright greenish-blue .> b (lavender) .> a (greenish-yellow). Possibly this mineral may be an aberrant variety of segirite. Pyroxene, varies from pure segirine to segirine-augite. It answers to descriptions given of the same mineral in the Warrumbungle Petrology. (b) Minerals sparingly represented. — Many of these are represented only by grains of such minute size that it has not been found possible to make an exhaustive examination of optical properties. Cossy7'ite(l) occurs very sparingly and is recognised in sections where it occurs in extremely fine-grained poikilitic aggregates, by its deep brown colour, strong pleochroism and cleavage angle of 65^. Katophorite (?) occurs in dendritic aggregates of somewhat acicular crystals often surrounded by haematite or a zone of arfvedsonite and segirite. This mineral is strongly pleochroic in colours of deep purple, red, fine deep red, brown, yellow, and gieenish-yellow. There are apparently several varieties graduat- ing into arfvedsonite, cossyrite and ferrite. This mineral com- monly forms only the kernel of crystals of pegirite and arfved- sonite. It appears to me for this reason that the arfvedsonite and segirite are products of pneumatolysis commencing after the brown hornblendes had commenced to form. This vapour-action often completely decomposed the original katophorite, leaving ferric oxite (ferrite) in its place, and the NaoO, SiOg, TiOg, etc., of the molecule were redistributed amongst other minerals of the rock. Only in this way can I explain that we often meet with BY H. I. JENSEN. 877 sheets of trachyte with the hornblende completely metamorphosed to ferrite or haematite while it has not been subjected to any more weathering than adjoining arfved^onite trachytes. Wohleriie (?), a yellow mineral in acicular crystals, nonpleo- chroic or but slightly so; double refraction strong; refractive index medium. This mineral shows the characteristic yellow cracks of wohlerite and is apparently the product of the pneu- matolytic action which broke down the katophorite molecule. It is more abundant in tegirine-ferrite trachytes than in the rocks rich in arfvedsonite. Lavenite (?) or Rosenbuschite (I) appears to be present in some of the rocks, but has not been identified with certainty. Tridymite occurs occasionally in vesicles; often yellowish, almost isotropic opal is seen; occasionally banded chalcedony replaces it. Aleionite (i) (or an allied scapolite mineral such as wernerite or marialite) in clear glassy or milky-white crystals, showing a good cleavage, weak double refraction and medium refractive index, is sometimes present. Where quartz is very rare or wholly absent, sodalite (or nosean), nepheline and katapleiite have occasionally been observed to occur. In the phonolitic rocks of the Nandewar region we find, in addition to those occurring in the trachytes, nepheline, a mineral of the sodalite group, cancrinite, katapleiite C?), geisikite (^), liebuerite C?), zeolites and calcite. Analcite often occurs. ii. The Ali-syenites, porphyries and porphyrites contain many of the above-mentioned minerals, but in the more basic varieties soda-lime felspars predominate as phenocrysts, and albite or potash-soda felspar (anorthoclase, soda-sanidine) in the ground- mass. In different rocks different soda-lime felspars are met with varying from albite to medium labradorite. In some reddish-coloured varieties of syenite-porphyry occurr- ing in sills about Bullawa Creek the felspar phenocrysts have a refractive index less than Canada balsam. In outline they are in some rock-varieties like orthoclase,in others they give rhombic sec- 878 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, tions (rhoraben-porphyr). Twinning is on the Carlsbad plan, and the two cleavages are nearly at right angles to one another. In addition a fine striation due to polysynthetic twinning is readily observed. This felspar is a microcline microperthite (or anortho- clase microperthite). Often cloudy microcline (moirirten-micro- clin) and gitter microcline are abundant constituents. The base consists in these rocks essentially of anorthoclase. These soda- potash felspars, so common in the Christiania region, are extremely abundant and well developed in the Nandevvar alkaline rocks, Arfvedsonite is rare in these rocks, bat occurs sometimes. jEgirine is occasionally present, but more often it is represented by an segirine-augite or light green diopside (salite). Olivine is never present, and in fact the analyses display so low a magnesia percentage that all this constituent must be incorporated in the segirine-augite (see Analyses, Table i. and Calculations of the norm. Table ii.). The main bulk of these rocks consists invariably of felspar, the other constituents never attaining great abundance. As minor constituents we find nepheline (in the groundmass), decomposition-products after nepheline such as cancrinite, kata- pleiite, geisikite (?), liebnerite (?) and zeolites; also apatite, fluor- spar, zircon, ferrite, magnetite, haematite, ilmenite. Chlorite, secondary after segirine-augite, is a common constituent in many of the darker porphyrites. Occasionally sodalite is present. Quartz may also occur. iii. The post-trachytic basic lavas have many similarities with the phonolitic and other intermediate lavas, in texture, mineral composition, and chemical composition. They are poor in magnesian minerals, olivine being usually absent (cp. the basalt of the Sandilands Ranges, New England). iv. The basic rocks of greater antiquity than the trachytes, namely the dolerites intruding the Permo-Carboniferous strata at Bullawa Creek and Bobbiwaa Creek, form a distinct group. The pyroxene is a deep brown highly pleochroic titaniferous augite accompanied by a diallage. Olivine is abundant, and the felspar is very calcic. Some of these rocks, however, contain BY H. I. JENSEN. 879 analcite in fair abundance, a fact which may be an indication that even then there was a tendency for this to be a sodic province. N.62. Loc: hill at junction of Manilla and Narrahri roads, 3^ miles north of Boggabri. Age uncertain. (Plate 1., tig.l). Handspecimen a dark green to black rock, showing fluxion structure and perlitic cracks. A few vesicles and idiomorphic phenocrysts of orthoclase, oligoclase and albite occur in it. This rock occurs in the form of a narrow dyke at the foot of the hill mentioned, which consists essentially of rhyolite and rhyolitic tuff. Microscopic appearance : texture hypohyaline, porphyritic, with perlitic structure in the glassy base. Constituents : the base which forms the bulk of the rock con- sists of a greenish glass showing beautiful perlitic cracks and groups of globulites. Scattered about in some abundance we find beautiful idiomorphic phenocrysts of felspar, some of which increase in basicity from the interior outwards. Often the core is orthoclase, an intermediate zone anorthoclase, and the outer zone albite or oligoclase. Neither in mineral composition nor in chemical composition does this rock show decided resemblance to the alkaline rocks of the Nandewars, yet it is not very distantly removed from them. Name : Perlitic Pitchstone. Magmatic name, Riesenose (see Tables i. and ii.). Note. — This rock is associated with holocrystalline, hemicrys- talline and cr3^ptocrystalline rhvolites. N.67. Loc: The Pinnacles; Maule's Creek. Age: Carboniferous. Handspecimen a reddish conglomerate-like rock with both the rounded pebbles and the finer matrix consisting of rhyolitic material. In section the pebbles were seen to consist of a normal rhyolite (qnartz, orthoclase and a little chlorite) and to have been rounded by the action of water. The matrix consists of fragmentary grains of quartz and felspar and volcanic ash consisting of the 880 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, same minerals and a great abundance of glass fragments in the form of minute tubes, and boomerang-shaped and bone-shaped, branched and jagged rods. All this material is of pure volcanic origin, but has evidently been redistributed by the action of water. Subsequent alteration due to regional metamorphism has led to the commencement of secondary crystallisation or regeneration of crystals. Much of the material, originally glassy, is therefore partially devitrified. Rocks of this kind, which must be termed Tujfy Ehyolite Conglomerates, prove without doubt that submarine eruptions and land eruptions were in progress near an old shoreline and the materials ejected were redistributed b}'' the waves. Interbedded with them are found rhyolites, devitrified porphy- ritic pitchstones and quartz porph3^ries. N.17. Loc: laccolite on Dingo Creek, branch of Bullawa Creek. (Plate 1., fig.2). Handspecimen a coarse-grained dolerite in some varieties of which large augite phenocrysts occur, but the type here described is rather even-grained. Near the edges of the laccolite this rock graduates into a black aphanitic basalt with occasional amygdules. The intrusion is older than the alkaline rocks. Texture holocrystalline, seen under the microscope to be uneven-grained and porphyritic, having crystals of most varying sizes. Fabric hypidiomorphic granular, and ophitic. Constituents : basic felspar and titaniferous augite are the two most abundant constituents, occurring in about equal proportions and forming about 60-70 % of the mass. The next constituent in order of abundance is olivine, forming between 10 % and 20 %. Then follow magnetite and ilmenite, forming upwards of 5%. Decomposition-products such as serpentine, chlorite and leucoxene also occur in notable amount. As an accessory minor constituent apatite (in long thin needles penetrating the other minerals) deserves mention. Note. — In some varieties of this rock-type analcite forms a constituent mineral. BY H. I. JENSEN. 881 Order of consolidation : felspar needles frequently penetrate some distance into augite crystals but never to the core. ( Magnetite Thnenite Olivine Apatite Felspar (Analcite when present) Name: Ophitic Olivine Dolerite or Diabase. Magmatic name, Kentallenose (see Tables i. and ii.). Closely allied to N.17 is a rock from the Alpha (Diamond Mine, Bullawa Creek, 13 miles N.E. of Narrabri, N.S.W., of which the following description has been supplied to me by my old friend, Mr. G. Saunders, B.E. Handspecimen resembles a basalt, being of a dark colour and moderately fine-grained. It occurs as a dyke about 8 feet wide. Bands of calcite occur in it, and due to these bands the rock crumbles away on exposure. It intrudes sandstone, and capping these rocks there is an alluvial deposit in which diamonds, sapphires, zircon and gold have been noticed. Microscopic Description. — Texture holocrystalline ; grainsize medium with a few large phenocrysts of augite and plagioclase; fabric caraptonitic and ophitic. Constituents in order of decreasing abundance are (1) felspar, (2) titaniferous augite, (3) colourless diopside in phenocrysts, (4) olivine, (5) serpentine, (6) magnetite, (7) grains of red olivine (fayalite), and (8) apatite. I have examined a slide of it sent to me by Mr. Saunders, and I find it to be a rock closely related to N.17. The felspar is a basic labradorite, and it as well as the olivine and augite occur in two generations. 882 THE GEOLOGY OP THE NANDEVVAR MOUNTAINS. Mr. Saunders also kindly forwarded me a slide of another rock of the same kind obtained from a depth of 2,015 feet in the bore- hole at Narrabri. This rock is holocrystalline, hypidiomorphic granular, medium-grained, and porphyritic in augite, magnetite and felspar, The felspar consists of lath-shaped labradorite crystals; the augite is highly titaniferous and occurs in fine reddish-brown idiomorphic crystals which frequently enclose felspar in an ophitic manner. Titaniferous magnetite occurs in corroded phenocrysts ; ilmenite is also present. Apatite is common as inclusions in both the augite and the felspar. Large patches of the base consist of a clear colourless isotropic mineral with a low refractive index. This mineral was the last to consolidate, and is probably analcite. The rest of the ground- mass consists of the second generation of the minerals already mentioned. Name : Ophitic Analcite-Olivine-Dolerite or Diabase. N.19. Loc: edges of laccolite. Dingo Creek. Handspecimen dark basaltic-looking rock with white amyg- dules. Texture holocrystalline, uneven-grained but fine-grained with pilotaxitic fabric. Composition : this rock consists of basic labradorite felspar in laths decomposing to analcite, zeolites and other products, automorphic but somewhat corroded grains of titaniferous augite, very corroded and rounded olivine grains, idiomorphic magnetite granules, analcite and decomposition-products. The white amygdules consist of analcite and zeolites. Name : Pilotaxitic Olivine Basalt (or Diabase). N.56 consists of a fine-grained basalt exactly like N.19, and occurs on the borders of the basic laccolite at the head of Bobbiwaa Creek. N.57, collected from the core of the same Bobbiwaa laccolite, is a coarse-grained dolerite (or diabase) exactly like N. 17, described above. BY H. I. JENSEN. 883 Linking the foregoing basic rocks to the alkaline series are certain remarkable essexites, of which I have found rolled specimens in the creeks, but which I have not met with m situ. N.28 is a reddish coarse-grained rock, in handspecimen not unlike N.27 (described hereafter). Loc: Thor's Creek, Bullawa Creek. Microscopic examination : Texture holocrystalline, hypidio- morphic granular, uneven-grained rock, showing ophitic structure. Constituents (in order of decreasing abundance): (1) Titani- ferous augite studded with interpenetrating felspar needles and apatite inclusions; it occurs in phenocrysts which are more or less corroded and fractured. (2) Bronzite with well-defined crystalline outlines. (3) Ilmenite. (4) Analcite (interstitial). (5) Chlorite replacing biotite. (6) Bytownite and anorthite felspar in laths. (7) A little biotite. (8) Apatite needles. (9) Zircon. (10) Zeolites of the mesolite group. (11) Interstitial orthoclase. (12) Serpentine in irregular patches. Name : Ophitic Analcite Essexite allied to Teschenite. Note. — This rock seems to have been formed by a kind of magmatic mixture of an alkaline rock with a dolerite like N.17. The mixture may have taken place either by an alkaline magma having intruded, partially fused and assimilated a dolerite, or wholly by pneumatolytic processes. The broken nature of the pyroxene phenocrysts and the irregular serpentine patches representing the remnants of resorbed olivines support the first supposition. The second alternative receives support from the facts that biotite has developed and analcite is abundant. When we consider the basicity of the felspar laths and their fresh appearance it becomes evident at the same time that the analcite could not have been primary, nor can it have been formed by decomposition of the felspar. Therefore it is concluded that the magmatic vapours from the alkaline intrusions caused a partial recrystallisation in this basic rock, introducing KgO to form the interstitial orthoclase and biotite, 884 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, SiOo to change olivine to bronzite, and water to break up the original felspar molecules into anorthite and analcite. Zircon (ZrOo) was introduced at the same time. Taking all into consideration it appears that there was magmatic mixing^ accompanied by pneumatolytic action. N.18. Loc: Sill iii. at Dingo Creek (PI. Hi., fig.l). Macroscopic characters: the handspecimen (PI. Iii., fig. la-6) presents a remarkable appearance. It is studded with gigantic phenocrysts and fragments of crystals of a black mineral with a dull lustre not unlike that of gadolinite. In general outline this mineral reminds one of cassiterite, but its good cleavage in three directions and its brittleness show that we have a pyroxenic mineral to deal with. In addition, the rock contains an abun- dance of fragments of crystalline aggregates, many of which have such regular and straight outlines as to be suggestive of pseudo- morphs after olivine. One of the minerals composing the fragments is seen to be a green olivine. Many of the fragments are IJ inches or more in length and over |-inch in width. The black phenocrysts attain a length of 3 to 4 inches, and a diameter af 2^ to 3 inches. In addition we may notice pheno- crysts (up to 1 inch in diameter) of a brown spinel, and a black microcrystalline groundmass. The rock weathers to a reddish clay, and decomposing specimens have always a reddish crust of iron oxides. Occasionally large crystals of biotite (or paragonite) attaining a diameter of 1 to 1 J inches, and a thickness perpendicular to the cleavage of about ^-inch, are met with. Calcite or dolomite occurs abundantly, forming amygdules. This rock forms a sill, having a thickness of about 3 feet, and dipping S.E. at '2b° (S^ fig. ), capped b}^ and overljang cherty, metamorphosed, Permo-Carboniferous shales containing Glossop- teris, Gangamopteris and Noeggerathiopsis. Intruding the same shales about 30 feet higher up the series we have a sill of felspar porphyry with a trachytic matrix (bostonite). The succession of BY H. I. JENSEN. 885 Dip S.E. at 25^^ With Permo-Carbo- niferous fossils. strata observed from the bottom of the cliff to the top is seen in the following statement : — / Top of hill — Trachyte under which we have conglomerate, thick- / ness not estimated. Top of cliff —The same conglomerate. Then — Sandstone, 30 feet. Cherty Mudstones, 20 feet. Felspar Porphyry Sill (Bostonite), 6 feet. Cherty Mudstone, 9 feet' Soft Blue Shales, 6 feet Cherty Shales, 4 feet ,, „ 7 feet Black Shale, 6 inches Bottom of / Sill with black phenocrysts and fragments, 2ft 9in., Cliff, J then Sandstone, 3 feet. Dingo I White Shales, 1 foot. \ Creek, y Cherty Mudietones, thickness unknown. Level of Creek, Microscopic examination : texture holocrystalline, extremely uneven-grained on account of the monstrous phenocrysts set in the microcrystalline base. The base is quite aphanitic, but with a ;^-inch objective it is resolved and appears to be holocrystalline with a camptonitic fabric. Composition : the crystal aggregates or fragments are seen under the microscope to have a more broken outline than the handspecimen shows. They consist of olivine, light greenish diopside, enstatite and colourless augite in hypidiomorphic to allotriomorphic crystals, the whole aggregate having a hypidio- morphic granular texture. Between the crystals are strands of a white fibrous chloritic decomposition-product, apparently margarite. Fragments of picotite are also present. The black phenocrysts are somewhat corroded along the margin, having a resorption rim resembling the celyphitic border of garnet. They consist of a species of hypersthene or amblystegite. The mineral has three well marked cleavages, two of which are at right angles; there are also two pinacoidal partings to which extinc- tion is parallel. The pleochroism is weak, and the double refrac- tion is also weak, being about the same as that of labradorite. 886 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, The mineral was determined to be biaxial and optically negative with a dispersion less for red than for blue (p*< l-^ lO o o o oo ^ o ^ GOCCCOt>CO'#'T3CO?CCOCCQOCOTt<^ -^ (?^ CM -^ 6 6 ^b -^ CO fc -^ oi b •^ ' ' ' 1 \\iii ce 03 ce Oi 'o -. i^co «o CM lO ;:h lO i O '^ CO t- r-, CO CO CO o o o o CD o CO o '"' o o o o o o o o o o t-^OCi'^OO) .OCOlC-^'etlCOCOCl r-j CQOipp-HOaJcOpC-JCOCDCOr-ip I . I rHcbc-j-^bS-SbrH^iscoobb'^ ' ^. ' CC^ ^ =^ rv «j aj <» JO ^ ^ o3 ce e3 AO-n ^" ^ s • ■^« = 3 0 0 ' o2 .C-JC^ICiCO C^l OiOO-^ t^ -"sfHO: --; CO CO — I -* O ^ to CD CD CO CO r-H O C5 r-l o o o oooo o oo oooo oooo o o o ^^ C0G005l0CM"*Ot^ rrt i;^r^oOQOfo»o-* I . I I &H .. d o . CO !>- lO "^ r-H t^ CO CO O ,o O — ( O O 1— I r— I TtH as Oi O t— I t-^ CO CO poop p b © b b b ^O 00 CO CM O) o^^ CO "7- p CM '^ t^ lb b CO —I ! I I §•2 CO p-H 05 05 „ .-S CO CO OCOOtJi m flCOiO bb-^cc^.^^ b I I 1 r , ^, CO W OU . CM t^ rH CM pH '-; t-TiH CM CO O ^ p f^l p p p i«^H rH b b b b CO i-^ t^o O G-^ t^C^ oooo fH o o o §8 oooo o rH>005f0 05CO .-^Ttit^OCiOi .OOi . .C^O* COOCOCOOO'-c3-HiCit--u-Ol:^CO wC^lO w wOr— i w to cc w ^^ ^jo^oibbdb-^-^bbb'i^b'^'^bb-i'^'^-^ ce c3 ^- t^ CO CZ) !>. r-\ O t^ CO — ' r-H O krH p 7^ p p p '^ -^ b b b b Tt< Oi -rti lO CO O O 00 CO CO o b b b b 00 r-H O o o o CO »o CO CO 00 ^"iO Oi '^(Z) 5 aJfTi-^GMr-Hpco ^iQO w" m « ^bcq-^b =3'^bb»bcb-^rli_jHbb'i'^ .cococOrHioio a3ooi>. ""'CMf-HOCO 5^100 * • . • CO s^ ^ ^ cS ee ee cS o 74 . I + :00 o o o o o'^cSoflOoOQ ^ >-. - ^^ ^ *^ ^^O O O « r? O o ^ XI if •-; 2 73 = c5 >» .>-5 ..s CO a> Q 1^ o >- S £ do . rH ^ CD 00 --; .-I CC O O ^ -^ -^ O O o^ -^ 6 b b 00 lO !>• O Tf CC <>J O O O O »p b b b b ^ 00 C5 r-< — I O CC O (M 1 I . (N CC —< CC t^ (N >0 "§ (N (Tl (N •It o ^ So «* ^ i-H M I I I I i rfi ^ CC '^ Tt t^ CJ CO CS tH p cp G^ GO) tr^ C<1 (N 00 C^ CC t^ CO CC CO o o o p p bbbb b CI o o o CC >-H -H ■^ CO o^ bt^coTj-b'i'^ .t-^COi— lOCiO-^OCO"^ "TtiptHp-^t-Opp- I .^4t*K:>fobbbc-ib. I -S .lO-S •. v 2- JL ::. :- ^ • • b -^ d C5 O O a CC CI . CC GO CI O O CO . I rH ip O) r-H ,-1 P CO I b b b 00 CI b'§ I I I I— I M M m <=> ce ce :e -* O t- CO GO CC CC tJ^ O TtOCI-H CT) 00 p fNcipp p pp bbbb b bbbb b bb . t- CD C) 10 ^ GO ^ '^ CI o t, ^ o —1 oco-^-^toic .lOcc-Ht-^coTjHr-. cir-ppcip ccppppc^ci—i r-'^'^bbb'Sb'^'^^b'-Hb "I I I I 03 CC CC c I I I I ^ ^ ^ o. ^ ^ cS . 10 CO 05 CD CO »0 O CD CI CO CO »0 ^Om — 05 O COCICOCI CC cccc O oo^iOp p p — pp -7* "pp S bbbb b bbbb b bb OCC'-HdOiO'-cSCOt^Olr^OCiTt^GO co-T-ppT-ip •ipoppipojpr-' I I N.IO. Phonolitic Trachyte. Loc. : Oakey Creek. Per cent. Quartz 7-26 Orthoclase ... 37-25 Albite 35-63 Anorthite ... 6*12 Diopside 1-89 Hypersthene ... 3-70 Magnetite ... 3*71 Ilmenite 1-98 Calcite 0-40 Water 1-00 k g 3 GO t^ i- .-; id A 1 -^53 II "^ «^ . 3 II A V II ^ J' 'z 0 ^^ u, . 5 A CO &. A to ij u5[co § g V 1 ^ & g ^ .2 K 1 0 a 0 ■ J. w) N.ll. Pulaskite Porphyry. Loc: Mt. Odin, Oakey Ck. Per cent. Quartz 8-46 Orthoclase ... 35-58 Albite 34-58 Anorthite ... 4-45 Corundum ... 1-63 Hypersthene .. 3*22 Magnetite ... 4-41 Ilmenite 2*89 Calcite ... ... 3-40 Water 1-16 00 k s 3 02 A 1 ^ |t^ - II 6a ^ A §|s^- II ^ ^^ 1 1 CO [uo .3 V 1 n S g 5 -2 II 3 ^ z S N.55. Hajmatite Trachyte. Loc: Dripping Rock. sOO00O'*iOO:0X)C0 a i^ ro r» o> oj --I i^ TjH r^ -p ^'— QOOO-Ih.^OU'SOO'^ J;-, cc CO 1—1 0 .— 1 t^l-" - A ^• A cof«5 .5^ A CO ^ / \ 60 •• V 1 i Quartz . . . Orthoclase Albite ... Anorthite Corundum Hypersthene Hiumatite Ilmenite Titanite ... Water ... A •'' '^ T /\ g co,»o S Ci t- 0 B \\ ;. ^ 3 iri ^ '^ 0 + 0 0 N.59A. Arfvedsonite Trachyte, Loc: Mt. Deriah. -S'*!M1-'^00005TJ4^COOO SQOC^CO-T-iCSOOipO^-H i A '^ »:-„ cojio § § A |£ 0 1 CO ^ qj V si 0 ^ s ^. / •§ i' w 5: ^ § Quartz ... Orthoclase Albite ... Zircon ... Diopside Wollastonite Magnetite Htematite Ilmenite ... Water ... 00 'P ^ a li Ci C5 I— 1 1 0 + 'Z 1 to a 0 N.30. Arfvedsonite Trachyte. Loc: Mt. Ningadhun. Per cent. Quartz 9-48 Orthoclase ... 36-14 Albite 44-02 Anorthite ... 2-50 Corundum ... 5-50 Zircon 0-18 Magnetite ... 2-32 Ilmenite 1-06 HoBmatite ... i-og Hypersthene ... 0-53 Water OAn > 1 i s 3 02 > II J <^g'H li a^ II ^ / 1 + J2; — ' 0 CO / 10 \ »o 0 ^ Is |co ^ oj 1 1 e3 ^£ E e3 3 03 iz; «2 ^ a x> c3 Vn bO .^ O 1^ fi-Hl g •«i^ O CO p OS !>1 '^ (N O t- "t- W3 00 COO b b cN b ' r- K eo I— 1 1— I f— i i-H I 05 A -S" • OJ • • • fl • • w • a> oj • • s • CS ."t^ ."S O) CD E3 N -3 .. ^, ^ .-S .-^ ^ ^ BiilliliN CO jiO A ^ O'jf^ A V P5 p^ U^llZi Q »o -2 t>. "—I Ol r^ ^ 5 1 ICDCCt^-— lOlOTfOCi ;t^p— OJpoOiiTCCO'TH ' (N — CI lO « fC >'o fC r— I -' j3 •- o ^ & tc 2 5-£;2 fl t^^ce a »0 iM A V '^ V M \/ ^ •"-- O <3 o A irj ICC V GO It^CC II to O ^ --It- A CC Jo V (N ICO Oi l:o II O 0) ^ S Hi O bD bS.S t-> o uc |cc A U5 /CC A V V o>o -< <5 O W M H S ^ Hlt^, V , 02 If^ l:o II o cc|io S A CO .. / \ bD m V I « bD 2 by h. i. jensen. 907 Discussion of the Analyses. The chemical examination of tlie Nandewar rocks was con- ducted in the Chemical Department, Sydne}^ University, and I am indebted to Professor Liversidge and Mr. Schofield for having placed apparatus at my disposal. The alkaline rocks analysed all belong to the intermediate group. Yet there are both acidic and basic alkaline rocks in the district which were not analysed, having been satisfactorily determined microscopically. Three of the rocks analysed, namely, dolerite from Dingo Creek (N.17), lamprophyre. Dingo Creek (N.18), and perlitic pitchstone, Boggabri (N.62), exhibit no definite relationship with the alkaline series. The lamprophyric rock probably has a monchiquitic base. Felspar is very rare; most of the AlgOg exists in the spinel (pleonaste). The alkali not having sufficient AlgOg to form felspar, has gone to form analcite. This rock might indeed be best regarded as the result of a kind of magmatic mixture in which an alkaline magma has burst through a very basic mass, and carried along in it fragments of peridotite (xenoliths) and xenocrysts of spinel and hypersthene. The occurrence is strictly analogous to that which has been described by Mr. C. Siissmilch, F.G.S., for the Bombo Quarries near Kiama.*' In both instances, too, we have an alkaline rock (at Kiama, an orthoclase basaltf) carrying these basic xenoliths. Mr. C. Siissmilch has kindly shown me his specimens, and the resem- blance to mine is very striking. A similar occurrence has been described at the Pennant Hills Quarry. J The chemical analysis of the Boggabri pitchstone gives no clue as to whether this rock is of the same age as the trachytes or not, a matter for which I had insufficient field-evidence to decide. * "On the Occurrence of Inclusions of Basic Plutonic Rocks in a Dyke near Kiama." Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.Wales, Vol.xxxix. + "Geology of the Kiama-.Tamberoo Districts." Rec. Geol. Surv. N. . Wales, Vol.viii. + Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1893. 908 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS. All the other analyses are of alkaline rocks. The trachytes from Ningadhun {N.30), Deriah Mountain (N.59), and Dripping Rock (N.55) are very similar in chemical composition, and are also closely allied to the arfvedsonite trachytes of the Warrum- bungles, to my analyses of which attention is directed. They all lie on the borderlines between the subrangs of Phlegrose, Nord- markose, and pulaskose of the quantitative classification. The dark sill rocks N.ll (Pulaskite Porphyry), N.IO (Phonolitic Trachyte), and JSr.l2 (Labradorite Porphyry) are of considerable interest. The specimens analysed containing no ealcite, theCOg present is contained in the secondary minerals pseudomorphic after nepheline, namely hydronephelite, liebnerite and geisekite. The Pulaskite Porphyry is in handspecimen almost as dark as a basalt (dark green), and would not be judged to be of very nearly the same composition as the light-coloured trachytes. Micro- scopic examination, however, reveals that the felspar is essentially anorthoclase and microcline microperthite, and that ferromag- nesian minerals are not abundant. The chemical analysis makes the position of the rock still more certain, and the norm fixes its magmatic name as phlegrose, the same as the arfvedsonite trachytes. The analysis of N.15 shows that this rock chemically as well as structurally is akerite. The altered nepheline phonolite, N.4:9, was analysed because it contained the same doubtful minerals as the corundum-basalt from Billy King's Creek (W.40) in the Warrumbungle Mountains. The analysis suggests that their determination as corundum and laavenite is correct. In the quantitative system this rock has the magmatic name monzonose, and contains quartz in the norm, which differs in a remarkable way from the mode. Determination q/PoOg. — This constituent was not determined in any of the rocks analysed from the Warrumbungle and Nan- dewar Mountains, as it was found that utterly unreliable results were obtained. The amount of P-Og in all these rocks would be very small, in those where apatite is most abundant, such as the dolerite (N.17) and the akerite (N.15) reaching a maximum N-" BY H. I. JENSEN. 909 of perhaps 0*50 %, whilst in the trachytes it would be practically absent. By taking 0*0025 gram of microcosmic salt containing about 0-0005 gram of PoO,-, precipitating in the usual way with ammonium molybdate, redissolving the precipitate and precipi- tating as magnesium phosphate, a precipitate weighing 0 0050 gram was obtained, equivalent to 0-0030 gram of VoO-. This I attribute to the following cause, viz., the ammoniacal solution containing the magnesium phosphate in standing 24 hours takes up the carbon dioxide from the air and silica from the glass vessel, with the result that one weighs basic magnesium silicate and carbonate with the phosphate. Error from this cause can only be avoided by letting the solution stand in a platinum vessel in a carbon-dioxide-free atmosphere. It was also noticed that, in following Washington's method of decomposing the rock with nitric and hydrofluoric acid, in the part used for determining PgOg, no precipitate was obtained with P2O5 without warming, although the rocks might contain apatite equivalent to between 005 and 0-25 % of PoO-; further, on warming, too much molybdate precipitate is generally obtained. These irregularities are jwohahly due to the presence of traces of HF, which hinder the formation of the phosphomolybdate; and, on warming, to the formation of a certain amount of silico- molybdate; but the matter needs looking into. In the face of these difficulties and as P0O5 was an unimpoi tant constituent in the rocks which I was examining, I did not consider it worth my while to devise a method for overcoming the difficulties. It is very possible that inexperienced analysts often follow the text-book methods without enquiring into their accuracy; and, not observing the many precautions necessary, get high results for PoO -. The amount of this constituent given in many analyses of trachyte, phonolite and granite seems absurdly high. The smaller the actual quantity of PoOg in a rock, the more exaggerated the error becomes. As accuracy in rock-analysis is daily becoming more important, it would be well if some chemist could take up the matter of devising a good laboratory method for determining P2O5. 910 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, The Differentiation of the Nandewar Rocks. A glance at the analyses will serve to show that in the alkaline rocks there is a gradation both mineralogically and chemically. If any one of them can be considered to represent the parent- magma, it must be the pulaskite porphyry, N.ll. Trachyte N. 30. Labradorite Mean of N.30 Pulaskite Ningadhun. Porphyry, N. 12. and N. 12. Porphyry, N.ll SiO^ 64-63 51-30 57-97 58-90 Al,03 ... 16-55 1613 16-34 16-48 Fe oxides.. 4-09 9-93 7 01 6-33 MgO ... 016 2-58 1-37 0-78 CaO 0-46 697 3-71 2-78 Na^O ... 5-23 4-00 4-61 4 09 K,0 611 207 4-09 6-05 TiO.2 0-58 2-78 1-68 1-47 The phonolites (represented by N.IO, analysed) have almost the same composition as the pulaskite-porphyry. The akerite is a special differentiation-product, the complementary type of which I have not met with. It is nevertheless not far removed from the mean of N.30 (trachyte) and N.12 (labradorite porphyry) given in the above table. In fact it will be easily observed that if that mean be regarded as the composition of the parent-magma (Haupt-magma) the akerite and pulaskite porphyry are comple- mentary forms on either side of it. Akerite. Pulaskite Porph. Mean. Haupt-Magma. SiO, ... 56-63 58-90 57-76 57-97 Al.,03 ... 17-71 16-48 17-09 16-34 Fe oxides.. 10-25 6-33 8-29 7-06 MgO .. 1-47 0-78 1-12 1-37 CaO 4-06 2-78 3-41 3-73 Na^O .. 5-11 4-09 4-60 4-61 K^O ... 3-65 6-05 4-85 4-09 TiO.2 .. 2-00 1-47 1-73 1-68 The pulaskite-porphja'y is also interesting as being in chemical composition very near to the trachy-andesites (monzonose) of the BY H. I. jensp:n. 911 Warrumbungle Mountains, to grey laurvikite from Laurvik (Norway), to uraptekite, Red Hill (New Hampshire), and to rhombenporpliyr, as the following table shows. Monzonose, W. 1, Pulaskite Porphyry, N.ll. Laurvikite, Umptekite, Rhomben- porphyr, Norway. Warrumb angles. Laurvik. Red Hill. SiOa ... 58-95 58-90 58-88 5901 58-54 Al^Og ... 17-80 16-48 20-30 18-18 17-28 Fe oxides... 7-46 6-33 6-22 5-28 8-61 MgO ... 0-57 0-78 0-79 105 1-81 CaO ... 2-49 2-78 3-03 2-40 3-04 Na^O ... 4-51 4-09 5-73 7 03 7-18 K,0 ... 6-39 605 4-50 5-34 3-24 TiO, ... 0-76 1-47 det.witliAlaOg 0-81 — The rock under discussion differs from laurvikite in containing less lime and alumina; it contains relatively less alkali than umptekite, and less silica than typical pulaskite. It is best con- sidered to be a basic facies of pulaskite. What is particularly striking is that it appears that the piarent-magma of the Nandeivar alkaline rocks is the same as that of the Warrumbungle rocks. The Quantitative Classification of Igneous Rocks. Of late years there has been a good deal of discussion as to the merits of the quantitative classification and magmatic nomen- clature devised by Iddings, Washington, Pirsson and Cross. A few remarks on this subject will not be out of place here. The quantitative system has done excellent work in waking up petrologists to the value of rock-analysis. Analyses of rock-types and of rocks difficult to classify are essential both for correct identification and for arriving at conclusions regarding magmatic differentiation. Further, for pui poses of comparison, the calcula- tion of the norm is invaluable. Take, for instance, the anal3'ses of N.30 and N.ll in Table i. The microscope revealed affinities between these rocks, sufficiently to enable one to say that both belong to the alkaline group. The analysis brings their affinity into more marked prominence. But it is only when we compare 75 912 THE GEOLOGY OF THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS, their calculated norms that we see how closely allied they are. The calculation of the norm in terms of standard minerals is a great boon for purposes of comparison, and having the analysis we can also calculate it in terms of other mineral-combinations, and thereby ascertain what other rock-species might arise from the same magma. As for the classification based on the norms, it must be said that it is no better than previous classifications. Whether we call a certain rock syenite-porphyry, phlegrose, or nordmarkite, we must first know the chemical and mineralogical composition corresponding to these names; and the Rosenbusch and Brogger names have the advantage over the magmatic names that they define the mineralogical composition much more accurately, and give us some idea of texture, fabric and facies as well. As Professor Marshall^ of Dunedin and many others have shown, the quantitative system brings together, under a common name, rocks which are widely different, and separates closely allied ones. This is strikingly exemplified in my studies on the petrology of the Warrumbn.ngle and Nandewar Mountains. Thus the labradorite porphyry (N.12) is seen from field-evidence and microscopic examination to be a differentiation-product of a pulaskite magma. There are many analogies in the mode of occurrence and the composition and structure of the groundmass to bind it to the alkaline series. Yet the fact that it is chemi- cally poorer in alkali and richer in lime and magnesia than the other members of the series removes it so far as to place it in the subrang "andose," whereby its alkaline affinities are completely obscured. Now N.15, a quartz-monzonite or akerite, an olivine-free rock, of light grey colour and even grain-size, has the same magmatic name as the orthoclase-sodalite-basalt, W.67, from, the Warrum- bungle Mountains (p. 607), although the last-mentioned is a black, * "Geology of Dunedin." Q.J.G.S. Yol.lxii. BY 11. I. JENSEN. 913 basaltic, uneven-grained rock, containing olivine and titaniferous augite. Truly both these rocks are alkaline, but their facies, mode of occurrence, constitution, and origin are all so different that the system of classification which brings them together is most unnatural. The one type, N.15, is a hypabyssal rock derived by magmatic differentiation from an alkaline magma; the other is a volcanic rock which originated by magmatic mixing. A system of rock-classification cannot be both chemical and mineralogicftl, and an attempt to create such a system must be futile. To separate the lime combined with alumina from that of diopside, calcite, and apatite in estimating the rang is also unnatural. Personally, I favour adherence to the old nomenclature, but believe as well in having as many analyses as time will permit. To determine the norm is also highly desirable. A chemical analysis is almost as quickly made as Rosiwal measurements, and is much more reliable than calculating the norm from the mode. Further, Rosiwal measurements are sheer waste of time unless the rock to be studied is medium,- or coarse-grained, and of fairly even grain-size; in addition, its minerals should be of definite and known composition (as in granite and gabbro). Volcanic Sequence. — As already stated the sequence observed in the Nandewar Mountains was — (1) Injection of basic laccolites and sills as N.17; after which prolonged denudation. (2) Eruption of arfvedsonite trachytes (N.30, N.59, N.55, etc.) and their tuffs. (3) Earth-movements and intrusion of sills of pulaskite and nordmarkite porphyry, accompanied by eruptions of phonolite (N.ll, N.IO, N.49). (4) Eruptions of andesite followed, and the sills of labradorite porphyry being of andesitic composition probably belong to this phase of activity (N.12). (5) Flows of alkaline basalt, followed by normal basalt. 914 THE GEOLOGY OP THE NANDEWAR MOUNTAINS. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate xlvi. Geological Sketch Map of the Nandewar Mountains, and the country between the Nandewars and New England. Plate xlvii. Geological Sketch Map of the Nandewar Mountains only. Scale approxi- mately 4 miles to the inch. Plate xlviii. Fig.l. — View of Ningadhun and Yullundunida from the Bullawa Creek Valley. Fig.2. — View of the same from a point higher up in the hills. Sandstone formation in the foreground. Plate xlix. Fig.l. — View of the Lindesay Group from Bullawa Creek, five miles from the mountains. Fig.2.— Scabby Rock, Pilliga Scrub. Plate 1. Microphotographs of Nandewar Kocks ( x 14, except fig.6 of Plate 1., and fig. 3 of Plate li.). Fig.l. — Perlitic Pitchstone; Boggabri (N.62)j nicols uncrossed. Fig.2. —Dolerite; Dingo Creek (N. 17); nicols uncrossed: the extinguished crystal is augite; the gmaller bright crystal near it olivine. Fig.3. — Solvsbergite, Bullawa Creek (N.8), showing microperthitic felspar phenocrysts; nicols uncrossed. Fig.4. — Pulaskite Porphyry; Oakey Creek (N. 11); showing phenocryst of microcline microperthite near extinction, with zone of orthoclase. Fig.5. — Bostonite ; Dingo Creek (N.51); nicols crossed. Note peculiar cruciform twin. Fig.6. — Akerite; Oakey Creek (N.15); nicols uncrossed. Note ojgirine augite phenocryst ( x 21). Plate li. Fig.l. — Labradorite Porphyry (N. 12); nicols crossed. Fig.2. — Arfvedsonite-iEgirine Trachyte (N.59); nicols uncrossed. Fig.3. — Monzonose (phonolitic) (N.49); nicolls uncrossed ( x21). Fig.4. — Andesite with Labradorite phenocrysts (N.o3); near Deriah; nicols uncrossed. Fig.5. — Phenocryst of Labradorite in alkaline basalt (N.23); nicols crossed. Fig.6. — Akerite (N.15); nicols crossed. Plate lii. Figs.la-&. — Handspecimen of Monchiquitic Lamprophyre. Fig.2. — Handspecimen of Labradorite Porphyry. (The figures of this Plate from photos by H. Gooch). 915 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Received during the period November 29th, 1906, to November 27th, 1907. (From the respective Societies, etc., unless otherivise mentio/ied. ) Adelaide. Department of Mines, South Australia — Review of Mining Operations in the State of South Australia during the Year ended June 30th, 1907(1907). Minister Controlling Northern Territory — Official Contributions to the Palaeontology of South Australia (Nos. 17-22), by R. Etheridge, Junr.; and Record of Northern Territory Boring Operations, by H. Y. L. Brown, Government Geologist [Supplement to Parliamentary Paper No.55 of 1906](1907). Public Library, Museum, etc., of South Australia— Report of the Board of Governors for 1905-06(1906). Royal Society of South Australia — Index to the Transactions, Proceedings and Reports, Vols.i.- xxiv., 1877-1900(1907). Transactions and Proceedings. xxx.(1906). Woods and Forests Department — Annual Progress Report upon State Forest Administration in South Australia for the Years 1905-6 and 1906-07 (1906-07). By W. Gill, F.L.S., etc.. Conservator of Forests. Amsterdam. Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen — Jaarboek, 1904, 1905(1905-06). Proceedings of the Section of Sciences, viii. (1905-06). Verhandelingen. 2'^«Sectie. xii. 3-4(1905). Verslag van de Gewone Vergaderingen. xiv.( 1905-06). 76 916 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Antwerp. SOCIETE ROYALE DE GeOGRAPHIE d'AnVERS Bulletin. xxx.(1906). Auckland. Auckland Institute and Museum — Annual Reports. 1906-07(1907). Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute, xxxix.(1907). Baltimore. Johns Hopkins University — Hospital Bulletin. xvii.l88-189(1906); xviii.l90-198(1907). University Circulars, 1906, 3-5, 7, 9(1906). Maryland Geological Survey — Publications: Pliocene and Pleistocene. (One vol., 1906), Basel. Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Basel — Verhandlungen. xviii. 3(1906); xix. 1-2(1907). Berkeley, Cal. University of California — Publications. Botany. ii. 12(1906) — Entomology, i. 1-2 (1906)— Geology. Bulletin, iv. 14-19, T.p. &c.; v. 1-5 (1906)— Physiology, iii. 7 (1905)— Zoology, iii. 2-8(1906); iii. 12, pp. 253-298(1907). College of Agriculture : Agricultural Experiment Station. Bulletins, 162-171(1905-06). Berlin. Archiv f. Naturgeschichte. 1900(lvi.Jahrg.)ii. 1,3(1906); 1901(lvii.Jahrg.)ii.l, 3(1907); 1902(lviii. Jahrg.) ii.2,^, 2 Lief., 3(1906-07); 1906(lxxii.Jahrg.)i.3(1906), ii.2,i(1907); 1907(lxxiii..Jahrg.)i. 1-2(1907). Deutsche Entomologische Gesellschaft zu Berlin — Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift. xx.3-xxiv. 1-3(1876- 80), 1881-1907, 1-5, with seven Catalogues or Separates, and three Indexes. Entomologischer Verein zu Berlin — Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift. li.2-4; 111.1(1907). donations and exchanges. 917 Gesellschaft f. Erdkunde zu Berlin — Zeitschrift. 1906,8-10; 1907,1-7. Berne. Naturfokschende Gesellschaft in Bern — Mitteilungen caus dem Jahre 1905(Nr.l591-1608); 190G(Nr. 1609-1628). Societe Hklvetique des Sciences Naturelles — Actes, 89°^« Session, 1906(1907). Oompte Rendu, 87^"«, 88'^-^ 89"^° Sessions, 1904-06(1905-06). Birmingham. Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society — Proceedings, xii. 1-2(1 907). Bonn. Naturhistorischer Verein in Bonn — Yerhandlungen. lxii.2, lxiii.l-2(1906-07) Sitzungsberichte der Niederrheinischen Gesellschaft fiir Natur-undHeilkundezuBonn. 1905,2;1906,l-2(1906-07). Boston. American Academy of Arts and Sciences — Proceedings, xli.35,T.p.&c.; xlii.6-28(1906-07). American Naturalist, xl. 479-480 (Nov. -Dec, 1906); xli.481- 489(Jan.-Sept.,1907). From the Publishers. Boston Society of Natural History — Proceedings. xxxii.3-12,T.p.&c.; xxxiii. 1-2(1905-06). Bremen. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein — Abhandlungen. xix.l(1907). Brisbane. Colonial Botanist's Department — Twelve Separates : " Contributions to the Flora of Queens- land "(Queensland AgriculturalJournal, Vol. xvi. Parts 7-9; xvii. Parts 1-3, 5-6; xviii.2-3, 6; xix.3,1906-07)— " The Weeds and Suspected Poison Plants of Queensland, illus- trated." By F. M. Bailey, F.L.S., Colonial Botanist(8vo. 1906). 918 donations and exchanges. Department op Agriculture — Annual Report for the Year 1906-07(1907). Queensland Agricultural Journal, xvii.6; xviii.1-6; xix.1-5 (1906-07). Geological Survey of Queensland — Publications. Nos.201, 203, 205, 207-212(1906-07). Royal Geographical Society of Australasia (Queensland Branch) — Queensland Geographical Journal. xxi.-xxii.( 1906-07). Queensland Museum — Annals, No.7(June,1907). Brooklyn, U.S.A. Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences — Cold Spring Harbour Monographs. Xo.vi.(1906). Science Bulletin, i.4, 9-10(1904-07). Brussells. Academie Royale de Belgique — Aunuaire. 1907. Bulletin de la Classe des Sciences. 1906, 5-12; 1907, 1-5. Societe Belge de Microscopie — Annales. xxvii.2; xxviii. 1(1906-07). Societe Entomologique de Belgique — Annales. 1.(1906). Memoires. xii., xiv.(1906). Societe Royale Botanique de Belgique — Bulletin, xlii.3, 1904-05^1906); xliii.1906^1907). Societes Royales Linneenne et de Flore de Bruxelles — "La Tribune Horticole." i. 17-27,T.p.(tc.;ii.l-10,12-41(1906- 07). Budapestt Museum Nationale Hungaricum — Annales Historico-naturales. iv.2; v. 1(1 906-07). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 919 Buenos Aires. MusEo Nacional de Buenos Aires — Anales. Serie iii. Tome vi., viii. (1906). Buffalo. Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences — Bulletin. viii.4(1906). Caen. Societe Linneenne de Normandie — Bulletin (5),ix.,Annee 1905(1906). Memoires. xxii.l904-07(1907). Calcutta. Geological Survey of India — Palaeontologia Indica. Series xv., Vol. v., Memoir 2(1907); New Series, Vol.ii., Memoir 3(1906). Records, xxxiv.2-4; xxxv. (1906-07). Indian Museum — Account of the Alcyonarians collected by R.I.M.S.S. "In- vestigator" in the Indian Ocean. By J. A. Thomson and W, D. Henderson. Part i. The Alcyonarians of the Deep Sea(4to.,1906). Annual Report, 1905-06(1907). Cambridge, England. Cambridge Philosophical Society — Proceedings, xiii.6; xiv. 1-2(1906-07). Transactions, xx. 11-1 2(1 907). Cambridge, Mass. Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College — Annual Report of the Curator for 1905-06(1906). Bulletin, xliii.5; xlix.(Geol. Ser. viii.)4; 1.4-9,T.p.itc.; li.1-4 (1906-07). Cape Town. Department of Agriculture, Cape of Good Hope — Geological Commission: Tenth Annual Report, 1905^^1906); Eleventh Annual Report, 1906(1907). 920 donations and exchanges. Department of Agriculture, Cape op Good Hope — Marine Investigations in South Africa. Vol.iii.(1905); Vol. iv. pp. 143-171, 173-192(1906). From the Government Biologist. South African Museum — Annals, iv.7; v.4(1906). Report for Year ending 31st December, 1906;i907). South African Philosophical Society — Transactions, xiii. pp.289-546; xvi.4-5; xvii. 1(1906-07). Chicago. Field Museum op Natural History — Botanical Series. ii.4-5(1907). Geological Series. ii.8-9j iii 3-5(1906-07). Report Series, iii. 1(1 907). Christchurch, N-Z. Canterbury Museum — Records. i.l(April, 1907). Christiania. Videnskabs Selskabet I Christiania — Forhandlinger. Aar 1906(1907)). Skrifter. i.Matli.-Naturvid.Klasse. 1906(1906). Cincinnati, Ohio. Lloyd Library — Mycological Notes. Nos.20-23(1905-06). Pamphlet : " Phalloids of Australasia." By C. G. Lloyd. (July, 1907). Colombo, Ceylon- Colombo Museum — Spolia Zeylanica. iv.l4-16,T.p.&c.(1906-07). Columbus, Ohio. Biological Club of the Ohio State University — Ohio Naturalist. vii.l-8(1906-07). Journal of Mycology, xii.86; xiii.87-91(1906-07). From the Editor, Dr. W. A. Kellerman. DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 921 Colorado Springs, U.S.A. Colorado College — Studies. Science Series. Nos. 47-50(1 906-07); Engineering Series. i.l-2(1906). Copenhagen. AcademieRoyale DEs Sciences etdesLettres deDanemark — Bulletin. 1906,4-6(1906); 1907,1-2(1907). Naturhistoriske Forening I Kjobenhavn — Videnskabelige Meddelelser for Aaret 1906(1906). Dublin. Royal Dublin Society — Economic Proceedings. i.8-9( 1906-07). Scientific Proceedings. New Series, xi. 10-1 5(1906-07). Scientific Transactions. Second Series, ix. 4-5(1 907). Royal Irish Academy — Proceedings, xxvi. Section B. Nos.6-9(1906-07). Transactions, xxxiii. Section B. T.p.&c. Edinburgh. Royal Physical Society — Proceedings. xvi.7-8,T.p.(fec.; xvii. 2-3(1907) Royal Society op Edinburgh — Proceedings, xxvi. 5-6; xxvii.l-4(1906-07). Transactions. xli.:3; xlv. 1(1906). Scottish Microscopical Society — Proceedings, iv.2-3, 1904-06(1906). Florence. Societa Entomologica Italiana — Bullettino. xxxviii. 1-2(1 906). Frankfurt am Main. Senckenbergische Naturporschende Gesellschaft Abhandlungen. xxix.2(1907). Bericht, 1906(1906). 922 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Freiburg i. Br. Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Freiburg i. Br. — Berichte, xvi.(1906). Geelong. Geelong Field Naturalists' Club — ''Geelong Naturalist." Second Series, iii.l-3(1906-07). Genoa- Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova — Annali. Serie 3% Yol.ii.(1905). Goteborg. Goteborg Stadsbibliotek — Pamphlet : " Kvade och Tal vid K. Vetenskaps- och Vitter- hets-Samhallets, Goteborgs Hogskolas och Goteborgs Lakaresallskaps Gemensamma Fest till Linnes Minne den 23 Maj 1907(1907). Grahamstown South Africa- Albany Museum — Records, ii. 1(1907). Granville, Ohio- Denison University — Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories. xiii.3(1906). Haarlem. Societe Hollandaise des Sciences — Archives Neerlandaises. Serie ii. 1-2, 4-5; xii. 1-4(1906 07). Natuurkundige Verhandelingen. S^Verzameling. vi.2(1906). Programma 1905, 1906(1906). Hague. Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging — Entomologische Beiichten. Deel ii. Nos.31-36(1906-07). Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. xlix.4; 1.1(1906-07). Halifax Nova Scotian Institute of Science — Proceedings and Transactions, xi. 2(1 906). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 923 Hamburg. Naturhistorischks Museum in Hamburg — Mitteilungeii. xxiii., 1905(1906). Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein — Abhandlungen. xix.l-2(1906-07). Vei'handlungeii. iii. Folge. xiv.(1907). Helsingfors. Societas pro Flora et Fauna Fennica — Acta. xxvii.-xxviii.( 1905-06). Medclelanden. xxxi.-xxxii.( 190-4-06). Societas Scientiarum Fennica — Acta. xxxii.(1906). Bidrag till Kannedom, 63(1905). Observations Meteorologiques publiees par I'lnstitut Meteo- rologique Central de la Societe des Sciences de Finlande, 1895-96(1906): Etat des Glaces et des Neiges en Finlande pendant THiver 1895-96(1907). Oefversigt. xlvii., 1904-05(1905). Hobart. Department of Mines — Progress of the Mineral Industry of Tasmania for the Quarters ending 30th September and 31st December, 1906; 31st March and 30th June, 1907. Reports of Secretary for Mines for Years ending December 3lst, 1905, and December 31st, 1906(1906-07). Reports by W. H. Twelvetrees, Government Geologist, on Cox's Bight Tin-Field(1906); On the Renison Bell Tin- Field(1906); On Gold at Port Cygnet and Wheatley's Bay, Huon River(1907). Honolulu, T.H. Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum — Occasional Papers. ii.5jT.p.&c.; iii. 1(1907). Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Association — Report of Work of the Experiment Station. Division of Pathology and Physiology. Bulletin Nos. 4-5(1906). From the Author, Dr. N. A, Cobb. 924 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Indianopolis, Ind. Indiana Academy of Science — Proceedings, 1905(1906). Jena. Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft — Jenaische Zeitschrift. x]ii.l-3,T.p.&c.; xliii.l(1906-07). Kiew. Societe des Naturalistes de Kiew — Memoires. xx.2(1906). Lansing, Mich. Michigan Academy of Science — Bulletin. iii.2(1906). La Plata. Museo de La Plata — Anales. Seccion Botanica, No.i.(1902); Seccion Palagntologica. v.(1903); Revista. xi.(190-i). Launceston, Tas. Tasmanian Field Naturalists' Club — ''The Tasmanian Naturalist." i.2(September, 1907). Leipzic Zoologischer Anzeiger. XXX. 24-26 ; xxxi.1-26 ; xxxii.1-8 (October, 1906-October, 1907). From the Editor. Liege. Societe Geologique de Belgique — Annales. xxx.3; xxxiii.3; xxxiv. 1(1906-07). S©ciete Royale des Sciences de Liege — Memoires. 3^^ Serie. vi.(1906). London. Board of Agriculture and Fisheries — Journal of the Board of Agriculture, xi v. 1-7(1907). British Museum (Natural History) — Catalogue of the Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). Yol.vi. The Family Poritidce. ii. The Genus Porites. Part ii. The Porites of the Atlantic and West Indies, with the European Fossil Forms. Also the Genus Goniopora. By H. M. Bernard, M.A.(1906). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 925 British Museum (Natural History) (co7itinued) — Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalseiice in the British Museum. Vol.vi. Text and Plates (1906). By Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart. Special Guides. Nos.l-2(1905-06). Synonymic Catalogue of Ortlioptera. By W. F. Kirby. Vol. ii. Orthoptera Saltatoria. Part i. {Achetidce et Phas- gonur{dce)[l906]. Entomological Society — Transactions. 1905,1; 1906,3-5; 1907,1-2(1905-07). Geological Society — Geological Literature added to the Society's Library during the Year ended December 31st, 1906(1907). List of the Society. November, 1906. Quarterly Journal, lxii.4; lxiii.l-3(1906-07). Linnean Society — Journal. Botany, xxxvii. 261-262, T. p. tkc. ; xxxviii. 263 — Zoology. xxx.l95(1906-07). List of the Society. 1906-07. Proceedings. 118th Session (November, 1905-June, 1906). Transactions. Second Series. Botany, vii.4-5 — Zoology, ix. 11; x.6-7(1906-07). Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew — Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information. 1906. Hooker's Icones Plantarum. (4), ix. 1(1906). From the Benthain Trustees. Royal Microscopical Society — Journal. 1906,5-6; 1907,1-5(1906-07). Royal Society — Philosophical Transactions. Series A.ccvi.Nos.A.410-412; ccvii.Nos.A.413-414(1906-07): Series B. cxcviii. No.B.250; cxcix. Nos. 251-253(1906-07). Proceedings. Series A. Ixxviii. Nos.A.524-526; lxxix.527- 534(1 906-07)[Mathematical, &c., Sciences]. 926 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Royal Society (continued) — Proceedings. Series B. Ixxviii. Nos.B. 526-527; Ixxix. Nos. B.528-534(1906-07)[Biological Sciences]. Reports of the Commission appointed by the Admiralty, the War Office, and the Civil Government of Malta, for the Investigation of Mediterranean Fever, under the Super- vision of an Advisory Committee of the Royal Society. Parts v.-vii.(1907). Year Book of the Royal Society, 1907(1907). Zoological Society — Abstract of Proceedings. Nos.35-40, 42-47(November, 1906- June, 1907). Proceedings. 1905, ii.2; 1906; 1907, pp.l-746(1906-07). Transactions, xvi.8; xvii.1-2, 5-6,T.p.ifec.; xviii. 1(1903-07). Lyons. SOCIETE BOTANIQUE DE LyON — Annales. xxx.(1905). Madras. Government Museum — Bulletin. v.2(1906). Magdeburg. Museum f. Natur- und Heimatkunde zu Magdeburg — Abhandlungen und Berichte, i. 2-3(1 906). Manchester. CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF GrEAT BrITAIN AND IRELAND — Journal of Conchology. xii. 1-4(1907). Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society — Memoirs and Proceedings. 11.1-3(1905-06). Manchester Museum, Owens College — Publications. Nos.34, 49, 58(1901-06). Manila, P.I. Department of the Interior : Bureau of Government Laboratories — Publications. Nos.6, 10-12(1904). Fourth Annual Report of the Superintendent for the Year ending August 31st, 1905(1906). donations and exchanges. 927 Bureau of Science of the Government of the Philippine Islands — Fifth Annual Report of the Director for year ending August 1st, 1906(1906). Philippine Journal of Science. i.9-10,T.p.&c., and Supple- ment v.T.p.ctc.(1906) — contmned as A. (General Science). ii. 1-4 (1907).— B. (Medical Sciences), ii. 1-4 (1907).— G. (Botany). ii.l-4(1907). Marseilles. MusEE d'Histoire Naturelle de Marseille — Annales. ix,2; x.(1904-07). Melbourne. Australasian Journal of Pharmacy — Vol. xxi.252; xxii. 253-263(Dec., 1906-Nov., 1907). From the Publisher . Australasian Ornithologists' Union — "The Emu." vi.3-4; vii.l-2(1907). _ Department of Agriculture of Victoria — Journal. iv.l2,T.p.i^c.; v.1-1 1(1906-07). "The Rusts of Australia." By D. McAlpine, Government Vegetable Pathologist(1906). Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria — Victorian Naturalist, xxiii.8-12; xxiv. 1-7(1 906-07). Public Library, Museums, &c., of Victoria — Report of the Trustees for 1906(1907). Royal Society of Victoria — Proceedings. New Series, xix.2; xx. 1(1907). University of Melbourne — Calendar. 1907(1906). Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria — Forty-third Annual Report, 1906(1907). Mexico- Instituto Geologico de Mexico — Boletin. Num.22-24(1906). 928 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Modena- La Xuova iS'oTARisiA — From the Editor^ Dr. G. B. De Toni. Serie xviii. Gemiaio, Aprile, Luglio, 1907. Sj^Uoge Algaium. Vol.v. Myxophycej«(1907). From Dr. G. B. De Toni. Monaco. MUSEE OCEANOGRAPHIQUE DE MoNACO Bulletin. Nos.83-S7,T.p.&c., 88-104(1906-07). One Separate : '• Metereological Researches in the High Atmosphere. By H.S.H. the Prince of ]\Ionaco"(Scott. Geog. Mag. March, 1907). Montevideo. MUSEO NaCIONAL DE MONTEVIDEO — Anales. Vol. vi. pp.1-84, 85-128(1906-07). Montreal. Royal Society of Canada — Proceedings and Transactions. Second Series. xii.Part 1 (1906). Munich. KoNiGLicHE Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften Abhandlungen der Math.-physikal.Classe. xxiii.l(1906). Sitzungsberichte der ]Math.-physikal.Classe. 1906, 2-3, T. p.. kc; 1907,1-2(1906-07). Nantes. Societe des Sciences Naturelles de l'Ouest de la France. Bulletin. 2^Serie. vi. 1-4(1 906). Naples. ZooLOGiscHE Station zu Neapel — Mittheilungen. xviii.l-3(1906-07). New York. American Geographical Society — Bulletin, xxxviii.10-12, T.p.olyplaca ... .. 64 xu. INDEX. PAGE Gvsicila.visi pyrigenes 61 pyrochroma ... ... 62 thalassias ... ... ... 62 toxomacha 62 trapezoides 55 tr'icuneatella ... ... 54 tristanice ... 59 unilineata ... ... ... 60 xanthopharella 67 xylophanes 68 Graptostethus cardinalis 768, 770 Gievillea linearis 55 Gypsina 754, 756 globulus ... 747,749, 750,753 Gyrineum pusillum 483 Halimeda sp 751, 760 Haliotis asinina 478 varia ... ... ... 478 Haplophragmium emaciatum 310 fontinense meridionale var. Hardenbergia ovata Harpalinee Hastigerina pelagica Hauerina Hauerinince ... 292, Hedycharis 2}hoenohapta Helcioniscus illibratus Helicella candidula Helopeltis australise , Hemianax papuensis .. Hemicordulia ... australiffi .. tau Herhida midtiferalis mhmarginalis Heterostegina sp. depressa Hexagonia tenuis Hilarographa pyranthis zapyra Hirneola polytrieha Homadaula coseinopa ... lasioehroa .. myiiospila ... poUodes Homcdosoma opacipenne Humaria granulosa ... 292 310, 312, 314, 318 ... 52 ... 358 ... 303 305 309 88 89 480 393 297, 301: 769, 732, 750, 732 762 ... 724 723, 724 723, 762 ... 113 ... 113 751, 753 752, 753 ... 203 50, 91 ... 91 92 ... 204 51, 72, 73 ... 73 ... 74 ... 73 ... 74 360, 369 ... 205 PAGE Hydnaceoe 203 Hydnum alutaceum ... ... 203 Hydriomena epicteta 633 interruptata ... ... 634 subocbraria ., ... 633 subrectaria... ... ... 633 Hydriomeninse .. ... 631, 698 Hyla Ewingii 159 sp 159, 839 Hymenoptera ... ... ... 514 Hymenosoma lacustri's ... 153 Hyperammina subnodosa ... 309 Hyperiosoma ... ... .. 402 Hypocreaceas ... .^ ... 204 Hyponomeuta grossipunctella . . . 77 interneUus ... ... ... 77 myriosema ... ... .. 77 pustidtllus .. .. ... 77 Hypoprepia haematopus ... 87 Hypsipyrgias 779 telamonides 769, 779, 788 Icthyocercus angolensis ... 164 australiensis ... 164, 199 longispinus 164 Ictinus 709, 710, 711 Idem agues 662 farinalis ... ... ... 698 innocens ... 664 Jessica ... ... ... 657 lydia 657 Idiodes apicata ... 697 Idiothauma ... ... ... 91 Imalithus ... 400,401,422 patella 423 Imma 48, 50, 106 acosma ... ... ... 1C6 albifasciella 106 atrosignata 106 aulonias 107 autodoxa ... ... ... 106 bilineela 107 cbrysoplaca 107 congrualis ... ... ... 106 costipuncta 107 crocozela 107 diapbana 107 dioptrias 107 epicomia ... ... .. 107 grammatistis 107 hemixanthella 107 leiocbroa ... .. ... 106 licbenopa 107 marileutis 106 INDEX. PAGE Imma minatrix ... 107 penthinoides ... 107 psithyristis ... 106 stilbiota ... 107 thyriditis ... 107 transversella ... 106 viola ... 107 Incurvaria conjunctella ... 94 Ischnura .382, 383, 384 , 385, 389 delicata 382, 383, 384, 389, 739, 762 heterosticta 382 383, 384, 389, 390 senegalensis ... 382 Isometopus ... 784 Isosticta ... 765 simplex 766, 767 Iswara ... 206 Jasminum grandiflorum ... 744 Juncus planifolius ... 840 Kennedya sp ... 52 Kunzea capitata ... 133 Laccaria laccata ... 202 Laccoscaphus 351, 352 foveigerus ... 352 foveipennis ... 352 lacunosus ... 352 macleayi ... 352 quadriseriatus 351, 352 spencei ... 352 Lactura 51, 86, 88 calliphylla ... 87 caminaea .. ... 86 cristata ... 87 dives ... 86 egregiella ... 86 erythractis ... 88 ery throcera ... 88 eupoecila ... 88 laetif era ... 86 mactata ... 88 parallela .. ... 88 phlogopa 88 phoenodes ... 87 Pilcheri ... 87 rutilella ... 87 suffusa ... 87 thiospila ... 88 Lagena ... 296 acuticostata ... 293 aspera 293, 310 desmophora ... 293 favosopunctata ... 310, 316 PAGE Lagena globosa ... ... ... 305 rar. grandipora... 302, 305 gracillima 298 hispida 293, 302 orbignyana... 293, 295, 302 sp 310 striata 298, .302 sulcata 302, 310 var. interrupta 302 trigonomarginata ... ... 310 Lagenidas ... 293,298,302,310 Lageninffi 293, 298, 302, 307, 310 Laportea gigas 13,794 Latirus australiensis ... .. 485 polygonus 485 Lebiini 346, 373 Leiolophus planissimus ... 153^ Lentinus strigosus 202 subnudus 202 Lepidocyclina ... 748, 754, 757 andrewsiana 747, 749, 753, 757^ 760 angularis 747, 749, 753, 756, 757, 758, 759- dilatata ... ... ... 757 munieri 749, 753, 757, 758, 759 sumatrensis ... 748, 753 tournoueri 757' verbeeki ... 747, 748, 749, 753, 758 Lepiota dolichaula 202" Lepteirone ...211,247,249,250 arenaria 250,253 caroli 250, 252' comes 250, 255 cubitalis ... 250,256,257 fallax ... ... 250, 256 ichneumoniformis 250, 252 opaca 250, 255 pseudosedulus ... 250, 251 rufopictus ... 249, 250, 251 subacta .. ... 250, 254 tristis 250,256 Leptograpsus variegatus ... 154 Leptomeris ... 636, 637, 649, 655, 672, 673, 674 aleuritis 656, 659 axiotis ... ... 656, 657 caesaria .. ... 656, 664 castissima ... ... 655, 666 chloristis 656, 659 coenona ... ... 656, 662 desita 656, 659' XIV. INDEX. Leptomeris despoliata . , clidymosema dimorphata hypocallista hypochia ... innocens lechrioloma liotis lydia neoxesta nictata oppilata optivata ah. amathodes . ah. polia... perlata prosoeca recessata ... rubraria sublinearia... tetrasticha ... thysanopus... uniformis ... Leptospermum Isevigat Leptothyra laeta nanina Lestes analis annulosus ... aridus io leda psyche Leuconostoc Leucophthahnia LibellulidEe Libellulinse Linderina brugesi Lingulina carinata Liopasa ... crepera Liotia crenata latebrosa ... minima peronii rostrata scalaroides ... Lippistes... blainvilleanus gracilentus ... zodiacus PAGE 655, 065 655, 666 ... 662 655, 665 656, 657 656, 664 656, 658 656, 658 655,657 655, 657 656, 662 656, 662 656, 661, 664 664 664 656, 657, 661 656, 660 656, 657, 661 656, 659 656, 660, 666 655, 666 656, 663 698 um ... 62 493 479 479 738, 764, 767 738 762, 767 738, 739 764 738, 739 ... 10 680, 681 710, 711, 721 712, 721 756, 759 748, 753, 756 302 370 370 493 479 479, 493, 512 479, 496 479 479 479 503 ... 481 ,.. 481 481, 502, 513 PAGE Liriodendron tulipifera ... 840 Lithocolletis .. 49, 51, 52 aglaozona ... 52 desmochrysa 52 stephanota ... 51 Lithophyllum sp. 747 Lithosiadae 88 Lithothamnium ramosissimum 747, [750 sp 748, 750, 751 Lituolidae 292, 297, 310 Lituolinae 292, 297, 310 Loftusiinse 310 Lophocheilus ... 258 Lotoi'ium abbotti 317 parkinsonianum 317 radiale 317 tarbellianum 317 textile 317 tortirostris ... 317 woodsii .. 317 Lotorium (Lampusia) abbottii 317 Loxogenius 369 opacipennis .. 369 Loxocjmus ohscurus 371 Loxotrochis 50, 108 sepias 108 Lycauges desueta ... 698 proxima 669 Lycoperdacea3 ... 202,840 Lycoperdon australe 202 lilacinum ... 203 polymorphum 840 pusillum 840 Lyperanthus nigricans 555,627 Lyria delieiosa ... 484 Lysurus au&traliensis .. 159, 204 Macarangela 49, 69 leucochrysa 69 pyracma 69 uranarcha ... 69 Macaria divisaria 676 Macarostola 49, 62 aellomacha... 62 aethalota ... 62 amalopa 63 formosa 62, 63 ida 64 leucocyma .... . 62 lyginella 63 miniella 62 mnesicala ... 63 ophidias 62 NDEX. XV. PAGE Macarostola polyplaca 64 thalassias G2 toxomacha 62 Macropes anthropophagorum 768, [772 487 Macroschisnia compressa 487 488 madreporaria 478 487 512 Maculotriton bracteatus 485 Marasmius crinis-equi... 475 equi-crinis 475 Marginella brachia 484 mustelina 484 ochracea 484 ovulum ... 484 Marsipella cylindrica ... 301 Mathilda decorata 500 oppia ... 481, 500, 512 Meeistoeerus .. 400 401 403 compositus 405, 409 denticulatus 415 disbar 405 407 egens 405, 414 languidus 405 413 maerens 405, 410 mastersi ... 405 tenuirostris 405 408 vulneratus ... 405, 411 Megalatractus aruanus 485 Melaleuca sp ... 203 Melanella petterdi 483 Melanterius acacia 415 maculatus ... 415 tristis 415 Melosira crenulata 585 granulata 535 Mesophoyx plumifera ... ... 629 Mesotrophe 683 Metaphrastis 49 ,134 acrochalca ... 134 Methoca 206 207 Metraniomorpha 403 Metura elongata 838 Microberosiris ... 400 401 418 exilis 419 Micronecta annge var. pallida,.. 769 mlcra 769, 788 Microtis tuberculata 478 Mieza 51,88 colabristis .. 89 erythrocera . . . ... ... 88 leu€ophthalma 89 mactaia ... ... ... 88 PAC4E Mieza phoenobapta ... ... 89 phoenodes .„ ... ... 87 picta ... .. ... 88 pyrilampis 89 Miliolidse 291, 297, 301, 307, 308, 316 Miliolina alveoliniformis 292, 309, 315 bicornis 308 var 307, 308 bosciana ... ... ... 750 bucculenta 309, 317 circularis ... 292,307,309 cultrata 301 ferussacii ... ... ... 309 linnfeana 297, 309 pulchella 3U8 reticulata 292, 297 rupertiana ... ... 309, 315 scrobiculata ... ... 297 seminulum ... 291, 297, 307, 309 separans ... .. ... 309 sp 751, 753, 754 tricarinata 307, 309, 749, 753 trigonula 307, 309, 748, 753 undosa 292 valvularis .. 297 Miliolinse 291, 297, 301, 307, 308 Miogypsina 754, 758 burdigalensis 747, 753, 758 complanata 749, 753, 758 sp 748 Miridee 769, 784 Miscera 50, 100, 101 centropis 101, 104 desmotoma 101, 104 episcota 101, 104 holodisca 101, 105 leucopis 101, 102 mesochrysa ... 101, 103 micrastra .. ... 101, 105 omichleutis .. 101, 105 orthaula 101, 102 resumptana .. 101, 102 Mitra bernhardina 507 capricornea 485, 508, 512 cucumerina ... 485 mitra 485, 507 muriculata . _ ... ... 507 nitidissima... .. ... 508 rufescens 485 zephyrina 485, 507 Mnesterodes 637, 638 XVI. INI 3EX. PAGE PAOE Mnesterodes trypheropa 638 Nerita chama^leon ... 480 Mochtherns 377 378 inelauo tragus ... 479 macleayi 377, 378 plicata ... 479 tetraspilotus 378 polita rar. australis ... 480 Modulus teetus 481 Neritina souverbiaua ... ... 480 Moerchia introspecta 470 4i)3 513 Nesoerypha ... 784 morleti 494 NidulariaceiB ... ... 204 Monilea lifuaua 479 Nitzschiaacicularis ... ... 167 pudibunda 478 Noctuidi\3 ... 698. tropicalis ... -479, 490, 512 Nodosaria communis ... ... 302 Monocteniana3 697 oostulata ... 302 Monotoca elliptica 138 tilit'ormis ... 311 Mueronalia bizonula ... 4S3, 505 inriexa ... 302^ Murex hystrix 511 obliqua ... 311 ricinus 511 prismatica ... ... 313 Murex territus 486 roemeri ... 3ia Mutillidii? 15S 207 nir. semicostata 311 ,313,318 Myodichidiv 708 ,770 scalaris ... 302 Myrtesis.. ... 416 var. separans ... ... 293 Myxomycetes ... 841 simplex ... 302 Myzine 514 soluta ... 3ia Mi/zine ... 514 zippei ... 314 anthracina .. 520 NodosariinoB ... 293 302, 3ia chjpeata 522 Ntvggerathiopsis sp. ... 855, 884 cognata 521 Nonionina boueana 299 304, 312 fasUiosa 521 depressula 304, 312 Jlancoi-nis ... 519 pompilioides 304, 312 h vifrom 521 seapha 294, 304 morosa 519 Notocryptorhynchus . . . .. 402 nigripennis 517 Notonomus 361,364,365 366, 367 sabidosa 521 aeneomicans ... 367 scoliiforiuis ... 519 a^qualis .. 362 sipnafa 519 angustibasis ... 370 unicolor 521 australasiaj ... 365 Nabidoe 769, 781 australis ... 367 Nannodythemis austral is 723 carter! ... 361 Xassa lirida ... 509 colossus ... 367 semitexta 509 excisipennis ... 364 trifasciata 509 fletcheri ... 363 iinicolor 509 howitti . 361 Natica buriasensis 483 incrassatus.. 366, 367 chinensis ... 483 johnstoni 363, 364 gualteriana ... 483 kingi 364, 365 subcostata ... 483 J^ingi ... 364 NaucoridiB 769, 788 macoyi ... 362 Nechyrus ... 400 401 425 marginatus ... 366 incomptus 425, 427 minimus ... 366 latipennis 425, 427 muelleri ... 361 legitimus 425 428 opacistriatus ... 365 mollipes 425 427 sjvpistriatus ... 364 Neomystocis 401 scotti ... 364 Keptic u la n igricanf'i Ua ... 52 spenceri ... 362 Nerita albicilla ... 480 violaceus 363, 367 INDtX XVll PACK 1 PACE Numrnulinidie .. 294, 299, 304, Ornix 52, 53 .308,312 Ornix a crobaphta ... .53 Nummulitinffi ... 294, 299 awitralift ... .53 Ny.sius vinitor ... 768, 770 trigonophora ... 53 Obtortio fulva ... ... 480 Orphaniste.s ... 403 Ochfseiihf.imeria squamkornii .. 134 Orthenches 51, 1.35 Ochtheru.s rnarginata 709, 788 epiphricta ... 1.35 Ocypode ceratophthaima ... 154 Orthetrum caledonicum 722, 762 urvillei ... 154 Orthoea nigriceps 775 Odostomia bulbula "482 , 504, 513 pacifica 776 769, canaria 482 , 503, 513 phripl.anioii ... 776 clara ... 482 sidnica 769, 775 compta ... 482 Oruza kydro-comptata... ... 698 convoluta ... ... 482 O.scilla ta.smanica ... 482 corpulenta ... ... 482 Ovula raargarita ... 484 henni 482, 505 Oxycarenu.5 lifuanus ,, 768, 773 metata "482 , 503, 513 Oxylfemus lea» ... 8.35 oodes .. 482 Ozius truncatus ... 153 opaca . , 482 Pachycheles barbatus ... .. 155 rubra ... 482 lifuensis 155, L56 sigma "482 504, 513 sculptu.s 15.5 Oennea Scotti ... ... 93 Pachygrap.sus transversus ... 1.54 Oecophoridae 48 Pachygrontha austrina 768, 771 Oedernatopoda ... ... 132 Panaetiu.s lobulatus 768, 769 Oeta albu^uUata ... 81 Panageini ... 360 hasaUa ... 80 Pantala flavescens 721, 762 Olivetta nympha ... 484 Paracalocoris austrinus 769, 787 Omalaxis radiata "48.3, 506, 513 Paraphyllis 50, 140 zanclea ... 507 scaeopa ... 140 Oncorhinus ... 210, 213 Paratituacia ... 400 , 403, 423 xanthospilus ... 214 dorso.5ignata ... 424 Onoba glornerosa "480, 495, 513 Pecten sp. 462 mercurialis... .. 495 Peneroplidinae ... 292 297, 301 Operculina ... 754 Penium australe 168, 199 ammonoides 299, .300 cucurbitinum (i subpoly- complanata .. sp "749 747, 753, 759 748, 753 morphum gracillirnum ... 168 168, 200 Ophthalmidium .. .305 lagenaroides ... 168 cornu 297, 300 margaritaceura ... 168 inconstans ... 292, 297, .309 pachydermum 168, 199 Opsiclines 49, 68 Pentameru.s Knightii ... 548, 551 leucomorpha ... ... 69 Percnon planissimum ... ... 1.53 OrbitoidinsB ... 758 Peri.ssops 400, 403 Orbitolites ... 296 PerLsternia lyrata ... 485 complanata "297, 751, 753 i Perixera .. 638, 687 marginalis ... 752, 753 1 Jlaciruhra ... ... 698 sp ... 292 Uwiopelta ... 687 Orbulina porosa universa ... 293, 303, 752, ... .303 311,747, 753, 760 lorifjidhcata {!) lophosceles maculifara ... 690 687, 688 ... 698 Organopoda 637, 682 monetaria .. ... 687 **" carnearia ... ... 682 nepjhUoHpila .. 694 olivescens ... ... 683 odontota 687, 688 XV 111. INDEX. Perixera pleniluna (?) ... porphyropis prionodes syntona transversata PAGE ... 687 686, 687 ... 687 ... 691 ... 694 Petaluia 708, 709, 710, 711, 712 gigantea ... 712,713,717,718 ingentissima 715, 717, 718 Petaluridse ... 708, 711, 712 Pezichus 402,405,414,429 Pezizaceae ... 205 Phaenacantha ambigua ... 770 australias 768, 770 Phaenaulax ... ... ... 368 stenomo7yha ... ... 368 Phalangitis 49, 136 crymorrhoa ... .. 136 triaria 136, 137 I,' "t^ tumultuosa.. ... 136, 137 veterana ... ... 136, 138 Phalloideaceae 204, 839 Phasianella variegata 479 Phebalium dentatum 55 Phenacolepas cinnamomea ... 480 Phillipsastraea sp 548 PhilophkeiLS cluhius ... 376, 377 Phlegyas burmanus ... 771,772 tropicalis ... ... ... 771 vulturnus 768, 771 Phlceodromius 373 piceus 373 plagiatus ... 373 Phryqanostola ... ... ... 115 clrosophaes . . . ... ... 124 euthybelemna ... ... 121 Ttiacrantha ... ... ... 121 Phyllanthus Ferdinand! 61, 691 Physaracess ... ... ... 205 Physarum leucophaeum . . . 205 Piestoceros 48, 50, 94 conjunctella ... ... 94 Piper methysticum 158 Pisania crenilabrum ... ... 485 Pisoraca 638, 694, 697 bitactata 694 cryptorhodata ... 694, 695 decretaria 694, 697 nephelospila 694 niveopuncta ... ... 694 ab. transversata ... 695 punctata 694, 695 Pitane dilecta 93 Pitaria albida 477 i PAGE Pitaria inflata 477 sp 477 Pittosporum undulatum ... 204 Placopsilina cenomana ... 297 Plagusia capensis 153 chabru^ ... ... ... 153 dentipes ... ... ... 153 depressa var. squamosa ... 154 Planaxis sulcatus ... ... 480 Planispirina bucculenta ... 317 celata 292, 309 contraria 309 exigua ... 292, 297, 301, 309 sigmoidta ... 292, 309, 317 spha?ra ... ... ... 317 Planorbulina acervalis .. .. 312 larvata .... 312 Platydoris coriacea 486 Platysmatini 360 Plesiotrochus 499, 500 exilis .... ... ... 499 independens 499 monachus 499, 513 pagodiformis 481, 498, 499, 512 soiiverhianus ... ... 499 Pleurotaenium baculoides ... 162 erenulatum... ... .^ 161 Ehrenbergii ... ... 161 mediolaeve 161, 200 nodosum y dentatum ... 162 Stuhlmanni ... ... 161 Pleurotaenium (Docidium) glo- riosum 162 Wallichianum 162 Pleurotus Cheelii 202 Plutella 47, 51, 132, 136, 139, 140, 145, 146 cruciferarmn ... ... 145 maculipennis ... ... 145 sera ... ... ... ... 146 PlutellidiB 47, 48 Poa annua ... ... ... 841 Pcecilus Tcingi ... 364, 365, .366 hxvis 368 Polinices conicus 483 flemingianus 483 Polyctenidte 777 Polymorphina 313 communis ... .... ... 311 compressa ... ... ... 311 elegantissima ... 293, 311 lanceolata ... ... ... 311 regina 311, 316 rotundata 307, 311 INDEX. XIX, Polymorphina sororia ... PAGE ... 311 Plychopoda \ >Ar.K 644 Polymorphininju 203, 298, 302, anrjiistipennis 638 307, 311 rrinipes ... 641 Polyporacea3 203, 839 interalhulata 698 Pclyporus eucalyptorum ... 203 pilosata 642 Polysaccum pisocarpium ... 840 punctatissima ... 653 Polystictus sanguineus ... 203 ruhraria 659 Polystomella craticulata ... 312 HcintiUans 651 hedleyi 299, 300 Puccinia chrysanthemi 204 imperatrix ... 308 dichondne 841 macella 294, 312 helianthi 204 striatopunctata ... 312 malvacearum - ... 204 subnodosa ... 312 poarum 841 verriculata 229, 312 pruni 841 Polystomellina; 294, 299, 304, 308, sacoardoi 841 312 Pucciniaceae 841 Polytrema planum 747, 749, 750, PuUenia obliquiloculata 303, 751, 753, 756 ,759, 760 753 Poronia oedipus ... 204 Pultensea daphnoides ... ... 62 Poropterus ... 400 Pulvinulina 306 Potamides monachtis . . . ... 499 auricula 294 Prays 50, 74 canariensis 294, 299 304 312 autocasis ... 75, 77 carpenteri 312 314 calycias 75, 76 crassa 304 inscripta ... 75 elegans ... 312 nephelomima 75,76 exigua ... 304 tyrastis ... 75 favus 312 Problepsis 637, 674 haueri 303 apoUinaria G74, 675 menardii ... 294, 303 312 cana 674, 675 micheliniana 304 Clemens ... 674 oblonga 299 margaritaia ... 674 var. scabra 299 ocellata ... 674 patagonica 294 sancta 674, 675 pauperata 3C4 Procordulia ... 724 procera 304 afiinis ... 724 repanda (?) 747, 751 752 l.YA Procordulia (Somatochlora) sp 752 753 760 affinis ... 723 tumida 299 312 Protopalus 400, 402 Puncturella ... 488 Psammatha ... 212 Pupa coccinata 4 SO chalybea ... 212 Purpura hyntrix 511 Pseudaegeria 50, 133 spatJndifera oil squamicornis ... 134 Pylarge 637, 667 COS Psaiidaeluriis 276, 277 episcia 6H8 Pseudagrion coeruleum 739 , 741,742 erebospila ... 068 cyane ... 741 loxosema 668 6f;9 Pseudotepperia ... 402 megalocentra 668 670 Pterocera lambis ... 482 orthoscia 668 670 Pterostiehini ... 360 proxima 668 G69 Ptilocnemidia plumifer 769, 783 Pyramidella mitralis ... 482 Ptochophyle 637, 680 terebelloides 482 cyphosticha ... 680 turrita 4-2 notata ... 680 Pyrazus morus 481 XX. INDEX. PAGE PAGE Pyrene abyssicola 4S5 , 509 510,513 Rhagigaster gracilior 215 216, 223 atkinsoni .. ... 486 hdmorrhoidalis 237 242, 243 digglesi ... 485 Ulustris ... 228 gemmulifera 486, 510, 513 integer ... 245 laeta .. 485 laevigatus ... 216, 226, 227, 228 lurid a '486, 510, 513 mandihidaris ... 217 melvilli .. 510 morio ... 246 merita .. ... 485 neptunus ... .. 216, 227 moleeulina ... ... 485 nit id us ... 225 pardalina ... .. ... 485 novaroe ... 228 roseotincta ... ... 485 obtusus 215, 226 troglodytes ... ... 485 jnigionatus ... ... 234 versicolor . . ... 485 reflexus 216, 226 Pyrgulina gliriella ... 482 rv go-US ... 238 2^&rspectiva ... ... 505 s>i7iiUi')mis ... ... 244 senex ... 482 tristis .. 232 umeralis ... ., ... 482 unieolor 215, 216, 217, 228, 233 zea ... 482 St. ephippiger 215 216, 218 Pyrrhocoridas ... 768, 770 St. mandibularis 215, 216,217, Queenslandica .. ... 402 [218 Quivquehculina prisca ... 754 Bhagigastemav .. . . 209 Eadius angasi ... ,, ... 484 Ehago'velia australica 769, 783 Eamulina globulifera ... 298 peggias ... 783 Ramulinina3 ,. ... 298 Rhinocypha tineta ... 399 Eaoulia eximia ... .. 630 var. semitincta ... 399 mammillaris ... 630 Rhodostrophia ... ... 673 Recluzia hargravesi .. ... 481 Ehytidogaster ... '211, 228, 229 Eeduviida? 769, 783 aculeatu3 ... 229, 230, 235, 2.36 Reophax lodderae 310, 313, 318 St. acutangulus ... 235 scorpiurus ... .. 310 alexins 229, 2.30 Retusa complanata ... 48t) bidens 229 2.30, 233 Rhabdammininaa '301, 306, .309 breviusculus .. 230, 236 Rhabdogonium tricarinatum 302.311 castaneus ... _, 230, 234 Ehagigaster 209, 211, 214, 215, com|iaratus... 229 230, 238 228 229, 240, 241 consanguineus 229, 230, 240 aadeatus ... .. 2.35 eornutus 229, 233 aethiops 218 denticulatus 229, 230, 232 analis 216, 225 iracundiis ... 229 237 apicaUs .. 237, 242 pinguiculus .. 230', 238 approxiruatus 215, 216, 219 prothoracicus 230, 239 auriceps ... 215 216, 220. 222 pngionatus.. 229, 2.30, 234 hidens ... 2.33 tristis 229, 232 hinototus ... _ ... 217 tumidus '229, 230, 236 castanetis ... ... 2.34 Rhytisternus Itevidorsis ... 368 clypeatus ... ... 228 laevis 368, 369 comparatus... ... 238 liopleurus ... ... 369 crassipunctatus 215 216, 222 miser ... 367 dimkliatuii ... ... 244 Rhytisternus (Poecilus) Ifevis... 368 elongatus ... 215, 225 Bicimda hystrix ... 511 farif'rons ... ... 228 reeveana ,. ... 511 'fulvipennis... 215 216, 224 Rimula exquisita ... 473 fuscipennis... 215, 216, 218, 2i?0, Ringicula assularum . .... 486 221 222 223, 224 Rissoa cheilostoma .. ... 480 INDEX. pa(;e PAGE Rissoa invisibJHs ... 495 Scleropoides 402 liddelliana .. "480 494, 513 Scoliidte ..\ 514 515 novarensis ... 480, 494 JScopodes angulicollis 380 381 trajectus ... .. ... 494 aterrimus .. ... 380 Rissoa (Alvania) trajectus ... 494 au7-a(us 381 Rissoina cardinalis ... 480 cyaneus 380 crassa ... 480 denticollis ... 381 elegantula ... ... 480 fa-Hciolalus .... .. . .381 inconspicua ... 480 foveatus .381 inermis .. .. 480 hevis 381 kesteveni ... "480, 497, 513 rimoHicollis .. !".'. 380 381 miranda ,^ 480 )iexforeatus... 381 obeliscus ... ... 480 sydneyensis 380 381 Rotalia ... 296 Scutus unguis ... 478 beccarii ... 312 Scylla serrata ... 838 clathrata ... .. 294, 296 Selidosema 689 orbicularis ... ... 312 fSelidoseminas ... 697 698 papillosa ... ... 294 Serenthia brevirostris 778 var. compressiuscula .. 304 femoralis ... 778 soldanii ., 312, 314 gibba 778 sp 748, 750 vulturna ... '.'.'. 769 778 RotaliidtE 293, 298, 303, .307,311 Setalimorphus ... 368 Rotaliinre 293, 298 303, 307, 311 nanus 368 Rupertia stabilis ... 294 punctiventris .368 Sagrina australiensis 298, 299, 318 .Setalis niger 371 columellaris ... 303 rubripes .370 371 dimorpha ... ... 299 Sezeris 92 raphanus ... 311 covfiictdla ... 93 sydneyensis 303, 304, 318 Sigmoilina 754 virgula ... 299 sigmoidea ... 292, 309, 317 Salacia ... 775 sp 749, 751, 753 Salius australasije ... 207 .Siliquaria trochlearis 481 Saptha ... .. ... 97 Simaethis ... 51 ioi, 108, 111 divitiosa .._ 99 a-caeruleum 114 Sarothrocrepis ... 374, 375, 376 basalis 111 mucronatus ... 374 chalcotoxa ... 114 Scaliola arenosa 480, 497 chionodesma 111 bella 480, 497 cyanotoxa ... 113 caledonica ... 480, 497 hyj)ocaUa ... 108 lapillifera ... ... 497 limonias 111 Scaphella maculata ... 484 lutescens ... 113 pulchra ... 484 melanopepla 114 Scaraphites carboiiarius ... 351 metallica ... 114 hirtipes ... 350 ophiosema ... 113 latipennis ... .. .350 orthogona ... 114 len^BUs 346, 350 parva 112 martini ... 350 plumbealis ... 114 silenus ... 350 regular is ... .. 112 Scarites ... .346 sessilis 112 Scaritini .346, .350 submarginalis 113 Schisniope atkinsoni . ... 478 sycopola . 112 Schizophyllum commune ... 202 tapvobanes ... .. 112 Scleroderma flavidum. ... 840 Siphonalia gracillima .. 485 XXll. INDEX. PAGE Sip2^harara euchromiella ... 83 Woodfordi 83 Sistrum hystrix... ... ... 511 Snellenia ... 50, 132. 150 lineata ... ... ... 132 Solanclra lajvis ... 13, 789, 794 Somatina 637, 672 carta ... .. ... 675 cosmospila ... ... ... 672 maculata .., ... ... 672 rubridlsca ... ... ... 698 rufifaseia ... ... .. 672 sordida ... ... ... 673 Sphasrioidese ... ... ... 840 Sphasroidina dehiscens 751, 752, 753, 760 Sphserostilbe cinnabarina ... 204 Spirillina decorata 298 vivipaia ... ... ... 303 Spinllininae 298, 303 Spiroloculina ... ... ... 754 acutimargo.. ... ... 309 aiitillarum 309,315 arenaria 291 asperula .. 297 crenata ... ... .. 297 excavata 297, 301 fragilissima ... 301, 309 grata 297, 301 impressa 301 limbata ... 291, 297, 301, 309, 748, 753 nitida ... 301, 309, 315 planulata ... ... 309, 315 tenuis 297, 309 tenuiseptata ... 297, 309 tortuosa 297, 300 Spiroplecta americana... 292, 301 Spirotaenia obscura ... 170,200 Staurastrum aculeatum .. 187 aggeratum 190, 201 apiculatum.. ... ... 192 approximatum ... ... 185 assurgens ... ... 192, 201 Auburnense ... 191, 201 avicula ... ... ... 190 bibrachiatum vai\ cyathi- forme 188 var. cymatium 185 bicorne 192 Botanense' 191, 201 campanulatum ... 189, 201 cerastes 185 PAGE Staurastrum concinnum 187 coralloideum 187, 201 eruciforme... 184, 188 201 cuniculosum 185, 201 cytocerum 185 dejectum 183 var. convergens,.. 183 denticulatum 183 Dickiei 183 var. circulare ... 183 dilatatum 189 ran insigne 189 excavatum 187 201 forcipatum 182 ,201 forficulatum 191 furcatum var. aculeatum 191 gracile (3 curtum ... 185 Heimerlianum var. spinu- losum ... .. 187 hexacerum var. aversum 191 indentatum 192 Kjellmanni.. 184 Libeltii 190 Manfeldtii 187 moniliferum 188 201 orbiculare /S denticulatum 183, [200 iS verrucosum ... 183 patens f. australica 189 201 podlachicum ... 191 Pringiei J 84 pseudobiretum 183 200 pseudosebaldi 187 pygmaeum ... 184 Reinschii 191 Rosei ... 185, 188 201 Sebaldi 187 sexangulare 185, 201 /3 productum 186 Sonthalianum 186, 201 stellinum 185 striolatum ... 189 subcruciatum 190 tiara 184, 200 tricorne 189 tridentulum 190, 191, 201 tunguscanum 191 validum 184 varians ... " ... ... 184 verrucosum 183 vestitum 187 volans /3 elegans ... 187, 201 INDEX. XXlll. PAGE Staurophanum cruciatum j3 ele- gans 199,201 Stemonitaceee .. 205 Stemonitis ferruginea 205 Sterculia acerifolia ... ... 838 diveisifolia... 570,838,857 Stereum lobatum 203 Sterrha 637. 670 aglaodesma 671 franconia ... ... ... 698 iopm'ia ... ... .., 698 punctilinea ... ... ... 698 rhodocosma ... ... 671 sericeata ... ... ... 671 validaria ... ... ... 671 Sterrhin^e 635, 636 Stibarostoma 689 grlscata ... ... ... 690 2mlverata ... ... ... 690 Stictaceae .. 205 Stictis annulata 205 Stictocarenus sp. ... 768,769 Stomatella biporcata 478 concinna ... ... ... 478 sulcifera 478 Stomatia phymotis 478 Stomonaxus .. 372 Strebloceras cygnicollis ... 481 Streptococcus ... 10 JStiicklandia 380 nigra ... ... ... 378 pericalloides 380 Stromatopora sp. 548 Strombus campbelli ... ... 482 gibberulus ... ... ... 482 luhuanus 482 urceus .. ... ... 482 Stylifer auricula 483, 505, 513 orbiculatus... 483, 505, 513 Styphelia sp 570 Subemarginula cumingii ... 478 tricarinata 478 Sybulus 401,429 peccuarius 430 Yorkensis ... . ... 429 Sympediosoma ... 400, 402, 419 albifrons 420 obliquifasciatum ... 420, 421 Sympedius 420 testudo 420 vexatus 420 Syncrotus circumscriptus 768, 770 Synthemis cyanitincta 724, 741, 742 PAGE Synthemis macrostigma ... 724 Martini ... 726, 741, 742 Synthlipsis 786 chambersi ... 769, 787, 788 Syrnola tincta ... ... ... 482 Tachynomyia 211,247,270,276, 277, 279, 282, 29U abdominalis ... 277, 279 abstinens 278,284 adusta 279,286 agilis 284 anthracina 278, 279, 287, 288 aurifrons ... ... 278, 285 barbata 290 basalis ... 277, 281, 288 caelebs 290 comata ... ... ... 290 combusta ... ... 278, 285 concolor 277, 280 fascipennis... 278, 279, 288 f erven s 278,284 flavopicta . . 278, 279, 289 fragilis 290 incana 279 insularis .. 290 moerens ... ... 278, 286 7iitens 290 obliterata 278, 282 paradelpha 278, 281 pilosula 278, 285 punctata ... 278,279,283 rubella 277, 281 seduloides 278, 283 senex 278, 282 spinolffi 277, 279 volatilis 278, 284 Tachyi)terus 212 albopictus ... ... ... 212 australis ... 212 crasncornis ... ... 519 fasciatus ... ... ... 212 Teinoptila ... ... ... 77 interrupteUa ... .. 77 Teinostoma involutum ... 479 oppletum . 479 qualum ... ... ... 479 Telamona ... ... ... 779 Teleonemia 779, 780 paoifica ... ... 769, 780 pilicornis ... 780 vulturna 769, 781 Telopea speciosissima ... 55, 630 Tephrosia desita 659 INDEX PAGE Tepperia... ... .. ... 403 Testrica rudis 76S, 769 Tetmemorus Brebissonii ... 169 gracilis 169,200 immanis ... ... 169, 200 laevis ... ... ... 169 penioides ... ... ... 169 Tetranthera ferruginea ... 65 Textularia concava 292, 297, 301 giamen 292,295 quadrilatera 294, 301, 318 sagittula 298 sp 310, 750, 753 trochus ... 297, 752, 753, 760 Textulariidffi 292, 297, 301, 307, 310 Textulariinse 292, 297, 301, 307, 310 Thais hippocastanea ... ... 486 mancinella... ... ... 486 pseudamygdala ... ... 486 Thala adumbrata ... .. 484 Thalassodes validaria... ... 671 Thaumastocorinse ... ... 777 Thaumastocoris ... ... 777 australicus ... 769, 778, 788 Thaumadotheriince ... ... 777 Thaumadotheriuni australicum ...769, Thaumatographa Thelephora Archeri pedicellata ... Thelephoraceae ... Themiscijra laetifera ... Therapon unicolor Thinnfeldia odontopteroides Thurammina compressa papillata Thynnidie ... 158,206, Thynninae ... 209, Thynnoides Thynnus Thynnus abdominalis ... adust us hrevicornis ... cathreinii ... clypearis ... coelehs deceptor demattioi ... dentatus fallax fervens fervidus ... 777 778, 788 ... 91 ... 203 ... 203 ... 203 ... 86 4 ... 871 ... 310 ... 310 210, 514 210, 213 241, 282 209, 514 ... 279 ... 2S6 ... 260 ... 516 ... 228 ... 228 ... 245 .. 225 283, 286 ... 225 ... 256 ... 284 ... 279 Thynnus fimhriatus 242 Jischeri 518 friedrkliii 2S1 gravidus 214 haerdtii 265 hammerhi 232 heideri 228 insidaris 290 integer 245 haUenbrunneri 283 Mugii 214 Ucheri 242 mayri 284 mulleri 287 nigrofasciatus 249 ottenhcdld .. 244 ottonis 242 periiteri 284 petiolatus ... 271 punctafus 283 reischii 517 rixosus 274 rufirentris 207 7'ufopictus ... 251 scaht ... 234 schoheri 286 schroederi 282 seemulleri 289 seniperi 233 sennhoferi 281 serripes 246 stolzii 517 tryphonoides 275 uberhorstii 218 ivildaueri 284 wolframii ... 244 zingerlei 242 Thynnus maa-opterus 393 Thyiinus (Agriomyia) brevi cornis 260 ichneumoniformis 252 lucidus 266 rufirornis 265 tristis 256 Thynnus {Eirone) tuhercidatus 265 vitripennis , 264 Thyridectis 49, 78 psephonoma 78 Thnandra ... 681 aventiaria ... " ... 682 malacopis 682 inundissima 682 prasodes 682 INDEX. XXV, TAG l<. Timodora 49, 68 chrysochoa... 68 Tinaegeria 132 Inieata 132 Tineidtc 47, 48 Tineina 47,48 Tingida; 769, 778 Tinoporus 296 Tituacia 424 Toniia variegala 483 Tonza 50, 83 purella 83 Torinia doisuosa 483 variegata ... 483 I'ortriconorjjha dia2>haiia ... 107 monodtsma ... ... 106 ohliqnijasciaia ... ... 106 2)enthiuoides ... ... 107 Tortyia 50, 83, 97, 101 divitiosa 97, 99 iiidopa ... ... 97, 98 paradelpha 97, 98 prasochalca 97, 98, 99, 100 prodigella 97, Iv'O Trachycentia ... ... 51, 141 amphiloxa ... ... 142, 144 aulacitis ... ... 142, 143 calamias .. ... ... 142 chlorogramma ... ... 142 glaucias 142, 145 psorodes ... ... 142, 143 sagmatias 142, 144 Trachypterus 212 Tramea Loewii 721 Trametes lactinea 203 Tremellaceae 204 Trichostenms opaciptnnis ... 360 Trigonotoma australis ... ... 367 violacea 363, 367 Trigonotomini 346, 360 Trillina 754, 758 howchini ... 749, 753, 754, 760 Triphleps persequens ... 769, 784 Triphora cornuta 481 coirugata ... ... ... 481 dolicha 481 funebris 481 kesteveni 481 labiata ... 481 rubra ... ... ... 481 rufula ... ... ... 481 Triploceras 162, 163 denticulatum ... 164, 200 PAGE Triploceras gracile * aculeatum 163, 200 * bidenkitum 163 * bilobatum 163 serratum 162, 199 superbum ... ... 163 verticillatum .. . . 163 Triploceras (Docidiuin) occiden- tale 164 Triracho2)oda ... ... .. 694 Tristania conlerta ... 59, 64 suaveolens ... ... ... 64 Trito7i amjasi ... ... . . 508 antiquahis ... ... ... 508 coxi ... ... ... ... 508 crandatus ... ... ... 508 Tritoiiidea undosa ... ... 485 Trilonium anyusi ... ... 508 Trivia globosa ... ... ... 483 scabriuscula .. .. 483 Trochammina ringenb... 292 Trochaiimiiniiice ... 292, 310 Trochus calcaratus .. ... 478 exdia ... ... .. 499 fenestratus ... ... .. 478 maculatus ... ... ... 478 obeliscus .. ... ... 478 Truncatulina ... .. ... 754 haidingerii... 294, ^;03, 311 lobatula ... ... ... 311 prgecincta ... 299, 303, 306 refulgens ... ... .. 311 rosea ... ... 307, 311 rostrata 311 sp. ... 747,748, 749, 750, 753 tenuiraargo... .. ... 303 ungeriana 294,299,311,751, 753 wuellerstorfii ... 303, 311 Trygodes 637, 676 agrata ... ... ... 676 catacissa ... ... 676, 677 divisaria ... ... ... 676 muscivaria... ... ... 676 Tudicula armigera .. ... 485 Tulostoma mammosum ... 840 Turbinella subnassatula ... 485 Turbo concinnus ... ... 479 petholatus .. ... ... 479 speciosus 479 Turbonilla aplini 482 cheverti 482 varicifer 482 INDEX. PAGE Turcica maculata ... .. 479 Turris acuta 48'4 Turritella captiva 481, 500, 501, 513 clathrata ... ... ... 501 constricta ... ... ... 501 Tychanus ... ... ... 420 Typha latifolia 54 Tyrtaeosus 400, 402 Urediiiacea3 ... ... ... 204 Ustilaginete ... ... ... 840 Ustilago muelleriana ... ... 840 Uvigerina 296 canariensis... ... 293, 302 interrupta ... 293, 298, 302 pygmsea ... .. ... 293 schwageri ... ... 293, 302 Vaginulina sp 302 Vanikoro cancellata ... ... 482 Vasum turbinellum ... ... 485 Velleia macrocalyx ... ... 841 paradoxa ... ... .. 841 Verneuilina 300 propinqua ... ... ... 298 pygmcea 750, 753 spinulosa ... .. 292, 298 variabilis ... ... ... 298 Virgulina subsquamosa 292, 301, [310 VoliUa mitra var. episcopalis 507 var. papcdis ... ... 507 Volvatella pyriformis ... ... 486 Vulturnia 776 albonotata ... ... 769, 776 Webbina clavata 292 Xaiithagrion erythroneurum 741, [762 Xanthias atromanus ... ... 151 Xanthidium bifurcatura 179, 180,200 Botauicum 182, 200 Chalubinskii 181 controversum var. plancto- nicum ... ... ... 182 Coogeeanum ... 179, 200 deceindenticulatum 181, 200 fasciculatum ... .. 182 vav. perornatum ... 181 iiJ ornatum ... ... 181 hexagonum 180, 181, 200 octonarium 178, 179, 182 PAGE Xanthidium pulcherri mum 179, 180, simplicius ... subtrilobum superbum ... tetracentrotum trilobum 2U0 182 181 182 178 181 Xanthidium (Euastrum) multi- gibberum ... ... 179 Xanthodes atromanus ... ... 151 Xanthorhoe brujata ... ... 635 Xenocentris 637, 639 cataeoma ... ... 640,641 crinipes 640, 641 dasypus ... ... ... 640 epipasta ... 639, 640, 643 fasciata 640, 642 pilosata ... ... 640, 642 rhipidura ... ... 639, 642 rhopalopus ... 640, 641 Xenophora solarioides ... 482 Xerotes nigrita .. ... ... 202 Xiphocaris compressa ... ... 156 Xylariaceae .. ... ... 204 Xylomaceai 840 Xyloryctidge 48 Xyrosaris ... ... 50, 71 dryopa ... .. ... 72 Yponomeuta ... ... 47, 50, 77 interuellus 77 interruptellus ... ... 77 myriosemus ... 77, '50 j)aurodes ... ... ... 150 Zeidora lodderse .. .. 478 Zelleria ... 47, 48, 50, 68, 69, 71 aphrospora... ... ... 70 araeodes ... .. ... 69 callidoxa 70 citrina ... ... ... 71 cremnospila ... .. 70 cynetica ... ... ... 69 hemixypha... ... ... 69 hucomorjiha ... ... 69 memorella ... ... .. 70 mystarcha ... .. ... 70 proterospila ... ... 70 pyroleuca . 70 sigillata ... ... ... 71 stylograpta... ... ... 71 Zygoptera .' ... 711 [Printed off March 6th, 1908,] 0 10 i\ai/ways Isohyetals - '35 MAP OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA SHOWING SOHYETALS. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907 C=\ 0 11 1-3. SYNTHFMIS MARTINI. N. SP. 5-6. AUSTROGOMPHUS OCCIDENTALIS . 11-12. ARGIOLESTES MINIMA. N. SP. 3-4. S. CYANITINCTA. N. SP. 7-10. AUSTRO/ESCHNA ANACANTHA. N. SP. 13-14^. PSEUDAGRION CCERULEUM. N. SP. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1907. ,,sf^f5?^ JiJ. T'/'/ FIG. 1. SYNTHEMIS CYANITINCTA. N. SP. FIG. 3. AUSTROGOMPHUS OCCIDENTALIS N. SP. FIG. 2. S. MARTINI, N. SP. FIG. 4. AUSTRO/ESCHNA ANACANTh P.LSNSW 1907. MioC£.fME. FOR^^^l^^it>) f^.g-. 11 C'^.'^^^J) F.c. pho hM-Hi cr: EMCRUST^^4q ORq^Mi5r<]6 inThe: Pos•r-^t I OCE.N E^ P.L.8.N.S.W. 1907. Fi'^ Alkaline Rocks fRE-TRACHYTIC DoLERITE ST-TRACHYTIC DASALT UPPER COAL MEASURES. GEOLOGICAL SIC£rCff MAP OF THE NANDEWAR MTS V ^ ;■ ^■/^^^ ^ PL S N S W. 1907. mm 4 ^- '^^m ' ^ i^ iv- 3 ♦^ ^^ ■0 1. LABRADORITE PORPHYRY. 2. TRACHYTE. 3. MONZONOSE. 4. ANDESITE. 5. PHENOCRYST OF LABRADORITE IN BASALT. 6. AKERITE (NANDEWAR MTS.). laaued June ;^Oth, 1907, sss. ^ SiVjrvoi. XXXII. ^^ Part I. No. 125. THE PROCEEDINGS 7: OF THK LINNEAN SOCIETY NEV^ SOUTH WALES FOR THB VRAR IQOT >'C^Z P^7?7' /. (pi-).l-20Jf), Containing Papers read in MARCH to APRIL (in part) WITH FIVE PLATES SYDNEY : PRINTKI) AND PUBLISHED FOR THK SOCIETY BY F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET, AND SOLD BY THK SOCIETY. [Price, 8/-] W^^ ^iessis. DuLAU &• Co., 37 Solio Square, London, W. ^(iMk Messrs. R. Friedl^nder & Sohn, Carlstrasse II, Berliu, X.W. NOTICE W ijji ilic exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of \liicli tlie Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Five — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or R. Friedliinder Sl Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fob ■owing prices ; — P.ocee.lings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s.; I 'art 4, 10s. i'roceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.; Part 4, £1 5s. Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Parti, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s. j Part 4, 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.; Part 4, Pis. 6d. Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.: Part 4, £1 7s. * Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £14s.; Part 3, £1; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3,' 19s.; Part 4, lis. Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2,9s.; Part 3,9s.; Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Parti, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Parti, 17s. I'art4, 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 3, Ss. ; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX. -Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. Supplement, Is. 6d.; Part 4, 12s. Proceedings for 1896— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4,?£1 7s. 6d, Proceedings for 1897— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, Ss. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 1-s. 6d. I>roceedings for 1898 - Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14« _ Proceedings for 1899— Part 1, 126. 5d, Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, lOs.; Part 4, BY E. CIIEEL. 205 PEZIZACEiE. Humaria granulosa Sch. — Kahibah near Newcastle (on horse dung; E. Cheel; September, 1904; No.3). STICTACE^. Stictis annidaia Cke. — Centennial Park (on dead branches; E. Cheel; February, 1901; No.37). PHYSARACE^. Physarum leucophaeum Fr. — Centennial Park, Penshurst, and Rotanic Gardens, Sydney (on leaves, etc; E. Cheel; May, 1900). STEMONIT ACE^. Stemonitis ferruginea Ehrh. — Leura Falls, Katoomba(on rotten fence rail; A. A. Hamilton; December, 1902) : Botanic Gardens, Sydney (E. Cheel; April, 1907). Previously only recorded for Queensland and New Zealand. For the determination of the species bearing numbers, I am indebted to Mr. G. Massee, of Kew, London. PROCEEDINGS, 1907, PART 1. CONTENTS. PAGE Presidential Address delivered at the Thirty-second Annual General Meeting, March 27th, 1907, by Thomas Steel, F.C.8., F.L.S. ... 1 Descriptions of Australasian Micro-Lepidoptera. Part xix. Plutellida . By E. Meyeick, B. A., F.R.S., Corresponding Member 47 Decapod Crustacea from Norfolk Island. By the late F. E. Grant F.L.S., and Allan R. McCulloch, Australian Museum. (Plate i.) 151 Some new or less known Desmids found in New South Wales. By G. I. Playfaie. ( Communicated hy tht Secretary). (Plates ii.- v.) 160 Balance Sheet, &c 42 Elections and Announcements 46,157 Notes and Exhibits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 158 libited by Mr. Cheel at the April Meeting (see p. 159). 202 ^ote.—Ln Messrs. Maiden and Betehe's paper in the last Part of the Proceedings (1906, p. 738) the name of the common Bough-leaved Fig should be Ficm !>tephanocarpa and not Ficm stenocarpa, as there printed. Issued August 20th, 1007 . Vol. XXXII. Part 2. Ste\ t^ THE »"■« r(^ PROCEEDINGS LINNEAN SOCIETY OF NEV7 SOUTH V/AL.ES FOR THB VKAR 190T PART II. (pp.m5-428j, Containing Papers read in APRIL (in part) to JUNE (in part) WITH FIVE PLATES SYDNEY . PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THK SOCIETY BT F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET, AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. [PriceTs/ei &^ Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W. ^"^ Messrs. R. FRiEDLiENDER & SoHN, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W. BY AKTHUH M. LEA. 429 Jjab. — New South Wales (type in Macleav Museum). Tlie sliape is somewhat as in tlie preceding species, but the clothing is very different (althoiigli the fascicles are almost in the xnne positions), the femora are edentate and the rostrum is much -lioi I. 1. Although Mr. Pascoe in describing the genus notesthe tVinora as edentate, this is the only species here described in %\ hich such is the case. Genus S v B u L u s Pascoe. Jourii. Linn. 8oc. 1871, p. 202. The species described below certainly belongs to the genus Si/buhis, now first recorded from Australia, but as Mr. Pascoe sta'es that at least six species of the genus occur in the Malay Archipelago, and he describes, the femora as being uni- or bi- <]entate, I have not thought it advisable to give a generic diagnosis based on but one Australian species. The chief generic features of this species, however, are its large and coarsely faceted eyes, long and thin rostrum, longish subc3'lindrical club, the sutures of which are oblique, U-shaped and slightly cavernous mesosternal receptacle and distinctly bidentate femora. There appears to be no closely allied genus in Australia; Mr. Pascoe regarded it as being allied to Pezichus, but its connection with that genus is decidedly remote. Sybulus Yorkensis, n.sp. Black, anieiiiue of a rather light red, club darker. Rather iensely clothed with scales varying from white to dingy black, but the majority of a rather dark fawn, scales larger and more rounded on prothorax than on elytra. Under surface moderately ■lothed with whitish scales; legs densely clothed with dingy scales. Head and base of rostr.um with feebly variegated scales. Head with dense concealed punctures. Rostrum longer than prothorax, rather strongly curved, thin and feebly decreasing in idth from base; basal fifth strongly punctate, elsewhere highly •lished and impunctate. Scape inserted nearer base than apex 1" rostrum and shorter than funicle; two basal joints of funicle 430 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E, VIII. moderately long and subequal in length, 3rd and 4th each slightly longer than wide, oth-7th globular; club almost the length of five preceding joints. Prothorax rather strongly transverse, sides strongly rounded, base bisinuate and almost twice the width of apex, which is but feebly produced; with dense, round, partially concealed punctures. Scutellum distinct, in the centre of a depression. Elytra slightly wider than pro- thorax and scarcely twice and one-half wider; with series of rather large and partially concealed punctures; interstices not much wider than punctures, not alternately raised, with small and shining but frequently concealed granules. Under surface with distinct but not very dense punctures. Metasternum slightly shorter than the following segment; its episterna rather wide and each with a single series of punctures. Abdomen with straight sutures; 1st segment almost the length of 2nd and 3rd combined, intercoxal process narrow, 2nd the length of 5th and just perceptibly longer than 3rd or 4th. Legs not very long; femora grooved, strongly acutely and equally bidentate, posterior not extending to apical segment; tibiae strongly compressed and falcate; tarsi not very wide, 4th joint thin, claws small. Length 5J, rostrum 1|; width 2| mm. Hah. — Q.: Cape York (Macleay Museum), Differs from the description of peccuarius (from Batchian) in being smaller, the 1st joint of the funicle longer than the 3rd, and the prothorax without four white spots across the middle and one at apex. Dkrbvia Lea, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1899, p.543. I have to thank Messrs. Etheridge and Rainbow for calling my attention to the fact that this name, although not appearing in Scudder, had been previously used* for a genus of fossils. As a substitute therefore for the genus of weevils, I propose the name Derbyiella. * Pali\?ontologia Indica, Vol. i., p.591. PROCEEDINGS, 190T, PAR' CONTENTS. PAGE A Revision of tlie Thynniche of Australia [Hymenoptera]. Part i. By Rowland E. Turner, F.E.S '206 Contributions to a Knowledge of Australian Foraminifera. Part ii. By E, J. GoDDARD, B.A., B.Sc, Junior Demonstrator in Biology, Sydney University; and H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Made ay Fellow of the Society in Geology. (Plate vi.) 291 Notice of the Special General Meeting held on 23rd May, 1907, to Commemorate the Bicentenary of Carl von Linn6 (1707-1907) 319 The Lake George Senkungsfeld, a Study of the Evolution of Lakes George and Bathurst, N.S.W. By T. Griffith Taylor, B.Sc, B.E., Assistant Demonstrator in Geology and Lecturer in Com- mercial Geography at the University of Sydney. (Plates vii.-x.) 325 Studies in Australian Entomology, No. xv. New Genera and Species of Carahidce,, with some Notes on Synonymy {Olivinini, Scaritini, Cuneipectini, Trigonotomini and Lthlini). By Thomas G. Sloane 346 On Dimorphism in the Females of Australian Agrionidce [Neurop- tk-ra: Odonata]. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., F E.S 382 New Australian Species of the Family Calopterygida^ [Neueoptera : Odonatal By R. J. Tillyard, M. A., F.E.S 394 Revision of the Australian Ourctdionidce belonging to the Subfamily Cryptorhynchides [Coleoptera]. Part viii. By Arthur M. Lea 400 Elections and Announcements 319,323,391 Notes and Exhibits 39S Issued October 25th, 1907. Vol. XXXII. Part 3. No. 127. ^' S^t THE PEOCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY NEV/ SOUTH V^^ALES KOR THE YRAR IQO V ^ ^ PART III. (PP429-626.J, y Containing Papers read in JUNE (in part) to AUGUST. WITH TWENTY-TWO PLATES SYDNKY : PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET, AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. [Price, 15/-] ^^^.G-EISTTS IInT EITJUOIE^JE _ ll()CEF.[)iNaS, 190T, PART 3, CONTENTS. PAGK A Contribution to the Geology of Viti Levu, Fiji. By W. G. WooLNouGH, D.Se., F.G.S., Assistant Lecturer in Geology and Mineralogy, University of Sydney. (Plates xi.-xv.) .. .. 431 The Mollusca of Mast Head Keef, Capricorn Group, Queensland. Partii. By C. Hedle-j, F.L.S. (Plates xvi.-xxi.) ... ... 476 Revision of the Australian Species of the Genus Anthobosca (Family ScoUida:), with Descriptions of New Species [Hymenoptera]. By Rowland E. Turner, F.E.S 514 The (4eology of Newbridge, near Bathurst, N.S.W. By W. N. Benson, Student at the University of Sydney. (Plates xxii.-xxiii.) ... 52a The Geology of the Warrumbungle Mountains. By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology. (Plates xxiv.-xxxii.) 557 Elections and Announcements ... 475, 554r Notes and Exhibits ... .., 475 554 Issued March 11th, 1908, Vol. XXXII. Part 4. No. 128. y THE PEOCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF NEV/ SOUTH WALES FOR THE YEAR IQOT PART IV. (2^p. 627-938, Index, &c% Containing Papers read in SEPTEMBER to NOVEMBER. WITH TWENTY PLATES SYDNEY : PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET, AND . SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. [Price^S/-] _ d^ Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W. <^^ _ l^f??/^- Messrs. R. Friedl^nder & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W.^jfNfeg" NOTICE With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of whicli the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire— the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol- lowing prices : — Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VIL— Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, lOs.; Part 3, 58.; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 78.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 58.; Part 4, £1 5s. Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Parti, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15«. Part 4, 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 128.; Part 3, 188.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 128.; Part 4, £1 7s. Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, £148.; Part 3, £1; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis,; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 198.; Part 4. Us. Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s. Part 4, 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 8, 8a.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, Ga.; Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX. —Part 1, 128.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 138.; Part 4, 88. Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, lOa. Supplement, Is. 6d.; Part 4, 128. Proceedings for 1896— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 68. 6d.: Part 3, 7s. 6(1. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1897— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 12«. 6d. Proceedings for 1898 -Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 68.; Part 3, 12a.; Part 4, 14i Proceedings for 1899— Part 1, 128. 6d. Part 2, 128.; Part 3, IDs.; Part4, 198. 6d. SB3C01TID 8£]:RXS3S (continued). Proceedings for 1900— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, lOs. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d. Part 4, 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1901— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, Sa.; Part 4, 178. 6d. Proceedings for 1902— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d., Supple- ment, 3s; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1903— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 158. Proceedings for 1904— Part 1, lOs.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 108. Proceedings for 1905— Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1906— Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1907— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 18s. A reduction of 20 per cent, on the above charges is made to Members of the Society. The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., ll and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s. CONTENTS. The Hon. Sir William Macleay, Kt., F.L.S., M.L.C. : (By the Editor). Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. : Contributions to our Knowledge of Geratodus. Part I. — The Blood Vessels. (Plates i.-v.) — Prof. F. W. HuTTON, F.R.S. : The Pliocene Mollusca of New Zealand. (PI. VI. -IX.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : A Monograph of the Teinnocephalece. (PL x.-xv.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : On an apparently new Type of the Platyhebninthes (Trematoda ?) (PI. xvi.) — Prof. T. Jeffery Parker, D.Sc, F.R.S-., and Miss J. G. Rich : Observa- tions on the Myology of Palinuru^ Edwardsii, Hutton. (PI. xvii.-xxi). — Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc : Obser- vations upon the Anatomy of the Muzzle of the Ornithorhynchus. (PI, xxii. xxm.) — Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc. : On the Peculiar Rod-like Tactile Organs in the Integument and Mucous Membrane of the Muzzle of Ornithorhynchus. (PI. xxiv.-xxvi.) — C. Hedley, F.L.S. : On Parmacochlea Fischeri, Smith. (PI. xxvii.) — Prof. R. Tate, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. : On the Geographic Relations of the Floras of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S. : Notes on an Undescribed Acacia from New South Wales. (PL xxviii.) — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., and J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., F.C.S. : Description of a New Hakea from Eastern New South Wales. (PI. XXIX. ) — R. Etheridge, Jun. : A Description of some of the Weapons and Implements of the Alligator Tribe, Port Essington, North Australia (PI. xxx.-xxxv.) — N. A. Cobb, Ph.D. : New Nematodes from Fiji and Australia. (PI. xxxvi.-xlii.) Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fishes. By William Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net. The Transactions op the Entomological Society of New South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. n. five Parts, 1869-73 ; all published], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately. PROCEEDINGS, 1907, PART 4. CONTENTS. PAGE Revision of Australian Lepidoptera, iv. By A. J. Turner, M.D., F.E.S. ... 631 Note on a Glaucophane Schist from the Conandale Range, Queens- land. By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology 701 Chemical Note on a recent Lava from Savaii. By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology.. 70& On the Genus Petalura [Neuroptera : Odonata], with Description of a new Species. By R. J. Tillyard, M. A., F.E.S. (Plate xxxiii.) 708 The Dragonflies of South- Western Australia. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., F.E.S. (Plates xxxiv.-xxxvi.) 719 On the Tertiary Limestones and Foraminiferal Tuffs of Malekula, New Hebrides. By Frederick Chapman, A.L.S.^ F.E.M.S., National Museum, Melbourne. (Communicated hy D. Mawson). (Plates xxxvii.-xli.) 745 On a Collection of -Dragonflies from Central Australia, with Des- criptions of new Species. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., F.E.S. (Plate xlii.) 761 Memoir on a few Heteropterous Hemiptera from Eastern Australia. By. G. W. KiRKALDY, F.E.S. (Plate xliii.) ... 768 Solandrine, a new Midriatic Alkaloid. By James M. Petrie, D.Sc, F.I.C., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Bio-Chemistry 789 The Geographical Significance of Floods, with especial Reference to Glacial Action. By E. C. Andrews, B. A. (Plates xliv.-xlv.) ... 795 Description d'une nouvelle Espece d'Oxykemus (Coleoptera: Coly- diidcti\. Par A. Grouvelle. ( Communicated hy A. M. Lea) ... 835 The Geology of the Nandewar Mountains. By H. I. Jensen, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Geology. (Plates xlvi.- lii.) 842 Elections and Announcements 627,743,837 Notes and Exhibits 627,- 744, 837 Donations and Exchanges ... "915 Title Page i. List of Contributors and Titles of Papers iii. Contents vii. List of Plates x. List of New Tribal, Subfamily, Generic, and Subgeneric Names ... xii, Corrigenda ... xii. Index. MBI. WHOI LIHKAltY UH lADD D